2007 Trade Policy Agenda

and

2006 Annual Report

of the President of the United States

on the Trade Agreements Program

Foreword

The 2007 Trade Policy Agenda and 2006 Annual Report of the President of the United States on the 

Trade Agreements Program are submitted to the Congress pursuant to Section 163 of the Trade Act of 

1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2213). Chapter II and Annex II of this document meet the requirements on 

the World Trade Organization in accordance with Sections 122 and 124 of the Uruguay Round 

Agreements Act. In addition, the report also includes an annex listing trade agreements entered into by 

the United States since 1984. 

The Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) is responsible for the preparation of this 

report, which was written by USTR staff. The Office of the U.S. Trade Representative gratefully 

acknowledges the contributions of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Departments of Agriculture, 

Commerce, Health and Human Services, Justice, Labor, and State. 

March 2007 

Assistant U.S. Trade Representative for Policy Coordination: 

Carmen Suro-Bredie 

Project Director: 

 Don Eiss 

Technical Assistant: 

 Laura S. Newport 

Project Advisors: 

 Shay Wester 

 Benjamin Taylor 

 Joshua Gold 

 

Production Assistants: 

Gloria D. Blue 

LIST OF FREQUENTLY USED ACRONYMS

AD................................................................................... Antidumping 

AGOA............................................................................. African Growth and Opportunity Act 

APEC .............................................................................. Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation 

ASEAN ........................................................................... Association of Southeast Asian Nations 

ATC ................................................................................ Agreement on Textiles and Clothing 

ATPA .............................................................................. Andean Trade Preferences Act 

ATPDEA......................................................................... Andean Trade Promotion & Drug Eradication 

Act 

BIA.................................................................................. Built-In Agenda 

BIT .................................................................................. Bilateral Investment Treaty 

BOP................................................................................. Balance of Payments 

CACM............................................................................. Central American Common Market 

CAFTA ........................................................................... Central American Free Trade Area 

CARICOM...................................................................... Caribbean Common Market 

CBERA ........................................................................... Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act 

CBI.................................................................................. Caribbean Basin Initiative 

CFTA .............................................................................. Canada Free Trade Agreement 

CITEL ............................................................................. Telecommunications division of the OAS 

COMESA....................................................... Common Market for Eastern & Southern Africa 

CTE................................................................................. Committee on Trade and the Environment 

CTG ................................................................................ Council for Trade in Goods 

CVD ................................................................................ Countervailing Duty 

DDA............................................................ Doha Development Agenda 

DSB................................................................................. Dispute Settlement Body 

EAI......................................................... ....... Enterprise for ASEAN Initiative 

DSU ................................................................................ Dispute Settlement Understanding 

EU ................................................................................... European Union 

EFTA .............................................................................. European Free Trade Association 

FTAA .............................................................................. Free Trade Area of the Americas 

FOIA .............................................................................. Freedom of Information Act 

GATT.............................................................................. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 

GATS ............................................................................. General Agreements on Trade in Services 

GDP ................................................................................ Gross Domestic Product 

GEC ................................................................................ Global Electronic Commerce 

GSP ................................................................................. Generalized System of Preferences 

GPA ................................................................................ Government Procurement Agreement 

IFI.................................................................................... International Financial Institution 

IPR .................................................................................. Intellectual Property Rights 

ITA.................................................................................. Information Technology Agreement 

LDBDC........................................................................... Least Developed Beneficiary Developing 

Country 

MAI................................................................................. Multilateral Agreement on Investment 

MEFTA......................................................... Middle East Free Trade Area 

MERCOSUL/MERCOSUR............................................ Southern Common Market 

MFA................................................................................ Multifiber Arrangement 

MFN................................................................................ Most Favored Nation 
MOSS.............................................................................. Market-Oriented, Sector-Selective 

MOU ............................................................................... Memorandum of Understanding 

MRA ............................................................................... Mutual Recognition Agreement 

NAFTA ........................................................................... North American Free Trade Agreement 

NEC ............................................................. National Economic Council 

NIS .................................................................................. Newly Independent States 

NSC................................................................................. National Security Council 

NTR ................................................................................ Normal Trade Relations 

OAS.............................................................. Organization of American States 

OECD.............................................................................. Organization for Economic Cooperation and 

Development 

OPIC ............................................................................... Overseas Private Investment Corporation 

PNTR .............................................................................. Permanent Normal Trade Relations 

ROU ................................................................................ Record of Understanding 

SACU.............................................................................. Southern African Customs Union 

SADC.............................................................................. Southern African Development Community 

SPS.................................................................................. Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures 

SRM ............................................................................... Specified Risk Material 

TAA ................................................................................ Trade Adjustment Assistance 

TABD.............................................................................. Trans-Atlantic Business Dialogue 

TACD.............................................................................. Trans-Atlantic Consumer Dialogue 

TAEVD.......................................................... Trans-Atlantic Environment Dialogue 

TALD.............................................................................. Trans-Atlantic Labor Dialogue 

TBT................................................................................. Technical Barriers to Trade 

TEP ................................................................................. Transatlantic Economic Partnership 

TIFA................................................................................ Trade & Investment Framework Agreement 

TPRG .............................................................................. Trade Policy Review Group 

TPSC............................................................................... Trade Policy Staff Committee 

TRIMS ............................................................................ Trade Related Investment Measures 

TRIPS.............................................................................. Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights

UAE.............................................................. United Arab Emirates 

UNCTAD........................................................................ United Nations Conference on Trade & 

Development 

URAA ............................................................................. Uruguay Round Agreements Act 

USDA.............................................................................. U.S. Department of Agriculture 

USITC............................................................................. U.S. International Trade Commission 

USTR .............................................................................. United States Trade Representative 

VRA............................................................. Voluntary Restraint Agreement 

WAEMU ........................................................................ West African Economic & Monetary Union 

WTO ............................................................................... World Trade Organization 
i 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

THE PRESIDENT’S 2007 TRADE POLICY AGENDA 

I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda ..........................................................................................................1

THE PRESIDENT'S 2006 ANNUAL REPORT ON THE TRADE AGREEMENTS PROGRAM 

II. The World Trade Organization ............................................................................................................................1

A. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................................1

B. THE DOHA DEVELOPMENT AGENDA UNDER THE TRADE NEGOTIATIONS COMMITTEE.........................................1

1. Committee on Agriculture, Special Session ....................................................................................................4

2. Council for Trade in Services, Special Session...............................................................................................5

3. Negotiating Group on Non-Agricultural Market Access.................................................................................7

4. Negotiating Group on Rules............................................................................................................................9

5. Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation .....................................................................................................13

6. Committee on Trade and Environment, Special Session...............................................................................17

7. Dispute Settlement Body, Special Session.....................................................................................................19

8. Council for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights, Special Session ...................................20

9. Committee on Trade and Development, Special Session ..............................................................................21

C. WORK PROGRAMS ESTABLISHED IN THE DOHA DEVELOPMENT AGENDA..........................................................23

1. Working Group on Trade, Debt and Finance ...............................................................................................23

2. Working Group on Trade and Transfer of Technology.................................................................................23

3. Work Programme on Electronic Commerce .................................................................................................25

D. GENERAL COUNCIL ACTIVITIES.........................................................................................................................25

E. COUNCIL FOR TRADE IN GOODS.........................................................................................................................27

1. Committee on Agriculture.............................................................................................................................28

2. Committee on Market Access ........................................................................................................................30

3. Committee on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures......................................................31

4. Committee on Trade-Related Investment Measures......................................................................................34

5. Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures................................................................................36

6. Committee on Customs Valuation.................................................................................................................40

7. Committee on Rules of Origin.......................................................................................................................41

8. Committee on Technical Barriers to Trade...................................................................................................44

9. Committee on Antidumping Practices...........................................................................................................47

10. Committee on Import Licensing ..................................................................................................................50

11. Committee on Safeguards ...........................................................................................................................53

12. Working Party on State Trading Enterprises ..............................................................................................54

F. COUNCIL ON TRADE RELATED ASPECTS OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS .................................................55

G. COUNCIL FOR TRADE IN SERVICES.....................................................................................................................60

1. Committee on Trade in Financial Services ...................................................................................................61

2. Working Party on Domestic Regulation........................................................................................................61

3. Working Party on GATS Rules......................................................................................................................63

4. Committee on Specific Commitments.............................................................................................................64

H. DISPUTE SETTLEMENT UNDERSTANDING...........................................................................................................65

I. TRADE POLICY REVIEW BODY.............................................................................................................................92
ii 

J. OTHER GENERAL COUNCIL BODIES/ACTIVITIES ..................................................................................................94

1. Committee on Trade and Environment .........................................................................................................94

2. Committee on Trade and Development.........................................................................................................95

3. Committee on Balance-of-Payments Restrictions .........................................................................................97

4. Committee on Budget, Finance and Administration .....................................................................................97

5. Committee on Regional Trade Agreements...................................................................................................99

6. Accessions to the World Trade Organization..............................................................................................101

7. Aid for Trade...............................................................................................................................................104

K. PLURILATERAL AGREEMENTS ..........................................................................................................................105

1. Committee on Trade in Civil Aircraft .........................................................................................................105

2. Committee on Government Procurement....................................................................................................106

3. Committee of Participants on the Expansion of Trade in Information Technology Products.....................108

III. BILATERAL AND REGIONAL NEGOTIATIONS AND AGREEMENTS..............................................111

A. FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS ..............................................................................................................................111

1. Australia......................................................................................................................................................111

2. Morocco ......................................................................................................................................................112

3. Chile............................................................................................................................................................113

4. Singapore ....................................................................................................................................................114

5. Jordan .........................................................................................................................................................114

6. Israel ...........................................................................................................................................................115

7. Central America and the Dominican Republic ...........................................................................................115

8. Bahrain .......................................................................................................................................................117

9. Panama .......................................................................................................................................................118

10. United Arab Emirates ...............................................................................................................................118

11. Oman.........................................................................................................................................................119

12. Thailand ....................................................................................................................................................119

13. Republic of Korea .....................................................................................................................................119

14. Malaysia....................................................................................................................................................119

15. Peru and Colombia ...................................................................................................................................120

16. North American Free Trade Agreement....................................................................................................121

B. REGIONAL INITIATIVES .....................................................................................................................................123

1. Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA)...................................................................................................123

2. Enterprise for ASEAN Initiative..................................................................................................................123

3. Middle East Free Trade Area (MEFTA) .....................................................................................................124

4. Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum ...............................................................................................125

C. THE AMERICAS .................................................................................................................................................128

1. Canada........................................................................................................................................................128

2. Mexico.........................................................................................................................................................129

3. Brazil and the Southern Cone .....................................................................................................................130

4. The Andean Community ..............................................................................................................................132

5. Central America and the Caribbean ...........................................................................................................133

D. EUROPE AND EURASIA ......................................................................................................................................135

1. European Union..........................................................................................................................................135

2. European Free Trade Association (EFTA) .................................................................................................141

3. Turkey .........................................................................................................................................................142

4. Southeast Europe .......................................................................................................................................142

5. Russia..........................................................................................................................................................143

6. Ukraine .......................................................................................................................................................146

7. Central Asia and the Caucasus ...................................................................................................................148

8. WTO Accessions..........................................................................................................................................149
iii 

E. MEDITERRANEAN/MIDDLE EAST.......................................................................................................................149

1. Egypt ...........................................................................................................................................................149

2. WTO Accessions..........................................................................................................................................150

3. Qualifying Industrial Zones ........................................................................................................................150

F. ASIA ..................................................................................................................................................................151

1. Australia......................................................................................................................................................151

2. New Zealand ...............................................................................................................................................151

3. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)................................................................................151

4. Republic of Korea .......................................................................................................................................156

5. India ............................................................................................................................................................157

6. Pakistan.......................................................................................................................................................158

7. Afghanistan .................................................................................................................................................159

8. People’s Republic of China.........................................................................................................................159

9. Japan...........................................................................................................................................................165

10. Taiwan.......................................................................................................................................................178

11. Hong Kong (Special Administrative Region) ............................................................................................180

12. Sri Lanka...................................................................................................................................................180

13. Iraq............................................................................................................................................................181

G . AFRICA.............................................................................................................................................................181

1. African Growth and Opportunity Act..........................................................................................................181

2. Africa and the WTO ....................................................................................................................................182

3. COMESA.....................................................................................................................................................183

4. Ghana..........................................................................................................................................................183

5. Mauritius.....................................................................................................................................................184

6. Mozambique................................................................................................................................................184

7. Nigeria ........................................................................................................................................................185

8. Rwanda .......................................................................................................................................................185

9. South Africa.................................................................................................................................................185

10. Southern African Customs Union..............................................................................................................186

11. West African Economic and Monetary Union (UEMOA) .........................................................................187

IV. OTHER MULTILATERAL ACTIVITIES ....................................................................................................189

A. TRADE AND THE ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................189

B. TRADE AND LABOR ..........................................................................................................................................192

C. ORGANIZATION FOR ECONOMIC COOPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT...............................................................197

D. SEMICONDUCTOR AGREEMENT ........................................................................................................................206

E. STEEL TRADE POLICY.......................................................................................................................................206

V. TRADE ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES.......................................................................................................209

A. ENFORCING U.S. TRADE AGREEMENTS............................................................................................................209

1. Overview .....................................................................................................................................................209

2. WTO Dispute Settlement .............................................................................................................................210

3. Other Monitoring and Enforcement Activities ............................................................................................211

B. U.S. TRADE LAWS............................................................................................................................................212

1. Section 301..................................................................................................................................................212

2. Special 301..................................................................................................................................................215

3. Section 1377 Review of Telecommunications Agreements..........................................................................218

4. Antidumping Actions ...................................................................................................................................219

5. Countervailing Duty Actions.......................................................................................................................219

6. Other Import Practices ...............................................................................................................................220
iv 

7. Trade Adjustment Assistance ......................................................................................................................223

8. Generalized System of Preferences .............................................................................................................225

VI. TRADE POLICY DEVELOPMENT ..............................................................................................................229

A. TRADE CAPACITY BUILDING (TCB) .................................................................................................................229

1. Millennium Challenge Corporation ............................................................................................................230

2. The Integrated Framework .........................................................................................................................230

3. World Trade Organization-Related U.S. TCB ............................................................................................231

4. TCB Initiatives for Africa............................................................................................................................231

5. Free Trade Agreement Negotiations...........................................................................................................234

B. CONGRESSIONAL AFFAIRS................................................................................................................................235

C. PRIVATE SECTOR ADVISORY SYSTEM AND INTERGOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS ...................................................235

1. The Advisory Committee System ..................................................................................................................236

2. State and Local Government Relations.......................................................................................................237

3. Public and Private Sector Outreach ...........................................................................................................239

D. POLICY COORDINATION ...................................................................................................................................240

ANNEX I 

ANNEX II 

ANNEX III
THE PRESIDENT'S TRADE 

POLICY AGENDA 

I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda 

I. A Commitment to Sustaining U.S. Prosperity and Promoting Development Through Trade 

In 2006, the Bush Administration built on its solid record of opening markets and creating economic 

opportunities for U.S. manufacturers, service providers, farmers, ranchers, and consumers. Under 

President Bush’s leadership, the United States also continued to set the standard for all nations seeking to 

spur development and alleviate poverty by increasing trade flows. 

 

In 2007, the Administration will continue to make strides in its multilateral, bilateral and regional trade 

liberalization efforts and to work with Congress, industry and public interest groups, as well as the 

American people, on a bold, growth-oriented agenda. Free and fair trade is a crucial component of 

President Bush’s economic and foreign policy. The benefits of expanded trade are clear. Economists 

across the intellectual political spectrum have long agreed that trade is a vital tool for achieving economic 

growth. And with economic growth and development, individual well being and political freedom can 

flourish. 

 

Since World War II, industrialized countries have lowered their average tariff on industrial goods from 40 

percent to four percent. The results have been impressive. In the period of roughly 1950 to 2005, global 

exports grew from $58 billion to $13 trillion. 

 

According to the Peter G. Peterson Institute for International Economics, U.S. annual income increased 

by $1 trillion from 1945 to the present due to increased trade liberalization. Trade liberalization in the 

last ten years has helped raise U.S. GDP by nearly 40 percent and boosted job growth by over 13 percent. 

 

It is no coincidence that the United States, which is one of the most open markets in the world, also has 

among the strongest economies and highest living standards in the world. From wages to productivity to 

innovation, the United States leads. Americans’ prosperity increased while the United States helped bring 

the economic benefits of trade to more and more countries, demonstrating that trade expands the 

economic pie for all. 

 

The Bush Administration’s trade agenda is focused on sustaining this prosperity in the near term and 

making sure economic opportunities will multiply for generations to come. The current and future 

economic health of the United States will depend in large part on the success it has in reaching the 

billions of consumers – 95 percent of the world’s people – who live outside the U.S. borders. 

 

The Administration’s trade agenda also reflects President Bush’s vision that the free and fair flow of 

commerce creates economic opportunity and hope for all people and promotes democratic governance 

and peace around the world. Development and trade are inextricably linked. 

 

World Bank economists estimate that tens of millions of people could be lifted out of poverty in the next 

decade if nations agree to full multilateral trade liberalization. The Bank also estimates that per capita 

real income grew three times faster for developing countries that lowered trade barriers more (5.0 percent 

per year) than other developing countries (1.4 percent per year) in the 1990s. In addition, a widely-cited 

study by White and Anderson of the Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, UK, 

concludes income gains for the poor are proportionately stronger than other income groups among 

countries that are opting for trade liberalization. 

 

Trade, more than economic aid, offers millions of people in developing countries a chance for better lives. 

The 2005 Blair Commission Report on Africa, for example, estimates that increasing Sub-Saharan 

African countries’ share of global trade by just one percentage point – from two to three percent – could 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 2 

boost export revenues for people in those countries by $70 billion. This is three times the amount of 

foreign aid that developed countries provide in an average year. Just as important, the United States and 

its trading partners need to encourage more trade among developing countries. It is estimated that 70 

percent of duties developing countries pay are paid to other developing countries. These tariffs 

discourage the trade of other developing countries. 

 

For over 60 years, trade has bolstered America’s economic strength and security and helped spur 

development and cooperation around the world. More than ever, the economic health of all nations, 

particularly developing nations, depends on increasing trade flows. Accordingly, the Bush 

Administration moved with enthusiastic determination to open markets in 2006. 

II. 2006 in Review 

The World Trade Organization and the Doha Development Agenda 

Throughout 2006, the United States led efforts to conclude a multilateral agreement to liberalize trade in 

agricultural goods, industrial and consumer products and services through the World Trade 

Organization’s Doha Development Round. The WTO is at the foundation of an increasingly large 

portion of global trade and President Bush regards the Doha Round as an historic opportunity to tackle 

poverty and its accompanying ills and to create a more prosperous future for all nations. As 2007 begins, 

the Administration is pursuing a breakthrough that will enable WTO Members to complete the Doha 

Round negotiations as soon as possible. 

After a long impasse, the United States jump started the Doha Round negotiations in October 2005 with 

an ambitious offer in agriculture, which included offering to make significant tariff cuts and to eliminate 

export subsidies, and to allow for major disciplines on trade-distorting domestic support. The United 

States challenged all WTO Members to embrace a robust, comprehensive multilateral agreement at the 

WTO Ministerial meeting in Hong Kong in December 2005 and pushed its trading partners to match the 

proposal. At that meeting, many WTO Members were either unwilling or unable to commit to 

meaningful reductions in tariffs on agricultural products and industrial goods and to reductions on barriers 

to trade in services. 

The United States pursued every opportunity available in 2006 to break the apparent deadlock in the Doha 

Round, but to no avail. Major WTO Members continued to resist matching U.S. ambitions and the formal 

talks were suspended in July 2006. 

Nevertheless, the President made it clear he was determined to get WTO Members back to the table as 

soon as possible. In a series of meetings with trade ministers around the world at which a number of trade 

matters were discussed, the U.S. officials affirmed the President’s deep and enthusiastic commitment to 

an ambitious and balanced final outcome for Doha. 

These gatherings provided a chance to have “quiet, what-if conversations,” – small, private meetings 

where top trade officials could speak candidly and work creatively. In these meetings, the United States 

made it clear that half measures – measures that would not create meaningful new trade flows - would 

fall short of the development goals WTO Members embraced at the outset of the Round over five years 

ago. Proposals on agricultural market access that were riddled with loopholes and exclusions, or 

proposals that allow more advanced developing countries to continue to impose high barriers to industrial 

goods and services, will not produce the new trade flows needed to lift people out of poverty or create 

new economic opportunities. 

The United States has argued that a watered-down multilateral agreement would simply lock in place 

many of the current barriers to trade for another ten years or more. The United States has also made it 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 3 

clear that an agreement must be balanced and comprehensive and offer U.S. farmers, ranchers, businesses 

and consumers more economic opportunities in exchange for the concessions the United States would 

make, including reductions in agricultural subsidies, tariffs and other barriers. We could not and would 

not take to our Congress for approval an unbalanced agreement that did not provide any new 

opportunities for U.S. exporters. The United States was willing to walk away from the table in the past 

and will do so in the future if the agreement lacks balance and falls short of the development goals of 

Doha. At the same time, the Administration remains determined to seize this historic opportunity for a 

comprehensive multilateral agreement. 

While 2007 began without the breakthrough the United States has been struggling to achieve, from the 

efforts over the last several years a consensus has emerged that a comprehensive multilateral agreement 

has the potential to deliver significant benefits to all nations, particularly developing nations. Also, many 

countries now recognize that the United States, Europe and major industrial WTO Members cannot 

conclude that agreement by themselves. The fact is that emerging trade powers such as Brazil, India, and 

China, and major industrialized countries all have a stake in the global trading system and each country 

must contribute to keeping the system growing and dynamic and bring creative thinking and political 

courage to this effort. 

In the meantime, U.S. commitment to the strong multilateral trading system was evident throughout 2006, 

as the Administration made historic progress in bringing additional countries into the WTO. 

In May, after nearly a decade of work, the United States and Vietnam concluded a bilateral market access 

agreement that opened Vietnam’s market to U.S. products and was essential to Vietnam’s accession to the 

WTO. Later in the year, Congress approved the granting of Permanent Normal Trade Relations and 

Vietnam formally joined the WTO on January 11, 2007. 

Vietnam’s historic transformation to a member of the rules-based trading system will benefit its people 

and its trading partners. The accession agreement means U.S. producers of all varieties of goods and 

providers of a broad range of services will enjoy increased transparency and enhanced access to one of 

the fastest-growing markets in the world. 

 

The United States also successfully completed bilateral market accession agreements with Ukraine in 

March and with Russia in November as part of these countries’ WTO accession negotiations. These 

agreements will help the United States ensure enforcement of intellectual property rights and improve 

market access for American farmers and ranchers. Multilateral negotiations will continue on the broader 

implementation of WTO rules and the establishment of limits on agricultural supports and subsidies. 

Ukraine, Russia and the United States will benefit from the participation of these countries in the global 

trading system when these negotiations are complete. The Office of the United States Trade 

Representative (USTR) looks forward to continuing to work with other countries seeking WTO 

Membership. 

Free Trade Agreements with Nations Around the World 

In 2006, the Administration made significant progress on its bilateral and regional market-opening efforts. 

These initiatives complement U.S. multilateral efforts. 

In February, the United States launched negotiations on the Korea-United States Free Trade Agreement 

(KORUS FTA). When completed, the KORUS FTA will have significant economic, political, and 

strategic benefits for both countries. It will be the most commercially-significant FTA the United States 

has completed in 15 years. For 2006, two-way goods and services trade between the U.S. and Korea is 

valued at $95 billion and should grow once an FTA is concluded. The KORUS FTA will also further 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 4 

deepen our 50-year-old economic and strategic relationship with the Republic of Korea. In addition, as 

the United States’ first FTA negotiation with a North Asian partner, conclusion of this agreement would 

underscore the U.S. commitment to deepening and strengthening trade ties with the many dynamic and 

fast-growing countries of Asia. 

In 2006, negotiators from the United States and the Republic of Korea engaged in five rounds of 

negotiations and made significant progress on a wide range of issues. As 2007 begins, the United States 

is eager to work through each side’s priorities and sensitivities in order to achieve a balanced, 

comprehensive agreement that benefits the people of both countries. 

In March 2006, the United States and Malaysia launched FTA talks and held three rounds of negotiations 

during the year, making solid progress on a range of issues. Malaysia is the United States’ tenth largest 

goods trading partner with two-way trade in goods amounting to nearly $50 billion in 2006, and it has 

been at the forefront of the economic dynamism transforming Asia in recent years. The removal of trade 

and investment barriers between the United States and Malaysia would improve market access, enhance 

competitiveness and increase prosperity for both countries and strengthen the relationship with a key 

player in Southeast Asia. 

The United States also continued its efforts to expand and improve trade ties with countries in the 

Western Hemisphere. The Dominican Republic-Central American Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA) 

entered into force with El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Nicaragua in 2006. The Administration 

has continued to work with Costa Rica and the Dominican Republic to complete their respective 

implementations. Only a few decades ago, many of the CAFTA countries were plagued by stubborn 

poverty and political violence. With CAFTA, the United States is working with its neighbors to ensure 

that market-oriented economic reform and political stability will take hold. 

The United States also signed free trade agreements with Peru in April and Colombia in November, and 

concluded FTA negotiations with Panama in December. Through the first 11 months of 2006, U.S. goods 

exports to Peru were estimated at an annualized total of $2.9 billion, and to Colombia of $6.7 billion. 

Colombia is currently the largest market for U.S. agricultural exports in South America. The 

implementation of the trade promotion agreements with Peru, Colombia and Panama can be expected to 

boost U.S. exports. 

Significantly, these FTAs have leveled the playing field for the United States. For years, many countries 

in the Western Hemisphere have enjoyed duty-free access to the U.S. market. Now, the United States 

will have duty-free access for nearly all U.S. products exported to these growing markets. 

In addition, the United States reached agreements with Peru, Colombia, and Panama on important 

product-specific issues related to sanitary and phytosanitary measures and technical standards. These 

agreements provide for the recognition of the equivalence of U.S. regulatory systems and for an approach 

to BSE and other animal disease-related rules in these Western Hemisphere markets that is consistent 

with international standards. 

These agreements with countries in South America will build on economic reforms underway in this 

region and promote the development of economic opportunities outside of the cultivation and distribution 

of illegal drugs. This move away from illegal drugs will help reduce the crime and violence associated 

with this activity and stems the flow of narcotics to the United States. 

The agreement with Panama contains important provisions on trade security which will facilitate secure 

and reliable transportation for the goods from all over the world that pass through the Panama Canal. 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 5 

U.S. trade and security objectives also converged in Administration efforts in the Middle East in 2006, 

with the entry into force of the FTA with Bahrain and congressional approval of the FTA with Oman. 

These agreements build on free trade agreements concluded earlier with Israel, Jordan and Morocco. 

They are complemented by Trade and Investment Framework Agreements (TIFAs) and Bilateral 

Investment Treaties (BITs), which create mechanisms for identifying and resolving differences in 

emerging trading relationships and building blocks for broadly improved trade relationships throughout 

the Middle East. 

These initiatives represent more than new market opportunities for U.S. citizens. They are tangible 

manifestations of President Bush’s core belief that nations engaged in trade reject isolationism, seek to 

resolve political conflicts peacefully and embrace the rule of law. This is at the heart of President Bush’s 

proposed Middle East Free Trade Area (MEFTA) initiative and consistent with the recommendations of 

the 9-11 Commission, which included using trade expansion to help stem political extremism in the 

region. 

Other Bilateral Efforts 

In addition to historic accession efforts with regard to Vietnam, Russia and Ukraine, as well as FTAs, the 

United States succeeded in several other efforts to strengthen bilateral trade relationships in 2006. 

In the Western Hemisphere, the United States and Canada concluded an agreement to end over two 

decades of friction over trade in softwood lumber. The agreement, which was announced in April and 

went into effect in October, will help bring stability for lumber producers and consumers in both 

countries. 

Elsewhere around the world, the United States continued to strengthen its trade and investment 

relationships with many countries through a series of TIFAs. 

The United States signed TIFAs with Rwanda in July and Mauritius in September. These agreements will 

help advance the Administration’s goal of helping countries in Sub-Saharan Africa to participate more 

effectively in the global market and to use trade to grow their economies and reduce poverty. 

The United States also signed a TIFA with Cambodia in July, with the Association of Southeast Asian 

Nations (ASEAN) nations in August, and with Lebanon in December. 

In March, June and December, senior U.S. trade officials met with Indian government representatives as 

part of the U.S.-India Trade Policy Forum. TIFA meetings were also held with Pakistan and Sri Lanka. 

The United States concluded a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with Indonesia under the auspices 

of the U.S.-Indonesia TIFA in September to combat illegal textile transshipment and an additional further 

MOU in November to combat illegal logging. In August, the United States signed an MOU with the 

Philippines that will help safeguard and promote legitimate textile trade between the two countries, while 

stopping illegal textile transshipments. 

The United States is taking steps to further strengthen and deepen trade and economic ties with Japan, 

including urging Japan to accelerate economic regulatory reform and working with Japan to strengthen 

IPR protection and enforcement in the region. 

The United States continued its economic engagement with China as well in 2006 as that nation 

completes its implementation of its WTO commitments. U.S. exports to China grew at an average annual 

rate of 24 percent in the last five years. Meanwhile, a quarter of a trillion dollars in foreign direct 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 6 

investment from countries around the world in the last 20 years has helped lift at least 400 million people 

out of poverty in China. 

Monitoring and Compliance 

In 2006, the United States continued to insist that its trading partners honor their WTO and bilateral 

commitments, using a range of formal and informal options to monitor and enforce compliance with trade 

agreements. 

Cases 

 

We have not hesitated to bring cases when our trading partners refuse to live up to their commitments. 

With respect to U.S. rights under the WTO, in January, USTR requested additional consultations with the 

European Union over subsidies to aerospace giant Airbus and in March with Canada over its 

countervailing duty proceedings on U.S. corn exports. 

In many cases, the WTO vindicated the United States’ rights. In November, the WTO ruled against the 

European Union’s barriers to U.S. agricultural products made with biotechnology. In December, the 

WTO concluded that a lack of uniformity in Europe’s customs procedures violated WTO rules. 

China 

The United States also vigilantly monitored China’s compliance with its trade commitments. In January, 

as the United States was about to initiate a WTO action, China ended duties it had imposed on U.S.-made 

kraft linerboard, a widely used component in cardboard boxes. In March, the United States joined with 

Canada and the European Union and requested WTO consultations with China regarding Chinese rules 

that impose local content requirements in the auto sector and unfairly discriminate against imported auto 

parts. 

 

In April, the United States concluded a successful meeting of the Joint Commission on Commerce and 

Trade (JCCT), which resulted in China making several commitments relating to IPR protection and 

enforcement as well as commitments that included opening its market to U.S. medical devices and 

preloading patented software on computers. 

In the summer, USTR filled the newly created position of Chief Counsel for China Trade Enforcement 

and made changes in the internal organization of the agency to augment the focus on IPR enforcement, 

not only in China but also in other countries. 

In December, as China completed its five-year transition to WTO membership, USTR issued a report 

detailing the progress – and the backsliding - that country has made on its commitments under the rulesbased trading system. 

In December, administration officials also held the first meeting with Chinese officials under the highlevel Strategic Economic Dialogue (SED), which the Bush Administration initiated this year. Through 

this dialogue, attended by multiple cabinet-level officials on both sides, the Administration reinforced 

expectations articulated in February’s Top-to-Bottom review of U.S.-China trade relations. The SED is 

providing a useful framework for understanding and supporting, at a broader level, key bilateral problemsolving efforts, such as the JCCT process and other bilateral dialogues. 

In addition to formal WTO action with regard to China’s practices, the United States undertook additional 

actions to monitor China’s trade activities and to ensure China honors its WTO and bilateral obligations. 

In the Top-to-Bottom review of the trade relationship with China, the Administration noted that China has 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 7 

made progress since its WTO accession in 2001, but stressed the need for improvements in China meeting 

its WTO obligations in a number of areas, notably the enforcement of intellectual property rights. That 

review concluded that the bilateral trade relationship lacked “equity, balance or durability” and signaled 

that China and the United States have entered into a more mature relationship as trading partners. That 

relationship will require candid dialogue over differences and the use of all the tools the United States has 

at its disposal, including WTO dispute settlement consultations, to resolve differences. 

The United States has also used its active TIFA and other dialogues with its trading partners to address a 

wide array of market access barriers faced by U.S. manufacturers, services suppliers, and farmers. These 

dialogues provided the United States the opportunity to closely and regularly monitor implementation of 

bilateral and multilateral commitments by trade partners and fora to seek to address issues, both small and 

large. 

 

Legislative Reform 

The United States further demonstrated its commitment to the global trading system by taking the steps 

necessary to come into compliance with three WTO rulings. In February, Congress repealed the Byrd 

amendment (which paid anti-dumping duties directly to U.S. parties instead of going to the U.S. 

Treasury). In April, Congress repealed the remaining provisions of export subsidies for multinational 

corporations known as the extra-territorial income exclusion. In August, Congress terminated export 

subsidies for cotton producers. The Administration also undertook a review of trade preference programs 

aimed at spurring trade and development opportunities for developing countries covered by the U.S. 

Generalized System of Preferences (GSP). In close consultation with the Administration, Congress 

extended the GSP program for two years. The legislation reauthorizes the program for all beneficiaries, 

but includes new statutory thresholds that identify products that have succeeded in becoming globally 

competitive and thus no longer warrant duty-free benefits. The legislation also includes new reforms 

which help focus benefits on the poorest developing countries. Finally, extensions of the Andean Trade 

Preferences Act and key provisions of amendments to the African Growth and Opportunity Act became 

law. 

 

III. Advancing the Trade Agenda in 2007 and Beyond 

The Administration is committed to sustaining momentum for trade liberalization and stemming the 

growth of economic isolationism and protectionism both domestically and abroad. The United States’ 

vigorous leadership is vital to its own prosperity and the economic health of the global trading 

community. 

 

The pace of change in today’s world can stir anxiety and uncertainty. Even though the average 

unemployment rate for 2006 was just 4.6 percent, American workers worry about trade competition and 

whether their children will enjoy long-term prosperity and opportunities. These concerns about trade are 

due, in part, to the fact that the benefits of trade are diffuse but the dislocations it can cause are more 

concentrated. Critics of trade choose to ignore the clear benefits of trade while stoking fear and 

disillusionment and often misrepresenting trade’s effect on the economy. 

Trade critics often suggest that open trade policies are responsible for persistent U.S. trade deficits, while 

in fact those deficits are attributable to many factors, principally macroeconomic conditions. If some of 

the major U.S. trading partners were growing at rates close to ours, consumers in those countries would 

likely buy more U.S. goods and services, or goods from other countries that now rely heavily on the U.S. 

market, and the U.S. trade deficit would be smaller. In addition, the fact that Americans save a smaller 

percentage of their income than do citizens of some of the United States’ major trading partners, such as 

China, also contributes to the trade deficit. Also, an increase in petroleum prices contributed significantly 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 8 

to the size and growth of the deficit in 2006. Finally, the monetary and fiscal policies of other countries 

can affect trade balances. 

 

Second, according to the President’s Council of Economic Advisers, trade is one of many factors 

affecting overall employment – and a relatively minor factor at that. On average over the decade from 

1995 to 2005, the economy eliminated roughly 15 million jobs per year, but created 17 million. This 

happened for a variety of reasons, from changes in consumer preferences to productivity gains to 

technological innovations, and even natural disasters. Moreover, during roughly the same time period, 

trade and overseas relocation accounted for no more than three percent of annual job losses in layoffs of 

50 or more workers. 

 

It is noteworthy that some of the periods of highest unemployment have also been times when the United 

States was running small trade deficits or even surpluses. Trade policy works to expand U.S. exports and 

export opportunities, including by enforcing agreements with U.S. trading partners to ensure they live up 

to their commitments. The trade deficit is largely a function of macroeconomic factors rather than trade 

policy. Import restrictions in response to the trade deficit may have little impact on the overall deficit but 

would reduce U.S. incomes and living standards. In fact, American farmers, ranchers, manufacturers and 

service companies might ultimately export less of what they produce if the United States withdraws from 

its efforts to advance multilateral, bilateral and regional market openings. 

 

Third, the United States has benefited from opening its market to direct foreign investment from other 

countries. In 2005, the stock of foreign direct investment in the United States was $1.5 trillion, and 

United States affiliates of foreign-owned firms supported over 5 million jobs. Similarly, U.S. investment 

abroad generates additional exports and better paying U.S. jobs. 

 

As the world becomes more interconnected, the United States must continue to adapt quickly to new 

challenges and seize new opportunities. When trade does cause dislocations, government must assist the 

individuals and communities affected but in a way that does not harm the vast majority of Americans who 

benefit from open markets. 

 

If the United States allows the proponents of economic isolationism and protectionism to prevail and the 

United States starts sitting on the sidelines of trade, it will be a loss for the United States as a nation and 

to the detriment of the entire global economy and the hundreds of millions of people whose lives could be 

improved through the flow of goods, services and ideas. 

 

The Administration will work closely with leaders of both parties in both Houses of Congress to secure an 

extension of Trade Promotion Authority so that the United States can continue to open new markets 

across the globe for American farmers, ranchers, workers, and service providers. As other countries 

negotiate and close trade agreements, the United States cannot be left behind without forfeiting the 

economic growth that expanding trade generates. All Presidents need Trade Promotion Authority to 

obtain the bilateral, sectoral, regional, and multilateral deals that benefit the American economy. 

Many Avenues for Expanding Trade 

A comprehensive multilateral agreement offers the best chance for expanded trade and development 

opportunities around the world but bilateral and regional trade liberalization can also provide significant 

benefits. In 2007, the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative will continue to explore ways of advancing 

economic integration in the Western Hemisphere and expanded trans-Atlantic trade initiatives as well as 

FTAs with countries that are ready to embrace comprehensive, state-of-the-art trade liberalization. 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 9 

Asia 

 

The United States continues to deepen its trans-Pacific economic ties through APEC, which President 

Bush has called the “premier forum in the Asia-Pacific region for addressing economic growth, 

cooperation, trade and investment.” When the 14th summit of APEC Economic Leaders convened in 

November 2006 in Vietnam, the United States gained agreement with the 21 APEC economies to further 

promote regional economic integration, with establishment of a Free Trade Area of the Asia-Pacific as a 

long-term prospect. 

 

For example, the U.S.-ASEAN TIFA could help further deepen U.S. commercial ties with this region and 

support ASEAN integration. In 2006, the ASEAN TIFA created a work plan to help with the 

development of an ASEAN Single Window to facilitate customs clearance; a framework agreement on 

sanitary and phytosanitary standards to promote trade in tropical fruits; and support for the development 

of harmonized standards for pharmaceutical registration and approval to speed the introduction of 

innovative medicines to markets and patients in ASEAN countries. In 2007, the Administration will 

consider additional work to strengthen U.S.-ASEAN relations and promote ASEAN integration. 

In a parallel effort, the United States will work to expand its bilateral cooperation with Japan and other 

major trading countries in the region in specific issue areas, such as the protection of intellectual property, 

to set a higher bar for the rest of the Asia-Pacific region. 

The Middle East 

The Administration will also continue to engage with Middle Eastern countries through the President’s 

MEFTA initiative. In addition to negotiating high standard FTAs with countries in the region, we will 

engage vigorously with TIFAs, promote WTO accessions and explore negotiating Bilateral Investment 

Treaties (BITs) where appropriate. 

Sectoral Efforts 

Another way we engage our trading partners is through functional or sectoral initiatives that address 

changes in the global marketplace, such as the 2005 agreement the United States negotiated with the 

European Union, Japan, Korea, and Taiwan that applies zero tariffs on multi-chip integrated circuits, a 

new type of semi-conductor. 

Through the multilateral process over the years, WTO Members have come together on important sectoral 

issues such as curtailing the use of subsidies that lead to over fishing, expanding market access for 

environmental technologies, enhancing trade capacity building and protecting intellectual property rights. 

The United States and its trading partners will continue to explore ways of improving the sector-specific 

regulations and processes that govern global trade. 

Services 

The United States pursues services trade liberalization through WTO negotiations, bilateral free trade 

agreements, and other regional venues. Services liberalization is a “win/win” proposition for both 

developed and developing countries. It provides developing countries the essential infrastructure of 

modern economies and global economic growth and development. Services trade accounts for nearly 

one-third of total U.S. exports, and, by one estimate, total elimination of global barriers to trade in 

services would raise U.S. annual income by over $460 billion, or $6,830 per family of four. Services 

trade is an area where continued multilateral cooperation could yield many benefits. 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 10 

Investment 

Another area that merits continued attention is international investment. The Administration will 

continue to push for the removal of barriers to U.S. investment through free trade agreement negotiations, 

ongoing Bilateral Investment Treaty negotiations with Pakistan, and through TIFAs and exploratory BIT 

discussions with Gabon, Rwanda, Saudi Arabia and other countries. These initiatives will help increase 

economic efficiency and real incomes in the United States and expand exports of goods and services 

abroad. While the United States must review security considerations in foreign investment, this country 

must continue to welcome the confidence of investors from around the world. 

Trade Capacity Building 

The United States and other WTO Members will continue to work together in trade capacity building 

(TCB) efforts, which not only provide technical assistance, but also help facilitate the creation of the 

legal, administrative, and physical infrastructure that developing countries need to fully participate in the 

global marketplace. TCB is an integral part of a number of trade agreements and programs, including 

AGOA and free trade agreements like CAFTA-DR, Peru, and Colombia. As the largest single donor, the 

United States is proud to lead these TCB efforts and has pledged to double U.S. aid-for-trade 

contributions to $2.7 billion annually by 2010. 

Another historic Bush Administration initiative is the Millennium Challenge Corporation (MCC), which 

has signed compacts that include nearly $1 billion in trade-related assistance in 2005 and 2006. This 

financial support, principally for infrastructure, was committed to eight qualifying countries in Africa, 

Latin America, the Caucasus and Asia/Pacific during the MCC's first two years of operations. USTR is a 

member of the MCC Board of Directors and encourages MCC funding that helps countries take 

advantage of global trade opportunities. 

 

Bilateral Paths to Trade 

The United States and its trading partners have benefited greatly from Trade Promotion Authority 

legislation, which was enacted in 2002. The Administration has negotiated high-quality, comprehensive 

free trade agreements with countries in every corner of the world, which have created commercial 

opportunities for people in the United States and our trading partners and has advanced U.S. security by 

promoting engagement and cooperation among nations. 

 

Beginning with the Jordan FTA in 2001, the U.S. Congress has approved free trade agreements with 13 

countries since this Administration took office. Implementation is pending on three of the agreements 

Congress has approved and negotiations of another three have been concluded and await congressional 

approval. 

 

The significance of such agreements is illustrated by the fact that U.S. exports to the 10 countries with 

which we implemented FTAs between 2001 and 2006 grew twice as fast as U.S. exports to the rest of 

world during the same period. The United States generated an $11 billion goods trade surplus with these 

10 FTA partners in 2005, with total goods exports of $42.3 billion, compared to total imports of $30.4 

billion. 

 

Here are some highlights of increased trade with some of our FTA partners that have been implemented 

in the last five years. 

 

Jordan: Since the entry into force of the U.S.-Jordan FTA in 2001, U.S. exports to Jordan have 

risen by 92 percent. Auto exports alone jumped by over 2,000 percent, to over $100 million, in 2005. In 

the agricultural sector, corn exports rose from $1 million in 2001 to $41 million in 2006. 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 11 

 

Singapore: The United States ran a $5.5 billion trade surplus with Singapore in 2005, and 

enjoyed a 23 percent increase in Singaporean foreign direct investment in the United States, totaling $2.4 

billion in 2005 (latest figures available). Building on an already healthy trade relationship, U.S. exports 

to Singapore have risen by over $7 billion (42 percent) since entry into force of the FTA in 2004 through 

2006 annualized. The biggest dollar gains were in sectors where U.S. exporters already had a foothold, 

such as gas turbines (exports rose from $814 million to $1.6 billion), aircraft parts (increase from $635 

million to $1.1 billion), and in certain organic chemicals namely, carboxylic acid (exports were up over 

4,700 percent to over $250 million). 

 

Chile: Since entry into force of the U.S.-Chile FTA, exports to Chile from the United States rose 

by over 151 percent, from $2.7 billion in 2003 to $6.8 billion in 2006 (annualized to end of the year). 

Among the notable increases in U.S. exports were petroleum oils (other than crude). In that sector, U.S. 

exports reached $1 billion in 2006, a nearly 2000 percent increase. Motor vehicles for the transport of 

goods exports also increased significantly, reaching over $300 million in 2006, a 440 percent increase 

over exports in 2003. It is worth noting that, while U.S. exports to Chile constituted 25 percent of the 

Chilean import market in 1995, that share consistently dropped in the years after as other trading partners, 

including the European Union, Mexico and Canada, all negotiated FTAs with Chile before the United 

States. U.S. import share reached a low of 14.5 percent in 2003. With the entry into force of the FTA, 

U.S. import share in Chile has begun to climb again, reaching 15.1 percent in 2004 and 15.8 percent in 

2005. 

 

Australia: Since our FTA went into effect in 2005, the United States has significantly 

strengthened and diversified its exports to Australia. Imports by Australia of U.S. goods rose by $3.5 

billion in the first two years after entry into force of the U.S.-Australia FTA to $17.7 billion – a 25 

percent increase, contributing to a goods trade surplus of nearly $10 billion in 2006. Particularly 

significant gains were seen in U.S. exports to Australia of gas turbines (48 percent increase since 2004); 

and yachts and other pleasure boats (up 49 percent since 2004). Total U.S. agricultural exports to 

Australia were at a record of roughly $520 million in 2006. Exports of pork reached $41 million and 

exports of fresh fruit reached roughly $50 million in 2006. 

Success of U.S. Free Trade Agreements 

Agreements in force with U.S. trading partners continue to stimulate economic growth. While the 

countries with which the United States has agreements in force account for only 7.2 percent of world 

GDP, excluding the United States, they account for fully 42 percent of U.S. exports to the world. In 

countries and regions throughout the world, the United States is opening markets for U.S. exporters, 

creating economic growth and development opportunities for U.S. FTA partners, obtaining welfare gains 

for U.S. consumers, and enhancing the leadership role of the United States in the global economy. 

The Gold Standard 

More important than the number of free trade agreements is the fact that U.S. FTAs represent the gold 

standard for how to spur free trade, investment and economic reform. U.S. FTAs are comprehensive and 

go beyond elimination of tariffs on goods and the free flow of services and address other aspects of 21st

century economic relationships, such as investment, intellectual property rights, government procurement, 

transparency, and non-tariffs barriers resulting from the tax and regulatory systems of our trading 

partners. 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 12 

Labor 

Free trade agreements concluded under TPA have helped raise labor standards. They have been an 

impetus for significant labor law reform by U.S. trading partners with respect to core labor standards, 

most recently historic reforms in Oman and Bahrain providing trade union organizing and collective 

bargaining rights. All recent U.S. FTAs contain provisions requiring U.S. trading partners to strive to 

ensure that internationally recognized labor rights and the principles of the International Labor 

Organization are protected in their labor laws and that labor laws are effectively enforced. In addition, 

the United States has gone beyond the text of the agreements and has worked with U.S. trading partners, 

notably in Central America, to assist them in building the institutional and legal infrastructure to monitor 

and enforce these rights. 

 

Environment 

U.S. FTAs have also advanced the United States’ effort to highlight how trade can promote 

environmental protection. For example, agreements with Peru, Colombia, and Panama included special 

mechanisms to provide the public with opportunities to present their views on failures to effectively 

enforce environmental laws. Additionally, the agreements with both Peru and Colombia include 

groundbreaking provisions on protecting biodiversity. 

With recently-concluded FTAs, the Administration is now working on implementation of key 

environmental provisions. A new independent Environmental Secretariat has been established for the 

CAFTA-DR countries to receive submissions from civil society related to enforcement of environmental 

laws. The Administration has committed to providing $18.5 million to start up environmental 

cooperation projects with CAFTA-DR partners in 2007; projects range from raising environmental 

standards to improving capacity to enforcing environmental laws and implementing relevant international 

conservation agreements, such as CITES – the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species. 

 

Free Trade Agreements in 2007 and Beyond 

In 2007, USTR will work closely with Congress as we seek approval of FTAs with Peru, Colombia and 

Panama. These FTAs will level the playing field and allow U.S. citizens to seek new economic 

opportunities in these growing markets. These agreements will also make permanent the access these 

countries have had to the U.S. market through one-way preference programs and help sustain their growth 

and market-oriented reforms. 

In addition, we also expect to work toward the completion and to seek congressional approval of FTAs 

with the Republic of Korea and Malaysia. These agreements will advance the United States’ long-term 

goal of locking in economic reforms in Asia as countries there continue to develop their economies. 

 

With regard to Peru, Colombia, and Panama, as well as other pending and future agreements, the 

Administration is committed to working with the Congressional leadership on both sides of the aisle to 

address labor and environmental issues in a manner that will ensure strong bipartisan support. 

 

The Administration will continue working toward the goal of concluding FTAs with other countries 

across the globe. 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 13 

Enforcement

The United States has always made it clear that the rules of global trade must be fair and, once agreed to, 

must be fully implemented. The success of the rules-based global trading system depends on the trust and 

confidence of public officials, private sector stakeholders and the public at large. 

The Administration has and will continue to use the variety of tools available to address trade barriers, 

including pursuing formal dispute settlement when dialogue and negotiation fail. The United States has 

brought over 70 dispute settlement cases at the WTO – from high fructose corn syrup to apples to auto 

parts to steel to biotechnology – and brought the first cases against China in the WTO. 

 

In the area of intellectual property, the President’s trade policy will continue to recognize the fundamental 

role of American creativity and innovation in sustaining the nation’s economic strength. Faced with the 

burgeoning global problem of counterfeiting and piracy, the Administration will work with other 

countries to strengthen IPR protection and enforcement. In addition to our ongoing efforts with China, 

USTR will also devote considerable energy to ensuring that Russia improves its IPR regime, building on 

the commitments negotiated bilaterally with Russia as that country moves into the multilateral phase of 

negotiations for its accession to the WTO. 

 

The “Special 301” process is an essential element in the ability of the United States to engage these and 

other trading partners, and the Administration will be intensifying its efforts in constructive engagement 

with the trading partners listed in the annual Special 301 report with the goal of helping these trading 

partners to achieve stronger IPR regimes. 

 

In February of this year, the United States sought WTO consultations with China with regard to that 

country’s continued use of prohibited export and import substitution subsidies. 

 

Working with Congress

Bipartisanship and cooperation between the executive and legislative branches of government have been 

the hallmark of U.S. trade policy. Going back to the Franklin D. Roosevelt Administration, lawmakers 

and Presidents have worked together to reverse the economic isolationism that helped precipitate the 

calamity of global war and economic depression in the 1930s and 1940s. 

 

The last two decades alone provide many examples of both parties and the legislative and executive 

branches working together to advance trade policy. The 1988 Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act 

was approved with a Republican President and a Democratic Congress. Permanent Normal Trade 

Relations for China was approved by a Democratic president working with a Republican Congress. 

Other examples of how the political parties can work together on trade include enactment of the African 

Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA), other trade preference programs for developing countries, and the 

FTAs approved over the last five years. 

 

The Bush Administration will continue to listen to and consult with Members of Congress on a marketopening and enforcement agenda that benefits all Americans, helps people in developing countries, and 

projects the unity and leadership of the United States in the global marketplace. Congressional leaders 

from both parties should find common ground in keeping the United States engaged and leading in the 

global economy. 

 

The Congressional leadership of both parties understands that isolationism and protectionism invite peril 

for American citizens and the global economy. The Bush Administration will work closely with 

lawmakers to prevent the United States from retreating from its obligations in the global economy and to 
I. The President’s 2007 Trade Policy Agenda | 14 

guarantee that the United States will continue to benefit from participation in the global trading system 

well into the future. 

Conclusion 

 

This year presents an opportunity to make historic strides in trade policy. From the Doha Development 

Round, to entering into FTAs that provide commercially significant market opportunities for U.S. exports, 

to updating trade preference programs, to creating new models for trade with countries at various stages 

of economic development, the United States must continue to lead. 

 

The pace and impact of change in today’s interconnected global marketplace present the United States 

and other nations with many new opportunities and challenges. Increased trade liberalization and a strong 

rules-based trading system offer the best vehicles to increase global economic prosperity, combat poverty, 

and encourage transparency and the rule of law amongst trading partners. The benefits outpace the 

perceived challenges. The necessity of opening the world to free and fair trade is imperative to the 

development and growth of all countries and peoples. For generations, America has opened its markets 

and increased its exports of goods and services to the world. America’s embrace of competition, the rule 

of law, and innovation have spurred its tremendous economic growth and prosperity. In the face of 

growing competition and increased globalization, the United States must embrace and advance the free 

and fair trade principals that have led to so much economic success. This remains a guiding imperative in 

U.S. trade policy as we pursue an exciting agenda for 2007 and beyond. 

Susan C. Schwab 

United States Trade Representative 

March 1, 2007 
THE PRESIDENT'S 2006 

ANNUAL REPORT ON THE 

TRADE AGREEMENTS 

PROGRAM

II. THE WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION 

A. Introduction 

At the core of U.S. trade policy is a steadfast support of the rules-based multilateral trading system. 

Working through the World Trade Organization (WTO), the United States remains in a leadership role in 

securing the reduction of trade barriers in order to expand global economic opportunity, raise standards of 

living and reduce poverty. This chapter outlines the work of the WTO since the Sixth Ministerial 

Conference, held December 2005 in Hong Kong China, and the work ahead in 2007 -- including on the 

multilateral trade negotiations launched at Doha, Qatar in November 2001, known as the Doha 

Development Agenda (DDA or Doha Round). This chapter will detail the work under the DDA and 

provide a review of the implementation and enforcement of the WTO Agreement. It covers the critical 

accession negotiations to expand the WTO’s membership to include new members seeking to reform their 

economies and join the rules-based system. This year marked agreement on the historic entry of Vietnam 

into the WTO. 

The DDA is the ninth successive round of multilateral trade negotiations to be carried out since the end of 

World War II. The DDA negotiations remain, along with the day-to-day implementation of the rules 

governing world trade, a U.S. priority that reflects the imperative of continued multilateral trade 

liberalization as part of the foundation that ensures stability and growth in a dynamic world economy. 

The WTO Agreement provides the foundation for U.S. bilateral and regional agreements. 

Throughout 2006, the United States worked to advance the Doha trade negotiations and the 

implementation of the WTO Agreement. The July suspension of the DDA negotiations triggered 

intensive U.S. efforts over the second half of the year to engage informally with key trading partners and 

explore ideas that might allow Members to break the deadlock which emerged in agriculture. While the 

impasse remained, as the new year began there were some signs of progress along with strengthened 

commitments from other WTO Members toward a revival of the Doha negotiations. We expect 2007 to 

be another year of challenge as the United States continues to press other Members to join in working 

towards a successful outcome that opens markets, creates new economic opportunities, and increases 

trade flows among all WTO Members in agriculture, industrial goods and services. Ambitious results 

emerging from the DDA will carry the potential for a significant contribution to global development. 

B. The Doha Development Agenda under the Trade Negotiations Committee 

The DDA was launched in Doha, Qatar in November 2001, at the Fourth WTO Ministerial Conference 

where Ministers provided a mandate for negotiations on a range of subjects and work in on-going WTO 

Committees. In addition, the mandate gives further direction on the WTO’s existing work program and 

implementation of the WTO Agreement. The goal of the DDA is to reduce trade barriers in order to 

expand global economic growth, development and opportunity. The main focus of the negotiations under 

the DDA is in the following areas: agriculture; industrial market access; services; trade facilitation; WTO 

rules (i.e., trade remedies, fish subsidies and regional trade agreements); and development. 

The Trade Negotiations Committee (TNC), established at the WTO’s Fourth Ministerial Conference in 

Doha, oversees the agenda and negotiations in cooperation with the WTO General Council. The WTO 

Director-General serves as Chairman of the TNC, and works closely with the Chairman of the General 

Council, Ambassador Eirik Glenne of Norway. Through formal and informal processes, the Chairman of 

the General Council, along with WTO Director-General Pascal Lamy, plays a central role in advancing 

progress on the DDA. (Annex II identifies the various negotiating groups and special bodies responsible 

for the negotiations, some of which are the responsibility of the WTO General Council.) 
II. The World Trade Organization | 2 

Negotiations under the TNC began in 2006 against the backdrop of the modest progress posted at the 

Hong Kong WTO Ministerial Conference in December 2005, including: agreement on a date of 2013 for 

full elimination of agricultural export subsidies; agreement on how to proceed in the core market access 

areas of services and non-agricultural market access (NAMA); and a roadmap for moving ahead in trade 

facilitation and work in all areas of the negotiations. In addition, there was significant activity important 

to the poorest members: an understanding of the work needed on cotton as part of the larger agricultural 

negotiations; a decision on duty-free, quota-free (DFQF) market access for the least-developed country 

(LDC) Members; and creation of a new WTO framework in which to discuss and prioritize aid for trade. 

Expectations for the December 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial had been scaled back considerably in the 

preceding weeks, as the ambition of the bold U.S. agricultural proposal tabled in October 2005 remained 

unanswered in the run-up to Hong Kong. However, Ministers at Hong Kong set a series of deadlines 

across the negotiations, including April 30 as the date for Members to reach agreement on modalities -- 

the key variables that would define the depth of tariff cutting and the extent of so-called “flexibilities” in 

agriculture and NAMA, and set the stage for schedules and texts to be put on the table over the ensuing 

months in order to start the final stage of negotiations. Despite substantial activity, particularly at the 

Ministerial level, progress was elusive. 

In January 2006, key partners reached an informal agreement that a solution would require all to move in 

concert. Throughout discussions during the first half of the year the agriculture market access offers on 

the table remained substantially unchanged from before Hong Kong – i.e., modest tariff cuts combined 

with generous and vague flexibilities, which operated to undermine market liberalization. 

The United States was pressed to scale back ambition from its view that a successful Doha outcome must 

provide concrete market access gains, particularly in agriculture. At the same time, there were also 

demands by other Members for the United States to offer more cuts in its overall domestic support, even 

though the bold U.S. agriculture proposal made before Hong Kong (which offered a 60 percent cut in the 

most distorting U.S. programs and offered real changes in U.S. farm programs) had not attracted 

proposals of similar ambition from other key trading partners. 

The NAMA negotiations featured U.S. efforts to press a stepped-up agenda for technical work, in order to 

bring clarity and focus to the potential results that would emerge from the tariff-cutting formula under 

consideration. Tariff-cutting formula simulations on ten developed and developing country Members 

demonstrated the effects of various formula coefficients on applied tariffs. Only results that bring cuts in 

applied tariffs will generate changes to the cost of doing business, new trading opportunities and 

meaningful new trade flows. The simulation work also reaffirmed the importance of sectoral initiatives to 

achieving meaningful new market liberalization. 

In the services negotiations, Members presented 20 collective requests in February, injecting significant 

new energy into those negotiations. The United States co-sponsored 13 requests and was a recipient in 

another 7 requests by other WTO Members. However, with negotiators in agriculture and NAMA 

making little headway, the overall pace of other negotiations, including services, was affected. The April 

deadline that had been set in Hong Kong for establishing modalities was missed, and at the May 1 

meeting of the TNC, Director-General Lamy laid out an intensive Chair-led process using specific-issue 

reference papers to try to build texts in agriculture and in NAMA by the end of June, when high-level 

meetings would be held in Geneva. 

Work in May and June was anchored in Geneva, and negotiations often went round-the-clock. The 

United States was still being pressed by its key trading partners -- the EU in particular -- to scale back 

severely ambition in agriculture market access. Both the G-33 and the NAMA-11 (the groups of 

developing country Members opposed to market opening in agriculture and NAMA, respectively) pressed 

hard for sweeping exemptions on opening their markets. Led by Indonesia, the G-33 tabled a paper 
II. The World Trade Organization | 3 

demanding exemption of at least 20 percent of their tariff lines as “Special Products” – a provision that 

would effectively shield 98 percent of their current agricultural trade. Led by South Africa, India and 

Brazil, the NAMA-11 reiterated their demand for a difference of at least 25 points between the formula 

coefficients for developed and developing country Members – when a spread of considerably less would 

effectively yield no new access in most developing country markets. Throughout these negotiations, the 

U.S. litmus test for success was unchanged – there must be market access results that bring meaningful 

new trade flows. 

More than 60 Trade Ministers gathered in Geneva for the June 28 - July 1 meetings, and discussions 

focused on breaking the logjam on the core issues on developing modalities in agriculture and NAMA. 

The Geneva gathering featured numerous bilateral and small group meetings as the week progressed, 

including ministerial-level “Green Room” consultations among a cross section of key Members that were 

conducted by the WTO Director-General. The week’s discussions served to highlight the wide gap that 

existed on the fundamental questions about the overall Doha outcome, and the meetings ended in an 

impasse. 

Two weeks after G-8 Leaders reaffirmed their commitment to Doha at the St. Petersburg Summit, 

Director-General Lamy continued his consultations. It became apparent that differences in agriculture 

were too big to be bridged in the short term, and talks broke down. As Chairman of the TNC, DirectorGeneral Lamy recommended to the General Council on July 27 that the only course of action available 

was to suspend the negotiations across the Doha Round as a whole. 

Despite this setback, the United States reaffirmed its commitment to the WTO and the DDA in the 

ensuing weeks and pledged to continue to work to ensure that the global trading system remains strong 

and dynamic. In an August letter to all of her WTO counterparts, U.S. Trade Representative Schwab 

stressed that the deadlock was more profound than simply finding a potential “landing zone” or offering a 

few more percentage points as incremental concessions. Rather, she emphasized the issue is whether 

WTO Members would deliver on the core Doha market access mandate and continue the decades-long 

global commitment to achieve progressive and meaningful trade liberalization. 

Less than a week after suspension of the negotiations, the United States started work toward reviving the 

negotiations, holding an initial consultation with Brazil that began what developed into an intensive series 

of “quiet conversations” throughout the remainder of 2006. The ensuing months saw meetings with, 

among others, China, the ASEAN countries and the G-20, as the United States explored others’ views on 

how to put the Doha Round on a path towards a successful outcome that opens markets, and creates new 

trade flows. During the Fall of 2006, U.S. senior officials held quiet meetings around the globe to work 

bilaterally with their counterparts in key trading nations to explore options and scenarios, test “what-ifs” – 

and, most critically, rebuild the working relationships upon which all negotiations depend. 

Though there was little movement on substance, by November the sense was growing that some 

momentum was starting to build through such informal engagement. At the November 16 informal 

meeting of the TNC, Director-General Lamy advised Members that he believed it was time to begin to 

“multilateralize” and enhance the informal consultative processes that had been taking place among 

various delegations and extend it across the full spectrum of areas on the negotiating agenda – but leaving 

it up to each negotiating group Chair to determine how and when to do this. He emphasized that he was 

not proposing to resume full-fledged negotiations at this point. Two days later, APEC Leaders meeting in 

Hanoi, Viet Nam, issued a statement citing their determination to resume the talks as early as possible and 

their readiness to break the deadlock by moving beyond their current positions in order to build an overall 

package covering market access for agriculture, industrial goods and services, as well as rules and trade 

facilitation. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 4 

Prospects for 2007 

The negotiations under the DDA begin the year with the appearance of new signs that Members are ready 

to come to grips with the issue of how to deliver on the core Doha market access mandate, not only in 

agriculture but also in industrial goods and services. The United States will continue to work with other 

WTO Members in pursuit of a successful conclusion to the DDA that opens new markets and creates 

meaningful new trade flows. The challenge in 2007 will continue to be how to translate the expressions of 

political will into concrete and specific details that will enable WTO Members to complete the work 

begun at Doha. 

1. Committee on Agriculture, Special Session 

Status 

Negotiations in the Special Session of the Committee on Agriculture are conducted under the mandate 

agreed at the Fourth WTO Ministerial Conference in Doha, Qatar that calls for “substantial improvements 

in market access; reductions of, with a view to phasing out, all forms of export subsidies; and substantial 

reductions in trade-distorting domestic support.” This mandate, calling for ambitious results in three 

areas (so-called “pillars”), was augmented with specific provisions for agriculture in the framework 

agreed by the General Council on August 1, 2004, and at the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference in 

December 2005. 

The WTO provides multilateral disciplines and rules on agricultural trade policies and serves as a forum 

for further negotiations on agricultural trade reform. The WTO is uniquely situated to advance the 

interests of U.S. farmers and ranchers, because only the WTO can impose disciplines on the entire broad 

range of agricultural producing and consuming Members. For example, absent a WTO Agreement on 

Agriculture, there would be no limits on the EU’s subsidization practices or firm commitments for access 

to Japan’s market. Negotiations in the WTO provide the best means to expand incomes, and thereby 

demand for agricultural products, and to open global markets for U.S. farm products and reduce 

subsidized competition. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The United States has long advocated fundamental reform of all trade-distorting measures by all WTO 

Members. In 2002, the United States made specific proposals to phase-out all tariffs, trade-distorting 

domestic support, and export subsidies in the Doha negotiations. The United States submitted a 

comprehensive and ambitious proposal in October 2005, consistent with the 2002 U.S. proposal and the 

2004 WTO framework, calling for the elimination over 15 years of tariffs and trade-distorting domestic 

support in two phases, with substantial reductions in the first phase. Pursuant to this proposal and the 

agreed framework, higher tariffs and Members with higher subsidy levels would be subject to deeper cuts 

phased-in over a five-year period for developed country Members, with developing country Members 

making lesser cuts and having more time to implement those cuts. In the second five-year phase (to 

commence five years after the conclusion of the first phase), all tariffs and trade-distorting domestic 

support would be eliminated. Under the U.S. proposal, export subsidies would be eliminated within the 

first phase of reform, with parallel commitments undertaken on export state trading enterprises, export 

credits and food aid programs. 

While numbers and formulas for making the cuts were on the table, the differences between Members 

were too large to be resolved at the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference. Substantive discussions on 

agriculture at Hong Kong focused on export subsidies, where Members agreed to an end date for export 

subsidies in 2013, with the further commitment that the substantial part of the elimination would be 

completed by 2010. Members further narrowed some of their key differences in other areas, including a 
II. The World Trade Organization | 5 

commitment to a sectoral negotiation on cotton where trade-distorting domestic support for cotton would 

be cut deeper and more quickly than for other commodities (with the actual numbers subject to 

negotiation) and a commitment that developed country Members would eliminate tariffs on cotton exports 

from the least-developed country Members. 

Negotiations in 2006 focused on specifying how far and how fast tariffs and trade-distorting domestic 

support would be reduced, and how to phase in the elimination of export subsidies. Major differences 

existed among Members. For example, the United States called for substantial market opening through 

deep tariff cuts and large tariff-rate quotas for sensitive products that would avoid deep tariff cuts, while 

other Members preferred limited action. Of particular difficulty was reaching agreement on treatment of 

import sensitive products in developed country Members, and provisions for import of sensitive products 

and products with special relationships to food security, rural development and rural livelihoods in 

developing country Members. In addition, negotiations focused on the depth of cuts for trade-distorting 

domestic support, with subsidy programs in the United States and the EU attracting particular attention. 

Despite intensive negotiations and additional special negotiating sessions among WTO Members, 

agreement was not reached, and in July, WTO Director-General Lamy formally suspended the 

negotiations. For the remainder of the year, negotiators met informally to explore ideas and potential 

scenarios that could lead to breaking the impasse and putting the negotiations on a path to a result 

consistent with the Doha mandate. 

 

Prospects for 2007

In 2007, the United States will continue the informal work with key trading partners begun in 2006 to try 

to identify approaches for reviving the negotiations in a manner that would deliver on the Doha mandate. 

In these discussions, the United States will work to achieve a high level of ambition in all three pillars: 

market access, export competition and trade-distorting domestic support. U.S. objectives for agriculture 

reform will continue to focus on the principles of greater harmonization across WTO Members, 

substantial overall reforms and specific commitments of interest in key developed and developing country 

Member markets. 

2. Council for Trade in Services, Special Session 

Status 

The Special Session of the Council for Trade in Services (CTS-SS) was formed in 2000, pursuant to the 

Uruguay Round mandate to undertake new multi-sectoral services negotiations. The Doha Declaration of 

November 2001, recognizing the work already undertaken in the services negotiations, directed Members 

to conduct negotiations with a view to promoting the economic growth of all trading partners, and set 

deadlines for initial market access requests and offers. These negotiations for new General Agreement on 

Trade in Services (GATS) commitments are one of the core market access pillars of the Doha Round, 

along with agriculture and non-agricultural goods. 

The Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration called for the negotiations to proceed to conclusion with a view 

to promoting the economic growth of all trading partners, with due respect for the right of Members to 

regulate. The Hong Kong Declaration provided a framework for intensifying the negotiations, with the 

goal of expanding the sectoral and modal coverage of commitments and improving their quality. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 6 

The work of the CTS-SS was interrupted by the suspension of DDA negotiations in July. 

The Four Modes of Trading Services in the GATS 

Mode of Supply Description 

Mode 1 (Cross-border supply) Services supplied from one country to another (e.g., through an 

international telephone call or e-mail). 

Mode 2 (Consumption abroad) Consumers or firms making use of a service in another country 

(e.g., tourism). 

Mode 3 (Commercial presence) A foreign company setting up operations to provide services in 

another country (e.g., foreign bank opening branches in a 

country). 

Mode 4 (Presence of natural 

persons) 

Individuals traveling from their own county to supply services 

temporarily in another (e.g., consultants). 

 

Major Issues in 2006 

During the first half of 2006, the United States continued to press Members for a high level of ambition 

for services liberalization, particularly in key sectors such as financial, telecommunication, computer, 

energy, distribution, express delivery, and audiovisual services. The United States was very active in the 

newly launched “plurilateral process,” through which Members joined together to develop collective 

market access requests for 20 sectors and issues of particular interest. The United States joined in cosponsoring 13 of these requests in the following areas: architectural, engineering and integrated 

engineering services; audiovisual services; computer and related services; construction and related 

engineering services; distribution services; private education services; energy services; environmental 

services; financial services; legal services; Mode 3 (commercial presence); postal/courier services 

including express delivery; and telecommunications services. 

In parallel with the plurilateral process, the United States continued to engage actively in bilateral 

negotiations to encourage Members to come forward with ambitious revised offers by July 31, 2006. 

With the suspension of the DDA negotiations, however, this deadline was missed. 

Issues concerning Mode 4 and development continue to be a prominent fixture in CTS-SS discussions. 

With respect to Mode 4, the United States has emphasized that few Members have matched our existing 

level of commitments. Nevertheless, it is clear that developing country Members see new and improved 

Mode 4 commitments from developed country Members, including the United States, as a critical element 

to the successful conclusion of the services negotiations. 

Regarding development in general, the United States has consistently supported flexibility for the LDC 

Members, while noting that trade liberalization in services is important to sustainable economic 

development. Access to cutting-edge technology, management knowledge and investment through 

liberalized services markets is critical for developing countries. The Internet, express delivery, cellular 

communication, and other services are growth accelerators that create new industries and transform 

traditional ones -- reducing production costs, enhancing productivity gains, facilitating product 

distribution, and providing the major source of jobs in the global economy today and for decades to come. 

Prospects for 2007 

Despite the suspension of formal negotiations, the United States continues to pursue aggressively its 

critical market access objectives, including opening up foreign markets to our world-class service 

providers by getting Members to remove equity limitations, quantitative restrictions and other barriers to 
II. The World Trade Organization | 7 

trade in services. A substantial amount of work is underway in the Council for Trade in Services -- see 

Section G -- and the United States will continue to seek a high level of ambition.

3. Negotiating Group on Non-Agricultural Market Access 

Status 

At the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference in December 2005, Members agreed to lock in the progress 

that had been made in the Non-Agricultural Market Access (NAMA) negotiations since the July 2004 

Framework Agreement. Members reaffirmed the goal of reducing or eliminating tariff peaks, high tariffs 

and tariff escalation. Members also agreed that further liberalization of tariffs should be achieved through 

a harmonizing (Swiss) tariff cutting formula which would cut the highest tariffs the most, the exact 

structure and details to be negotiated. The United States seeks significant new competitive opportunities 

for U.S. businesses in the NAMA negotiations through cuts in applied tariff rates and the reduction of 

non-tariff barriers. 

The Hong Kong Ministerial text also recognized the work that has been done on moving forward 

discussions on sectoral initiatives and noted that the discussions had gained momentum. Members have 

been pursuing sectoral discussions in a variety of global industry sectors that represent key economic 

building blocks and sectors of interest to both developed and developing Members. Up until the time of 

the Round’s suspension in July 2006, the discussions increasingly involved a mixture of developed and 

developing country Members from every trading region. 

Through the Hong Kong Ministerial text, the Members 

also provided a boost to the important efforts to reduce 

or eliminate non-tariff barriers (NTBs) by recognizing 

the work accomplished to date and calling for 

introduction of detailed negotiating proposals early in 

2006. This recognition set the stage for the United 

States and other governments to address the variety of 

NTBs that impede market access, either on an industrywide basis (e.g., labeling issues in textiles, apparel, 

footwear and travel goods), across a variety of industries 

(e.g., barriers faced on exports of remanufactured 

goods), or in the case of a specific product in a single 

market. These barriers are often as damaging and more 

trade-distorting than tariff barriers. 

The NAMA Chairman’s text, tabled in June 2006, links 

the Hong Kong Ministerial text with Members’ positions in the NAMA Negotiating Group in an attempt 

to make obvious for Members “the gaps” in which there is no agreement. This Chairman’s text, as an 

outgrowth of the Hong Kong text, provides Members with a solid platform to negotiate the specifics on 

NAMA. The outcome of these negotiations is crucial for trade in industrial goods, which accounts for 

over 75 percent of total global trade in goods and more than 90 percent of total U.S. goods exports. In 

2004, U.S. exports of industrial goods grew to $735 billion – almost 11 times the level of U.S. 

agricultural exports. This figure is up 11 percent from 2004 and up 87 percent from 1994. The Doha 

Round provides an opportunity to lower tariffs in key markets like India and Egypt, which still retain 

ceiling tariff rates as high as 150 percent. Likewise, gains from tariff rate reductions made as a result of 

the Doha Round will accrue to developing country Members, which currently pay over 70 percent of 

duties collected to other developing countries. 

Tariff Profiles

Simple Average Tariffs as reported by the 

World Trade Organization. 

Markets

WTO 

Maximum

Tariffs 

2005 

Applied 

Tariffs

United States 3.9 3.9 

EU 4 4 

Argentina 31.8 10.4 

Brazil 30.8 11 

China 9.1 9 

Egypt 27.7 12.5 

India 34.3 19.5 

Philippines 23.4 5.6 

South Africa 15.8 9.9 
II. The World Trade Organization | 8 

Work is proceeding on the following 

tariff sectoral initiatives, proposed by 

various Members: 

Chemicals; electronics/electrical 

products; fish and fish products; forest 

products; healthcare products 

(pharmaceuticals and medical 

equipment); autos and related parts; 

bicycles and related parts; gems and 

jewelry; sports equipment; textiles, 

clothing and footwear; and 

environmental goods.

Major Issues in 2006 

In 2006, Members focused on a number of substantive elements of the July 2004 Framework Agreement 

(the Framework) including: (1) a sectoral component; (2) work on non-tariff barriers; and (3) the 

flexibilities to be provided for least-developed country Members, poor and revenue-strapped Members 

just above the LDC level, and other developing country Members. Members attempted to make progress 

on these issues before resuming intensive discussions on the elements of a tariff-cutting formula and 

specifics on the level of ambition to be achieved by developed and developing country Members. Final 

consensus on these issues proved elusive. 

The key U.S. NAMA objective is to achieve an ambitious outcome that results in significant real market 

access in key markets, including both developed and developing country Member markets. The United 

States therefore supports a combination of cuts applying a Swiss formula with dual coefficients1

 and 

sectoral initiatives to achieve most effectively the objectives laid out in the Doha mandate to reduce or 

eliminate tariff peaks, high tariffs and tariff escalation, particularly on products of export interest to 

developing country Members. The United States also believes that all the elements of the Framework 

must be considered in tandem. There is an inextricable link between discussions on the formula and on 

the sectors, as well as flexibilities. 

Based on the Framework, discussions on formula options intensified beginning in June 2006. 

Unfortunately, these discussions did not culminate in an agreement beyond what was already embedded 

in the Hong Kong Ministerial text and the NAMA Negotiating Group Chairman’s June 2006 text. 

Further progress was made on sectoral initiative discussions 

throughout the first half of 2006. U.S. efforts to inform other 

Members of the benefits of approaching sectoral 

liberalization using the “critical mass” concept bore fruit as 

an increasing number of developing country Members began 

to attend informal sector-specific discussions during NAMA 

Negotiating Group meetings in Geneva. Critical mass is 

defined as the level of Member participation (based on the 

share of world trade) needed to support a sectoral agreement 

to reduce or eliminate tariffs. Members have formally and 

informally proposed several sectors that are being considered 

for such agreements. 

Flexibility, or special and differential treatment for 

developing country Members, including “less than full reciprocity,” was a primary area of discussion in 

2006, with a number of specific and general approaches under consideration. Decisions on this element 

will be integrally linked to the outcome of negotiations on the formula and sectoral agreements. Several 

developing country Members continue to raise their concerns with the potential erosion of preferences or 

loss of government revenue due to tariff cuts. Small, vulnerable economies as well as Members that 

recently joined the WTO also raised concerns regarding their contributions to a final outcome. 

Non-tariff barriers remain an integral and equally important component of the NAMA negotiations. In 

line with the Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration, WTO Members continued to consider how NTBs could 

be addressed horizontally (i.e., across all sectors), vertically (i.e., pertaining to a single sector) and 

 

1

 Members are negotiating the coefficients to be used in the Swiss formula to determine the depth 

of tariff cuts for developed country Members and the depth of the tariff cuts for developing country 

Members. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 9 

through a bilateral request/offer process. In 2006, the United States tabled a draft text for a proposed 

agreement to facilitate and harmonize labeling requirements for textiles, clothing, and footwear and travel 

goods (TN/MA/W/18/Add.12). The United States also tabled bilateral requests of other WTO Members 

on a variety of NTB issues. In addition, the United States continued to work to build support for NTB 

proposals tabled in 2005 on automobiles and remanufactured products. 

Prospects for 2007 

In 2007, work will focus first on negotiating the final details of the Swiss formula and coefficients to be 

employed, seeking commitments from key trading Members to participate in specific sectors, determining 

the appropriate balance of flexibilities to be provided to developing country Members and advancing 

negotiations on identified NTBs. The United States continues to seek an ambitious approach that will 

deliver real market access in key developed and developing country Member markets, while supporting 

elements of flexibility for developing country Members. The United States remains committed to the 

view that true development gains can best be achieved through further real market liberalization by both 

developed and developing Members. 

4. Negotiating Group on Rules 

Status 

At the Doha Ministerial Conference in 2001, Ministers agreed to negotiations aimed at clarifying and 

improving disciplines under the Agreement on Implementation of Article VI of the GATT 1994 (the 

Antidumping Agreement) and the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (the SCM 

Agreement), while preserving the basic concepts, principles and effectiveness of these Agreements and 

their instruments and objectives. Ministers also directed that the negotiations take into account the needs 

of developing and least-developed country Members. The Doha mandate specifically calls for the 

development of disciplines on trade-distorting practices, which are often the underlying causes of unfair 

trade, and also calls for clarified and improved WTO disciplines on fisheries subsidies. 

At the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference in December 2005, Ministers directed the Negotiating Group 

on Rules (the Rules Group) to intensify and accelerate the negotiating process in all areas of its mandate, 

on the basis of detailed textual proposals, and to complete the process of analyzing proposals as soon as 

possible. On fisheries subsidies, Ministers acknowledged broad agreement on stronger rules, including a 

prohibition of the most harmful subsidies contributing to overcapacity and overfishing, and appropriate 

effective special and differential treatment for developing country Members. Ministers also directed the 

Rules Chairman to prepare consolidated texts of the Antidumping and SCM Agreements, taking account 

of progress in other areas of the negotiations. While the Rules Group intensified its work in early 2006, 

in accordance with the Hong Kong Declaration, the Rules Chairman did not issue consolidated texts of 

proposals for changes to the Antidumping and SCM Agreements in 2006, given the suspension of work in 

the Doha negotiations in July 2006. 

Since the Rules Group began its work in 2002, Members have submitted over 200 formal papers and over 

140 elaborated informal proposals to the Group.2

 In 2004, the Group began a process of in-depth 

discussions of proposals in informal session to deepen the understanding of the very technical issues 

raised by the proposals in these papers. In 2005, the Rules Chairman began holding a series of plurilateral 

consultations with smaller groups of interested Members, in order to have more intensive and focused 

technical discussions on elaborated proposals. In 2005, the Chairman also established a Technical Group 

 

2

 Both sets of Rules papers are publicly available on the WTO website: the formal papers may be 

found using the “TN/RL/W” document prefix, and the elaborated informal proposals may be found using 

the “TN/RL/GEN” prefix.
II. The World Trade Organization | 10 

as part of the Rules Group’s work to examine in detail issues relating to antidumping questionnaires and 

verification outlines, with a view to seeking to reduce costs in antidumping investigations. In accordance 

with the Hong Kong Declaration, in 2006 the Rules Group increasingly focused its work on analysis of 

detailed textual proposals containing suggestions for specific changes to the Antidumping and SCM 

Agreements. 

The Doha Declaration also directed the Rules Group to “clarif[y] and improv[e] disciplines and 

procedures” governing Regional Trade Agreements (RTAs) under the existing WTO provisions. To that 

end, in July 2006, the Rules Group approved a draft decision for the provisional application of a 

“Transparency Mechanism for Regional Trade Agreements.” In addition, the Rules Group has explored 

the establishment of further standards governing the relationship of RTAs to the global trading system. 

Major Issues in 2006 

Under the Chairmanship of Ambassador Guillermo Valles Galmes of Uruguay, the Rules Group 

intensified its work in the first half of 2006, until work on the Doha negotiations was suspended in July 

2006. In late 2006, the Chairman resumed technical consultations, primarily on fisheries subsidies issues. 

The Rules Group has based its work primarily on the written submissions from Members, organizing its 

work in the following categories: (1) antidumping (often including similar issues relating to 

countervailing duty remedies); (2) subsidies, including fisheries subsidies; and (3) regional trade 

agreements. In addition to the Rules plenary sessions, Chairman Valles held a number of plurilateral 

consultations in the first half of 2006 with smaller groups of interested Members, in order to have 

intensive technical discussions focusing on elaborated proposals by Members calling for specific textual 

changes to the Antidumping and SCM Agreements. 

Given the Doha mandate that the basic concepts and principles underlying the Antidumping and SCM 

Agreements must be preserved, the United States outlined in a 2002 submission the basic concepts and 

principles of the trade remedy rules, and identified four core principles to guide U.S. proposals for the 

Rules Group. The principles set out below continued to guide the United States’ work in the Rules Group 

in 2006: 

 

• Negotiations must maintain the strength and effectiveness of the trade remedy laws and 

complement a fully effective dispute settlement system which enjoys the confidence of all 

Members. 

 

• Trade remedy laws must operate in an open and transparent manner, and transparency and due 

process obligations should be further enhanced as part of these negotiations. 

• Disciplines must be enhanced to address more effectively underlying trade-distorting practices. 

• It is essential that WTO dispute settlement panels and the Appellate Body, in interpreting 

obligations related to trade remedy laws, follow the appropriate standard of review and not 

impose on Members obligations that are not contained in the Agreements. 

Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Remedies: In accordance with the principles noted above, the 

United States submitted nine textual proposals to the Rules Group in 2006 on antidumping (AD) and 

countervailing duty (CVD) issues. The United States submitted proposals to: address circumvention of 

AD/CVD measures; clarify the injury causation standard in AD/CVD investigations; clarify the rules 

governing use of “facts available” by AD authorities; and improve access to AD/CVD remedies for 

producers of perishable seasonal agricultural products. In addition, in an effort to improve transparency 

and due process, the United States submitted proposals to require disclosure of calculations by AD/CVD 
II. The World Trade Organization | 11 

authorities; increase access by parties to reviews under Article 9.3 of the Antidumping Agreement; 

mandate AD/CVD preliminary determinations; improve procedures for AD/CVD verifications; and 

clarify exchange rates to be used in AD/CVD margin calculations. These U.S. proposals were discussed 

in detail as part of the Chairman’s plurilateral consultations in 2006. 

A group calling itself the “Friends of Antidumping Negotiations” (FANs) has also been active in the 

Rules Group, generally seeking to impose limitations on the use of antidumping remedies. The FANs 

group consists of Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Hong Kong China, Israel, Japan, Korea, Mexico, 

Norway, Singapore, Switzerland, Chinese Taipei, Thailand, and Turkey. In the earlier stages of the Rules 

Group negotiations, there were numerous proposals submitted by the FANs as a group. As the 

discussions have become more technical and detailed, many of the FANs have submitted elaborated 

proposals individually or with a few co-sponsors, but there were no submissions by the FANs as a group 

in 2006. Among the FANs, Brazil, Chile, Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong China, Japan, Mexico, Norway, 

Switzerland and Thailand each submitted or co-sponsored elaborated proposals on AD issues in 2006. 

Besides the United States and members of the FANs, the other WTO Members submitting elaborated 

proposals on AD issues in 2006 were Canada, Egypt, the EU, India, Kenya, and South Africa; Jamaica 

submitted a formal paper with comments on other Members’ proposals. 

In 2006, the United States continued to be a leading contributor to the technical discussions aimed at 

deepening the understanding of Members of the issues raised in the Rules Group, drawing upon extensive 

U.S. experience and expertise as both a user of trade remedies and as a country whose exporters are often 

subject to other Members’ use of trade remedies. In addition to presenting its own submissions, the 

United States has been actively engaged in addressing the submissions from other Members, carefully 

scrutinizing and vigorously questioning the technical merits of the issues they have raised, as well as 

seeking to ensure that the Doha mandate for the Rules Group is fulfilled. 

Subsidies/CVD: In 2006, the United States, Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chinese Taipei, and the EU 

submitted elaborated proposals on subsidies issues. In addition, India, Egypt, Kenya, and Pakistan jointly 

submitted one elaborated proposal. Most notably, the United States submitted an elaborated proposal 

suggesting the expansion of the prohibited category of subsidies. Currently, only two types of subsidies 

are prohibited by the SCM Agreement: export subsidies and import-substitution subsidies. However, 

serious market and trade distortions can also result from other types of subsidies. Therefore, the United 

States proposed that Members consider expanding the current prohibition to include other subsidy types, 

such as those listed in the now-lapsed “dark amber” category of subsidies, as well as other forms of 

egregious government intervention. In addition to proposing the expansion of the prohibited category, the 

paper made a significant new proposal to address the United States’ increasing concerns with foreign 

state-owned and state-controlled enterprises. The paper proposed that there be a requirement that 

Members notify the WTO Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures of any intended 

provision of equity capital as well as other transparency measures for all government-controlled 

companies, such that Members can be assured of a consistently commercial, arm’s-length relationship 

between the government-owner and the state-owned enterprise. In 2006, the United States also followed 

up on a series of previous papers with proposed text regarding certain subsidy calculation issues. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 12 

Friends of Fish 

• Friends of Fish include: the United States, 

Argentina, Australia, Chile, Ecuador, 

Iceland, New Zealand and Peru; Brazil is 

playing a constructive bridging role. 

• Seek stronger rules to address significant 

global overcapacity and depletion of many 

significant fish stocks. 

• Favor a broad prohibition of fisheries 

subsidies, with appropriate exceptions for 

government support that does not promote 

overcapacity and overfishing. 

• Win-Win-Win for WTO: stronger rules on 

fisheries subsidies good for trade, the 

environment and sustainable development. 

Fisheries Subsidies: At the Hong Kong Ministerial 

Conference in 2005, the United States was 

instrumental in securing greater focus on the issue 

among Members and heightened public awareness of 

our efforts among a variety of constituencies. 

The Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration 

acknowledges the environmental dimension of the 

fisheries subsidies negotiations and notes Members’ 

broad agreement that improved disciplines should 

include a prohibition of certain forms of subsidies 

that contribute to overcapacity and overfishing. 

Following the Hong Kong Ministerial, the 

discussions in the Rules Group moved into a textbased phase. New Zealand, the United States, Brazil, 

the EU, Argentina, Japan, Korea, and Chinese Taipei all introduced text proposals in significant areas of 

the negotiations. Chairman Valles then established a process for plurilateral consultations among key 

Members, including the United States. 

With support from the United States, New Zealand presented an ambitious framework proposal based on 

a broad prohibition of fisheries subsidies, with appropriate exceptions. The United States submitted a 

proposal on several technical issues designed to complement New Zealand’s efforts. Specifically, the 

United States proposed text for a carefully tailored exception for vessel capacity reduction programs, as 

well as text addressing the use of fisheries expertise in the implementation of the agreement. 

In addition, Brazil presented a comprehensive proposal that was also premised on a broad prohibition, but 

with significant special and differential treatment for developing country Members. Also within the 

context of a broad prohibition, Argentina introduced a proposal on special and differential treatment that 

was more limited in scope than Brazil’s. The Rules Group also discussed textual proposals from other 

Members (one from the EU and one from Japan, Korea and Chinese Taipei) that reflected a lower level of 

ambition -- a prohibition limited to certain forms of capacity-enhancing subsidies, combined with 

significant categories of subsidies that would be permitted. 

Regional Trade Agreements: The discussions on regional trade agreements in the Rules Group have 

focused on ways in which the WTO rules governing customs unions and free trade agreements, and 

economic integration agreements for services, might be clarified and improved. The discussions have 

followed two tracks -- transparency and systemic (or substantive) issues. 

In July 2006, the Rules Group agreed on a set of provisional procedures, called the “Transparency 

Mechanism for Regional Trade Agreements” (WT/L/671), to improve the transparency of RTAs. The 

General Council approved this provisional Transparency Mechanism in December, making its terms 

applicable to future reviews of RTAs. The Transparency Mechanism shifts the process of fact-gathering 

and reporting on RTAs from individual Members to the Secretariat, which should lead to greater 

uniformity in the quantity and quality of the information provided. The Transparency Mechanism applies 

to all RTAs, including those between developing country Members notified under the Enabling Clause. 

Finally, in order to address the backlog of examinations in the Committee on Regional Trade Agreements, 

the Rules Group agreed that information on, as well as the text of, each notified RTA would be available 

on the WTO website. 

Although the focus in 2006 was on the Transparency Mechanism, there were some discussions on 

systemic issues as well. Work here has centered on such issues as the GATT Article XXIV requirement 
II. The World Trade Organization | 13 

that RTAs eliminate tariffs and “other restrictive regulations of commerce” on “substantially all the trade” 

between parties (and the analogous provisions for the GATS). Some developing country Members have 

proposed introducing flexibilities for RTAs involving both developed country and developing country 

Members. No formal papers on systemic issues were submitted by Members during 2006, but the EU, 

Japan, Korea and others have suggested various changes to current standards. The United States 

supported the provisional adoption of the Transparency Mechanism, and has been an active participant in 

the RTA discussions on systemic issues within the Group. 

Prospects for 2007 

In early 2007, it can be expected that the Chairman will continue technical consultations, focusing 

primarily on subsidies and fisheries subsidies issues, and that work in the Rules Technical Group will also 

continue. The Chairman likely will also continue to work towards building a consolidated negotiating 

text that can serve as the basis for the final negotiations. 

 

The United States will continue to pursue an aggressive affirmative agenda, based on the core principles 

summarized above, and building upon the U.S. proposals submitted thus far with respect to, inter alia, 

preserving the effectiveness of the trade remedy rules; improving transparency and due process in trade 

remedy proceedings; strengthening the existing subsidies rules; and strengthening WTO disciplines on 

harmful subsidies to fisheries. Concerning fisheries subsidies, the United States will continue to press for 

an ambitious outcome, including a broad-based prohibition of the most harmful subsidies and improved 

transparency and accountability in the sector. 

On RTAs, following the provisional adoption of the Transparency Mechanism in December 2006, the 

Rules Group will turn its focus in 2007 to systemic issues, on which the United States will continue to 

advocate strong substantive standards for RTAs that support and advance the multilateral trading system. 

5. Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation 

Status 

An important U.S. objective was met when WTO negotiations on Trade Facilitation were launched under 

the August 1, 2004 Decision by the General Council on the Doha Work Program. The inclusion of 

negotiations on Trade Facilitation has greatly enhanced the market access aspect of the Doha negotiating 

agenda. Opaque border procedures and unwarranted delays faced at the borders of key export markets 

can add costs that are the equivalent of a significant tariff and are the non-tariff barriers most frequently 

cited by U.S. exporters. 

The agreed negotiating mandate includes the specific objective of “further expediting the movement, 

release and clearance of goods, including goods in transit,” while also providing a path toward ambitious 

results in the form of modernized and strengthened WTO commitments governing how border 

transactions are conducted. 

One of the outcomes of the December 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial Conference was endorsement of a 

consensus-based report that had been transmitted to the Trade Negotiations Committee by the Trade 

Facilitation Negotiating Group (TFNG). The report included a matrix of the specific proposals submitted 

by Members that, along with some specific recommendations for proceeding, set the course for the work 

of the TFNG in 2006. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 14 

Major Issues in 2006 

The TFNG’s work in 2006 continued to have as its hallmark a broad-based and constructive participation 

by Members of all levels of development -- a positive negotiating environment that is seen as offering 

“win-win” opportunities for all. Of particular note was continued emergence within the TFNG of 

leadership from Members representing significant emerging markets, including India, the Philippines, 

Egypt, and China which, working closely with the United States and others, has helped to steer the 

negotiations forward in a practical, problem-solving manner. At the same time, the “Colorado Group” 

continued to provide leadership in advancing the Trade Facilitation negotiations. This group, consisting 

of the United States, Australia, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, EU, Hong Kong China, Hungary, 

Japan, Korea, Morocco, New Zealand, Norway, Paraguay, Singapore, and Switzerland, has long played 

an important role on this issue. 

For many developing country Members, results from the negotiations that bring improved transparency 

and an enhanced rules-based approach to border regimes will be an important element of broader ongoing 

domestic strategies to increase economic output and attract greater investment. There is also a growing 

understanding that such an outcome would squarely address one of the factors holding back increased 

regional integration and south-south trade. Most Members see these negotiations as bringing particular 

benefits to the ability of small and medium-sized businesses to participate in the global trading system. 

The modalities for conducting the trade facilitation negotiations, set forth as part of the August 1, 2004 

General Council decision launching the negotiations, include the following: Negotiations shall aim to 

clarify and improve relevant aspects of Articles V, VIII and X of the GATT 1994 with a view to further 

expediting the movement, release and clearance of goods, including goods in transit. Negotiations shall 

also aim at enhancing technical assistance and support for capacity building in this area. The negotiations 

shall further aim at provisions for effective cooperation between customs or any other appropriate 

authorities on trade facilitation and customs compliance issues. 

The modalities also include references that underscore the importance of addressing implementation 

issues such as costs, potential implications with regard to infrastructure, capacity building, the status of 

LDC Members, and the work of other international organizations. 

During 2006, the TFNG stepped up its work on addressing the challenge of implementing the results of 

the negotiations that will face many developing country Members. There was a strengthened focus on 

methods for developing country Members to undertake assessments of their individual situations 

regarding capacity and progress toward implementing the proposals submitted. In conjunction with this 

work, there has been intensified work on issues related to technical assistance, such as a potential role for 

a future Committee. Informally, it is already apparent that many of the developing country Members 

have implemented -- or are taking steps to do so -- a number of the concrete measures proposed as new 

WTO commitments. At the same time, it is also clear that a number of developing country Members 

openly recognize that they have an “offensive” interest in seeking implementation by their neighbors of 

any future new commitments in this area. This realization has led to broad developed and developing 

country Member alliances on some of the proposals. A similar dynamic emerged toward taking up how 

to address “special and differential” treatment as part of the negotiating outcome, with concrete and 

creative proposals emerging out of informal joint cooperative work by various developed and developing 

country Members. 

As the recent Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) undertaken by the United States have been implemented, 

there has been a positive synergy with the WTO negotiations on Trade Facilitation. With partners as 

diverse as Chile, Singapore, Australia, Morocco, and Bahrain, each FTA negotiated by the United States 

has included a separate, stand-alone chapter that contains significant commitments on customs 

administration. Each of our current and future FTA partners has become an important partner and 
II. The World Trade Organization | 15 

champion in Geneva for moving the negotiations ahead and toward a rules-based approach to Trade 

Facilitation. 

The proposals submitted by Members for specific new and strengthened WTO commitments submitted 

thus far to the Trade Facilitation negotiations generally reflect measures that would capture forwardlooking practices that would bring improved efficiency, transparency and certainty to border regimes, 

while diminishing opportunities for corruption. Notably, the submission of many of these proposals, as 

well as their initial discussions within the negotiating group, has featured alliances not traditionally seen 

at the WTO. Examples include a U.S. joint proposal with Uganda (calling for elimination of 

consularization formalities and fees), and a joint proposal with India (proposing a cooperation mechanism 

for customs facilitation and compliance). 

As 2006 progressed, the work of the TFNG was aimed at a progressive move of the negotiations towards 

entering a text-based negotiating phase. Members exhibited a consensus view that a draft text for 

negotiations should emerge in a “bottom up” Member-driven process, rather than for the chair to issue a 

text. In April, the United States was the first Member to submit a draft text proposal to the TFNG, along 

with Uganda, pertaining to its joint proposal for a commitment to eliminate consularization fees and 

formalities as requirements for importation. The submission of draft texts and the gradual shift by the 

TFNG toward the next final phase of negotiations involving the negotiation over textual provisions was 

beginning to gather momentum when negotiations were suspended in July. 

Prospects for 2007 

The formal resumption of negotiations under the Doha Development Agenda will likely bring a 

continuation of the TFNG’s advancement toward a “focused drafting mode,” in a process aimed at 

achieving a timely conclusion of text-based negotiations. As negotiations toward new and strengthened 

disciplines move forward, it will remain important that work proceeds in a methodical and practical 

manner on the issue of how all Members can meet the challenge of implementing the results of the 

negotiations -- including with regard to the issues of special & differential treatment and technical 

assistance. It is possible that some further specific proposals may be submitted, but it is likely that much 

of the work will involve the consideration of the proposals listed below as part of a process leading to 

refinement and, ultimately, articulation of some into an agreed text. 

MEASURES PROPOSED3

 BY WTO MEMBERS TO IMPROVE AND CLARIFY GATT 

ARTICLES V, VIII AND X 

A. Publication and Availability of Information 

• Publication of Trade Regulations 

• Publication of Penalty Provisions 

• Internet Publication 

 (a) of elements set out in Article X of GATT 1994 

 (b) of specified information setting forth procedural sequence and other requirements for 

 importing goods 

• Notification of Trade Regulations 

• Establishment of Enquiry Points/SNFP/Information Centres 

• Other Measures to Enhance the Availability of Information 

 

3

 As set out in the report of the Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation to the Trade Negotiations 

Committee (TN/TF/3; November 21, 2005), endorsed by the Ministers at the December 2005 Hong Kong 

Ministerial and included in Annex E of the Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 16 

B. Time Periods between Publication and Implementation 

• Interval between Publication and Entry into Force 

C. Consultation and Comments on New and Amended Rules 

• Prior Consultation and Commenting on New and Amended Rules 

• Information on Policy Objectives Sought 

 

D. Advance Rulings 

• Provision of Advance Rulings 

E. Appeal Procedures 

• Right of Appeal 

• Release of Goods in Event of Appeal 

F. Other Measures to Enhance Impartiality and Non-Discrimination 

• Uniform Administration of Trade Regulations 

• Maintenance and Reinforcement of Integrity and Ethical Conduct Among Officials 

• Establishment of a Code of Conduct 

• Computerized System to Reduce/Eliminate Discretion 

• System of Penalties 

• Technical Assistance to Create/Build up Capacities to Prevent and Control Customs Offences 

• Appointment of Staff for Education and Training 

• Coordination and Control Mechanisms 

G. Fees and Charges Connected with Importation and Exportation 

• General Disciplines on Fees and Charges Imposed on or in Connection with Importation and 

Exportation 

• Specific Parameters for Fees/Charges 

• Publication/Notification of Fees/Charges 

• Prohibition of Collection of Unpublished Fees and Charges 

• Periodic Review of Fees/Charges 

• Automated Payment 

• Reduction/Minimization of the Number and Diversity of Fees/Charges 

H. Formalities Connected with Importation and Exportation 

• Disciplines on Formalities/Procedures and Data/Documentation Requirements Connected 

with Importation and Exportation 

• Non-discrimination 

• Periodic Review of Formalities and Requirements 

• Reduction/Limitation of Formalities and Documentation Requirements 

• Use of International Standards 

• Uniform Customs Code 

• Acceptance of Commercially Available Information and of Copies 

• Automation 

• Single Window/One-time Submission 

• Elimination of Pre-Shipment Inspection 

• Phasing out Mandatory Use of Customs Brokers 

I. Consularization 

• Prohibition of Consular Transaction Requirement 
II. The World Trade Organization | 17 

J. Border Agency Cooperation 

• Coordination of Activities and Requirement of all Border Agencies 

K. Release and Clearance of Goods 

• Expedited/Simplified Release and Clearance of Goods 

• Pre-arrival Clearance 

• Expedited Procedures for Express Shipments 

• Risk Management /Analysis, Authorized Traders 

• Post-Clearance Audit 

• Separating Release from Clearance Procedures 

• Other Measures to Simplify Customs Release and Clearance 

• Establishment and Publication of Average Release and Clearance Times 

L. Tariff Classification 

• Objective Criteria for Tariff Classification 

M. Matters Related to Goods Transit 

• Strengthened Non-discrimination 

• Disciplines on Fees and Charges 

• Publication of Fees and Charges and Prohibition of Unpublished ones 

• Periodic Review of Fees and Charges 

• More effective Disciplines on Charges for Transit 

• Periodic Exchange Between Neighbouring Authorities 

• Disciplines on Transit Formalities and Documentation Requirements 

 (a) Periodic Review 

 (b) Reduction/Simplification 

 (c) Harmonization/Standardization 

 (d) Promotion of Regional Transit Arrangements 

 (e) Simplified and Preferential Clearance for Certain Goods 

 (f) Limitation of Inspections and Controls 

 (g) Sealing 

 (h) Cooperation and Coordination on Document Requirements 

 (i) Monitoring 

 (j) Bonded Transport Regime/Guarantees 

• Improved Coordination and Cooperation 

 (a) Among Authorities 

 (b) Between Authorities and the Private Sector 

6. Committee on Trade and Environment, Special Session 

Status 

 

Following the Doha Ministerial Conference in 2001, the Trade Negotiations Committee established a 

Special Session of the Committee on Trade and Environment (CTE-SS) to implement the mandate in 

paragraph 31 of the Doha Declaration. Paragraph 31 of the Doha Declaration includes a mandate to 

pursue negotiations, without prejudging their outcome, in three areas: 
II. The World Trade Organization | 18 

(i) the relationship between existing WTO rules and specific trade obligations (STOs) set out in 

Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs) (with the negotiations limited to the applicability of 

existing WTO rules among parties to such MEAs and without prejudice to the WTO rights of 

Members that are not parties to the MEAs in question); 

(ii) procedures for regular information exchange between MEA secretariats and relevant WTO 

committees, and the criteria for granting observer status; and 

(iii) the reduction or, as appropriate, elimination of tariff and non-tariff barriers to trade in 

environmental goods and services. 

 

Major Issues in 2006 

In 2006, the CTE-SS had two formal meetings and six informal meetings, including several information 

sessions, which focused primarily on the Doha Declaration sub-paragraph 31(iii) negotiating mandate. 

Members continued to intensify their discussions on environmental goods in 2006, seeking to clarify the 

scope of the mandate. Nine Members, including the United States, have put forward lists of 

environmental goods, which have been discussed in detail. The U.S. list, submitted in July 2005, 

proposed coverage of 155 products. The products included in Members’ lists (such as air pollution filters 

and solar panels) have been compiled in the WTO Secretariat’s Synthesis of Submissions on 

Environmental Goods.

4

 Also in 2006, discussions continued surrounding the EU’s “alternative” approach 

to multilateral tariff-cutting negotiations, described as the national “Environmental Project Approach.” 

There continues to be, at this stage, a divergence of views as to how the work should proceed in the CTESS, and how the CTE-SS should interface with the Non-Agriculture Market Access Negotiating Group 

and the Council on Trade in Services in Special Session, where environmental goods and services market 

access are also under discussion. 

 

Concerning the sub-paragraph 31(i) mandate on MEA Specific Trade Obligations and WTO Rules, a 

large majority of Members, including the United States, continued to note their interest in further 

experience-based discussions and to resist premature consideration of potential results in the negotiations. 

However, the EU proposed a draft Ministerial Decision in this negotiating area (TN/TE/W/68), which 

outlines a set of principles that they believe should govern the WTO-MEA relationship. Many Members, 

including the United States, rejected the proposal, saying, inter alia, that it goes far beyond the subparagraph 31(i) mandate. There was little active discussion of the sub-paragraph 31(ii) mandate on 

information exchange and observer status, although Members are generally supportive of identifying 

additional means to enhance information exchange between MEA secretariats and WTO bodies. On 

observer status, Members were able to agree on a separate decision to allow certain MEA secretariats to 

be invited on an ad hoc basis to attend CTE-SS meetings. With respect to a more permanent status, a 

number of delegations continue to express the view that the issue of criteria for observership is dependent 

on an outcome in more general ongoing General Council and TNC deliberations. 

Prospects for 2007 

 

In 2007, the CTE-SS is expected to move toward fulfillment of all aspects of the mandate under 

Paragraph 31 of the Doha Declaration, taking into account progress made in related negotiating groups. 

Under sub-paragraph 31(i), Members are expected to wrap-up their discussions of national experiences in 

negotiation and implementation of STOs set out in MEAs, including drawing any lessons that might be 

learned from such experiences. The United States continues to view this experience-based exchange as 

 

4

 This publication is contained in document TN/TE/W/63, which is available on the WTO website, 

www.wto.org. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 19 

the best way to explore the relationship between WTO rules and STOs contained in MEAs and believes 

that these experiences should form the basis for an outcome in the negotiations. Discussions under subparagraph 31(ii) are likely to become more concrete in the coming year, as many Members feel that this is 

an area ripe for progress. Several Members have also noted their interest in exploring linkages between 

sub-paragraphs 31(i) and (ii), in light of the view that enhanced cooperation between the WTO and MEA 

secretariats could contribute to improving both international and national coordination, and could further 

contribute to a mutually supportive relationship between the trade and environment regimes. Finally, the 

CTE-SS will remain the forum for discussing the importance of liberalization in both environmental 

goods and services in order to secure concrete benefits associated with access to state-of-the-art 

environmental technologies that promote sustainable development. The United States will continue to 

show leadership in advancing a robust outcome in the negotiations, one that opens markets for 

environmental goods and services, and supports Members’ environmental and development policies. 

7. Dispute Settlement Body, Special Session 

Status

Following the Doha Ministerial Conference in 2001, the Trade Negotiations Committee established the 

Special Session of the Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) to fulfill the Ministerial mandate found in 

paragraph 30 of the Doha Declaration which provides: “We agree to negotiations on improvements and 

clarifications of the Dispute Settlement Understanding. The negotiations should be based on the work 

done thus far as well as any additional proposals by Members, and aim to agree on improvements and 

clarifications not later than May 2003, at which time we will take steps to ensure that the results enter into 

force as soon as possible thereafter.” In July 2003, the General Council decided that: (i) the timeframe for 

conclusion of the negotiations on clarifications and improvements of the Understanding on Rules and 

Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (DSU) be extended by one year, i.e., to aim to conclude 

the work by May 2004 at the latest; (ii) this continued work build on the work done to date, and take into 

account proposals put forward by Members as well as the text put forward by the Chairman of the Special 

Session of the DSB (DSB-SS); and (iii) the first meeting of the DSB-SS when it resumed its work be 

devoted to a discussion of conceptual ideas. Due to complexities in negotiations, deadlines were not met. 

In August 2004, the General Council decided that Members should continue work towards clarification 

and improvement of the DSU, without establishing a deadline. 

Major Issues in 2006

The DSB-SS met four times during 2006 in an effort to implement the Doha mandate. In previous phases 

of the review of the DSU, Members had engaged in a general discussion of the issues. Following that 

general discussion, Members tabled proposals to clarify or improve the DSU. Members then reviewed 

each proposal submitted and requested explanations and posed questions to the Member(s) making the 

proposal. Members also had an opportunity to discuss each issue raised by the various proposals. 

The United States has advocated two proposals. One would expand transparency and public access to 

dispute settlement proceedings. The proposal would open WTO dispute settlement proceedings to the 

public for the first time and give greater public access to submissions and panel reports. In addition to 

open hearings, public submissions and early public release of panel reports, the U.S. proposal calls on 

WTO Members to consider rules for “amicus curiae” submissions -- submissions by non-parties to a 

dispute. WTO rules currently allow such submissions, but do not provide guidelines on how they are to 

be considered. Guidelines would provide a clearer roadmap for handling such submissions. 

In addition, the United States, joined by Chile, submitted a proposal to help improve the effectiveness of 

the WTO dispute settlement system in resolving trade disputes among Members. The joint proposal 

contained specifications aimed at giving parties to a dispute more control over the process and greater 
II. The World Trade Organization | 20 

flexibility to settle disputes. Under the present dispute settlement system, parties are encouraged to 

resolve their disputes, but do not always have all the tools with which to do so. 

Prospects for 2007

In 2007, Members will continue to work to complete the review of the DSU. Members will be meeting 

several times over the course of 2007. 

8. Council for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights, Special Session 

Status

With a view to completing the work started in the Council for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual 

Property Rights (TRIPS Council) on the implementation of Article 23.4 of the Agreement on TradeRelated Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS Agreement), Ministers agreed at the 2001 Doha 

Ministerial Conference to negotiate the establishment of a multilateral system of notification and 

registration of geographical indications (GIs) for wines and spirits. At the 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial 

Conference, Ministers agreed to intensify negotiations in order to complete them within the overall timeframe for the conclusion of the Doha negotiations. This topic is the only issue before the Special Session 

of the TRIPS Council. 

Major Issues in 2006

During 2006, the TRIPS Council’s Special Session continued its negotiations on implementation of 

Article 23.4 of the TRIPS Agreement, working to facilitate protection of certain GIs. There was no shift, 

during the course of the year, in currently-held positions among the Members, nor any movement towards 

bridging sharp differences between competing proposals. Key positions are reflected in a 2005 WTO 

Secretariat document (TN/IP/W/12) which contains a side-by-side presentation of the three proposals 

before the Special Session. In a July 2006 report to the TNC (TN/IP/16), the Chairman of the TRIPS 

Council Special Session highlighted, in particular, ongoing divergences with respect to participation in 

the multilateral register system (whether the system would apply to all Members or only to those opting to 

participate in it) and legal effects of the system (the extent to which legal effects at the domestic level 

determine the effect of registration of a geographical indication for a wine or spirit in the system). The 

Chairman also noted that further work would be required with respect to considering the costs and 

administrative burdens of a multilateral register system, particularly for developing country Members. 

The United States, together with Argentina, Australia, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, the 

Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Japan, Namibia, New Zealand, the 

Philippines, and Chinese Taipei continued to support the Joint Proposal under which Members would 

notify their GIs for wines and spirits for incorporation into a register on the WTO website, and several 

Joint Proposal co-sponsors submitted a Draft TRIPS Council Decision on the Establishment of a 

Multilateral System of Notification and Registration of Geographical Indications for Wines and Spirits to 

the Special Session to set out clearly in draft legal form a means by which Members could implement the 

mandate from paragraph 18 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and Article 23.4 of the TRIPS 

Agreement. Members choosing to use the system would agree to consult the system when making any 

decisions under their domestic laws related to GIs or, in some cases, trademarks. Implementation of this 

proposal would not impose any additional obligations with regard to geographical indications on 

Members that chose not to participate nor would it place undue burdens on the WTO Secretariat. 

The EU together with a number of other Members continued to support their alternative proposal for a 

binding, multilateral system for the registration and protection of GIs for wines and spirits. The current 

EU position is reflected in a June 2005 document in the form of draft legal text that combines two 
II. The World Trade Organization | 21 

proposals: the multilateral GI register for wines and spirits and an amendment to the TRIPS Agreement to 

extend Article 23-level GI protection to products beyond wines and spirits. The effect of this proposal is 

to expand the scope of the negotiations to all GI products and to propose that any GI notified to the EU’s 

proposed register would be automatically protected as a GI throughout the world with very few 

permissible grounds for objection. At the international level, Members would have eighteen months in 

which to object to the registration of particular notified GIs that they believed were not entitled to 

protection within their own territory. If no objections were made, each notified GI would be registered 

and all Members would be required to provide protection as required under Article 23. If an objection 

were made, the notifying Member and the Member objecting would negotiate a solution, but the GI would 

have to be protected by all Members that had not objected. In addition, although certain limited 

objections to the registered GI would be available in domestic judicial proceedings, the notified GI would 

be presumed valid against a competing rightholder, including a prior rightholder. Essentially, in both 

cases in which an objection were made at the international or domestic levels, the system proposed by the 

EU could, as a practical matter, enable one Member to mandate GI protection in another Member simply 

by notifying that GI to the system. Such a proposal would negatively affect pre-existing trademark rights, 

as well as investments in generic food terms, and would directly contradict the principle of territoriality 

with respect to intellectual property. 

A third proposal, from Hong Kong China, remains on the table. This proposal is aimed at establishing a 

system under which a registration should be accepted by participating Members’ domestic courts, 

tribunals or administrative bodies as prima facie evidence: (a) of ownership; (b) that the indication is 

within the definition of geographical indications under Article 22.1 of the TRIPS Agreement; and (c) that 

it is protected in the country of origin. The intention is that the issues will be deemed to have been proved 

unless evidence to the contrary is produced by the other party to the proceedings before domestic courts, 

tribunals or administrative bodies when dealing with matters related to GIs. In effect, a rebuttable 

presumption is created in favor of owners of geographical indications in relation to the three relevant 

issues. Although this proposal has been discussed in the Special Session, it has not been endorsed by 

supporters of either the Joint Proposal or the EU proposal. 

Prospects for 2007

The United States will aggressively pursue additional support for the Joint Proposal in the coming year, 

and will seek a more flexible and pragmatic approach on the part of the EU, so that the negotiations can 

be completed. 

9. Committee on Trade and Development, Special Session 

Status 

The Special Session of the Committee on Trade and Development (CTD-SS) was established by the TNC 

in February 2002, to fulfill the Doha mandate to review all special and differential treatment (S&D) 

provisions “with a view to strengthening them and making them more precise, effective and operational.” 

Under existing S&D provisions, Members provide developing country Members with technical assistance 

and transitional arrangements toward implementation of WTO Agreements and, ultimately, full 

integration into the multilateral trading system. S&D provisions also enable Members to provide 

developing country Members with better-than-MFN access to markets. 

As part of the S&D review, developing country Members have submitted 88 proposals to augment 

existing S&D provisions in WTO agreements. Following intensive negotiations in 2002 and 2003, the 

CTD-SS agreed ad referendum on a nearly a third of those proposals for consideration at the Fifth 

Ministerial Conference in Cancun, Mexico in 2003. Due to the breakdown of the DDA negotiations, 

these proposals were not adopted at Cancun. Since Cancun, WTO Members have taken no action to 
II. The World Trade Organization | 22 

adopt them, and in November 2005 the Africa Group submitted a paper to the CTD-SS repudiating the 

agreed texts of these proposals. In 2004 and early 2005, focus of the CTD-SS shifted to discussions on 

new approaches to address the mandate more effectively, and reflected a desire to find a more productive 

approach than that associated with the specific proposals that individual Members or groups tabled. 

Despite extensive discussions, Members were unable to reach agreement on an alternative framework for 

approaching the mandate of the CTD-SS. 

Leading up to the 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial, Members turned their focus in the CTD-SS to five S&D 

proposals put forth by the LDC Members. These included proposals on: access to WTO waivers; 

coherence: duty-free and quota-free treatment (DFQF) for LDC Members; Trade Related Investment 

Measures (TRIMS); and flexibility for LDC Members that have difficulty implementing their WTO 

obligations. At the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference, Members reached agreement in these five areas. 

The decisions on these proposals are contained in Annex F of the Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration. 

Major Issues in 2006 

Following Hong Kong, the CTD-SS conducted a thorough “accounting” of the remaining agreementspecific proposals. Though the number of proposals had been reduced considerably since their 

introduction in 2002 and 2003, divergences among Members’ positions on the remaining proposals were 

quite wide. Early in the year, CTD-SS Chairman Gafoor conducted a survey of the proposals which had 

been referred to other negotiating groups or Committees due to their technical complexity. The responses 

by other Chairpersons to his survey indicated that Members had not been able to make much headway on 

those proposals in those other bodies, due in part to the wide divergence of views on the issues, as well as 

to a lack of engagement by the original proponents. CTD-SS Chairman Gafoor reported that the 

Chairpersons of the other bodies highlighted that proponents need to take the lead and engage with other 

Members and, thereafter if necessary, to redraft their proposals. 

With respect to the remaining proposals still under consideration in the CTD-SS, Chairman Gafoor’s 

“accounting” showed that -- due to the work completed by the CTD-SS over the years and to other 

developments, including the expiry of the Agreement on Textiles and Clothing -- the number of 

outstanding proposals had been reduced considerably. However, the remaining proposals were clearly 

those on which the divergences among Members’ views were the greatest. Without prejudging outcomes 

or setting expectations on the number of, or the shape of, any outcome, Members agreed to consider a 

handful of proposals. These proposals covered issues relating to the scope for action relating to 

government subsidies, balance-of-payments adjustment and infant industry protection under Article 

XVIII (two proposals); access to WTO waivers for non-LDC developing country Members; transition 

periods under the SPS Agreement; and allocation of Import Licenses to developing country Members. 

No consensus on these proposals emerged during the discussions in 2006. 

The Hong Kong Declaration directs the CTD-SS to “resume work on all other outstanding issues, 

including the cross-cutting issues, the Monitoring Mechanism and the architecture of WTO rules.” In 

2006, Chairman Gafoor conducted formal and informal discussions on these concepts, including those 

related to increasing Members’ understanding of the utilization and effectiveness of S&D through 

monitoring and evaluation. These discussions reflected a desire on the part of some Members to find a 

more productive approach than that associated with continuing to revisit the Agreement-specific 

proposals tabled by individual Members or groups. Still, other developing country Members are 

concerned that any type of work other than the Agreement-specific proposals would address the sensitive 

issue of differentiation of treatment among developing country Members on the application of particular 

S&D provisions (also referred to as “graduation” of the more advanced developing country from S&D 

treatment). Here again, no consensus on these concepts emerged in 2006. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 23 

Prospects for 2007 

In 2007, work will continue on the remaining S&D proposals and on the underlying issues inherent in 

them. As in 2006, much of the practical work on S&D in 2007 is likely to take place in the other 

Negotiating Groups, for example the Negotiating Groups on Agriculture, Non-Agricultural Market 

Access, Services, and Trade Facilitation. However, it is also likely that discussions will continue in the 

CTD-SS toward a mechanism to monitor implementation of S&D provisions and other cross-cutting 

issues. 

C. Work Programs Established in the Doha Development Agenda 

1. Working Group on Trade, Debt and Finance 

Status 

Ministers at the 2001 Doha Ministerial Conference established the mandate for the Working Group on 

Trade, Debt and Finance (WGTDF). Ministers instructed the WGTDF to examine the relationship 

between trade, debt and finance, and to examine recommendations on possible steps, within the mandate 

and competence of the WTO, to enhance the capacity of the multilateral trading system to contribute to a 

durable solution to the problem of external indebtedness of developing and least-developed country 

Members. Ministers further instructed the WGTDF to consider possible steps to strengthen the coherence 

of international trade and financial policies, with a view to safeguarding the multilateral trading system 

from the effects of financial and monetary instability. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The WGTDF held two formal meetings in 2006. The first meeting addressed papers provided by the 

African, Caribbean and Pacific (ACP) Group and Argentina. For the second meeting, the agenda 

included all written papers provided by Members since the establishment of the WGTDF. Topics covered 

in these papers included linkages between trade and finance, linkages between trade and debt, the 

WGTDF’s mandate and the WTO’s competence and mandate in relation to the linkages between trade, 

debt and finance. 

At these meetings, the United States and other Members continued to stress the importance that the 

Working Group avoid venturing into discussion and work already covered by the mandates of the IMF 

and World Bank as well as other relevant bodies of the WTO. 

Prospects for 2007 

In 2007, the WGTDF will continue to examine the relationship between trade, debt and finance, and any 

possible recommendations on steps that might be taken within the mandate and competence of the WTO 

to enhance the capacity of the multilateral trading system to contribute to a durable solution to the 

problem of external indebtedness of developing and LDC Members. 

 

2. Working Group on Trade and Transfer of Technology 

Status 

During the 2001 Doha Ministerial Conference, WTO Ministers agreed to an “examination... of the 

relationship between trade and transfer of technology, and of any possible recommendations on steps that 

might be taken within the mandate of the WTO to increase flows of technology to developing countries.” 
II. The World Trade Organization | 24 

In fulfillment of that mandate, the TNC established the Working Group on Trade and Transfer of 

Technology (WGTTT), under the auspices of the General Council, asking it to report on its progress to 

the 2003 Ministerial Conference at Cancun. The WGTTT met four times in 2006, continuing its Doha 

Ministerial mandate to examine the relationship between trade and the transfer of technology. During the 

2005 Hong Kong Ministerial Conference, WTO Ministers recognized “the relevance of the relationship 

between trade and transfer of technology” and further agreed that, “building on the work carried out to 

date, this work shall continue on the basis of the mandate contained in paragraph 37 of the Doha 

Ministerial Declaration.” Members have not reached consensus on any recommendations. 

Major Issues in 2006 

In the period since the Doha Ministerial, the WGTTT has considered submissions from the Secretariat, 

WTO Members, other WTO bodies, and other inter-governmental organizations. 

In 2003, a group of developing country Members, led by India and Pakistan, circulated a paper entitled 

“Possible Recommendations on Steps that Might be Taken within the Mandate of the WTO to Increase 

Flows of Technology to Developing Countries.” The United States and several other Members have 

objected to much of the analysis in this paper, which suggested that some WTO agreements were 

hindering the transfer of technology. In particular, the United States and other Members expressed the 

strong view that effective intellectual property rights protections under the TRIPS Agreement promote the 

transfer of technology by private firms, rather than hindering such transfer, as the paper suggested. 

During these discussions, the United States and other Members have consistently argued that marketbased trade and investment are the most efficient means of promoting technology transfer and that 

governments should generally not require the transfer of technology. The United States has also argued 

that the contribution of commerce to technology transfer reinforces the case for continued trade and 

investment liberalization. The United States and other Members suggested that developing country 

Members take steps to enhance their ability to absorb foreign technologies, and described how technical 

assistance could promote technology transfer and absorption. Finally, the United States and other 

Members expressed the view that many of the issues raised should be discussed in WTO bodies with 

expertise on the particular subject matter. 

In October 2005, India, Pakistan and the Philippines submitted a new paper, also entitled “Steps that 

Might be Taken within the Mandate of the WTO to Increase Flows of Technology to Developing 

Countries.” This paper was the focus of much of the WGTTT’s discussion in 2006. The submission 

focused on: expanding technical assistance under the TRIPS Agreement; encouraging multinational firms 

to perform science and technology development work in developing countries; discouraging use of 

allegedly restrictive business practices by technology owners; and enhancing mobility of scientists and 

technicians under the GATS Agreement. Although this paper raises some of the same concerns as 

previous submissions, the United States and other Members expressed appreciation for the pragmatic 

tone, and viewed it as a good basis for further discussions. The United States and other developed 

country Members noted the extent to which the technical assistance issues raised in this paper may 

already be addressed under the existing programs. 

Prospects for 2007 

As of this writing, no WGTTT meetings have been scheduled in 2007. It is expected that the group will 

continue its examination of issues raised in the October 2005 India/Pakistan/Philippines paper. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 25 

3. Work Programme on Electronic Commerce 

Status

Pursuant to the Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration, Members are working to reinvigorate the Work 

Programme on Electronic Commerce. To that end, Members are considering development-related issues 

and the trade treatment, inter alia, of electronically delivered software. In addition, the moratorium on 

imposing customs duties on electronic transmission, first agreed to in 1998, continues until the next 

Ministerial Conference. 

Since 2001, the Work Program on Electronic Commerce has held several dedicated discussions under the 

auspices of the General Council. These informal discussions examined cross-cutting issues that the 

various sub-bodies of the General Council identified as affecting two or more of the various WTO legal 

instruments. The most controversial cross-cutting issue has been whether to classify electronicallydelivered products (e.g., software, music and video) as a good or a service. Resolution of that issue has 

not been reached, but Members may examine it more thoroughly in the coming year. 

Major Issues in 2006

The Work Programme on Electronic Commerce remains an item in the Doha mandate. There have been 

no follow-up dedicated discussions since the meeting in November 2005 during which Members 

examined two issues raised by the United States – the trade treatment of electronically delivered software 

and the customs duties moratorium on electronically transmitted products. No sessions of the Work 

Programme were held in 2006. 

Prospects for 2007

The United States remains committed to advancing meaningful trade policies that promote the growth of 

electronic commerce. Indeed, the focus of work in all negotiating groups has been to advance market 

openings in key information technology product and service sectors. Market access for these products 

and services will further encourage the expansion of electronic commerce. The United States continues to 

support extending the current practice of not imposing customs duties on electronic transmissions and is 

in the process of examining ways to make the moratorium permanent and binding in the future. 

Furthermore, the United States will work to focus Members’ attention on the growing importance of 

maintaining a liberal trade environment for electronically-delivered software. Depending on progress in 

the overall Doha Round, more sessions of the Work Programme are expected in 2007 to work toward 

those objectives. 

D. General Council Activities 

 

Status 

 

The WTO General Council is the highest-level decision-making body in the WTO that meets on a regular 

basis during the year. It exercises all of the authority of the Ministerial Conference, which is required to 

meet no less than once every two years. The General Council and Ministerial Conference consist of 

representatives of all WTO Members. 

Only the Ministerial Conference and the General Council have the authority to adopt authoritative 

interpretations of the WTO Agreements, submit amendments to the Agreements for consideration by 

Members, and grant waivers of obligations. The General Council or the Ministerial Conference must 

approve the terms for all accessions to the WTO. Technically, meetings of both the Dispute Settlement 
II. The World Trade Organization | 26 

Body (DSB) and the Trade Policy Review Body (TPRB) are meetings of the General Council convened 

for the purpose of discharging the responsibilities of the DSB and TPRB, respectively. 

 

Four major bodies report directly to the General Council: the Council for Trade in Goods, the Council for 

Trade in Services, the Council for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights, and the Trade 

Negotiations Committee (TNC). In addition, the Committee on Trade and Environment, the Committee 

on Trade and Development, the Committee on Balance of Payments Restrictions, the Committee on 

Budget, Finance and Administration, and the Committee on Regional Trade Agreements report directly to 

the General Council. The Working Groups established at the First Ministerial Conference in Singapore in 

1996 to examine investment, trade and competition policy, and transparency in government procurement 

also report directly to the General Council, although these groups have been inactive since the Cancun 

Ministerial Conference in 2003. A number of subsidiary bodies report to the General Council through the 

Council for Trade in Goods or the Council for Trade in Services. The Doha Ministerial Declaration 

approved a number of new work programs and working groups which have been given mandates to report 

to the General Council, such as the Working Group on Trade, Debt, and Finance and the Working Group 

on Trade and Transfer of Technology. These mandates are part of DDA and their work is reviewed 

elsewhere in this chapter. 

 

The General Council uses both formal and informal processes to conduct the business of the WTO. 

Informal groupings, which generally include the United States, play an important role in consensusbuilding. Throughout 2006, the Chairman of the General Council conducted extensive informal 

consultations, with both the Heads of Delegation of the entire WTO Membership and a wide variety of 

smaller groupings. These consultations were convened with a view towards making progress on the core 

issues in the DDA, as well as towards resolving outstanding issues on the General Council’s agenda. The 

intensive work conducted in informal meetings at the Ministerial level in the months leading up to the 

July General Council meeting, however, was not sufficient to break the impasse in the DDA negotiations. 

The Chairman of the TNC therefore recommended to the General Council that work be suspended across 

the Doha Round as a whole in order to enable the serious reflection that Members needed to do. 

Major Issues in 2006 

 

Ambassador Eirik Glenne of Norway served as Chairman of the General Council in 2006. In addition to 

work on the DDA, activities of the General Council in 2006 included: 

Accessions: Capping over 11 years of work, the General Council approved the terms of accession for 

Vietnam in November 2006. (See section on Accessions.) The General Council also approved a request 

by Tonga to extend the time-limit for acceptance of its protocol of accession. 

Aid for Trade: The General Council adopted the Report of the Task Force on Aid for Trade, but not the 

recommendations. It decided to monitor follow-up work and take the recommendations as a work in 

progress. (See section on Aid for Trade.) 

Transparency Mechanism for RTAs: The General Council adopted provisionally an agreement on a new 

“Transparency Mechanism for Regional Trade Agreements” which will provide for greater uniformity in 

the quantity and quality of the information provided for review by Members in the Committee on 

Regional Trade Agreements (CRTA) and the Committee on Trade and Development (CTD); the 

Transparency Mechanism applies to all RTAs, including those between developing country Members 

notified under the Enabling Clause. (See section on Negotiating Group on Rules). 

China Transitional Review Mechanism: In December, the General Council concluded its fifth annual 

review of China’s implementation of the commitments that China made in its Protocol of Accession. The 

United States and other members commented on China’s progress as a WTO Member, while also raising 
II. The World Trade Organization | 27 

concerns in areas such as intellectual property rights enforcement and urged China to make further 

progress toward the institutionalization of market mechanisms, fairness, transparency, and predictability 

in its trade regime 

Bananas: Several banana-producing Latin American country Members registered complaints regarding 

the effect of enlargement and tariffication of quotas under the EU banana regime. Under Article XXVIII, 

a WTO Member that considers it has a “substantial interest” that is not being recognized by the relevant 

Member may refer the matter to the General Council for a formal determination. The General Council 

considered these complaints over the course of 2006, but the issue remains unresolved. 

Improving Transparency of Unilateral Preference Programs: The General Council approved a draft 

decision proposed by Brazil and India inviting the CTD to review the transparency of preferential 

agreements notified under paragraph 2 of the Enabling Clause. Under the decision, the CTD is to 

“consider transparency” of such programs and report back to the General Council in 6 months. 

Waivers of Obligations: The General Council adopted waiver extension requests for the Kimberley 

process certification scheme for rough diamonds, Canada’s Caribcan, and Cuba. It also adopted the 

waivers for the Harmonized System 2002 and 2007 changes to WTO schedules of tariff concessions. 

Annex II contains a detailed list of Article IX waivers currently in force. 

 

Derestriction of GATT Documents: The General Council approved a decision in July to allow all 

remaining restricted GATT documents to move into the public domain. 

Prospects for 2007 

 

The General Council is expected to be more active in 2007, as Members work to break the impasse in the 

DDA and move the negotiations into their next phase. In addition to its management of the WTO and 

oversight of implementation of the WTO Agreements, the General Council will continue to monitor 

closely work on the DDA. 

E. Council for Trade in Goods 

Status

The WTO Council for Trade in Goods (CTG) oversees the activities of 12 committees (Agriculture, 

Antidumping Practices, Customs Valuation, Import Licensing Procedures, Information Technology, 

Market Access, Rules of Origin, Safeguards, Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures, Subsidies and 

Countervailing Measures, Technical Barriers to Trade, and Trade-related Investment Measures (TRIMS)) 

and the Working Party on State Trading Enterprises. 

The CTG is the forum for discussing issues and decisions which may ultimately require the attention of 

the General Council for resolution or a higher-level discussion, and for putting issues in a broader context 

of the rules and disciplines that apply to trade in goods. The use of the GATT 1994 Article IX waiver 

provisions, for example, is considered in the CTG. The CTG, for example, gave initial approval to 

waivers for trade preferences granted to ACP countries and the Caribbean Basin Initiative (CBI) countries 

by the European Union and the United States, respectively. 

Major Issues in 2006

In 2006, the CTG held four formal meetings, in March, May, July, and November. As the central 

oversight body in the WTO for all agreements related to trade in goods, the CTG devoted its attention 

primarily to providing formal approval of decisions and recommendations proposed by its subsidiary 
II. The World Trade Organization | 28 

bodies. The CTG also served as a forum for airing initial complaints regarding actions that individual 

Members had taken with respect to the operation of goods-related WTO Agreements. Many of these 

complaints were resolved through consultation. In addition, five major issues were debated extensively in 

the CTG in 2006: 

Waivers: The CTG approved several requests for waivers, including those related to the implementation 

of the Harmonized Tariff System and renegotiation of tariff schedules. In addition, the CTG took up 

waiver requests for which discussions are continuing: the United States’ request concerning the African 

Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA), Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act (CBERA) and Andean 

Trade Promotion Act (ATPA) and the EU’s request for an extension of its ACP banana tariff rate quota. 

TRIMS Article 9 Review: The Council met on several occasions to consider proposals by India and Brazil 

that would lower the level of obligations for developing country Members under the TRIMS Agreement. 

Developed country Members opposed any changes to the TRIMS agreement. Consultations continue 

concerning a proposal by developing country Members to have the Secretariat undertake a study of 

developing country Members’ experiences with various TRIMS. 

China Transitional Review: On November 20, the CTG conducted the fifth annual Transitional Review 

Mechanism (TRM) of China, as mandated by the Protocol on the Accession of the People’s Republic of 

China to the WTO. China supplied the CTG with information, answered questions that Members posed, 

and reviewed the TRM reports of CTG subsidiary bodies. (See Chapter III Section F on China for a more 

detailed discussion of China’s implementation of WTO commitments). 

Textiles: The CTG met several times to review a proposal by small exporting Members to find ways to 

assist them with post-Agreement on Textiles and Clothing (ATC) adjustment problems. These Members 

argued that the elimination of quotas will result in a disastrous loss of market share from small suppliers 

to the large exporters such as China and India. They asked that the CTG study this adjustment issue with 

a view to adopting proposals to ease the transition. These proposals were blocked by the large exporting 

Members, such as China and India. They argued that 40 years of textile restraints were long enough and 

it was necessary for this sector to return to normal trade rules. China and India contended that any 

attempt to ease the transition to a quota-free environment would perpetuate the distortions which had 

characterized this sector for so long. 

Prospects for 2007

The CTG will continue to be the focal point for discussing agreements in the WTO dealing with trade in 

goods. Post-ATC adjustment, TRIMS Article 9 review and the three outstanding waiver requests will be 

prominent issues on the agenda. In early 2007, the United States will submit revised requests for waivers 

concerning AGOA, CBERA and ATPA that will reflect the changes in these programs contained in recent 

U.S. legislation (H.R. 6111) that was signed into law by President Bush on December 20, 2006. 

1. Committee on Agriculture 

Status 

In 1995, the WTO formed the Committee on Agriculture (the Agriculture Committee) to oversee the 

implementation of the Agreement on Agriculture (the Agriculture Agreement) and to provide a forum for 

Members to consult on matters related to provisions of the Agreement. In many cases, the Agriculture 

Committee resolves problems on implementation, permitting Members to avoid invoking lengthy dispute 

settlement procedures. The Committee also has responsibility for monitoring the possible negative effects 

of agricultural reform on LDC and net food-importing developing country (NFIDC) Members. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 29 

The Agriculture Agreement represents a major step forward in bringing agriculture more fully under 

WTO disciplines. The Agreement establishes disciplines in three critical areas affecting trade in 

agriculture. First, the Agreement places limits on the use of export subsidies. Products that had not 

benefited from export subsidies in the past are banned from receiving them in the future. Where 

Members had provided export subsidies in the past, the future use of export subsidies was capped and 

reduced. Second, the Agreement set agricultural trade on a more predictable basis by requiring the 

conversion of non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and import bans, into simple tariffs (a process referred to 

as “tariffication”) with all agricultural tariffs “bound” and made subject to reduction commitments. 

Third, the Agreement calls for reduction commitments on trade-distorting domestic supports, while 

preserving criteria-based “green box” policies that can provide support to agriculture in a manner that 

minimizes distortions to trade. 

Since its inception, the Agriculture Committee has proven to be a vital instrument for the United States to 

monitor and enforce agricultural trade commitments that were undertaken by other Members in the 

Uruguay Round. Members agreed to provide annual notifications of progress in meeting their 

commitments in agriculture, and the Committee has met frequently to review the notifications and 

monitor activities of Members to ensure that trading partners honor their commitments. 

Under the watchful eye of the Committee, Members have, for the most part, complied with the 

agricultural commitments that they undertook in the WTO. However, there have been important 

exceptions where the U.S. agricultural trade interests have been adversely affected by other Members’ 

agricultural policies. In these situations, the Committee has frequently served as an indispensable tool for 

resolving conflicts before they become formal WTO disputes. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The Agriculture Committee held three formal meetings in January, May and October 2006 to review 

progress on the implementation of commitments negotiated in the Uruguay Round. At those meetings, 

Members undertook reviews based on notifications by Members in the areas of market access, domestic 

support, export subsidies, export prohibitions and restrictions, and general matters relevant to the 

implementation of commitments. 

In total, 54 notifications were subject to review during 2006. The United States participated actively in 

the review process and raised specific issues concerning the operation of Members’ agricultural policies. 

The Committee proved to be an effective forum for raising issues relevant to the implementation of 

Members’ commitments. For example, the United States used the review process to raise concerns about 

the EU’s reform of its wine program. The United States also raised concerns about Thailand’s tariff rate 

quota (TRQ) administration for soybean, corn and dry milk products. In addition, the United States used 

the review process to raise concerns following the EU enlargement to include Bulgaria and Romania. 

The United States raised questions concerning elements of domestic support programs used by Canada, 

the EU, Switzerland, and Tunisia; identified restrictive import licensing and TRQ quota administration 

practices by Canada, Japan and Thailand; and raised concerns about the use of export subsidies by 

Canada. 

During 2006, the Agriculture Committee addressed a number of other agricultural implementation-related 

issues, such as: (1) development of internationally-agreed disciplines to govern the provision of export 

credits, export credit guarantees, or insurance programs pursuant to Article 10.2 of the Agriculture 

Agreement, taking into account the effect of such disciplines on NFIDCs; (2) review of Members’ 

notifications on TRQs in accordance with the General Council’s decision regarding the administration of 

TRQ regimes in a transparent, equitable, and non-discriminatory manner; (3) annual monitoring of the 

Marrakesh NFIDC decision on food aid; and (4) annual consultations, under Article 18.5 of the 
II. The World Trade Organization | 30 

Agriculture Agreement, concerning Members’ participation in the normal growth of world trade in 

agricultural products within the framework of commitments on export subsidies. 

During 2006, no Members were added to the list of WTO NFIDCs. This current list comprises the 

following developing country Members of the WTO: Barbados, Botswana, Côte d’Ivoire, Cuba, 

Dominica, Dominican Republic, Egypt, Gabon, Honduras, Jamaica, Jordan, Kenya, Mauritius, Mongolia, 

Morocco, Namibia, Pakistan, Peru, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, 

Senegal, Sri Lanka, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, and Venezuela. 

Also during 2006 the Committee conducted the fifth annual Transitional Review Mechanism for China, 

which is required as part of that country’s Protocol of Accession. 

Prospects for 2007 

The United States will continue to make full use of the Agriculture Committee to ensure transparency 

through timely notification by Members and to enhance enforcement of Uruguay Round commitments as 

they relate to export subsidies, market access, domestic support or any other trade-distorting practices by 

WTO Members. In addition, the Committee will continue to monitor and analyze the impact of the 

possible negative effects of the reform process on least-developed and NFIDCs in accordance with the 

Agriculture Agreement. 

2. Committee on Market Access 

Status 

In January 1995, WTO Members established the Committee on Market Access (MA Committee), 

consolidating the work under the GATT system of the Committee on Tariff Concessions and the 

Technical Group on Quantitative Restrictions and other Non-Tariff Measures. The MA Committee 

supervises the implementation of concessions on tariffs and non-tariff measures where not explicitly 

covered by another WTO body, and is responsible for verification of new concessions on market access in 

the goods area. The Committee reports to the Council on Trade in Goods. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The MA Committee held five formal meetings and five informal meetings in 2006 to discuss the 

following topics: (1) the ongoing review of WTO tariff schedules to accommodate updates to the 

Harmonized Tariff System (HTS) tariff nomenclature; (2) the WTO Integrated Data Base; (3) finalizing 

consolidated schedules of WTO tariff concessions in current HTS nomenclature; (4) reviewing the status 

of notifications on quantitative restrictions and reverse notifications of non-tariff measures; and (5) 

implementation issues related to “substantial interest.” The Committee also conducted its fifth annual 

Transitional Review of China’s implementation of its WTO accession commitments. 

Updates to the HTS nomenclature: The MA Committee examines issues related to the transposition and 

renegotiation of the schedules of certain Members that adopted the HTS in the years following its 

introduction on January 1, 1988. Since then, the HTS nomenclature has been modified twice, in 1996 and 

2002, and a third modification is scheduled for 2007. Using agreed examination procedures, Members 

have the right to object to any proposed nomenclature change affecting bound tariff items on grounds that 

the new nomenclature (as well as any increase in tariff levels for an item above existing bindings) 

represents a modification of the tariff concession. Members may pursue unresolved objections under 

GATT 1994 Article XXVIII. The majority of Members have completed the process of implementing 

HTS 1996 changes, but Argentina, Israel, Panama, and South Africa continue to require waivers. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 31 

U.S. Inquiry Point 

International Regulations and Standards Division 

Foreign Agricultural Service 

U.S. Department of Agriculture 

AG Box 1027 

Room 5545 

 South Agriculture Building 

14th and Independence Ave., SW 

Washington, DC 20250-1027 

Telephone: (202) 720-1301 

 Fax: (202) 690-0677 

Email: FSTSD@FAS.USDA.GOV

In 2005, the MA Committee agreed to new procedures using the Consolidated Schedule of Tariff 

Concessions (CTS) database and assistance from the Secretariat for the introduction into Members’ 

schedules and verification of the 373 amendments that took effect on January 1, 2002 (HTS 2002). Work 

on this conversion to HTS 2002, which is essential to laying the technical groundwork for analyzing tariff 

implications of the DDA negotiations, continued throughout 2006. In addition, at its meeting of April 4, 

2006, the Committee agreed that the WTO Secretariat would elaborate procedures to incorporate changes 

in the Harmonized System to be introduced on January 1, 2007 (HTS 2007). 

Integrated Data Base (IDB): The MA Committee addressed issues concerning the IDB, which is updated 

annually with information on the tariffs, trade data and non-tariff measures maintained by WTO 

Members. Members are required to provide this information as a result of a General Council Decision 

adopted in July 1997. The United States continues to take an active role in pressing for a more relevant 

database structure with the aim of improving the trade and tariff data supplied by WTO Members. As a 

result, participation has continued to improve. As of December 2006, 128 Members have provided IDB 

submissions. In 2006, the Committee granted requests from six intergovernmental organizations and 

NGOs for access to the IDB and CTS databases. 

Consolidated Schedule of Tariff Concessions (CTS): The MA Committee continued work on 

implementing an electronic structure for tariff and trade data. The CTS includes: tariff bindings for each 

WTO Member that reflect Uruguay Round tariff concessions; HTS 1996 and 2002 updates to tariff 

nomenclature and bindings; and any other modifications to the WTO schedule (e.g., participation in the 

Information Technology Agreement). The database also includes agricultural support tables. The CTS 

will be linked to the IDB and will serve as the vehicle for conducting the DDA negotiations in agriculture 

and non-agricultural market access. 

China Transitional Review: In October 2006, the MA Committee conducted its fifth annual review of 

China’s implementation of its WTO commitments on market access. The United States, with support 

from other WTO Members, raised questions and concerns regarding China’s implementation in the areas 

of trading rights, export restrictions, tariff-rate quota administration, and value-added tax administration. 

Prospects for 2007 

The ongoing work program of the MA Committee, while highly technical, will ensure that all WTO 

Members’ schedules are up-to-date and available in electronic spreadsheet format. The Committee will 

continue to explore technical assistance needs related to data submissions, and to review Members’ 

amended schedules based on the HTS 2002 revision as the Secretariat generates HTS 2002 schedules for 

all Members. The successful completion of conversion to HTS 2002 will be a tremendous step forward in 

technical preparation for the DDA negotiations and implementation of results. 

3. Committee on the Application of Sanitary and 

Phytosanitary Measures 

Status 

The Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and 

Phytosanitary Measures (the SPS Agreement) establishes 

rules and procedures that ensure that WTO Members’ SPS 

measures address human, animal and plant health concerns, 

do not arbitrarily or unjustifiably discriminate between 

Members’ agricultural and food products, are not disguised 

restrictions on trade, and are not more trade restrictive than 
II. The World Trade Organization | 32 

necessary. SPS measures protect against risks associated with plant or animal borne pests and diseases as 

well as additives, contaminants, toxins and disease-causing organisms in foods, beverages, and feedstuffs. 

Fundamentally, the SPS Agreement provides that SPS measures be based on science; be based on risk 

assessment; and, in cases where no international standard exists or the proposed measure is not 

substantially the same as the relevant international standard and may have a significant trade impact, be 

adopted on a provisional basis and notified to the WTO SPS Secretariat for distribution to other Members 

in sufficient time for Members to comment before final decisions are made. The SPS Agreement 

provides for each Member to adopt a level of protection it considers appropriate with respect to SPS risk 

consistent with the obligations described above. 

The Committee on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (the SPS Committee) is a 

forum for consultation on Members’ existing and proposed SPS measures, the implementation and 

administration of the SPS Agreement, technical assistance, and the activities of the international standard 

setting bodies recognized in the SPS Agreement. These international standard setting bodies are: for 

food, the Codex Alimentarius Commission; for animal health, the World Organization for Animal Health 

(OIE); and for plant health, the International Plant Protection Convention (IPPC). The SPS Committee 

also discusses specific provisions of the SPS Agreement, including: transparency in Members’ 

development and application of SPS measures (Article 7); equivalence (Article 4); regionalization 

(Article 6); technical assistance (Article 9); and special and differential treatment (Article 10). Based on 

discussions in the SPS Committee as well as bilateral discussions between Members, there is a consensus 

that prevailing SPS issues and concerns generally stem from the failure of Members to implement fully 

existing obligations under the SPS Agreement, and that the current text of the SPS Agreement does not 

need to be changed. With this view in mind, the Committee has undertaken focused discussions on 

various articles of the SPS Agreement. These discussions have provided Members the opportunity to 

share experiences regarding implementation of SPS measures and to develop procedures to assist 

Members in meeting specific SPS obligations. 

For example, the SPS Committee has elaborated procedures or guidelines regarding: notification of SPS 

measures; the “consistency” provisions under Article 5.5 of the SPS Agreement; equivalence; and 

transparency regarding the provisions for special and differential treatment. 

Participation in the SPS Committee is open to all WTO Members. In addition, representatives from a 

number of international intergovernmental organizations are invited to attend Committee meetings as 

observers on an ad hoc basis. A partial list of such observers includes: the Food and Agriculture 

Organization (FAO); the World Health Organization (WHO); the Codex Alimentarius Commission; the 

IPPC; the OIE; the International Trade Center; and the World Bank. 

Major Issues in 2006 

In 2006, the SPS Committee met on four occasions. Three regular meetings were held in March, June 

and October. The continuation of the October 2005 meeting was held in on February 1-2, 2006.

Members have increasingly utilized SPS Committee meetings to raise concerns regarding new and 

existing SPS measures of other Members. For example, in 2006, the United States raised concerns with 

measures imposed by India on products of biotechnology, Indonesia on horticultural goods, Thailand on 

new entry requirements for food products, Japan on implementation of new maximum residue levels for 

pesticides, veterinary drugs and feed additives, the EU on poultry, and Australia on apple imports. In 

addition, Members treat Committee meetings as a forum for exchanging views and experiences regarding 

the implementation of various provisions of the SPS Agreement, such as transparency, regionalization 

and equivalence. Members also provide information to the SPS Committee on efforts to declare areas of 

their country free from specified pests and diseases. The United States views these steps as positive 

developments, as they demonstrate a growing familiarity with the provisions of the SPS Agreement and 
II. The World Trade Organization | 33 

increasing recognition of the value of the SPS Committee as a venue to discuss SPS-related trade issues 

among Members. 

With assistance from the United States and other donors, representatives from most of the 34 Members 

from the Americas attended each Committee meeting in 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006. This attendance has 

significantly expanded capital-based and Geneva-based participation in Committee meetings. In addition, 

immediately prior to each SPS Committee meeting, these representatives have met to exchange views on 

issues on the agenda. 

BSE - TSE5

: The SPS Committee devoted considerable time to discussing Members’ measures restricting 

trade as a result of incidents of animal diseases, including trade in beef and beef products due to BSErelated concerns. U.S. beef and other bovine-related exports were severely restricted by several Members 

after the detection of a single imported cow in Washington State in 2003 infected with the disease and 

two additional cases in 2005 in Texas, and 2006 in Alabama. At each of the meetings, the United States 

updated Members with regard to its BSE surveillance program that indicates BSE prevalence in the 

United States is extremely low. The United States encouraged all Members who have BSE-related 

measures in place that unjustifiably restrict trade in U.S. beef and beef products, to remove them based on 

the available scientific evidence clearly demonstrating the safety of U.S. beef and cattle. Other Members 

joined the United States by noting concerns that many Members’ restrictions did not appear to be based 

on the international standard established by the OIE and that no scientific justification was provided by 

Members banning imports of beef and beef products. The United States expects that BSE will continue to 

be an issue raised in the SPS Committee. 

Avian Influenza: During the 2006 SPS Committee meetings, several WTO Members reported on their 

efforts to control and eradicate avian influenza (AI) and the resulting restrictions on trade in poultry. 

Members expressed concerns with the restrictions implemented by certain other Members on trade in 

poultry that either did not appear to be based on the international standards established by the OIE or did 

not appear to adhere to the regionalization provisions of the SPS Agreement. 

Notifications: The SPS notification process is becoming increasingly important for trade, and has also 

provided a means for Members to report on determinations of equivalence and special and differential 

treatment. In 2006, the United States and other Members expressed concern about the failure of some 

Members to notify SPS measures which could have significant effects on trade. The United States made 

276 SPS notifications to the WTO Secretariat in 2006, and submitted comments on 77 SPS measures 

notified by 24 Members. 

Regionalization: The SPS Committee held informal meetings on regionalization in advance of each 

formal Committee meeting in 2006. Regionalization can be an effective means to reduce restrictions on 

trade due to animal and/or plant health concerns. In many cases, country-wide import prohibitions can be 

reduced to state- or county-wide prohibitions, depending on the characteristics of the pest or disease at 

issue as well as other factors. Some Members expressed concerns with the time Members require to make 

regionalization decisions and to publish the appropriate regulations, and are seeking to establish 

timeframes for decision-making. Due to the unique circumstances of the pest or disease in question, 

environmental factors, the SPS infrastructure, and other significant issues, the United States believes the 

OIE and IPPC Commissions are the appropriate bodies to consider the need and utility of timeframes. 

The United States is working with Members on both sides of the timeframe issue to develop a consensus 

approach to the regionalization debate in the Committee. The SPS Committee will continue to discuss 

this issue. 

 

5

 Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy and Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathy. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 34 

Review of the Agreement: Paragraph 3.4 of the Decision on Implementation-Related Issues and Concerns 

adopted at the Fourth Session of the Ministerial Conference directs the SPS Committee to review the 

operation and implementation of the SPS Agreement at least once every four years. During the course of 

the third review in 2006, the SPS Committee held informal meetings in advance of the formal Committee 

meetings. The United States identified transparency and special and differential treatment as priority 

issues for the review. With regard to the Committee’s implementation of the SPS Agreement’s 

transparency provisions, the United States, along with Australia and New Zealand, recommended that the 

Committee’s principal tasks should be to focus on strengthening developing country Members’ enquiry 

points; addressing a number of issues that have been raised previously by specific Members; and 

reviewing the Secretariat’s handbook on transparency to assess better what progress Members have made 

in meeting their transparency obligations. Regarding implementation of special and differential 

treatment, the United States aimed to focus the Committee’s work by highlighting a number of sound 

recommendations and initiatives by developing country Members that could improve the effectiveness of 

technical assistance and serve as examples of successful regional and bilateral programs. The 2006 

efforts of the WTO Secretariat were also critical to the Committee’s work on special and differential 

treatment through the continued provision of opportunities for Members to attend various technical 

seminars, including the March 31, 2006, workshop in Geneva held to facilitate communication between 

donor and recipient countries. 

China’s Transitional Review Mechanism: The United States participated in the SPS Committee’s fifth 

review of China’s implementation of its WTO obligations as provided for in paragraph 18 of the Protocol 

on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China. The United States submitted questions regarding 

China’s notification and transparency procedures; the scientific basis for specific SPS measures which 

restrict U.S. exports; risk assessment procedures; and control, inspection and approval procedures. Other 

Members also provided written comments and questions and offered comments during the review. China 

responded orally during the review and restated its commitment to implement fully the provisions of the 

SPS Agreement. 

Prospects for 2007 

The SPS Committee will hold three meetings in 2007, and informal sessions are anticipated in advance of 

each formal meeting. The Committee has a standing agenda for meetings that can be amended to 

accommodate new or special issues. The SPS Committee will continue to monitor Members’ 

implementation activities and the discussion of specific trade concerns will continue to be an important 

part of the Committee’s activities. The Committee will also continue to serve as an important venue for 

Members to exchange information on SPS-related issues, including BSE, AI, food safety measures and 

technical assistance. 

The United States anticipates that the SPS Committee will also focus on furthering priorities identified in 

the third review, such as the implementation of transparency, regionalization and the provision of 

technical assistance under special and differential treatment. Finally, the Committee will continue to 

monitor the use and development of international standards, guidelines and recommendations by Codex, 

OIE and IPPC. The SPS Committee will also prepare for and conduct the sixth review of China’s 

implementation of the SPS Agreement. 

4. Committee on Trade-Related Investment Measures 

Status 

The Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures (the TRIMS Agreement), which entered into 

force with the establishment of the WTO in 1995, prohibits investment measures that are inconsistent 

with national treatment obligations under Article III:4 of the GATT 1994 and reinforces the prohibitions 

on quantitative restrictions set out in Article XI:1 of the GATT 1994. The TRIMS Agreement requires 
II. The World Trade Organization | 35 

the elimination of certain measures imposing requirements on, or linking advantages to, certain actions of 

foreign investors, such as measures that require, or provide benefits for, the incorporation of local inputs 

in manufacturing processes (“local content requirements”) or measures that restrict a firm’s imports to an 

amount related to the quantity of its exports or of its foreign exchange earnings (“trade balancing 

requirements”). The Agreement includes an illustrative list of measures that are inconsistent with Articles 

III:4 and XI:1 of the GATT 1994. 

 

Developments relating to the TRIMS Agreement are monitored and discussed both in the Council on 

Trade in Goods (CTG) and in the Committee on Trade-Related Investment Measures (the TRIMS 

Committee). Since its establishment in 1995, the TRIMS Committee has been a forum for the United 

States and other Members to address concerns, gather information, and raise questions about the 

maintenance, introduction, or modification of TRIMS by Members. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The TRIMS Committee held three formal meetings during 2006, in May, June and October. TRIMS 

issues were also discussed during several meetings of the CTG. 

As part of the review of special and differential treatment provisions, the TRIMS Committee continued to 

consider several TRIMS-related proposals submitted by a group of Members from Africa. These 

proposals were revised and re-submitted at the June TRIMS Committee meeting. 

As was the case in the previous submission, one proposal argued that Members should interpret and apply 

the TRIMS Agreement in a manner that supports WTO-consistent measures taken by African Members to 

safeguard their balance of payments. A second proposal argued that LDC or other low-income Members 

experiencing balance-of-payments difficulties should be permitted to maintain measures inconsistent with 

the TRIMS Agreement for periods of not less than six years. The final proposal would require the CTG 

to grant new requests from certain African Members for the extension of transition periods or for fresh 

transition periods for the notification and elimination of TRIMS. 

In response to these proposals, the United States argued that any TRIMS imposed for balance-ofpayments purposes must follow existing WTO rules on balance-of-payments safeguards. The United 

States also argued that it would not be appropriate to adopt fixed time periods for maintaining TRIMS in 

response to balance-of-payments crises given the varying nature of such crises and that, given the lack of 

requests for TRIMS extensions from LDC Members to date, it was not clear that a policy of automatically 

granting requests for longer TRIMS transition periods was warranted. The TRIMS Committee is 

expected to continue these discussions in 2007. 

With respect to the outstanding issues related to the TRIMS Agreement, Brazil and India continued to 

seek permission for developing country Members to use TRIMS prohibited by the TRIMS Agreement, if 

such measures are deemed to be useful in promoting development. The United States and other 

developed country Members argued that renegotiation of the TRIMS Agreement was not within the Doha 

mandate. In addition, the United States argued that TRIMS were an inefficient means of promoting 

development and could prove to be counterproductive. 

Pursuant to paragraph 18 of the Protocol on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China to the WTO, 

the TRIMS Committee conducted its fifth annual review in 2006 of China’s implementation of the 

TRIMS Agreement and related provisions of the Protocol. The United States’ main objectives in this 

review were to obtain information and clarification regarding China’s WTO compliance efforts and to 

convey to China, in a multilateral setting, the concerns that it has regarding Chinese practices and/or 

regulatory measures that may not be in accordance with China’s WTO commitments. During the October 

meeting of the TRIMS Committee, U.S. questions focused on China’s foreign investment policies, and, in 
II. The World Trade Organization | 36 

particular, rules governing the automotive and steel sectors, information on new investment restrictions 

under consideration, new mergers and acquisition regulations, and the new Foreign Investment Catalogue. 

U.S. agencies are analyzing China’s policies and its responses to U.S. questions in an effort to decide 

whether and how to pursue these issues during future meetings of the CTG or the TRIMS Committee. 

Prospects for 2007 

The United States will engage other Members in efforts to promote compliance with the TRIMS 

Agreement and avoid weakening the disciplines of that Agreement. 

5. Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures6

Status

The Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (the SCM Agreement) provides rules and 

disciplines for the use of government subsidies and the application of remedies – through either WTO 

dispute settlement or countervailing duty (CVD) action – to address subsidized trade that causes harmful 

commercial effects. The SCM Agreement nominally divides subsidy practices into three classes: 

prohibited (red light) subsidies; permitted yet actionable (yellow light) subsidies; and permitted nonactionable (green light) subsidies.7

Export subsidies and import substitution subsidies are prohibited. All other subsidies are permitted, but 

are actionable (through CVD or WTO dispute settlement actions) if they are (i) “specific”, i.e., limited to 

a firm, industry or group thereof within the territory of a WTO Member and (ii) found to cause adverse 

trade effects, such as material injury to a domestic industry or serious prejudice to the trade interests of 

another Member. With the expiration of the Agreement’s provisions on green light subsidies, at present, 

the only non-actionable subsidies are those which are not specific, as defined above. 

Major Issues in 2006

The Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (the SCM Committee) held two formal 

meetings in 2006, in April and October. In addition to its routine activities of reviewing and clarifying 

the consistency of Members’ domestic laws, regulations and actions with the SCM Agreement’s 

requirements, Committee Members, including the United States, continued to accord special attention to 

the general matter of subsidy notifications made to and considered by the Committee. During the fall 

meeting, the Committee undertook its fifth transitional review with respect to China’s implementation of 

the Agreement. Other issues addressed in the course of the year included: the examination of the export 

 

6

 For further information, see also the Joint Report of the United States Trade Representative and 

the U.S. Department of Commerce, Subsidies Enforcement Annual Report to the Congress, February 

2007. 

7

 Prior to 2000, Article 8 of the SCM Agreement provided that certain limited kinds of government 

assistance granted for industrial research and development (R&D), regional development, or 

environmental compliance purposes would be treated as non-actionable subsidies. In addition, Article 6.1 

of the SCM Agreement provided that certain other subsidies (e.g., subsidies to cover a firm’s operating 

losses), referred to as dark amber subsidies, could be presumed to cause serious prejudice. If such 

subsidies were challenged on the basis of these dark amber provisions in a WTO dispute settlement 

proceeding, the subsidizing government would have the burden of showing that serious prejudice had not

resulted from the subsidy. However, as explained in our 1999 report, these provisions expired on January 

1, 2000 because a consensus could not be reached among Members on whether to extend or the terms by 

which these provisions might be extended beyond their five-year period of provisional application. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 37 

subsidy program extension requests of certain developing country Members, the updating of the 

methodology for Annex VII (b) of the Agreement and consideration of an appointment to the Permanent 

Group of Experts. Further information on these various activities is provided below. 

Review and Discussion of Notifications: Throughout the year, Members submitted notifications of: (1) 

new or amended CVD legislation and regulations; (2) CVD investigations initiated and decisions taken; 

and (3) measures which meet the definition of a subsidy and which are specific to certain recipients 

within the territory of the notifying Member. Notifications of CVD legislation and actions, as well as 

subsidy notifications, were reviewed and discussed by the Committee at both of its meetings. 

In reviewing notified CVD legislation and subsidies, Committee procedures provide for the exchange in 

advance of written questions and answers in order to clarify the operation of the notified measures and 

their relationship to the obligations of the Agreement. To date, 86 Members of the WTO (counting the 27 

members states of the European Union as one) have notified that they currently have CVD legislation in 

place, or have notified that they have no such legislation; 35 Members have not, as yet, made a 

notification. In 2006, the Committee reviewed the notifications of CVD laws and regulations of the 

Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, China, Mexico, and Israel.8

As for CVD measures, four Members notified CVD actions taken during the latter half of 2005, and four 

Members notified actions taken in the first half of 2006. Specifically, the SCM Committee reviewed 

actions taken by Canada, the EU, Japan, Mexico, and the United States. In 2006, 23 subsidy notifications 

covering the 2004/2005 reporting period were reviewed. The Committee also continued its examination 

of new and full notifications and updating notifications for earlier time periods. Notably, China submitted 

its first subsidy notification in 2006 (see China Transitional Review below). Unfortunately, numerous 

Members have never made a subsidy notification to the WTO, although many are lesser developed 

country Members. 

 

China Transitional Review: At the fall meeting, the SCM Committee undertook, pursuant to the Protocol 

on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China, the fifth annual Transitional Review with respect to 

China’s implementation of its WTO obligations in the areas of countervailing measures, subsidies and 

pricing policies. 

Following increasing pressure from the United States and other WTO members, China finally submitted 

its long-overdue subsidies notification to the WTO’s Subsidies Committee in April 2006. Although the 

notification is lengthy, with over 70 subsidy programs reported, it is also notably incomplete, as it failed 

to notify any subsidies provided by China’s state-owned banks or by provincial and local government 

authorities. In addition, while China notified several subsidies that appear to be prohibited, it did so 

without making any commitment to withdraw them, and it failed to notify other subsidies that appear to 

be prohibited. The United States has devoted significant time and resources to monitoring and analyzing 

China’s subsidy practices, and these efforts helped to identify significant omissions in China’s subsidy 

notification. In accordance with SCM Committee procedures, the United States submitted extensive 

written questions and comments on China’s subsidies notification in July 2006, as did several other 

Members, including the EU, Japan, Canada, Mexico, Australia, and Turkey. China has not yet responded 

to these submissions. During the annual transitional review before the SCM Committee, held in October 

2006, the United States reiterated its concerns about China’s subsidies notifications and urged China to 

withdraw its prohibited subsidies immediately (see People’s Republic of China, under Bilateral and 

Regional Negotiations below for further details). 

 

 

8

 In keeping with WTO practice, the review of legislative provisions which pertain or apply to both 

antidumping and CVD actions by a Member generally took place in the Antidumping Committee. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 38 

Extension of the transition period for the phase out of export subsidies: Under the SCM Agreement, most 

developing country Members were obligated to eliminate their export subsidies by December 31, 2002. 

Article 27.4 of the SCM Agreement allows for an extension of this deadline provided certain conditions 

are met. If the SCM Committee grants an extension, annual consultations with the Committee must be 

held to determine the necessity of maintaining the subsidies.9

 If the Committee does not affirmatively 

sanction a continuation, the export subsidies must be phased out within two years. 

To address the concerns of certain small developing country Members, a special procedure within the 

context of Article 27.4 of the SCM Agreement was adopted at the Fourth Ministerial Conference under 

which countries whose share of world exports was not more than 0.10 percent and whose Gross National 

Income was not greater than $20 billion could be granted a limited extension for particular types of export 

subsidy programs subject to rigorous transparency and standstill provisions. Members meeting all the 

qualifications for the agreed-upon special procedures were eligible for a five-year extension of the 

transition period, in addition to the two years referred to under Article 27.4. Antigua and Barbuda, 

Barbados, Belize, Costa Rica, Dominica, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Fiji, Grenada, Guatemala, 

Jamaica, Jordan, Mauritius, Panama, Papua New Guinea, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and 

the Grenadines, and Uruguay have made yearly requests since 2001 under these special procedures.10 

These requests were approved by the SCM Committee in 2002, 2003, 2004, and 2005. 

Extension requests were again made in 2006 by all of the Members listed above. These requests required, 

inter alia, a detailed examination of whether the applicable standstill and transparency requirements had 

been met. In total, the SCM Committee conducted a detailed review of more than 40 export subsidy 

programs. At the end of the process, all of the requests under the special procedures were granted. 

Throughout the review and approval process, the United States took a leadership role in ensuring close 

adherence to all of the preconditions necessary for continuation of the extensions. 

Additionally, in early 2006, some of the Members currently benefiting from the extension under the 

special procedures proposed a further 10-year extension until 2018.11 Under the proposal, only those 

programs previously granted an extension would be eligible under the same conditions currently in place. 

Members have exchanged written questions and answers and have engaged in informal consultations 

regarding the proposal. The SCM Committee’s review of the proposal will continue into 2007. 

 

The Methodology for Annex VII (b) of the SCM Agreement: Annex VII of the SCM Agreement identifies 

certain lesser developed country Members that are eligible for particular special and differential 

treatment. Specifically, the export subsidies of these Members are not prohibited and, therefore, are not 

actionable as prohibited subsidies under the dispute settlement process. The Members identified in 

Annex VII include those WTO Members designated by the United Nations as “least developed countries” 

(Annex VII(a)) as well as countries that had, at the time of the negotiation of the Agreement, a per capita 

 

9 Any extension granted by the SCM Committee would only preclude a WTO dispute settlement 

case from being brought against the export subsidies at issue. A Member’s ability to bring a CVD action 

under its national laws would not be affected. 

10 Bolivia, Honduras, Kenya, and Sri Lanka are all listed in Annex VII of the SCM Agreement and 

thus, may continue to provide export subsidies until their “graduation”. Therefore, these Members have 

only reserved their rights under the special procedures in the event they graduate during the five-year 

extension period contemplated by the special procedures. Because these Members are only reserving 

their rights at this time, the SCM Committee did need to make any decisions as to whether their particular 

programs qualify under the special procedures. 

11 The Members proposing the extension were: Antigua and Barbuda, Belize, Barbados, Dominica, 

Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Fiji, Grenada, Jamaica, Mauritius, Papua New Guinea, St. Kitts and 

Nevis, St. Lucia, and St. Vincent and the Grenadines. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 39 

GNP under $1,000 per annum and are specifically listed in Annex VII(b).12 A country automatically 

“graduates” from Annex VII(b) status when its per capita GNP rises above the $1,000 threshold. When a 

Member crosses this threshold it becomes subject to the subsidy disciplines of other developing country 

Members. 

Since the adoption of the SCM Agreement in 1995, the de facto interpretation by the SCM Committee of 

the $1,000 threshold was that it reflected current (i.e., nominal or inflated) dollars. The concern with this 

interpretation, however, was that a Member could graduate from Annex VII on the basis of inflation 

alone, rather than on the basis of real economic growth. 

In 2001, the Chairman of the SCM Committee, in conjunction with the WTO Secretariat, developed an 

alternative approach to calculate the $1,000 threshold in constant 1990 dollars. At the Fourth Ministerial 

Conference, decisions were made which led to the adoption of this methodology. The WTO Secretariat 

updated these calculations in 2006.13 

 

Permanent Group of Experts: Article 24 of the SCM Agreement directs the Committee to establish a 

Permanent Group of Experts (PGE) “composed of five independent persons, highly qualified in the fields 

of subsidies and trade relations.” The Agreement articulates three possible roles for the PGE: (i) to 

provide, at the request of a dispute settlement panel, a binding ruling on whether a particular practice 

brought before that panel constitutes a prohibited subsidy, within the meaning of Article 3 of the SCM 

Agreement; (ii) to provide, at the request of the Committee, an advisory opinion on the existence and 

nature of any subsidy; and (iii) to provide, at the request of a Member, a “confidential” advisory opinion 

on the nature of any subsidy proposed to be introduced or currently maintained by that Member. To date, 

the PGE has not yet been called upon to perform any of the aforementioned duties. Article 24 further 

provides for the Committee to elect the experts to the PGE, with one of the five experts being replaced 

every year. In the beginning of 2006, the members of the Permanent Group of Experts were: Professor 

Okan Aktan (Turkey); Mr. Yuji Iwasawa (Japan); Mr. Asger Petersen (Denmark); and Mr. Terence P. 

Stewart (United States). Mr. Hyung-Jin Kim’s (Korea) term expired in the spring of 2005 and Mr. 

Stewart’s term expired in 2006. The Committee has been unable to reach a consensus as to their 

replacements. 

Prospects for 2007 

In 2007, the United States will continue to devote special attention to the subsidy notifications submitted 

to and considered by the SCM Committee. The United States will particularly focus on China’s subsidy 

notification and the Transitional Review Mechanism to ensure that China meets its obligations under its 

Protocol of Accession and the SCM Agreement. As noted above, in 2007 the Committee will be 

considering the additional export subsidy extension request by certain small exporter developing country 

Members. Finally, the United States is prepared to take a leadership role in addressing any technical 

questions or developing country issues that the SCM Committee may be asked to consider in the context 

of issues that may arise within the Rules Negotiating Group. 

 

12 Members identified in Annex VII(b) are: Bolivia, Cameroon, Congo, Cote d’Ivoire, Dominican 

Republic, Egypt, Ghana, Guatemala, Guyana, India, Indonesia, Kenya, Morocco, Nicaragua, Nigeria, 

Pakistan, Philippines, Senegal, Sri Lanka, and Zimbabwe. In recognition of the technical error made in 

the final compilation of this list and pursuant to a General Council decision, Honduras was formally 

added to Annex VII(b) on January 20, 2001. 

13 See G/SCM/110/Add.2. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 40 

6. Committee on Customs Valuation 

Status 

The purpose of the Agreement on the Implementation of GATT Article VII (known as the WTO 

Agreement on Customs Valuation, referred to herein as the “Valuation Agreement”) is to ensure that 

determinations of the customs value for the application of duty rates to imported goods are conducted in a 

neutral and uniform manner, precluding the use of arbitrary or fictitious customs values. Adherence to 

the Agreement is important for U.S. exporters, particularly to ensure that market access opportunities 

achieved through tariff reductions are not negated by unwarranted and unreasonable “uplifts” in the 

customs value of goods to which tariffs are applied. The use of arbitrary and inappropriate “uplifts” in 

the valuation of goods by importing countries when applying tariffs can result in an unwarranted doubling 

or tripling of duties. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The Valuation Agreement is administered by the Committee on Customs Valuation (the Customs 

Valuation Committee), which held two formal meetings in 2006. The Agreement established a Technical 

Committee on Customs Valuation under the auspices of the World Customs Organization (WCO) with a 

view to ensuring, at the technical level, uniformity in interpretation and application of the Valuation 

Agreement. The Technical Committee also held two meetings in 2006. 

In accordance with a 1999 recommendation of the WTO Working Party on Preshipment Inspection that 

was adopted by the General Council, the Customs Valuation Committee continued to provide a forum for 

reviewing the operation of various Members’ preshipment inspection regimes and the implementation of 

the WTO Agreement on Preshipment Inspection. 

The use of minimum import prices, a practice inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreement, 

continues to diminish as more developing country Members undertake full implementation of the 

Agreement. The United States has used the Customs Valuation Committee as an important forum for 

addressing concerns on behalf of U.S. exporters across all sectors - including agriculture, automotive, 

textile, steel, and information technology products - that have experienced difficulties related to the 

conduct of customs valuation regimes outside of the disciplines set forth under the Agreement. 

Achieving universal adherence to the Valuation Agreement in the Uruguay Round was an important 

objective of the United States. The Agreement was initially negotiated in the Tokyo Round, but its 

acceptance was voluntary until mandated as part of membership in the WTO. A proper valuation 

methodology under the Agreement, avoiding arbitrary determinations or officially-established minimum 

import prices, can be the foundation for the realization of market access commitments. Just as important, 

the implementation of the Agreement also often represents the first concrete and meaningful steps taken 

by developing country Members toward reforming their customs administrations and diminishing 

corruption, and ultimately moving to a rules-based trade facilitation environment. 

Because the Valuation Agreement precludes the use of arbitrary customs valuation methodologies, an 

additional positive result is to diminish one of the incentives for customs officials to engage in corrupt 

activities. However, some developing country Members may still be using valuation databases or other 

practices as a means to apply minimum or arbitrary values to imported goods. Therefore, as part of an 

overall strategic approach to advancing trade facilitation within the WTO, the United States has taken an 

aggressive role on matters related to customs valuation during the past decade. 

While many developing country Members undertook timely implementation of the Agreement, the 

Customs Valuation Committee continued throughout 2006 to address various individual Member requests 
II. The World Trade Organization | 41 

for either a transitional reservation for implementation methodology, or for a further extension of time for 

overall implementation. Each decision has included an individualized benchmarked work program 

toward full implementation, along with requirements to report on progress and specific commitments on 

other implementation issues important to U.S. export interests. No Members maintain an extension of the 

delay period in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1, Annex III. One Member (Sri Lanka) 

maintains reservations that have been granted under paragraph 2, Annex III for minimum values, and one 

Member (Senegal) has requested an extension of a waiver for the application of minimum values granted 

under Article IX of the WTO Agreement. 

An important part of the Customs Valuation Committee’s work is the examination of implementing 

legislation. As of October 2006, 73 Members had notified their national legislation on customs valuation. 

During 2006, the Committee concluded the examinations of the legislations of India and Mexico, and 

continued its examination of the legislation of Thailand. Members also discussed a complaint by Panama 

challenging certain customs measures applied by Colombia to imports of goods from Panama and other 

Members. 

Working with information provided by U.S. exporters, the United States played a leadership role in these 

examinations, submitting in some cases a series of questions as well as suggestions toward improved 

implementation, particularly with regard to China, India and Mexico. The examinations of China and 

Thailand will continue into 2007. 

In 2006, the Customs Valuation Committee concluded China’s Fifth Transitional Review in accordance 

with the Protocol of Accession of the People’s Republic of China to the WTO. During 2006, the United 

States continued to seek clarifications about China’s customs-related regulatory measures and legislation. 

The United States has been concerned about the implementation of these measures by China’s customs 

personnel. The U.S. delegation continued to urge China to work to establish uniformity in the 

administration of its customs valuation regime and its adherence to WTO customs valuation rules. 

The Customs Valuation Committee’s work throughout 2006 continued to reflect a cooperative focus 

among all Members toward practical methods to address the specific problems of individual Members. 

As part of its problem-solving approach, the Committee continued to take an active role in exploring how 

best to ensure effective technical assistance, including with regard to meeting post-implementation needs 

of developing country Members. 

Prospects for 2007 

The Customs Valuation Committee’s work in 2007 will include reviewing the relevant implementing 

legislation and regulations notified by Members, along with addressing any further requests by other 

Members concerning implementation deadlines. The Committee will monitor progress by Members with 

regard to their respective work programs that were included in the decisions granting transitional 

reservations or extensions of time for implementation. In this regard, the Committee will continue to 

provide a forum for sustained focus on issues arising from practices of all Members that have 

implemented the Valuation Agreement, to ensure that such Members’ customs valuation regimes do not 

utilize arbitrary or fictitious values such as through the use of minimum import prices. Finally, the 

Committee will continue to address technical assistance issues as a matter of high priority.

7. Committee on Rules of Origin 

Status 

The objective of the Agreement on Rules of Origin (the ROO Agreement) is to increase transparency, 

predictability and consistency in both the preparation and application of rules of origin. The ROO 
II. The World Trade Organization | 42 

Agreement provides important disciplines for conducting preferential and non-preferential origin regimes, 

such as the obligation to provide binding origin rulings upon request to traders within 150 days of that 

request. In addition to setting forth disciplines related to the administration of rules of origin, the ROO 

Agreement provides for a work program leading to the multilateral harmonization of rules of origin used 

for non-preferential trade. The Harmonization Work Programme (HWP) is more complex than initially 

envisioned under the Agreement, which originally provided for the work to be completed within three 

years after its commencement in July 1995. This work program continued throughout 2006 and will 

continue into 2007. 

The ROO Agreement is administered by the Committee on Rules of Origin (the ROO Committee), which 

met formally once in 2006, and held informal consultations throughout the year. The Committee also 

serves as a forum to exchange views on notifications by Members concerning their national rules of 

origin, along with those relevant judicial decisions and administrative rulings of general application. The 

ROO Agreement also established a Technical Committee on Rules of Origin with the World Customs 

Organization to assist in the HWP. 

Major Issues in 2006 

As of the end of 2006, 78 Members notified the WTO concerning non-preferential rules of origin. In 

these notifications, 36 Members notified that they had non-preferential rules of origin and 42 Members 

notified that they did not have a non-preferential rule of origin regime. Forty-five Members have not 

notified non-preferential rules of origin. 

Eighty-five Members have notified the WTO concerning preferential rules of origin, of which 81 notified 

their preferential rules of origin and four notified that they did not have preferential rules of origin. 

Thirty-nine Members have not notified preferential rules of origin. 

Virtually all issues and problems cited by U.S. exporters as arising under the origin regimes of U.S. 

trading partners arise from: administrative practices that are not transparent, discrimination and a lack of 

predictability. Substantial attention has been given to the implementation of the ROO Agreement’s 

important disciplines related to transparency, which constitute internationally recognized “best customs 

practices.” 

Many of the ROO Agreement’s obligations, such as issuing binding rulings upon request of traders in 

advance of trade, have frequently been cited as a model for more broad-based commitments that could 

emerge from future WTO work on Trade Facilitation. 

The ROO Agreement has provided a means for addressing and resolving many problems facing U.S. 

exporters pertaining to origin regimes, and the ROO Committee has been active in its review of the 

Agreement’s implementation. The ongoing HWP leading to the multilateral harmonization of nonpreferential product-specific rules of origin has attracted a great deal of attention and resources. 

Significant progress has been made toward completion of this effort, despite the large volume and 

magnitude of complex issues which must be addressed for hundreds of specific products. 

The ROO Committee continued to focus on the work program to achieve multilateral harmonization of 

non-preferential rules of origin. U.S. proposals for the WTO origin HWP have been developed under the 

auspices of a Section 332 study being conducted by the U.S. International Trade Commission pursuant to 

a request by the U.S. Trade Representative. The U.S. proposals reflect input received from ongoing 

consultations with the private sector as the negotiations have progressed from the technical stage to 

deliberations at the ROO Committee. Representatives from several U.S. Government agencies continue 

to be involved actively in the HWP, including the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (formerly the 

U.S. Customs Service), the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 43 

In addition to the October 2006 formal meeting, the ROO Committee conducted numerous informal 

consultations and working party sessions related to the HWP negotiations. The Committee’s work in 

2006 proceeded in response to the August 1, 2005 General Council extension of the deadline for 

completion of work on the 94 core policy issues by July 31, 2006. The General Council also agreed that 

following resolution of the core policy issues, the Committee would complete its remaining work on the 

HWP by December 31, 2006. 

While the ROO Committee has made significant progress towards fulfilling the mandate of the ROO 

Agreement to establish harmonized non-preferential rules of origin, the Committee is still grappling with 

a number of fundamental issues including many product-specific rules of origin for agricultural and 

industrial goods, and the scope of the prospective obligation to apply equally for all purposes the 

harmonized non-preferential rules of origin. 

This issue and the remaining “core policy issues” are among the most difficult and sensitive matters for 

the Members and continued commitment and flexibility from all Members will be required to conclude 

the work program and implement the non-preferential rules of origin. 

The ROO Committee continued to make progress in reducing the number of issues that remained 

outstanding under the HWP, and is proceeding on a track toward achieving consensus on product-specific 

rules of origin for more than 5,000 tariff lines. In 2006, the Committee focused on 94 unresolved issues 

identified as “core policy issues.” Many of these issues are particularly significant due to their broad 

application across important product sectors, including fish, beef and beef products, dairy products, sugar, 

industrial and automotive goods, semiconductors and electronics, and steel. Specific origin questions 

among these “core policy issues” include, for example, how to determine the origin of fish caught in an 

Exclusive Economic Zone, or whether refinement, fractionation and hydrogenation substantially 

transform oil and fat products to a degree appropriate to confer country of origin. A cross-cutting 

unresolved “core policy issue” continues to arise from the absence of common understanding among 

Members concerning the scope of the Agreement’s prospective obligation, upon completion of the 

harmonization and implementation of the results, for Members to “apply rules of origin equally for all 

purposes.” 

As a result, positions have sometimes been divided between a strictly neutral analysis under the criterion 

of “substantial transformation” and an advocacy of restrictiveness for certain product-specific rules that 

would be unwarranted for application to the normal course of trade, but is perceived as necessary for the 

operation of certain regimes or measures covered by other Agreements, such as trade remedy measures 

pursued under the Agreements on Anti-Dumping, Subsidies and Countervailing Measures, and 

Safeguards. 

Prospects for 2007 

Further progress in the HWP will remain contingent on achieving appropriate resolution of the “core 

policy issues” and to reaching a consensus on the scope of the prospective obligation to apply equally for 

all purposes the harmonized non-preferential rules of origin. In accordance with a decision taken by the 

General Council in July 2006, work will continue on addressing these issues in 2007, through informal 

consultations as well as bilateral and small-group meetings. The General Council, at its meeting in 

July 2006, extended the deadline for completion of work on the 94 core policy issues to July 31, 2007. 

The General Council also agreed that following resolution of these core policy issues, the ROO 

Committee would complete its remaining technical work by December 31, 2007. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 44 

U.S. Inquiry Point 

National Center for Standards and Certification 

Information (NCSCI) 

National Institute of Standards and Technology 

(NIST) 

100 Bureau Drive Gaithersburg, MD 20899-2100 

Telephone: (301) 975-4040 

Fax: (301) 926-1559 

email: ncsci@nist.gov

website: http://www.nist.gov/ncsci 

NIST offers a free web-based service, “Notify 

U.S.”, that provides U.S. export stakeholders with 

the opportunity to review and comment on 

proposed foreign technical regulations that can 

affect them. By registering at “Notify U.S.”, U.S. 

users receive, via e-mail, notifications of changes 

to foreign regulations for a specific industry sector 

and/or country. To register on-line, visit URL: 

http://www.nist.gov/notifyus. 

8. Committee on Technical Barriers to Trade 

Status

The Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (the TBT 

Agreement) establishes rules and procedures regarding 

the development, adoption and application of voluntary 

product standards, mandatory technical regulations and 

the procedures (such as testing or certification) used to 

determine whether a particular product meets such 

standards or regulations. The TBT Agreement’s aim is to 

prevent the use of technical requirements as unnecessary 

barriers to trade. 

Although the TBT Agreement applies to a broad range of 

industrial and agricultural products, sanitary and 

phytosanitary (SPS) measures and specifications for 

government procurement are covered under separate 

agreements. TBT Agreement rules help to distinguish 

legitimate standards and technical regulations from 

protectionist measures. Standards, technical regulations 

and conformity assessment procedures are to be developed and applied on a nondiscriminatory basis, 

developed and applied transparently, and should be based on relevant international standards and 

guidelines, when appropriate. 

The Committee on Technical Barriers to Trade (the TBT Committee)14 serves as a forum for consultation 

on issues associated with the implementation and administration of the TBT Agreement. This purpose 

includes discussions and/or presentations concerning specific standards, technical regulations and 

conformity assessment procedures proposed or maintained by a Member that are creating adverse trade 

consequences and/or are perceived to be violations of the Agreement. It also includes an exchange of 

information on Member government practices related to implementation of the TBT Agreement and 

relevant international developments. 

Transparency and Availability of WTO/TBT Documents: A key benefit to the public resulting from the 

TBT Agreement is the ability to obtain information on proposed standards, technical regulations and 

 

14 Participation in the Committee is open to all WTO Members. Certain non-WTO Member 

governments also participate, in accordance with guidance agreed on by the General Council. 

Representatives of a number of international intergovernmental organizations were invited to attend 

meetings of the Committee as observers: the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the United Nations 

Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD); the International Trade Center (ITC); the 

International Organization for Standardization (ISO); the International Electrotechnical Commission 

(IEC); the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO); the World Health Organization (WHO); the 

FAO/WHO Codex Alimentarius Commission; the International Office of Epizootics (OIE); the 

Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD); the UN Economic Commission for 

Europe (UN/ECE); and the World Bank. The International Organization of Legal Metrology (OIML), the 

United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO), the Latin American Integration 

Association (ALADI), the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) and the African, Caribbean and 

Pacific Group of States (ACP) have been granted observer status on an ad hoc basis, pending final 

agreement by the General Council on the application of the guidelines for observer status for international 

intergovernmental organizations in the WTO. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 45 

conformity assessment procedures, and to provide written comments for consideration on those proposals 

before they are finalized. Members are also required to establish a central contact point, known as an 

inquiry point, that is responsible for responding to requests for information on technical requirements or 

making the appropriate referral. 

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) serves as the U.S. inquiry point. NIST 

maintains a reference collection of standards, specifications, test methods, codes, and recommended 

practices. This reference material includes U.S. Government agencies’ regulations and standards and 

standards of U.S. and foreign non-governmental standardizing bodies. The inquiry point responds to 

requests for information concerning federal, state and non-governmental standards, regulations, and 

conformity assessment procedures. Upon request, NIST will provide copies of notifications of proposed 

regulations from foreign governments received under the TBT Agreement. NIST also will provide 

information on central contact points for information maintained by other WTO Members. NIST refers 

requests for information concerning standards and technical regulations for agricultural products, 

including SPS measures, to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, which maintains the U.S. inquiry point 

pursuant to the WTO Agreement on Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures. 

A number of documents relating to the work of the TBT Committee are available to the public directly 

from the WTO website: www.wto.org. TBT Committee documents are indicated by the symbols, 

“G/TBT/...”. Notifications by Members of proposed technical regulations and conformity assessment 

procedures which are available for comment are issued as: G/TBT/N (the “N” stands for 

“notification”)/USA (which in this case stands for the United States of America; three letter symbols will 

be used to designate the WTO Member originating the notification)/X (where “x” will indicate the 

numerical sequence for that Member).15 Parties in the United States interested in submitting comments to 

foreign governments on their proposals should send them through the U.S. inquiry point at the address 

above. Minutes of the TBT Committee meetings are issued as “G/TBT/M/...” (followed by a number). 

Submissions by Members (e.g., statements, informational documents, proposals, etc.) and other working 

documents of the Committee are issued as “G/TBT/W/...” (followed by a number). Decisions and 

recommendations adopted by the TBT Committee are contained in G/TBT/1/Rev.8. As a general rule, 

written information that the United States provides to the TBT Committee is submitted on an 

“unrestricted” basis and is available to the public on the WTO website. The WTO Secretariat has 

expanded the information it provides on its “technical barriers to trade” website which is available to the 

public, including summaries of meetings, agendas, workshops, technical assistance, and key documents. 

With the implementation of the Marrakesh Agreement establishing the WTO, all Members assumed 

responsibility for compliance with the TBT Agreement. Although a form of the TBT Agreement had 

existed as a result of the Tokyo Round, the expansion of its applicability to all Members as a result of the 

Uruguay Round negotiations was significant and resulted in new obligations for many Members. The 

TBT Agreement has secured the right for interested parties in the United States to have information on 

proposed standards, technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures being developed by 

other Members. It provides an opportunity for interested parties to influence the development of such 

measures by taking advantage of the opportunity to provide written comments on drafts. Among other 

things, this opportunity helps to prevent the establishment of technical barriers to trade. The TBT 

Agreement has functioned well in this regard, although discussions on how to improve the operation of 

the provisions on transparency are ongoing. Other disciplines and obligations, such as the prohibition of 

discrimination and the call for measures not to be more trade restrictive than necessary to fulfill legitimate 

regulatory objectives, have been useful in evaluating potential trade barriers and in seeking ways to 

address them. Committee monitoring and oversight has served an important role. The TBT Committee 

has served as a constructive forum for discussing and resolving issues, and this has perhaps alleviated the 

 

15 Before 2000, the numbering of notifications of proposed technical regulations and conformity 

assessment procedures read: “G/TBT/Notif./...” (followed by a number). 
II. The World Trade Organization | 46 

need for more dispute settlement undertakings. Since its inception, an increasing number of Members 

have used the Committee to highlight trade problems, including a number of developing country 

members. To date, there has been only one WTO dispute concerning the rights and obligations under the 

TBT Agreement (Peru’s challenge of the EU’s trade description of sardines).

Article 15.4 of the TBT Agreement obliges the Committee to review every three years the operation and 

implementation of the Agreement. Four such reviews have now been completed (G/TBT/5, G/TBT/9, 

G/TBT/13 and G/TBT/19). From the U.S. perspective, a key benefit of these reviews is that they prompt 

WTO Members to review and discuss all of the provisions of the TBT Agreement, which facilitates a 

common understanding of Members’ rights and obligations. The reviews have also stimulated the 

Committee to host workshops on various topics of interest, including technical assistance, conformity 

assessment, labeling, and good regulatory practice. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The TBT Committee met three times in 2006 (March (G/TBT/M/38), June (G/TBT/M/39) and November 

(G/TBT/M/40). At each of these meetings, Members made statements informing the Committee of 

measures they had taken to ensure the implementation and administration of the TBT Agreement and 

used Committee meetings to raise concerns about specific technical regulations or conformity assessment 

procedures that affected, or had the potential to affect, trade adversely and were perceived to create 

unnecessary barriers to trade. The number of specific trade concerns brought to the attention of the TBT 

Committee set a record in 2006 with some 25 different concerns raised with regard to Members’ 

implementation and administration of the agreement. An increasing number of issues related to 

environmental regulations and proposals (e.g., the EU’s “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and 

Restriction of Chemicals (REACH)” and “Energy Using Product (EuP) Directive”, and China’s 

“Pollution Control of Electronic Information Products” (aka China RoHS)) drew significant attention. 

In follow-up to the Third Triennial Review under Article 15.4 (G/TBT/13), and with a view to improving 

Members’ implementation of Articles 5-9 of the TBT Agreement and promoting a better understanding of 

Members’ conformity assessment systems, the TBT Committee held a Workshop on the “Different 

Approaches to Conformity Assessment” on March 16-17, 2006. 

At its March 2006 meeting, the TBT Committee completed the Eleventh Annual Review of the 

Implementation and Operation of the TBT Agreement (G/TBT/18) and the Eleventh Annual Review of 

the Code of Good Practice for the Preparation, Adoption and Application of Standards. This work was 

based on the following background documents: a list of standardizing bodies that have accepted the Code 

in 2005 (G/TBT/CS/1/Add.10), a list of standardizing bodies that have accepted the Code since January 1, 

1995 (G/TBT/CS/2/Rev.12), and the Eleventh edition of the WTO TBT Standards Code Directory 

prepared by the ISO/IEC Information Centre. 

At the November 2006 meeting (G/TBT/19), the TBT Committee completed the Fourth Triennial Review 

following a work program agreed to in November 2004 and on the basis of various Members’ 

submissions. The report provides an overview of the Committee’s work after eleven years of TBT 

Agreement implementation and sets out an agenda for the future. The Review addressed: implementation 

and administration of the Agreement; good regulatory practice; conformity assessment procedures; 

transparency; technical assistance; and special and differential treatment. 

At the November meeting, the TBT Committee also completed the Fifth Annual Transitional Review 

mandated in the Protocol of Accession of the People’s Republic of China. The United States 

(G/TBT/W/271), Japan (G/TBT/W/270), and the EU (G/TBT/W/272) submitted written comments and 

questions. China’s submission is contained in G/TBT/W/274. The Committee’s report of the Review is 

contained in G/TBT/20. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 47 

During the 2006 meetings of the TBT Committee, representatives of the Codex, IEC, ISO, ITC, OECD, 

OIML, UNCTAD and UNIDO (observers to the Committee) updated the Committee on their activities 

relevant to the work of the TBT Committee, including on technical assistance. 

Prospects for 2007 

The TBT Committee will continue to monitor implementation of the TBT Agreement by Members. The 

number of specific trade concerns raised in the Committee appears to be increasing. Follow-up on issues 

raised in past reviews, including the Fourth Triennial Review, will continue. Discussion of new issues 

will be driven by Member statements and submissions. In 2007, U.S. priorities are likely to continue to 

focus on good regulatory practice, transparency and technical assistance. Also in 2007, the TBT 

Committee is likely to hold one of its regular meetings of people responsible for information exchange 

(inquiry points and notifications) in Geneva. 

9. Committee on Antidumping Practices 

Status 

The Agreement on Implementation of Article VI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 

(the Antidumping Agreement) sets forth detailed rules and disciplines prescribing the manner and basis 

on which Members may take action to offset the injurious dumping of products imported from another 

Member. Implementation of the Antidumping Agreement is overseen by the Committee on Antidumping 

Practices (the Antidumping Committee), which operates in conjunction with two subsidiary bodies, the 

Working Group on Implementation (formerly the Ad Hoc Group on Implementation) and the Informal 

Group on Anticircumvention. 

The Antidumping Committee is an important venue for reviewing Members’ compliance with the detailed 

provisions in the Antidumping Agreement, improving mutual understanding of those provisions, and 

providing opportunities to exchange views and experiences with respect to Members’ application of 

antidumping remedies. 

The Working Group on Implementation (the Working Group) is an active body which focuses on 

practical issues and concerns relating to implementation. Based on papers submitted by Members on 

specific topics for discussion, the activities of the Working Group permit Members to develop a better 

understanding of the similarities and differences in their policies and practices for implementing the 

provisions of the Antidumping Agreement. Where possible, the Working Group endeavors to develop 

draft recommendations on the topics it discusses, which it forwards to the Antidumping Committee for 

consideration. It has drawn a high level of participation by Members and, in particular, by capital-based 

experts and officials of antidumping administering authorities, many of whom are eager to obtain insight 

and information from their peers. To date, the Antidumping Committee has adopted Working Group 

recommendations on: (1) pre-initiation notifications under Article 5.5 of the Antidumping Agreement; (2) 

the periods used for data collection in investigations of dumped imports and of injury caused or 

threatened to be caused by such imports; (3) extensions of time to supply information; (4) the timeframe 

to be used in calculating the volume of dumped imports for making the determination under Article 5.8 of 

the Antidumping Agreement as to whether the volume of such imports is negligible; and (5) guidelines 

for the improvement of annual reviews under Article 18.6 of the Antidumping Agreement. 

Since the inception of the Working Group, the United States has submitted papers on most topics, and has 

been an active participant at all meetings. Implementation concerns and questions stemming both from a 

Member’s own administrative experience and from observing the practices of other Members are equally 

addressed. While not a negotiating forum in either a technical or formal sense, the Working Group serves 
II. The World Trade Organization | 48 

an important role in promoting improved understanding of the Antidumping Agreement’s provisions and 

exploring options for improving practices among antidumping administrators. 

At Marrakesh in 1994, Ministers adopted a Decision on Anticircumvention directing the Antidumping 

Committee to develop rules to address the problem of circumvention of antidumping measures. In 1997, 

the Antidumping Committee agreed upon a framework for discussing this important topic and established 

the Informal Group on Anticircumvention (the Informal Group). Under this framework, the Informal 

Group has discussed: (1) what constitutes circumvention; (2) what is being done by Members confronted 

with what they consider to be circumvention; and (3) to what extent circumvention can be dealt with 

under existing WTO rules and what other options may be deemed necessary. 

Major Issues in 2006

In 2006, the Antidumping Committee held meetings on April 27 (continued on July 18) and October 25-

26. At its meetings, the Antidumping Committee focused on implementation of the Antidumping 

Agreement, in particular, by continuing its review of Members’ antidumping legislation. The Committee 

also reviewed reports required of Members that provide information as to preliminary and final 

antidumping measures and actions taken in each case over the preceding six months. 

The following is a list of the more significant activities that the Antidumping Committee, the Working 

Group and the Informal Group undertook in 2006: 

Notification and Review of Antidumping Legislation: To date, 68 Members have notified that they 

currently have antidumping legislation in place and 28 Members have notified that they maintain no such 

legislation. In 2006, the Antidumping Committee reviewed notifications of new or amended antidumping 

legislation submitted by the European Union, Israel, Mexico, and New Zealand. Members, including the 

United States, were active in formulating written questions and in making follow-up inquiries at 

Antidumping Committee meetings. 

Notification and Review of Antidumping Actions: In 2006, 24 Members notified that they had taken 

antidumping actions during the latter half of 2005, whereas 23 Members did so with respect to the first 

half of 2006. (By comparison, 30 Members notified that they had not taken any antidumping actions 

during the latter half of 2005, and 24 Members notified that they had taken no actions in the first half of 

2006). These actions, as well as outstanding antidumping measures currently maintained by Members, 

were identified in semi-annual reports submitted for the Antidumping Committee’s review and discussion 

(the annual reports for the second half of 2005 were issued as “G/ADP/N/139/...” and the annual reports 

for the first half of 2006 were issued as “G/ADP/N/145/...”.) 

At its April and October 2006 meetings, the Committee reviewed Members’ notifications of preliminary 

and final actions pursuant to Article 16.4 of the Antidumping Agreement. Following consultations held 

by the Committee Chairperson, at the October 2006 meeting the Committee adopted a revised minimum 

information format for preliminary and final antidumping actions (G/ADP/2/Rev.1) in an effort to 

improve Members’ compliance with this notification obligation. 

China Transitional Review: At the October 2006 meeting, the Antidumping Committee undertook, 

pursuant to the Protocol on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China, its fifth annual Transitional 

Review with respect to China’s implementation of the Antidumping Agreement. Several Members, 

including the United States, presented written and oral questions to China with respect to China’s 

antidumping laws and practices, and the United States also presented a statement at the meeting 

addressing both substantive and procedural concerns with respect to China’s practices. China orally 

provided information in response to the U.S. statement and the other comments and questions at the 

meeting. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 49 

Working Group on Implementation: The Working Group held meetings in April and October 2006. 

Beginning in 2003, the Working Group has held discussions on four agreed-upon topics: (1) export 

prices to third countries vs. constructed value under Article 2.2 of the Antidumping Agreement; 

(2) foreign exchange fluctuations under Article 2.4.1; (3) conduct of verifications under Article 6.7; and 

(4) judicial, arbitral or administrative reviews under Article 13. The discussions in the Working Group on 

these topics have focused on submissions by Members describing their own practices. In 2006, the 

Working Group discussed new papers submitted by two Members on the conduct of verifications. In 

addition, the Working Group discussed a draft recommendation prepared by the WTO Secretariat on the 

conduct of verifications. 

Informal Group on Anticircumvention: The Antidumping Committee’s establishment of the Informal 

Group on Anticircumvention in 1997 marked an important step towards fulfilling the Decision of 

Ministers at Marrakesh to refer this matter to the Committee. In 2006, the Informal Group continued its 

useful discussions on the first three items of the agreed framework of: (1) what constitutes 

circumvention; (2) what is being done by Members confronted with what they consider to be 

circumvention; and (3) to what extent can circumvention be dealt with under the relevant WTO rules, and 

what other options may be deemed necessary. 

Members have submitted papers and made presentations outlining scenarios based on factual situations 

that their investigating authorities face, and exchanged views on how their respective authorities might 

respond to such situations. Moreover, those Members, such as the United States, that have legislation 

intended to address circumvention, have responded to inquiries from other Members as to how such 

legislation operates and the manner in which certain issues may be treated. In 2006, the Informal Group 

met in April and October, but no new papers were submitted for consideration. A major reason for the 

lessened activity in the Informal Group in 2006 is that circumvention has become a significant issue under 

discussion in the WTO Negotiating Group on Rules, with the United States submitting several elaborated 

proposals in the Rules negotiations on this issue. 

Prospects for 2007

Work will proceed in 2007 on the areas that the Antidumping Committee, the Working Group and the 

Informal Group addressed this past year. The Antidumping Committee will pursue its review of 

Members’ notifications of antidumping legislation, and Members will continue to have the opportunity to 

submit additional questions concerning previously reviewed notifications. This ongoing review process 

in the Antidumping Committee is important for ensuring that Members’ antidumping laws are properly 

drafted and implemented, thereby contributing to a well-functioning, rules-based trading system. As 

notifications of antidumping legislation are not restricted documents, U.S. exporters will continue to 

enjoy access to information about the antidumping laws of other Members that should assist them in 

better understanding the operation of such laws and in taking them into account in commercial planning. 

The preparation by Members and review in the Antidumping Committee of semi-annual reports and 

reports of preliminary and final antidumping actions will also continue in 2007. The semi-annual reports 

are accessible to the general public from the WTO website, in keeping with the objectives of the Uruguay 

Round Agreements Act. (Information on accessing WTO notifications is included in Annex II). This 

transparency promotes improved public knowledge and appreciation of the trends in and focus of all 

WTO Members’ antidumping actions. 

Discussions in the Working Group on Implementation will continue to play an important role, as more 

Members enact antidumping laws and begin to apply them. There has been a sharp and widespread 

interest in clarifying the many complex provisions of the Antidumping Agreement. Tackling these issues 

in a serious manner will require the involvement of the Working Group, which is the forum best suited to 
II. The World Trade Organization | 50 

provide the necessary technical and administrative expertise. For these reasons, the United States will 

continue to rely upon the Working Group to learn in greater detail about other Members’ administration 

of their antidumping laws, especially as that forum provides opportunities to discuss not only the laws as 

written, but also the operational practices that Members employ to implement them. Therefore, as 

Members continue to submit papers on the topics being considered and to participate actively in the 

discussions, the Group’s utility should continue to grow. In 2007, the Working Group will continue its 

discussion of the four topics that it began discussing in the 2003 meeting: (1) export prices to third 

countries vs. constructed value under Article 2.2 of the Antidumping Agreement; (2) foreign exchange 

fluctuations under Article 2.4.1; (3) conduct of verifications under Article 6.7; and (4) judicial, arbitral or 

administrative reviews under Article 13. In particular, the Working Group will continue its discussion of 

the draft recommendation on the conduct of antidumping verifications. The Working Group may also 

consider adding new topics for discussion. 

The work of the Informal Group on Anticircumvention will also continue in 2007 according to the 

framework for discussion on which Members agreed. Many Members, including the United States, 

recognize the importance of using the Informal Group to pursue the 1994 decision by Ministers, who 

expressed the desirability of achieving uniform rules in this area as soon as possible. However, given the 

focus on anticircumvention issues in the WTO Rules negotiations under the Doha Development Agenda, 

it is possible that, as in 2006, there may be little activity on this issue in the Informal Group in 2007. 

10. Committee on Import Licensing 

Status

The Committee on Import Licensing (the Import Licensing Committee) was established to administer the 

Agreement on Import Licensing Procedures (Import Licensing Agreement) and to monitor compliance 

with the mutually agreed rules for the application of these widely used measures set out in the Agreement. 

The Import Licensing Committee normally meets twice a year to review information on import licensing 

requirements submitted by WTO Members in accordance with the obligations of the Agreement. The 

Committee also receives questions from Members on the licensing regimes of other Members, whether 

they have been notified to the Committee or not. The meetings also address specific observations and 

complaints concerning Members’ licensing systems. These reviews are not intended to substitute for 

dispute settlement procedures; rather, they offer Members an opportunity to focus multilateral attention 

on licensing measures and procedures that they find problematic, to receive information on specific issues 

and to clarify problems, and possibly to resolve issues before they become disputes. 

Every other year, the Import Licensing Committee conducts an overall review of its activities. The Sixth 

Biennial Review took place at the October 2006 meeting. Since the accession of China to the WTO in 

December 2001, the Committee has also conducted an annual review of China’s compliance with 

accession commitments in the area of import licensing as part of the Transitional Review Mechanism 

(TRM) provided for in China’s Protocol of Accession. China’s fifth review concerning its import 

licensing procedures was conducted at the October 2006 meeting of the Committee. 

The Import Licensing Agreement establishes rules for all Members that use import licensing systems to 

regulate their trade, and sets guidelines for what constitutes a fair and non-discriminatory application of 

such procedures. Its provisions establish disciplines to protect Members from unreasonable requirements 

or delays associated with a licensing regime. 

These obligations are intended to ensure that the use of import licensing procedures does not create 

additional barriers to trade beyond the policy measures implemented through licensing (the Import 

Licensing Agreement’s provisions discipline licensing procedures, and do not directly address the WTO 
II. The World Trade Organization | 51 

consistency of the underlying measures). The notification requirements and the system of regular 

Committee reviews seek to increase the transparency and predictability of Members’ licensing regimes. 

The Agreement covers both “automatic” licensing systems, which are intended only to monitor imports, 

not regulate them, and “non-automatic” licensing systems, under which certain conditions must be met 

before a license is issued. Governments often use non-automatic licensing to administer import 

restrictions such as quotas and tariff-rate quotas (TRQs), or to administer safety or other requirements 

(e.g., for hazardous goods, armaments, antiquities, etc.). Requirements for permission to import that act 

like import licenses, such as certification of standards and sanitary and technical regulations, are also 

subject to the rules of the Import Licensing Agreement. 

Major Issues in 2006

At its meetings in June and October 2006, the Import Licensing Committee reviewed 67 submissions 

from 38 Members,16 including initial or revised notifications, completed questionnaires on procedures, 

and questions and replies to questions. This count represented a significant increase both in the number 

of notifications submitted to the Committee, and in the number of Members notifying. The Chairman 

reported that by the end of 2006, four additional Members, (Cambodia, Democratic Republic of the 

Congo, Israel, and Rwanda) had made initial notifications, and that only 20 of 124 Committee Members 

had never submitted a notification to the Committee. 17 This number brings the percentage of Members 

with at least an initial notification to over 80 percent. Despite this progress, the Chairman and some 

Committee Members continued to express concern that even participating Members are not submitting 

notifications with the frequency required by the Import Licensing Agreement. The Committee Chairman 

reminded Members that notifications were required even if only to report that no import licensing system 

existed and that the WTO Secretariat was prepared to assist Members in developing their submissions. 

The United States submitted its updated replies to the Questionnaire on Import Licensing under Article 

7.3 of the Import Licensing Agreement on April 25, 2006, and revised and expanded its submission of 

information on its import licensing procedures under Article 1.4 and Article 8.2, including updated 

information on the automatic import licensing program for certain steel products first notified in 2004. 

 

The United States remained one of the most active members of the Import Licensing Committee, using 

the forum to gather information and to discuss import licensing measures applied to its trade by other 

Members. We continued to press Brazil to provide information on its quotas on and non-automatic 

licensing system for imports of certain lithium compounds, i.e., lithium carbonate and lithium hydroxide, 

noting that these measures appear to be part of a system of restrictions that had not been notified to the 

Committee. Brazil has refused to provide notification of these measures, claiming that the issue remains 

under review by the Brazilian Government. The United States presented further comments on 

Indonesia’s non-automatic licensing system for selected textile products, noting that the system clearly 

restricted potential imports and appeared not to be consistent with WTO rules. Indonesia’s responses to 

previous questions were not helpful, and the United States again pressed for removal of the system. 

 

16 The Members making submissions were: Argentina; Armenia; Australia; Bangladesh; Barbados; 

Brazil; Chile; China; Colombia; Democratic Republic of the Congo; EU; Georgia; Grenada; Guatemala; 

Hong Kong China; India; Indonesia; Israel; Jamaica; Japan; Kyrgyz Republic; Macao China; Malawi; 

Malaysia; Mexico; Morocco; Peru; Qatar; Romania; Rwanda; Saint Lucia; Saudi Arabia; Tunisia; Turkey; 

Uganda; and the United States. 

17 The EU and its member states are recorded by the Committee as a single Member for the 

purposes of submissions to the Committee. The Members that have never submitted a notification in this 

Committee are: Angola, Belize, Botswana, Central African Republic, Congo, Djibouti, Egypt, Guinea, 

Guinea Bissau, Kuwait, Lesotho, Mauritania, Mozambique, Myanmar, Nepal, St. Vincent & the 

Grenadines, Sierra Leone, Solomon Islands, Tanzania, and Thailand. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 52 

The United States also voiced concern that Argentina’s new non-automatic procedures for certain 

footwear and toys establish a pre-release verification mechanism to monitor and control imports of such 

goods and to verify technical requirements, but does not appear to be either necessary or applied to 

similar domestic goods. While thanking Argentina for its notification of the measures, the United States 

noted that these requirements also appear to act as quantitative import restrictions, asked for further 

information and suggested their elimination. The United States provided additional questions to India on 

its licensing system, and requested that India respond by the next meeting of the Committee. The United 

States also requested that Malaysia submit an updated reply to the annual import licensing questionnaire 

to reflect its current import licensing regime, particularly concerning the import licensing requirements 

for motor vehicles, construction equipment and paper and wood products, and submitted specific 

questions for written response. 

At its October meeting, the Committee conducted, pursuant to the Protocol on the Accession of the 

People’s Republic of China, its fifth annual Transitional Review of China’s implementation of its WTO 

accession commitments in the area of import licensing procedures. The United States and Australia 

pressed China once again for information on its licensing system for iron ore and other ferrous and nonferrous metals. The United States noted that import licensing appears to be an important aspect of China’s 

steel and iron industry development policy and practice, and sought information on China’s policies 

regarding use of domestic and imported technology and equipment, restrictions on who can use import 

licenses and the use of similar measures on other steel-making inputs, such as ferrous alloys, ferrous 

scrap, zinc, nickel, aluminium, or titanium. Australia focused on iron and copper ore, noting similar 

concerns with the WTO consistency of China’s practices, and pointing out that it had not yet received 

responses to previous questions posed. The representative from China stated that the system was not 

compulsory, that there were no specific rules related to import licensing procedures in place, that there 

were no particular rules for applying for licenses, and that the program was one of self-coordination 

within the metal industry in China. He continued that the government had not received any complaints 

about the program, and was working on the appropriate notification in order to submit it to the 

Committee. He stated that China would respond bilaterally to Australia’s questions, but would not 

engage in a multilateral discussion of the measures. 

Prospects for 2007

The administration of import licensing continues to be a significant topic of discussion in the context of 

the DDA, as well as in the day-to-day administration of current obligations. As tariffs are liberalized, it 

becomes more critical that Members use import licensing procedures properly, particularly in the 

administration of agricultural TRQs, and to ensure that licensing procedures do not, in themselves, restrict 

imports in a manner not consistent with WTO provisions. Licensing continues to be a factor in the 

application of safeguard measures, technical regulations and sanitary requirements applied to imports as 

well. The Import Licensing Committee also will continue to be the point of first contact in the WTO for 

Members with complaints or questions on the licensing regimes of other Members and as a forum for 

discussion and review. As demonstrated by the U.S. complaint against Turkey concerning its regulation 

of rice imports (DS334, discussed in section H of this Chapter), these discussions may be the introduction 

to further dispute settlement cases. 

The Committee will continue discussions to encourage enhanced compliance with the notification and 

other transparency requirements of the Import Licensing Agreement, with renewed focus on securing 

timely revisions of notifications and questionnaires, and timely responses to written questions, as required 

by the Agreement. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 53 

11. Committee on Safeguards 

Status

The Committee on Safeguards (the Safeguards Committee) was established to administer the WTO 

Agreement on Safeguards (the Safeguards Agreement). The Safeguards Agreement establishes rules for 

the application of safeguard measures as provided in Article XIX of GATT 1994. Effective safeguards 

rules are important to the viability and integrity of the multilateral trading system. The availability of a 

safeguards mechanism gives WTO Members the assurance that they can act quickly to help industries 

adjust to import surges, providing them with flexibility they would not otherwise have to open their 

markets to international competition. At the same time, WTO safeguard rules ensure that such actions are 

of limited duration and are gradually less restrictive over time. 

The Safeguards Agreement incorporates into WTO rules many of the concepts embodied in U.S. 

safeguards law (section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended). The Safeguards Agreement requires 

all WTO Members to use transparent and objective procedures when taking safeguard actions to prevent 

or remedy serious injury to a domestic industry caused by increased imports. 

Among its key provisions, the Safeguards Agreement: requires a transparent, public process for making 

injury determinations; sets out clearer definitions than GATT Article XIX of the criteria for injury 

determinations; requires that safeguard measures be steadily liberalized over their duration; establishes 

maximum periods for safeguard actions, and requires a review no later than the mid-term of any measure 

with a duration exceeding three years; allows safeguard actions to be taken for three years, without the 

requirement of compensation or the possibility of retaliation; and prohibits so-called “grey area” 

measures, such as voluntary restraint agreements and orderly marketing agreements, which had been 

utilized by countries to avoid GATT disciplines and which had adversely affected third-country markets. 

The Safeguards Agreement requires Members to notify to the Safeguards Committee their laws, 

regulations and administrative procedures relating to safeguard measures. It also requires Members to 

notify to the Safeguards Committee various safeguards actions, such as (1) the initiation of an 

investigatory process; (2) a finding by a Member’s investigating authority of serious injury or threat 

thereof caused by increased imports; (3) the taking of a decision to apply or extend a safeguard measure; 

and (4) the proposed application of a provisional safeguard measure. 

Major Issues in 2006 

During its two regular meetings in April and October 2006, the Safeguards Committee continued its 

review of Members’ laws, regulations and administrative procedures, based on notifications required 

under Article 12.6 of the Safeguards Agreement. The Committee reviewed new or amended legislative 

texts from Australia, China, Ecuador, and Mexico. 

The Safeguards Committee reviewed Article 12.1(a) notifications, regarding the initiation of a safeguard 

investigatory process relating to serious injury or threat thereof and the reasons for it, from the following 

Members: Argentina on compact discs; Canada on tobacco products; Chile on dairy products; Indonesia 

on cast and rolled glass; Jordan on footwear; Panama on printed film in rolls; Philippines on sodium 

tripolyphospates; Tunisia on bottles and on taps; Turkey on footwear, on salt, on vacuum cleaners, on 

steam smoothing irons, and on motorcycles. 

The Safeguards Committee reviewed Article 12.1(b) notifications, regarding a finding of serious injury or 

threat thereof caused by increased imports, from the following Members: Philippines on sodium 

tripolyphospates; and Turkey on vacuum cleaners, on steam smoothing irons, on salt, and on footwear. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 54 

The Safeguards Committee reviewed Article 12.1(c) notifications, regarding a decision to apply or extend 

a safeguard measure, from the following Members: Turkey on decisions to apply new safeguard 

measures on vacuum cleaners, on steam smoothing irons, on salt, and on footwear; Brazil on a decision to 

extend an existing safeguard measure on coconuts; and Chile on a decision to extend an existing 

safeguard measure on wheat flour. 

The Safeguards Committee reviewed Article 12.4 notifications, regarding the application of a provisional 

safeguard measure, from the following Members: Philippines on sodium tripolyphospates; and Turkey on 

motorcycles. 

The Safeguards Committee received notifications from the following Members of the termination of a 

safeguard investigation with no safeguard measure imposed: Canada on bicycles and on tobacco products; 

the EU on strawberries; and Indonesia on cast and rolled glass and on lighters. 

China Transitional Review: At the October 2006 meeting, the Safeguards Committee undertook, 

pursuant to the Protocol on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China, its fifth annual Transitional 

Review with respect to China’s implementation of the Safeguards Agreement. Given that China reported 

no new safeguards legislation or safeguards actions taken in the past year, the United States did not 

submit any questions, and the discussion was very brief. 

Implementation: At the April 2006 meeting, the Safeguards Committee discussed various issues 

pertaining to Article 9.1 of the Safeguards Agreement, concerning the exclusion of developing country 

Members from the application of safeguard measures when certain criteria are met. 

Prospects for 2007 

The Safeguards Committee’s work in 2007 will continue to focus on the review of safeguard actions that 

have been notified to the Committee and on the review of notifications of any new or amended safeguards 

legislation. 

12. Working Party on State Trading Enterprises 

Status 

Article XVII of the GATT 1994 requires Members, inter alia, to ensure that state trading enterprises 

(STEs) act in a manner consistent with the general principle of non-discriminatory treatment, make 

purchases or sales solely in accordance with commercial considerations, and abide by other GATT 

disciplines. The Understanding on the Interpretation of Article XVII of the GATT 1994 (the Article XVII 

Understanding) defines a state trading enterprise for the purposes of providing a notification that is 

required under the Understanding. Members must notify the Working Party of enterprises in their 

respective territories that meet this definition, whether or not such enterprises have imported or exported 

goods. 

The Working Party on State Trading Enterprises (WP-STE) was established in 1995 to review, inter alia, 

Member notifications of STEs and the coverage of STEs that are notified, and to develop an illustrative 

list of relationships between Members and their STEs and the kinds of activities engaged in by these 

enterprises. All Members are required under Article XVII of the GATT 1994 and paragraph 1 of the 

Article XVII Understanding to submit bi-annual notifications of their state trading activities. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 55 

Major Issues in 2006

The WP-STE held two formal meetings in January and October 2006. Prior to the October meeting, the 

United States responded to questions from Australia and the EU concerning previous notifications of U.S. 

state trading enterprises. In 2006, the United States made a full and new notification of its STEs: the 

Commodity Credit Corporation, Isotopes Production and Distribution Program, Power Administrations, 

and Strategic Petroleum Reserve. Other Members submitting full and new notifications of their STEs in 

2006 included: Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Czech Republic, Hong Kong China, Kenya, Macao China, 

Moldova, Romania, Thailand, and Tunisia. Of these Members, Australia, Thailand and Tunisia notified 

STEs under the definition contained in paragraph one of the Article XVII Understanding. All other 

Members submitting notifications indicating that they did not have STEs under the definition set out in 

the Understanding. 

Prospects for 2007 

The WP-STE is scheduled to meet in October 2007. As part of the agriculture negotiations in the WTO, 

the United States proposed specific disciplines on export agricultural STEs that would increase 

transparency, improve competition and tighten disciplines for these entities. 

In 2007, the WP-STE will contribute to the ongoing discussion of these and other state trading issues 

through its review of new notifications and its examination of what further information could be 

submitted as part of the notification process to enhance transparency of STEs. 

F. Council on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights 

Status 

The Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (the TRIPS Agreement) sets 

minimum standards of protection for copyrights and neighboring rights, trademarks, geographical 

indications (GIs), industrial designs, patents, integrated circuit layout designs, and undisclosed 

information. The TRIPS Agreement also establishes minimum standards for the enforcement of 

intellectual property rights through civil actions for infringement and, at least in regard to copyright 

piracy and trademark counterfeiting, in criminal actions and actions at the border. The TRIPS Agreement 

requires as well that, with very limited exceptions, WTO Members provide national and most-favorednation treatment to the nationals of other Members with regard to the protection and enforcement of 

intellectual property rights. Disputes between Members regarding implementation of the TRIPS 

Agreement can be settled using the procedures of the WTO’s Dispute Settlement Understanding. 

Developed country Members were required to implement fully the obligations of the TRIPS Agreement 

by January 1, 1996, and developing country Members generally had to achieve full implementation by 

January 1, 2000. LDC Members have had their deadline for full implementation of the TRIPS Agreement 

extended to July 1, 2013, as part of a package that also requires them to provide information on their 

priority needs for technical assistance in order to facilitate TRIPS implementation. This action is without 

prejudice to the existing extension, based on a proposal made by the United States at the Doha Ministerial 

Conference, of the transition period for LDC Members to implement or apply Sections 5 and 7 of Part II 

of the TRIPS Agreement with respect to pharmaceutical products, or to enforce rights with respect to such 

products, until January 1, 2016. In 2002, the WTO General Council, on the recommendation of the WTO 

Council for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (the TRIPS Council), similarly waived 

until 2016 the obligation for LDC country Members to provide exclusive marketing rights for certain 

pharmaceutical products, if those Members did not provide product patent protection for pharmaceutical 

inventions. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 56 

 

The TRIPS Council monitors implementation of the TRIPS Agreement, provides a forum in which WTO 

Members can consult on intellectual property matters and carries out the specific responsibilities assigned 

to the Council in the TRIPS Agreement. The TRIPS Agreement is important to U.S. interests and has 

yielded significant benefits for U.S. industries and individuals, from those engaged in the pharmaceutical, 

agricultural chemical, and biotechnology industries to those producing motion pictures, sound recordings, 

software, books, magazines, and consumer goods. 

Major Issues in 2006

In 2006, the TRIPS Council held three formal meetings, including “special negotiation sessions” on the 

establishment of a multilateral system for notification and registration of GIs for wines and spirits called 

for in Article 23.4 of the TRIPS Agreement (see separate discussion of this topic under section B of this 

Chapter, “Council for Trade-Related Intellectual Property Rights, Special Session”, and below). In 

addition to continuing its work reviewing the implementation of the Agreement, the TRIPS Council’s 

work in 2006 focused on TRIPS issues addressed in the Doha Ministerial Declaration and the Declaration 

on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health. Some Members, including the United States, also sought to 

have the TRIPS Council examine issues related to the enforcement provisions of the TRIPS Agreement. 

Review of Developing Country Members’ TRIPS Implementation: The TRIPS Council during 2006 

continued to devote time to reviewing the TRIPS Agreement’s implementation by developing country 

Members and newly acceding Members, as well as to providing assistance to developing country 

Members so they can implement fully the Agreement. In particular, the TRIPS Council continued to urge 

developing country Members to respond to the questionnaires already answered by developed country 

Members regarding their protection of GIs and implementation of the TRIPS Agreement’s enforcement 

provisions, and to provide detailed information on their implementation of Article 27.3(b) of the 

Agreement. The United States continued to press for full implementation of the TRIPS Agreement by 

developing country Members and participated actively during the reviews of legislation by highlighting 

specific concerns regarding individual Member’s implementation of the Agreement’s obligations, 

particularly with regard to China’s efforts. 

The Transitional Review Mechanism under Section 18 of the Protocol on the Accession of the People’s 

Republic of China has been an important means to raise concerns about China’s implementation of the 

TRIPS Agreement. This process has been instrumental in helping to understand the levels of protection of 

intellectual property rights in China, and provides a forum for addressing the concerns of U.S. interests in 

this process. The United States has been active in seeking answers to questions on a wide range of 

intellectual property matters and in raising concerns about enforcement of intellectual property rights. 

The United States also continued to seek satisfactory responses to a formal request submitted to China in 

October 2005 seeking additional enforcement-related information pursuant to Article 63.3 of the TRIPS 

Agreement. 

During 2006, the TRIPS Council undertook reviews of the implementing legislation of Congo and Qatar, 

in addition to the above-referenced review of China. 

Intellectual Property and Access to Medicines: The August 30, 2003 solution (the General Council 

Decision on “Implementation of Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and 

Public Health”, in light of the statement read out by the General Council Chairman) continues to apply to 

each Member until the formal amendment to the TRIPS Agreement replacing its provisions takes effect 

for that Member. The amendment text adopted by the General Council in December 2005 and the 

statement by the Chair preserve all substantive aspects of the August 30, 2003 solution and do not alter 

the substance of the previously agreed solution. The United States was the first Member to submit its 

acceptance of the amendment to the WTO, and was joined during 2006 by Switzerland and El Salvador. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 57 

The amendment will enter into force, for those Members that have accepted it, upon its acceptance by 

two-thirds of the membership of the WTO. At its October 2006 meeting, the TRIPS Council reviewed 

implementation of the August 30, 2003 solution. Several members commented on the importance of the 

solution and reported on preparations to formally accept the amendment. 

TRIPS-related WTO Dispute Settlement Cases: During 2006, the United States continued to monitor EU 

compliance with a 2005 ruling of the WTO Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) that the EU’s regulation on 

food-related GIs is inconsistent with the EU’s obligations under the TRIPS Agreement and the GATT 

1994. The DSB ruled that the EU’s GI regulation impermissibly discriminates against non-EU products 

and persons and also agreed with the United States that the regulation could not create broad exceptions 

to trademark rights that Members must provide under the TRIPS Agreement. The DSB recommended that 

the EU amend its GI regulation to come into compliance with its WTO obligations. The EU adopted an 

amended GI regulation in March 2006. The United States has raised certain questions and concerns with 

regard to the revised EU regulation and its compliance with the DSB findings and recommendations, and 

continues to monitor implementation in this dispute. 

 

There are a number of other Members that appear not to be in full compliance with their TRIPS 

obligations. The United States, for this reason, is still considering initiating dispute settlement procedures 

against several Members. We will continue to consult informally with these Members in an effort to 

encourage them to resolve outstanding TRIPS compliance concerns as soon as possible. We will also 

gather data on these and other Members’ enforcement of their TRIPS obligations and assess the best cases 

for further action if consultations prove unsuccessful. 

Geographical Indications: The Doha Declaration directed the TRIPS Council to discuss “issues related 

to extension” of Article 23-level protection to GIs for products other than wines and spirits and to report 

to the Trade Negotiations Committee (TNC) by the end of 2002 for appropriate action. Because no 

consensus could be reached in the TRIPS Council on how the Chair should report to the TNC on the 

issues related to extension of Article 23-level protection to GIs for products other than wines and spirits, 

and, in light of the strong divergence of positions on the way forward on GIs and other implementation 

issues, the TNC Chair closed the discussion by saying he would consult further with Members. At the 

December 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial Conference, the Ministers directed the Director-General to 

continue his consultative process on all outstanding implementation issues, including on extension of the 

protection of GIs. Consistent with this mandate, the Director-General appointed a Deputy DirectorGeneral to hold a number of such consultations with Members on the issue of extension. 

Throughout 2006, the United States and many like-minded Members maintained the position that the 

demandeurs had not established that the protection provided GIs for products other than wines and spirits 

was inadequate, and thus proposals for expanding GI protection were unwarranted. The United States 

and other Members noted that the administrative costs and burdens of proposals to expand protection 

would be considerable for those Members that did not have a longstanding statutory regime for the 

protection of GIs, that the benefits accruing to those few Members that had longstanding statutory 

regimes for the protection of GIs would represent a windfall, and other Members with few or no GIs 

would receive no counterbalancing benefits. While willing to continue the dialog in the TRIPS Council, 

the United States believes that discussion of the issues has been exhaustive and that no consensus has 

emerged with regard to extension of Article 23-level protection to products other than wines and spirits. 

The United States and other Members have also steadfastly resisted efforts by some Members to obtain 

new GI protections in the WTO agriculture negotiations. The United States views such initiatives as 

efforts to take back the names of many famous products, such as feta and parmesan, from U.S. producers 

who have invested considerable time and resources to make these names famous and who are currently 

using such terms in a manner fully consistent with international intellectual property agreements. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 58 

No further progress has been made on the Article 24.2 review of the application by Members of TRIPS 

provisions on GIs notwithstanding the continued presence of this topic on the TRIPS Council’s agenda. 

There is continuing disagreement surrounding the methodology to be used in such a review, with the 

United States and other Members supporting a process that would focus on reviewing each article of the 

TRIPS Agreement covering GIs in light of the experience of Members. The United States also continued 

to urge developing country Members that have not yet provided information on their regimes for the 

protection of GIs (most of them have not) to do so. 

Review of Article 27.3(b), Relationship Between TRIPS and the Convention on Biological Diversity, and 

Protection of Traditional Knowledge and Folklore: As called for in the TRIPS Agreement, the TRIPS 

Council initiated a review of TRIPS Article 27.3(b) (permitting Members to except from patentability 

plants and animals and biological processes for the production of plants and animals). Most developing 

country Members have chosen not to provide such information and have raised topics that fall outside the 

scope of Article 27.3(b). 

 

The Doha Declaration directs the TRIPS Council, in pursuing its work program under the review of 

Article 27.3(b), to examine, inter alia, the relationship between the TRIPS Agreement and the Convention 

on Biological Diversity (CBD) and the protection of traditional knowledge and folklore. Consideration of 

this set of issues also continues to be guided by the direction of Ministers in the Hong Kong Declaration, 

that all implementation issues (including the relationship of the TRIPS Agreement and the CBD) should 

be the subject of consultations facilitated by the WTO Director-General. Furthermore, Ministers agreed 

that work would continue in the TRIPS Council on this issue. 

A number of developing country Members continue to advocate for amending the patent provisions of the 

TRIPS Agreement to require disclosure of the source of the genetic resource or traditional knowledge, as 

well as evidence of prior informed consent to obtain the genetic resource and adequate benefit sharing 

with the custodian community or country of the genetic resource in order to obtain a patent. In 2006, a 

group of developing country Members submitted draft text for such an amendment to the TRIPS 

Agreement. There is, however, no consensus in the TRIPS Council that an amendment should be 

pursued. 

The United States, with support from other Members, continues to maintain that there is no conflict 

between the TRIPS Agreement and the CBD, that an amendment to the TRIPS Agreement is neither 

necessary nor appropriate, and that shared objectives with respect to genetic resources and traditional 

knowledge (such as prior informed consent and effective access and benefit-sharing arrangements) can 

best be achieved through mechanisms outside of the patent system. The United States has also advocated 

for a discussion in the TRIPS Council that is fact-based and focused on national experiences in areas such 

as access and benefit-sharing and prior informed consent. While some Members continue to press for 

amending the TRIPS Agreement, the TRIPS Council’s deliberations in 2006 generally tended toward 

constructive questioning and information-sharing on these matters. This approach has clarified a number 

of points of divergence and convergence, and has tracked more closely the debate suggested by the 

United States to discuss proposals based on whether or not they achieve the objectives purportedly 

sought, rather than presupposing any particular outcome. 

Non-violation: The TRIPS Council agreed at its March 2006 meeting to keep under review the issue of 

non-violation nullification and impairment complaints in the context of the TRIPS Agreement. The 

original moratorium on non-violation nullification and impairment complaints related to the TRIPS 

Agreement was extended, at the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference, until the Seventh Ministerial 

Conference, which has not yet been scheduled. There was no substantive discussion or new submissions 

on this issue during the course of the TRIPS Council’s 2006 meetings. The United States maintains that 

TRIPS is no different than other agreements where non-violation nullification and impairment claims are 

permitted, and that Article 26 of the Dispute Settlement Understanding and GATT decisions on non-
II. The World Trade Organization | 59 

violation provide sufficient guidance to enable a panel or the Appellate Body to make appropriate 

determinations in such cases. 

Further reviews of the TRIPS Agreement: Article 71.1 calls for a review of the TRIPS Agreement in light 

of experience gained in implementation, beginning in 2002. The TRIPS Council continues to consider 

how the review should best be conducted in light of the Council’s other work. The Doha Ministerial 

Declaration directs that, in its work under this Article, the TRIPS Council is also to consider the 

relationship between intellectual property and the CBD, traditional knowledge, folklore, and other 

relevant new developments raised by Members pursuant to Article 71.1. In 2006, Members did not raise 

further issues under this Article. 

Technical Cooperation and Capacity Building: As in each past year, the United States and other 

Members provided reports on their activities in connection with technical cooperation and capacity 

building (IP/C/W/476/Add.6).

Implementation of Article 66.2: Article 66.2 of the TRIPS Agreement requires developed country 

Members to provide incentives for enterprises and institutions in their territories to promote and 

encourage technology transfer to least-developed country Members in order to enable them to create a 

sound and viable technological base. This provision was reaffirmed in the Doha Decision on 

Implementation-related Issues and Concerns and the TRIPS Council was directed to put in place a 

mechanism for ensuring monitoring and full implementation of the obligation. Developed country 

Members are required to provide detailed reports every third year, with annual updates, on these 

incentives. In October 2006, the United States provided a detailed report on specific U.S. government 

institutions (e.g., the African Development Foundation and Agency for International Development) and 

incentives, as required. 

Enforcement: At the October 2006 meeting of the TRIPS Council, the United States joined the EU, Japan 

and Switzerland in proposing that the Council examine the experience of Members in implementing the 

enforcement provision of the TRIPS Agreement. The United States noted that such a discussion would be 

particularly valuable in light of the growing global problems surrounding counterfeiting and piracy of 

intellectual property. A number of Members have resisted a substantive discussion of enforcement in the 

TRIPS Council. 

Prospects for 2007 

In 2007, the TRIPS Council will continue to focus on its built-in agenda and the additional mandates 

established in the Doha Declaration, including issues related to the extension of Article 23-level 

protection for GIs for products other than wines and spirits, on the relationship between the TRIPS 

Agreement and the CBD, and on traditional knowledge and folklore, as well as other relevant new 

developments. 

U.S. objectives for 2007 continue to be to: 

● resolve differences through consultations and use of dispute settlement procedures, where appropriate; 

● continue its efforts to ensure that developing country Members fully implement the Agreement; 

● continue to encourage a fact-based discussion within the TRIPS Council on the enforcement 

provisions of the TRIPS Agreement; and 

● ensure that provisions of the TRIPS Agreement are not weakened. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 60 

G. Council for Trade in Services 

Status 

The General Agreement for Trade in Services (GATS) is the first multilateral, legally enforceable 

agreement covering trade in services, and investment in the services sector. It is designed to reduce or 

eliminate governmental measures that prevent services from being freely supplied across national borders 

or that discriminate against locally established services firms with foreign ownership. The GATS 

provides a legal framework for addressing barriers to trade and investment in services. It includes 

specific commitments by WTO Members to restrict their use of those barriers and provides a forum for 

further negotiations to open services markets around the world. These commitments are contained in 

Member schedules, similar to the Member schedules for tariffs. 

The Council for Trade in Services (CTS) oversees implementation of the GATS and reports to the 

General Council. In addition, the CTS is responsible for a technical review of GATS Article XX.2 

provisions; waivers from specific commitments pursuant to paragraphs 3 and 4 of Article IX of the 

Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the WTO; the transitional review mechanism under Section 18 of the 

Protocol on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China; implementation of GATS Article VII; the 

MFN review; and notifications made to the General Council pursuant to GATS Article III.3, V.5, V.7, 

and VII.4. 

The ongoing market access negotiations take place in the CTS Special Session, described earlier in this 

chapter. Other bodies that report to the CTS include: the Committee on Specific Commitments, the 

Committee on Trade in Financial Services, the Working Party on Domestic Regulation, and the Working 

Party on GATS Rules. The following section discusses work in the CTS regular session. 

Major Issues in 2006 

In 2006, the CTS met three times – in April, September and November. In the April meeting, the CTS 

decided to grant ad hoc observer status to the Universal Postal Union and to reopen the Fourth Protocol to 

the General Agreement on Trade in Services, relating to basic telecommunications, for acceptance by the 

Philippines. In June 2006, the CTS discussed the issue of modification of specific commitments pursuant 

to GATS Article XXI. 

In September, the CTS held its first meeting dedicated to the second Review of Air Transport Services. 

In accordance with paragraph 5 of the Annex on Air Transport Services, the CTS is to review 

periodically, and at least every five years, developments in the air transport sector and the operation of the 

annex. 

In November, as part of China’s Transitional Review Mechanism, the CTS carried out its fifth annual 

review of China’s implementation of its WTO services commitments. The United States, with support 

from other WTO Members, raised questions and concerns regarding China’s implementation of certain 

commitments in the distribution, direct selling, express delivery, telecommunications, and construction 

services sectors, and emphasized the need for regulatory transparency. 

The CTS received a number of notifications pursuant to GATS Article III.3 (transparency) and GATS 

Article V (economic integration). Albania, Macao China and Honduras made notifications under Article 

III.3. Notifications pursuant to GATS Article V were made by Mexico and Nicaragua; the European 

Communities and Chile; Thailand and New Zealand; United States and Morocco; Korea and Singapore; 

the United States and El Salvador; the United States, Honduras and Nicaragua; and the United States, El 

Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Nicaragua. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 61 

In 2006, pursuant to Article XXI, affected Members reached agreement with the European Union (EU) on 

appropriate compensation for modifications to commitments that resulted from EU enlargement that the 

EU had notified under Article V of the GATS in 2004. 

Prospects for 2007 

The CTS will continue discussions pursuant to the Air Annex review and various notifications related to 

GATS implementation. 

1. Committee on Trade in Financial Services 

Status 

The Committee on Trade in Financial Services (CTFS) provides a forum for Members to explore 

financial services market access or regulatory issues, including implementation of existing trade 

commitments. 

Major Issues in 2006 

The CTFS met three times in 2006 – in February, April and November. Brazil, Jamaica and the 

Philippines are the only remaining participants in the negotiations on the 1997 Financial Services 

Agreement that have not yet ratified their commitments from those negotiations and accepted the Fifth 

Protocol (which is necessary for these commitments to enter into effect under the GATS). Members 

continue to urge those three countries to take the necessary steps to accept the Fifth Protocol as quickly as 

possible. At the request of Members, the three countries provided some information on the status of their 

domestic ratification efforts. 

In November 2006, as part of China’s Transitional Review Mechanism, the CTFS carried out its fifth 

annual review of China’s implementation of its WTO financial services commitments. The United States 

and other Members used that opportunity to raise questions and express concerns with China’s 

implementation of certain commitments concerning insurance, banking and related services, securities, 

pensions, and financial information services. 

The CTFS also provided a forum for discussion of other issues, including a report from China on 

developments in regulation of its banking sector. 

Prospects for 2007 

The CTFS will continue to use the broad and flexible mandate of the CTFS to discuss various issues, 

including ratification of existing commitments and market access and regulatory issues. 

2. Working Party on Domestic Regulation 

Status 

GATS Article VI: 4, on Domestic Regulation, provides for Members to develop any necessary disciplines 

relating to qualification requirements and procedures, technical standards and licensing requirements and 

procedures. A Ministerial Decision assigned priority to the professional services sector, and Members 

subsequently established the Working Party on Professional Services (WPPS). In May 1997, the WPPS 

developed Guidelines for the Negotiation of Mutual Recognition Agreements in the Accountancy Sector, 

adopted by the WTO. The WPPS completed Disciplines on Domestic Regulation in the Accountancy 

Sector in December 1998 (The texts are available at www.wto.org).
II. The World Trade Organization | 62 

In May 1999, the CTS established a new Working Party on Domestic Regulation (WPDR) which took on 

the work of the predecessor WPPS and its existing mandate. The WPDR is now charged with 

determining whether disciplines developed in connection with the accountancy sector or similar 

disciplines may be more generally applicable to other sectors. The Working Party shall report its 

recommendations to the CTS not later than the conclusion of the DDA services negotiations. 

Major Issues in 2006 

At the December 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial Conference, Ministers directed their negotiators to develop 

disciplines on domestic regulation pursuant to the mandate under Article VI:4 of the GATS before the end 

of the current round of negotiations, and called upon Members to develop texts for adoption. 

Consequently the pace of negotiations increased dramatically during the first half of 2006. Several 

Members submitted revised versions of earlier proposals, while others introduced new proposals for 

consideration. New proposals generally focused on special and differential treatment for developing 

country Members. Throughout early 2006, numerous formal and informal meetings, as well as extensive 

small group consultations were conducted with the goal of producing a draft negotiating text by the end of 

June 2006. 

Members continued to devote considerable discussion to basic threshold issues, such as the appropriate 

level of ambition for disciplines applied on a horizontal basis to all services sectors, whether or not to 

submit any new disciplines to an operational “necessity test,” how to balance the goal of diminishing 

regulatory trade barriers with the fundamental right to regulate in order to achieve important domestic 

policy objectives, and how to address different levels of development. 

The United States continued to take the position that horizontal or sector-specific application of any new 

disciplines should depend on the nature of the proposed disciplines, and that strong disciplines would not 

be feasible on a horizontal basis. For that reason, the United States’ priority in 2006 continued to be 

horizontal disciplines for regulatory transparency. The United States considers transparency disciplines 

to be appropriate for horizontal implementation because they involve universal principles that promote 

governmental accountability, rule of law and good governance. The United States also joined other 

Members in voicing strong caution about submitting domestic regulations to an operational “necessity 

test” and the possible implications for Members’ right to regulate. 

Despite efforts by all Members, it was not possible to produce a draft consolidated negotiating text in 

June 2006. Significant differences remained on basic threshold issues, and the final product of 2006 was 

a document submitted by the WPDR’s Chair, a “negotiating tool” that was a compilation of proposals and 

issues raised in discussion. On July 11, 2006, the United States introduced a document outlining its 

position on the various elements of any future draft negotiating text. 

At the end of July 2006, the DDA negotiations were temporarily suspended, including the negotiations of 

the WPDR. In late 2006, informal meetings and consultations took place on an ad hoc basis in 

preparation for a possible resumption of negotiations in 2007. 

Prospects for 2007 

The WPDR will likely continue to work in informal and ad hoc meetings and through consultations. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 63 

3. Working Party on GATS Rules 

Status 

The Working Party on GATS Rules (WPGR) continues to discuss the possibility of new disciplines on 

emergency safeguard measures, government procurement and subsidies in the context of the GATS. The 

WPGR held formal meetings in February, April and June of 2006 in accordance with the Doha Work 

Program resulting from the Hong Kong Ministerial Conference in December 2005. That Program called 

for Members to intensify their efforts to conclude the negotiations on rule-making under GATS Articles 

X, XIII, and XV. 

Major Issues in 2006 

Regarding emergency safeguard measures, Members continued discussion on the basis of an informal 

communication from a group of ASEAN Members as well as a note from the Secretariat that provided a 

summary of main views expressed in the WPGR since the last extension of the negotiations in March 

2004. Issues touched upon in the discussion included: the purpose and effects of a safeguard mechanism 

in services; the definition of domestic industry; availability of appropriate statistics; the link to 

progressive liberalization; the use of safeguard-type entries in schedules; and relevant comparisons with 

rules in the area of goods. Members expressed divergent views on the various aspects raised in relation to 

emergency safeguard measures, and the United States continues to question the desirability and feasibility 

of any such measures. 

On government procurement of services, delegations continued their discussion of an EU communication 

that addressed issues such as special and differential treatment, non-discrimination, thresholds, valuation 

of contracts, technical specification and qualification of suppliers, procurement methods, time periods, 

tender documentation, and contract award. In addition, Members exchanged views on an EU proposal for 

a legal text for an Annex to the GATS. Questions raised included the relationship to the plurilateral 

Government Procurement Agreement and MFN application. The United States continues to engage on 

this issue, but notes that the Government Procurement Agreement covers services. 

With respect to subsidies, Members discussed a communication from Switzerland that provided 

information on its own domestic subsidy programs. Members also discussed the provisional definition of 

a subsidy, including a communication from Chile, Hong Kong China, Mexico, Peru, and Switzerland, as 

well as a note from the Secretariat that provided a synthesis of views on the issue. The WPGR asked the 

Chairperson to conduct consultations on obstacles to sharing information as called for under Article XV 

of the General Agreement on Trade in Services. The United States continues to work constructively to 

foster a productive exchange of information to develop a better understanding of services subsidies and 

their relationship to trade. 

Prospects for 2007 

Members will continue to explore possible avenues for concluding the negotiations on rule-making. Such 

negotiations will involve more focused discussions in all three areas, including technical and procedural 

questions relating to the operation and application of any possible emergency safeguard measures in 

services; proposals by Members concerning government procurement of services; and a productive 

information exchange on subsidies. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 64 

4. Committee on Specific Commitments 

Status 

The Committee on Specific Commitments (CSC) examines ways to improve the technical accuracy of 

scheduling commitments, primarily in preparation for the GATS negotiations, and oversees the 

application of the procedures for the modification of schedules under GATS Article XXI. The CSC also 

oversees implementation of commitments in Members’ schedules in sectors for which there is no sectoral 

body, which is currently the case for all sectors except financial services. The CSC also works to improve 

the classification of services, so that scheduled commitments reflect the services activities, in particular in 

new or evolving services. 

Major Issues in 2006 

In 2006, the CSC met in February, April, June, October, and December. The CSC addressed 

classification issues, scheduling issues, editorial conventions for the submission of revised offers, and the 

relationship between old and new commitments. 

Classification: The CSC continued the previous year’s discussion on energy services and began new 

discussions on classification issues related to: tourism and travel-related services; recreational, cultural 

and sporting services; and transport and logistics services. Some of the specific issues included a 

technical error in the Maritime Model Schedule (MMS); the extension of additional commitments as 

described in the MMS to private port operators; and the classification of certain distribution services. At 

the October meeting, Members arrived at a common understanding to the effect that dredging services, 

which are not explicitly mentioned in the CPC, are covered by CPC 5133. 

Scheduling Issues: The CSC continued to address technical issues related to economic needs tests 

(ENTs). Several aspects of ENTs were discussed, including their specification and relationship with 

quantitative limitations under Article XVI. On the basis of a document submitted by the EU, Members 

discussed the scheduling of residency and domicile requirements. Upon request by Members, the 

Secretariat prepared a background Note providing an overview of the discussions concerning residency 

requirements that had taken place in the context of the development of the Accountancy Disciplines and 

the Scheduling Guidelines. 

Editorial conventions: In June, the CSC took note of editorial conventions proposed by the Chairman 

with the objective of facilitating the preparation and submission of the second round of revised offers. 

Relationship between old and new commitments: Discussions on the relationship between existing 

schedules and the new commitments resulting from the current negotiations commenced in April 2006. 

Discussions at the June and October meetings were conducted in informal mode, and the Chairman 

prepared an informal summary of the discussions following each of those meetings. 

Prospects for 2007 

Work will continue on technical issues and other issues that Members raise. The CSC will likely 

continue to examine classification issues pertaining to other service sectors. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 65 

H. Dispute Settlement Understanding 

 

Status

The Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (Dispute Settlement 

Understanding or DSU), which is annexed to the WTO Agreement, provides a mechanism to settle 

disputes under the Uruguay Round Agreements. Thus, it is key to the enforcement of U.S. rights under 

these Agreements. 

The DSU is administered by the Dispute Settlement Body (DSB), which is empowered to establish 

dispute settlement panels, adopt panel and Appellate Body reports, oversee the implementation of panel 

recommendations adopted by the DSB and authorize retaliation. The DSB makes all its decisions by 

“consensus.” 

Major Issues in 2006

The DSB met 22 times in 2006 to oversee disputes and to address responsibilities such as consulting on 

proposed amendments to the Appellate Body working procedures and approving additions to the roster of 

governmental and non-governmental panelists. 

Roster of Governmental and Non-Governmental Panelists: Article 8 of the DSU makes it clear that 

panelists may be drawn from either the public or private sector and must be “well-qualified,” such as 

persons who have served on or presented a case to a panel, represented a government in the WTO or the 

GATT, served with the Secretariat, taught or published in the international trade field, or served as a 

senior trade policy official. Since 1985, the Secretariat has maintained a roster of non-governmental 

experts for GATT 1947 dispute settlement, which has been available for use by parties in selecting 

panelists. In 1995, the DSB agreed on procedures for renewing and maintaining the roster, and expanding 

it to include governmental experts. In response to a U.S. proposal, the DSB also adopted standards 

increasing and systematizing the information submitted by roster candidates. These modifications aid in 

evaluating candidates’ qualifications and encouraging the appointment of well-qualified candidates who 

have expertise in the subject matters of the Uruguay Round Agreements. In 2006, the DSB approved by 

consensus a number of additional names for the roster. The United States scrutinized the credentials of 

these candidates to assure the quality of the roster. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (URAA), the present WTO panel 

roster appears in the background information in Annex II. The list in the roster notes the areas of 

expertise of each roster member (goods, services and/or Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property 

(TRIPS)). 

Rules of Conduct for the DSU: The DSB completed work on a code of ethical conduct for WTO dispute 

settlement and on December 3, 1996, adopted the Rules of Conduct for the Understanding on Rules and 

Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes. A copy of the Rules of Conduct was printed in the 

Annual Report for 1996 and is available on the WTO and USTR websites. There were no changes in 

these Rules in 2006. 

The Rules of Conduct elaborate on the ethical standards built into the DSU to maintain the integrity, 

impartiality, and confidentiality of proceedings conducted under the DSU. The Rules of Conduct require 

all individuals called upon to participate in dispute settlement proceedings to disclose direct or indirect 

conflicts of interest prior to their involvement in the proceedings, and to conduct themselves during their 

involvement in the proceedings so as to avoid such conflicts. 

 
II. The World Trade Organization | 66 

The Rules of Conduct also provide parties to a dispute an opportunity to address potential material 

violations of these ethical standards. The coverage of the Rules of Conduct exceeds the goals established 

by Congress in section 123(c) of the URAA, which directed USTR to seek conflict of interest rules 

applicable to persons serving on panels and members of the Appellate Body. The Rules of Conduct cover 

not only panelists and Appellate Body members, but also: (1) arbitrators; (2) experts participating in the 

dispute settlement mechanism (e.g., the Permanent Group of Experts under the Agreement on Subsidies 

and Countervailing Measures (SCM Agreement)); (3) members of the WTO Secretariat assisting a panel 

or assisting in a formal arbitration proceeding; (4) the Chairman of the Textile Monitoring Body (“TMB”) 

and other members of the TMB Secretariat assisting the TMB in formulating recommendations, findings 

or observations under the Agreement on Textiles and Clothing; and (5) support staff of the Appellate 

Body. 

As noted above, the Rules of Conduct established a disclosure-based system. Examples of the types of 

information that covered persons must disclose are set forth in Annex II to the Rules, and include: (1) 

financial interests, business interests, and property interests relevant to the dispute in question; (2) 

professional interests; (3) other active interests; (4) considered statements of personal opinion on issues 

relevant to the dispute in question; and (5) employment or family interests. 

Appellate Body: The DSU requires the DSB to appoint seven persons to serve on an Appellate Body, 

which is to be a standing body, with members serving four-year terms, except for three initial appointees 

determined by lot whose terms expired at the end of two years. At its first meeting on February 10, 1995, 

the DSB formally established the Appellate Body, and agreed to arrangements for selecting its members 

and staff. They also agreed that Appellate Body members would serve on a part-time basis, and sit 

periodically in Geneva. The original seven Appellate Body members, who took their oath on December 

11, 1995, were: Mr. James Bacchus of the United States, Mr. Christopher Beeby of New Zealand, 

Professor Claus-Dieter Ehlermann of Germany, Dr. Said El-Naggar of Egypt, Justice Florentino Feliciano 

of the Philippines, Mr. Julio Lacarte-Muró of Uruguay, and Professor Mitsuo Matsushita of Japan. On 

June 25, 1997, it was determined by lot that the terms of Messrs. Ehlermann, Feliciano and Lacarte-Muró 

would expire in December 1997. The DSB agreed on the same date to reappoint them for a final term of 

four years commencing on 11 December 1997. On October 27, 1999 and November 3, 1999, the DSB 

agreed to renew the terms of Messrs. Bacchus and Beeby for a final term of four years, commencing on 

December 11, 1999, and to extend the terms of Dr. El-Naggar and Professor Matsushita until the end of 

March 2000. On April 7, 2000, the DSB agreed to appoint Mr. Georges Michel Abi-Saab of Egypt and 

Mr. A.V. Ganesan of India to a term of four years commencing on June 1, 2000. On May 25, 2000, the 

DSB agreed to the appointment of Professor Yasuhei Taniguchi of Japan to serve through December 10, 

2003, the remainder of the term of Mr. Beeby, who passed away on March 19, 2000. On September 25, 

2001, the DSB agreed to appoint Mr. Luiz Olavo Baptista of Brazil, Mr. John S. Lockhart of Australia 

and Mr. Giorgio Sacerdoti of Italy to a term of four years commencing on December 19, 2001. On 

November 7, 2003, the DSB agreed to appoint Professor Merit Janow of the United States to a term of 

four years commencing on December 11, 2003, to reappoint Professor Taniguchi for a final term of four 

years commencing on December 11, 2003, and to reappoint Mr. Abi-Saab and Mr. Ganesan for a final 

term of four years commencing on June 1, 2004. On September 27, 2005, the DSB agreed to reappoint 

Mr. Baptista, Mr. Lockhart and Mr. Sacerdoti for a final term of four years commencing on December 12, 

2005. On July 31, 2006, the DSB agreed to the appointment of Mr. David Unterhalter of South Africa to 

serve through December 11, 2009, the remainder of the term of Mr. Lockhart, who passed away on 

January 13, 2006. The names and biographical data for the Appellate Body members during 2006 are 

included in Annex II of this report. 

The Appellate Body has also adopted Working Procedures for Appellate Review. On February 28, 1997, 

the Appellate Body issued a revision of the Working Procedures, providing for a two-year term for the 

first Chairperson, and one-year terms for subsequent Chairpersons. In 2001, the Appellate Body amended 

its working procedures to provide for no more than two consecutive terms for Chairperson. Mr. Lacarte-
II. The World Trade Organization | 67 

Muró, the first Chairperson, served until February 7, 1998; Mr. Beeby served as Chairperson from 

February 7, 1998 to February 6, 1999; Mr. El-Naggar served as Chairperson from February 7, 1999 to 

February 6, 2000; Mr. Feliciano served as Chairperson from February 7, 2000 to February 6, 2001; Mr. 

Ehlermann served as Chairperson from February 7, 2001 to December 10, 2001; Mr. Bacchus served as 

Chairperson from December 15, 2001 to December 10, 2003; Mr. Abi-Saab served as Chairperson from 

December 13, 2003 to December 12, 2004; Mr. Taniguchi served as Chairperson from December 17, 

2004 to December 16, 2005; Mr. Ganesan served as Chairperson from December 17, 2005 to December 

16, 2006; and Mr. Sacerdoti’s term as Chairperson runs from December 17, 2006 to December 16, 2007. 

In 2006, the Appellate Body issued six reports, all of which involved the United States as a party and are 

discussed in detail below. 

Dispute Settlement Activity in 2006: During the DSB’s first twelve years in operation, WTO Members 

filed 355 requests for consultations (22 in 1995, 42 in 1996, 46 in 1997, 44 in 1998, 31 in 1999, 30 in 

2000, 27 in 2001, 37 in 2002, 26 in 2003, 19 in 2004, 11 in 2005, and 20 in 2006). During that period, 

the United States filed 73 complaints against other Members’ measures and received 103 complaints on 

U.S. measures. Several of these complaints involved the same issues (4 U.S. complaints against others 

and 22 complaints against the United States). A number of disputes commenced in earlier years remained 

active in 2006. What follows is a description of those disputes in which the United States was either a 

complainant, defendant, or third party during the past year. 

Prospects for 2007

While there were improvements to the multilateral trading system’s dispute settlement system as a result 

of the Uruguay Round, there is still room for improvement. Accordingly, the United States has used the 

opportunity of the ongoing review to seek improvements in its operation, including greater transparency. 

In 2007, we expect that the DSB will continue to focus on the administration of the dispute settlement 

process in the context of individual disputes. Experience gained with the DSU will be incorporated into 

the U.S. litigation and negotiation strategy for enforcing U.S. WTO rights, as well as the U.S. position on 

DSU reform. Participants will continue to consider reform proposals in 2007. 

a. Disputes Brought by the United States 

In 2006, the United States continued to be one of the most active participants in the WTO dispute 

settlement process. This section includes brief summaries of dispute settlement activity in 2006 where the 

United States was a complainant. As demonstrated by these summaries, the WTO dispute settlement 

process has proven to be an effective tool in combating barriers to U.S. exports. Indeed, in a number of 

cases the United States has been able to achieve satisfactory outcomes by invoking the consultation 

provisions of the dispute settlement procedures, without recourse to formal panel proceedings. 

Argentina–Patent and test data protection for pharmaceuticals and agricultural chemicals (DS171, 196) 

On May 6, 1999, the United States filed a consultation request challenging Argentina’s failure to provide 

a system of exclusive marketing rights for pharmaceutical products, and to ensure that changes in its laws 

and regulations during its transition period do not result in a lesser degree of consistency with the 

provisions of the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (the TRIPS 

Agreement). 

Consultations were held on June 15, 1999, and again on July 27, 1999. On May 30, 2000, the United 

States expanded its claims in this dispute to include new concerns that have arisen as a result of 

Argentina’s failure to implement fully its remaining TRIPS obligations that came due on January 1, 2000. 

These concerns include Argentina’s failure to protect confidential test data submitted to government 
II. The World Trade Organization | 68 

regulatory authorities for pharmaceuticals and agricultural chemicals; its denial of certain exclusive rights 

for patents; its failure to provide such provisional measures as preliminary injunctions to prevent 

infringements of patent rights; and its exclusion of certain subject matter from patentability. 

Consultations continued until April 16, 2002, when the two sides agreed to settle eight of the ten issues in 

the dispute. Argentina and the United States notified a settlement of these issues to the DSB on May 31, 

2002. The United States reserved its rights with respect to the remaining issues, and the dispute remains 

in the consultation phase with respect to these issues. 

Brazil–Measures on minimum import prices (DS197) 

The United States requested consultations with Brazil on May 31, 2000, regarding its customs valuation 

regime. U.S. exporters of textile products have reported that Brazil uses officially-established minimum 

reference prices both as a requirement to obtain import licenses and/or as a base requirement for 

importation. In practice, this system works to prohibit the importation of products with declared values 

below the established minimum prices. This practice appears inconsistent with Brazil’s WTO 

obligations, including those under the Agreement on Customs Valuation. The United States participated 

as an interested third party in a dispute initiated by the EU regarding the same matter, and decided to 

pursue its own case as well. The United States held consultations with Brazil on July 18, 2000, and 

continues to monitor the situation. 

Canada–Provisional Anti-Dumping and Countervailing Duties on Grain Corn from the United States 

(DS338)

On March 17, 2006, the United States requested consultations with Canada regarding Canada’s December 

2005 imposition of preliminary antidumping and countervailing duties on imports of grain corn from the 

United States. The United States alleged that the preliminary injury determination of the Canadian 

International Trade Tribunal (CITT) failed to address several factors, such as the volume and price of 

imports, and expressly decided not to analyze the evidence before it with respect to causation. In 

addition, Canada’s antidumping and countervailing duty statutes appeared to authorize the imposition of 

duties in situations even in the absence of a specific finding that subsidized or dumped imports had 

caused injury to Canada’s domestic industry. Canada and the United States held consultations on this 

matter on April 7, 2006. On April 18, 2006, the CITT issued a final negative injury determination in the 

matter, and all provisional duties were refunded. 

China--Measures Affecting Imports of Automobile Parts (DS340) 

On March 30, 2006, the United States requested consultations with China regarding China’s treatment of 

motor vehicle parts, components, and accessories (“auto parts”) imported from the United States. 

Although China’s WTO commitments limit its tariffs on imported auto parts to rates that are significantly 

below China’s tariffs on finished vehicles, China implemented regulations that impose a charge on 

imported auto parts equal to the tariff on complete automobiles, if the final assembled vehicle in which 

the parts are incorporated fails to meet certain local content requirements. The United States is concerned 

that these regulations impose a tax on U.S. auto parts beyond that allowed by WTO rules and result in 

discrimination against U.S. auto parts. These regulations appear inconsistent with several WTO 

provisions including Articles II and III of the GATT 1994 and Article 2 of the Agreement on TradeRelated Investment Measures, as well as specific commitments made by China in its WTO accession 

agreement. The EU (WT/DS/339) and Canada (WT/DS/442) also initiated disputes regarding the same 

matter. The EU, Canada, and the United States requested the establishment of a panel on September 28, 

2006, and a single panel was established on October 26, 2006 to examine the complaints. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 69 

European Union–Measures concerning meat and meat products (hormones) (DS26, 48) 

The United States and Canada challenged the EU ban on imports of meat from animals to which any of 

six hormones for growth promotional purposes had been administered. On July 2, 1996, the following 

panelists were selected, with the consent of the parties, to review the U.S. claims: Mr. Thomas Cottier, 

Chairman; Mr. Jun Yokota and Mr. Peter Palecka, Members. The panel found that the EU ban is 

inconsistent with the EU’s obligations under the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and 

Phytosanitary Measures (the SPS Agreement), and that the ban is not based on science, a risk assessment, 

or relevant international standards. 

 

Upon appeal, the Appellate Body affirmed the panel’s findings that the EU ban fails to satisfy the 

requirements of the SPS Agreement. The Appellate Body also found that while a country has broad 

discretion in electing what level of protection it wishes to implement, in doing so it must fulfill the 

requirements of the SPS Agreement. In this case the ban imposed is not rationally related to the 

conclusions of the risk assessments the EU had performed. 

Because the EU did not comply with the recommendations and rulings of the DSB by May 13, 1999, the 

final date of its compliance period as set by arbitration, the United States sought WTO authorization to 

suspend concessions with respect to certain products of the EU, the value of which represents an estimate 

of the annual harm to U.S. exports resulting from the EU’s failure to lift its ban on imports of U.S. meat. 

The EU exercised its right to request arbitration concerning the amount of the suspension. On July 12, 

1999, the arbitrators determined the level of suspension to be $116.8 million. On July 26, 1999, the DSB 

authorized the United States to suspend such concessions and the United States proceeded to impose 100 

percent ad valorem duties on a list of EU products with an annual trade value of $116.8 million. On May 

26, 2000, USTR announced that it was considering changes to that list of EU products. While discussions 

with the EU to resolve this matter are continuing, no resolution has been achieved yet. On November 3, 

2003, the EU notified the WTO of its plans to make permanent the ban on one hormone, oestradiol. 

As discussed below (DS320), on November 8, 2004, the EU requested consultations with respect to “the 

United States’ continued suspension of concessions and other obligations under the covered agreements” 

in the EU – Hormones dispute. 

European Union–Protection of trademarks and geographical indications for agricultural products and 

foodstuffs (DS174) 

EU Regulation 2081/92, inter alia, discriminates against non-EU products and nationals with respect to 

the registration and protection of geographical indications for agricultural products and foodstuffs; it also 

protects geographical indications to the detriment of TRIPS-guaranteed trademark rights. The United 

States therefore considered this measure inconsistent with the EU’s obligations under the TRIPS 

Agreement and the GATT 1994. The United States requested consultations regarding this matter on June 

1, 1999, and, on April 4, 2003, requested consultations on the additional issue of the EU’s national 

treatment obligations under the GATT 1994. Australia also requested consultations with respect to this 

measure. When consultations failed to resolve the dispute, the United States requested the establishment 

of a panel on August 18, 2003. A panel was established on October 2, 2003, to consider the complaints 

of the United States and Australia. On February 23, 2004, the Director-General composed the panel as 

follows: Mr. Miguel Rodriguez Mendoza, Chair, and Mr. Seung Wha Chang and Mr. Peter Kam-fai 

Cheung, Members. On April 20, 2005, the DSB adopted the panel report, which found that the EU’s 

regulation on food-related geographical indications (GIs), EC Regulation 2081/92, is inconsistent with the 

EU’s obligations under the TRIPS Agreement and the GATT 1994. This finding results from the longstanding U.S. complaint that the EU GI system discriminates against foreign products and persons – 

notably by requiring that EU trading partners adopt an “EU-style” system of GI protection – and provides 

insufficient protections to trademark owners. The WTO panel agreed that the EU’s GI regulation 
II. The World Trade Organization | 70 

impermissibly discriminates against non-EU products and persons. The panel also agreed with the United 

States that Europe could not, consistent with WTO rules, deny U.S. trademark owners their rights; it 

found that, under the regulation, any exceptions to trademark rights for the use of registered GIs were 

narrow, and limited to the actual GI name as registered. The panel recommended that the EU amend its 

GI regulation to come into compliance with its WTO obligations. The EU, the United States, and 

Australia (which filed a parallel case) agreed that the EU would have until April 3, 2006, to implement 

the recommendations and rulings. On April 10, 2006, the EU announced that it had issued a new 

regulation, which came into force on March 31, 2006, that implements the DSB’s recommendations and 

rulings. The United States is reviewing that regulation. 

European Union–Provisional safeguard measure on imports of certain steel products (DS260) 

On May 30, 2002, the United States requested consultations with the EU concerning the consistency of 

the EU’s provisional safeguard measures on certain steel products with the GATT 1994 and with the 

WTO Agreement on Safeguards. Consultations were held on June 27 and July 24, 2002, but did not 

resolve the dispute. Therefore, on August 19, 2002, the United States requested that a WTO panel 

examine these measures. The panel was established on September 16, 2002. 

European Union–Measures affecting the approval and marketing of biotechnology products (DS291) 

Since the late 1990s, the EU has pursued policies that undermine agricultural biotechnology and trade in 

biotech foods. After approving a number of biotech products up through October 1998, the EU adopted 

an across-the-board moratorium under which no further biotech applications were allowed to reach final 

approval. In addition, six member states (Austria, France, Germany, Greece, Italy and Luxemburg) 

adopted unjustified bans on certain biotech crops that had been approved by the EU prior to the adoption 

of the moratorium. These measures have caused a growing portion of U.S. agricultural exports to be 

excluded from EU markets, and unfairly cast concerns about biotech products around the world, 

particularly in developing countries. 

On May 13, 2003, the United States filed a consultation request with respect to: (1) the EU’s moratorium 

on all new biotechnology approvals, (2) delays in the processing of specific biotech product applications, 

and (3) the product-specific bans adopted by six EU member states (Austria, France, Germany, Greece, 

Italy, and Luxembourg). The United States requested the establishment of a panel on August 7, 2003. 

Argentina and Canada submitted similar consultation and panel requests. On August 29, 2003, the DSB 

established a panel to consider the claims of the United States, Argentina and Canada. On March 4, 2003, 

the Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. Christian Häberli, Chairman, and Mr. Mohan 

Kumar and Mr. Akio Shimizu, Members. 

The Panel issued its report on September 29, 2006. The Panel agreed with the United States, Argentina, 

and Canada that the disputed measures of the EU, Austria, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, and 

Luxembourg are inconsistent with the obligations set out in the SPS Agreement . In particular: 

• The Panel found that the EU adopted a de facto, across-the-board moratorium on the final 

approval of biotech products, starting in 1999 up through the time the panel was established in 

August 2003. 

• The Panel found that the EU had presented no scientific or regulatory justification for the 

moratorium, and thus that the moratorium resulted in “undue delays” in violation of the EU’s 

obligations under the SPS Agreement. 

• The Panel identified specific, WTO-inconsistent “undue delays” with regard to 24 of the 27 

pending product applications that were listed in the U.S. panel request. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 71 

• The Panel upheld the United States’ claims that, in light of positive safety assessments issued by 

the EU’s own scientists, the bans adopted by six EU member States on products approved in the 

EU prior to the moratorium were not supported by scientific evidence and were thus inconsistent 

with WTO rules. 

The DSB adopted the panel report on November 21, 2006. At the meeting of the DSB held on December 

19, 2006, the EU notified the DSB that the EU intends to implement the recommendations and rulings of 

the DSB in these disputes, and stated that it would need a reasonable period of time for implementation. 

European Union–Selected customs matters (DS315) 

On September 21, 2004, the United States requested consultations with the EU with respect to: (1) lack of 

uniformity in the administration by EU member states of EU customs laws and regulations and (2) lack of 

an EU forum for prompt review and correction of member state customs determinations. On September 

29, 2004, the EU accepted the U.S. request for consultations, and consultations were subsequently held on 

November 16, 2004. The panel was established on March 21, 2005. On May 27, 2005, the DirectorGeneral composed the panel as follows: Mr. Nacer Benjelloun-Touimi, Chair, and Mr. Mateo DiegoFernandez and Mr. Hanspeter Tschani, Members. On June 16, 2006, the panel circulated its report, in 

which it found a lack of uniform administration in certain specified instances and found no breach of the 

EU’s obligations with respect to prompt review and correction of customs determinations. The United 

States and EU each appealed from different aspects of the panel report. Among other grounds for appeal, 

the United States challenged the panel’s failure to treat the U.S. complaint as a complaint regarding the 

EU system of customs administration as a whole (as opposed to discrete instances of administration). In 

its report issued on November 13, 2006, the Appellate Body agreed that the panel had misread the U.S. 

complaint. The Appellate Body also agreed with the United States on certain other legal points and 

agreed with the EU that the panel had erred in finding non-uniform administration in two particular 

instances. Finally, the Appellate Body agreed with the panel’s finding of no breach of the EU’s 

obligation regarding prompt review and correction of customs administrative action. 

The panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted at the December 11, 2006 meeting of the DSB. The 

reports as adopted included a finding that the EU is in breach of its obligation of uniform administration 

with respect to rules pertaining to the tariff classification of certain liquid crystal display monitors. At the 

same DSB meeting, the EU stated that subsequent actions had eliminated this breach. 

European Union–Subsidies on large civil aircraft (DS316) 

On October 6, 2004, the United States requested consultations with the EU, as well as with Germany, 

France, the United Kingdom, and Spain, with respect to subsidies provided to Airbus, a manufacturer of 

large civil aircraft. The United States alleged that such subsidies violated various provisions of the SCM 

Agreement, as well as Article XVI:1 of the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on November 4, 2004. 

On January 11, 2005, the United States and the EU agreed to a framework for the negotiation of a new 

agreement to end subsidies for large civil aircraft. The parties set a three-month time frame for the 

negotiations and agreed that, during negotiations, they would not request panel proceedings. 

The United States and the EU were unable to reach an agreement within the 90-day time frame. 

Therefore, the United States filed a request for a panel on May 31, 2005. The Panel was established on 

July 20, 2005. The U.S. request challenges several types of EU subsidies that appear to be prohibited, or 

actionable, or both. 

On October 17, 2005, the Deputy Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. Carlos Pérez del 

Castillo, Chair, and Mr. John Adank and Mr. Thinus Jacobsz, Members. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 72 

European Communities—Subsidies on large civil aircraft (WT/DS347)

On January 31, 2006, the United States requested a second set of consultations with the EU, as well as 

with Germany, France, the United Kingdom, and Spain, with respect to subsidies provided to Airbus, a 

manufacturer of large civil aircraft. The United States alleged that such subsidies violated various 

provisions of the SCM Agreement, as well as Articles III:4 and XVI:1 of the GATT 1994. On April 6, 

2006, the United States filed a request for a panel. The Panel was established on May 9, 2006. The U.S. 

request challenges several types of EU subsidies that appear to be prohibited, or actionable, or both. On 

July 17, 2006, the Deputy Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. Tim Groser, Chair, and 

Mr. Mario Matus and Mr. Eduardo Pérez Motta, Members. At the request of the United States, the Panel 

suspended its work on October 9, 2006, in order to allow the DS316 panel to complete its work first. 

Mexico–Definitive antidumping measures on beef and rice (DS295) 

On June 16, 2003, the United States requested consultations on Mexico’s antidumping measures on rice 

and beef, as well as certain provisions of Mexico’s Foreign Trade Act and its Federal Code of Civil 

Procedure. The specific U.S. concerns included: (1) Mexico’s injury investigations in the two 

antidumping determinations; (2) Mexico’s failure to terminate the rice investigation after a negative 

preliminary injury determination and its decision to include firms that were not dumping in the coverage 

of the antidumping measures; (3) Mexico’s improper application of the “facts available”; (4) Mexico’s 

improper calculation of the antidumping rate applied to non-investigated exporters; (5) Mexico’s 

improper limitation of the antidumping rates it calculated in the beef investigation; (6) Mexico’s refusal to 

conduct reviews of exporters’ antidumping rates; and (7) Mexico’s insufficient public determinations. 

The United States also challenged five provisions of Mexico’s Foreign Trade Act. The United States 

alleged violations of various provisions of the Antidumping Agreement, the SCM Agreement, and the 

GATT 1994. Consultations were held the summer of 2003. The United States requested the 

establishment of a panel on the measure on rice and the five measures of the Foreign Trade Act on 

September 19, 2003, and the DSB established a panel on November 7, 2003. The United States is 

continuing to monitor developments surrounding the beef antidumping measures. 

On June 6, 2005, the panel issued its final report, siding with the United States on all of the major claims 

in dispute. Specifically, the panel found that Mexico improperly: (1) based its injury analysis on outdated 

information and failed to examine half of the injury data it collected; (2) applied its antidumping measure 

to two U.S. exporters that were not dumping; (3) applied an adverse “facts available” margin to a U.S. 

exporter that had no shipments during the period of investigation; and (4) applied “facts available” 

margins to U.S. exporters and producers that it did not even investigate. The panel also found that six 

provisions of Mexico’s antidumping and countervailing duty law are inconsistent “as such” with the 

WTO Antidumping Agreement and the SCM Agreement. 

On July 20, 2005, Mexico appealed the findings in the panel report. The Appellate Body issued its final 

report on November 29, 2005. The Appellate Body upheld all but one of the panel’s findings relating to 

the antidumping measure, and it upheld all of the panel’s findings relating to the provisions of Mexico’s 

antidumping and countervailing duty laws. 

The one finding that the Appellate Body reversed went to the question of whether Mexico had properly 

applied “facts available” margins to U.S. exporters and producers it did not investigate, and the Appellate 

Body found on different grounds that Mexico had not acted properly in this respect. Accordingly, the 

bottom line did not change. The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports on December 20, 

2005. On September 11, 2006, Mexico revoked the antidumping measure on rice, thereby implementing 

the DSB’s recommendations and rulings with respect to that measure. In December 2006, Mexico 

amended the Foreign Trade Act to address the inconsistencies that the WTO had identified with respect to 
II. The World Trade Organization | 73 

the law. The United States is in the process of reviewing the amendments to determine whether they fully 

implement the WTO’s findings. 

Mexico–Tax measures on soft drinks and other beverages (DS308) 

On March 16, 2004, the United States requested consultations with Mexico regarding its tax measures on 

soft drinks and other beverages that use any sweetener other than cane sugar. These measures apply a 20 

percent tax on soft drinks and other beverages that use any sweetener other than cane sugar. Soft drinks 

and other beverages sweetened with cane sugar are exempt from the tax. Mexico’s tax measures also 

include a 20 percent tax on the commissioning, mediation, agency, representation, brokerage, 

consignment, and distribution of soft drinks and other beverages that use any sweetener other than cane 

sugar. Mexico’s tax measures work, inter alia, to restrict U.S. exports to Mexico of high fructose corn 

syrup, a corn-based sweetener that is directly competitive and substitutable with cane sugar. 

The United States considers these measures to be inconsistent with Mexico’s national treatment 

obligations under Article III of the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on May 13, 2004, but they 

failed to resolve the dispute. 

The United States requested the establishment of a panel on June 10, 2004, and the DSB established a 

panel on July 6, 2004. On August 18, 2004, the parties agreed to the composition of the panel as follows: 

Mr. Ronald Saborío Soto, Chair, and Mr. Edmond McGovern and Mr. David Walker, Members. On 

October 7, 2005, the panel circulated its report. The panel concluded that Mexico’s beverage tax is 

inconsistent with Articles III:2 and III:4 of GATT 1994 and rejected Mexico’s defense that the tax is 

justified as necessary to secure U.S. compliance with the North American Free Trade Agreement. The 

panel found that the beverage tax discriminates against U.S. sweeteners, including high-fructose corn 

syrup, by subjecting beverages made with any sweetener other than cane sugar to a 20 percent tax 

whereas beverages made with cane sugar are tax-exempt. On December 6, 2005, Mexico appealed the 

findings in the panel report, and on March 6, 2006, the Appellate Body issued its report. The Appellate 

Body rejected Mexico’s appeal and affirmed that Mexico’s tax is inconsistent with its WTO obligations. 

The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body’s findings on March 24, 2006, and the United States and 

Mexico agreed on a reasonable period of time for Mexico to bring the tax into conformity with its WTO 

obligations of no later than January 1, 2007, or if Mexico’s Congress enacted legislation to repeal the tax 

in December 2006, no later than January 31, 2007. On December 22, 2006, Mexico’s Congress passed 

legislation repealing the tax and on December 28, 2006, Mexico published that legislation with an 

effective date of January 1, 2007. 

Turkey–Measures affecting the importation of rice (DS334) 

On November 2, 2005, the United States requested consultations regarding Turkey’s import licensing 

system and domestic purchase requirement with respect to the importation of rice. By conditioning the 

issuance of import licenses to import at preferential tariff levels upon the purchase of domestic rice, not 

permitting imports at the bound rate, and implementing a de facto ban on rice imports during the Turkish 

rice harvest, Turkey appears to be acting inconsistently with several WTO agreements, including the 

Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures (TRIMS), the GATT 1994, the Agreement on 

Agriculture, and the Agreement on Import Licensing Procedures. Consultations were held on December 

1, 2005. The United States requested the establishment of a panel on February 6, 2006, and the DSB 

established a panel on March 17, 2006. On July 31, 2006, the Director-General composed the panel as 

follows: Ms. Marie-Gabrielle Ineichen-Fleisch, Chair, Mr. Yoichi Suzuki and Mr. Johann Frederick 

Kirsten, Members. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 74 

Venezuela–Import Licensing Measures on Certain Agricultural Products (DS275) 

On November 7, 2002, the United States requested consultations with Venezuela concerning its import 

licensing systems and practices that restrict agricultural imports from the United States. The United 

States considers that Venezuela’s discretionary import licensing regime appears to be inconsistent with 

the Agreement on Agriculture, the TRIMS Agreement, and the Import Licensing Agreement. The United 

States held consultations with Venezuela on November 26, 2002. 

b. Disputes Brought Against the United States 

Section 124 of the URAA requires, inter alia, that the Annual Report on the WTO describe, for the 

preceding fiscal year of the WTO, each proceeding before a panel or the Appellate Body that was initiated 

during that fiscal year regarding Federal or State law, the status of the proceeding, and the matter at issue; 

and each report issued by a panel or the Appellate Body in a dispute settlement proceeding regarding 

Federal or State law. This section includes summaries of dispute settlement activity in 2006 in which the 

United States was a defendant. 

United States–Foreign Sales Corporation (“FSC”) tax provisions (DS108)

The EU challenged the FSC provisions of the U.S. tax law, claiming that the provisions constitute 

prohibited export subsidies and import substitution subsidies under the SCM Agreement, and that they 

violate the export subsidy provisions of the Agreement on Agriculture. A panel was established on 

September 22, 1998. On November 9, 1998, the following panelists were selected, with the consent of 

the parties, to review the EU claims: Mr. Crawford Falconer, Chairman; Mr. Didier Chambovey and Mr. 

Seung Wha Chang, Members. The panel found that the FSC tax exemption constitutes a prohibited 

export subsidy under the SCM Agreement, and also violates U.S. obligations under the Agreement on 

Agriculture. The panel did not make findings regarding the FSC administrative pricing rules or the EU’s 

import substitution subsidy claims. The panel recommended that the United States withdraw the subsidy 

by October 1, 2000. The panel report was circulated on October 8, 1999, and the United States filed its 

notice of appeal on November 26, 1999. The Appellate Body circulated its report on February 24, 2000. 

The Appellate Body upheld the panel’s finding that the FSC tax exemption constitutes a prohibited export 

subsidy under the SCM Agreement, but, like the panel, declined to address the FSC administrative pricing 

rules or the EU’s import substitution subsidy claims. While the Appellate Body reversed the panel’s 

findings regarding the Agreement on Agriculture, it found that the FSC tax exemption violated provisions 

of that Agreement other than the ones cited by the panel. 

The panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted on March 20, 2000, and on April 7, 2000, the United 

States announced its intention to respect its WTO obligations. On November 15, 2000, the President 

signed legislation that repealed and replaced the FSC provisions, but the EU claimed in further panel 

proceedings that the new legislation failed to bring the United States into compliance with its WTO 

obligations. 

In anticipation of a dispute over compliance, the United States and EU reached agreement in September 

2000 on the procedures to review U.S. compliance with the WTO recommendations and rulings. 

Pursuant to a request approved by the WTO, the deadline for U.S. compliance was changed from October 

1, 2000, as recommended by the panel, to November 1, 2000. The procedural agreement also outlined 

certain procedural steps to be taken after passage of U.S. legislation to replace the FSC. The essential 

feature of the agreement provided for sequencing of WTO procedures as follows: (1) a panel would 

determine the WTO-consistency of FSC replacement legislation (the parties retained the right to appeal); 

(2) only after the appeal process was exhausted would arbitration over the appropriate level of retaliation 

be conducted if the replacement legislation was found WTO-inconsistent. Pursuant to the procedural 

agreement, on November 17, the EU requested authority to impose countermeasures and suspend 
II. The World Trade Organization | 75 

concessions in the amount of $4.043 billion. On November 27, the United States objected to this amount, 

thereby referring the matter to arbitration, which was then suspended pending a review of the legislation’s 

WTO-consistency. On December 7, the EU requested establishment of a panel to review the legislation, 

and the panel was reestablished for this purpose on December 20, 2000. In a report circulated on August 

20, 2001, the panel found that the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000 (ETI 

Act) does not bring the United States into conformity with its WTO obligations. The United States 

appealed the panel ruling on October 15, 2001. On January 14, 2002, the Appellate Body affirmed the 

findings of the panel. On January 29, 2002, the panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted, and the 

suspended arbitration to determine the amount of concessions was reactivated, with the original panelists 

serving as the arbitration panel pursuant to the procedural agreement. The arbitration panel circulated its 

report on August 30, 2002, and found that the EU was entitled to impose trade sanctions in the amount of 

$4.043 billion. On May 7, 2003, the DSB granted the EU authorization to suspend concessions consistent 

with the decision of the arbitrator. On December 8, 2003, the Council of the EU adopted Council 

Regulation (EC) No. 2193/2003, which provided for the graduated imposition of sanctions. These 

sanctions took effect on March 1, 2004. 

On October 22, 2004, the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (AJCA). The AJCA 

repealed the FSC/ETI regime and, consistent with standard legislative practice regarding major tax 

legislation, contained a transition provision and a “grandfather” provision for pre-existing binding 

contracts. On November 5, 2004, the EU requested consultations regarding the transition and grandfather 

provisions. Consultations took place on January 11, 2005. On January 31, 2005, the EU published a 

regulation that suspended the sanctions with effect from January 1, 2005. The EU requested 

establishment of a panel on January 13, 2005, and the DSB established a panel on February 17. On May 

2, the Director-General selected Mr. Germain Denis to replace Mr. Crawford Falconer as chairman, Mr. 

Falconer having earlier indicated that he was no longer able to serve on the panel. On September 30, 

2005, the panel issued its report, finding that the AJCA maintains prohibited FSC and ETI subsidies 

through its transition and grandfathering provisions, and that the United States has therefore not fully 

brought its measures into conformity with its obligations under the relevant covered agreements. 

The United States appealed the report on November 14, 2005. The Appellate Body circulated its report 

on February 13, 2006, upholding the legal findings and conclusions of the panel. The DSB adopted the 

report on March 14, 2006. On May 17, 2006, the President signed legislation that repealed the 

grandfathering provisions. The transition provision expired by operation of law at the end of 2006. 

United States–Section 110(5) of the Copyright Act (DS160) 

As amended in 1998 by the Fairness in Music Licensing Act, section 110(5) of the U.S. Copyright Act 

exempts certain retail and restaurant establishments that play radio or television music from paying 

royalties to songwriters and music publishers. The EU claimed that, as a result of this exception, the 

United States is in violation of its TRIPS obligations. Consultations with the EU took place on March 2, 

1999. A panel on this matter was established on May 26, 1999. On August 6, 1999, the Director-General 

composed the panel as follows: Ms. Carmen Luz Guarda, Chair, Mr. Arumugamangalam V. Ganesan and 

Mr. Ian F. Sheppard, Members. The panel issued its final report on June 15, 2000, and found that one of 

the two exemptions provided by section 110(5) is inconsistent with the United States’ WTO obligations. 

The panel report was adopted by the DSB on July 27, 2000, and the United States has informed the DSB 

of its intention to respect its WTO obligations. On October 23, 2000, the EU requested arbitration to 

determine the period of time to be given the United States to implement the panel’s recommendation. By 

mutual agreement of the parties, Mr. J. Lacarte-Muró was appointed to serve as arbitrator. He determined 

that the deadline for implementation should be July 27, 2001. On July 24, 2001, the DSB approved a 

U.S. proposal to extend the deadline until the earlier of the end of the then-current session of the U.S. 

Congress or December 31, 2001. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 76 

On July 23, 2001, the United States and the EU requested arbitration to determine the level of 

nullification or impairment of benefits to the EU as a result of section 110(5)(B). In a decision circulated 

to WTO Members on November 9, 2001, the arbitrators determined that the value of the benefits lost to 

the EU in this case is $1.1 million per year. On January 7, 2002, the EU sought authorization from the 

DSB to suspend obligations vis-B-vis the United States. The United States objected to the details of the 

EU request, thereby causing the matter to be referred to arbitration. 

 

However, because the United States and the EU have been engaged in discussions to find a mutually 

acceptable resolution of the dispute, the arbitrators suspended the proceeding pursuant to a joint request 

by the parties filed on February 26, 2002. 

On June 23, 2003, the United States and the EU notified to the WTO a mutually satisfactory temporary 

arrangement regarding the dispute. Pursuant to this arrangement, the United States made a lump-sum 

payment of $3.3 million to the EU, to a fund established to finance activities of general interest to music 

copyright holders, in particular awareness-raising campaigns at the national and international level and 

activities to combat piracy in the digital network. The arrangement covered a three-year period, which 

ended on December 21, 2004. 

United States–Section 211 Omnibus Appropriations Act (DS176) 

Section 211 addresses the ability to register or enforce, without the consent of previous owners, 

trademarks or trade names associated with businesses confiscated without compensation by the Cuban 

government. The EU questioned the consistency of Section 211 with the TRIPS Agreement, and 

requested consultations on July 7, 1999. Consultations were held September 13 and December 13, 1999. 

On June 30, 2000, the EU requested a panel. A panel was established on September 26, 2000, and at the 

request of the EU the WTO Director-General composed the panel on October 26, 2000. The DirectorGeneral composed the panel as follows: Mr. Wade Armstrong, Chairman; Mr. François Dessemontet and 

Mr. Armand de Mestral, Members. The panel report was circulated on August 6, 2001, rejecting 13 of 

the EU’s 14 claims and finding that, in most respects, section 211 is not inconsistent with the obligations 

of the United States under the TRIPS Agreement. The EU appealed the decision on October 4, 2001. 

The Appellate Body issued its report on January 2, 2002. 

The Appellate Body reversed the panel’s one finding against the United States, and upheld the panel’s 

favorable findings that WTO Members are entitled to determine trademark and trade name ownership 

criteria. The Appellate Body found certain instances, however, in which section 211 might breach the 

national treatment and most favored nation obligations of the TRIPS Agreement. The panel and 

Appellate Body reports were adopted on February 1, 2002, and the United States informed the DSB of its 

intention to implement the recommendations and rulings. The reasonable period of time for 

implementation ended on June 30, 2005. On June 30, 2005, the United States and the EU agreed that the 

EU would not request authorization to suspend concessions at that time, and that the United States would 

not object to a future request on grounds of lack of timeliness. 

United States–Antidumping measures on certain hot-rolled steel products from Japan (DS184) 

 

Japan alleged that the preliminary and final determinations of the U.S. Department of Commerce 

(Commerce) and the U.S. International Trade Commission (USITC) in their antidumping investigations 

of certain hot-rolled steel products from Japan, issued on November 25 and 30, 1998, February 12, 1999, 

April 28, 1999, and June 23, 1999, were erroneous and based on deficient procedures under the U.S. 

Tariff Act of 1930 and related regulations. Japan claimed that these procedures and regulations violate 

the GATT 1994, as well as the Antidumping Agreement and the Agreement Establishing the WTO. 

Consultations were held on January 13, 2000, and a panel was established on March 20, 2000. In May 

2000, the Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. Harsha V. Singh, Chairman; Mr. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 77 

Yanyong Phuangrach and Ms. Lidia di Vico, Members. On February 28, 2001, the panel circulated its 

report, in which it rejected most of Japan’s claims, but found that, inter alia, particular aspects of the 

antidumping duty calculation, as well as one aspect of the U.S. antidumping duty law, were inconsistent 

with the WTO Antidumping Agreement. On April 25, 2001, the United States filed a notice of appeal on 

certain issues in the panel report. 

The Appellate Body report was issued on July 24, 2001, reversing in part and affirming in part. The 

reports were adopted on August 23, 2001. Pursuant to a February 19, 2002, arbitral award, the United 

States was given 15 months, or until November 23, 2002, to implement the DSB’s recommendations and 

rulings. On November 22, 2002, Commerce issued a new final determination in the hot-rolled steel 

antidumping duty investigation, which implemented the recommendations and rulings of the DSB with 

respect to the calculation of antidumping margins in that investigation. The reasonable period of time 

ended on July 31, 2005. With respect to the outstanding implementation issue, on July 7, 2005, the 

United States and Japan agreed that Japan would not request authorization to suspend concessions at that 

time, and that the United States would not object to a future request on grounds of lack of timeliness. 

United States–Countervailing duty measures concerning certain products from the European 

Communities (DS212) 

On November 13, 2000, the EU requested WTO dispute settlement consultations in 14 separate U.S. 

countervailing duty proceedings covering imports of steel and certain other products from member states 

of the EU, all with respect to the Department of Commerce’s “change in ownership” (or “privatization”) 

methodology that was challenged successfully by the EU in a WTO dispute concerning leaded steel 

products from the United Kingdom. Consultations were held December 7, 2000. Further consultations 

were requested on February 1, 2001, and held on April 3. A panel was established at the EU’s request on 

September 10, 2001. In its panel request, the EU challenged 12 separate U.S. countervailing duty 

proceedings, as well as Section 771(5)(F) of the Tariff Act of 1930. 

The WTO Director-General composed the panel on November 5, 2001, as follows: Mr. Gilles Gauthier, 

Chairman; Ms. Marie-Gabrielle Ineichen-Fleisch and Mr. Michael Mulgrew, Members. 

 

On July 31, 2002, the panel circulated its final report. In a prior dispute concerning leaded bar from the 

United Kingdom, the EU successfully challenged the application of an earlier version of Commerce’s 

methodology, known as “gamma.” In this dispute, the panel found that Commerce’s current “same 

person” methodology (as well as the continued application of the “gamma” methodology in several cases) 

was inconsistent with the SCM Agreement. The panel also found that section 771(5)(F) of the Tariff Act 

of 1930 – the “change of ownership” provision in the U.S. statute – was WTO-inconsistent. The United 

States appealed, and the Appellate Body issued its report on December 9, 2002. The Appellate Body 

reversed the panel with respect to section 771(5)(F), finding that it did not mandate WTO-inconsistent 

behavior. The Appellate Body affirmed the panel’s findings that the “gamma” and “same person” 

methodologies are inconsistent with the SCM Agreement, although it modified the panel’s reasoning. 

On January 27, 2003, the United States informed the DSB of its intention to implement the DSB’s 

recommendations and rulings in a manner that respects U.S. WTO obligations. U.S. implementation 

proceeded in two stages. First, Commerce modified its methodology for analyzing a privatization in the 

context of the countervailing duty law. Commerce published a notice announcing its new, WTOconsistent methodology on June 23, 2003. Second, Commerce applied its new methodology to the twelve 

determinations that had been found to be WTO-inconsistent. On October 24, 2003, Commerce issued 

revised determinations under section 129 of the URAA. As a result of this action, Commerce: (1) 

revoked two countervailing duty orders in whole; (2) revoked one countervailing duty order in part; and 

(3) in the case of five countervailing duty orders, revised the cash deposit rates for certain companies. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 78 

On November 7, 2003, the United States informed the DSB of its implementation of the DSB’s 

recommendations and rulings. 

On March 17, 2004, the EU requested consultations regarding Commerce’s new change of ownership 

methodology. The EU contended that Commerce countervails the entire amount of unamortized 

subsidies, even if the price paid for the acquired firm was only $1 less than the fair market value. With 

respect to Commerce’s revised determinations, the EU complained about the three sunset reviews in 

which Commerce declined to address the privatization transactions in question on what essentially were 

“judicial economy” grounds. With respect to a fourth sunset review, the EU challenged the Commerce’s 

analysis of the sale of shares to employees of the company in question. Consultations took place on May 

24, 2004. A panel was established on September 27, 2004. The original three panelists agreed to serve 

on the compliance panel. 

On August 17, 2005, the panel circulated its report. With respect to one determination, the panel did not 

find that Commerce’s application of the privatization methodology was inconsistent with U.S. WTO 

obligations. The panel did find that Commerce should have applied the privatization methodology in two 

other determinations relating to certain cut-to-length carbon steel plate from Spain and the United 

Kingdom, where Commerce simply assumed the benefit of the subsidy was extinguished by the 

privatization; in addition, the panel found that Commerce should have taken into account new record 

evidence presented during the redetermination proceeding. The panel also found that the USITC was not 

obliged to revisit its sunset determination on likelihood of injury. The DSB adopted the panel report on 

September 27, 2005, at which meeting the United States stated its intention to comply with the findings. 

On May 26, 2006, Commerce issued revised determinations with respect to certain cut-to-length carbon 

steel plate from Spain and the United Kingdom. In addition, following a separate sunset review initiated 

in 2005, Commerce revoked the order with respect to the United Kingdom in October 2006. Also 

following a separate sunset review, the USITC issued a determination that revocation of the antidumping 

duty order on cut-to-length carbon steel plate from Spain would not be likely to lead to continuation or 

recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable time. 

 

United States–Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act of 2000 (CDSOA) (DS217/234) 

 

On December 21, 2000, Australia, Brazil, Chile, the EU, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, and Thailand 

requested consultations with the United States regarding the Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act 

of 2000 (19 U.S.C. § 754), which amended Title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930 to transfer import duties 

collected under U.S. antidumping and countervailing duty orders from the U.S. Treasury to the companies 

that filed the antidumping and countervailing duty petitions. Consultations were held on February 6, 

2001. On May 21, 2001, Canada and Mexico also requested consultations on the same matter, which 

were held on June 29, 2001. On July 12, 2001, the original nine complaining parties requested the 

establishment of a panel, which was established on August 23. On September 10, 2001, a panel was 

established at the request of Canada and Mexico, and all complaints were consolidated into one panel. 

The panel was composed of: Mr. Luzius Wasescha, Chair, and Mr. Maamoun Abdel-Fattah and Mr. 

William Falconer, Members. 

The panel issued its report on September 2, 2002, finding against the United States on three of the five 

principal claims brought by the complaining parties. Specifically, the panel found that the CDSOA 

constitutes a specific action against dumping and subsidies and therefore is inconsistent with the WTO 

Antidumping and SCM Agreements as well as Article VI of the GATT 1994. The panel also found that 

the CDSOA distorts the standing determination conducted by Commerce and therefore is inconsistent 

with the standing provisions in the Antidumping and SCM Agreements. The United States prevailed 

against the complainants’ claims under the Antidumping and SCM Agreements that the CDSOA distorts 

Commerce’s consideration of price undertakings (agreements to settle antidumping and countervailing 
II. The World Trade Organization | 79 

duty investigations). The panel also rejected Mexico’s actionable subsidy claim brought under the SCM 

Agreement. Finally, the panel rejected the complainants’ claims under Article X:3 of the GATT, Article 

15 of the Antidumping Agreement, and Articles 4.10 and 7.9 of the SCM Agreement. The United States 

appealed the panel’s adverse findings on October 1, 2002. 

The Appellate Body issued its report on January 16, 2003, upholding the panel’s finding that the CDSOA 

is an impermissible action against dumping and subsidies, but reversing the panel’s finding on standing. 

The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports on January 27, 2003. At the meeting, the United 

States stated its intention to implement the DSB recommendations and rulings. On March 14, 2003, the 

complaining parties requested arbitration to determine a reasonable period of time for U.S. 

implementation. On June 13, 2003, the arbitrator determined that this period would end on December 27, 

2003. On June 19, 2003, legislation to bring the Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act into 

conformity with U.S. obligations under the Antidumping Agreement, the SCM Agreement and the GATT 

of 1994 was introduced in the U.S. Senate (S. 1299). 

 

On January 15, 2004, eight complaining parties (Brazil, Canada, Chile, the EU, India, Japan, Korea, and 

Mexico) requested WTO authorization to retaliate. The remaining three complaining parties (Australia, 

Indonesia and Thailand) agreed to extend to December 27, 2004, the period of time in which the United 

States had to comply with the WTO rulings and recommendations in this dispute. On January 23, 2004, 

the United States objected to the requests from the eight complaining parties to retaliate, thereby referring 

the matter to arbitration. On August 31, 2004, the Arbitrators issued their awards in each of the eight 

arbitrations. They determined that each complaining party could retaliate, on a yearly basis, covering the 

total value of trade not exceeding, in U.S. dollars, the amount resulting from the following equation: 

amount of disbursements under CDSOA for the most recent year for which data are available relating to 

antidumping or countervailing duties paid on imports from each party at that time, as published by the 

U.S. authorities, multiplied by 0.72. 

Based on requests from Brazil, the EU, India, Japan, Korea, Canada, and Mexico, on November 26, 2004, 

the DSB granted these Members authorization to suspend concessions or other obligations, as provided in 

DSU Article 22.7 and in the Decisions of the Arbitrators. The DSB granted Chile authorization to 

suspend concessions or other obligations on December 17, 2004. On December 23, 2004, January 7, 

2005 and January 11, 2005, the United States reached agreements with Australia, Thailand and Indonesia 

that these three complaining parties would not request authorization to suspend concessions at that time, 

and that the United States would not object to a future request on grounds of lack of timeliness. 

On May 1, 2005, Canada and the EU began imposing additional duties of 15 percent on a list of products 

from the United States. On August 18, 2005, Mexico began imposing additional duties ranging from nine 

to 30 percent on a list of U.S. products. On September 1, 2005, Japan began imposing additional duties 

of 15 percent on a list of U.S. products. 

On February 8, 2006, the President signed the Deficit Reduction Act into law. That Act includes a 

provision repealing the CDSOA. Certain of the complaining parties nevertheless continued to impose 

retaliatory measures because they considered that the Deficit Reduction Act failed to bring the United 

States into immediate compliance. Thus, on May 1, 2006, the EU renewed its retaliatory measure and 

added eight products to the list of targeted imports. Japan renewed its retaliatory measure on September 

1, 2006, retaining the same list of targeted imports. Mexico adopted a new retaliatory measure on 

September 14, 2006, imposing duties of 110% on certain dairy products through October 31, 2006. After 

that date, Mexico has taken no further retaliatory measures. Canada did not renew its retaliatory measures 

once they expired on April 30, 2006.
II. The World Trade Organization | 80 

United States–Countervailing duties on certain carbon steel products from Brazil (DS218) 

On December 21, 2000, Brazil requested consultations with the United States regarding U.S. 

countervailing duties on certain carbon steel products from Brazil, alleging that Commerce’s “change in 

ownership” (or “privatization”) methodology, which was ruled inconsistent with the WTO SCM 

Agreement when applied to leaded steel products from the United Kingdom, violates the SCM Agreement 

as it was applied by the United States in this countervailing duty case. Consultations were held on 

January 17, 2001. 

United States–Antidumping duties on seamless pipe from Italy (DS225) 

On February 5, 2001, the EU requested consultations with the United States regarding antidumping duties 

imposed by the United States on seamless line and pressure pipe from Italy, complaining about the final 

results of a “sunset” review of that antidumping order, as well as the procedures followed by Commerce 

generally for initiating “sunset” reviews pursuant to Section 751 of the Tariff Act of 1930 and 19 CFR 

§351. The EU alleges that these measures violate the Antidumping Agreement. Consultations were held 

on March 21, 2001. 

United States–Calculation of dumping margins (DS239) 

On September 18, 2001, the United States received from Brazil a request for consultations regarding the 

de minimis standard as applied by Commerce in conducting reviews of antidumping orders, and the 

practice of “zeroing” (or, not offsetting “dumped” sales with “non-dumped” sales) in conducting 

investigations and reviews. 

Brazil submitted a revised request on November 1, 2001, focusing specifically on the antidumping duty 

order on silicon metal from Brazil. Consultations were held on December 7, 2001. 

 

United States–Final countervailing duty determination with respect to certain softwood lumber from 

Canada (DS257) 

On May 3, 2002, Canada requested consultations with the United States regarding Commerce’s final 

countervailing duty determination concerning certain softwood lumber from Canada. Among other 

things, Canada challenged the evidence upon which the investigation was initiated, claimed that 

Commerce imposed countervailing duties against programs and policies that are not subsides and are not 

“specific” within the meaning of the SCM Agreement, and that Commerce failed to conduct its 

investigation properly. Consultations were held on June 18, 2002, and a panel was established at 

Canada’s request on October 1, 2002. 

The panel was composed of Mr. Elbio Rosselli, Chair, and Mr. Weislaw Karsz and Mr. Remo Moretta, 

Members. In its report, circulated on August 29, 2003, the panel found that the United States acted 

consistently with the SCM Agreement and GATT 1994 in determining that the programs at issue 

provided a financial contribution and that those programs were “specific” within the meaning of the SCM 

Agreement. It also found, however, that the United States had calculated the benefit incorrectly and had 

improperly failed to conduct a “pass-through” analysis to determine whether subsidies granted to one 

producer were passed through to other producers. The United States appealed these issues to the 

Appellate Body on October 21, 2003, and Canada appealed the “financial contribution” issue on 

November 5. 

On January 19, 2004, the Appellate Body issued a report finding in favor of the United States in all key 

respects. The Appellate Body reversed the panel’s unfavorable finding with respect to the rejection of 

Canadian prices as a benchmark; upheld the panel’s favorable finding that the provincial governments’ 
II. The World Trade Organization | 81 

provision of low-cost timber to lumber producers constituted a “financial contribution” under the SCM 

Agreement; and reversed the panel’s unfavorable finding that Commerce should have conducted a “passthrough” analysis to determine whether subsidies granted to one lumber company were passed through to 

other lumber companies through the sale of subsidized lumber. The Appellate Body’s only finding 

against the United States was that Commerce should have conducted such a pass-through analysis with 

respect to the sale of logs from harvester/sawmills to unrelated sawmills. 

 

The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports on February 17, 2004. The United States stated 

its intention to implement the DSB recommendations and rulings on March 5, 2004. On December 17, 

2004, the United States informed the DSB that Commerce had revised its countervailing duty order, 

thereby implementing the DSB’s recommendations and rulings. 

Following a request by Canada, on January 14, 2005, the DSB established a panel under Article 21.5 of 

the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (Article 21.5 panel) to 

review the new Commerce determination. Canada also requested authorization to suspend concessions or 

other obligations pursuant to Article 22.2 of the DSU, in the amount of C$200,000,000. The United 

States objected to this level, referring the matter to arbitration. The parties agreed to request that the 

arbitration be suspended pending completion of the compliance proceeding. 

On August 1, 2005, the compliance panel issued a report finding deficiencies in Commerce’s 

implementation with respect to both the revised determination of subsidies and the first assessment 

review. 

On September 6, the United States appealed the panel’s inclusion of the first assessment review in the 

compliance proceeding. On December 5, 2005, the Appellate Body upheld that aspect of the panel report. 

The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports on December 20, 2005. 

On October 12, 2006, the United States and Canada informed the DSB, in accordance with Article 3.6 of 

the DSU, that they had reached a mutually agreed solution to this and other lumber disputes. 

United States–Sunset reviews of antidumping and countervailing duties on certain steel products from 

France and Germany (DS262) 

On July 25, 2002, the EU requested consultations with the United States with respect to antidumping and 

countervailing duties imposed by the United States on imports of corrosion-resistant carbon steel flat 

products (“corrosion resistant steel”) from France and Germany, and on imports of cut-to-length carbon 

steel plate (“cut-to-length steel”) from Germany. Consultations were held on September 12, 2002. 

United States–Final dumping determination on softwood lumber from Canada (DS264) 

On September 13, 2002, Canada requested WTO dispute settlement consultations concerning the 

amended final determination by Commerce of sales at less than fair value with respect to certain softwood 

lumber from Canada, along with the antidumping duty order with respect to imports of the subject 

products. Canada alleged that Commerce’s initiation of its investigation concerning the subject products, 

as well as aspects of its methodology in reaching its final determination, violated the GATT 1994 and the 

Antidumping Agreement. Consultations were held on October 11, 2002. On December 6, 2002, Canada 

requested establishment of a panel, and the DSB established the panel on January 8, 2003. On February 

25, 2003, the parties agreed on the panelists, as follows: Mr. Harsha V. Singh, Chairman, and Mr. 

Gerhard Hannes Welge and Mr. Adrian Makuc, Members. In its report, the panel rejected Canada’s 

arguments: (1) that Commerce’s investigation was improperly initiated; (2) that Commerce had defined 

the scope of the investigation (i.e., the “product under investigation”) too broadly; and (3) that Commerce 

improperly declined to make certain adjustment based on difference in dimension of products involved in 
II. The World Trade Organization | 82 

particular transactions compared. The panel also rejected Canada’s claims on company-specific 

calculation issues. The one claim that the panel upheld was Canada’s argument that Commerce’s use of 

“zeroing” in comparing U.S. price to normal value was inconsistent with Article 2.4.2 of the Antidumping 

Agreement. 

On May 13, 2004, the United States filed a notice of appeal regarding the “zeroing” issue. Canada crossappealed with respect to two company-specific issues (one regarding the allocation of costs to Abitibi, 

and the other regarding the valuation of an offset to cost of production for Tembec). The Appellate Body 

issued its report on August 11, 2004. The report upheld the panel’s findings on “zeroing” and the Tembec 

issue. It reversed a panel finding regarding the Abitibi issue concerning interpretation of the term 

“consider all available evidence” in Article 2.2.1.1 of the Antidumping Agreement; however, it declined 

to complete the panel’s legal analysis. The panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted at the August 

31, 2004 DSB meeting. The United States and Canada agreed that the reasonable period of time for 

implementation in this dispute would expire on April 15, 2005. On February 14, 2005, by mutual 

agreement between the United States and Canada, the reasonable period of time was extended to May 2, 

2005. 

On May 2, 2005, Commerce issued a revised antidumping determination in which it established the 

existence of dumping using the transaction-to-transaction comparison methodology, rather than the 

average-to-average methodology found to be inconsistent by the panel. On May 19, 2005, Canada 

challenged the measure taken to comply under Article 21.5 of the DSU. 

Also on that date, Canada sought recourse to Article 22.2 of the DSU. On May 31, 2005, the United 

States objected to the level of suspension of concessions proposed by Canada pursuant to Article 22.2 

and, accordingly, the matter was referred to arbitration under Article 22.6 of the DSU. On June 10, 2005, 

the United States and Canada jointly asked that the Article 22.6 arbitration be suspended pending 

conclusion of the Article 21.5 proceeding. 

The DSB established an Article 21.5 panel on June 1, 2005. The panel was composed on June 3, 2005, 

consisting of the same members as the original panel. On August 26, 2005, the Director-General 

appointed Dr. Toufiq Ali to serve as replacement panel chairman for Mr. Singh, who had been appointed 

to serve as Deputy Director-General of the WTO. The panel report was circulated to WTO Members on 

April 3, 2006. The panel found that Commerce’s establishment of the existence of dumping using 

transaction-to-transaction comparisons was not inconsistent with Articles 2.4 and 2.4.2 of the 

Antidumping Agreement and, therefore, rejected Canada’s complaint. 

Canada appealed. On August 15, 2006, the Appellate Body issued its report upholding Canada’s appeal 

and reversing the panel’s finding of no inconsistency with Articles 2.4 and 2.4.2 of the Antidumping 

Agreement. The panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted at the September 1, 2006 meeting of the 

DSB. 

On October 12, 2006, the United States and Canada informed the DSB, in accordance with Article 3.6 of 

the DSU, that they had reached a mutually agreed solution to this and other lumber disputes. 

Consequently, Canada withdrew its request under Article 22.2 of the DSU and the United States withdrew 

its request under Article 22.6 of the DSU. 

United States–Subsidies on upland cotton (DS267) 

On September 27, 2002, Brazil requested WTO consultations pursuant to Articles 4.1, 7.1 and 30 of the 

SCM Agreement, Article 19 of the Antidumping Agreement, and Article 4 of the DSU. The Brazilian 

consultation request on U.S. support measures that benefit upland cotton claimed that these alleged 

subsidies and measures are inconsistent with U.S. commitments and obligations under the SCM 
II. The World Trade Organization | 83 

Agreement, the Agreement on Agriculture, and the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on December 

3, 4 and 19 of 2002, and January 17, 2003. 

On February 6, 2003, Brazil requested the establishment of a panel. Brazil’s panel request pertained to 

“prohibited and actionable subsidies provided to U.S. producers, users and/or exporters of upland cotton, 

as well as legislation, regulations and statutory instruments and amendments thereto providing such 

subsidies (including export credit guarantees), grants, and any other assistance to the U.S. producers, 

users and exporters of upland cotton” [footnote omitted]. The DSB established the panel on March 18, 

2003. On May 19, 2003, the Director-General appointed as panelists Mr. Dariusz Rosati, Chair, Mr. 

Daniel Moulis and Mr. Mario Matus, Members. 

On September 8, 2004, the panel circulated its report to all WTO Members and the public. The panel 

made some findings in favor of Brazil on certain of its claims and other findings in favor of the United 

States: 

– The panel found that the “Peace Clause” in the WTO Agreement on Agriculture did not apply to 

a number of U.S. measures, including (1) domestic support measures, and (2) export credit guarantees for 

“unscheduled commodities” and rice (a “scheduled commodity”). Therefore, Brazil could proceed with 

certain of its challenges. 

– The panel found that export credit guarantees for “unscheduled commodities” (such as cotton and 

soybeans) and for rice are prohibited export subsidies. However, the panel also found that Brazil had not 

demonstrated that the guarantees for other “scheduled commodities” exceeded U.S. WTO reduction 

commitments and therefore breached the Peace Clause. Further, Brazil had not demonstrated that the 

programs threaten to lead to circumvention of U.S. WTO reduction commitments for other “scheduled 

commodities” and for “unscheduled commodities” not currently receiving guarantees. 

– Some U.S. domestic support programs (i.e., marketing loan, counter-cyclical, market loss 

assistance, and so-called “Step 2 payments”) were found to cause significant suppression of cotton prices 

in the world market in marketing years 1999-2002 causing serious prejudice to Brazil’s interests. 

However, the panel found that other U.S. domestic support programs (i.e., production flexibility contract 

payments, direct payments, and crop insurance payments) did not cause serious prejudice to Brazil’s 

interests because Brazil failed to show that these programs caused significant price suppression. The 

panel also found that Brazil failed to show that any U.S. program caused an increase in U.S. world market 

share for upland cotton constituting serious prejudice. 

– The panel did not reach Brazil’s claim that U.S. domestic support programs threatened to cause 

serious prejudice to Brazil’s interests in marketing years 2003-2007. The panel also did not reach 

Brazil’s claim that U.S. domestic support programs per se cause serious prejudice in those years. 

– The panel also found that Brazil had failed to establish that FSC/ETI tax benefits for cotton 

exporters were prohibited export subsidies. 

– Finally, the panel found that Step 2 payments to exporters of cotton are prohibited export 

subsidies, not protected by the Peace Clause, and Step 2 payments to domestic users are prohibited import 

substitution subsidies because they were only made for U.S. cotton. 

On October 18, 2004, the United States filed a notice of appeal with the Appellate Body; Brazil then 

cross-appealed. The Appellate Body circulated its report on March 3, 2005. The Appellate Body upheld 

the panel’s findings appealed by the United States. 

The Appellate Body also rejected or declined to rule on most of Brazil’s appeal issues. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 84 

On March 21, 2005, the DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports and, on April 20, 2005, the 

United States advised the DSB that it intends to bring its measures into compliance. 

On June 30, 2005, the United States announced certain administrative changes relating to its export credit 

guarantee programs. Further, on July 5, the United States proposed legislation relating to the export 

credit guarantee and Step 2 programs. On July 5, 2005, Brazil requested authorization to impose 

countermeasures and suspend concessions in the amount of $3 billion. On July 14, 2005, the United 

States objected to the request, thereby referring the matter to arbitration. On August 17, 2005, the United 

States and Brazil agreed to suspend the arbitration. On October 6, 2005, Brazil made a separate request 

for authorization to impose countermeasures and suspend concessions in the amount of $1.04 billion per 

year in connection with the “serious prejudice” findings. The United States objected to Brazil’s request 

on October 17, 2005, and that matter was also referred to arbitration. On November 21, 2005, the United 

States and Brazil agreed to suspend the arbitration. 

On February 8, 2006, the President signed into law the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005. That Act includes 

a provision repealing the Step 2 program as of August 2006. 

On August 18, 2006, Brazil requested the establishment of an Article 21.5 panel On September 28, 2006, 

the DSB established a panel to consider Brazil’s claims. On October 25, 2006, the Director-General 

composed the panel as follows: Mr. Eduardo Perez Motta, Chairman, and Mr. Mario Matus and Mr. HoYoung Ahn, Members 

United States–Sunset reviews of antidumping measures on oil country tubular goods from Argentina 

(DS268) 

On October 7, 2002, Argentina requested consultations with the United States regarding the final 

determinations of Commerce and the USITC in the sunset reviews of the antidumping duty order on oil 

country tubular goods (OCTG) from Argentina, issued on November 7, 2000 and June 2001, respectively, 

and Commerce’s determination to continue the antidumping duty order on OCTG from Argentina, issued 

on July 25, 2001. Consultations were held on November 14, 2002, and December 17, 2002. Argentina 

requested the establishment of a panel on April 3, 2003. The DSB established a panel on May 19, 2003. 

On September 4, 2003, the Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. Paul O’Connor, 

Chairman, and Mr. Bruce Cullen and Mr. Faizullah Khilji, Members. In its report circulated July 16, 

2004, the panel agreed with Argentina that the waiver provisions prevent Commerce from making a 

determination as required by Article 11.3 and that Commerce’s Sunset Policy Bulletin is inconsistent with 

Article 11.3 of the Antidumping Agreement. The panel rejected Argentina’s claims that the USITC did 

not correctly apply the “likely” standard and did not conduct an objective examination. Further, the panel 

concluded that statutes providing for cumulation and the time-frame for continuation or recurrence of 

injury were not inconsistent with Article 11.3. 

On August 31, 2004, the United States filed a notice of appeal. The Appellate Body issued its report on 

November 29, 2004. The Appellate Body reversed the panel’s finding against the Sunset Policy Bulletin 

and upheld the other findings described above. The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports 

on December 17, 2004. 

Argentina requested arbitration in order to determine the reasonable period of time for the United States 

to implement the recommendations and rulings of the DSB. The arbitrator awarded the United States 12 

months, until December 17, 2005. On August 15, 2005, Commerce published proposed regulations to 

implement the finding that the waiver provisions were inconsistent with Article 11.3. Commerce 

published the final regulations on October 28, 2005, effective October 31, 2005. On December 16, 2005, 

Commerce issued the redetermination of the sunset review in question. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 85 

On March 6, 2006, Argentina requested the establishment of a panel to evaluate whether the United States 

complied with the recommendations and rulings of the DSB, and a panel was established on March 17, 

2006. On November 30, 2006, the panel, comprising the original panelists, circulated its report. The 

panel concluded that the United States had not brought its measures into compliance. The panel 

concluded that the redetermination was not consistent with the Antidumping Agreement. The panel also 

concluded that the United States was obliged to amend the statute, rather than simply the regulations, and 

that as a result the statute and regulations were inconsistent with the Antidumping Agreement. The 

United States appealed. 

United States–Investigation of the U.S. International Trade Commission in softwood lumber from Canada 

(DS277) 

On December 20, 2002, Canada requested consultations concerning the May 16, 2002 determination of 

the USITC that imports of softwood lumber from Canada, which Commerce found to be subsidized and 

sold at less than fair value, threatened an industry in the United States with material injury. Canada 

alleged that flaws in the USITC’s determination caused the United States to violate various aspects of the 

GATT 1994, and the Antidumping and SCM Agreements. 

Consultations were held January 22, 2003. Canada requested the establishment of a panel on April 3, 

2003, and the DSB established a panel on May 7, 2003. On June 19, 2003, the Director-General 

composed the panel as follows: Mr. Hardeep Singh Puri, Chairman, and Mr. Paul O’Connor and Ms. Luz 

Elena Reyes De La Torre, Members. In its report circulated on March 22, 2004, the panel agreed with 

Canada’s principal argument that the USITC’s threat determination was not supported by a reasoned and 

adequate explanation, and agreed with Canada that the USITC had failed to establish that imports threaten 

to cause injury. However, the panel: (1) declined Canada’s request to find violations of certain 

overarching obligations under the Antidumping and SCM Agreements; (2) rejected Canada’s argument 

that a requirement that an investigating authority take “special care” is a stand-alone obligation; (3) 

rejected Canada’s argument that the USITC was obligated to identify an abrupt change in circumstances; 

(4) agreed with the United States that, where the Antidumping and SCM Agreements required the USITC 

to “consider” certain factors, the USITC was not required to make explicit findings with respect to those 

factors; (5) and rejected Canada’s argument that the United States violated certain provisions of the 

applicable agreements that pertain to present material injury. The DSB adopted the panel report on April 

26, 2004. 

At the May 19, 2004 meeting of the DSB, the United States stated its intention to implement the rulings 

and recommendations of the DSB. On November 24, 2004, the USITC issued a new threat 

determination, finding that the U.S. lumber industry was threatened with material injury by reason of 

dumped and subsidized lumber from Canada. On December 13, Commerce amended the antidumping 

and countervailing duty orders to reflect the issuance and implementation of the new USITC 

determination. 

At the January 25, 2005 DSB meeting, the United States announced that it had come into compliance with 

the DSB’s recommendations and rulings. Canada sought recourse to Article 21.5 of the DSU, and an 

Article 21.5 panel was established on February 25, 2005. The panel was composed on March 2, 2005, 

consisting of the same members as the original panel. Canada also sought recourse to Article 22 of the 

DSU. The United States objected to the level of concessions that Canada proposed to suspend, and the 

matter was referred to arbitration under Article 22.6. The Article 22.6 arbitration was suspended pending 

the outcome of the Article 21.5 proceeding. 

In its report circulated on November 15, 2005, the Article 21.5 panel rejected Canada’s claim that the 

USITC’s threat determination was not supported by evidence and analysis such that an objective and 

unbiased investigating authority could have made that determination. On January 13, 2006, Canada 
II. The World Trade Organization | 86 

appealed the panel report. On April 13, 2006, the Appellate Body issued its report in which it found that 

the panel had erred. However, the Appellate Body also found that, based on the panel’s findings and the 

undisputed facts, it was unable to draw its own conclusion as to whether the USITC’s threat 

determination was supported by the evidence and analysis. That is, the Appellate Body was unable to 

complete the panel’s analysis. The panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted at the May 9, 2006 

meeting of the DSB. 

On October 12, 2006, the United States and Canada informed the DSB, in accordance with Article 3.6 of 

the DSU, that they had reached a mutually agreed solution to this and other lumber disputes. 

Consequently, Canada withdrew its request under Article 22.2 of the DSU and the United States withdrew 

its request under Article 22.6 of the DSU. 

United States–Countervailing duties on steel plate from Mexico (DS280) 

On January 21, 2003, Mexico requested consultations on an administrative review of a countervailing 

duty order on carbon steel plate in sheets from Mexico. Mexico alleges that Commerce used a WTOinconsistent methodology – the “change-in-ownership” methodology – to determine the existence of 

countervailable benefits bestowed on a Mexican steel producer. Mexico alleges inconsistency with 

various articles of the SCM Agreement. Consultations were held April 2-4, 2003. Mexico requested the 

establishment of a panel on August 4, 2003, and the DSB established a panel on August 29, 2003. 

United States–Anti-dumping measures on cement from Mexico (DS281) 

On January 31, 2003, Mexico requested consultations regarding a variety of administrative determinations 

made in connection with the antidumping duty order on gray portland cement and cement clinker from 

Mexico, including seven administrative review determinations by Commerce, the sunset determinations 

of Commerce and the USITC, and the USITC’s refusal to conduct a changed circumstances review. 

Mexico also referred to certain provisions and procedures contained in the Tariff Act of 1930, the 

regulations of Commerce and the USITC, and Commerce’s Sunset Policy Bulletin, as well as the URAA 

Statement of Administrative Action. Mexico cited a host of concerns, including case-specific dumping 

calculation issues; Commerce’s practice of zeroing; the analytical standards used by Commerce and the 

USITC in sunset reviews; the U.S. retrospective system of duty assessment, including the assessment of 

interest; and the assessment of duties in regional industry cases. Consultations were held April 2-4, 2003. 

Mexico requested the establishment of a panel on July 29, 2003, and the DSB established a panel on 

August 29, 2003. On September 3, 2004, the Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. Peter 

Palecka, Chair, and Mr. Martin Garcia and Mr. David Unterhalter, Members. 

On January 13, 2006, Mexico requested that the panel suspend its proceedings until further notice. The 

panel agreed to this request. On March 6, 2006, Mexico and the United States entered into an agreement 

to promote bilateral trade in cement. This agreement also provides for resolution of the WTO dispute. 

United States–Anti-dumping measures on oil country tubular goods (OCTG) from Mexico (DS282)

On February 18, 2003, Mexico requested consultations regarding several administrative determinations 

made in connection with the antidumping duty order on oil country tubular goods from Mexico, including 

the sunset review determinations of Commerce and the USITC. Mexico also challenged certain 

provisions and procedures contained in the Tariff Act of 1930, the regulations of Commerce and the 

USITC, and Commerce’s Sunset Policy Bulletin, as well as the URAA Statement of Administrative 

Action. The focus of this case appeared to be on the analytical standards used by Commerce and the 

USITC in sunset reviews, although Mexico also challenged certain aspects of Commerce’s antidumping 

methodology. Consultations were held April 2-4, 2003. Mexico requested the establishment of a panel 

on July 29, 2003, and the DSB established a panel on August 29, 2003. On February 11, 2003, the 
II. The World Trade Organization | 87 

following panelists were selected, with the consent of the parties, to review Mexico’s claims: Mr. Christer 

Manhusen, Chair; Mr. Alistair James Stewart and Ms. Stephanie Sin Far Man, Members. On June 20, 

2005, the panel circulated its report. The panel rejected Mexico’s claim that certain aspects of the U.S. 

administrative review procedures are inconsistent with U.S. WTO obligations, as well as Mexico’s claims 

regarding the USITC’s laws and regulations regarding the determination of likelihood of injury and the 

likelihood determination itself. The panel did find that the Sunset Policy Bulletin and Commerce’s 

likelihood determination itself were inconsistent with Article 11.3 of the Antidumping Agreement. 

On August 4, 2005, Mexico filed a notice of appeal regarding the panel’s findings on likelihood of injury. 

The United States appealed the panel’s findings regarding the Sunset Policy Bulletin. On November 2, 

2005, the Appellate Body issued its report. The report upheld the panel’s findings rejecting Mexico’s 

claims regarding likelihood of injury. In addition, the Appellate Body reversed the panel’s findings that 

the Sunset Policy Bulletin breaches U.S. obligations. The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body 

reports on November 28, 2005. Commerce issued a redetermination on June 9, 2006. Mexico filed a 

consultation request on August 21, 2006, contending that the United States failed to bring its measure into 

compliance. Consultations were held on August 31, 2006. 

United States–Measures Affecting the Cross-Border Supply of Gambling and Betting Services (DS285) 

On March 13, 2003, Antigua & Barbuda (“Antigua”) requested consultations regarding its claim that U.S. 

federal, state and territorial laws on gambling violate U.S. specific commitments under the GATS, as well 

as Articles VI, XI, XVI, and XVII of the GATS, to the extent that such laws prevent or can prevent 

operators from Antigua from lawfully offering gambling and betting services in the United States. 

Consultations were held on April 30, 2003. 

Antigua requested the establishment of a panel on June 12, 2003. The DSB established a panel on July 

21, 2003. At the request of the Antigua, the WTO Director-General composed the panel on August 25, 

2003, as follows: Mr. B. K. Zutshi, Chairman, and Mr. Virachai Plasai and Mr. Richard Plender, 

Members. The panel’s final report, circulated on November 10, 2004, found that the United States 

breached Article XVI (Market Access) of the GATS by maintaining three U.S. federal laws (18 U.S.C. §§ 

1084, 1952, and 1955) and certain statutes of Louisiana, Massachusetts, South Dakota, and Utah. It also 

found that these measures were not justified under exceptions in Article XIV of the GATS. 

The United States filed a notice of appeal on January 7, 2005. The Appellate Body issued its report on 

April 7, 2005, in which it reversed and/or modified several panel findings. The Appellate Body found that 

the three U.S. federal gambling laws at issue “fall within the scope of ‘public morals’ and/or ‘public 

order’” under Article XIV. To meet the requirements of the Article XIV chapeau, the Appellate Body 

found that the United States needs to clarify an issue concerning Internet gambling on horse racing. 

The DSB adopted the panel and Appellate Body reports on April 20, 2005. On May 19, 2005, the United 

States stated its intention to implement the DSB recommendations and rulings. On August 19, 2005, an 

Article 21.3(c) arbitrator determined that the reasonable period of time for implementation would expire 

on April 3, 2006. 

At the DSB meeting of April 21, 2006, the United States informed the DSB that the United States was 

now able to show that relevant U.S law did not discriminate against foreign suppliers of remote gambling 

on horse racing, and thus that the United States was in compliance with the recommendations and rulings 

of the DSB in this dispute. On June 8, 2006, Antigua requested consultations with the United States 

regarding U.S. compliance with the DSB recommendations and rulings. The parties held consultations on 

June 26, 2006. On July 5, 2006, Antigua requested the DSB to establish a panel pursuant to Article 21.5 

of the DSU, and a panel was established on July 19, 2006. The Chairperson of the original panel and one 

of the panelists were unavailable to serve. The parties agreed on their replacements, and the panel was 
II. The World Trade Organization | 88 

composed as follows: Mr. Lars Anell, Chairperson, and Mr. Mathias Francke and Mr. Virachai Plasai, 

Members. 

United States–Laws, regulations and methodology for calculating dumping margins (“zeroing”) (DS294) 

On June 12, 2003, the EU requested consultations regarding the use of “zeroing” in the calculation of 

dumping margins. Consultations were held July 17, 2003. The EU requested further consultations on 

September 8, 2003. Consultations were held October 6, 2003. The EU requested the establishment of a 

panel on February 5, 2004, and the DSB established a panel on March 19, 2004. On October 27, 2004, 

the panel was composed as follows: Mr. Crawford Falconer, Chair, and Mr. Hans-Friedrich Beseler and 

Mr. William Davey, Members. The panel issued its report on October 31, 2005, finding that Commerce’s 

use of “zeroing” in antidumping investigations is inconsistent with U.S. obligations under the WTO, but 

rejecting the EU’s claims that zeroing in other phases of antidumping proceedings is also inconsistent. 

On January 17, 2006, the EU appealed the panel report. The Appellate Body issued its report on April 18, 

2006. In its report, the Appellate Body upheld the panel’s finding that the U.S. “methodology” of zeroing 

in average-to-average comparisons in investigations is subject to challenge “as such” and that such 

methodology is inconsistent with the Antidumping Agreement. The Appellate Body also reversed the 

panel and found that the U.S. use of zeroing in certain assessment proceedings was also inconsistent with 

the Antidumping Agreement. The reasonable period of time for the United States to bring its measures 

into compliance expires on April 9, 2007.

United States–Countervailing duty investigation on dynamic random access memory semiconductors 

(DRAMS) from Korea (DS296) 

On June 30, 2003, Korea requested consultations regarding determinations made by Commerce and the 

USITC in the countervailing duty investigation on DRAMS from Korea, and related laws and regulations. 

Consultations were held August 20, 2003. Korea requested further consultations on August 18, 2003, 

which were held October 1, 2003. Korea requested the establishment of a panel on November 19, 2003. 

The panel request covered only the Commerce and USITC determinations made in the DRAMS 

investigation. The DSB established a panel on January 23, 2004. 

On March 5, 2004, the Director-General composed the panel as follows: H. E. Mr. Hardeep Puri, Chair, 

and Mr. John Adank and Mr. Michael Mulgrew, Members. On February 21, 2005, the panel found that 

certain aspects of the Commerce and USITC determinations were inconsistent with provisions of the 

SCM Agreement. 

On March 29, 2005, the United States appealed the portion of the panel report dealing with the Commerce 

determination. On June 27, the Appellate Body issued its report in which it reversed the findings of the 

panel. The DSB adopted the Appellate Body report and the panel report (as modified by the Appellate 

Body) on July 20. On August 3, the United States informed the DSB of its intent to implement the 

panel’s adverse finding regarding the USITC determination. 

 

The United States and Korea agreed that the reasonable period of time for implementation in this dispute 

would expire on March 8, 2006. On February 13, 2006, the USITC issued a revised determination under 

section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act. On March 14, 2006, the United States informed the 

DSB that it had complied with the DSB recommendations and rulings.

United States–Determination of the International Trade Commission in hard red spring wheat from 

Canada (DS310) 

On April 8, 2004, Canada requested consultations regarding the USITC’s determination on hard red 

spring wheat. In its request, Canada alleged that the United States has violated Article VI:6(a) of the 
II. The World Trade Organization | 89 

GATT 1994 and various articles of the Antidumping and SCM Agreements. Canada alleged that these 

violations stemmed from certain errors in the USITC’s determination. In particular, Canada claims that 

the USITC: (1) failed “to properly examine the effect of the dumped and subsidized imports on prices in 

the domestic market for like products;” (2) failed “to properly examine the impact of the dumped and 

subsidized imports on domestic producers of like products;” (3) failed “to properly demonstrate a causal 

relationship between the dumped and subsidized imports and material injury to the domestic industry;” 

(4) failed “to properly examine known factors other than dumping and subsidizing that were injuring the 

domestic industry;” and (5) attributed to the dumped and subsidized imports the injuries caused by other 

factors. Consultations were held on May 6, 2004. On June 11, 2004, Canada requested the establishment 

of a panel, the United States objected, and Canada made but withdrew a second panel request. 

United States–Reviews of countervailing duty on softwood lumber from Canada (DS311) 

On April 14, 2004, Canada requested consultations concerning what it termed “the failure of the United 

States Department of Commerce (Commerce) to complete expedited reviews of the countervailing duty 

order concerning certain softwood lumber products from Canada” and “the refusal and failure of 

Commerce to conduct company-specific administrative reviews of the same countervailing duty order.” 

Canada alleged that the United States had acted inconsistently with several provisions of the SCM 

Agreement and with Article VI:3 of the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on June 8, 2004. On 

October 12, 2006, the United States and Canada informed the DSB, in accordance with Article 3.6 of the 

DSU, that they had reached a mutually agreed solution to this and other lumber disputes. 

United States–Subsidies on large civil aircraft (DS317) 

On October 6, 2004, the EU requested consultations with respect to “prohibited and actionable subsidies 

provided to U.S. producers of large civil aircraft.” The EU alleged that such subsidies violated several 

provisions of the SCM Agreement, as well as Article III:4 of the GATT. Consultations were held on 

November 5, 2004. On January 11, 2005, the United States and the EU agreed to a framework for the 

negotiation of a new agreement to end subsidies for large civil aircraft. The parties set a three-month time 

frame for the negotiations and agreed that, during negotiations, they would not request panel proceedings. 

These discussions did not produce an agreement. On May 31, 2005, the EU requested the establishment 

of a panel to consider its claims. The EU filed a second request for consultations regarding large civil 

aircraft subsidies on June 27, 2005. This request covered many of the measures covered in the initial 

consultations, as well as many additional measures that were not covered. 

A panel was established with regard to the October claims on July 20, 2005. On October 17, 2005, the 

Deputy Director-General established the panel as follows: Ms. Marta Lucía Ramírez de Rincón, Chair, 

and Ms. Gloria PeZa and Mr. David Unterhalter, Members. Since that time, Ms. Ramirez and Mr. 

Unterhalter resigned from the panel. They have not been replaced. 

The EU requested establishment of a panel with regard to its second panel request on January 20, 2006. 

That panel was established on February 17, 2006. On December 8, 2006, the WTO issued notices 

changing the designation of this panel to DS353. The summary below of United States–Subsidies on 

large civil aircraft (Second Complaint) (DS353) discusses developments with regard to this panel. 

United States–Section 776 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (DS319) 

On November 5, 2004, the EU requested consultations with the United States with respect to the “facts 

available” provision of the U.S. dumping statute and Commerce’s dumping order on Stainless Steel Bar 

from the United Kingdom. The EU claims that both the statutory provision on adverse facts available and 

Commerce’s determination and order are inconsistent with various provisions of the Antidumping 

Agreement and the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on January 11, 2005 and May 20, 2005. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 90 

United States–Continued suspension of obligations in the EU - Hormones dispute (DS320) 

On November 8, 2004, the EU requested consultations with respect to “the United States’ continued 

suspension of concessions and other obligations under the covered agreements” in the EU – Hormones 

dispute. Consultations were held on December 16, 2004. The EU requested the establishment of a panel 

on January 13, 2005, and the panel was established on February 17, 2005. Australia, Canada, China, 

Mexico, and Chinese Taipei reserved their third-party rights. On June 6, 2005, the Director-General 

composed the panel as follows: Mr. Tae-yul Cho, Chairman, and Ms. Claudia Orozco and Mr. William 

Ehlers, Members. The panel, in a communication dated August 1, 2005, granted the parties’ request to 

open the substantive meetings with the parties to the public via a closed-circuit television broadcast. The 

panel’s meetings with third parties remain closed. 

United States–Measures relating to zeroing and sunset reviews (DS322) 

On November 24, 2004, Japan requested consultations with respect to: (1) Commerce’s alleged practice 

of “zeroing” in antidumping investigations, administrative reviews, sunset reviews, and in assessing the 

final antidumping duty liability on entries upon liquidation; (2) in sunset reviews of antidumping duty 

orders, Commerce’s alleged irrefutable presumption of the likelihood of continuation or recurrence of 

dumping in certain factual situations; and (3) in sunset reviews, the waiver provisions of U.S. law. Japan 

claims that these alleged measures breach various provisions of the Antidumping Agreement and Article 

VI of the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on December 20, 2004. Japan requested the 

establishment of a panel on February 4, 2005, and a panel was established on February 28, 2005. On 

April 15, 2005, the Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. David Unterhalter, Chair, and 

Mr. Simon Farbenbloom and Mr. Jose Antonio Buencamino, Members. 

The panel report was circulated on September 20, 2006. The panel found that there was one measure, 

“zeroing,” that was applicable in all types of comparisons and all proceedings. The panel agreed with 

prior reports that zeroing in average-to-average comparisons in investigations is inconsistent with the 

Antidumping Agreement. However, the panel also found that zeroing in transaction-to-transaction 

comparisons is not inconsistent with the Antidumping Agreement, and, expressly rejecting the Appellate 

Body’s reasoning in US – Zeroing (EC), also found that zeroing in assessment proceedings is not 

inconsistent with the Antidumping Agreement. Japan appealed the panel report. The United States filed 

a cross-appeal. 

United States–Provisional antidumping measures on shrimp from Thailand (DS324) 

On December 9, 2004, Thailand requested consultations with respect to Commerce’s imposition of 

provisional antidumping duties on certain frozen and canned warmwater shrimp from Thailand. 

Specifically, Thailand has alleged that Commerce’s use of a “zeroing” methodology is inconsistent with 

Article 2.4 of the Antidumping Agreement. Thailand also has alleged that Commerce’s resort to “adverse 

facts available” in calculating normal value for one Thai producer violates provisions of Article 6 and 

Annex II of the Antidumping Agreement; and that Commerce’s alleged failure to make due allowances 

for certain factors in its calculations for the Thai exporters violates Article 2.4 of the Antidumping 

Agreement. 

United States–Antidumping determinations regarding stainless steel from Mexico (DS325) 

On January 5, 2005, Mexico requested consultations with respect to Commerce’s alleged use of “zeroing” 

in an antidumping investigation and three administrative reviews involving certain stainless steel products 

from Mexico. Mexico claims these alleged measures breach several provisions of the Antidumping 

Agreement, the GATT 1994 and the WTO Agreement. Consultations were held on February 4, 2005. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 91 

United States–Antidumping measure on shrimp from Ecuador (DS335) 

On November 17, 2005, Ecuador requested consultations with respect to Commerce’s imposition of 

definitive antidumping duties on certain frozen warmwater shrimp from Ecuador. Specifically, Ecuador 

has alleged that Commerce’s use of a “zeroing” methodology is inconsistent with Article VI of the GATT 

1994 and several provisions of the Antidumping Agreement. Consultations were held on January 31 and 

March 3, 2006. Ecuador filed a request for the establishment of a panel on June 6, 2006, and a panel was 

established on July 19, 2006. On September 26, 2006, the Director-General composed the panel as 

follows: Mr. Alberto Dumont, Chair, and Ms. Deborah Milstein and Ms. Stephanie Sin Far Man, 

Members. 

United States—Measures Relating to Shrimp from Thailand (DS343) 

On April 24, 2006, Thailand requested consultations with respect to the imposition by U.S. Customs and 

Border Protection of an additional bonding requirement on certain importers of shrimp subject to an 

antidumping duty order on frozen warmwater shrimp from Thailand. In addition, Thailand requested 

consultations with respect to Commerce’s alleged use of “zeroing” in the antidumping investigation that 

resulted in the order. Thailand has alleged that these measures breach several provisions of the 

Antidumping Agreement and the GATT 1994. Consultations were held on August 1, 2006. Thailand 

requested the establishment of a panel on September 15, 2006, and a panel was established on October 26, 

2006. 

United States—Final Anti-dumping Measures on Stainless Steel from Mexico (DS344) 

On May 26, 2006, Mexico requested consultations with respect to Commerce’s alleged use of “zeroing” 

in an antidumping investigation and three administrative reviews involving certain stainless steel products 

from Mexico. Mexico claims these alleged measures breach several provisions of the Antidumping 

Agreement, the GATT 1994 and the WTO Agreement. Consultations were held on June 15, 2006. On 

October 12, 2006, Mexico filed a request for the establishment of a panel, and a panel was established on 

October 26, 2006. On December 20, 2006, the Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. 

Albert Dumont, Chair, and Mr. Bruce Cullen and Ms. Leora Blumberg, Members. 

United States—Customs Bond Directive for Merchandise Subject to Anti-Dumping/Countervailing Duties 

(DS345) 

On April 24, 2006, India requested consultations with respect to the imposition by U.S. Customs and 

Border Protection of an additional bonding requirement on certain importers of shrimp subject to an 

antidumping duty order on frozen warmwater shrimp from India. India has alleged that these measures 

breach several provisions of the Antidumping Agreement and the GATT 1994. Consultations were held 

on July 31, 2006. India requested the establishment of a panel on October 26, 2006, and a panel was 

established on November 21, 2006. 

United States—Anti-Dumping Administrative Review on Oil Country Tubular Goods from Argentina 

(DS346) 

On June 20, 2006, Argentina requested consultations with the United States on its anti-dumping duty 

administrative review on oil country tubular goods with respect to Acindar Industria Argentina de Aceros 

S.A. (Acindar). Argentina claims that this review breaches several provision of the Antidumping 

Agreement. The request for consultations also includes Section 773(e)(2)(b)(iii) of the U.S. Tariff Act of 

1930, which Argentina claims is also inconsistent with the Antidumping Agreement. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 92 

United States—Continued Existence and Application of Zeroing Methodology —(Zeroing II) (DS350) 

On October 2, 2006, the EU requested consultations with respect to Commerce’s alleged use of “zeroing” 

in four antidumping investigations, 35 administrative reviews, and one sunset review involving certain 

products from the EU, as well as Commerce’s alleged use of a “zeroing” methodology in determining the 

dumping margin in reviews. The EU claims these alleged measures breach several provisions of the 

Antidumping Agreement, the GATT 1994 and the WTO Agreement. Consultations were held on 

November 14, 2006. 

United States–Subsidies on large civil aircraft (Second Complaint) (DS353) 

On June 27, 2005, the EU filed a second request for consultations regarding large civil aircraft subsidies 

allegedly applied by the United States. The section above on United States–Subsidies on large civil 

aircraft (DS317) discusses developments with regard to the dispute arising from the initial request for 

consultations. The June 2005, request covered many of the measures covered in the initial consultations, 

as well as many additional measures that were not covered. The EU requested establishment of a panel 

with regard to its second panel request on January 20, 2006. That panel was established on February 17, 

2006. On November 22, 2006, the Deputy Director-General composed the panel as follows: Mr. 

Crawford Falconer, Chair, and Mr. Francisco Orrego Vicuña and Mr. Virachai Plasai, Members. 

I. Trade Policy Review Body 

Status 

The Trade Policy Review Body (TPRB) is the subsidiary body of the General Council, created by the 

Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the WTO, to administer the Trade Policy Review Mechanism 

(TPRM). The TPRM examines domestic trade policies of each Member on a schedule designed to cover 

the full WTO Membership on a frequency determined by trade volume. The express purpose of the 

review process is to strengthen Members’ observance of WTO provisions and contribute to the smoother 

functioning of the multilateral trading system. The review mechanism also acts as a valuable resource for 

improving the transparency of Members’ trade and investment regimes. A number of Members have 

remarked that the preparations for the review are helpful in improving their own trade policy formulation 

and coordination. 

The Member under review works closely with the WTO Secretariat to provide relevant information for 

the process. The process starts with an independent report by the WTO Secretariat on the trade policies 

and practices of the Member under review. The Secretariat report is accompanied by another report 

prepared by the Member undergoing the review. Together these reports are discussed by the WTO 

Membership in a TPRB session. At this session, the Member under review discusses the reports and 

answers questions on its trade policies and practices. The current process reflects improvements made 

over the years to streamline the reviews, and to give the process broader coverage and greater flexibility. 

Reports cover the range of WTO agreements -- including those relating to goods, services, and 

intellectual property -- and are available to the public on the WTO’s website at www.wto.org. 

Documents are filed on the website’s Document Distribution Facility under the document symbol 

“WT/TPR.”

Major Issues in 2006

During 2006, the TPRB reviewed the trade regimes of Angola, Bangladesh, China, Chinese Taipei, 

Colombia, Congo, Djibouti, East African Community (Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda), Hong Kong 

China, Iceland, Israel, Kyrgyz Republic, Malaysia, Nicaragua, Togo, United Arab Emirates, United 
II. The World Trade Organization | 93 

Members up for review in 2007 

include: Argentina, Australia, 

Bahrain, Canada, Central African 

Republic, Cameroon, Chad, Costa 

Rica, European Union, Gabon, India, 

Indonesia, Japan, Macao China, 

Organization of East Caribbean 

States (Antigua and Barbuda, 

Dominica, Grenada, St. Kitts and 

Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the 

Grenadines), Panama, Peru, Thailand 

and Turkey. Central African 

Republic, Chad and Panama will 

undergo their first reviews. Two of 

these Members – Central African 

Republic and Chad – are LDCs.

States, and Uruguay. This group included six least-developed country (LDC) Members and seven 

Members reviewed for the first time. From its inception in 1998 to the end of 2006, the TPRM has 

conducted 230 reviews, covering 130 out of the then 149 Members (counting the EU as twenty-five) and 

representing almost 97 percent of world trade. 

Reviews in 2006 emphasized the macroeconomic and structural context for trade policies, including the 

effects of economic and trade reforms, transparency with respect to the formulation and implementation 

of trade policy and the current economic performance of Members under review. Another important issue 

has been the balance among multilateral, bilateral, regional, and unilateral trade policy initiatives. Closer 

attention has been given to the link between Members’ trade 

policies and the implementation of the WTO Agreements, 

focusing on Members’ participation in particular Agreements, 

the fulfillment of notification requirements, the implementation 

of TRIPS, the use of antidumping measures, government 

procurement, state-trading, the introduction by developing 

country Members of customs valuation methods, the adaptation 

of national legislation to WTO requirements, and technical 

assistance. 

The TPRB’s report to the Singapore Ministerial Conference 

recommended that Members pay greater attention to LDCs in 

the preparation of the TPRB timetable, and a 1999 appraisal of 

the operation of the TPRM also drew attention to this matter. 

Overall, 25 of the WTO’s 32 least-developed country Members 

have been reviewed. For least-developed country Members, the 

reports represent the first comprehensive analysis of their 

commercial policies, laws and regulations from a WTO 

perspective and the results of these examinations have implications and uses outside the TPRM process. 

Trade Policy Reviews of LDC Members have increasingly performed a technical assistance function and 

have been useful in broadening the understanding of an LDC Member’s trade policy structure. These 

reviews tend to enhance understanding of WTO Agreements, enabling better compliance and integration 

in the multilateral trading system. In some cases, the TPR has facilitated better interaction between 

government agencies. The TPRM’s comprehensive coverage of trade policies also enables Members to 

identify shortcomings in specific areas where further technical assistance may be required. 

Responding to these circumstances, the review process for an LDC Member now includes a multi-day 

seminar for its officials about the WTO and, in particular, the trade policy review exercise and the role of 

trade in economic policy. Such seminars were held in 2006 for the review process of the Central African 

Republic, Chad, Congo, Tanzania, and Uganda. Similar exercises were conducted in the preparation of 

the reviews of other Members, including Cameroon, Colombia, Gabon, Indonesia, Kenya and the 

Organization of East Caribbean States. The Secretariat Report for an LDC Member review includes a 

section on technical assistance needs and priorities with a view to feeding this into the Integrated 

Framework process. The seminars and the technical assistance involve close cooperation between LDC 

Members and the WTO Secretariat. This cooperation continues to respond more systematically to 

technical assistance needs of LDC Members. 

Prospects for 2007

The TPRM will continue to be an important tool for monitoring Members’ adherence to WTO 

commitments and an effective forum in which to encourage Members to meet their obligations and to 

adopt further trade liberalizing measures. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 94 

J. Other General Council Bodies/Activities 

1. Committee on Trade and Environment 

Status 

The Committee on Trade and Environment (CTE) was created by the WTO General Council on January 

31, 1995, pursuant to the Marrakesh Ministerial Decision on Trade and Environment. Since then, the 

CTE has discussed many important issues, with a focus on those identified in the Doha Declaration. 

These issues include: market access associated with environmental measures; TRIPS and environment; 

labeling for environmental purposes under paragraph 32; capacity-building and environmental reviews 

under paragraph 33; and discussion of the environmental aspects of Doha negotiations under paragraph 

51. These issues identified in the Doha Declaration are separate from those that are subject to specific 

negotiating mandates and that are being taken up by the CTE in Special Session (CTE-SS) (discussed 

elsewhere in this chapter). 

Major Issues in 2006

In 2006, the CTE met twice, in July and December. In general, Members have been less active in 

meetings of the CTE, given the increased workload and intensified negotiating schedule of the CTE-SS. 

That said, the United States has continued its active role in CTE discussions, as discussed below. 

• Market Access under Doha Sub-Paragraph 32(i): Members considered how the CTE could move the 

discussion forward in a more structured way, and, more specifically, in the format of Members’ 

experience sharing, particularly with respect to market access issues for developing country Members. 

Attention was also given to specific sectors, including illegal logging. The CTE received information 

regarding a successful Sub-regional Workshop on Environmental Requirements and Market Access for 

Electrical and Electronic Goods held in Thailand, as well as other work underway by the UN Conference 

on Trade and Development. 

• TRIPS and Environment under Doha Sub-Paragraph 32(ii): Discussions under this item continued to 

focus, as they had prior to the Doha Ministerial Conference, on whether there may be any inherent 

conflicts between the TRIPS Agreement and the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) with respect 

to genetic resources and traditional knowledge. Several suggestions for structuring of further discussions 

under this agenda item include studying the impacts, if any, of trade and intellectual property rights 

regimes on biodiversity and exploring funding for biodiversity protection and technology transfer. 

• Labeling for Environmental Purposes under Doha Sub-Paragraph 32(iii): Discussions under this 

agenda item continued to demonstrate a considerably lower level of interest. Most Members continued to 

question the rationale for singling out environmental labeling for special consideration separate from 

ongoing work in the Committee on Technical Barriers to Trade on labeling more generally. 

• Capacity Building and Environmental Reviews under Doha Paragraph 33: Many developing country 

Members stressed the importance of benefiting from technical assistance related to negotiations in the 

WTO on trade and environment, particularly given the complexity of some of these issues. Members held 

discussions with respect to national environmental reviews, and the Secretariat informed the CTE of its 

trade and environment technical assistance activities undertaken in 2006 and planned for 2007. 

• Discussion of Environmental Effects of Negotiations under Doha Paragraph 51: Discussions under this 

agenda item continued to focus on developments in other areas of negotiations, based on the updates from 

relevant WTO Divisions regarding the environment-related issues in the negotiations on Agriculture, 
II. The World Trade Organization | 95 

Market Access for Non-agricultural Products, WTO Rules, and Services (WT/CTE/GEN/8/Suppl.1, 

WT/CTE/GEN/9/Add.1, WT/CTE/GEN/10/Suppl.1 and WT/CTE/GEN/11/Suppl.1, respectively). 

Prospects for 2007 

It is expected that the CTE will continue to focus its attention on paragraphs 32, 33 and 51 of the Doha 

Declaration, and that these discussions may become more structured in 2007. 

2. Committee on Trade and Development 

Status 

The Committee on Trade and Development (CTD) was established in 1965 to strengthen the GATT 

1947’s role in the economic development of less-developed GATT Contracting Parties. In the WTO, the 

CTD is a subsidiary body of the General Council. Since the Doha Development Round was launched, 

two additional sub-groups of the CTD have been established, a Subcommittee on Least Developed 

Countries (LDCs) and a Dedicated Session on Small Economies. 

The CTD addresses trade issues of interest to Members with particular emphasis on issues related to the 

operation of the “Enabling Clause” (the 1979 Decision on Differential and More Favorable Treatment, 

Reciprocity and Fuller Participation of Developing Countries). In this context, the CTD focuses on the 

Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) programs, the Global System of Trade Preferences among 

developing country Members, and regional integration efforts among developing country Members. In 

addition, the CTD focuses on issues related to the fuller integration of all developing country Members 

into the trading system, technical cooperation and training, commodities, market access in products of 

interest to developing countries, and the special concerns of the LDCs, small, and landlocked economies. 

The CTD has been the primary forum for discussion of broad issues related to the nexus between trade 

and development, rather than the implementation or operation of a specific agreement. Since the 

establishment of the DDA, the CTD has intensified its work on issues related to trade and development. 

The CTD has focused on issues such as expanding trade in products of interest to developing country 

Members, problems associated with reliance on a narrow export base and on commodities, the WTO’s 

technical assistance and capacity building activities, and an overall assessment of the development aspects 

of the DDA and sustainable development goals. As directed in the 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial 

Declaration, the CTD also conducts annual reviews of steps taken by WTO Members to implement the 

decision on providing duty-free, quota-free (DFQF) market access to the LDC Members. 

Work in the Sub-Committee on LDCs and the Dedicated Session on Small Economies has included 

review of market access challenges related to exports of LDC Members and discussed options for 

improving export competitiveness in textiles and clothing, and the use of regional bodies to address the 

trade-related needs of small, vulnerable economies, including island and landlocked states. 

Major Issues in 2006

Ambassador Faizel Ismail of South Africa served as Chairman of the CTD in 2006. Activities of the 

CTD and its subsidiary bodies in 2006 included: 

Duty-Free, Quota-Free Market Access for LDCs Members: The work of the CTD in 2006 included 

reviews of papers submitted by the United States and Japan on steps each had taken to implement the 

Hong Kong decision to provide DFQF market access to the LDCs Members. The U.S. paper contains a 

summary of the U.S. domestic legal and consultative process for implementing the DFQF decision 

(WT/COMTD/W/149). During these reviews, the LDC Group argued that the appropriate forum for 
II. The World Trade Organization | 96 

discussion of the Hong Kong Decision was the CTD in Special Session and the relevant negotiating 

groups, such as Agriculture and Non-Agricultural Market Access. 

Transparency of Preferential Trading Arrangements: In 2006, the CTD reviewed notifications by 

Members under the Enabling Clause concerning regional trade agreements (RTAs) and Generalized 

System of Preferences (GSP) programs. A central theme in discussions in the CTD over the course of 

2006 was the need for greater transparency of recently-notified RTAs and GSP programs, including the 

China-ASEAN Framework Agreement on Comprehensive Economic Cooperation and the GSP program 

of the EU. In both cases, Members sought to obtain additional information on the terms of these 

arrangements from the parties in order to better understand how their own trade might be affected. The 

December General Council decision on a new transparency mechanism for RTAs, which shifts the 

process of fact-gathering and reporting on RTAs from individual Members to the Secretariat, is expected 

to improve the quantity and quality of information on the terms of RTAs under consideration by the CTD 

in the future. In December, the General Council also invited the CTD to review the transparency of GSP 

programs and other preferential agreements under its mandate in the coming year. 

Trade-Related Technical Assistance and Training (TRTA): In 2006, the CTD conducted its yearly 

review of the WTO’s technical cooperation and training activities. Discussion focused on a final report 

containing a strategic review of all WTO TRTA activities submitted by an independent steering group. 

Other CTD Issues: The CTD considered presentations on a wide range of traditional and non-traditional 

issues in the trade and development nexus. These issues included commodity dependence and the growth 

of developing country participation in the global economy. Although the development aspects of the 

DDA were on the agenda of the July 6th meeting of the CTD, the impasse in those negotiations precluded 

an in-depth discussion. Still, several developing country Members presented statements on the 

importance of trade facilitation and market access opportunities to development. 

Dedicated Session on Small Economies: Following on work of the CTD in the Dedicated Session (CTDDS) in 2004 and 2005 to identify the unique characteristics and problems of Small Economies in the 

trading system, in 2006, the CTD-DS focused on the three proposals related to regional authorities 

submitted by the Small Economies in other WTO bodies. In these proposals, the Small Economies 

sought special recognition of the vital role that regional authorities play in supporting their efforts to 

undertake their WTO obligations in the areas of SPS, TRIPs and TBT. A broad group of Members 

supported these proposals as an example of how the WTO can support the efforts of small developing 

country Members to integrate further into the rules-based system. Subsequent to consideration of these 

proposals by the SPS Committee, the TBT Committee and the TRIPS Council over the year, the General 

Council agreed to specific recommendations from the CTD-DS on regional authorities in October. 

LDC Subcommittee: The Subcommittee reviewed a progress report on the implementation of the 

recommendations for an enhanced Integrated Framework and a survey of market access conditions facing 

LDC Members. 

Prospects for 2007 

The CTD is expected to continue to monitor developments as they relate to issues of concern to 

developing country Members, including those related to technical assistance. Interest in market access is 

expected to continue. In this vein, the CTD will undertake its responsibility to review steps taken by 

Member, both developed and developing, to provide DFQF market access to the LDC Members. In 

addition, the CTD’s examination of RTAs between developing country Members is likely to increase with 

the adoption of the new transparency mechanism. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 97 

3. Committee on Balance-of-Payments Restrictions 

Status 

The Uruguay Round Understanding on Balance-of-Payments (BOP) substantially strengthened GATT 

disciplines on BOP measures. Under the WTO, any Member imposing restrictions for balance-ofpayments purposes must consult regularly with the BOP Committee to determine whether the use of such 

restrictions are necessary or desirable to address a Member’s balance of payments difficulties. The BOP 

Committee works closely with the International Monetary Fund in conducting consultations. Full 

consultations involve examining a Member’s trade restrictions and balance-of-payments situation, while 

simplified consultations provide for more general reviews. Full consultations are held when restrictive 

measures are introduced or modified, or at the request of a Member in view of improvements in the 

balance-of-payments. 

 

Major Issues in 2006

During 2006, no Member imposed new balance-of-payments restrictions. The BOP Committee held one 

meeting during the year, in October, at which the fifth annual review under China’s Transitional Review 

Mechanism took place. In light of China’s balance-of-payments position, there was little discussion. 

Prospects for 2007 

In the spring of 2007, the Government of Bangladesh is expected to provide to the BOP Committee a time 

table for the elimination of Bangladesh’s remaining restrictions applied for BOP reasons. Should other 

Members resort to new BOP measures, WTO rules require a thorough program of consultation with this 

Committee. We expect the BOP Committee to continue to ensure that BOP provisions are used as 

intended to address legitimate problems through the imposition of temporary, price-based measures. 

4. Committee on Budget, Finance and Administration 

Status 

The Committee on Budget, Finance and Administration (the Budget Committee) is responsible for 

establishing and presenting the budget for the WTO Secretariat to the General Council for Members’ 

approval. The Budget Committee meets throughout the year to address the financial requirements of the 

organization. The budget process in the WTO operates on a biennial basis. As is the practice in the 

WTO, decisions on budgetary issues are taken by consensus. 

The United States is an active participant in the Budget Committee. The United States, as the Member 

with the largest share of world trade, makes the largest contribution to the WTO budget. The assessed 

contribution of each Member is based on the share of that Members’ trade in goods, services, and 

intellectual property. For the 2007 budget, the U.S. assessed contribution is 14.852 per cent of the total 

budget assessment, or Swiss Francs (CHF) 26,802,882 (about $22 million). 

In December 2005, Members agreed on the biennial budget covering 2006 and 2007. As envisaged in the 

decision establishing biennial budgeting, the Secretariat proposed minor adjustments in the midterm 

review of the 2006-2007 budget to take into account unforeseen and uncontrollable developments in the 

form of somewhat larger than anticipated personnel costs. At the end of 2006, Members agreed on minor 

adjustments to the 2007 operating budget in the midterm review. Details required by Section 124 of the 

Uruguay Round Agreements Act on the WTO’s consolidated budget for 2006 and 2007 are provided in 

Annex II. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 98 

Major Issues in 2006

• WTO Facilities: In July 2005, the General Council agreed to increase to Swiss Francs 60 million the 

authorized funding for construction of a new WTO Annex, to be financed through a 50-year interestfree loan from the Swiss authorities. The WTO Secretariat has outgrown the main WTO building and 

the new annex will replace temporary facilities that have been needed to house those staff and 

functions that do not fit in the main building. In 2006, the Director-General brought to Members’ 

attention new alternative possibilities that have opened up that are closer to the main WTO building 

and could be more cost effective. He also proposed that Members consider building a new WTO 

headquarters that would be large enough to fulfill all of the WTO’s needs under one roof. The 

Budget Committee will continue to examine these propositions in 2007. 

• Measures to Address Contributions in Arrears: In May 2006, the General Council agreed to 

strengthened measures to address the problem of Members with contributions in arrears. These 

enhancements include limiting access to technical assistance and requiring the Chair of the General 

Council at each meeting of the General Council to read out a list of those Members that are more than 

one year in arrears, asking each of them to indicate when payment will be made. This decision is to 

be reviewed by 2008, if sufficient progress in the clearing of arrears is not seen. 

• Security Enhancement Program: In December 2004, the General Council agreed to fund the 

Secretariat’s proposed Security Enhancement Program. This multi-year plan is designed to meet the 

new realities of the post-9/11 world by, among other things, improving controls on the entrance of 

goods, vehicles and people to the WTO facilities as well as by improving the technology available to 

monitor the WTO’s facilities and grounds. Implementation of the program will continue in 2007 and 

2008-2009 bienniums. 

• Critical Review of the Structure of the WTO Secretariat: The Director-General has been conducting a 

critical review of the structure of the WTO Secretariat with a view to streamlining it. Implementation 

of the reform plan is expected to result in future savings. However, in the short term, financial 

resources will be needed to bridge a liquidity gap. Therefore, in December 2005, the General Council 

agreed to a specific allotment of Swiss Francs 500,000 for 2005 and a further Swiss Francs 500,000 

for 2006 to meet this need. Developments in 2006, made it impossible for the Director-General to 

complete the critical review. Therefore, it was agreed that the money allocated for restructuring in 

2006 would be transferred to a Restructuring Operating Fund, to be used in 2007. Any funds left at 

the end of 2007, will be returned to the regular 2007 budget. 

Prospects for 2007 

The Budget Committee will continue to monitor the financial and budgetary situation of the WTO on an 

ongoing basis. The Budget Committee will prepare a proposal for the General Council on the biennial 

budget for 2008-2009 and will actively review the question of new facilities for the WTO. It will also be 

regularly consulted and kept informed of all aspects concerning the work by the Director-General in 

addressing the interim and future building needs of the WTO, as well as finalization and implementation 

of the restructuring plan and security enhancements. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 99 

5. Committee on Regional Trade Agreements 

Status 

The Committee on Regional Trade Agreements (the CRTA), a subsidiary body of the General Council, 

was established in early 1996 as a central body to oversee all regional agreements to which Members are 

party. 

The CRTA is charged with conducting reviews of individual agreements, seeking ways to facilitate and 

improve the review process, implementing the biennial reporting requirements established in the Uruguay 

Round Agreements, and considering the systemic implications of such agreements and regional initiatives 

for the multilateral trading system. Prior to 1996, these reviews were typically conducted by a “working 

party” formed to review a specific agreement. 

GATT Article XXIV is the principal provision governing Free Trade Areas (FTAs), Customs Unions 

(CUs), and interim agreements leading to an FTA or CU concerning goods. Additionally, the 1979 

Decision on Differential and More Favorable Treatment, Reciprocity and Fuller Participation of 

Developing Countries, commonly known as the “Enabling Clause,” provides a basis for certain 

agreements between or among developing country Members, also concerning trade in goods. The 

Uruguay Round added three more provisions: the Understanding on the Interpretation of Article XXIV, 

which clarifies and enhances the requirements of Article XXIV of GATT 1994; and Articles V and Vbis 

of the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), which govern services and labor markets 

economic integration agreements. 

FTAs and CUs are authorized departures from the principle of MFN treatment, if certain requirements are 

met. With respect to goods, tariffs and other restrictions on trade must be eliminated on substantially all 

trade between the parties. In addition, duties and commercial measures applied to third countries upon 

the formation of an FTA or CU must not be higher or more restrictive than was the case before the 

agreement. If, in forming a CU, a Member exceeds its WTO bound rates, it must so notify the WTO in 

order to negotiate with other Members compensation in the form of market access concessions. Finally, 

while interim agreements leading to FTAs or CUs are permissible, transition periods to full FTAs or CUs 

should exceed ten years only in exceptional cases. 

With respect to trade in services, the CU or FTA must have “substantial sectoral coverage” and prohibit 

or eliminate substantially all discrimination; in addition, the FTA or CU may not exclude a priori any 

mode of supply from the agreement. As with agreements on goods, barriers or restrictions to trade in 

services applicable to third parties upon formation of the FTA or CU may not be higher than was the case 

previously. Finally, a compensation requirement analogous to that in goods agreements exists for 

services agreements. 

Major Issues in 2006

As of October 15, 2006, 366 RTAs have been notified to the GATT/WTO. Of the notified agreements, 

214 are currently in force. Of the RTAs in force, 147 are GATT Article XXIV agreements; 22 are 

Enabling Clause agreements;18 and 45 are GATS Article V agreements. 

 

18 Consistent with past practice, RTAs notified under the Enabling Clause continue to be reviewed 

in the Committee on Trade and Development. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 100 

Benefits of the new Provisional 

Transparency Mechanism: 

• Early Announcement: Parties 

announce entering into RTA 

negotiations. 

• Preliminary Information: Parties 

provide basic information on newlysigned RTAs – scope, website address, 

proposed date of entry into force, and 

contact point. 

• Factual Information: The Secretariat 

will prepare an objective Factual 

Summary of each notified RTA, 

providing information on intra-party 

trade, as well as the market-opening, 

regulatory and sector-specific provisions. 

• Timetable for Review: The 

Mechanism establishes a timetable for 

review, including an opportunity to ask 

questions of the parties and typically 

finishing within one year. 

• Public WTO database: The WTO 

will establish a public website with basic 

information about RTAs under 

negotiation, as well as factual 

information on, and the text of, each 

notified RTA. 

During 2006, the CRTA held four sessions. At the 

January meeting, the CRTA agreed to concentrate on 

concluding the ongoing factual examination of 42 RTAs 

before beginning new examinations. The CRTA 

succeeded in completing the factual examination of 28 

RTAs. As a result, the CRTA has a total of 158 

agreements currently under examination, of which 120 

are in the area of trade in goods and 38 in trade in 

services. Fourteen of those examinations have been 

suspended for lack of specific information or because 

they involve non-WTO Members, and the CRTA has not 

yet started the factual examination of 65 RTAs. For the 

remaining 79 RTAs, the factual examination has 

concluded, but there was a lack of consensus on the 

content of each report with respect to assessment of the 

RTA’s WTO consistency. The CRTA also reviewed nine 

reports on the operation of agreements, submitted in 

accordance with the 2004 Schedule for Submission of 

Reports. 

In January 2006, the CRTA concluded the factual 

examinations of the United States-Singapore FTA and the 

United States-Jordan FTA and considered the Biennial 

Report on the United States-Israel FTA. The CRTA also 

undertook the second round of review of the United 

States-Chile FTA, in which additional information was 

sought on issues such as TRQ fill rates, the length of 

transition periods, cooperation in the standards area, the 

safeguard mechanism, government procurement, and the 

intellectual property rights provisions. The United States responded to all questions, and the factual 

examination was completed in March 2006. In the October 2006 meeting, the CRTA adopted a new 

standard format for notifying RTAs to the WTO, to simplify and standardize the notification process. 

Prospects for 2007 

In December 2006, the General Council approved a new set of provisional procedures, proposed by the 

Negotiating Group on Rules (discussed in section B of this chapter), to improve the transparency of 

RTAs. The new “Transparency Mechanism for Regional Trade Agreements” shifts the process of 

reporting on RTAs from individual Members to the Secretariat, which will now be responsible for 

producing a “Factual Summary” on each RTA. A written question and answer process will follow among 

the Members, and discussions of each RTA thereafter will normally be limited to one meeting. It is hoped 

that this new process will result in greater uniformity in the quantity and quality of the information 

provided while enabling the CRTA to function in a more efficient manner. For the 79 RTAs for which 

examinations have been concluded, the Transparency Mechanism provides that the Secretariat will 

prepare a brief summary of the key features of the agreement and make all the underlying documents 

publicly available. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 101 

6. Accessions to the World Trade Organization 

Status 

The year 2006 was a decisive turning point for a number of large countries seeking WTO Membership. 

After completing intensive bilateral and multilateral work with the United States and other WTO 

Members, Vietnam became the 150th WTO Member on January 11, 2007. In addition, Ukraine and 

Russia concluded bilateral market access agreements with the United States, substantially completing 

work to establish their market access commitments for trade in goods and services and facilitating 

renewed attention to multilateral negotiations in their respective Working Parties. Similarly, Ukraine and 

Kazakhstan moved decisively in their respective multilateral negotiations to address outstanding issues. 

Tonga, which had been expected to become a WTO Member in 2006, delayed its acceptance of the 

accession package approved at the 2005 Hong Kong Ministerial Conference. At the end of the year, there 

were twenty-nine applicants negotiating accession to the WTO, and about one-third of them were LDCs.19

Accession applicants are welcome in all formal WTO meetings as observers. There were no new requests 

for accession or observer status during 2006.20 

The Working Parties of Azerbaijan, Bhutan, Laos, Lebanon, Montenegro, Samoa, Serbia, Tajikistan, and 

Yemen met to review the trade regimes of the respective applicants, and all of these applicants have 

initiated market access negotiations. The Working Party meetings in 2006 for Kazakhstan, Russia, 

Ukraine, and Vietnam, had a different character, as these accessions were either nearing completion 

(Vietnam) or in an advanced stage where the draft Working Party report (WPR) text, including Protocol 

commitments, is under negotiation and domestic legislative implementation of WTO rules is underway. 

Four of the twenty-nine applicants (Afghanistan, Bahamas, Libya, and Sao Tome and Principe) have not 

yet submitted initial descriptions of their trade regimes, the action necessary to activate their Working 

Parties and begin negotiations. Iran and Ethiopia submitted their trade regime descriptions at the end of 

2006. The Working Parties of Andorra and Seychelles remained dormant, and Vanuatu continued to 

decline to accept the accession package approved by the Working Party in 2001. The Working Parties of 

Algeria, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Cape Verde, Iraq, Sudan, and Uzbekistan did not meet in 

2006. Iraq submitted responses to Members’ questions on its Memorandum on the Foreign Trade Regime 

at the very end of 2006 and Cape Verde submitted revised market access offers seeking to move its 

accession negotiations to the final stage. Working Party meetings for Iraq and Cape Verde are likely 

during 2007. The chart included in Annex II reports the current status of each accession negotiation. 

Background: Countries and separate customs territories seeking to join the WTO must negotiate the 

terms of their accession with current Members, as provided for in Article XII of the WTO Agreement. 

The accession process, with its emphasis on implementation of WTO provisions and the establishment of 

stable and predictable market access for goods and services, provides a proven framework for adoption of 

policies and practices that encourage trade and investment and promote growth and development. 

The accession process strengthens the international trading system by ensuring that new Members 

understand and implement WTO rules from the outset. The process also offers current Members the 

opportunity to secure market access opportunities from acceding countries, to establish an appropriate 

 

19 Accession Working Parties have been established for Afghanistan*, Algeria, Andorra, 

Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Belarus, Bhutan*, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Cape Verde*, Ethiopia*, Iran, Iraq, 

Kazakhstan, Laos*, Lebanon, Montenegro, Libya, Russia, Samoa*, Sao Tome and Principe*, Serbia, 

Seychelles, Sudan*, Tajikistan, Tonga, Uzbekistan, Ukraine, Vanuatu*, and Yemen* (The 10 countries 

marked with an asterisk are LDCs).

20 Equatorial Guinea is the only WTO observer country that has not yet sought accession. The Holy 

See is a permanent observer, and will not apply for accession. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 102 

level of initial WTO obligations, and to address outstanding trade issues covered by WTO in a 

multilateral context. 

In a typical accession negotiation, an application is submitted to the WTO General Council, which 

establishes a “Working Party” composed of all interested WTO Members to review the applicant’s trade 

regime and to conduct the negotiations. At the conclusion of its work, the Working Party transmits the 

agreed results of the negotiations to the General Council. Accession negotiations involve a detailed 

review of the applicant’s entire trade regime by the Working Party and bilateral negotiations for market 

access of goods and services. Applicants are expected to undertake trade liberalizing specific 

commitments on market access for industrial and agricultural goods, as well as for services based on 

requests from Working Party Members, to make necessary legislative changes to implement WTO 

institutional and regulatory requirements, and to eliminate existing WTO-inconsistent measures. Most 

accession applicants take these actions on WTO rules prior to accession.21 

The terms of accession developed with Working Party Members in bilateral and multilateral negotiations 

are recorded in an accession “protocol package” consisting of a Report of the Working Party and Protocol 

of Accession, consolidated schedules of specific commitments on market access for imported goods and 

services by foreign suppliers, and agriculture schedules that include commitments on export subsidies and 

domestic supports. The Working Party adopts the completed protocol package containing the negotiated 

terms of accession and transmits it with its recommendation for approval to the General Council or 

Ministerial Conference. After General Council approval, accession applicants normally submit the 

package to their domestic authorities for acceptance. Thirty days after the WTO receives the applicant’s 

instrument accepting the terms of accession the applicant becomes a WTO Member. 

As a matter of course, the United States takes a leadership role in all aspects of the accessions, including 

bilateral, plurilateral and multilateral negotiations. The objective is to ensure that new Members fully 

implement WTO provisions and to encourage trade liberalization in developing and transforming 

economies, as well as to use the opportunities provided in these negotiations to expand market access for 

U.S. exports. The United States also provides a broad range of technical assistance to countries seeking 

accession to the WTO to help them meet the requirements and challenges presented, both by the 

negotiations and the process of implementing WTO provisions in their trade regimes. This assistance is 

provided through USAID and the Commercial Law Development Program (CLDP) of the U.S. 

Department of Commerce. 

This assistance can include short-term technical expertise focused on specific issues, e.g., Customs, IPR, 

or TBT, and/or a WTO expert in residence in the acceding country or customs territory. A number of the 

WTO Members that have acceded since 1995 received technical assistance in their accession process 

from the United States, e.g., Armenia, Bulgaria, Estonia, Georgia, Jordan, Kyrgyz Republic, Latvia, 

Lithuania, Macedonia, Moldova, and Nepal. Most of these countries had U.S.-provided resident experts 

for some portion of the process. 

Current accession applicants where the United States has provided a resident or other long-term WTO 

expert for the accession process include: Afghanistan, Algeria, Azerbaijan, Bosnia and Herzegovina, 

Cape Verde, Ethiopia, Iraq, Lebanon, Montenegro, Serbia, and Ukraine; in addition a U.S.-funded WTO 

expert resident in the Kyrgyz Republic provides resident WTO accession assistance to Kazakhstan and 

Tajikistan. In 2006, the United States also offered other forms of technical and expert support on WTO 

accession issues to Bosnia and Herzegovina, Lebanon, Russia, and Vietnam. 

 

21 As outlined below, negotiations with LDC applicants are subject to the special procedures and 

guidelines of the 2002 Decision on the Accession of Least-Developed Countries (WT/L/508). 
II. The World Trade Organization | 103 

Major Issues in 2006

The year 2006 was dominated by the successful efforts of the larger applicant countries, Russia, Ukraine, 

Vietnam, and, to a lesser extent, Kazakhstan, to maintain the fast pace of work they had announced in 

2005 and to make decisive progress on their accessions. All four moved aggressively to conclude 

bilateral market access negotiations, and Ukraine and Vietnam sharply accelerated efforts to enact 

legislation to implement the WTO in their respective domestic legal regimes. Members continued to 

place special emphasis on LDC accessions, and work on the negotiations of other accession applicants 

moved forward, but slowly as increased efforts to complete the Doha Development Agenda dominated 

work in the WTO during the first half of the year. 

Vietnam: In an historic moment for Vietnam, for the United States, and for the rules-based global trading 

system of the WTO, Vietnam completed negotiations and had its accession package approved by the 

General Council at end of the 2006. With a growing trade presence and a population of 82 million, 

Vietnam was the last major trader in Asia to join the WTO. The terms of accession negotiated were 

comprehensive, reflecting significant U.S. participation in the process, with most of Vietnam’s WTO 

commitments implemented upon accession. These commitments include wide-ranging economic 

reforms, expanded market access to foreign service providers, and substantial reduction in tariffs. 

Vietnam has already enacted more than 80 laws to implement WTO obligations, including to remove 

remaining restrictions on trading rights, import licensing, and intellectual property rights protection, and 

to provide for significant liberalization of market access for goods and services. On December 29, 2006, 

the President signed a proclamation terminating application of title IV of the Trade Act of 1974 (the 

Jackson-Vanik Amendment) to Vietnam and granting products of Vietnam permanent normal trade 

relations treatment. As a result, the United States was able to establish full WTO relations with Vietnam 

when it became the 150th WTO Member on January 11, 2007. This move marks the beginning of a new 

era in the political and economic relationship between the two countries, and promises expanding 

economic opportunities and cooperation. 

Ukraine: Based on intensive work, Ukraine completed in 2006 bilateral market access agreements with 

the United States and all other interested WTO Members except Kyrgyz Republic. The bilateral 

agreement with the United States locked in broad reductions in tariff levels, including participation in the 

Information Technology Agreement, Chemical Harmonization, and most of the other sectoral agreements 

to which major WTO Members have agreed. U.S. service providers will benefit in particular from more 

liberal access in the areas of financial services, including opportunities for branching in banking and 

insurance, professional and distribution services, express delivery, and telecommunications, among 

others. Specific agreements were also concluded addressing outstanding or potential barriers to U.S. 

market access, including sanitary and phytosanitary measures affecting meat exports, import licensing of 

information technology products with encryption capability, phased reductions of export duties on scrap 

metal, and intellectual property protection, particularly the protection of undisclosed information for 

pharmaceuticals and agricultural chemicals (as required by the WTO). 

Russia: The United States and Russia reached a bilateral market access agreement in November in the 

context of Russia’s WTO accession. On tariffs, the bilateral agreement provided for phased reductions in 

tariffs, with particular emphasis on products of interest to U.S. exporters including eventual duty free 

entry of information technology products (as a result of joining the Information Technology Agreement), 

and harmonization of tariffs on chemical imports, including pharmaceuticals, at low rates of duty. 

Significant reductions in duties on leased aircraft will be implemented prior to Russia’s WTO accession. 

Services commitments included more liberal access to the financial services sector, with eventual 

opportunities for branching in insurance, and commitments in audio visual, professional, distribution, 

express delivery, and telecommunication services, among others. In separate bilateral agreements, the 

United States and Russia addressed several specific measures impeding U.S. market access, e.g., sanitary 

and phytosanitary measures particularly covering poultry and meat exports, reductions in export duties on 
II. The World Trade Organization | 104 

ferrous metal scrap and copper cathodes, import licensing of information technology products with 

encryption capability, and intellectual property protection, particularly in the areas of enforcement and the 

protection of undisclosed information for pharmaceuticals and agricultural chemicals. Russia continued 

bilateral negotiations with the handful of Members, including Sri Lanka, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Georgia, 

and Moldova, with which it had not yet signed an agreement. 

Kazakhstan: Kazakhstan accelerated its bilateral negotiations on market access for goods and services, 

completing agreements with a number of Members and initiating intensified bilateral contacts to conclude 

a market access agreement with the United States. At the November 2006 Working Party meeting, 

Kazakhstan outlined its legislative agenda to complete implementation of WTO provisions, and indicated 

that it was prepared to address the outstanding issues identified by Members and move forward on 

protocol commitments. 

LDC Accessions: WTO Members continued to emphasize a need for accelerating the accession process 

of LDCs, and in making WTO accession more accessible to these applicants. Discussions continued in 

various WTO fora on how the WTO guidelines on LDC accessions, now four years old, are being 

implemented. The accession negotiations for LDC accession applicants are guided by the simplified and 

streamlined procedures developed for these countries at the end of 2002. Under these guidelines, the 

accession process becomes a tool for economic development, laying out a progressive action plan for 

implementation of WTO rules. The market access schedules and protocols of accession developed under 

these guidelines reflect the need to address realistically the difficulties faced by LDCs in achieving 

normal WTO accession objectives. Using the guidelines, WTO Members pledged to exercise restraint in 

seeking market access concessions, and to agree to transitional arrangements for implementation of WTO 

Agreements. The United States and other developed WTO Members have sought to support the 

transitional goals established in the accession process with LDCs with technical assistance to meet the 

benchmarks included in the protocol commitments. In this way, the accession process becomes a 

development tool and an opportunity to mainstream trade in their development programs, to build trade 

capacity, and to provide a better economic environment for investment and growth. 

Cape Verde, which has LDC status through 2007, has substantially completed its market access 

negotiations and hopes to finalize its negotiations in the near term. Samoa also made strong efforts to 

resume negotiations, and move towards completion. Working Parties and market access negotiations also 

took place for Bhutan, Laos, and Yemen. 

Prospects for 2007 

Russia, Ukraine, and Kazakhstan have indicated that they would like to complete their work on WTO 

accession, if not become Members, prior to the end of the year. We would expect, at a minimum, to 

intensify our efforts with these countries, and possibly other applicants, as we continue to actively 

participate in all WTO accessions. Efforts to advance the accessions of LDCs will also continue. Among 

the LDCs, Cape Verde and Samoa have signaled their intentions to complete their accessions during 

2007. 

For any applicant, the pace of the accession process is largely self-determined. Those that submit usable 

documentation on a timely basis, make necessary legal changes to implement WTO provisions, and move 

rapidly to negotiate acceptable market access commitments maximize their opportunities for progress and 

bring momentum to the negotiations overall. 

7. Aid for Trade 

The Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration created a new WTO framework in which to discuss and prioritize 

Aid for Trade. Aid for Trade is an effort to connect the trade priorities of developing countries with trade 
II. The World Trade Organization | 105 

capacity building assistance -- to help those countries implement trade commitments. At Hong Kong, 

WTO Members agreed to create a task force to discuss the operationalization of Aid for Trade efforts and 

offer recommendations as to how to improve the efficacy and efficiency of these efforts amongst WTO 

Members and other international organizations. 

In the context of the Hong Kong Declaration, the United States announced an intention to double its 

annual trade-related development assistance to $2.7 billion by 2010, subject to developing countries 

prioritizing their trade needs in the context of national development programs. 

Ministers at Hong Kong also agreed to pursue the enhancement of the Integrated Framework (IF) for 

trade-related technical assistance for least-developed countries (both WTO Members and non-Members), 

as a subset of Aid for Trade designed exclusively for that set of countries. The IF is a multi-organization 

(including the WTO, World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, UNDP, and the International Trade Centre), multidonor program that operates as a coordination mechanism for trade-related assistance to LDCs with the 

overall objective of integrating trade into national development plans. A separate Task Force was created 

to address the enhancement of the IF. 

Both the Aid for Trade Task Force and IF Task Force met during the first three quarters of 2006 and 

submitted recommendations to the General Council in July 2006. 

The General Council took note of the Aid for Trade IF recommendations at its October meeting and asked 

the Director-General to manage the follow-up to the report. Recommendations that require follow-up 

include working with the OECD to better capture technical assistance activities in its development 

assistance database, and agreeing on the modalities for an annual review of trade-related technical 

assistance activities -- both from the perspective of donor contributions and developing country 

prioritization of needs and results of activities undertaken. 

The IF Task Force recommended the creation of an independent secretariat to manage the Integrated 

Framework, to intensify in-country support and coordination within LDC participants and for a scaling up 

of resources to support IF programs. Active discussions among donor countries, IF participating agencies 

and least development countries began in September 2006 on the implementation of the enhanced IF. 

The issues at hand have proved to be complex and will continue into 2007. 

Prospects for 2007 

Aid for Trade activities in 2007 will focus on follow-up of the Task Force recommendations, as outlined 

above, culminating in the first annual overview of Aid for Trade in the fall of 2007. Planning for the 

implementation of the enhanced Integrated Framework will continue during the first months of 2007. 

K. Plurilateral Agreements 

1. Committee on Trade in Civil Aircraft 

Status 

The plurilateral Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft (the Aircraft Agreement) concluded in 1979, is a 

part of the WTO Agreement but is in force only for those WTO Members that have accepted it. 

The Aircraft Agreement requires signatories to eliminate tariffs on civil aircraft, their engines, 

subassemblies and parts, and ground flight simulators and their components, and to provide these benefits 

on a nondiscriminatory basis to other signatories. In addition, the signatories have agreed provisionally to 
II. The World Trade Organization | 106 

provide duty-free treatment for ground maintenance simulators, although this item is not covered under 

the current agreement. The Aircraft Agreement also establishes various obligations aimed at fostering 

free market forces. For example, signatory governments pledge that they will base their purchasing 

decisions strictly on technical and commercial factors. 

The Committee on Trade in Civil Aircraft (the Aircraft Committee), permanently established under the 

Aircraft Agreement, provides the signatories an opportunity to consult on the operation of the Aircraft 

Agreement, to propose amendments to the Agreement, and to resolve any disputes. 

As of December 30, 2006, there were 30 signatories to the Aircraft Agreement: Bulgaria; Canada; the 

EU and the following EU Member states: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Estonia, France, Germany, 

Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, 

Sweden, and the United Kingdom; Egypt; Georgia; Japan; Macao China; Norway; Romania; 

Switzerland; Chinese Taipei; and the United States. 

Major Issues in 2006 

During 2006, the Aircraft Committee met on two occasions. The Aircraft Committee considered the 

status of the 1979 Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft under the WTO and enlargement of the European 

Union and Article 9 of the Aircraft Agreement. The Technical Sub-Committee of the Committee on 

Trade in Civil Aircraft and the Sub-Committee of the Committee on Trade in Civil Aircraft did not meet 

in 2006. 

Prospects for 2007 

The Aircraft Committee agreed to meet once, in the fall of 2007. The United States will continue to 

encourage observers,22 including Oman, Albania and Croatia, which committed to become signatories 

pursuant to their respective protocols of accession, and other WTO Members to become signatories to the 

Aircraft Agreement. 

2. Committee on Government Procurement 

Status 

The WTO Government Procurement Agreement (GPA) is a “plurilateral” agreement included in Annex 4 

to the WTO Agreement. As such, it is not part of the WTO’s single undertaking and its membership is 

limited to WTO Members that specifically signed the GPA in Marrakesh or that have subsequently 

acceded to the Agreement. Members are not required to join the GPA, but the United States strongly 

encourages all WTO Members to participate in this important agreement. 

On December 8, 2006, the WTO Committee on Government Procurement (the GPA Committee) 

approved the addition of Romania and the Republic of Bulgaria to the GPA, effective on January 1, 2007, 

when they became Member States of the European Union. With the addition of these two Members, 40 

Members are subject to the GPA: Canada; the EU and its 27 Member States (Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, 

Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, 

Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, 

 

22 As of December 31, 2006, those WTO Members with observer status in the Committee are: 

Argentina, Australia, Bangladesh, Brazil, Cameroon, China, Colombia, the Czech Republic, Finland, 

Gabon, Ghana, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Israel, the Republic of Korea, Mauritius, Nigeria, Oman, 

Poland, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, the Slovak Republic, Sri Lanka, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, and 

Turkey. In addition, the Russian Federation, IMF and UNCTAD are also observers. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 107 

Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, and the United Kingdom); Hong Kong China; Iceland; Israel; Japan; the 

Republic of Korea; Liechtenstein; the Netherlands with respect to Aruba; Norway; Singapore; 

Switzerland; and the United States (collectively the GPA Parties). 

Eight Members are in the process of acceding to the GPA: Albania, Chinese Taipei, Georgia, Jordan, 

Kyrgyz Republic, Moldova, Oman, and Panama. Seven additional Members have provisions in their 

respective Protocols of Accession to the WTO or Working Party reports regarding accession to the GPA: 

Armenia, China, Croatia, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Mongolia, Oman, and Saudi 

Arabia. 

Nineteen Members, including those in the process of acceding to the GPA, have observer status in the 

GPA Committee: Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Cameroon, Chile, China, Chinese Taipei, 

Colombia, Croatia, Georgia, Jordan, Kyrgyz Republic, Moldova, Mongolia, Oman, Panama, Sri Lanka, 

and Turkey. Three intergovernmental organizations (IMF, OECD, and UNCTAD) also have observer 

status. 

Major Issues in 2006 

Article XXIV:7(b) of the GPA calls for further negotiations to improve the Agreement and to expand the 

procurement covered by the Parties under the GPA. During 2006, the GPA Committee held six meetings 

(in February, March, May, July, October, and December) during which Parties focused primarily on the 

revision of the GPA text. In December 2006, the GPA Committee reached provisional agreement on a 

substantial revision of the text. The revised text significantly improves the current GPA by: 

• Making it more transparent and user friendly by clarifying obligations, removing ambiguities, and 

re-grouping related provisions into a single article, which will facilitate compliance by Parties; 

• Re-ordering the provisions to correspond more closely to the order in which procurements are 

conducted; 

• Incorporating new provisions to take into account developments in government procurement 

practices, for example, by reducing the tendering period for purchases of commercial goods and 

services, providing for the use of electronic auctions, and encouraging the use of electronic 

procurement; 

• Expanding and clarifying transitional measures for developing countries (offsets, price 

preferences, phasing-in entities or sectors, higher thresholds) to facilitate their GPA accession; 

such measures will not be applied automatically, but tailored to the specific needs of a developing 

country applicant; and 

• Providing for the development of arbitration procedures to resolve differences over the 

modification of the entities covered by the GPA. 

Final agreement on the revision of the GPA requires a mutually satisfactory outcome in the market access 

negotiations among the GPA Parties to open up additional government procurement to international 

competition under the GPA. The GPA Parties aim to conclude these negotiations in the first half of 2007. 

When these negotiations are concluded, the Parties will give final approval to the revision of the GPA. 

The new GPA text will be used as the basis for negotiations with countries in the process of acceding to 

the GPA. The revised GPA will be particularly useful for China as it prepares its initial GPA offer, which 

it agreed to table by the end of 2007. 

With respect to the negotiations under GPA Article XXIV:7(c), which are aimed at expanding coverage 

among all Parties and eliminating discriminatory measures and practices, the United States, along with 

Canada, the European Union, Israel, Japan, Korea, Norway, Singapore, and Switzerland have submitted 
II. The World Trade Organization | 108 

initial offers. In addition, the United States and Japan have submitted revised offers. Other GPA Parties 

are expected to submit revised offers early in 2007. 

Prospects for 2007 

The GPA Committee has scheduled three meetings in the first half of 2007 with the aim of completing the 

revision of the GPA. 

The Committee plans to hold informal plurilateral consultations with Jordan and Georgia as part of efforts 

to advance their respective accessions to the GPA. In 2007, the GPA Committee will also continue its 

review of the legislation of the Netherlands with respect to Aruba. 

3. Committee of Participants on the Expansion of Trade in Information Technology 

Products 

Status 

The Information Technology Agreement (ITA) was concluded at the WTO’s First Ministerial Conference 

at Singapore in December 1996. For original participants, the Agreement eliminated tariffs as of January 

1, 2000 on a wide range of information technology products. As of October 2006, the ITA covers 69 

Members and States or separate customs territories in the process of acceding to the WTO, representing 

approximately 97 percent of world trade in information technology products.23 The Agreement covers a 

wide range of information technology products including computers and computer peripheral equipment, 

electronic components including semiconductors, computer software, telecommunications equipment, 

semiconductor manufacturing equipment and computer-based analytical instruments. 

Major Issues in 2006

The WTO Committee on the Expansion of Trade in Information Technology Products held three meetings 

in 2006, two meetings in July and one in October, during which the Committee reviewed the 

implementation status of the Agreement. Work continued on the admission of new participants as well as 

classification divergences of ITA products. The Dominican Republic and Vietnam circulated schedules 

of commitments and the Committee approved their Membership in 2006. The Committee also continued 

its work on the Non-Tariff Measures (NTMs) Work Program as well as on drafting a list of conformity 

assessment procedures for the EMC/EMI pilot project. The Committee membership appointed a new 

Chairperson, Martin Pospisil of the Czech Republic, in 2006. 

The Committee also started discussions on U.S. proposals to maintain duty-free treatment for 

technologically sophisticated versions of ITA products. The United States and Japan have expressed 

concerns about proposals by at least one ITA participant that would no longer provide or guarantee dutyfree treatment for certain ITA products, such as set-top boxes with a communication function. The 

 

23 ITA participants are: Albania; Australia; Austria; Bahrain; Belgium; Bulgaria; Canada; China; 

Costa Rica; Croatia; Cyprus; Czech Republic; Dominican Republic, Denmark; Egypt; El Salvador; 

Estonia; European Communities (on behalf of 25 Member States); Finland; France; Georgia; Germany; 

Greece; Guatemala, Hong Kong, China; Honduras, Hungary; Iceland; India; Indonesia; Ireland; Israel; 

Italy; Japan; Jordan; Republic of Korea; Krygyz Republic; Latvia; Lithuania; Luxembourg; Macao, 

China; Malaysia; Malta; Mauritius; Moldova; Morocco; Netherlands; New Zealand; Nicaragua, Norway; 

Oman; Panama; Philippines; Poland; Portugal; Romania; Saudi Arabia; Singapore; Slovak Republic; 

Slovenia; Spain; Sweden; Switzerland (on the behalf of the customs union of Switzerland and 

Lichtenstein); Chinese Taipei; Thailand; Turkey; United Kingdom; Vietnam; and the United States. 
II. The World Trade Organization | 109 

United States, supported by other ITA participants, such as Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong China, Chinese 

Taipei, Malaysia, Canada, and the Philippines, proposed that the Committee conduct informal 

consultations with participants on such products, with the aim of reaching a consensus on how to ensure 

that duty-free treatment for such products will be maintained. Such consultations were scheduled for 

January 2007. 

Prospects for 2007 

2007 looks to be a busy year for the Committee. Global ICT (Information Communication and 

Technology) industry associations led a Workshop on Information Technology Products for the 

Committee in January 2007 to share their views on the benefits of the ITA, and to stress the importance of 

ensuring that the integrity of existing ITA commitments is maintained. Informal consultations with 

Members also took place in January on maintaining duty-free treatment for specific ITA products and will 

likely continue in March. A symposium to commemorate the tenth anniversary of the ITA is also planned 

for late March. Participants will discuss updating the ITA product list from HS1996 to HS2007 

nomenclature and will also continue to work on reconciling divergent tariff classifications for ITA 

products. Participants also remain active in discussions on a potential sectoral initiative for electronics 

and electrical products in the Doha round 

III. BILATERAL AND REGIONAL NEGOTIATIONS AND 

AGREEMENTS 

A. Free Trade Agreements 

1. Australia 

The United States-Australia Free Trade Agreement (FTA) entered into force on January 1, 2005. Since 

then, U.S. exports of goods to Australia have increased by $1.6 billion in 2005 and $1.9 billion24 in 2006. 

U.S. goods imports from Australia totaled $8.1 billion25 in 2006, a 10 percent increase from 2005. 

Australia is currently the 14th largest export market for U.S. goods. Two-way annual goods and services 

trade in 2005 was $35.2 billion, an increase of approximately 88 percent since 1994. In 2005, the United 

States enjoyed a bilateral goods and services trade surplus of $11.2 billion. 

When the FTA entered into force, duties on more than 99 percent of tariff lines covering industrial and 

consumer goods were eliminated. Duties on remaining manufactured goods will be phased out over the 

next 10 years. The FTA has brought immediate benefits to key U.S. manufacturing sectors including 

autos and autos parts; aircraft; chemicals, plastics, and soda ash; construction equipment; electrical 

equipment and appliances; fabricated metal products; furniture and fixtures; information technology 

products; medical and optical equipment; non-electrical machinery; and paper and wood products. The 

FTA also mandated elimination of many non-tariff barriers that previously restricted or distorted trade 

flows. 

On agricultural products, the FTA provided expanded export opportunities for a range of U.S. agricultural 

goods, while responding to U.S. import sensitivities. Duties on all U.S. agricultural exports to Australia 

were eliminated immediately upon entry into force of the FTA. U.S. duties are maintained on Australian 

sugar and certain dairy products. In addition, for certain products imported from Australia, such as beef, 

dairy, cotton, peanuts and certain horticultural products, the FTA includes preferential tariff-rate quotas 

and price- and/or quantity-based safeguards. 

U.S. exports of agricultural products to Australia totaled over $500 million in 200626. Top U.S. 

agricultural exports included red meats, including pork, fresh and processed fruit and vegetables, pet food 

and tree nuts. The FTA also established a new forum for scientific cooperation between U.S. and 

Australian authorities, which has been meeting since 2005 to address specific bilateral animal and plant 

health matters based on science and with a view to facilitating trade. 

Under the FTA, services suppliers enjoy the benefits of expanded commitments for access to Australia’s 

market. U.S. financial service suppliers already had a significant presence in the Australian market 

through subsidiaries, joint ventures and branches, and Australia agreed to provide new access for life 

insurance companies through branching. In addition, Australia and the United States agreed to high 

standards for regulatory transparency, including procedures applying to licensing systems. U.S. exports 

of private commercial services to Australia were $7.4 billion in 2005, while U.S. imports of such services 

were $4.7 billion. 

The FTA also established a secure, predictable legal framework for U.S. investors operating in Australia. 

All U.S. investment in new businesses is exempt from screening under Australia's Foreign Investment 

Review Board. Thresholds for acquisitions by U.S. investors in nearly all sectors were raised 

 

24 Annualized 11 month data 

25 Annualized 11 month data 

26 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 112 

significantly, from A$50 million to A$800 million (to be adjusted annually), exempting the vast majority 

of transactions from screening. Australia also has locked in existing good practice regarding the review 

of acquisitions in the banking and insurance sectors. The FTA provides for government-to-government 

dispute settlement procedures to resolve investment-related disputes. The stock of U.S. foreign direct 

investment (FDI) in Australia in 2005 was $113.4 billion, up 132 percent from 2003. U.S. FDI in 

Australia is concentrated largely in the non-bank holding companies, manufacturing, finance, mining, and 

banking sectors. 

The FTA includes other measures to encourage trade and investment. On electronic commerce, this is the 

first FTA to include provisions on facilitating authentication of electronic signatures, encouraging 

paperless trade and establishing a program for cooperation on other electronic commerce issues. 

Regarding intellectual property rights, the FTA complements and enhances existing international 

standards for the protection of intellectual property and the enforcement of intellectual property rights, 

consistent with U.S. law. In addition, under the government procurement provisions in the FTA, U.S. 

suppliers have been granted non-discriminatory rights to bid on contracts to supply Australian 

government entities, including all major procuring entities and administrative and public bodies. The 

FTA requires that tendering procedures are conducted in a transparent, predictable, and fair manner. The 

FTA also proscribes anticompetitive business conduct, sets out basic procedural safeguards and rules 

against harmful conduct by government-designated monopolies, and establishes special rules covering 

state enterprises to deter abuse that may harm the interests of U.S. companies or discriminate in the sale 

of goods and services. 

The FTA contains provisions relating to public health and pharmaceuticals, whereby the United States 

and Australia affirmed their commitment to several basic principles related to their shared objectives of 

facilitating high quality health care and improvements in public health. The FTA also requires that 

federal health care programs apply transparent procedures in listing new pharmaceuticals for 

reimbursement. In addition, the FTA established a Medicines Working Group to promote discussion and 

understanding of pharmaceutical issues. Australia has instituted procedures that have improved the 

transparency and accountability in the listing and pricing of pharmaceuticals under its Pharmaceutical 

Benefits Scheme, and companies have begun to take advantage of the independent review process for 

listing decisions that Australia established pursuant to the FTA. 

Implementation of the provisions of the FTA has largely proceeded on track during 2006. Australia has 

made changes to a wide variety of laws to implement its commitments and has sought public comment on 

its draft legislation. U.S. industries were particularly interested in the implementation of Australia’s FTA 

commitments with respect to copyright protection, and provided comments to the Australian government 

on its draft legislation. The amendments to the Australian Copyright Act are an important step forward in 

protection for copyright in Australia. 

Australia committed in the FTA to undertake a review of its arrangements for the supply of blood 

fractionation services by January 1, 2007. Although this recently completed review recommended against 

opening the provision of blood fractionation services to foreign competition, pursuant to its commitment 

in the FTA, the Australian government has recommended that its states adopt the tendering process 

prescribed in the Government Procurement Chapter of the FTA for provision of these services. 

2. Morocco 

In April 2002, President Bush and King Mohammed VI agreed to pursue a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) 

between the United States and Morocco, and on June 15, 2004, the two countries signed an Agreement. 

The U.S. Congress subsequently ratified the Agreement, and in August 2005 President Bush signed the 

implementing legislation. The Moroccan Parliament passed the Agreement in early 2005 and the 

Agreement entered into force on January 1, 2006. The United States-Morocco FTA is a comprehensive 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 113 

agreement and is an important part of the Administration’s effort to promote more open and prosperous 

Middle Eastern societies. The FTA supports the significant economic and political reforms underway in 

Morocco, and creates improved commercial and market opportunities for U.S. exports to Morocco by 

reducing and eliminating trade barriers. 

Since the FTA was implemented, the U.S. goods trade surplus with Morocco has increased to $346 

million27 in 2006, an increase of $267 million from $79 million in 2005. U.S. goods exports to Morocco 

in 2006 were $846 million28, up 61.1 percent from the previous year. Corresponding U.S. imports from 

Morocco were $499 million29, up 12 percent. 

In 2006, U.S. and Moroccan customs experts held meetings to discuss FTA implementation issues on the 

interpretation of rule of origin requirements. These discussions will continue along with discussions by 

the Agriculture Sub-Committee and a Joint Committee meeting, which will occur in the coming year. 

3. Chile 

The United States-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which took effect January 1, 2004, continues to fuel the 

growth in bilateral trade between the United States and Chile. In 2006, U.S. exports to Chile increased by 

30.6 percent to $6.8 billion30, while imports increased by 49.1 percent to $9.9 billion31. 

The United States-Chile FTA eliminates tariffs and opens markets, reduces barriers for services, provides 

cutting-edge protection for intellectual property, ensures regulatory transparency, guarantees nondiscrimination in the trade of digital products, commits the Parties to maintain competition laws that 

prohibit anti-competitive business conduct, and requires effective labor and environmental enforcement. 

The Agreement provides for the creation of a number of specialized committees to resolve problems, 

exchange information and promote trade. The Ministers concluded that good progress was being made in 

establishing those groups and in other technical aspects of implementation. For example, the United 

States-Chile FTA Sanitary and Phytosanitary Committee is providing a forum to resolve several 

outstanding issues in order to allow U.S. agricultural exporters to benefit from FTA tariff reductions. 

During 2006, the United States and Chile held a series of meetings on implementation of Chile’s FTA 

obligations in the area of intellectual property, specifically data protection. Several reports from the 

pharmaceutical industry have indicated that safety and efficacy information submitted for the approval of 

pharmaceutical products may not be adequately protected from unfair competition in Chile. USTR 

initiated a Special 301 Out-of-Cycle Review (OCR) regarding Chile’s protection of intellectual property. 

As a result Chile was elevated from a Watch List country to a Priority Watch List country. The United 

States will continue to work with the Chilean government in this area. 

The FTA establishes a cooperative mechanism to promote respect for the principles embodied in the ILO 

Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, and compliance with ILO Convention 182 on 

the Worst Forms of Child Labor. The first Labor Affairs Council meeting under the FTA was held in 

Santiago on December 15-16, 2004. Activities that have been conducted since the Agreement went into 

effect include the exchange of information on U.S. experience with the application of information 

technology to judicial proceedings, U.S. methodologies for collecting and using labor data in policy- 

 

27 Annualized 11 month data 

28 Annualized 11 month data 

29 Annualized 11 month data 

30 Annualized 11 month data 

31 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 114 

making, and a training seminar for Chilean labor judges conducted by Department of Labor 

Administrative Law Judges in the context of the International Seminar on the Modernization of the Labor 

Justice system. This was held in Santiago in September of 2005. 

In addition, the United States and Chile conducted the 3rd meeting of the Committee on Technical 

Barriers to Trade on June 9, 2006 in Geneva, Switzerland. Both delegations expressed the importance of 

continuing this dialogue and exchange of information aimed at implementing Technical Barriers to Trade, 

Chapter 7 of the Free Trade Agreement. The Environmental Affairs Council met in October 2006 to 

reinforce the importance of public participation in ensuring compliance with FTA obligations and in 

charting the progress of environmental cooperation activities. 

The third meeting of the U.S. – Chile Free Trade Commission was held on January 24, 2007. At that 

time, the two countries will evaluate progress on implementation during 2006. 

4. Singapore 

The United States-Singapore Free Trade Agreement, the first comprehensive U.S. FTA with an Asian 

nation, has been in force since January 1, 2004. Since the FTA entered into force, exports from the 

United States to Singapore have increased 42 percent (through 200632), with steady growth in medical 

devices, electrical and non-electrical machinery and construction equipment exports, and significant 

increases in pharmaceutical exports. 

U.S. foreign direct investment to Singapore has increased by 22 percent, also through 2005. Singapore is 

the United States’ 11th largest trading partner, with two-way trade of goods and services totaling $45 

billion in 2005. U.S. exports are concentrated in machinery and electrical machinery; aircraft; optical and 

medical instruments; and plastics. 

In March 2006, U.S. and Singaporean government officials met in Washington, D.C. for the second 

annual review of the FTA. The FTA’s Joint Committee discussed implementation issues in areas such as 

telecommunications and media sectors, including ways to improve the transparency of rule-making in 

these areas. Singapore sought acceleration of certain tariff reductions under the FTA. In response, the 

U.S. Government sought public comments and is seeking advice on potential economic effects of such 

action from the International Trade Commission. 

Implementation of the FTA remained on track in 2006. In accordance with its FTA commitments, 

Singapore enacted Phase II of its Competition Act in 2006. Phase III is expected to come into effect in 

2007. 

The United States and Singapore also continued their cooperative efforts in the WTO, as well as their 

joint efforts to promote trade and intra-regional integration in Southeast Asia through both APEC and 

ASEAN. 

5. Jordan

In 2006, the United States and Jordan continued to benefit from their extensive economic partnership, 

including the United States-Jordan Free Trade Agreement (FTA), which went into effect in December 

2001. While the FTA is a key part of the United States-Jordan economic relationship, it is just one 

component of close bilateral economic cooperation that began in earnest with joint efforts on Jordan’s 

accession to the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2000. U.S. efforts to support Jordan’s rapid and 

successful WTO accession were followed on the bilateral front by the conclusion of the United States-

 

32 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 115 

Jordan Trade and Investment Framework Agreement and a Bilateral Investment Treaty. Qualifying 

Industrial Zones (QIZs) are another important example of successful United States-Jordanian efforts to 

boost Jordan’s economic growth and promote peace in the Middle East. 

These measures have played a significant role in boosting United States-Jordanian economic ties. U.S. 

goods exports in 2006 were $649 million33, up 0.8 percent from the previous year. Corresponding U.S. 

imports from Jordan were $1.4 billion34, up 12.2 percent. While QIZ products continue to account for 

over 70 percent of Jordanian exports to the United States, FTA-related exports continue to increase 

steadily. In 2004, Jordanian goods exports to the United States under the FTA accounted for 2.0 percent 

of U.S. imports from Jordan. That amount grew to 18.0 percent in 2005 and 22 percent35 in 2006. The 

growth in Jordan's FTA exports, which comprise a broader range of products than those exported by 

Jordanian QIZs, demonstrates the important role played by the FTA in helping Jordan diversify its 

economy. 

In 2006, the United States and Jordan established a Labor Working Group and held senior level meetings 

to discuss Jordanian labor enforcement issues related to its FTA commitments in this area. U.S. and 

Jordanian experts also consulted on FTA implementation issues related to intellectual property. These 

discussions will continue between government officials, including a Joint Committee meeting, in the 

coming year. 

6. Israel 

The 1985 U.S.-Israel FTA, the first FTA signed by the United States, continues to serve as a foundation 

for the expanding trade and investment relationship between the United States and Israel. Israel is 

currently the United States' 20th largest goods trading partner with $30.2 billion36 in total two way goods 

trade during 2006, up 14 percent from 2005. 

Trade in services with Israel (exports and imports) totaled $5.1 billion in 2005 (latest data available). The 

FTA has helped foster significant investment between the two countries. The total stock of U.S. foreign 

direct investment (FDI) in Israel was $7.9 billion in 2005 (latest data available), a 15.6 percent increase 

from 2004, and is primarily concentrated in the manufacturing and information sectors. Israel’s FDI in 

the United States was $4.4 billion in 2005 (latest data available), an increase of 12.7 percent from 2004. 

Israeli direct investment in the United States is focused in the banking, manufacturing and information 

sectors. 

7. Central America and the Dominican Republic 

On August 5, 2004, the United States signed the Dominican Republic – Central America – United States 

Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA-DR) with five Central American countries (Costa Rica, El Salvador, 

Guatemala, Honduras and Nicaragua) and the Dominican Republic. 

During 2006, the agreement entered into force for five of the CAFTA-DR Parties. The CAFTA-DR 

entered into force between the United States and El Salvador in March 2006, Honduras and Nicaragua in 

April 2006, and Guatemala in July 2006. CAFTA-DR has not entered into force for the Dominican 

Republic at the time of this writing. Costa Rica’s legislature has not yet ratified the agreement. 

 

33 Annualized 11 month data 

34 Annualized 11 month data 

35 Annualized 11 month data 

36 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 116 

The CAFTA-DR expands economic freedom and opportunity for the region and supports regional 

stability, democracy and economic development. The CAFTA-DR is the first FTA between the United 

States and a group of smaller developing economies. This regional trade agreement will contribute to the 

transformation of a region that was consumed by internal strife and border disputes just a decade ago. 

This historic agreement will create new economic opportunities by eliminating tariffs, opening markets, 

promoting transparency and establishing state-of-the-art rules for 21st century commerce. It will facilitate 

trade and investment among the countries and further regional integration. The CAFTA-DR will not ease 

U.S. immigration laws and regulations. 

Central America and the Dominican Republic represent the second largest U.S. export market in Latin 

America, behind only Mexico. The CAFTA-DR nations covered by this agreement purchased $19.7 

billion37 in U.S. exports in 2006. Combined total two-way trade in 2006 between the United States and 

the countries of Central America and the Dominican Republic was $38.4 billion.38

Throughout the negotiations, U.S. officials consulted closely with Congress, industry representatives, and 

labor and environmental groups to ensure the FTA advanced U.S. interests and reflected the goals 

contained in the Trade Act of 2002. President Bush notified Congress of his intent to enter into an FTA 

with Central America on February 20, 2004. On March 25, 2004, President Bush formally notified 

Congress of his intent to enter into an FTA with the Dominican Republic. 

On August 5, 2004, U.S. Trade Representative Robert B. Zoellick signed the CAFTA-DR, which 

integrated the five Central American countries and the Dominican Republic into a single agreement. 

During the summer of 2005, the U.S. Congress ratified CAFTA-DR, sending a powerful signal to the 

region and the world that the United States would continue to lead in opening markets and leveling the 

playing field worldwide. 

Under the CAFTA-DR, more than 80 percent of U.S. consumer and industrial goods will enjoy tariff-free 

access to Central America and the Dominican Republic immediately upon entry into force, with 

remaining tariffs phased out over 10 years. 

Key U.S. exports, such as yarns and fabrics, information technology products, agricultural and 

construction equipment, paper products, chemicals and medical and scientific equipment, will gain 

immediate duty-free access to Central America and the Dominican Republic. Virtually all Central 

American and Dominican nonagricultural goods will receive immediate duty-free access to the U.S. 

market. 

More than half of current U.S. farm exports to Central America and the Dominican Republic become 

duty-free immediately upon entry-into-force, including high quality cuts of beef, cotton, wheat, soybeans, 

key fruits and vegetables, processed food products and wine. Tariffs on most U.S. farm products will be 

phased out within 15 years. U.S. farm products that will benefit from improved market access include 

pork, beef, poultry, rice, fruits and vegetables, corn, processed products and dairy products. 

Under existing tariff preference programs, the United States provides duty-free treatment to over 99 

percent of Central American and Dominican Republic agricultural exports into the U.S. market. This 

access will be maintained under the agreement. 

Duty-free access for other products will be phased in over time, with the exception of sugar, where 

liberalization is handled through a slowly expanding tariff-rate quota. Under the agreement, the Central 

 

37 Annualized 11 month data 

38 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 117 

American countries and the Dominican Republic will accord substantial market access across their entire 

services regime, subject to very few exceptions, including telecommunications, express delivery and 

computer and related services. The agreement disciplines the use of dealer protection regimes, reducing 

significant barriers to distribution in the region. It maintains market openness and prohibits crosssubsidies for express delivery services. U.S. financial service suppliers will have non-discriminatory 

rights to establish subsidiaries, joint ventures or branches for banks and insurance companies. The Costa 

Rican insurance monopoly will be privatized in a phased approach to give U.S. insurance suppliers full 

access to the market by 2011. The agreement offers state of the art protections for digital products such 

as software, music, text and video. Protection for patents and trade secrets meets or exceeds obligations 

under WTO TRIPS. 

The Agreement establishes a secure, predictable legal framework for U.S. investors, sets strong anticorruption rules in government contracting, and guarantees U.S. firms transparent procurement 

procedures to sell goods and services to Central American and Dominican government entities. 

With respect to labor and the environment, all Parties commit to not fail to effectively enforce their 

domestic labor and environment laws. An innovative enforcement mechanism provides for monetary 

assessments to enforce this obligation where a dispute settlement panel finds a Party to be in breach and 

the Party fails to come into compliance in a reasonable period of time. 

Under this mechanism, such assessments would be expended in the territory of the Party in question to 

help bring it into compliance with its labor or environment obligation. The commission that oversees 

implementation of the Agreement would decide collectively on the projects on which to spend the 

proceeds of an eventual assessment. 

Under the CAFTA-DR, the Parties recognize the importance of cooperation on environmental matters and 

in a parallel agreement, the CAFTA-DR Environmental Cooperation Agreement, have established a 

framework for environmental cooperation. In addition, the agreement establishes a framework for a labor 

cooperation mechanism, and promotes internationally recognized labor standards. CAFTA-DR includes 

unprecedented provisions that improve access to procedures that provide for fair, equitable and 

transparent proceedings in the administration of labor laws, protecting the rights of workers and 

employers – including American investors. 

As part of the capacity-building effort, the U.S. Department of Labor is funding an $8.75 million project 

to increase public awareness of labor laws, improve inspection systems and promote the use of alternative 

dispute resolution mechanisms in the CAFTA-DR countries. The Administration committed $20 million 

in FY2005 for labor and environment initiatives in CAFTA-DR countries and also sought $40 million in 

FY2006 for this purpose. For FY2006 the $40 million was appropriated in the form of $20 million in 

Economic Support Funds and $20 million in Developmental Assistance (DA). 

8. Bahrain 

On May 21, 2003, the United States and Bahrain announced their intention to negotiate a Free Trade 

Agreement (FTA). Bahrain’s Parliament approved and the King of Bahrain ratified the Agreement in 

July 2005. The U.S. Congress enacted legislation approving and implementing the Agreement in 

December 2005, and the President signed the legislation on January 11, 2006. The Agreement entered 

into force on August 1, 2006. 

The United States-Bahrain FTA will generate export opportunities for the United States, creating jobs for 

U.S. farmers and workers, while supporting Bahrain’s economic and political reforms and enhancing 

commercial relations with an economic leader in the Arabian Gulf. On the first day the Agreement took 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 118 

effect, 100 percent of the two-way trade in industrial and consumer products began to flow without tariffs, 

and U.S. farmers have gained access to a new market for meats, fruits and vegetables, cereals, and dairy 

products. In addition, Bahrain opened its services market wider than any previous FTA partner, creating 

important new opportunities for U.S. financial service providers and companies that offer 

telecommunications, audiovisual, express delivery, distribution, healthcare, architecture and engineering 

services. 

The U.S.-Bahrain FTA will also promote the President’s policy of advancing economic reforms and 

liberalization in the Middle East and to establish a Middle East Free Trade Area (MEFTA) by 2013. The 

United States-Bahrain Bilateral Investment Treaty (BIT), which took effect in May 2001, covers 

investment issues between the two countries. 

9. Panama 

On December 19, 2006, the United States and Panama completed negotiations on a free trade agreement 

with the understanding that discussions would continue regarding labor. This comprehensive trade 

agreement will eliminate tariffs and other barriers to trade in goods and services, expand trade between 

the United States and Panama, and promote economic growth and opportunity. 

The agreement will eliminate nearly 90 percent of Panama’s tariffs on industrial goods immediately, with 

remaining tariffs phased out over 10 years. It will provide new economic opportunities for American 

workers, consumers, farmers and ranchers, manufacturers, and service providers, including significant 

opportunities to participate in the $5.25 billion expansion plan for the Panama Canal, due to begin in 2008 

and finish in 2014. Under the agreement, more than half of current U.S. farm exports to Panama will 

enter duty-free immediately, including high quality beef, mechanically de-boned chicken, frozen whole 

turkeys and turkey breast, pork variety meats, whey, soybeans and soybean meal, crude vegetable oils, 

cotton, wheat, barley, most fresh fruits, almonds and walnuts, many processed food products, distilled 

spirits, wine, and pet food. In addition, on December 20, 2006, the United States and Panama signed a 

far-reaching bilateral agreement addressing a number of sanitary and phytosanitary and technical 

standards issues. 

The United States had a goods trade surplus with Panama of $2.4 billion in 200639, and is Panama’s 

largest trading partner. Total goods trade between the United States and Panama was $3.1 billion in 

200640. Panama is a growing market for U.S. products. U.S. goods exports to Panama increased 27 

percent from 2005 to 200641. 

The stock of U.S. foreign direct investment (FDI) in Panama for 2005 was $5.2 billion. U.S. FDI in 

Panama is concentrated largely in the finance and wholesale sectors. 

10. United Arab Emirates 

After consulting with Congress in September 2004, USTR announced on November 15, 2004, the United 

States’ intent to negotiate a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with the United Arab Emirates (UAE). 

Negotiations began in March 2005. Since mid-2006, the focus of negotiations has been on the provisions 

of the investment chapter. An FTA with the UAE would build on existing FTAs in the region to promote 

the President’s Middle East Free Trade Area (MEFTA) initiative to advance economic reforms and 

openness in the Middle East and the Persian Gulf, and to establish a regional free trade area by 2013. 

 

39 Annualized 11 month data 

40 Annualized 11 month data 

41 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 119 

The successful conclusion of a comprehensive FTA would generate export opportunities for U.S. goods 

and service providers, solidify the UAE’s trade and investment liberalization and strengthen intellectual 

property rights protections and enforcement. 

11. Oman 

On November 15, 2004, the Administration formally notified Congress of its intent to negotiate a Free 

Trade Agreement (FTA) with Oman. After seven months of negotiations, the completed FTA was signed 

on January 19, 2006. The U.S. Congress enacted legislation approving and implementing the Agreement 

in September 2006, and the President signed the legislation on September 26, 2006. The Sultan of Oman 

promulgated a Royal Decree ratifying the Agreement in October 2006. The FTA is expected to enter into 

force in 2007. 

The U.S.-Oman FTA will build on existing FTAs to promote the President’s initiative to advance 

economic reforms and openness in the Middle East and the Persian Gulf and to establish a Middle East 

Free Trade Area (MEFTA) by 2013. Implementation of the obligations contained in the comprehensive 

Agreement will generate export opportunities for U.S. goods and service providers, solidify Oman’s trade 

and investment liberalization, and strengthen intellectual property rights protection and enforcement. 

12. Thailand 

The U.S. government held the seventh round of Free Trade Agreement negotiations with Thailand in 

January 2006, but negotiations were put on hold when the Thai parliament was dissolved in February 

2006. The negotiations were suspended in the wake of the military-led coup in September 2006. The 

United States is prepared to continue FTA negotiations with Thailand once democracy is restored and will 

continue to strongly urge Thailand to lift martial law, restore civil liberties and maintain its current 

timeline regarding constitutional reform and elections. 

Thailand is currently the United States’ 20th largest trading partner and 24rd largest export market, with 

$31 billion in two-way trade in 200642. Exports are concentrated in electrical and non-electrical 

machinery, medical instruments, precious stones and metals, and aircraft. 

13. Republic of Korea 

Free trade agreement negotiations were launched with Korea in February 2006. As the first FTA 

launched by the United States with a North Asian country, the United States-Korea FTA (KORUS FTA) 

will have significant economic, political and strategic benefits for both countries. For more details 

regarding the KORUS FTA, please see Chapter III.F.4.

14. Malaysia 

The United States and Malaysia launched Free Trade Agreement negotiations in March 2006, and five 

rounds of negotiations have been held to date. Solid progress has been made so far, although some 

significant challenges remain. An FTA with Malaysia will encourage additional trade and investment, 

further deepening our already strong economic partnership – with more than $50 billion in two-way trade 

and $10 billion in foreign direct investment in 2005. The United States is the largest destination for 

Malaysian goods and is Malaysia’s second-largest source of imports. 

 

42 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 120 

An FTA will reduce and eliminate trade barriers between the United States and Malaysia, increasing 

exports of manufactured goods and agricultural products. The FTA also will create opportunities in such 

sectors as telecommunications, financial services, energy, healthcare, professional and other service 

sectors. All of these are areas where Malaysia intends to further enhance its competitiveness. Malaysia’s 

objectives for achieving this goal are outlined in its recently announced Ninth Economic Plan, which sets 

out a strategy for diversifying the economy, encouraging higher value-added exports, and further 

developing a knowledge-based and globally-competitive economy. 

In addition to trade, an FTA will encourage greater liberalization of foreign investment between the 

United States and Malaysia. The United States already is the largest investor in Malaysia, and 

liberalization of Malaysia's investment regime will support the further development of the supply and 

processing chains between U.S. and Malaysian companies, supporting high-paying jobs in both countries. 

The FTA also will strengthen the framework necessary to further enhance trade and investment. While 

Malaysia already has taken some steps to strengthen its IPR and customs regimes, the United States will 

seek to include in this FTA provisions that bring Malaysia’s intellectual property and customs regimes up 

to the standards set in other recent free trade agreements. 

More broadly, the United States hopes this FTA will strengthen our cooperation with Malaysia in 

multilateral and regional fora, and reinforce a strong U.S.-ASEAN relationship, advancing our 

commercial and strategic interests in Asia. Malaysia is currently the United States' 10th largest trading 

partner. U.S. exports to Malaysia are concentrated in electrical and non-electrical machinery, medical 

instruments, aircraft and plastics.

15. Peru and Colombia

On November 18, 2003, the Office of the United States Trade Representative notified the Congress of the 

President’s intent to initiate free trade agreement negotiations with Colombia, Peru and Ecuador, with 

Bolivia participating as an observer. Negotiations were launched on May 18, 2004, in Cartagena, 

Colombia. 

On December 7, 2005, the United States and Peru announced the conclusion of negotiations on a 

comprehensive trade agreement. On April 12, 2006, the United States-Peru Trade Promotion Agreement 

(PTPA) was signed in Washington, D.C. by U.S. Trade Representative Portman and Alfredo Ferrero Diez 

Canseco, Peru’s Minister of Foreign Trade and Tourism. Throughout the summer of 2006, both the 

Senate Finance Committee and the House Ways and Means Committee held hearings and mock mark-ups 

on the PTPA. Meanwhile, on June 28, 2006, the Peruvian Congress approved the PTPA by a vote of 79 

to 14. The United States will continue working towards securing approval by the U.S. Congress. 

On February 27, 2006, the United States and Colombia announced their work had concluded on a 

comprehensive trade agreement, similar to the one reached with Peru. On November 22, 2006, Deputy 

U.S. Trade Representative John Veroneau and Jorge Humberto Botero, Colombia’s Minister of Trade, 

Industry and Tourism, signed the United States-Colombia Trade Promotion Agreement (CTPA) in 

Washington, D.C. The United States and Colombia will work towards securing approval of the CTPA by 

their respective legislatures. 

The United States has a vested interest in the security, stabilization and success of the Andean region, and 

stands to gain substantially from establishing stronger political and economic ties with Peru and 

Colombia. The Peru and Colombia agreements will eliminate tariffs and unfair trade barriers for U.S. 

manufacturers, workers, farmers and investors, allowing U.S. products and services to compete more 

effectively with other countries in the region. Additionally, both agreements will aid in promoting 

economic growth and prosperity in Peru and Colombia by attracting new investment and more jobs. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 121 

More importantly, the agreements will support and enhance the democratic and free market reforms that 

Peru and Colombia have undertaken in recent years. 

Peru and Colombia are growing export markets for U.S. goods in Latin America. Together, they 

represent a market of approximately 73 million consumers. U.S. total goods exports to Colombia nearly 

$7 billion in 200643 and to Peru, nearly $3 billion. Colombia is currently the largest market for U.S. 

agricultural exports in South America. Through the implementation of the trade promotion agreements 

with Peru and Colombia, U.S. exports can be expected to rise significantly. The American Farm Bureau 

Federation estimates that U.S. farm exports to Peru and Colombia will increase by almost $1.5 billion per 

year after full implementation of these agreements. 

Negotiations with Ecuador took place through March 2006, but no date has been set to continue the 

negotiations. Negotiations with Bolivia were not initiated. 

16. North American Free Trade Agreement 

a. Overview 

On January 1, 1994, the North American Free Trade Agreement between the United States, Canada and 

Mexico (NAFTA) entered into force. NAFTA created the world’s largest free trade area, which now 

links 439 million people producing $15 trillion worth of goods and services. The dismantling of trade 

barriers and the opening of markets has led to economic growth and rising prosperity in all three 

countries. The closer economic relationship promoted by NAFTA also includes supplemental labor and 

environmental agreements. The NAFTA has dramatically improved our trade and economic relations 

with our neighbors. The net result of these efforts is more economic opportunity and growth, greater 

fairness in our trade relations, and better protection of worker rights and the environment in North 

America. 

Trade between the United States and its NAFTA partners has soared since the Agreement entered into 

force. U.S. two-way trade with Canada and Mexico exceeds U.S. trade with the European Union and 

Japan combined. U.S. goods exports to NAFTA partners more than doubled between 1993 and 2005, 

from $142 billion to $331 billion, significantly higher than export growth of 77 percent for the rest of the 

world over the same period. 

By dismantling barriers, NAFTA has led to increased trade and investment, growth in employment, and 

enhanced competitiveness. From 1994 to 2004, cumulative foreign direct investment in the NAFTA 

countries has increased by over $1.8 trillion. Increased investment has brought more and better-paying 

jobs, as well as lower costs and more choices for consumers and producers. 

b. Elements of NAFTA 

i. Operation of the Agreement 

 

The NAFTA’s central oversight body is the NAFTA Free Trade Commission (FTC), chaired jointly by 

the U.S. Trade Representative, the Canadian Minister for International Trade, and the Mexican Secretary 

of Economy. The FTC is responsible for overseeing implementation and elaboration of the NAFTA and 

for dispute settlement. 

 

43 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 122 

The FTC held its most recent annual meeting in March 2006, in Acapulco, Mexico. At the meeting, the 

FTC reaffirmed its commitment to NAFTA as the cornerstone for strengthening North American 

competitiveness. The FTC initiated work that will focus on sectors and the removal of specific 

impediments to the free flow of goods, services, and capital between the NAFTA partners. 

ii. Rules of Origin 

In 2006, following approval by the NAFTA Free Trade Commission, the Parties implemented changes to 

the NAFTA rules covering approximately $15 billion in trilateral trade. The NAFTA Working Group on 

Rules of Origin is finalizing another set of changes to the rules of origin, which the Parties aim to 

implement in 2007. The next set of changes is expected to affect approximately $50 billion in trilateral 

trade. This work demonstrates that NAFTA continues to provide benefits to businesses, consumers, 

workers, and farmers. 

c. NAFTA and Labor 

The North American Agreement on Labor Cooperation (NAALC), a supplemental agreement to the 

NAFTA, promotes effective enforcement of domestic labor laws and fosters transparency in their 

administration. The NAALC established a trinational Commission for Labor Cooperation, comprised of a 

Ministerial Council and an administrative Secretariat. In addition, each NAFTA Party has established a 

National Administrative Office (NAO) within its Labor Ministry to serve as a contact point with the other 

Parties and the Secretariat, to provide publicly available information to the Secretariat and the other 

Parties, and to provide for the submission and review of public communications on labor law matters. 

The NAOs also coordinate, together with the Secretariat, the Council’s Cooperative Activities program. 

Two new submissions under the NAALC on labor law matters in the NAFTA Parties were presented in 

2006, one with the Mexican NAO concerning collective bargaining rights in the public sector in North 

Carolina and one with the U.S. NAO concerning freedom of association and occupational safety and 

health for mine workers in Mexico. Both are pending consideration by the respective NAOs. In 2006, 

the U.S. NAO also continued to review a submission filed in late 2005 concerning labor law matters in 

the Mexican state of Hidalgo. 

In 2006, as part of its research program, the NAALC Secretariat released a report on workplace violence 

in North America. 

d. NAFTA and the Environment 

A further supplemental accord, the North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation 

(NAAEC), seeks to ensure that trade liberalization and efforts to protect the environment are mutually 

supportive. The NAAEC created the Commission for Environmental Cooperation (CEC), which is 

composed of: (a) the Council, made up of the Environmental Ministers from the United States, Canada, 

and Mexico; (b) the Joint Public Advisory Committee, made up of five private citizens from each of the 

NAFTA Parties; and (c) the Secretariat, made up of professional staff, located in Montreal, Canada. At 

the 2006 Council Session in Washington, D.C., the Council reviewed the work undertaken in support of 

its three strategic pillars: Information for Decision-Making, Capacity Building, and Trade and 

Environment. Specific information on the CEC’s activities can be found in Chapter IV. 

In November 1993, Mexico and the United States agreed on arrangements to help border communities 

with environmental infrastructure projects, in furtherance of the goals of the NAFTA and the NAAEC. 

The Border Environment Cooperation Commission (BECC) and the North American Development Bank 

(NADBank) are working with more than 100 communities throughout the United States-Mexico border 

region to address their environmental infrastructure needs. In June of this year, the combined Board of 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 123 

Directors for the NADBank and the BECC took steps to improve operations and to better serve the 

infrastructure needs of border communities. As of September 30, 2006, the NADBank had authorized 

$810 million in loans and/or grant resources to partially finance 95 infrastructure projects certified by the 

BECC with an estimated cost of $2.5 billion. 

B. Regional Initiatives 

1. Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) 

The United States and Brazil’s Co-Chairmanship of the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) process 

entered its fourth year in 2006. As agreed at the Fourth Summit of the Americas of November 2005 

(“Mar del Plata Summit”), the government of Colombia undertook consultations to facilitate the 

exploration of the two positions put forth at the Summit: the vast majority of leaders in the hemisphere, 

including President Bush, called for a continuation of the FTAA negotiations and the resumption of trade 

meetings. Other leaders indicated that the conditions were not yet in place for the achievement of the 

FTAA. All 34 leaders had agreed to explore these two positions in light of the outcome of the December 

2005 World Trade Organization (WTO) ministerial meeting. Colombia’s consultations were aimed to 

facilitate a meeting of trade officials; however, there was no agreement on the timing of a meeting and the 

FTAA negotiations remained suspended during 2006. 

At the Mar del Plata Summit, twenty-nine leaders agreed to “continue to promote the established practices 

and activities in the FTAA process that provide transparency and encourage participation of civil 

society.” During 2006, the FTAA process updated information on tariffs and trade flows prepared in the 

context of the FTAA Negotiating Group on Market Access, as agreed by Trade Ministers at their 1999 

Ministerial meeting in Toronto, and disseminated that information to the public on the official FTAA 

website (www.ftaa-alca.org). 

The twenty-nine leaders also agreed at Mar del Plata to instruct their representatives to the Tripartite 

Committee institutions to continue allocating the resources necessary to support the FTAA 

Administrative Secretariat. The Tripartite Committee institutions, along with the Government of Mexico, 

funded the Secretariat’s operations during 2006. 

Activities under the Hemispheric Cooperation Program (HCP), which is designed to assist countries in 

participating in the negotiations, preparing to implement the FTAA obligations, and adjusting to 

hemispheric integration, did not take place during 2006, pending resumption of the technical FTAA 

negotiations. 

2. Enterprise for ASEAN Initiative 

President Bush announced a major new initiative in October 2002, the Enterprise for ASEAN Initiative 

(EAI). The EAI is intended to strengthen U.S. trade and investment ties with ASEAN both as a region 

and bilaterally. With over $168 billion in two-way goods trade in 2006, the 10-member ASEAN group, 

collectively, already is the United States’ fifth-largest trading partner. With continued economic growth 

in the ASEAN countries and a collective population of around 500 million, the United States anticipates 

significant opportunities for U.S. companies. This initiative will help boost trade and investment. 

Under the EAI, the United States offers the prospect of bilateral free trade agreements (FTAs) with 

ASEAN countries that are committed to the economic reforms and openness inherent in an FTA with the 

United States. Any potential FTA partner must be a WTO member and have a trade and investment 

framework agreement (TIFA) with the United States. Since the launch of the EAI, the United States 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 124 

concluded an FTA with Singapore in 2003 and began FTA negotiations with Thailand in 2004 and with 

Malaysia in 2006. The United States has ongoing TIFA dialogues in place with Indonesia, the 

Philippines, and Brunei. In July 2006, the United States signed a TIFA with Cambodia. For ASEAN 

countries not involved in FTA negotiations, the United States is using the TIFAs to address bilateral trade 

issues, to seek ways to further deepen our trade and investment ties, and to coordinate on regional and 

multilateral trade issues. 

U.S. and ASEAN officials have met annually since 2003 to discuss progress under the EAI. In November 

2005, the United States and ASEAN countries took an additional step under the EAI and agreed to work 

together to conclude a region-wide United States - ASEAN Trade and Investment Framework 

Arrangement (TIFA). On August 25, 2006, the United States and ASEAN countries signed an 

Arrangement that will provide a basis for future dialogue on areas of mutual interest and a work plan, 

under which the United States and ASEAN have agreed to an initial work plan. This plan includes three 

projects related to trade facilitation: assistance with implementation of an ASEAN Single Window for 

customs clearance; contributions to development of an ASEAN harmonized pharmaceutical regulatory 

regime; and, development of a framework equivalency work plan on irradiation as a way to facilitate 

agricultural trade. 

President Bush and ASEAN leaders in November 2005 issued their Joint Vision Statement on the 

ASEAN-U.S. Enhanced Partnership, which laid out a program to deepen U.S. – ASEAN ties. In August 

2006, Secretary of State Rice and her ASEAN counterparts together signed a Plan of Action to implement 

the ASEAN-U.S. Enhanced Partnership in a way that is comprehensive, action-oriented, and forwardlooking. The Plan of Action comprises political and security cooperation, economic cooperation, and 

social and development cooperation. The Plan of Action, along with the ASEAN – U.S. TIFA concluded 

under the EAI, provides a solid, mutually agreed basis upon which to strengthen U.S. relations with the 

ASEAN region. 

3. Middle East Free Trade Area (MEFTA) 

In May 2003, the President proposed the MEFTA initiative, a plan of graduated steps for Middle Eastern 

nations to increase trade and investment with the United States and others in the world economy. The first 

step is to work closely with peaceful nations that want to become members of the World Trade 

Organization (WTO) in order to expedite their accession. As these countries implement domestic reform 

agendas, institute the rule of law, protect property rights (including intellectual property), and create a 

foundation for openness and economic growth, the United States will take a series of graduated steps with 

countries in the region tailored to their level of development. The U.S. will expand and deepen economic 

ties through Trade and Investment Framework Agreements (TIFAs), Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs), 

and comprehensive Free Trade Agreements (FTAs), and will enhance the Generalized System of 

Preferences (GSP) program for eligible countries. 

USTR continued to make significant progress in implementing the MEFTA initiative in 2006. The 

United States - Morocco Free Trade Agreement (FTA) successfully entered into force on January 1, 2006 

and the United States - Bahrain FTA entered into force on August 1, 2006. In addition, both houses of 

Congress passed FTA implementing legislation for an agreement with Oman. FTA negotiations with the 

United Arab Emirates continued in 2006. WTO implementation was the focus of the recently concluded 

Saudi Arabia accession (December 2005). The United States continues to actively support the WTO 

accession efforts of Lebanon, Algeria and Yemen. The United States also held Trade and Investment 

Framework (TIFA) discussions with other countries in the MEFTA initiative region in 2006 including 

Kuwait, and, in December 2006, signed a TIFA with Lebanon. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 125 

4. Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum 

Overview 

The Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum has been instrumental in advancing regional and 

global trade and investment liberalization since it was founded in 1989. It has provided a forum for 

Leaders to meet annually since 1993, when APEC Leaders met at Blake Island in the United States. 

President Bush has called APEC the “premier forum in the Asia-Pacific region for addressing economic 

growth, cooperation, trade and investment.” 

The United States worked closely with Vietnam, the APEC Chair in 2006, to lead APEC economies in 

pursuing an ambitious trade and investment liberalization agenda. 

APEC helped to advance the World Trade Organization Doha Development Agenda (WTO/DDA) 

negotiations, promote regional economic integration, strengthen IPR protection and enforcement, and set 

high standards for FTAs. The United States will work with Australia, the APEC Chair in 2007, to 

develop concrete actions in each of these areas. 

The 21 APEC economies collectively account for 46 percent of world trade and 57 percent of global 

GDP. The growth in U.S. goods exports to APEC clearly demonstrates the benefits of open markets and 

trade liberalization. Since 1994, U.S. exports to APEC economies increased by 99 percent. In 2005, twoway trade in goods and services with APEC economies totaled $1.9 trillion, an increase of 12 percent 

from 2004. 

2006 Activities 

WTO Leadership 

APEC economies continued to exercise leadership in the WTO. In November 2006, APEC 

Leaders issued a strong political statement of support in Hanoi for the WTO/DDA negotiations. Their 

statement affirmed that APEC economies “are determined to resume without further delay negotiations to 

achieve a balanced and ambitious outcome that works for all WTO Members. Although agriculture 

remains the key to resolving the current impasse, we need to build an overall package covering market 

access for industrial goods and services, rules and trade facilitation.” The APEC Leaders then reaffirmed 

their commitment to breaking the current deadlock and moving beyond their current positions in key 

areas of the Round. Earlier in the year (June 2006), APEC Trade Ministers unanimously endorsed a 

statement that committed the APEC economies “to summon the necessary political will to conclude the 

negotiations with an ambitious and balanced outcome across the board” and called on “other parties to do 

the same.” The APEC Geneva Caucus, comprised of ambassadors to the WTO from APEC economies, 

continued to serve as an important link between APEC and the WTO. 

Advancing Trade Liberalization in the APEC Region 

Promoting Regional Economic Integration/Free-Trade Area of the Asia Pacific

In 2006, the United States worked to deepen its economic trans-Pacific ties through APEC. At the 

summit of APEC Economic Leaders in November 2006, the United States achieved agreement among the 

21 APEC economies to further promote regional economic integration with an eye towards establishing a 

Free Trade Area of the Asia-Pacific (FTAAP) as a long-term prospect. As unprecedented economic 

developments in the Asia-Pacific are drawing economies closer together, a growing number of trade 

arrangements have emerged. To embrace the challenges and opportunities involved in these 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 126 

developments, the United States will work closely in 2007 with the other APEC economies to develop a 

number of initiatives to ensure APEC remains front-and-center in the trend toward economic integration 

in the Asia-Pacific region. This will be a high priority in the coming year and will culminate in an APEC 

report to the next Economic Leaders’ summit in Sydney in September 2007. 

Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) and Regional Trade Agreements (RTAs)

In 2006, APEC continued to address the growing number of FTAs and RTAs in the region and the need 

to ensure that APEC economies’ agreements are trade-promoting and reflect high standards. In 2005, 

APEC economies agreed on model measures for trade facilitation FTA/RTA chapters--key elements that 

should be included in a high-quality FTA. In 2006, work was completed on model measures for six 

additional FTA/RTA chapters -- market access, government procurement, technical barriers to trade, 

transparency, dispute settlement, and cooperation/capacity building. APEC economies agreed to develop 

model measures for additional FTA/RTA chapters in 2007. 

Intellectual Property Rights Protection and Enforcement

The APEC region is one of the world’s most dynamic economic regions, and intellectual property 

protection and enforcement clearly have contributed to innovation, investment, and growth in the region. 

APEC continues to be at the forefront of combating piracy and counterfeiting in the region. 

Building on the 2005 APEC Anti-Counterfeiting and Piracy Initiative, APEC economies endorsed two 

new IPR guidelines in 2006: one, to better inform citizens about the importance of IPR protection and 

enforcement, and another to help secure business supply chains against counterfeit and pirated goods. 

This work was done in close cooperation with Korea, Hong Kong, and Japan. These two new guidelines 

add to three other guidelines agreed in 2005 that are designed to reduce trade in counterfeit and pirated 

goods, reduce on-line piracy and protect against unauthorized copying in digital form, and prevent the 

sale of counterfeit and pirated products over the Internet. All five guidelines set high standards for IPR 

protection and enforcement in the APEC region. 

Also building on the APEC Anti-Counterfeiting and Piracy Initiative, APEC agreed that central 

government agencies should use only legal software and other copyright materials and implement 

effective policies intended to prevent copyright infringement on their computer systems and via the 

Internet – a primary objective of this step is to reduce peer-to-peer related infringement. 

In addition, the United States obtained APEC agreement to pursue further work in 2007 on IPR protection 

and enforcement in close consultation with the private sector. 

Technology Choice

In 2006, the United States spearheaded the successful adoption of the Pathfinder on the APEC 

Technology Choice Principles, with 14 member economies joining. This new initiative is designed to 

promote principles of technology choice in a market-opening, trade-liberalizing manner that spurs the 

cycle of innovation and opportunity, and promotes economic development across the region. To 

encourage competition and promote efficiency, it is essential that market forces are allowed to determine 

the availability, commercialization, and use of technologies. The United States will encourage additional 

participation in 2007. 

Trade Facilitation

This year, APEC concluded it had met its 2001 target of a 5 percent reduction in trade transaction costs by 

2006 and endorsed a framework for achieving another 5 percent reduction by 2010. Economies will 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 127 

develop a detailed Trade Facilitation Action Plan for achieving that additional 5 percent cut for the 

2007 Trade Ministerial. In 2007, APEC will also continue work on the single window initiative, launched 

in September 2006, and work to promote the implementation of global standards for supply chain 

security. 

Private Sector Involvement 

The APEC Business Advisory Council

The APEC Business Advisory Council (ABAC) was extremely active in 2006, offering recommendations 

and participating in government-business dialogues to advance several key APEC priorities including the 

WTO/DDA negotiations, high-quality FTAs, trade facilitation, IPR protection and enforcement, and life 

sciences. 

ABAC conducted a study on the feasibility of an FTAAP, which concluded that while there are practical 

difficulties in negotiating an FTAAP at this time, APEC should consider more effective avenues for 

achieving free trade in the region. This timely study played an important role in the decisions of the 

APEC economies to place a greater emphasis on promoting regional economic integration in 2006 and 

beyond, and to consider establishing an FTAAP as a long-term prospect. 

Life Sciences Innovation Forum 

In 2006, APEC Ministers endorsed recommendations for a dialogue in 2007 between Life Sciences 

experts and senior finance and health officials to discuss innovative approaches to the health dimensions 

of economic challenges in the region, such as the risk of infectious disease pandemic, chronic disease, and 

aging populations. In addition, Ministers endorsed the establishment of public-private partnerships to 

develop pilot projects for disease management and wellness; identify and address enablers of investment 

in life sciences innovation in health systems; and assess research capacities with a view to developing 

scientific exchanges and training to enhance the region’s leadership in life sciences innovation and assure 

economic development. Four projects were approved for 2007, which will help economies to harmonize 

with international best practices and provide training to combat the counterfeiting of drugs and medical 

devices. 

Automotive and Chemical Dialogues 

The Automotive, Chemical, and Non-Ferrous Metals Dialogues are public-private sector dialogues in 

which government officials and senior industry representatives work together to map out strategies for 

increasing integration and liberalizing trade in the automotive, chemical and non-ferrous metals sectors in 

the APEC region. 

In 2006, the Automotive Dialogue launched an initiative aimed at facilitating customs procedures through 

the use of expedited clearance and periodic filing for low-risk shippers. The Automotive Dialogue also 

approved an IPR Best Practices paper, which aims to provide member economies with a reference for 

their planning and implementing measures to protect IPR in the automotive and motorcycle industries, 

and the parts industries. APEC funding was approved for a Road Safety Summit in Australia in 2007 that 

will raise awareness of the importance of road safety. The Dialogue has also begun work in the areas of 

emerging fuels and environmental issues. 

The Chemical Dialogue continued its examination of the potential negative impact of the EU’s proposed 

chemical regulations (REACH), particularly concerns related to the uncertainty over details of 

implementation (including the treatment of confidential business information) and the capacity of the 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 128 

region’s chemical industry to comply with onerous testing requirements. Also in the regulatory area, the 

Chemical Dialogue shared information and raised awareness about chemical industry and individual 

government concerns with other product-related environmental regulations, such as the Restrictions on 

Hazardous Substances and the United Nations Environmental Programme’s work to conclude a “Strategic 

Approach to International Chemicals Management.” 

APEC economies continued their work to adopt the UN Globally Harmonized System of Classification 

and Labeling (GHS). Ministers encouraged APEC economies to fully implement the GHS by 2008. The 

Dialogue also initiated work on Rules of Origin and Emergency Response. 

C. The Americas 

1. Canada 

a. Softwood Lumber 

The U.S.-Canada Softwood Lumber Agreement (SLA) was signed on September 12, 2006, and entered 

into force on October 12, 2006. Under the terms of the agreement, the United States and Canada ended a 

large portion of the litigation over trade in softwood lumber, and unrestricted trade will occur in favorable 

market conditions. When the lumber market is soft, Canadian exporting provinces can choose either to 

collect an export tax that ranges from 5 percent to 15 percent as prices fall or to collect lower export taxes 

and limit export volumes. The agreement also includes provisions to address potential Canadian import 

surges, provide for effective dispute settlement, revoke the antidumping (AD) and countervailing (CV) 

duty orders, refund the AD and CV duty deposits held by the United States, and discipline future trade 

cases. An industry-led binational council will also be established under the agreement to promote 

increased cooperation between the lumber industries in Canada and the United States and to strengthen 

and expand the market for softwood lumber products in both countries, and $450 million will be 

disbursed to promote meritorious initiatives in the United States. 

b. Agriculture 

Canada is the largest market for U.S. food and agricultural exports. For Fiscal Year 2006 (October 2005 

to September 2006), U.S. agricultural exports to Canada grew by nearly 9 percent to a record breaking 

$11.6 billion. In fact, one of every six U.S. dollars of exported agricultural products goes to Canada. 

 

As a result of the 1998 U.S.-Canada Record of Understanding on Agricultural Matters (ROU), the U.S.-

Canada Consultative Committee (CCA) and the Province/State Advisory Group (PSAG) were formed to 

provide fora to strengthen bilateral agricultural trade relations and to facilitate discussion and cooperation 

on matters related to agriculture. 

In 2006, the CCA met twice on issues covering livestock, fruits and vegetables, seed, processed food and 

plant trade, as well as pesticide and animal drug regulations and biotechnology. The most recent meeting, 

which was held in November 2006, reinforced the close working relationship between the two 

governments, as well as their respective agricultural sectors. 

Canada has long maintained non-tariff barriers that prohibit the entry of bulk shipments of fruits and 

vegetables in packages exceeding certain standard sizes. Based on a request of the National Potato 

Council, the United States, in December 2003, requested negotiations with Canada to discuss ways to 

begin to address the burdensome ministerial exemption requirements specifically for potatoes. Since 

2004, the United States and Canada have held several meetings regarding bulk restrictions for potatoes 

and will continue discussions in 2007. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 129 

c. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

Canada is a member of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), and adheres to several 

international agreements, including the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (1971) 

and the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works (1971). In 1997, Canada 

signed the WIPO Copyright Treaty and the WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (together the 

WIPO Treaties), which set standards for intellectual property protection in the digital environment. 

However, it has not yet ratified either of these treaties. While ratification legislation was introduced in 

Canada’s Parliament in 2005, it was not acted upon before Parliament dissolved; subsequently, no 

legislation was introduced in the new Parliament in 2006. U.S. intellectual property owners are 

concerned that weaknesses in Canada's border measures and general enforcement raise concerns about 

Canada’s implementation of the requirements of the WTO TRIPS Agreement. Despite some progress 

made in enforcement measures taken over the past year, Canada remains a transshipment point for 

infringing products. The inability of Customs authorities to seize suspect goods without a court order has 

hampered their ability to stem the flow of pirate and counterfeit items. 

 

Canada was involved in multilateral and bilateral talks on intellectual property rights during the year. In 

September 2006, as part of the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP), Canada, 

Mexico and the United States discussed ways to join forces in combating piracy and counterfeiting in 

North America. Bilateral consultations between the U.S. and Canada on a full range of IPR issues, 

including the need to introduce new copyright legislation, were held in October 2006. That same month, 

the Government of Canada published data protection regulations, providing for eight years of data 

protection for pharmaceutical companies submitting drugs for regulatory approval. 

2. Mexico 

Mexico is the United States’ 3rd largest single-country trading partner and has been among the fastestgrowing major export markets for goods since 1993, with U.S. exports up 189 percent over the period. 

The NAFTA has fostered this relationship by virtue of the Agreement’s comprehensive, market-opening 

rules. It is also creating a more equitable set of trade rules as trade barriers in Mexico are reduced and 

eliminated. 

a. Agriculture 

North American agricultural trade has grown significantly since the NAFTA was implemented. Mexico 

is currently the United States’ second-largest agricultural export market. For 2006, U.S. agricultural 

exports to Mexico increased 14 percent above 2005’s record level, to an estimated $10.8 billion (based on 

annualized data for the first 11 months of 2006). 

The Administration has had notable success over the last year in addressing concerns over Mexico’s 

antidumping regime. In November 2003, at the request of the United States, the WTO established a 

dispute settlement panel with regard to Mexico’s antidumping order on long grain white rice and 

provisions of its foreign trade law that govern all antidumping proceedings. In June 2005, the WTO panel 

ruled in favor of the United States in all major areas of the dispute, determining that Mexico’s 

antidumping duties and various provisions of its antidumping and countervailing duties laws are WTO 

inconsistent. Mexico appealed the panel’s decision, and, in November 2005, the WTO Appellate Body 

upheld the earlier panel’s findings. On September 11, 2006, Mexico published the final resolution of 

Mexico’s antidumping investigation on U.S. long-grain white rice. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 130 

In January 2006, Mexico officially announced the termination of the investigation of dumping it had filed 

on behalf of the Mexican Pork Council against importers and exporters of U.S. pork, deeming that there 

was not sufficient evidence to impose compensatory duties. 

Beyond dumping issues, in June 2004, the United States requested the formation of a WTO dispute 

settlement panel regarding Mexico’s 20 percent tax on soft drinks made with any sweetener other than 

cane sugar, including high fructose corn syrup (HFCS). The tax had been in effect since January 1, 2002. 

In October 2005, the panel ruled in favor of the United States in all major areas of the dispute. In 

December 2005, Mexico appealed the decision, and in March 2006, the WTO Appellate Body ruled in 

favor of the United States. In response to the WTO ruling, Mexico’s Congress repealed the tax on 

December 22, 2006, effective January 1, 2007. 

Independent of the WTO action, the United States and Mexico reached an agreement on market access for 

sweeteners. The agreement provides Mexico duty-free access to the United States for 250,000 metric 

tons raw value of raw or refined sugar in FY 2007 and at least 175,000 metric tons raw value of raw or 

refined sugar for the first three months of FY 2008. Under the agreement, Mexico will provide reciprocal 

access for U.S. HFCS: 250,000 metric tons in FY 2007 and at least 175,000 metric tons for the first three 

months of FY 2008. 

b. Cement 

In March 2006, then-U.S. Trade Representative Rob Portman and Secretary of Commerce Carlos 

Gutierrez signed an agreement with Mexico to promote bilateral trade in cement and put an end to a longstanding dispute over cement trade. The agreement provides for increased imports of Mexican cement, 

encourages U.S. cement exports to Mexico, and settles outstanding litigation. The agreement also 

responds to concerns by consumers and builders, notably those rebuilding following the devastation of 

Hurricanes Katrina and Rita. 

3. Brazil and the Southern Cone 

a. MERCOSUR (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, and Uruguay) 

The Common Market of the South, referred to as “MERCOSUR” from its Spanish acronym, is the largest 

trade bloc in Latin America. As a customs union, MERCOSUR applies a common external tariff (CET) 

to products of nonmembers. Its original members (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, and Uruguay) make up 

over one-half of Latin America’s gross domestic product. On December 9, 2005, Venezuela joined 

MERCOSUR as a full member, but it has yet to make certain policy changes that will grant it full voting 

rights. 

On December 30, 2005 Bolivia was invited to join as a full member. Bolivia is currently an associate 

member along with Peru, Colombia, Ecuador and Chile. Associate members benefit from certain 

preferential access to MERCOSUR markets, but maintain their own external tariff policies. 

MERCOSUR became operative on January 1, 1995, and covers some 85 percent of intra-MERCOSUR 

trade, with each member allowed to maintain a list of sensitive products that remain outside the duty-free 

arrangement. Full CET product coverage, scheduled for implementation in 2006, was delayed. 

b. Argentina 

U.S. goods exports to Argentina continued their recovery after a substantial decline in recent years. A 

key factor in the Argentine economy is its trade with Brazil, its largest trading partner. U.S. exports to 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 131 

Argentina increased by 15.3 percent to $4.8 billion44 in 2006, while exports decreased by 14.2 percent to 

$3.9 billion45. 

Concerns remain as to whether Argentina’s IPR regime meets certain TRIPS standards, such as 

obligations concerning the protection of data submitted to support the approval of pharmaceuticals. 

Failure to provide adequate protection for copyright and patents has led to Argentina’s placement on the 

Special 301 Priority Watch List. GSP benefits for certain products remain suspended. 

c. Brazil 

The United States exported goods valued at an estimated $19.2 billion46 to Brazil in 2006. Brazil’s 

market accounts for 22 percent of U.S. exports to Latin America and the Caribbean, excluding Mexico 

and 59 percent of U.S. goods exports to MERCOSUR.47 In 2006, the United States and Brazil met under 

the auspices of the Bilateral Consultative Mechanism to discuss intellectual property rights, WTO 

negotiations, SPS issues, and the other issues concerning our bilateral and multilateral trade agenda. 

The Administration engaged intensively with the Brazilian government on the issue of copyright 

protection as a result of the review of Brazil’s benefits under the GSP trade program that was prompted 

by an International Intellectual Property Rights Association petition charging that Brazil had failed to 

offer adequate protection to copyrighted material . 

Positive initiatives taken by the Brazilian government under the auspices of the U.S.-Brazil Bilateral 

Consultative Mechanism (BCM), in particular the formation of a public-private National Anti-Piracy 

Council, the development of a national action plan to combat piracy, and increased police actions, led to 

closure of the GSP Review in early January 2006. 

In October 2006, the BCM met to review progress on issues of bilateral interest and to take stock of 

progress on efforts to combat piracy. While the recent progress is significant in improving Brazil’s 

institutional capacity to combat piracy, the Administration will continue to work with Brazil in the BCM 

to seek further improvements. 

d. Paraguay 

With a population of just over six million, Paraguay is one of the smaller markets in Latin America. 

Paraguay is a major exporter of, and a transshipment point for, pirated and counterfeit products in the 

region, particularly to Brazil. 

In 2006, the Bilateral Council on Trade and Investment met to discuss a wide range of issues including 

efforts to increase transparency in government-business relationships, implementation of the IPR MOU 

(see next paragraph), ongoing cooperation toward a strategic plan for Paraguay to develop non-traditional 

exports, and other issues concerning our bilateral and multilateral trade agenda. 

In January 1998, the USTR identified Paraguay as a Priority Foreign Country under the Special 301 

provisions of the Trade Act of 1974. The USTR initiated an investigation of Paraguay in February 1998. 

During investigations under Special 301, Paraguay indicated that it had undertaken a number of actions to 

improve IPR protection. In 1998, in light of commitments made by Paraguay in a bilateral Memorandum 

 

44 Annualized 11 month data 

45 Annualized 11 month data 

46 Annualized 11 month data 

47 Defined as Merc 6—Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Bolivia, and Chile. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 132 

of Understanding (MOU), USTR concluded its Special 301 investigation. In 2003, the two governments 

revised and extended the term of the MOU. Paraguay has made a significant effort to implement the 

MOU, signed in March 2004, and met regularly with the United States under the auspices of the Bilateral 

Council on Trade and Investment to discuss MOU implementation. 

e. Uruguay 

Uruguay has the smallest population among MERCOSUR members (3.4 million). U.S. exports to 

Uruguay increased by 36.9 percent to $488 million48 in 2006, while imports decreased by 29.4 percent to 

$517 million.49

In 2005, the United States and Uruguay signed a Bilateral Investment Treaty (BIT), the first BIT 

concluded by the United States on the basis of its 2004-model BIT text. As in the investment chapters of 

recent bilateral FTAs, the United States-Uruguay BIT includes several key provisions that respond to the 

investment negotiating objectives set forth by Congress in the Trade Promotion Act of 2002. The core 

provisions of the United States-Uruguay BIT will give U.S. investors a number of critical protections 

when they establish businesses in Uruguay, including non-discriminatory treatment, the ability to transfer 

funds relating to their investments, and access to binding international arbitration of investment disputes. 

The U.S.-Uruguay BIT entered into force on November 2, 2006. 

In the past 12 years, Uruguay’s exports to the United States have increased 208 percent, while U.S. 

exports to Uruguay have increased at a steady, but less dramatic rate of 56 percent. The U.S. – Uruguay 

Joint Commission on Trade and Investment met three times in 2006. The two parties agreed to negotiate 

a new Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) to better address mutual interest in deepening 

the trade relationship. The new TIFA was signed by the parties in January 2007. 

f. Chile 

The United States-Chile Free Trade Agreement entered into force on January 1, 2004 and provides the 

framework for our bilateral trade relations. Developments in 2005 with respect to the United States-Chile 

FTA are discussed in Chapter III, section A. 

4. The Andean Community 

a. Trade Promotion Agreement Negotiations

 

On November 18, 2003, after consulting with relevant congressional committees and the Congressional 

Oversight Group, the Office of the United States Trade Representative notified the Congress of the 

President’s intent to initiate free trade agreement negotiations with Colombia, Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia. 

Negotiations were launched on May 18, 2004 in Cartagena, Colombia. On December 7, 2005, the United 

States and Peru concluded negotiations on the U.S.-Peru Trade Promotion Agreement (PTPA); and on 

February 27, 2006, the United States and Colombia completed their work on the U.S.-Colombia Trade 

Promotion Agreement (CTPA). Negotiations with Ecuador took place through March 2006, but no date 

has been set to continue the negotiations. Negotiations with Bolivia were not initiated. 

See Chapter III, Section A for a description of these negotiations. 

 

 

48 Annualized 11 month data 

49 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 133 

b. Andean Trade Preference Act 

The United States trade relationship with the Andean countries is currently conducted in the framework of 

the unilateral trade preferences of the Andean Trade Preference Act (ATPA), as amended by the Andean 

Trade Promotion and Drug Eradication Act (ATPDEA). Congress enacted the ATPA in 1991 in 

recognition of the fact that regional economic development is necessary in order for Bolivia, Colombia, 

Ecuador and Peru to provide economic alternatives to the illegal drug trade, promote domestic 

development, and thereby solidify democratic institutions. 

The original ATPA expired in 2001. The ATPDEA, which was signed into law on August 6, 2002 as part 

of the Trade Act of 2002, restored the benefits of the ATPA, providing for retroactive reimbursement of 

duties paid during the lapse. In addition, while the original ATPA excluded from duty-free treatment 

products in several sectors including textiles, apparel, footwear, articles of leather, and tuna in airtight 

containers, the ATPDEA expanded the list of items eligible for duty-free treatment by about 700 

products. 

The most significant expansion of benefits in the ATPA, as amended by the ATPDEA, was in the apparel 

sector. Apparel assembled in the region from U.S. fabric, fabric components or components knit-to-shape 

in the United States may enter the United States duty-free in unlimited quantities. Apparel assembled 

from Andean regional fabric or components knit-to-shape in the region may enter duty-free subject to a 

cap. The cap was set at 2 percent of total U.S. apparel imports, increasing annually in equal increments to 

5 percent. 

The ATPA, as amended, was set to expire on December 31, 2006, but on December 9, 2006, Congress 

passed the Andean Trade Preferences Extension Act. The Act granted a straightforward six-month 

extension of ATPA for Peru, Colombia, Ecuador, and Bolivia from January 1, 2007 through June 30, 

2007. An additional six-month extension will be granted to a beneficiary country if the United States and 

that country both complete their legislative process to approve a trade promotion agreement. 

5. Central America and the Caribbean 

a. Free Trade Agreement with Central America and the Dominican Republic 

See Chapter III, Section A for a discussion of this topic. 

b. Caribbean Basin Initiative 

 

The Caribbean Basin Initiative (CBI) currently provides beneficiary countries and territories with dutyfree access to the U.S. market. They are: Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, The Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, 

British Virgin Islands, Costa Rica, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guyana, Haiti, Jamaica, 

Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Panama, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, 

and Trinidad and Tobago. 

 

During 2006, the trade programs collectively known as the CBI remained a vital element in U.S. 

economic relations with its neighbors in Central America and the Caribbean. CBI was initially launched 

in 1983 through the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act (CBERA). It was substantially expanded 

in 2000 through the United States - Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership Act (CBTPA). The Trade Act of 

2002 increased the type and quantity of textile and apparel articles eligible for preferential tariff treatment 

accorded to designated beneficiary CBTPA countries. Among other actions, the Trade Act of 2002 

extended duty-free treatment for clothing made in beneficiary countries from both U.S. and regional 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 134 

inputs, and increased the quantity of clothing made from regional inputs that regional producers can ship 

duty-free to the United States annually. 

 

Since its inception, the CBERA program has helped beneficiaries diversify their exports. On a regionwide basis, this export diversification has led to a more balanced production and export base and has 

reduced the region's vulnerability to fluctuations in markets for traditional products. Since 1983, the year 

prior to the implementation of the CBI, total CBI country non-petroleum exports to the United States have 

more than tripled. Light manufactures, principally printed circuit assemblies and apparel, but also 

medical instruments and chemicals, account for an increasing share of U.S. imports from the region and 

constitute the fastest growing sectors for new investment in CBERA countries and territories. 

 

In 2006, the Administration continued to work with Congress, the private sector, CBI beneficiary 

countries and other interested parties to ensure a faithful and effective implementation of this important 

expansion of trade benefits. The United States has concluded negotiations, signed and ratified a free trade 

agreement (CAFTA-DR) with several CBI beneficiaries (Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, 

Nicaragua and the Dominican Republic), as called for in the legislation. The agreement locks in 

preferential market access benefits for the Central American countries and the Dominican Republic while 

simultaneously opening their markets to U.S. products. In co-production arrangements with CAFTA-DR 

countries, the remaining CBI beneficiary countries will be able to continue to count inputs from the 

former beneficiaries toward qualifying for CBI benefits. 

In December 2006, the United States completed FTA negotiations with Panama, another CBI beneficiary, 

subject to further discussions regarding labor. 

 

Apparel remains one of the fastest growing categories of imports from the CBI countries and territories - 

growing from just 5.5 percent of total U.S. imports from the region in 1984, to nearly 40 percent in 2005, 

valued at $10 billion. 

c. The Caribbean

 

The Dominican Republic: The Dominican Republic is the largest single U.S. trading partner in the CBI 

region, with bilateral trade of nearly $10 billion in 200650. The Dominican Republic continued to lead all 

countries in taking advantage of the CBI, as it has done in virtually every year since the program became 

effective, accounting for 25.0 percent of U.S. imports under CBI provisions. 

Reflecting the importance of this trade relationship, the United States undertook negotiations with the 

Dominican Republic, between January and March 2004 to integrate that country into the free trade 

agreement already negotiated with Central America. On August 5, 2004, the United States, the 

Dominican Republic and five Central American countries together signed the CAFTA-DR (see Chapter 

III, Section A for a discussion of the developments with respect to CAFTA-DR in 2006). 

Following entry into force of CAFTA-DR, the benefits received under CBI will be locked into place 

permanently. Moreover, the Dominican Republic inputs will continue to count as qualifying when 

incorporated into products of remaining CBI beneficiaries. Textile and apparel goods that are coproduced in Haiti and the Dominican Republic will also continue to qualify for duty-free treatment under 

the CBI program. 

The Dominican Republic does not belong to any regional trade association, but has negotiated trade 

agreements with its partners in Central America and CARICOM. Unilateral liberalization and fiscal 

reform efforts have made the Dominican Republic one of the fastest growing economies over the last 

 

50 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 135 

decade and an economic engine in the Caribbean Basin. The Dominican Republic’s strong trade relations 

within the Caribbean, including with neighboring Puerto Rico, and with Central America establish it as an 

economic bridge within the region. 

 

CARICOM: Members of the Caribbean Community and Common Market (CARICOM) are: Antigua and 

Barbuda, The Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Dominica, Grenada, Guyana, Haiti, Jamaica, Montserrat, Saint 

Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname and Trinidad and Tobago. In 

theory, CARICOM is a customs union rather than a common market. CARICOM welcomed Haiti back 

into the Community earlier this year. 

 

The nations of CARICOM launched a Caribbean Single Market Economy (CSME) in January 2006, 

which creates a bloc to allow for the free movement of goods, services and labor across the region. Full 

members of the CSME include: Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Dominica, Grenada, Guyana, 

Jamaica, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname and Trinidad and 

Tobago. 

 

The U.S.-CARICOM Trade and Investment Council met in October 2006 to expand economic 

opportunity, growth and stability in the region. 

 

Trinidad and Tobago accounts for about three quarters of U.S. imports from CARICOM countries, with 

petroleum, natural gas and petro-chemicals dominating such trade. Of those CBTPA beneficiary 

countries not currently covered by CAFTA-DR, the Dominican Republic and Haiti export the greatest 

amount of apparel products to the United States. Jamaica also supplies bauxite and sugar to the United 

States. Although a few countries have successfully attracted investment in electronics assembly, more 

progress is needed in developing educational, energy and port infrastructure to lure additional investment 

and take advantage of proximity to the U.S. market. 

 

The United States and the CARICOM are working together on the Doha Development Agenda. In 

addition, the United States works with CARICOM countries on trade capacity building initiatives. 

D. Europe and Eurasia 

1. European Union 

Overview 

The U.S. economic relationship with Europe is the largest and most complex in the world. Due to the 

size and the highly integrated nature of the transatlantic economic relationship, serious trade issues 

inevitably arise. Even when small in dollar terms, especially compared with the overall value of 

transatlantic commerce, these issues can nonetheless take on significance for their precedent-setting 

impact on U.S. trade policies. 

U.S. trade relations with Europe are dominated by our relations with the European Union (EU). The EU 

expanded to 27 countries on January 1, 2007 with the accession of Romania and Bulgaria to encompass a 

market of nearly 500 million consumers with a total gross domestic product of $13 trillion. U.S. goods 

exports in 200651 were $237 billion and U.S. exports of private commercial services (i.e., excluding 

military and government) to the European Union (25) were $128 billion in 2005 (latest data available). 

 

 

51 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 136 

In the past year, USTR actively engaged with the European Commission and EU Member States on the 

full range of U.S. trade concerns, and also expanded cooperative efforts to enhance the transatlantic 

economic relationship. Key issues addressed include: 

a. Enhancing Transatlantic Economic Relations 

The huge size, advanced integration, and generally robust health of the transatlantic trade and investment 

relationship have provided an anchor of prosperity for both sides of the Atlantic, even as economic 

conditions in other parts of the world fluctuate. Recognizing the benefits of preserving and enhancing 

these productive ties, the United States and the EU for some time have been interested in exploring ways 

to create new opportunities for transatlantic economic activity. 

At the June 2004 U.S.-EU Summit, Leaders agreed to the Joint Declaration on Strengthening Our 

Economic Partnership, which initiated a government discourse with business, labor, consumer and other 

elements of civil society on concrete ways for governments to improve U.S.-EU economic interaction. 

The results of these stakeholder consultations yielded the U.S.-EU Initiative to Enhance Transatlantic 

Economic Integration and Growth, which was announced at the June 2005 U.S.-EU Summit. The 

Summit also yielded a declaration on U.S.-EU cooperation against Global Piracy and Counterfeiting, 

which is viewed as an important step for promoting enhanced cooperation on IPR matters. 

The Economic Initiative includes a forward-looking agenda of cooperative activities intended to expand 

economic opportunity, promote prosperity, and maintain the health and safety of our citizens. At the 

U.S.-EU Economic Ministerial in November 2005, the governments issued a detailed work program 

listing specific initiatives U.S. and European officials have agreed to pursue in 11 different areas, 

including: regulatory and standards cooperation; open and competitive capital markets; transparency in 

the fight against malpractice; innovation and the development of technology; trade, travel and security; 

energy efficiency; protection of intellectual property rights; investment; competition policy and 

enforcement; procurement; and services. The June 2006 Summit noted implementation progress on this 

multi-year program and in other areas of transatlantic cooperation. USTR and other agencies continue to 

work closely with European counterparts to advance this Initiative in 2007, and expect to continue to 

aggressively pursue regulatory and standards cooperation to address U.S. concerns. 

b. Regulatory Cooperation

 

Trade obstacles arising from divergences in U.S. and EU regulations and the lack of transparency in the 

EU rulemaking and standardization processes are an increasingly important focus of our cooperation and 

dialogue with the EU. USTR continued to expand our efforts during 2006 to enhance U.S.-EU regulatory 

cooperation and reduce unnecessary “technical” barriers to transatlantic trade. Through increased 

regulatory cooperation, we aim to promote quality regulation, minimize U.S.-EU regulatory divergences 

and facilitate transatlantic commerce. 

At the June 2005 U.S.-EU Summit, the United States and European Commission issued the Roadmap for 

U.S.-EU Regulatory Cooperation to significantly expand and deepen the scope of transatlantic regulatory 

cooperation and promote a stronger economic relationship. Under this framework, U.S. and European 

officials advanced U.S.-EU regulatory cooperation during 2005 and 2006 in three principal ways: First, 

we established the U.S.-EU High-Level Regulatory Cooperation Forum through which U.S. and 

European regulators exchange views, share experiences, and learn from each other regarding general or 

crosscutting regulatory cooperation approaches and practices of mutual interest. Based on initial Forum 

meetings in Brussels in January 2006 and Washington D.C. in May 2006, we developed a set of Best 

Cooperative Practices to guide regulators and complement U.S.-EU Guidelines on Regulatory 

Cooperation and Transparency. Second, the U.S. Office of Management and Budget and relevant experts 

in the European Commission initiated an expert dialogue to address horizontal regulatory management 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 137 

issues (e.g., transparency, risk assessment, impact assessment, public consultation) in order to improve 

our understanding of each others' regulatory systems and practices. Third, U.S and European regulators 

pursued a broad range of specific cooperation activities in 15 different sectors, including: 

pharmaceuticals, auto safety, information and communications technology, cosmetics, consumer product 

safety, food safety, nutritional labeling, consumer protection enforcement, unfair commercial practices, 

marine equipment, eco-design of electrical/electronic products, chemicals, energy efficiency, 

telecommunications equipment and medical devices. The June 2006 U.S.-EU Summit noted progress on 

the Roadmap. We continue to build on these activities by pursuing cooperation on new topics in 2007. 

c. Subsidies for Large Commercial Aircraft 

The United States has long expressed its concerns with European government subsidization of large 

commercial aircraft (LCA) development by Airbus. The issue has acquired new urgency in recent years 

as Airbus sought and received substantial new subsidies (so-called “launch aid”) for the Airbus A380 

super jumbo aircraft and commitments of further launch aid subsidies for its new A350 passenger aircraft. 

At a time when Airbus is delivering more aircraft than its U.S. rival, the Boeing Company, the United 

States believes that there is no justification for continued subsidies to Airbus. In 2004 and 2005, USTR 

attempted to work with the European Commission to establish a new agreement aimed at eliminating 

LCA subsidies. The Commission’s reluctance to negotiate such an agreement led the United States to 

request initiation of dispute settlement procedures at the WTO (as the United States believes Airbus 

subsidies violate the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures). The EU requested its 

own WTO dispute settlement proceeding claiming alleged U.S. federal and state government subsidies to 

Boeing. Although the United States would prefer to reach a negotiated solution, it is prepared to see its 

WTO case through to completion if necessary. 

d. WTO Information Technology Agreement 

The United States has expressed concerns about EU proposals to apply duties as high as 14 percent on 

imports of several technologically-sophisticated versions of products covered under the WTO Information 

Technology Agreement (ITA). Such products include certain set-top boxes (e.g., cable boxes), flat panel 

displays for computers, digital cameras, and certain multifunction units (e.g., “all-in-one” 

printer/copier/scanner devices). All ITA Members, including the EU, committed to bind and eliminate 

customs duties on these products when coverage for the ITA was finalized in 1996. However, the EU 

continued to draft proposals in 2006 which would limit duty-free treatment to less technologically 

sophisticated versions of these products, many of which are no longer sold in today’s marketplace. The 

product definitions proposed by the EU are not found in the ITA and are so narrow that almost none of 

today's models of the aforementioned ITA products would be guaranteed duty-free treatment if imported 

into the EU. The United States has raised its concerns both bilaterally and in the ITA Committee in 

Geneva and will continue to press the EU to abide by the letter and spirit of the ITA. 

e. Geographical Indications 

As a result of a WTO dispute launched by the United States, the WTO Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) 

ruled on April 20, 2005 that the EU’s regulation on food-related geographical indications (GIs) is 

inconsistent with the EU’s obligations under the TRIPS Agreement and the GATT 1994. The DSB ruled 

that the EU’s GI regulation impermissibly discriminates against non-EU products and persons and also 

agreed with the United States that the regulation could not create broad exceptions to trademark rights 

guaranteed by the TRIPS Agreement. 

The DSB recommended that the EU amend its GI regulation to come into compliance with its WTO 

obligations. The EU adopted an amended GI regulation in March 2006. The United States has 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 138 

highlighted certain questions and concerns with regard to the revised EU regulation and its compliance 

with the DSB findings and recommendations, and continues to monitor implementation in this dispute. 

Separately, the United States continues to have concerns about the EU’s regime concerning geographical 

indications for wine and spirits – including Council Regulation 1493/99. 

f. Agricultural Biotechnology 

In May 2003, the United States initiated WTO dispute settlement proceedings with respect to the EU’s de

facto moratorium on approvals of agricultural biotechnology products and the existence of individual 

Member State marketing prohibitions on agricultural biotechnology products previously approved at the 

EU level. In September 2006, the WTO dispute settlement panel ruled in favor of the United States, 

finding that both the EU’s moratorium and the Member State prohibitions were inconsistent with WTO 

rules. The WTO formally adopted the panel report on November 21, 2006. On December 19, 2006, the 

EU notified the WTO that it intended to comply with the panel findings, and that it would need a 

“reasonable period of time” to do so. 

In April 2004, EC Regulations 1829/2003 and 1830/2003 governing the traceability and labeling of 

biotechnology food and feed entered into force. The regulations include mandatory traceability and 

labeling requirements for all agricultural biotechnology and downstream products. In some cases, these 

directives have severely restricted market access for U.S. farmers and food suppliers. 

Beginning in May 2004, following the adoption of new biotechnology regulations, the EU began to 

approve a limited number of the many pending biotechnology product applications. These limited 

approvals, however, have not resulted in a complete removal of the de facto moratorium. Many important 

biotechnology product applications continue to face unjustified, politically-motivated delays. Despite the 

lack of any science-based health or safety concerns, and despite positive reviews by the EU’s own 

scientific committees, the EU has yet to assemble in the Council of Ministers a qualified majority of EU 

Member States to support product approvals. As a result, the EU continues to hold applications back 

from final decision. Even when applications are sent to the Council, the result is lengthy periods of 

additional delay, after which the applications are sent back to the Commission for final decision. 

Furthermore, several EU member States, including Austria, France, Germany, and Greece, continue to 

maintain their unjustified, WTO-inconsistent national bans on certain biotechnology products that had 

been approved by the EU prior to the adoption of the moratorium. 

g. Customs Administration Procedures

While the customs law of the EU is set forth in the Community Customs Code, the EU does not in fact 

currently operate as a single customs administration. Administration of the Community Customs Code is 

the responsibility of EU Member State customs administrations, which do not have identical working 

practices and are not obliged to follow each other’s decisions. 

 

The difficulties presented by non-uniform administration are exacerbated by the absence of any forum for 

prompt EU-wide review and correction of customs decisions. Review by the European Court of Justice 

of national decisions regarding customs administrative matters may be available in some cases, but 

generally only after an affected party proceeds through multiple layers of Member State domestic court 

review. Obtaining corrections with EU-wide effect for administrative actions relating to customs matters 

may take years. 

Given the growing negative consequences of deficiencies in the EU’s customs administration and review 

procedures, the United States in September 2004 initiated WTO consultations on these matters. 

Subsequently, in March 2005, a dispute settlement panel was formed to consider U.S. complaints. On 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 139 

June 16, 2006, the panel circulated its report, in which it found a lack of uniform administration in certain 

specified instances and found no breach of the EU’s obligations with respect to prompt review and 

correction of customs determinations. The United States and EU each appealed from different aspects of 

the panel report. The panel and Appellate Body reports were adopted at the December 11, 2006 meeting 

of the DSB. The reports as adopted included a finding that the EU is in breach of its obligation of 

uniform administration with respect to rules pertaining to the tariff classification of certain liquid crystal 

display monitors. 

h. Foreign Sales Corporation (FSC) Tax Rules 

 

On October 14, 2004, Congress passed the American Jobs Creation Act (AJCA), designed in part to 

repeal provisions of the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act (ETI Act) that had been 

found to constitute a WTO-inconsistent export subsidy. Unfortunately, in November 2004, the EU asked 

the WTO once again to review the U.S. compliance efforts in the FSC dispute. The EU based its request 

on its dissatisfaction with transition provisions in the AJCA that provided for a general two-year phaseout of the ETI provision and the grandfathering of certain pre-existing binding contracts. The EU did so 

notwithstanding the fact that such transition provisions are standard in major U.S. tax legislation and that 

the grandfathering provision, in particular, was of relatively limited commercial value. The EU adopted a 

Regulation that provided for the lifting of sanctions on U.S. products in the form of additional duties as of 

January 1, 2005. However, the Regulation, which entered into force on February 1 (Council Regulation 

(EC) No 171/2005), provides for the automatic re-imposition of sanctions should the WTO find continued 

non-compliance by the United States. In that event, sanctions would resume on January 1, 2006, or 60 

days after (whichever date is later) the WTO Dispute Settlement Body rules that the AJCA is inconsistent 

with U.S. WTO obligations. On September 30, 2005, a WTO panel found that the transition provisions of 

the AJCA were inconsistent with U.S. WTO obligations. 

On November 14, 2005, the United States appealed the panel report. The Appellate Body circulated its 

report on February 13, 2006, upholding the legal findings and conclusions of the panel. The DSB 

adopted the report on March 14, 2006. On May 17, 2006, the President signed legislation that repealed 

the grandfathering provisions. The transition provision expired by operation of law at the end of 2006. 

(For more information on this dispute, see Chapter II.) 

i. Chemicals 

In December 2006, after three years of negotiation within the European Union, the EU reached internal 

agreement on its comprehensive new regulatory regime for all chemicals (known as Registration, 

Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals or “REACH”) that will impose extensive additional testing 

and reporting requirements on producers and downstream users of chemicals. This expansive EU 

regulation could impact virtually all industrial sectors, including the majority of U.S. manufactured goods 

exported to the EU. The REACH regulation is to enter into force on June 1, 2007. 

While supportive of the EU’s objectives of protecting human health and the environment, the United 

States stressed that the EU regulation adopted a particularly complex and burdensome approach, which 

appeared to be neither workable nor cost-effective in its implementation, and could adversely impact 

innovation and disrupt global trade. Many of the EU’s trading partners expressed similar concerns. 

We will continue to monitor closely the implementation of this EU regulation, and remain engaged 

constructively with the EU to ensure that U.S. interests are protected. 

 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 140 

j. Ban on Growth Promoting Hormones in Meat Production 

The EU continues to ban the import of U.S. beef obtained from cattle treated with growth-promoting 

hormones. In 1996, the United States challenged this ban in the WTO and in June 1997, a WTO panel 

ruled in favor of the United States on the basis that the EU’s ban was inconsistent with the EU’s 

obligations under the WTO Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS 

Agreement) because the EU failed to base its ban on a scientific risk assessment. This finding was upheld 

by the WTO Appellate Body in 1998, and in 1999, the WTO authorized the United States to suspend 

concessions to the EU because the EU failed to comply with the WTO rulings. 

In September 2003, the EU announced the entry into force of an amendment to its original hormone 

directive, which recodified the ban on the use of estradiol for growth promotion purposes and established 

provisional bans on the five other growth hormones included in the original EU legislation. The EU 

argued that it was in compliance with the earlier WTO ruling based on this amended Directive. 

At present, the United States continues to apply 100 percent duties on $116.8 million of U.S. imports 

from the EU. In November 2004, the EU requested WTO consultations with the United States on this 

matter, claiming that U.S. sanctions were no longer justified. The first panel meeting was held in 

September 2005. A second set of meetings with the panel and a group of scientific experts was held in 

September-October 2006. The United States maintains that the amended EU measure cannot be 

considered to implement WTO recommendations and rulings on this matter, and that the U.S. sanctions 

remain authorized. The panel’s decision is not expected until early Summer 2007. 

k. Poultry Meat 

U.S. poultry meat exports to the EU have been banned since April 1, 1997, because U.S. poultry 

producers currently use washes of low-concentration anti-microbial treatments (AMTs), such as chlorine, 

to reduce the level of pathogens in poultry meat production, a practice not permitted by the EU sanitary 

regime. In December 2005, the European Commission's Food Safety Authority completed studies of four 

AMTs and found them to be safe, and in February 2006, the European Commission's Health and 

Consumer Protection Directorate General circulated the first draft of its proposal to allow those 

substances to be used on poultry meat in the EU market. That draft regulation proposed to ban the use of 

more than one AMT and require poultry treated with AMTs to be rinsed after treatment. These two 

requirements are not consistent with U.S. production methods and will limit most U.S. exporters' ability 

to trade poultry to the EU under this regulation but would nonetheless mark a lifting of the ban on U.S. 

poultry exports. In 2007, the United States will continue to push for a regulation allowing the use of 

AMTs to be finalized in the EU legislative process. 

l. Wine 

Since the mid-1980s, U.S. wines have been permitted entry to the EU market through temporary 

exemptions from certain EU wine regulations. One such regulation requires wines imported into the EU 

to be produced using only certain wine-making practices. Other regulations require extensive 

certification procedures for imported wines and prohibit the use of wine names and grape varieties as 

regulated in the United States. 

Without derogations from these regulations, many U.S. wines would be immediately barred from entering 

the EU. U.S. wines that are produced with practices for which there are no EU derogations are already 

barred. For over six years the United States and the EU negotiated an agreement to address this and other 

issues. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 141 

On March 10, 2006, the United States and the European Community signed an agreement on winemaking practices and labeling of wine, aimed at facilitating bilateral trade in wine valued at $2.8 billion 

annually. The Agreement provides for acceptance of existing wine-making practices and addresses a 

number of labeling issues, helping to create marketing certainty for U.S. and EU wine exporters, and 

entered into effect upon signature. 

The agreement provides for: (1) recognition of existing wine-making practices; (2) a consultative process 

for accepting new wine-making practices; (3) the United States limiting the use of certain “semi-generic” 

terms in the U.S. market; (4) the EU allowing under specified conditions for the use of certain regulated 

terms on U.S. wine exported to the EU; (5) recognizing certain names of origin in each other’s market; (6) 

simplifying certification requirements; and (7) defining parameters for optional labeling elements of U.S. 

wines sold in the EU market. The Agreement also provides for a second phase of negotiations to address 

other outstanding U.S.-EU wine trade issues. The Agreement does not address the use of “geographical 

indications,” a form of intellectual property. The United States and the EU held discussions to address 

implementation of the Phase I Agreement and to initiate the second phase of negotiations in June, 

September and December 2006. 

m. EU Enlargement 

On March 22, 2006, the United States and the European Communities signed a bilateral agreement within 

the framework of the GATT related to the May 2004 enlargement of the European Union. As part of the 

agreement, the EC opened new country-specific tariff-rate quotas for U.S. exports of boneless ham, 

poultry, and corn gluten meal. It expanded existing global tariff-rate quotas for food preparations, 

fructose, pork, rice, barley, wheat, maize, preserved fruits, fruit juices, pasta, chocolate, petfood, beef, 

poultry, live bovine animals and sheep, and various cheeses and vegetables. It permanently reduced 

tariffs on protein concentrates, fish (hake, Alaska Pollack, surimi), chemicals (polyvinyl butyral), 

aluminum tube, and molybdenuym wire. These unilateral EU concessions went into effect in July 2006. 

Similarly, in advance of the January 1, 2007 accession of Romania and Bulgaria to the European 

Union, the United States entered into negotiations with the European Communities in December 2006 

within the framework of GATT provisions relating to the expansion of customs unions. The two new EU 

members were required to change their tariff schedules to conform to the EU’s common external tariff 

schedule, resulting in increased tariffs on certain imported products. Under General Agreement on Tariffs 

and Trade 1994 (GATT 1994) Articles XXIV:6 and XXVIII, the United States is entitled to compensation 

from the EU to offset all of these changes. The expansion of EU quotas to account for the addition of 

Romania and Bulgaria to the European Union common market is another key element of the 

negotiations. This round of enlargement also presents issues for exporters to Romania and Bulgaria of 

key commodities such as pork, which will face a significant increase in applied tariff rates and the 

imposition of quotas. In 2007, the United States will seek to conclude an appropriate bilateral 

compensation agreement with the European Commission and ensure that its benefits are implemented as 

soon as possible. 

2. European Free Trade Association (EFTA) 

The United States continues to broaden our economic engagement with the countries of Switzerland, 

Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein and explore ways to foster closer U.S.-EFTA trade. On May 25, 

2006, the United States and Switzerland established a “Trade and Investment Cooperation Forum” to 

discuss bilateral trade and related issues, and to examine ways to strengthen our economic relationship. 

On March 1, 2006, two mutual recognition agreements (MRAs) between the United States and Norway, 

Iceland and Liechtenstein entered into force. These MRAs parallel existing U.S. agreements with the 

European Community – one covering telecommunications equipment, electro-magnetic compatibility 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 142 

(EMC) and recreational craft; and the other covering marine equipment. These agreements permit 

approved U.S. laboratories to conduct required conformity assessment procedures (e.g., product tests) for 

designated products according to EFTA requirements (U.S. requirements in the case of marine 

equipment), and vice versa. This saves manufacturers the time and expense of additional product testing, 

lowers prices for consumers and conserves regulators’ resources. 

3. Turkey 

a. General 

Turkey maintains high tariff rates on many agricultural and food products to protect domestic producers. 

It also uses its import licensing regime to manage trade. In 2006, the U.S. brought a WTO dispute against 

Turkey regarding its regime for the importation of rice; the case is proceeding in Geneva. Turkey also 

levies high duties, as well as excise taxes and other domestic charges, on imported alcoholic beverages 

that significantly increase wholesale prices. Turkey does not permit any meat or poultry imports. 

b. Investment 

While Turkey’s legal regime for foreign investment is liberal, private sector investment is often hindered, 

regardless of nationality, by: excessive bureaucracy; political and macroeconomic uncertainty; 

weaknesses in the judicial system; high tax rates; a weak framework for corporate governance; and 

frequent, sometimes unclear, changes in the legal and regulatory environment. 

c. Intellectual Property 

Turkey does not have a patent linkage system in place to prevent generic drugs that infringe the Turkish 

patents of U.S. pharmaceutical companies from receiving marketing approval in Turkey. Turkey has a 

Registration Regulation for protecting confidential test data which provides a six-year term of data 

exclusivity protection for pharmaceutical test data, however the regulation contains several provisions 

that may not be consistent with TRIPS requirements. The U.S. is addressing these issues with the Turkish 

government. Improving enforcement against copyright piracy and trademark infringement in Turkey also 

remains an issue. 

4. Southeast Europe 

a. EU Accession 

The United States has been strongly supportive of the integration of Bulgaria and Romania into the EU. 

As with previous accessions, USTR and other U.S. agencies worked with Bulgaria and Romania to ensure 

that the accession process does not adversely affect U.S. commercial interests in the region. (See EU 

Enlargement in the EU Section.) 

Croatia, Macedonia, and Albania have concluded Stabilization and Association Agreements (SAAs) with 

the EU, which indicate their desire for EU membership. These Agreements provide for the reduction to 

zero of virtually all tariff rates on industrial goods and preferential rates and quotas for many agricultural 

goods traded between the EU and these countries. Subsequent agricultural agreements (the Zero-Zero 

Agreements) have further reduced tariffs on the majority of agriculture goods. U.S. goods continue to 

face generally higher MFN tariff rates in these countries, creating a tariff differential vis-à-vis EU goods. 

Negotiations are ongoing for a EU SAA with Bosnia and Herzegovina, Serbia, and Montenegro. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 143 

b. Generalized System of Preferences 

Most of the countries in this region participate in the U.S. Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) 

program, including Serbia and Montenegro, which were granted eligibility in 2005. As required by the 

GSP statute, once a country has joined the EU, it loses its GSP eligibility. Thus, Romania and Bulgaria 

were removed from the GSP on January 1, 2007, when they joined the EU. 

The GSP statute provides that a country may not receive GSP benefits if it affords preferential treatment 

to the products of a developed country, other than the United States, that has a significant adverse effect 

on U.S. commerce. As noted above, the United States has consulted with several countries concerning 

their granting of preferential tariffs to EU exports compared with U.S. exports, pursuant to their Europe 

Agreements with the EU and will continue to monitor the impact of these agreements on U.S commercial 

interests.

c. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

USTR closely monitors WTO Members’ compliance with the TRIPS Agreement and works with 

countries to improve enforcement of their IPR legislation, as well as to counter trends such as increasing 

copyright piracy and trademark counterfeiting. USTR has worked to encourage Bulgaria to reestablish 

strong IP protection after piracy and counterfeiting problems began growing in recent years. A top USTR 

priority in 2006 remained protecting the confidential data submitted by pharmaceutical firms to 

government health authorities to obtain marketing approval. 

d. Bilateral Investment Treaties 

The United States has Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs) in force with Albania, Bulgaria, Romania, and 

Croatia. 

5. Russia 

The United States has established strong bilateral trade and investment links with Russia, based on a 1992 

bilateral trade agreement concluded in accordance with the Trade Act of 1974. The United States also 

extends Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) benefits to Russia. In response to petitions from the 

U.S. copyright industry, USTR continued a review in 2006 to determine Russia’s eligibility to receive 

GSP benefits. 

Multilaterally, the United States has encouraged Russia’s accession to the World Trade Organization 

(WTO) as an important way to support economic reforms. On November 19, 2006, the United States and 

Russia signed a bilateral market access agreement on goods and services, which included significant 

benefits and market openings in areas of longstanding interest to the United States. Russia has completed 

its bilateral market access negotiations with most other interested WTO Members, and is now focused on 

multilateral negotiations on its terms for accession, as well as completing its implementation of WTO 

provisions. Russia must also complete negotiations with WTO Members on levels of funding for certain 

programs supporting its agriculture sector. 

a. Jackson-Vanik Amendment 

Russia (as is the case with several of the other countries in the region – see below) receives conditional 

Normal Trade Relations (NTR) tariff treatment pursuant to the provisions of Title IV of the Trade Act of 

1974, also known as the Jackson-Vanik amendment. Under the Jackson-Vanik amendment, the President 

is required to deny NTR tariff treatment to an economy that was not eligible for such treatment in 1974 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 144 

and that fails to meet the statute’s freedom of emigration requirements contained in the legislation. This 

provision is subject to waiver, if the President determines that such a waiver will substantially promote 

the legislation’s objectives. Alternatively, the President can determine that the country is in full 

compliance with the legislation’s emigration requirements. The country must also have a trade agreement 

with the United States, including certain specified elements, in order to obtain conditional NTR status. 

The President has determined that Russia is in full compliance with Title IV’s freedom of emigration 

requirements and the United States and Russia have had a qualifying trade agreement in effect since 1992. 

If a country is still subject to Jackson-Vanik at the time of its accession to the WTO, the United States 

needs to invoke the “non-application” provisions of the WTO. In such cases, the United States and the 

other country in effect have no “WTO relations.” In such a situation, the United States is unable to bring 

a WTO dispute based on a country’s violation of the WTO or of commitments the country undertook as 

part of its WTO accession package, and U.S. exporters are not able to benefit from many of the market 

opening tariff and services commitments that Russia undertook as part of the bilateral market access 

agreement. Congressional action is required to terminate the application of Jackson-Vanik to a country. 

The Administration continues to consult with the Congress and interested stakeholders regarding the 

status of our WTO negotiations and the termination of application of Jackson-Vanik and the provision of 

Permanent Normal Trade Relations status to Russia. 

b. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

U.S. industry continues to be concerned about the IPR situation in Russia. A number of Members of 

Congress have written to USTR in support of those concerns. U.S. copyright industries estimate they lost 

in excess of $1.9 billion in 2005 due to copyright piracy in Russia (films, videos, sound recordings, books 

and computer software). In 2006, Russia’s optical disc production capacity continued to be far in excess 

of domestic demand, with pirated products apparently intended not only for domestic consumption, but 

also for export. Internet piracy continued to be a serious concern. Criminal investigations are ongoing 

against operators of the Russia-based download website www.allofmp3.com, which offers global 

distribution of pirated music and is the most notorious of several problem websites operating from within 

Russia. 

USTR is working to ensure that Russia takes appropriate actions to protect intellectual property rights 

across the board. On November 19, 2006, the U.S. Government and the government of Russia concluded 

an agreement that sets out a blueprint for actions that Russia will take to address piracy and counterfeiting 

and improve protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights, both stated priorities of the 

government of Russia. As part of the agreement, the government of Russia has committed to fight optical 

disc and Internet piracy, protect pharmaceutical test data, deter piracy and counterfeiting through criminal 

penalties, strengthen border enforcement and bring Russian laws into compliance with WTO and 

international IPR norms. This binding agreement is an integral part of the United States-Russia WTO 

bilateral market access agreement, and Russia’s implementation of commitments on IPR will be essential 

to completing the final multilateral negotiations on the overall accession package. 

In addition, the United States is reviewing Russia’s status as a beneficiary country under the U.S. 

Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) Program. Russia has also been on the Special 301 Priority 

Watch List since 1997 and will be subject to the annual review in 2007. 

The most significant legislative development in 2006 was the Duma’s consideration and adoption of Part 

IV of the Civil Code, which will replace most of Russia’s IPR legislation with a single code. The Code 

and implementing regulations to be developed over the next year will go into effect on January 1, 2008. 

While Russian government ministries and the Duma took some steps to address some concerns of certain 

rights holders and the U.S. Government regarding the new legislation, Part IV still contains provisions 

that raise serious concerns regarding consistency with WTO and other international agreements. The 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 145 

government of Russia has pledged to ensure that Part IV and its other IPR measures will be fully 

consistent with the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) 

upon Russia’s accession to the WTO. In September 2006, amendments to the Law on Copyright and 

Related Rights came into effect, providing rights holders control over Internet distribution of their work. 

Russia continues to deny national treatment for the protection of geographical indications. As well, 

Russia has committed to implement Article 39.3 of the TRIPS Agreement to protect against unfair 

commercial use of undisclosed data submitted to government authorities to obtain marketing approval of 

pharmaceutical and agricultural chemical products. Russia currently does not provide such protection for 

pharmaceutical products. In late 2005, the government of Russia proposed legislative changes to address 

these concerns. Unfortunately, these changes were not considered by the Russian Duma in 2006. Russia 

has committed in the November 2006 bilateral agreement and in statements to WTO members to amend 

its Law on Medicines to take this action before accession to the WTO. 

Poor enforcement of IPR is a pervasive problem. The prosecution and adjudication of intellectual 

property cases remains sporadic and inadequate; there is a lack of transparency and a failure to impose 

deterrent penalties. Russia’s customs administration also needs to significantly strengthen its 

enforcement efforts. Russian authorities initiated some enforcement actions in 2006, which included 

raids on some optical disc production facilities and investigation of internet sites. The November 2006 

bilateral agreement calls for specific actions to improve IPR enforcement. USTR will continue its work 

on enforcement of intellectual property rights and Russia’s compliance with its bilateral obligations 

through the U.S. - Russia Bilateral Working Group on Intellectual Property Rights. 

c. Market Access for Poultry, Pork and Beef 

The United States was actively engaged with the Government of Russia throughout 2006 to ensure that 

U.S. producers of poultry, pork, and beef continue to have access to the Russian market and that Russia 

appropriately implements the U.S.-Russian Bilateral Meat Agreement on poultry, pork and beef that 

entered into force in 2005. The Meat Agreement established tariff-rate quotas (TRQs) for poultry, pork 

and beef, a 15.0 percent tariff for imports of U.S. high quality beef and other provisions related to 

importing meat and poultry into Russia. The WTO bilateral market access agreement sets out a 

framework, including the time tables, tariff rates and TRQ parameters, for WTO negotiations on how 

such goods will be treated post-2009. 

d. Sanitary and Phytosanitary Restrictions 

Sanitary and phytosanitary (SPS) restrictions have had a major negative affect on U.S. trade, with 

products deemed as “sensitive” by Russia being blocked, seemingly without a scientific basis. As part of 

the bilateral WTO market access agreement, Russia and the United States signed bilateral agreements to 

address SPS issues related to trade in frozen pork, certification of pork, beef and poultry facilities, trade in 

beef and beef by-products and products of modern biotechnology. In addition to these specific issues, the 

government of Russia in 2006 issued a decree allowing the adoption of international standards, guidelines 

and recommendations, such as those set by internationally recognized bodies such as Codex Alimentarius, 

the Office of International Epizootics (OIE). These international standards, guidelines and 

recommendations formed the basis for addressing specific SPS issues. 

e. Product Standards, Certification, and Licensing 

U.S. companies cite product certification requirements as a principal obstacle to U.S. trade and 

investment in Russia. In the context of Russia’s WTO accession negotiations, USTR is urging Russia to 

put in place the necessary legal and administrative framework to establish transparent procedures for 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 146 

developing and applying standards, technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures to better 

comply with WTO rules. 

In addition, import licenses and activity licenses to produce or distribute products such as alcoholic 

beverages, pharmaceuticals and products containing encryption technology are required to import these 

products. As part of the bilateral WTO market access agreement, Russia agreed to establish a streamlined 

interim system for the import of goods containing encryption technology; implement transparent, 

nondiscriminatory and WTO-compatible procedures; and allow importation of most commercially-traded 

information technology and telecommunications goods after a one-time notification, or in some cases, 

with no licensing or evaluation requirements at all. The U.S. Government will continue to work on 

addressing the licensing barriers to trade in products with encryption capabilities and the other products 

subject to licensing requirements. 

f. Services 

As a result of the bilateral market access agreement with the United States, U.S. services suppliers will 

benefit in a wide range of sectors, including banking and securities, insurance, telecommunications, 

audio-visual services, distribution, express delivery, energy services, environmental services and 

professional services, when the WTO agreement enters into effect. Russia will provide a significant level 

of market access and national treatment for insurance companies, including 100 percent foreign 

ownership of non-life insurance firms, upon accession. On banking and securities, Russia has agreed to 

bind most existing market access and to offer some liberalization of treatment of foreign bank 

subsidiaries. 

6. Ukraine 

The United States has established strong bilateral trade and investment links with Ukraine, including 

negotiating a bilateral trade relations agreement and a bilateral investment treaty (BIT). The U.S.-

Ukrainian BIT took effect on November 16, 1996. The BIT guarantees U.S. investors the better of 

national and MFN treatment, the right to make financial transfers freely and without delay, international 

legal standards for expropriation and compensation and access to international arbitration. There are a 

number of longstanding investment disputes faced by several U.S. companies. These disputes mainly 

date from the early 1990s and the initial opening of the Ukrainian economy to foreign investors. In most 

cases, however, there has been little progress toward resolution under subsequent Ukrainian governments. 

The United States also extends Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) benefits to Ukraine and on 

February 17, 2006, the Department of Commerce designated Ukraine a “market economy” for purposes 

of the application of the U.S. anti-dumping and countervailing duty statutes. 

Multilaterally, the United States has encouraged Ukraine’s accession to the World Trade Organization 

(WTO) as an important way to support economic reforms. On March 6, 2006, the United States and 

Ukraine signed a WTO bilateral market access agreement on goods and services, which included 

significant benefits and market opening in areas of longstanding interest to the United States. Ukraine has 

almost completed its bilateral market access negotiations with other interested WTO Members, and is 

now focused on completing its implementation of WTO provisions and resolving outstanding issues 

involving WTO rules. 

Ukraine must also complete negotiations on levels of funding for certain programs supporting its 

agriculture sector before it becomes a WTO Member. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 147 

a. Jackson-Vanik Amendment 

On March 23, 2006, President Bush signed a bill terminating the application of the Jackson-Vanik 

amendment to Ukraine and providing for Permanent Normal Trade Relations (PNTR) tariff treatment. 

b. Intellectual Property Rights

The United States withdrew Ukraine's benefits under the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) 

program in 2001 and imposed trade sanctions and elevated Ukraine to the Special 301 Priority Watch List 

in 2002 as a result of Ukraine’s record of not protecting intellectual property rights (IPR), such as 

widespread piracy of copyrighted goods such as compact discs (CDs) and digital video discs (DVDs). 

The United States lifted sanctions on August 30, 2005, after the Ukrainian Government made significant 

improvements to IPR protection over a number of years, culminating in the passage of amendments to the 

“Laser-Readable Disk Law” in July 2005. In recognition of Ukraine’s efforts to improve the enforcement 

and protection of intellectual property rights, on January 23, 2006, the United States also reinstated GSP 

benefits for Ukraine and lowered Ukraine’s designation under Special 301 from Priority Foreign Country 

to Priority Watch List. 

In January 2006, the government of Ukraine agreed to work with the U.S. Government and with the U.S. 

copyright industry to monitor the progress of future enforcement efforts through the Enforcement 

Cooperation Group (ECG). This bilateral group conducted successful dialogues in the summer and fall of 

2006 that brought additional IPR concerns to Ukraine’s attention, particularly the non-transparent 

operation of copyright royalty-collecting societies in Ukraine. 

c. Sanitary and Phytosanitary Issues 

The March 2006 WTO bilateral market access agreement with the United States addresses the terms of 

U.S. exports of beef, beef products, and pork to Ukraine. The two sides signed detailed veterinary 

certificates related to such goods. As agreed, Ukrainian authorities have issued instructions allowing the 

import of U.S. origin beef and pork, and the United States is monitoring resulting trade flows. Allowing 

trade in these products to flow is required for Ukraine to adhere to its commitments under the bilateral 

agreement. 

In the past, Ukraine has blocked the importation of U.S. beef and beef products due to concerns over the 

use of growth promoting hormones as well as bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE). The United 

States is working with the government of Ukraine to ensure that any measures undertaken by Ukraine are 

consistent with World Organization for Animal Health (OIE) standards. Under Ukraine’s domestic 

legislation, its Law of Veterinary Medicine addresses this issue. 

U.S pork exports to Ukraine have historically been hampered by regulations concerning trichinae. The 

United States is working with Ukraine to take the necessary steps to align Ukrainian standards for 

trichinae with international norms. 

d. Grain Exports

Ukraine is the sixth largest wheat exporter in the world. In September and October 2006, the government 

of Ukraine implemented new policies to restrict wheat, barley, and corn exports, following failed attempts 

to convince grain traders to sell wheat to the State Grain Reserve at below-market prices. The 

government of Ukraine said that a grain shortage would result should exports continue to flow freely, 

although national grain reserves were not significantly below historical levels. The measures brought 

grain exports to a near standstill and resulted in major financial losses for grain traders, including some 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 148 

U.S. companies. The Ukrainian government’s provision at the end of 2006 of export licenses for wheat 

exports, the volumes of which fall far short of historical trade, does not address the strong concerns 

expressed by the United States and other foreign governments. This issue remained unresolved at the end 

of 2006, but USTR and other U.S. agencies will continue to press the government of Ukraine for a 

workable long-term solution.

7. Central Asia and the Caucasus 

The United States continues actively to support political and economic reforms in Central Asia and the 

Caucasus region, which includes Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, 

Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan. 

The United States has been working – bilaterally and multilaterally – to construct strong trade and 

investment links with this region. Bilaterally, the United States has concluded trade agreements to extend 

Normal Trade Relations (NTR, formerly referred to as “most favored nation” or “MFN”) tariff treatment 

to these countries and to enhance intellectual property rights protection. The United States also has 

extended GSP duty-free benefits to certain exports from eligible beneficiary developing countries and has 

negotiated bilateral investment treaties (BITs) to guarantee compensation for expropriation, transfers in 

convertible currency, and the use of appropriate dispute settlement procedures. The United States has 

some form of bilateral investment agreement with every country in the region. The United States 

currently has BITs in force with Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Kazakhstan, and Kyrgyzstan, and has 

signed a BIT with Uzbekistan, which has not yet entered into force. 

Multilaterally, the United States has encouraged accession to the WTO as an important method of 

supporting economic reform. Now that much of this framework is in place, the U.S. Government is 

working to ensure that these countries satisfy their bilateral and multilateral trade obligations. 

In 2005, the United States signed a multi-party Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) with 

five Central Asia countries (Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan). This 

Agreement provides a regional forum for discussion of trade and investment with a view to improving the 

regional investment climate and liberalizing and increasing trade between the United States and the 

region. The TIFA Council first met in Washington, DC, in 2005 and then in Almaty, Kazakhstan in July 

2006. 

a. Jackson-Vanik Amendment 

Several countries in Central Asia and the Caucasus receive conditional NTR tariff treatment pursuant to 

the provisions of Title IV of the Trade Act of 1974, also known as the Jackson-Vanik amendment (see 

description of Jackson-Vanik above in Russia section). The President has determined that all the 

republics of Central Asia and the Caucasus, with the exception of Turkmenistan, are in full compliance 

with Title IV’s freedom of emigration requirements. Turkmenistan receives NTR tariff treatment under 

an annual Presidential waiver. Turkmenistan became subject to the annual waiver in 2003, following the 

re-imposition of an exit visa requirement. 

Pursuant to specific legislation, the President has terminated application of title IV to Kyrgyzstan, 

Georgia and Armenia. These countries now receive permanent normal trade relations (PNTR) treatment 

and the United States applies the WTO to these countries. 

The Administration continues to consult with the Congress and interested stakeholders with a view to 

removing other countries in the region that comply fully with the Jackson-Vanik amendment’s freedom of 

emigration provisions from the coverage of title IV’s provisions. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 149 

b. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

Since the United States concluded bilateral agreements covering IPR protection throughout the region, 

USTR has worked to ensure compliance by these countries with their IPR obligations. In 2000, the 

transitional period granted to developing countries and formerly centrally-planned economies for 

compliance with the WTO’s Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS 

Agreement) expired. Accordingly, USTR has conducted a close examination of compliance of WTO 

Members in the region with the TRIPS Agreement. The United States has cooperated with, and provided 

technical assistance to, the countries in the region to help improve the level of IPR protection. Copyright 

and trademark piracy has been a widespread and serious problem throughout the region. Customs and 

law enforcement authorities in the region are making slow progress in upgrading these countries’ 

enforcement efforts, but continued close monitoring and technical assistance are still warranted. 

c. Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) 

Armenia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan are beneficiaries under the GSP program. In 

2004, Azerbaijan submitted an application, which is under consideration, for designation as a beneficiary 

developing country under the GSP program. Tajikistan and Turkmenistan have not yet applied to be 

designated as eligible beneficiaries in the GSP program. USTR also conducts annual reviews of country 

practices, as required by statute, and in response to petitions received from interested parties, to determine 

beneficiaries’ continued eligibility to receive GSP benefits. 

Country practice petitions have been accepted regarding concerns about the IPR regimes of Kazakhstan 

and Uzbekistan. Because of improvements made in IPR enforcement by the government of Kazakhstan, 

the review of the IPR petition was closed in 2006. Review of the petition for Uzbekistan, including 

bilateral consultations, is continuing. 

8. WTO Accessions 

Please see Chapter II.J.6 for the discussion of WTO accessions relevant to the region. 

E. Mediterranean/Middle East 

Overview 

Strong trade relations with the countries of Northern Africa and the Middle East can help advance 

important U.S. commercial and foreign policy interests. The events of September 11, 2001, highlighted 

the importance of supporting peace and stability in the region by fostering economic development. The 

Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) in force with Israel, Jordan, Morocco and Bahrain; the FTA concluded 

with Oman; and the ongoing FTA negotiations with the United Arab Emirates, together with the Trade 

and Investment Framework Agreements (TIFAs) established with most countries in the region, provide 

the context for our bilateral trade policy discussions with these countries. These discussions are aimed at 

increasing U.S. exports to the region, improving economic prosperity for countries in the region and 

assisting in the development of intra-regional trade. 

1. Egypt 

During 2006, Egypt continued to implement significant economic reforms long urged by the United 

States in such areas as privatization, customs administration, banking and tax reform. Qualifying 

Industrial Zones (QIZs) designated in Egypt by USTR in December 2004 and November 2005 continue to 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 150 

prove effective in fostering expanded economic and trade ties between Egypt, Israel and the United 

States. In 2005, Egypt’s QIZ exports accounted for 13 percent of total Egyptian exports to the United 

States, a figure which more than doubled to 28 percent52 in 2006. 

Despite joint efforts to address issues affecting U.S. companies, Egypt's intellectual property regime 

remained an area of concern for the United States in 2006. In April 2006, Egypt was maintained on the 

Special 301 Priority Watch List due to marketing approvals granted for locally produced copies of 

patented United States pharmaceutical products, as well as deficiencies in Egypt's copyright enforcement 

regime, judicial system and trademark enforcement. The Egyptian Government in 2006 took the longawaited step of expanding the enforcement role of the Ministry of Communications and Information 

Technology, a measure that has the potential to improve protection for U.S. copyrights. The United 

States will continue to look for Egypt to address intellectual property issues that are important for 

continued economic development and the expansion of the U.S.-Egypt trade relationship. 

2. WTO Accessions 

Please see Chapter II.J.6 for the discussion of WTO accessions relevant to the region. 

3. Qualifying Industrial Zones 

a. Egypt 

Qualifying Industrial Zones (QIZs) are established pursuant to legislation passed by the Congress in 

October 1996, authorizing the President to proclaim elimination of duties on articles produced in the West 

Bank, Gaza Strip, and goods produced in qualifying industrial zones in Jordan and Egypt that have Israeli 

content . The President delegated the authority to designate QIZs to the USTR. Until December 2004, all 

QIZs had been established in Jordan. 2004 saw the expansion of the QIZ initiative to include Egypt. 

In December 2004, USTR designated three QIZs in Egypt: the Greater Cairo QIZ, the Alexandria QIZ 

and the Suez Canal Zone QIZ. In November 2005, at the request of Egypt and Israel, USTR approved a 

new zone – the Central Delta QIZ – as well as the expansion of the already designated Greater Cairo and 

Suez Canal Zone QIZs. 

Approval of Egypt's and Israel's QIZ requests reflects continuing U.S. support for expanded economic 

and political ties between the two countries. In addition, the QIZs are expected to further Egypt's efforts 

to liberalize its economy and integrate economically with its regional neighbors and in the global market. 

With the QIZs accounting for 26 percent of the U.S.’s $2.4 billion in imports from Egypt in 2006, a 100 

percent increase over 2005, important progress is being made towards realizing these objectives. 

b. Jordan 

Qualifying Industrial Zones (QIZs) continue to play a major role in Jordan's economy. Thirteen QIZs 

have been established in Jordan since 1998. The duty free benefits provided by QIZs remain particularly 

important for Jordanian products for which duty free treatment has not yet been phased-in under the 

United States-Jordan FTA. QIZs played an important role in helping to boost Jordan's exports to the 

United States from $16 million in 1998 to $1.3 billion in 2005. As of October 2006, Jordan's QIZ exports 

were up 8.3 percent over the prior year. 

In 2004, USTR designated two QIZs in Jordan (the Resources Company for Development and Investment 

Zone (RCDI) and Al Hallabat Industrial Park). The Zarqa Industrial Zone was designated in 2001, and 

 

52 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 151 

five QIZs were designated in 2000: The Investors and Eastern Arab for Industrial and Real Estate 

Investments Company Ltd. (Mushatta International Complex), El Zay Ready Wear Manufacturing 

Company Duty-Free Area, Al Qastal Industrial Zone, Aqaba Industrial Estate, and the Industry and 

Information Technology Park Company (Jordan CyberCity Company). Four QIZs were designated in 

1999 (Al-Tajamouat Industrial City, Ad-Dulayl Industrial Park, Al-Kerak Industrial Estate, and Gateway 

Projects Industrial Zone). The first QIZ in Jordan, Irbid, opened in 1998. 

The steady growth of QIZs illustrates the economic potential of regional economic integration. In 

addition to the competitive benefit of duty-free status for QIZ exports to the United States, QIZs 

increasingly offer participating companies the advantages of modern infrastructure and strong export 

expertise and linkages. This evolution should serve to increase the economic benefits generated by QIZs. 

To address allegations reported during the year of workers' rights violations in QIZs, the United States 

and Jordan held senior-level meetings and established a working group under the Joint Committee of the 

United States-Jordan FTA to address labor law and enforcement in Jordan. 

F. Asia 

1. Australia 

A discussion of U.S.-Australia relations during 2006 can be found in Section A, describing the U.S.-

Australia FTA.

2. New Zealand 

The United States and New Zealand held discussions in June under the Trade and Investment Framework 

Agreement (TIFA), consulting on a range of bilateral issues including agriculture, sanitary and 

phytosanitary standards, biotechnology, intellectual property protection, pharmaceutical policy, customs 

cooperation and other issues. The two governments also agreed to establish a separate dialogue on 

agricultural issues under the TIFA. In addition, the United States and New Zealand continued to consult 

closely on advancing the APEC agenda and bringing the WTO Doha Development Agenda negotiations 

to a successful conclusion. 

New Zealand is our 53rd largest trading partner. Two-way trade totaled $6 billion53 in 2006. U.S. goods 

exports totaled $3 billion54 in 2006, up 11.8 percent from the previous year. Exports are concentrated in 

the machinery, aircraft and electrical machinery sectors.

3. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) 

a. Cambodia 

The United States and Cambodia signed a Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) on July 

14, 2006. The TIFA will provide a formal mechanism for the United States and Cambodia to engage on 

economic and trade issues of mutual interest, including Cambodia’s domestic reform program and 

implementation of its WTO commitments. 

 

53 Annualized 11 month data 

54 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 152 

Cambodia became the 148th member of the WTO on October 13, 2004. Ministers at the WTO Cancun 

Ministerial Meeting approved terms of accession for Cambodia in September 2003, but Cambodia did not 

complete its domestic ratification procedures until September 2004. 

b. Indonesia 

i. General

The United States has worked throughout 2006 to enhance its TIFA dialogue with Indonesia, seeking to 

help strengthen Indonesia’s economy and encourage liberalization and other economic reforms that would 

generate additional trade and foreign investment. U.S. and Indonesian trade officials met several times in 

2006 to discuss the range of outstanding issues affecting the U.S.-Indonesian economic relationship. 

They discussed the need to address unresolved bilateral issues and exchanged views on developments in 

regional and multilateral fora such as APEC and the WTO, as well as steps to create conditions that will 

allow for the consideration of a possible future free trade agreement. Indonesia is currently our 40th

largest goods export market and total two-way goods trade reached $16.5 billion55 during 2006. 

ii. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

The United States has continued to urge Indonesia to take steps to strengthen its IPR regime. Based on an 

improved level of enforcement, among many factors, USTR lowered Indonesia to the Special 301 Watch 

List in November 2006 following an Out-of-Cycle Review. Remaining concerns over weaknesses in 

Indonesia’s efforts in this area led the United States to provide Indonesia with a suggested IPR Plan of 

Action. The plan proposes areas where additional improvement in strengthening intellectual property 

protection is needed, including enforcement, counterfeiting and trademark violations, and prosecution and 

deterrent sentencing of intellectual property cases. On enforcement, the United States, in 2006, 

encouraged Indonesia to fully and actively enforce the 2005 Optical Disc Regulations, which offer a 

mechanism to better control the production of pirated optical disc media. The United States also 

encouraged Indonesia to take steps to improve inter-ministerial coordination on efforts to combat IPR 

piracy and to strengthen the legal framework and enforcement mechanisms to protect IPR. 

iii. Combating Illegal Logging 

In 2006, the United States concluded a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with Indonesia to 

enhance joint efforts between the two countries to combat illegal logging and associated trade. This 

agreement is the first of its kind for both countries and is designed to promote forest conservation and to 

help ensure that Indonesia’s legally-produced timber and wood products continue to have access to 

markets in the United States and elsewhere. The MOU envisions ongoing action between U.S. and 

Indonesian authorities to share information on timber trade, including information on illegally-produced 

timber products, and cooperation in law enforcement activities. In order to guide implementation and 

identify priority actions that both countries will undertake, the MOU establishes a working group under 

the TIFA. 

iv. Textiles 

The United States continues to raise concerns about Indonesia’s 2002 Textiles Decree, which effectively 

precludes the importation of certain textiles into Indonesia other than directly by local manufacturers for 

use as inputs into other products. In September 2006 the United States and Indonesia signed a 

Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to prevent the illegal transshipment of textiles and apparel 

through Indonesia to the United States. The MOU provides for customs cooperation, identification of 

 

55 Annualized 11 month data 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 153 

textile and apparel manufacturers, and joint verification visits to provide each country’s government with 

the information necessary to stop textile and apparel transshipments. The United States is Indonesia’s 

largest market for exports of textile and apparel products. In 2005, textile and apparel imports from 

Indonesia were valued at $3 billion, making Indonesia the United States’ fifth largest textile and apparel 

supplier in value terms. The MOU will facilitate textiles and apparel trade by helping both governments 

better distinguish between legitimate transactions and shipments that circumvent trade rules and 

procedures. 

v. Sanitary and Phytosanitary Standards 

The United States continued to press Indonesia in 2006 to address its concerns about a sanitary and 

phytosanitary (SPS) issue regarding U.S. fruit and vegetable imports. In May 2005, Indonesia issued a 

proposed regulation, Decree 37, which imposed new requirements for fresh fruit and vegetable imports. 

The proposal inaccurately represented the presence of fruit flies in the United States. Although the 

United States corrected this information in its August 2005 response to the proposed regulation, Decree 

37 became effective on March 27, 2006 without modification of the U.S. pest status. The final regulation 

requires imports of fruit fly host commodities to originate from fruit fly free areas or to be treated as a 

condition of entry. Eleven U.S. fruit products were affected by Decree 37, including apples and grapes. 

Indonesia is the seventh largest market for U.S. apples with imports of over $20 million in 2005. In 

December 2006, following a Ministry of Agriculture inspection visit, Indonesia declared California as a 

pest-free area for the Mediterranean fruit fly for grapes, opening the way to renewed grape exports. In 

2005, the United States exported over $15 million worth of grapes to Indonesia, its ninth largest market. 

The United States will continue to press Indonesia to permit resumption of U.S. fruit exports on the basis 

of sound science and in conformance with international SPS standards. 

c. Laos 

The United States - Laos Agreement on Trade Relations (BTA) came into effect on February 4, 2005, 

after domestic ratification procedures were completed in both countries. The BTA normalized trade 

relations between the two countries. Under the BTA, the United States extended normal trade relations 

status (NTR) to products of Laos. Laos agreed to implement a variety of reforms to its trade regime, 

including MFN and national treatment for products of the United States, transparency in rule making, 

establishment of a regime to protect intellectual property rights, and implementation of WTO-compliant 

customs regulations and procedures. 

The United States is working closely with Laos to implement the terms of the BTA and is continuing to 

work with Laos to support its accession to the WTO. The second meeting of the Working Party for Laos’ 

accession met in November 2006. 

d. Malaysia 

The United States and Malaysia launched FTA negotiations in March 2006. A discussion of U.S. – 

Malaysian engagement during 2006 can be found in Chapter III, Section A.16. 

e. The Philippines 

i. General 

The United States furthered its dialogue with the Philippines in 2006, holding several rounds of 

consultations under the bilateral TIFA which was signed in 1989. The two sides have used these 

meetings to make progress in addressing outstanding concerns. In addition, the United States used these 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 154 

meetings to urge the Philippines to resist taking any steps that might run counter to continued progress 

toward liberalizing its trade and investment regime. The United States has also asked the Philippines to 

reaffirm its support for global trade liberalization as outlined in the WTO Doha Development Agenda. 

The Philippines is currently the 19th largest export market for U.S. goods. Based on annualized data from 

January through November of 2006, U.S. goods exports in 2006 were $7.7 billion, up 11.9 percent from 

the previous year and U.S. imports from the Philippines were $9.8 billion, up 5.9 percent. The stock of 

U.S. foreign direct investment (FDI) in the Philippines in 2005 was $6.6 billion (latest data available), up 

from $6.0 billion in 2004. U.S. FDI in the Philippines is concentrated largely in the manufacturing, 

finance, and nonbank holding companies sectors. 

ii. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

The Philippines continued to make some progress in its efforts to strengthen IPR protection in 2006. As a 

result, the United States announced in February 2006 that following an “Out-of-Cycle Review” (OCR) it 

had elected to lower the Philippines to the Special 301 Watch List from the Priority Watch List. The 

OCR concluded that throughout 2005 and into 2006, the Philippines had bolstered implementation of its 

special legislation that was passed to stop illegal production of pirated optical discs by controlling the 

licensing of, and conducting raids against, pirate optical disc production facilities. In addition, Philippine 

authorities conducted numerous raids on retail stores selling pirated and counterfeit goods. The 

Philippine government also measurably improved coordination of government agencies responsible for 

IPR enforcement. However, the OCR also concluded that sustained effort and continued progress on key 

IPR issues will be essential to avoid a future return to the Priority Watch List. To support the Philippines' 

efforts to strengthen its IPR regime, the United States provided Philippine officials with an IPR Action 

Plan intended to assist with prioritizing areas where further action is needed to improve the level of IPR 

enforcement, including a call for prosecutions of IPR-related crimes that result in deterrent-level 

sentences being handed down and actually served by offenders. The United States continues to monitor 

closely efforts by the Philippine Government to further improve its IPR enforcement regime. 

In 2006, the Philippine Intellectual Property Office (IPO) continued work aimed at interagency 

coordination and cooperation on IPR enforcement. The Optical Media Board (OMB) significantly 

increased the number of raids it carried out against IP pirates in 2006. Nonetheless, pirated optical media 

continues to be widely available across the Philippines, indicating that additional enforcement action 

remains necessary. In addition, the Philippines has been slow to prosecute IPR offenders and impose 

deterrent penalties. The IPO, in 2005, proposed the creation of three Special IP Courts, but these Courts 

have not yet been established. 

Other concerns regarding the protection of intellectual property rights in the Philippines remain. The 

United States has been closely monitoring proposals pending in the Philippine Congress to amend the 

Intellectual Property Code in ways that could weaken patent and trademark protections for 

pharmaceuticals. The Philippines has yet to pass copyright amendments, pending in its Congress as of 

January 2007, which would update its domestic law to address electronic commerce piracy. 

 

iii. Telecommunications

The United States continues to monitor developments in the telecommunications sector, although no 

significant changes took place in 2006. The U.S. and Philippine governments successfully worked 

together to begin reopening U.S. access to the Philippines telecommunications networks. In February 

2003, Philippine telecommunications companies blocked access to their networks to incoming call traffic 

from certain U.S. and other foreign telecommunications companies that were unwilling to agree to tariff 

increases the Philippine companies wanted to impose. Senior U.S. government officials, including from 

USTR and the FCC, raised concerns over this action with Philippine officials. In November 2003, some 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 155 

telecommunications connections between the two countries were restored and ongoing negotiations 

resulted in a complete restoration of telecommunications links in 2004. 

iv. Customs 

The Philippines has made progress over the last several years toward bringing its customs regime into 

compliance with its WTO obligations, but the United States has continued to have concerns about 

inconsistent application of customs rules and procedures, undue and costly processing delays, and the role 

of the Philippine private sector in the valuation process. The Philippines has outlined steps it has taken 

and plans to take to strengthen the enforcement and consistency of its customs rules and improve 

enforcement against IPR piracy at the border. The United States will continue to closely monitor this 

issue. 

v. Sanitary and Phytosanitary (SPS) Issues 

Throughout 2006, the United States requested that the Philippines reform the manner in which it 

administers its Veterinary Quarantine Clearance (VQC) certificate program. Currently, VQCs are issued 

in fixed tonnage amounts that do not necessarily match the tonnage of a given shipment of U.S. meat and 

poultry exports to the Philippines. VQCs issued with fixed tonnage assigned to them force importers to 

waste VQC allotments because excess VQC tonnage can not be reclaimed in any way. This practice 

impedes the flow of U.S. meat and poultry exports that otherwise meet Philippine VQC standards. The 

United States will continue to press the Philippines to permit VQCs to be issued to match the tonnage of 

incoming shipments or for importers to be able to “carry over” any unused tonnage to subsequent 

shipments of U.S. meat and poultry. 

f. Singapore 

The United States and Singapore negotiated a bilateral Free Trade Agreement (FTA), which was signed in 

May 2003 and entered into force on January 1, 2004. United States-Singapore trade issues, including 

FTA implementation issues, are discussed in the section on bilateral and regional FTA negotiations (see 

Chapter III, section A.4). 

g. Thailand 

The United States and Thailand initiated negotiation of an FTA in mid-2004. A discussion of U.S. – Thai 

engagement on trade issues during 2006 can be found in Chapter III, section A.14. 

h. Vietnam 

The United States worked closely with Vietnam throughout 2006 on continued implementation of the 

Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) and concluding Vietnam’s accession to the World Trade Organization.

Vietnam is currently our 43rd largest trading partner. Two-way trade totaled $9.9 billion in 2006 based 

on annualized 11 month trade data, an increase of 420 percent from 2001. Exports are concentrated in the 

machinery and electrical machinery, plastics, and civil aircraft sectors. 

The BTA entered into force on December 10, 2001. After the BTA entered into force, the United States 

extended NTR treatment to products of Vietnam subject to the conditions set out in the so-called JacksonVanik provisions of the Trade Act of 1974. In the BTA, Vietnam committed to make sweeping economic 

reforms, which have created trade and investment opportunities for both U.S. and Vietnamese companies 

over the past five years. Implementation of the BTA, in conjunction with technical assistance from the 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 156 

United States, supported Vietnam’s entry into the WTO and increased the country’s capacity to undertake 

the broad reforms necessary to meet the requirements of the WTO. 

The Joint Committee established by the BTA has met annually in formal session since implementation of 

the Agreement, most recently in June 2006. The primary purpose of the Joint Committee is to review 

implementation of the provisions of the BTA. The United States will continue to work with the 

Vietnamese to ensure continued compliance with the BTA commitments. 

Vietnam concluded its bilateral and multilateral negotiations for WTO membership in 2006. In May 

2006, the United States and Vietnam completed a bilateral market access agreement on goods and 

services, forming part of the terms of Vietnam’s accession to the WTO. Throughout 2006, the United 

States worked intensively with Vietnam and Members of the Working Party on Vietnam’s accession to 

the WTO to conclude negotiations on the remaining outstanding multilateral issues and to complete the 

Working Party Report. This work was completed in late 2006 and on November 7 the WTO General 

Council formally invited Vietnam to become the body’s 150th member. Vietnam’s National Assembly 

ratified the terms of accession in late November and Vietnam became a member of the WTO on January 

11, 2007. 

On December 8, 2006 the United States Congress passed legislation authorizing the grant of permanent 

normal trade relations to products of Vietnam. On December 29, 2006, President Bush signed a 

proclamation terminating application of the Jackson-Vanik provisions of the Trade Act of 1974 to 

Vietnam and extending permanent normal trade relations tariff treatment to the products of Vietnam. 

4. Republic of Korea 

The United States launched negotiations on a free trade agreement (FTA) with Korea on February 2, 

2006. As the most commercially significant free trade negotiation launched by the United States in over 

15 years, since talks with Mexico and Canada, the United States-Korea FTA (KORUS FTA) will have 

significant economic, political, and strategic benefits for both sides. 

Korea is the world’s 8th largest economy and is the United States’ 7th largest trading partner, 7th largest 

export market and the 6th largest agricultural export market. The KORUS FTA will serve to improve 

upon these established ties by promoting exports of U.S. industrial and agriculture goods through 

eliminating Korea’s tariffs on U.S. products. The amount of two-way trade between the U.S. and Korea, 

now valued at $73 billion annually, is expected to grow as a result of an FTA. The FTA will provide an 

opportunity to eliminate or reduce tariff and non-tariff measures that impede access for industrial and 

agricultural goods to the Korean market, as well as reduce or eliminate restrictions that make it difficult 

for U.S. service providers to operate in the Korean market. It will promote bilateral investment by 

establishing rules that reduce or eliminate trade-distorting barriers to investment in Korea. In addition, 

the agreement provides the opportunity to further enhance Korea’s customs administration and 

intellectual property regimes, and stands to address unjustified sanitary and phytosanitary barriers. The 

Korea FTA will also provide the opportunity to address anti-competitive business conduct, strengthen 

transparency in Korea’s regulatory processes, and reduce non-tariff barriers, including those in the 

automotive and pharmaceutical sectors. 

In addition to strengthening our economic partnership, the KORUS FTA will help to solidify the two 

countries' long-standing diplomatic relationship – serving as a pillar of our bilateral relations for 

generations to come. In addition, as the first U.S. FTA with a North Asian partner, the KORUS FTA 

promises to serve as a model for trade agreements for the rest of the region, and will underscore the U.S. 

commitment to and engagement in the Asia-Pacific region. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 157 

Five rounds of KORUS FTA negotiations were completed in 2006 and substantial progress was made in 

most of the areas of negotiations during this time. Under the talks, there are 17 negotiating groups and 2 

working groups on automotives and pharmaceuticals/medical devices. The KORUS FTA is the first U.S. 

FTA negotiation to dedicate specific working groups to these issues. While no chapters of the agreement 

were closed, a good part of the FTA text was agreed upon on an ad referendum basis by the end of 2006. 

However, many sensitive issues remain to be resolved. The United States is seeking to conclude the 

agreement by the end of March 2007, in order to complete the agreement under the current Trade 

Promotion Authority. To that end, additional meetings will take place in 2007, at both the working and 

higher levels. 

In 2006, Korea played a largely constructive role in the World Trade Organization (WTO) Doha 

Development (DDA) negotiations prior to the suspension, particularly in the areas of non-agricultural 

market access, services, and trade facilitation. Furthermore, Korea continued to cooperate closely with 

the United States in the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum to help promote trade and 

investment liberalization in the region, particularly with regard to strengthening intellectual property 

rights protection and enforcement. 

Non-FTA Issues

Beef: In September 2006, Korean announced the partial reopening of its market to U.S. beef exports. The 

market had been closed since December 2003, following the detection of an imported cow with Bovine 

Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) in Washington State. 

Under the current import protocol, de-boned muscle meat from animals 30 months and younger is eligible 

for entry into Korea. Prior to the resumption of trade, the United States made multiple requests for a copy 

of the import inspection protocol that would be applied to shipments of U.S. beef upon arrival in Korea, 

in an effort to avoid potential misunderstandings that could jeopardize the newly re-opened market. No 

protocol was provided. Three shipments of de-boned muscle meat were exported to Korea in the fall of 

2006. Each was rejected by Korean authorities following the detection of material Korea defined as noncompliant, but which Korea acknowledged presented no human health risk. No additional shipments 

were exported to Korea, and the market remains effectively closed. 

The United States continues to work with Korea to fully reopen its beef market consistent with 

international guidelines. 

5. India 

a. General 

In 2006, the United States and India completed an active year on trade policy. The agenda was wideranging, commensurate with India's dynamic and growing economy, the significant opportunities for 

bilateral trade that U.S. and Indian companies are enthusiastically pursuing, and the many challenges 

U.S. investors continue to face as India gradually opens its markets and liberalizes its economy. These 

efforts included work to identify areas for cooperation and focused on issues such as India’s tariff and tax 

regime, intellectual property rights, investment climate and subsidies. India continues to limit market 

access in various sectors, including through high taxes and tariffs, non-transparent procedures, differential 

treatment of imports, and non-tariff technical measures. Our discussions also addressed WTO-related 

trade issues, though the bulk of such dialogue occurs in the multilateral context, mainly in Geneva. 

Bilateral trade doubled in the three years preceding President Bush’s historic visit to India in March 2006, 

and President Bush and Prime Minister Singh announced in March our governments’ intention to double 

trade again in the next three years to approximately $50 billion. That said, the current total amount of 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 158 

bilateral trade is not consistent with the size and potential of both the U.S. and the Indian economies, and 

both governments agree that trade and investment flows should be much greater. 

b. Trade Dialogue 

During President Bush’s historic visit to India in March 2006, then United States Trade Representative 

Rob Portman and India’s Minister of Commerce and Industry Kamal Nath convened the second 

ministerial-level meeting of the United States-India Trade Policy Forum (TPF). President Bush and 

Prime Minister Singh launched the TPF in 2005 as the premier mechanism for the two countries to 

discuss bilateral trade and related issues with a goal to expand commercial interaction between India and 

the United States. The discussions also address multilateral issues such as the ongoing Doha Development 

Round negotiations. The Trade Policy Forum is part of the overall Economic Dialogue between India and 

the United States. Ambassador Schwab and Minister Nath convened the third ministerial meeting in June 

2006. They will continue to oversee the Forum and guide its work. Through regular dialogue both sides 

hope to remove impediments to bilateral trade, seek early resolution of concerns and anticipate potential 

problems. 

The Trade Policy Forum serves as the umbrella for five Focus Groups covering Agriculture, Tariff and 

Non-Tariff Barriers, Services, Investment, and Innovation and Creativity (covering intellectual property 

rights issues). In 2006, the U.S. and Indian Focus Group co-chairs met regularly to address priority issues 

such as foreign direct investment caps, intellectual property rights, telecommunications policy and market 

access for products as diverse as automobiles and agricultural products. In 2006, Deputy U.S. Trade 

Representative Karan Bhatia and India’s Commerce Secretaries (S.N. Menon and current Secretary Gopal 

Pillai) co-chaired three deputy-level meetings of the Forum and supervised the ongoing Focus Group 

discussions. In 2007, the Trade Policy Forum’s Focus Groups will continue to meet regularly by digital 

videoconference and face-to-face meetings. The TPF will also meet as necessary throughout the year in 

New Delhi and Washington, DC, at the ministerial and deputy-levels. USTR also will continue to work 

with India to find common ground to ensure an ambitious outcome of the Doha Round. 

6. Pakistan 

Both U.S.-Pakistan trade and U.S. investment in Pakistan grew in 2006. Work continues with the 

government of Pakistan to enhance and expand the bilateral trading relationship, including by helping 

Pakistan to create a climate conducive to increased foreign investment. 

In 2006, bilateral efforts included two ministerial-level meetings. USTR Susan Schwab met with 

Pakistan’s Commerce Minister Humayun Khan in August 2006, and again in September 2006 in Cairns, 

Australia. In October, AUSTR Douglas A. Hartwick co-chaired the second meeting of the U.S.-Pakistan 

Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) Council with Pakistan’s Commerce Secretary Syed 

Asif Shah. The TIFA Council meeting, which took place in Islamabad, focused on a number of priorities 

in the bilateral economic relationship, including Reconstruction Opportunity Zones (ROZs), GSP, 

textiles, workers rights, services, facilitation of Afghan-Pakistan transit trade, and agriculture. 

In March 2006, the President announced his intention to request Congress to authorize the creation of 

Reconstruction Opportunity Zones (ROZs) in Afghanistan and in Pakistan's border regions. USTR and 

the Department of State have led the effort to develop this initiative, which is intended to bring 

development and job creation to geographic areas that are among the most critical in the global war on 

terror. The creation of ROZs will encourage investment by granting duty-free entry to the United States 

for certain goods produced in designated territories. In support of this effort, USTR officials held 

consultations with the governments of Afghanistan and Pakistan and visited both regions. In 2007, the 

Administration will work closely with Congress and private sector stakeholders to implement this 

important initiative. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 159 

The government of Pakistan continued to take noticeable steps during 2006 to improve copyright 

enforcement, especially with respect to optical disc piracy. Nevertheless, Pakistan does not provide 

adequate protection of all intellectual property. Book piracy, weak trademark enforcement, lack of data 

protection for proprietary pharmaceutical and agricultural chemical test data, and problems with 

Pakistan’s pharmaceutical patent protection remain serious barriers to trade and investment. However, 

Pakistan took significant steps to shut down optical disc production and exports of pirated optical discs 

over the last two years, and it created the Intellectual Property Rights Organization (IPO). In April 2006, 

in recognition of the government of Pakistan’s efforts, USTR lowered Pakistan from the Special 301 

Priority Watch List to the Watch List. USTR officials engaged the Pakistani Ministry of Health and IPO 

throughout 2006 to see that they met other commitments, particularly in areas of patent linkage and data 

protection. 

In 2006, USTR continued bilateral efforts to finalize a Bilateral Investment Treaty (BIT), which would 

provide U.S. investors in Pakistan with significant legal protections. A small but significant number of 

differences have persisted on issues of considerable importance to the United States. Discussions on the 

BIT are expected to continue in 2007. 

7. Afghanistan 

In March 2006, the President announced his intention to request Congress to authorize the creation of 

Reconstruction Opportunity Zones (ROZs) in Afghanistan and in Pakistan's border regions. USTR and 

the Department of State have led the effort to develop this initiative, which is intended to bring 

development and job creation to geographic areas that are among the most critical in the global war on 

terror. The creation of ROZs will encourage investment by granting duty-free entry to the United States 

for certain goods produced in designated territories. In support of this effort, USTR officials held 

consultations with the governments of Afghanistan and Pakistan and visited both regions. In 2007, the 

Administration will work closely with Congress and private sector stakeholders to implement this 

important initiative. 

 

USTR officials met twice with Afghan Minister of Commerce Mohammed Amin Farhang in 2006. 

Topics discussed included ROZs, Afghanistan's accession to the WTO, diversification of the economy, 

and the need for Afghanistan to maximize its use of the GSP program. USTR supported efforts to assist 

Afghanistan's economic integration into the South and Central Asia regions, including finding 

opportunities for Afghanistan to participate in regional conferences and raising with neighboring 

governments the critical need to facilitate Afghanistan's transit trade. 

In 2007, in addition to efforts to put in place ROZs, USTR will hold high-level trade discussions under 

the auspices of the U.S.-Afghanistan Trade and Investment Framework Agreement and will conduct 

training for Afghan officials for future WTO accession.

8. People’s Republic of China 

When China acceded to the WTO on December 11, 2001, it committed to implement over time a set of 

sweeping reforms that required it to lower trade barriers in virtually every sector of the economy, provide 

national treatment and improved market access to goods and services imported from the United States and 

other WTO members, and protect intellectual property rights. Five years later, the deadlines for almost 

all of China’s commitments have passed, and China’s transition period as a new WTO Member is now 

essentially over. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 160 

China has taken significant and often impressive steps to reform its economy since acceding to the WTO. 

During this period, China has repealed, revised or enacted more than 1,000 laws, regulations and other 

measures in an effort to bring its trading system into basic compliance with WTO standards. China has 

also taken steps to implement numerous specific commitments pursuant to schedules set forth in its WTO 

accession agreement. Each year, China has made annual reductions in its tariff rates, eliminated nontariff barriers, expanded market access for foreign services providers and improved transparency. All of 

these steps were designed to deepen China’s integration into the international trading system, as well as to 

facilitate and strengthen economic reforms that China began 20 years earlier. The United States – 

including U.S. workers, businesses, farmers, service providers and consumers – has benefited 

significantly from these steps and continues to do so as U.S.-China trade grows. 

Nevertheless, despite significant progress in many areas, China’s record in implementing WTO 

commitments is decidedly mixed. China continues to pursue problematic industrial policies that rely on 

trade-distorting measures such as local content requirements, import and export restrictions, 

discriminatory regulations and prohibited subsidies, all of which raise serious WTO concerns. China’s 

shortcomings in enforcing laws in areas where detailed WTO disciplines apply, such as intellectual 

property rights (IPR), have also created serious problems for the United States and its other trading 

partners. 

U.S. industry traces many of the United States’ most difficult trade issues with China to excessive 

Chinese government intervention in the market through policy directives and the actions of individual 

officials. This government intervention, evident in many areas of China’s economy, is a reflection of 

China’s historic yet unfinished transition from a centrally planned economy to a free-market economy 

governed by the rule of law. To some extent, these difficulties were anticipated. During the fifteen years 

of negotiations leading up to China’s WTO accession, the United States and other WTO members were 

aware of the state’s large role in China’s economy and carefully negotiated conditions for China’s WTO 

accession that would, when implemented, lead to significantly reduced levels of government intervention 

in the market and distortions in trade flows attributable to such intervention. 

Noteworthy progress was made as a result of economic reforms adopted by China before and in the first 

few years after its accession to the WTO. But, there are indications that progress toward further market 

liberalization slowed in 2006. 

U.S. industry expressed concern about an upsurge in industrial planning measures as tools of economic 

development by central government authorities in 2006, as China appeared to want to expand the 

government’s role in directing the economy and in developing internationally competitive Chinese 

enterprises, while also restricting the role of international companies in certain sectors. U.S. industry 

believes that China’s continued and expanding use of government intervention and industrial policies has 

the potential to create sharp frictions in bilateral economic relations. 

Developments evidencing the reduced momentum for economic reforms in 2006 make clear that China 

has not yet fully institutionalized market mechanisms, and that some Chinese government agencies and 

officials have not yet fully embraced the key WTO principles of market access, non-discrimination, 

national treatment and transparency. A lack of consensus within China’s government and competing 

Chinese government priorities – including differences in views and approaches among China’s central, 

provincial and local governments – have also contributed to the reduced momentum for economic 

reforms, as have systemic rule of law problems. 

Recognizing these challenges, USTR announced, in a “top-to-bottom” review of U.S.-China trade 

relations issued in February 2006, that it would adopt a dual-track approach to resolving its WTO 

concerns. The United States will continue to seek cooperative and pragmatic resolutions through bilateral 

dialogue with China, including the Joint Commission on Commerce and Trade (JCCT) and the U.S.-
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 161 

China Strategic Economic Dialogue (“SED”), as well as ad hoc bilateral meetings and a variety of sectorspecific dialogues. However, when bilateral dialogue fails to succeed in addressing U.S. concerns, the 

United States will not hesitate to exercise its WTO rights through the initiation of dispute settlement 

against China, as it would with any other mature WTO trading partner. 

The United States achieved some important successes through bilateral dialogue in 2006, including at a 

JCCT meeting in April. At that meeting, China made several commitments related to IPR protection and 

enforcement and it also committed to eliminate duplicative testing and certification requirements 

applicable to imported medical devices, to make adjustments to its registered capital requirements for 

telecommunications service providers and to allow the resumption of trade in U.S. beef and beef products 

upon finalization of a protocol. China also reaffirmed past commitments to technology neutrality for 3G 

telecommunications standards and to ensuring that foreign express couriers would not be negatively 

impacted by new rules in the postal area. In addition, China committed to commence, by no later than 

December 31, 2007, formal negotiations to join the WTO’s Government Procurement Agreement. Since 

the JCCT meeting in April, the United States has been working with China to make sure that it 

implements all of these commitments. 

However, to date, other issues have evaded bilateral consensus, despite extensive dialogue. Issues like 

IPR criminal enforcement thresholds, certain market access concerns and WTO prohibited subsidies have 

resisted resolution in 2006. Although the United States has been making earnest efforts to resolve these 

concerns through bilateral discussions, it will have to pursue other options if the bilateral approach is not 

fruitful. 

U.S. preparation for the pursuit of formal WTO dispute settlement facilitated resolution of one dispute in 

2006, and another Chinese measure is now the subject of formal WTO dispute settlement. In January 

2006, after the United States informed China that it would be filing a formal request for WTO 

consultations in a challenge to antidumping duties that China had imposed on imports of unbleached kraft 

linerboard from the United States, China rescinded the antidumping duties. This result enabled U.S. 

industry to obtain a faster resolution to this problem than would have been possible if the dispute 

settlement process had needed to run its course. In March 2006, the United States, acting in coordination 

with the European Communities (EC) and Canada, commenced a WTO dispute settlement case 

challenging Chinese rules that brought back prohibited local content requirements in the auto sector 

through the imposition of measures that discriminated unfairly against imported auto parts. More 

recently, in November 2006, the United States informed China that it would be filing a WTO 

consultations request with regard to certain IPR enforcement issues, but then agreed to hold off, with the 

support of U.S. industry, when China asked for further bilateral discussions. 

Overall, several areas continue to cause particular concern for the United States and U.S. industry in 

terms of China’s full adherence to its WTO commitments. The key concerns in each of these areas are 

summarized below. 

Intellectual Property Rights

Since its accession to the WTO, China has been able to put in place a relatively good set of laws and 

regulations aimed at protecting the intellectual property rights of domestic and foreign rights holders. 

However, some critical measures – such as those establishing high thresholds for criminal prosecution – 

still need to be revised, and China’s enforcement of its laws protecting the intellectual property rights 

covered by the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (the TRIPS 

Agreement) has often been ineffective. With many in U.S. industry reporting no significant reduction in 

IPR infringement levels again in 2006, counterfeiting and piracy in China remain at unacceptably high 

levels and cause serious economic harm to U.S. businesses in virtually every sector of the economy. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 162 

In 2006, the Administration continued to place the highest priority on improving IPR enforcement in 

China. One key focus of the United States’ bilateral engagement with China continued to be on working 

with China to improve its IPR enforcement regime so that significant reductions in IPR violations in 

China could be realized. The United States sought to build on its earlier engagement with China at the 

April 2004 and July 2005 JCCT meetings, and it placed China on the Special 301 Priority Watch List in 

2005. Through the JCCT process in 2006, which included a meeting in April, China agreed to take some 

immediate steps to address particular problems and committed to take additional future actions. During 

the run-up to the JCCT meeting, China took enforcement actions against plants that produce pirated 

optical discs, and it issued new rules that require computers to be pre-installed with licensed operating 

system software. At the JCCT meeting itself, China committed to ensure the legalization of software used 

in Chinese enterprises, to pursue increased cooperation to combat pirated goods displayed at trade fairs in 

China and to intensify efforts to eliminate infringing products at major consumer markets in China. The 

two sides further agreed that they would increase cooperation between their respective law enforcement 

and customs authorities and that the United States would provide China with additional technical 

assistance to assist it in fully implementing the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Internet 

treaties, which address the increasingly important area of copyright protection over electronic information 

networks. 

Despite this progress, China continues to deflect calls from the United States and other WTO members 

for better utilization of criminal remedies to combat rampant IPR infringement in China, claiming that its 

combination of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement is increasingly effective. The available 

statistics on continuing massive IPR infringement in China raise obvious questions about this claim. The 

United States and other WTO members have been unable to review details concerning China’s 

administrative, civil and criminal enforcement system because of China’s lack of transparency. In an 

attempt to better assess this situation, the United States, Japan and Switzerland submitted requests to 

China under Article 63.3 of the TRIPS Agreement in October 2005, seeking detailed information from 

China on its IPR enforcement efforts over the prior four years. China has provided only limited 

information in response, hampering the United States’ ability to evaluate what steps are being taken to try 

to address the rampant IPR infringement found throughout China. 

The United States remains committed to working constructively with China to significantly reduce IPR 

infringement levels in China and continues to devote extra staff and resources, both in Washington and in 

Beijing, to address the many aspects of this issue. At the same time, when bilateral discussions prove 

unable to resolve key differences on particular issues, the United States remains prepared to take action, 

including WTO dispute settlement, where appropriate, to ensure that China develops and implements an 

effective system of IPR enforcement, as required by the TRIPS Agreement. 

Industrial Policies

China has continued to resort to industrial policies that limit market access for non-Chinese origin goods 

and foreign service providers and that provide substantial government resources to support Chinese 

industries and increase exports. In some cases, the objective of these policies seems to be to promote the 

development of Chinese industries that are higher up the economic value chain than the industries that 

make up China’s current labor-intensive base. In other cases, China appears simply to be protecting less 

competitive domestic industries. 

In 2006, examples of these industrial policies remained evident. One obvious example is China’s 

regulations on auto parts tariffs, issued in 2005, which serve to prolong prohibited local content 

requirements for motor vehicles – a matter that is currently the subject of a WTO dispute brought by the 

United States, the EC and Canada. Other examples include the telecommunications regulator’s 

continuing interference in commercial negotiations over royalty payments to intellectual property rights 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 163 

holders in the area of 3G standards; the continuing pursuit of unique national standards in many areas of 

high technology that could lead to the extraction of technology or intellectual property from foreign rights 

holders; a July 2005 industrial policy that calls for the state’s management of nearly every major aspect of 

China’s steel industry; export restrictions on raw materials like coke; and excessive government 

subsidization benefiting a range of domestic industries in China. Worrisome new measures in 2006 

include new requirements for state control of “critical” equipment manufacturers, revised rules for foreign 

mergers and acquisitions that confer broad and vaguely defined powers on the government to block 

investments in a range of industries, and plans to steer government purchases to domestic manufacturers 

to promote innovation in Chinese enterprises. Some of these policies appear to conflict with China’s 

WTO commitments in the areas of market access, national treatment and technology transfer, among 

others. 

The United States and China made little progress in resolving U.S. concerns regarding these industrial 

policies in 2006. China did reaffirm its commitment to technology neutrality for 3G telecommunications 

standards, but serious disagreements over a number of other industrial policies remain, including China’s 

continued use of prohibited subsidies. The United States will again press China on these matters in 2007 

and will take further appropriate actions seeking elimination of these policies, including WTO dispute 

settlement, where appropriate. 

Trading Rights and Distribution Services

China was scheduled to phase in two key WTO commitments by December 11, 2004. These 

commitments called for full liberalization of trading rights – the right to import and export – and 

distribution services, including wholesale and retail services, franchising services and related services. 

Although delay and confusion initially characterized China’s efforts to implement its distribution services 

commitments, China was able to largely overcome these problems in 2006, prodded by consistent and 

determined U.S. engagement. U.S. companies and individuals in most sectors are now not only able to 

import and export goods in China directly, without having to use a middleman, but are also able to 

establish their own distribution networks within China. Many in U.S. industry consider trading rights and 

distribution services to be the most important of the WTO commitments China has so far implemented. 

Nevertheless, some problems still remain in critical areas. In particular, China continues to maintain 

import and distribution restrictions on several types of products, including foreign publications such as 

books, periodicals and audio and video products, in apparent contravention of China’s trading rights and 

distribution services commitments. These restrictions reduce and delay market access for these 

copyrighted products, creating additional incentives for infringement in China’s market. Another key 

area involves China’s commitment to open its market for sales away from a fixed location, also known as 

“direct selling.” Initially delayed, China’s implementation of this commitment has since proceeded 

slowly and has subjected foreign direct sellers to unwarranted restrictions on their business operations. 

The United States will continue to pursue these important issues in 2007 to ensure that China fully meets 

its commitments and will take further appropriate actions seeking the revision or elimination of 

problematic policies, including through WTO dispute settlement, where appropriate. 

Agriculture

U.S. agricultural exports to China in 2005 totaled $5.2 billion, with China becoming the United States’ 

fourth largest agricultural export market. The past year was even more successful. U.S. exports of 

agricultural commodities, particularly cotton and wheat, have continued to increase dramatically in recent 

years, and China remained the leading export destination for U.S. soybeans – well exceeding $2 billion 

for the fourth year in a row. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 164 

While U.S. exports of agricultural commodities largely fulfill the potential envisioned by U.S. negotiators 

during the years leading up to China’s WTO accession, China’s WTO implementation in the agricultural 

sector continues to be plagued by uncertainty, largely because of selective intervention in the market by 

China’s regulatory authorities. As in past years, capricious practices by Chinese customs and quarantine 

officials can delay or halt shipments of agricultural products into China, while sanitary and phytosanitary 

(SPS) standards with questionable scientific basis and a generally opaque regulatory regime frequently 

bedevil traders in agricultural commodities, who require as much predictability and transparency as 

possible in order to preserve margins and reduce the already substantial risks involved in agricultural 

trade. As a result, trade with China in the agricultural sector remains among the least transparent and 

predictable of the world’s major markets. 

In 2007, the United States will continue to pursue vigorous bilateral engagement with China in order to 

obtain progress on its outstanding concerns, particularly with regard to China’s ban on the importation of 

U.S. beef and beef products. This issue is emblematic of the problems that U.S. exporters face with nontransparent application of SPS measures, many of which appear to lack scientific basis and impeded 

market access for many U.S. agricultural products in 2006, particularly exports of consumer-ready and 

value-added products. 

Services

Overall, the United States enjoyed a substantial surplus in trade in services with China in 2006, as in prior 

years, and the market for U.S. service providers in China remains promising. However, in some sectors, 

the expectations of the United States and other WTO members when agreeing to China’s commitments to 

increase market access and remove restrictions have still not been fully realized. Chinese regulatory 

authorities continue to frustrate efforts by U.S. providers of banking, insurance, motor vehicle financing, 

telecommunications, construction and engineering, legal and other services to achieve their full market 

potential in China through the use of an opaque regulatory process, overly burdensome licensing and 

operating requirements, and other means. 

In 2006, U.S. engagement led to some positive developments. China’s insurance regulators continued to 

participate in a dialogue on insurance issues, and China made a commitment at the April 2006 JCCT 

meeting to adjust capital requirements for telecommunications services providers, although it has been 

slow to follow through on that commitment. China also reiterated its commitments at the April 2004 and 

July 2005 JCCT meetings not to negatively affect the regulatory environment for foreign providers of 

express delivery services via new postal rules being drafted. 

At the same time, some new concerns arose in 2006. Xinhua, the Chinese state news agency, issued rules 

in September 2006 imposing new restrictions on foreign providers of financial information services, in 

apparent contravention of China’s WTO obligations. In addition, a variety of problematic proposals were 

circulated by Chinese regulators as China prepared to implement important financial services 

commitments scheduled to be phased in by December 11, 2006. In 2007, the United States will continue 

to engage China and will closely monitor developments in these areas in an effort to ensure that China 

fully adheres to its commitments. 

Transparency

One of the fundamental principles of the WTO Agreement, reinforced throughout China’s WTO 

accession agreement, is transparency. Adherence to this principle permits markets to function effectively 

and reduces opportunities for officials to engage in trade-distorting practices behind closed doors. While 

China’s transparency commitments in many ways require a profound historical shift, China made 

important strides to improve transparency across a wide range of national and provincial authorities 

during the first four years of its WTO membership, although two shortcomings stood out. By the 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 165 

beginning of 2006, China had still not adopted a single official journal for publishing all trade-related 

measures, and it had yet to regularize the use of notice-and-comment procedures for new or revised traderelated measures prior to implementation, despite having made commitments to do so. In March 2006, 

after the United States elevated this issue to the JCCT level, China finally adopted a single official 

journal, although much work remains for China to ensure full participation by all relevant government 

entities. The United States has also pushed China to adopt a mandatory notice-and-comment practice, 

but, to date, this practice remains optional in China. As a result, in 2006, many of China’s regulatory 

regimes continued to suffer from systemic opacity, frustrating efforts of foreign – and domestic – 

businesses to achieve the potential benefits of China’s WTO accession. 

Conclusion

In 2007, the Administration will continue its relentless efforts to ensure China’s full implementation of 

specific WTO commitments and full adherence to China’s ongoing obligations as a WTO member, with 

particular emphasis on reducing IPR infringement levels in China and on pressing China to make greater 

efforts to institutionalize market mechanisms and make its trade regime more predictable and transparent. 

Throughout this process, the Administration will use a dual-track approach. The Administration remains 

committed to working cooperatively and pragmatically with China to ensure that the benefits of China’s 

WTO membership are realized by U.S. workers, businesses, farmers, service providers and consumers 

and that problems in our trade relationship are appropriately resolved. The new, high-level U.S.-China 

Strategic Economic Dialogue, which began in December 2006, demonstrates that commitment and 

promises to provide a useful framework for understanding and supporting, at a broader level, key bilateral 

problem-solving efforts, such as the JCCT process and other bilateral dialogues. When bilateral dialogue 

is not successful, however, the Administration will not hesitate to employ the full range of enforcement 

tools available as a result of China’s accession to the WTO, whether it be the dispute settlement 

procedures at the WTO or the strict enforcement of U.S. trade laws to ensure that U.S. interests are not 

harmed by unfair trade practices. 

9. Japan 

Economic reforms that spur business, trade and investment are necessary to help keep Japan on a positive 

growth track as well as to promote an open business environment that affords U.S. companies new 

opportunities to serve consumers in Japan’s market. The United States therefore welcomes Prime 

Minister Shinzo Abe’s commitment to pursue reform and continues to urge Japan to accelerate and 

broaden its regulatory and structural reform program in ways that promote competition and create new 

markets. The United States engaged Japan during 2006 to resolve important bilateral trade issues, while 

also working more closely to advance mutual trade priorities in the Asia-Pacific region and around the 

globe. 

Overview of Accomplishments in 2006 

U.S.-Japan Economic Partnership for Growth 

The U.S.-Japan Economic Partnership for Growth (the Partnership) is the primary vehicle governing our 

bilateral trade and economic relations by providing multiple fora through which to achieve progress that 

strengthens our economic ties and promotes growth in our economies. Both countries cooperate under the 

Partnership to coordinate international trade and economic policies, promote structural and regulatory 

reform, facilitate foreign direct investment, and remove trade barriers. Functionally, the main elements of 

the Partnership in 2006 are as follows: Subcabinet Economic Dialogue, the Regulatory Reform and 

Competition Policy Initiative (Regulatory Reform Initiative), the Investment Initiative, the Financial 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 166 

Dialogue, and the Trade Forum. Highlights of activities under the Partnership during 2006 include the 

following: 

a formal meeting of the Subcabinet Economic Dialogue took place in Tokyo in December 2006 to 

coordinate and provide direction to our overall policies on bilateral, regional, and multilateral affairs and 

to outline areas to strengthen our cooperation in the coming months and years. The Subcabinet 

participants emphasized the need to achieve concrete progress during 2007 on issues of importance to our 

bilateral economic ties as well as to our mutual interests in the Asia-Pacific region including the 

protection of intellectual property rights, the facilitation of secure trade, and the promotion of greater 

transparency in regulatory and policy processes. Less formal consultative meetings of the Subcabinet 

Dialogue were convened in June and October 2006; 

under the Regulatory Reform Initiative, the Fifth Report to the Leaders presented to President Bush and 

Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi on June 29, 2006, reflected progress across several industry sectors as 

well as on cross-cutting issues that affect the overall business and trade environment in Japan. The 

United States continued to urge Japan to make further progress on reform in its December 2006 

recommendations, which will be addressed during the first half of 2007; and 

in 2006, the United States and Japan convened two working-level meetings of the Investment Initiative 

and raised a number of topics, including mergers and acquisitions, medical and educational services, and 

labor mobility. This Initiative also co-sponsored investment promotion seminars in both countries to 

promote better understanding and support for foreign direct investment (FDI) among regional government 

and business leaders. 

a. Regulatory Reform 

The Regulatory Reform Initiative’s June 2006 Report to the Leaders identified a range of new measures 

taken by Japan to help boost competition, open up new business opportunities, and remove barriers that 

have favored incumbent Japanese entities. Progress was made across a number of sectors, such as 

medical devices and pharmaceuticals, telecommunications, agriculture, information technologies, and 

financial services. In addition, Japan implemented new measures in areas that impact multiple industries, 

including distribution, competition policy, transparency, privatization of public corporations, and 

commercial law. 

The United States continued to urge Japan to make further progress in its comprehensive set of reform 

recommendations released in December 2006. These recommendations placed a greater emphasis on 

reforms in the areas of agriculture as well as transparency in regulation and policy-making, in addition to 

continuing to call on Japan to implement further reforms in areas such as Japan Post privatization and in 

specific industry sectors such as medical devices and pharmaceuticals. 

Initial Working Group meetings to discuss the December 2006 recommendations will take place in early 

2007, to be followed by additional Working Group meetings and a bilateral High-Level Officials Group 

in the spring. The Initiative’s Sixth Annual Report to the President and Prime Minister will be completed 

sometime during mid-2007 to detail progress made under this year’s Initiative, including specific 

measures to be taken by each government. 

Highlights of the June 2006 Report to the Leaders as well as key reform recommendations submitted to 

Japan in December 2006 are summarized below: 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 167 

i. Sectoral Regulatory Reform 

Telecommunications: Establishment of a pro-competitive telecommunications services market in Japan 

based on transparent regulation is the primary focus of the United States in advocating regulatory reform 

for this sector in Japan. Despite significant progress, Japan's telecommunications regulator, the Ministry 

of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC), continues to defer to the interests of Nippon Telegraph 

and Telephone (NTT) at the expense of business and residential users and to the detriment of promoting 

competition in the telecommunications services market. While the competitive provision of broadband 

services is encouraging, the inability of new entrants to make significant inroads into NTT's control of 95 

percent of subscriber telephone lines and 55 percent of mobile customers continues to impair the 

introduction of innovative, low-cost services to business and residential users in Japan, one of the world’s 

largest and most advanced telecommunications markets. 

The June 2006 Report to the Leaders highlighted measures taken by Japan to promote further competition 

in this sector. These measures included policy deliberations on new competition rules for networks 

migrating to Internet Protocol (IP), guidelines for Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNOs), and 

technical requirements for broadband mobile wireless access systems. Although the United States was 

disappointed by Japan’s decision to delay until 2010 an important discussion on NTT’s reorganization, 

the original proposal by NTT in 2005 to merge its operations was derailed by opponents who proposed to 

split NTT’s operations further. 

MIC continues to grapple with NTT’s loss of business to wireless and voice-over-the-Internet while 

maintaining its universal service obligations. In 2005, MIC implemented a more rational rate structure 

for wireline interconnection rates by phasing out fixed costs that have been unnecessarily charged to 

competitors. The United States had pressed Japan for many years to remove these costs from the formula 

because they distort the rates for wholesale access to the network, calculated on a per-minute basis. In 

2006, the interconnection rates for local and tandem switches decreased 5.1 percent and 3.5 percent, 

respectively. MIC, however, is allowing NTT a five-year transition period, which delays the muchneeded reductions for competitors. MIC is expected to continue studying how to revise or replace the rate 

structure, and the United States will continue discussions with MIC to ensure any changes will improve 

the competitive environment. 

The mobile wireless sector also remains an area of concern. NTT DoCoMo, designated since 2002 as a 

"dominant carrier," reduced its interconnection rates by only 2.6 percent (the lowest decrease in five 

years) and overall rate levels in Japan remain high. The high cost of connecting international calls to a 

mobile subscriber in Japan is passed along to U.S. consumers in the form of surcharges. The United 

States will continue to press Japan for measures that may have an impact on these rates, such as 

encouraging competition and preventing anticompetitive behavior by DoCoMo towards new market 

entrants. 

In its December 2006 Regulatory Reform submission, the United States urged Japan to take measures to 

ensure market-based technology decisions, strengthen competitive safeguards on dominant carriers, and 

streamline certification processes for telecommunications equipment. These recommendations will be 

discussed at the next meeting of the Telecommunications Working Group. 

In 2006, the United States and Japan reached tentative agreement on the text for a Mutual Recognition 

Agreement (MRA) for conformity assessment procedures for telecommunications equipment. After the 

MRA is implemented, U.S. manufacturers will have the option of certifying equipment for Japan’s 

technical regulations at designated U.S.-based testing laboratories. This is expected to facilitate faster and 

more efficient trade in telecommunications equipment with Japan. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 168 

Information Technologies: The Information Technologies Working Group (ITWG) under the U.S.-Japan 

Regulatory Reform Initiative (RRI) promotes vibrant Information Technology (IT) and electronic 

commerce policies that benefit both Japan and the United States. It also works to support Japan’s 

intellectual property strategy goals, and to advance policies and practices to address challenges posed by 

digital communication in the modern age. In 2006, Japan continued its work to implement new policies 

and reforms related to IT and electronic commerce, as evidenced by the completion of several new plans 

for IT-related policies, including the New IT Reform Strategy, Priority Policy Program 2006, and eGovernment Promotion Plan. In addition, Japan continued efforts to strengthen its Copyright Law and 

achieve numerous other goals related to the creation, protection, and enforcement of intellectual property 

rights. 

In the June 2006 Report to the Leaders, Japan expressed its intention to foster a regulatory environment 

that promotes the utilization of IT, including electronic commerce, and to provide meaningful 

opportunities for interested parties to contribute to IT policy formulation. It reaffirmed the importance of 

technology neutrality for encouraging innovation, indicated that it would cooperate with the private sector 

in standards development, and recommitted to harmonizing its policies for electronic commerce and 

related Internet technologies with international practice. In addition, Japan recognized the need to ensure 

that its Revised Administrative Procedure Act provides meaningful opportunities for input into the 

administrative rulemaking process, including for the IT and electronic commerce sectors. 

With regard to protecting intellectual property, Japan and the United States reaffirmed in the 2006 Report 

to the Leaders their commitment to intensify cooperation to strengthen intellectual property rights 

protection and enforcement in Asia and around the world. This is part of a broader effort by the United 

States and Japan to cooperate on IPR that also included stepping up efforts to address shared problems in 

China and advancing implementation of the APEC Anti-Counterfeiting and Piracy Initiative. 

In addition, Japan is undertaking a sweeping review of its Copyright Law to address issues stemming 

from the burgeoning use of digital technology. The United States hopes that this review will result, 

among other things, in decisions to implement a statutory damages system and extend the term of 

protection for sound recordings and all copyrighted works. 

In the 2006 Report to the Leaders, Japan also acknowledged the private sector’s leadership role in online 

consumer protection and management of personal data. Japan took several steps towards improving 

transparency and understanding related to implementation of Japan’s Law on the Protection of Personal 

Information (Privacy Law). Japanese officials participated in a third public-private sector roundtable in 

June 2006 to educate U.S. and Japanese industry on the Privacy Law, and Japan also offered to take steps 

to clarify that failure to adhere to voluntary guidelines would not result in penalties to firms. Japan 

convened various working groups to devise strategies to combat online fraud and to help generate public 

awareness. Japan is vigorously enforcing its amended law on Regulation of Transmission of Specified 

Electronic Mail (Anti-Spam Law), and promoted international anti-spam activities in close cooperation 

with the private sector and the U.S. Government. In April 2006, the governments of the United States 

and Japan collaborated to support the U.S.-Japan Financial Technology Seminar to discuss how best to 

combat online fraud. 

Japan took significant steps to improve information security as well. It affirmed the importance of private 

sector input in the development of guidelines for local governments’ information security policy by 

holding a public comment period on a draft of these guidelines in fall 2006. Japan also confirmed it 

would work with the private sector to develop and disseminate voluntary best practices for information 

security. 

The United States and Japan also discussed emerging issues such Japan’s work on IT-related financial 

reforms, health IT, and e-accessibility. Japan affirmed the private sector’s lead role in promoting IT 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 169 

investments in financial services and indicated it was working to promote consistency among IT-related 

financial reforms and other IT and electronic commerce regulations and policies. Japan acknowledged 

the importance of observing technology neutrality, to the extent practicable, in policymaking for health 

IT. Japan agreed to continue to exchange information with the United States on e-accessibility issues. 

Japan improved government IT procurement processes by: (1) implementing components of the InterMinisterial Task Force for Information Systems Procurement (Task Force) 2002 memorandum on 

government IT procurement reform; (2) clarifying and limiting liability in certain procurement contracts; 

and (3) developing rules for investigations of extremely low-priced bids. In addition, Japan has 

developed legislation for fiscal year 2007 that will make it possible for contractors to obtain ownership 

rights to intellectual property created through government-sponsored development of IT systems, 

including software. Japan acknowledged the need to sign contracts as soon as possible after winning 

bidders are chosen. 

 

Building on these accomplishments, the United States, in its December 2006 recommendations, urged 

Japan to take steps designed to foster the growth of Japan’s IT sector and create greater opportunities for 

U.S. companies. These recommendations focus on increasing the transparency of Japan’s IT and 

electronic commerce policy-making processes; strengthening intellectual property rights protection and 

enforcement; ensuring an effective review of the implementation of the Privacy Law; enhancing online 

security; promoting the use of IT for delivery of health services; sharing information on e-accessibility; 

and carrying out reforms of government IT procurement. 

Medical Devices and Pharmaceuticals: Japan’s regulatory and reimbursement pricing systems 

unnecessarily slow the introduction of innovative U.S. medical devices and pharmaceuticals in Japan and 

do not adequately create incentives for the development of innovative products. The United States raised 

these issues with Japan in 2006 in the Medical Devices and Pharmaceuticals Working Group, which 

meets under both the Regulatory Reform Initiative and the Market-Oriented, Sector-Selective Agreement. 

Companies often introduce innovative medical devices and drugs in the United States and Europe several 

years before marketing them in Japan because of Japanese regulatory delays, among other factors. 

Japanese patients may wait years for innovative medical technologies and pharmaceuticals that are 

available elsewhere. Japanese regulators have acknowledged the need to reduce delays in the 

introduction of new devices and drugs in Japan. Japan changed its Pharmaceutical Affairs Law in 2005 

and created the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (PMDA) in 2004, in part, to speed 

approvals of new products. Those changes have not been successful yet, so the U.S. Government 

continued to urge Japan to speed approvals by increasing regulatory resources, sharing information with 

industry, and streamlining reviews. In the June 2006 Report to the Leaders, the United States and 

Japanese governments noted the efforts by PMDA and the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare 

(MHLW) to speed the introduction of safe, effective, and innovative devices and drugs. In the subsequent 

December 2006 Regulatory Reform Initiative submission, the United States recommended that Japan 

reform regulations and practices that impede the development and introduction of devices and drugs in 

Japan. Specifically, the United States recommended that Japan increase regulatory agency staffing, 

eliminate application backlogs, and improve the environment for clinical trials. The U.S. Government 

also raised concerns about Japan’s regulation of nutritional supplements, over-the-counter medicines, and 

cosmetics and quasi-drugs. 

As Japan confronts the problems of a rapidly aging society, it is also examining ways to limit the growth 

of healthcare spending through means such as changes to reimbursement pricing policies for devices and 

drugs. In 2006, the U.S. Government opposed a Japanese proposal to double the frequency of revisions to 

device and drug reimbursement prices to once a year out of concern the proposal would reduce incentives 

for companies to develop innovative products. In December 2006, MHLW decided not to conduct a price 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 170 

revision in Japan Fiscal Year 2007, but the United States continues to monitor the situation, as media 

reports indicate the proposal might be revived. In the 2006 Report to the Leaders, MHLW noted that the 

U.S. Government opposed Japan’s proposal for an annual pricing system. In its 2006 Regulatory Reform 

Initiative submission, the United States urged Japan to consider the budgetary and health benefits of 

pricing systems that reward development of innovative products and to improve transparency and 

industry’s ability to offer input on pricing policies and decisions. 

Financial Services: Japan has made significant progress in recent years in allowing new financial 

products, increasing competition within and between financial industry segments, and enhancing 

accounting and disclosure standards. Foreign financial service providers reach customers in most 

segments of the Japanese financial system.

The Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, enacted by the Diet in June 2006, amends the Securities 

and Exchange Law and other related laws so that investment advisors, investment trust management 

companies and securities companies will become subject to the same supervision as financial instrument 

firms. Under the amended law, the Financial Services Agency (FSA) will publish relevant draft cabinet 

and ministerial ordinances through the public comment process. The amended Administrative Procedure 

Law, effective in April 2006, establishes a minimum 30-day public comment process as a statutory 

procedure. 

In December 2006, the Diet approved revisions to the Money Lending Business Law. The revised law 

will lower the maximum allowable interest charges on uncollateralized consumer loans, and introduce a 

legal limit on the total amount of consumer loans that individuals can borrow from moneylenders. The 

bill also calls for designated credit bureau establishments to share credit information among 

moneylenders. It contains a clause requiring the government to review the status of lending rates and 

business conditions of moneylenders within 30 months after the revised Law takes effect. 

In its December 2006 Regulatory Reform recommendations, the United States commended Japan on its 

progress on financial services regulatory reforms and called on Japan to continue such reforms to support 

further development of the Japanese financial markets, thereby allowing Japan to take full advantage of 

international financial expertise and to support future Japanese growth. These recommendations include: 

(1) expanding the body of published written interpretations of Japan’s financial laws; (2) publishing and 

updating the Financial Inspection Basic Policy and inspection manuals, and using private sector outreach 

to make the inspection process more transparent and predictable; (3) providing sufficient opportunity for 

thoughtful comment on all the forthcoming implementing regulations related to the Financial Instruments 

and Exchanges Law; (4) creating a legal and regulatory framework for a credit bureau system with fair 

and open access to full-file credit information; (5) specifying the scope of all required firewalls and 

firewall maintenance “best practices” in detailed written guidance; (6) expanding the use of corporate 

defined contribution pension programs; (7) harmonizing the regulatory framework governing investment 

advisory and investment trust management activities, and eliminating inconsistencies and duplications; 

(8) allowing mergers and reducing obstacles to the early termination of investment trusts; and (9) 

reviewing the revisions to the institutional investor disclosure rules for large shareholdings. These issues 

were discussed in January 2007 at the sixth meeting of the U.S.-Japan Financial Services Working Group 

in Tokyo. 

ii. Structural Regulatory Reform 

Competition Policy: A key goal of our Regulatory Reform efforts is to ensure that steps to deregulate and 

introduce competition into Japan's economy are not undone by anticompetitive actions by firms and trade 

associations resistant to such steps. An active and strong antitrust enforcement policy in Japan is needed 

to eliminate and deter anticompetitive behavior, including stronger measures to dismantle Japan's bidrigging (dango) system. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 171 

Japan took some very important steps in 2006 aimed at strengthening competition in the Japanese market 

and ensuring that Japan Fair Trade Commission (JFTC) enforcement actions are applied in a fair and 

transparent manner. In January 2006, JFTC introduced an Antimonopoly Act (AMA) Leniency Program 

that encourages firms to report the existence of cartels and bid rigging agreements to JFTC by eliminating 

administrative fines and criminal penalties for the first reporting company and reducing administrative 

fines for up to two additional reporting companies. JFTC also introduced a procedure aimed at 

strengthening due process rights of the subjects of its investigations. Under the new procedure, JFTC 

will, before issuing any cease and desist or surcharge payment order for violation of the AMA, allow the 

subject companies to review the evidence obtained by JFTC and to present their own evidence and views 

to JFTC. Proposed recipients of warnings for suspected violations of the AMA or the Premiums and 

Misrepresentations Act will be provided a draft of the proposed warning and will be given the opportunity 

to submit any views and evidence on their behalf before a final decision is made by JFTC. 

Japan also strengthened measures in 2006 aimed at preventing bid-rigging. The Ministry of Land, 

Infrastructure and Transport (MLIT) established an administrative leniency program that will encourage 

reporting of bid-rigging and complement the JFTC Leniency Program. The MLIT program cuts in half 

the period of suspension from bidding for companies that were admitted to JFTC’s Leniency Program. 

MLIT also doubled to 12 months the minimum period of suspension from bidding for firms that commit a 

second serious bid-rigging violation within ten years. Furthermore a Cabinet Decision was issued in May 

2006 that will help address Japan’s bid-rigging problem by expanding the open bidding system, strictly 

implementing suspensions from bidding for firms engaging in bid-rigging, and requiring greater 

government efforts to eliminate and prevent government-led bid-rigging. 

Transparency: The United States welcomed Japan’s implementation of a revised Public Comment 

Procedure (PCP) in April 2006. This reform requires ministries and agencies to solicit comments on 

proposed rule changes for a minimum of 30 days, in principle. This step represents a significant 

improvement in Japan’s formal procedures. Monitoring of the new system since its implementation, 

however, has indicated the PCP is not yet being evenly applied by related government entities. In its 

December 2006 recommendations, the United States therefore urged Japan to take further steps to 

improve the PCP as well as to take additional steps to improve the transparency of its regulatory and 

policy-making processes by: 1) implementing rules relating to government-appointed advisory groups to 

ensure they are consistently, as appropriate, open to opportunities for interested parties to express views 

and be informed of deliberations; 2) requiring ministries and agencies to make public in writing their 

regulations and any statements of policy or generally applicable interpretations regarding those 

regulations; 3) soliciting public comments, to the extent possible, on draft legislation prepared by 

ministries and agencies; and 4) ensuring adequate periods for companies to comply with new regulations. 

The United States also seeks a stronger partnership with Japan to promote high standards of transparency 

throughout the Asia-Pacific region, including implementation of APEC transparency standards by 

Member Economies. 

Other Government Practices: The United States also urged progress on a variety of other government 

practices in the Regulatory Reform Initiative during 2006, including in the areas of agriculture and 

insurance-related practices. 

In the 2006 Report to the Leaders, progress was demonstrated regarding Japan’s revision of quarantine 

and inspection practices for imported produce to help bring Japan into conformity with certain 

international standards. The United States also urged Japan, in its December 2006 recommendations, to 

make further progress in agriculture by implementing international standards in plant quarantine and in 

other measures, including biotech products; implementing international standards in animal health and 

related measures; ensuring measures that enforce maximum pesticide residue levels are the least trade 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 172 

restrictive possible; and completing review of food additives recognized as safe by a Joint FAO/WHO 

Evaluation Committee.

The 2006 Report to the Leaders also reported progress in the insurance sector including: 1) 

implementation of amended regulations to further broaden the scope of insurance products available 

through banks; and 2) steps to bring certain unregulated insurance cooperatives (kyosai) under the 

oversight of the Financial Services Agency, a measure that should strengthen the stability of the insurance 

market and consumer protection. (For additional discussion of insurance-related issues, see ‘Bilateral 

Consultations – Insurance’ section below.) 

Privatization – Japan Post: Japan’s privatization of public corporations continued to feature prominently 

in the United States’ Regulatory Reform recommendations. A particular focus was placed on Japan Post 

privatization and reform, where the United States continued to call on Japan to implement measures that 

ensure that a level playing field is established between Japan Post (and its successor entities) and private 

sector competitors in the banking, insurance, and express delivery markets. The United States, 

furthermore, continued to urge Japan to ensure that a level playing field is actually created between the 

postal financial institutions and private financial institutions before the postal financial institutions are 

permitted to introduce new lending services, underwrite new or altered insurance products, or originate 

non-principal-guaranteed investment products. The United States also emphasized the importance of 

clarity and transparency in the reform process, asking Japan to ensure that the process, including with 

respect to advisory bodies, is made fully transparent and that meaningful opportunities are made available 

to interested parties to express views before decisions are made. 

With respect to insurance and banking, the United States welcomed confirmation by Japan in the 2006 

Regulatory Reform Initiative Report to the Leaders that the new Japan Post entities, from October 2007, 

will be held to the same regulations, laws, and ordinances as other private sector companies, including the 

Banking Law and Insurance Business Law. The United States also welcomed confirmation that postal 

savings and insurance products will no longer be subject to government guarantees and that the new 

postal financial institutions will be required to meet the same licensing, disclosure, and supervisory 

requirements as private sector financial institutions. When fully implemented, these and other steps 

confirmed by Japan are important elements in the establishment of a level playing field. In its December 

2006 Regulatory Reform recommendations, the United States continued to urge Japan to implement 

additional steps to ensure the Japan Post privatization law’s objective of creating equivalent conditions of 

competition between the new entities and the private sector is ultimately achieved. These include 

ensuring fair and transparent selection of private sector financial products for distribution through the 

Post Office network and steps to ensure cross-subsidization does not occur among the newly created 

entities, among other issues. The United States looks to Japan to finish the job of ensuring equivalent 

conditions of competition are firmly established before the new postal entities are permitted to introduce 

their own new financial products. 

In addition, the United States urged Japan to ensure fair competition in its express delivery sector by 

taking a number of steps to put Japan Post’s express delivery services on an equal footing with private 

service suppliers. The United States welcomed confirmation by Japan in the 2006 Report to the Leaders 

that it will apply ordinary freight transportation laws and ordinances to Japan Post’s international and 

domestic physical distribution services as well as to deliveries of postal items via truck and similar 

methods. Japan also confirmed that Japan Post and successor entities will be made subject to the same 

aviation safety and security laws and regulations as those applied to private companies. Japan 

furthermore indicated it will require the new postal delivery company to disclose profits and losses for 

different operations in a manner that will allow for an objective evaluation of whether cross-subsidization 

is occurring among them. While these and other steps represent progress, the United States continues to 

call on Japan to take additional measures that are vital to ensure a level playing field is actually 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 173 

established. The United States is placing particular emphasis in this area on customs treatment for Japan 

Post’s Express Mail Service (EMS). 

As Japan moves forward with these reforms, the United States continues to stress the importance of 

ensuring full transparency, including by related government-appointed advisory groups, to ensure 

interested parties are able to be fully aware of progress in the reform process as well as have meaningful 

opportunities for input before decisions and recommendations are made. During 2006, Japan took a 

number of steps to help promote transparency in the reform process, and the United States has encouraged 

Japan to continue with these as well as take additional steps to ensure transparency is fully achieved. 

Legal Services and Judicial System Reform: The creation of a legal environment in Japan that supports 

regulatory and structural reform and meets the needs of international business is a critical element for 

Japan's economic health and restructuring. The Japanese legal system must be able to respond to the 

market's need for the efficient provision of international legal services, and provide a sound and effective 

foundation for the conduct of business transactions in an increasingly deregulated environment. 

 

In 2006, Japan’s Ministry of Justice continued to study whether to permit registered foreign lawyers to 

form legal professional corporations in Japan and whether to allow foreign law firms to establish multiple 

offices in Japan without forming a separate Japanese professional corporation. Japan has committed to 

inform the United States of its findings and conclusions by April 2007. In addition, the United States 

continued to closely monitor the implementation of the amendments to the Foreign Lawyers Law that 

came into effect in 2005 that permit foreign lawyers to employ or to enter into partnership arrangements 

with Japanese lawyers to ensure that such implementation fosters the market liberalizing objectives of 

those amendments. 

Commercial Law: Reform of Japan's commercial law to permit the use of modern merger techniques is 

necessary to facilitate merger and acquisition activities by both foreign and domestic firms in Japan. The 

Japanese economy also will benefit from additional measures to improve corporate governance, since 

good corporate governance systems encourage increased productivity and economically sound business 

decisions as management strives to maximize shareholder value. However, good corporate governance 

requires active shareholder participation, particularly by large institutional investors such as pension 

funds and mutual funds, and the dissemination of information to shareholders that will allow them to 

make informed decisions. 

 

Japan took some important steps in 2006 toward facilitating foreign merger and acquisition (M&A) 

activities in Japan and to protect the interests of stockholders. Corporate Code revisions permitting shortform (squeeze out) mergers came into effect in May 2006 and Japan continued to prepare for the May 

2007 introduction of triangular mergers that use foreign shares as consideration. However, as of the end 

of 2006, it was not clear whether rules implementing the introduction of triangular mergers, in particular 

tax deferral rules, would be sufficiently flexible to allow this new merger tool to work in a manner that 

facilitates foreign M&A activities in Japan. 

The Securities and Exchange Law was amended in June 2006 to modernize tender offer rules. Persons 

making tender offers will now be permitted to withdraw or modify the offer in response to certain antitakeover measures by the target. A target of tender offers is also now required to issue a public statement 

indicating the position of its board of directors with regard to the tender offer, and the basis for that 

position. Japan’s Ministry of Justice (MOJ) also promulgated new regulations that require companies to 

specify in their annual report any anti-takeover measures that have been adopted along with an 

explanation as to why those measures do not undermine the interests of the company and its shareholders. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 174 

In March 2006 the MOJ issued an internal notification (“tsutatsu”) clarifying the interpretation of Article 

821 of the Corporate Code – dealing with quasi-foreign companies – to ensure that this provision does not 

adversely affect the operation of foreign companies that are duly registered in Japan and that conduct their 

operations in a lawful manner, and the House of Councilors of the Japanese Diet adopted an ancillary 

resolution that confirms that objective. 

In the area of strengthening corporate governance, Japan took measures to promote active proxy voting by 

institutional investors, including by encouraging the Investment Trust Association to amend its rules to 

require mutual fund managers to disclose the results of their proxy voting records. Japan also recognized 

the importance of enhancing corporate governance of listed companies in Japan, including through 

dialogue with the stock exchanges on the role that such exchanges can play in realizing that goal. In that 

regard, in March 2006 the Tokyo Stock Exchange (TSE) adopted rules requiring listed companies to 

publish their corporate governance structures, including whether they have outside directors or have 

adopted anti-takeover measures. The TSE rules also provide for the delisting of companies that adopt 

anti-takeover measures that seriously harm the rights of shareholders. 

Distribution: The efficiency of Japan's distribution system is hampered by high airport user fees, 

relatively inefficient and costly customs procedures, and excessive rules on the activities of private 

express delivery companies. In addition, the enforcement of parking regulations under the Revised 

Traffic Law, combined with a severe shortage of designated commercial parking spaces, has significantly 

increased the cost of doing business for express mail providers. Finally, revisions made to the Central 

City Invigoration Law and the City Planning Law in May 2006 have the potential to significantly erode 

retailers’ ability to open larger stores that meet customers’ needs. 

The June 2006 Report to the Leaders nevertheless noted a number of steps by Japan intended to have a 

positive impact on its distribution sector. The United States welcomes the recent reductions in landing 

fees by Narita International Airport Corporation. Those reductions, however, have been offset in part by 

higher airport user fees, and Japan’s international airports remain among the most expensive in the world. 

Transparency remains a concern, including with regard to changing operating rules at Haneda Airport and 

a costly runway extension project at Narita. Another significant measure Japan took in 2006 was to 

acknowledge that airport user fees should be determined in accordance with International Civil Aviation 

Organization principles. 

The United States welcomes Japan’s efforts over the past year to revise the Road Transport Vehicle Law 

(RTVL) in May 2006 to create a one-stop omnibus registration system for automobiles. However, with 

the new system not scheduled to be introduced until late 2011, the registration system will continue to be 

a burden on operators of fleet vehicles. 

The United States continued its focus on seeking improvements in Japan’s distribution sector in its 

December 2006 reform recommendations. Reform recommendations included urging Japan to: ensure 

transparency in the setting of user fees at Japan’s international airports; take additional steps to streamline 

customs procedures; speed the implementation of the revised Road Transport Vehicle Law; and ensure 

new regulations or other measures are not implemented that would limit the ability of large-scale retailers 

to open stores in Japan. 

b. Bilateral Consultations 

i. Insurance 

Consultations under the 1994 and 1996 bilateral insurance agreements take place on an annual basis, and 

remain a key forum to address developments and lingering concerns in this important market for U.S. 

companies. Because of passage of legislation to reform and privatize Japan Post in the last quarter of 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 175 

2005, bilateral consultations for 2005 took place in January 2006, while consultations for 2006 took place 

in December. The United States also urged progress on insurance-related issues in the U.S.-Japan 

Regulatory Reform Initiative, as well as in other fora through 2006. 

During both of these consultations, the United States continued to call on Japan to create a fully level 

playing field in Japan’s insurance market by eliminating the tax, regulatory, supervisory, and other 

advantages that Japan Post has had over private sector companies. The United States also continued to 

urge Japan to ensure a level playing field is actually created between the postal financial institutions and 

private financial institutions before the postal insurance business is permitted to introduce its own new or 

altered insurance products. (For detailed discussion of Japan Post insurance issues, see section titled 

‘Privatization – Japan Post’ above.) 

The United States welcomed initial steps, effective December 2005, to further open the sale of insurance 

products through banks, and continued to urge Japan to fully liberalize the bank sales channel by no later 

than 2007. The United States also welcomed confirmation from Japan that it recognizes the importance 

of implementing related consumer protection rules in a way that does not favor one product or one 

services supplier over another. 

The United States continued to raise its concerns about Japan’s insurance cooperatives (kyosai), 

particularly as kyosai have been expanding their product range and customer reach. Kyosai are able to 

compete directly with the private sector, but are not required to meet the same tax, legal, supervisory, and 

regulatory obligations as private companies. Japan’s steps to regulate and supervise some kyosai that 

heretofore were completely unregulated in the marketplace are welcome, and the United States urged that 

these initial steps be strengthened to bring about consistent treatment between kyosai and private sector 

insurance suppliers. With respect to kyosai regulated by ministries and agencies other than the FSA, the 

United States remains concerned by their continuing expansion in the insurance market and urged Japan 

to bring these kyosai under the same regulatory standards and obligations, including full supervision by 

the FSA, as those applied to the private sector. 

In 2005, Japan reformed its insurance policyholder protection system and also renewed the operation of 

the Life and Non-life Policyholder Protection Corporations (PPCs). In the 2006 consultations, the United 

States welcomed Japan’s confirmation that interested parties would be provided meaningful opportunities 

to express views to related officials as well as advisory committees when plans to review the current 

system get underway, likely to occur during 2007. The United States also urged Japan to ensure full 

transparency, including meaningful opportunities for interested parties to express views, as it reviews the 

Insurance Contracts Law for possible amendment. 

ii. Government Procurement 

Public Works (Design/Construction): U.S. firms remain largely excluded from Japan’s massive ($156 

billion) public works market, obtaining far less than 1 percent of projects awarded. A number of Japanese 

practices inhibit the effective participation of U.S. design and construction firms in this sector, including 

rampant bid rigging, use of arbitrary qualification and evaluation criteria that exclude U.S. firms, and 

unreasonable restrictions on the formation of joint ventures. 

The United States urged Japan to take steps to address the systemic problems faced by U.S. firms, 

including complying with a 1994 bilateral agreement on public works. The United States asked Japan to 

develop procedures to simplify the qualification process for foreign firms, to ensure that procurements list 

all of the qualifying criteria for a project, and to address problems such as excessively high Business 

Evaluation scores. The United States, moreover, urged Japan to address bid-rigging and to ensure that the 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 176 

procurement procedures set forth in the 1988 U.S.-Japan Major Projects Arrangement (MPA) are used for 

all upcoming procurements for the Central Japan International Airport project. 

iii. Investment 

Japan’s inward direct investment remains the lowest of major OECD countries. Former Prime Minister 

Koizumi had set a target of doubling Japan’s stock of foreign direct investment (FDI) to 2.5 percent of 

gross domestic product (GDP) over a five year period ending in 2006. Despite progress over the last few 

years, pullouts by a few large investors resulted in a trend toward new outflow of FDI in 2006 and looked 

to leave Japan short of this target. In his first major policy speech to the Diet, Prime Minister Abe 

reaffirmed his predecessor’s commitment to raise foreign investment in Japan and announced his 

intention to re-double FDI to 5 percent of GDP by the end of 2010. Amendments to Japan’s Corporate 

Law that will facilitate foreign investment by permitting the use of cross-border stock swaps in the 

context of triangular mergers appeared headed for implementation in May 2007, after a year’s delay to 

allow domestic firms to consider adopting anti-takeover measures allowed under the revised law. 

However, opposition to rules that would facilitate tax treatment for such mergers from major players in 

Japan’s business community left the terms of implementation uncertain as of December 2006. The 

United States continued to urge Japan to ensure the triangular merger tool is made truly effective through 

adoption of tax deferral provisions that are made available to all potential foreign investors. 

The United States continued to press for early amendment of Article 821 of the new Corporate Law, 

which went into effect in May 2006. Although the Upper House of the Diet clarified that the provision 

was not meant to affect legitimate foreign investment, it poses a legal liability for foreign companies by 

appearing to prohibit branches of foreign corporations from engaging in transactions in Japan on a 

continuous basis. Some foreign firms chose to incur the substantial legal cost and business disruption of 

incorporating in Japan prior to entry into force, while others, for whom incorporation is not an option, 

have no alternative but to live with the risk. The Ministry of Justice issued an administrative circular in 

April 2006 that instructs local Legal Affairs Bureaus that Article 821 should not be interpreted to prohibit 

branches otherwise operating within the law. 

Other provisions in the revised Corporate Law have begun to raise public and business understanding of 

investment and corporate governance issues. More than 100 Japanese corporations adopted takeover 

defensive measures based on provisions that came into effect in May 2006. In some high-profile cases, 

Japanese companies used poison pills and similar tools to turn back takeover attempts by other Japanese 

companies. While unsuccessful, actions by mainstream Japanese companies to initiate hostile takeover 

attempts appear to indicate a softening of business opposition to the idea of such actions. Moreover, 

some in Japan’s investment community, including institutional investors, have begun to question the 

value of anti-takeover measures to shareholders and to ask for review before the measures are adopted. 

The United States continues to watch developments in this area closely. Investment issues are discussed 

under the Investment Initiative, which meets regularly and presents an annual report to the President and 

Prime Minister. A working group met in June and October 2006 to discuss implementation of the new 

Corporate Law, upcoming labor market reforms, and developments in educational and medical services. 

The Japanese government granted an additional U.S. university with “foreign university Japan campus” 

status, but the United States continues to seek a solution to tax provisions that put these campuses at a 

disadvantage to Japanese universities. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 177 

c. Sectoral Issues 

i. Agriculture 

Japan slipped from being the United States' second largest export market to its third largest export market 

(behind Canada and Mexico) for food and agriculture products this past year. Although Japan took steps 

to facilitate agricultural trade during this period, it maintains many tariff and non-tariff barriers on imports 

in this sector. 

Beef: On December 12, 2005, Japan partially reopened its market to U.S. beef after a nearly two-year ban 

resulting from the December 2003 discovery of a single imported cow with Bovine Spongiform 

Encephalopathy (BSE) in Washington State. Japan suspended imports of U.S. beef again on January 20, 

2006, after a shipment of U.S. veal was rejected for containing a vertebral column (which is not allowed 

under Japanese regulations). On July 27, 2006, Japan lifted the January suspension after intensive 

engagement among officials and technical experts from both governments at various levels. 

 

The full reopening of the Japanese market remains a top priority of the Administration. With the most 

recent reopening, the United States is able – under a special marketing program – to export beef to Japan 

from cattle 20 months of age and younger. However, only a small percentage of the cattle slaughtered in 

the United States qualify for export under this program. It is estimated that U.S. beef exports to Japan 

over 2006 will be worth nearly $50 million. Prior to the ban, U.S. beef and beef product exports to the 

Japanese market (the largest export market for U.S. beef) totaled roughly $1.3 billion annually. 

The United States continues to place a high priority on fully opening Japan’s market to U.S. beef, and 

continues to urge Japan to implement the BSE guidelines of the World Organization for Animal Health 

(OIE), thereby allowing imports of cattle of any age as well as meat and meat products from those 

animals. The United States will continue to work toward achieving this important objective. 

Other Sanitary and Phytosanitary (SPS) Measures: Japan's use of sanitary and phytosanitary measures 

continues to create barriers to certain U.S. agricultural goods, such as in the areas of Maximum Residue 

Limits (MRL) and chipping potatoes. 

On May 29, 2006, Japan implemented new regulatory requirements expanding MRL standards (Positive 

List) for food that may contain pesticide residues. Although the United States has worked closely with 

the Ministry of Health, Labour, and Welfare (MHLW) to ensure the transition to the Positive List system 

does not unnecessarily disrupt U.S. exports, there remain outstanding issues with Japan's MRL policies, 

including the seemingly arbitrary and trade restrictive manner in which MHLW imposes penalties on 

foreign suppliers in the event of a violation. Import violations are treated more strictly than domestic 

violations. Detection of a single MRL violation in an imported product results in a significantly increased 

inspection and testing regime for all imports of similar food products from the country where the food 

product in question originated. A 100 percent testing regime is imposed after a second violation. 

Domestic violations, however, are addressed on a more favorable company-by-company basis. To 

remedy these concerns, the United States has and will continue to urge Japan to implement an import 

inspection and testing regime that is risk-based, and no more trade restrictive than necessary to protect 

human health. 

On December 5, 2006, Japan’s Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (MAFF) invited public 

comments on proposed regulations for the resumption of imports of U.S. chipping potatoes. This 

announcement stemmed from an agreement reached in October to resume trade in potatoes in 2007. 

Imports of U.S. chipping potatoes halted in April after a brief reopening of the market when authorities in 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 178 

Idaho discovered a pest cyst nematode (white potato cyst) in the state’s crop that had not been previously 

discovered in the United States. 

Progress was also made with respect to Japan’s revision of quarantine and inspection practices for 

imported produce (as highlighted under the Regulatory Reform section above). 

 

Rice: The United States continues to express concerns over U.S. access to Japan's rice market. Although 

the United States has supplied about half of Japan's rice import needs since 1995 when it opened its 

market under its WTO minimum market access agreement, only a minor share of U.S. rice imported 

under the tariff rate quota (TRQ) is allowed to be sold into the private sector immediately upon entry. 

Very small quantities are occasionally released from government stocks and eventually permitted to enter 

the industrial food-processing sector. Since Japan started applying tariffs to rice imports in 1999, only a 

minuscule amount has been imported outside of the TRQ, because such imports are subject to a duty of 

341 yen per kilogram, equivalent to about 1100 percent ad valorem at January 2005 prices and exchange 

rates.

10. Taiwan 

During 2006, the United States and Taiwan continued to work together to enhance economic cooperation 

through our Bilateral Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) process, and to address 

shortcomings in several areas related to Taiwan’s implementation of its WTO commitments in 2006. The 

United States and Taiwan held a meeting of the TIFA Joint Council in Taipei, on May 25-26, 2006. 

These WTO implementation issues include ensuring market access for rice and improving intellectual 

property rights protection. In addition, the United States worked with Taiwan bilaterally to ensure market 

access for American beef and more transparent pharmaceutical pricing and reimbursement procedures. 

a. Beef 

On January 25, 2006, Taiwan again lifted its ban on U.S. boneless beef from cattle less than 30 months of 

age with labels of approval from the USDA. After reopening the market to U.S. beef in April of 2005, 

Taiwan re-imposed its import suspension in June 2005, after the discovery of a second case of Bovine 

Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) in the United States. Specified Risk Materials identified by the 

World Health Organization like brains, spinal cords, and certain bones are prohibited entry. Nonruminant products for feed use such as tallow, lard, poultry and porcine meal are banned, while limited 

exceptions for pet food have been approved after a thorough case-by-case review or plant clearance 

process. The United States is continuing to work with Taiwan to achieve market access for the full range 

of beef and beef products. 

b. Rice 

In 2006 the United States and Taiwan made substantial progress in resolving outstanding differences on 

Taiwan’s rice procurement arrangements. However, certain other countries that also supply rice to the 

Taiwan market have not yet agreed to the proposed modifications to Taiwan’s rice import system. As a 

result, Taiwan will continue its current system while working toward final resolution of this issue. 

Taiwan is a leading Asian market for U.S. rice exports. Despite concerns associated with the rice tender 

process, U.S. suppliers won a majority of the tenders conducted in 2006. The United States will continue 

to work with Taiwan and other interested suppliers to the Taiwan market to achieve improvements to the 

rice import system. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 179 

c. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

IPR protection continues to be an important issue in the U.S.-Taiwan trade relationship. In December 

2004, Taiwan was moved from the Special 301 Priority Watch List to the Watch List after an out-of-cycle 

review (OCR) determined that Taiwan had made sufficient progress to warrant improved status. The 

United States recognizes Taiwan’s continuing efforts to take measures to improve enforcement of IPR in 

2006, including intensifying raids against manufacturers and retailers. The United States strongly 

encouraged Taiwan’s passage of legislation to create a specialized court for intellectual property matters 

and its training of judges and prosecutors on these matters. 

Following these improvements, the United States will continue to monitor further developments in this 

area. Chief among these developments should be the passage and implementation of effective legislation 

to address liability of Internet Service Providers (ISP) as well as the dismantling of unauthorized peer-topeer (P2P) file sharing systems, which is expected to occur in 2007. In addition, preliminary versions of 

draft patent law amendments permitting compulsory licensing do not appear to be TRIPS-consistent, and 

Internet piracy and illegal peer-to-peer downloading have been serious concerns. 

To deter Internet piracy, the Taiwan Intellectual Property Office (TIPO), in May 2005, initiated an 

“implementation plan for strengthening preventive measures against Internet infringement.” However, 

efforts to use the legal system to shut down or restrict the activities of such services have had mixed 

success. Taiwan needs to take further effective actions against piracy of copyrighted works over the 

Internet, and to continue strengthening its enforcement efforts so as to effectively reduce piracy and 

counterfeiting. The United States will continue to follow closely Taiwan Customs’ efforts to stop exports 

of counterfeit materials to ensure that these efforts are as effective as, or more effective than, Taiwan’s 

recently abolished Export Monitoring System. Adequate resources must also be devoted, especially at 

high levels within the Ministry of Education, to improve enforcement against the unauthorized use of 

copyright material that occurs on and around university campuses and the Internet piracy that is endemic 

on university networks. 

d. Pharmaceuticals 

Continuing concerns in the pharmaceutical sector in Taiwan include pharmaceutical pricing, transparency 

and the domestic regulatory regime. Through the TIFA process, the United States has been encouraging 

Taiwan to adopt a system of actual transaction pricing to address the significant gap between the amount 

that the Taiwan’s Bureau of National Health Insurance (BNHI) reimburses for a pharmaceutical product 

and the price actually paid to the provider of that product. This gap distorts pharmaceutical trade and 

prescription patterns in Taiwan. These distortions are compounded by another aspect of the Taiwan 

health care system, which permits doctors to both prescribe and dispense pharmaceuticals. Researchbased pharmaceutical companies see separating these functions as essential to resolving the long-term 

pricing problem. In 2006, the United States worked with Taiwan to delay the full implementation of its 

pharmaceutical price-volume survey (PVS) which was created to rein in health care expenditures but 

which initially appeared disproportionately to affect foreign firms. 

Production and sale of counterfeit pharmaceuticals in Taiwan also remains a concern. The United 

States is encouraging Taiwan’s Ministry of Justice and Department of Health to work together to take 

action to resolve this problem. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 180 

11. Hong Kong (Special Administrative Region) 

a. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 

The Hong Kong government continues to maintain a robust IPR protection regime. Hong Kong's IPR 

enforcement efforts have helped reduce losses by U.S. companies, but end-user piracy, the rapid growth 

of peer-to-peer downloading from the Internet, and the importation and transit shipments of infringing 

products remain continuing problems. The software industry estimates that Hong Kong’s software piracy 

rate was 54 percent in 2005, placing Hong Kong well above the software piracy rates in other advanced 

economies, resulting in business and entertainment industry losses of approximately $147 million. 

In 2006, the Hong Kong government took some steps toward addressing each of these problems. In 

October, it partnered with software industry representatives to launch a pilot program to provide free onsite audits for companies to determine if they are unknowingly using unlicensed software and to assist 

violators in purchasing licenses to guarantee the use of genuine computer products. Hong Kong officials 

have also established a joint task force with copyright industry representatives to track down online 

pirates using peer-to-peer networks for unauthorized file sharing and, in February, started a pilot "Youth 

Ambassador Against Internet Piracy Scheme." About 200,000 "youth ambassadors" participated in the 

program and, by July 2006, Hong Kong Customs reported that it had received 1,200 reports of suspected 

BitTorrent seed files involving pirated copyright work from the youth ambassadors. Over 60 percent of 

the infringing files were removed, and a great majority of the remaining files were invalidated. Hong 

Kong Customs also continues to routinely seize IPR infringing products from mainland China. 

 

The Hong Kong government also introduced in March 2006 the Copyright (Amendment) Bill and 

extended the expiry date of its existing Copyright Ordinance through July 2007, to give lawmakers more 

time to examine the proposed Copyright (Amendment) Bill and industries sufficient opportunity to 

express their views. U.S. Government and industry have been concerned over possible loopholes in the 

proposed Bill concerning digital rights management and circumvention of technical prevention measures, 

fair use provisions for copyrighted works, and business end-user software piracy. Industry also has been 

concerned over the issue of parallel imports for optical discs in the Bill. In December, the Hong Kong 

government published a public consultation “Copyright Protection in the Digital Environment” document 

to address the challenges of the digital era and ensure that amendments to the Hong Kong Copyright 

Ordinance cover issues related to internet piracy. U.S. officials will continue to monitor progress on the 

development of Hong Kong’s Copyright (Amendment) Bill legislation and urge Hong Kong authorities to 

sustain their IPR protection efforts and address problem areas. 

b. Beef 

Hong Kong banned imports of U.S. beef in December 2003 following an imported case of Bovine 

Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE). After two years of intensive efforts on the part of the U.S. 

government and industry, the Hong Kong government announced the partial reopening of its market, with 

certain restrictions, in December 2005. Excessive restrictions, however, have discouraged most qualified 

U.S. beef exporters from shipping to Hong Kong. It is estimated that the two-year ban cost U.S. exporters 

approximately $160 million. The U.S. Government continues to press Hong Kong to normalize trade and 

implement import requirements consistent with international standards. 

12. Sri Lanka 

 

Sri Lanka continued to recover from the 2004 tsunami. Nevertheless, U.S. exports to Sri Lanka increased 

approximately 28 percent in 2006 over 2005, signaling the continued potential for U.S. goods in the Sri 

Lankan market. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 181 

In early December 2006, Deputy U.S. Trade Representative Karan Bhatia and Sri Lanka’s then Minister 

of Trade, Commerce, Consumer Affairs and Marketing Development, Jeyaraj Fernandopulle, met in 

Colombo, Sri Lanka, to co-chair the fifth Joint Council meeting under the U.S.-Sri Lanka Trade and 

Investment Framework Agreement. The delegations addressed issues that would contribute to enhancing 

bilateral trade and investment relations, including pursuing sound policies to improve Sri Lanka’s macroeconomy, lowering market access barriers (such as tariffs), protecting intellectual property rights and 

facilitating investment flows. The United States and Sri Lanka also expressed their desire to see a 

successful and ambitious outcome to the Doha Development Round. USTR will continue to pursue these 

issues at the staff level in the coming year.

13. Iraq 

In 2006, USTR continued to assist Iraq in its accession to the WTO, and provided guidance, upon 

request, on key legislation the government of Iraq is seeking to implement in the areas of investment, 

customs, and services. USTR also conducted an orientation on the U.S. GSP program for Iraqi officials 

in May 2006. In 2007, the United States will continue to work to find new ways to expand bilateral trade 

and investment as a means to enhance Iraq's economic development. 

G . Africa 

1. African Growth and Opportunity Act 

On December 20, 2006, President Bush signed the Africa Investment Incentive Act (AIIA), which 

included significant enhancements to the textile and apparel provisions of the African Growth and 

Opportunity Act (AGOA). The AIIA extends to 2012 the AGOA “third-country fabric” provision that 

allows lesser-developed AGOA beneficiary countries duty-free entry into the United States for qualifying 

AGOA apparel made of fabric from any source. It also introduces an exception to the third-country fabric 

provision for apparel made from yarn and fabric that are made in sub-Saharan Africa and are in “abundant 

supply” and readily available in commercial quantities. For lesser-developed AGOA beneficiary 

countries, the AIIA also expands the list of items eligible for duty-free treatment to include certain nonapparel textile products. 

The AGOA legislation provides incentives to promote economic reform and trade expansion in subSaharan Africa, including duty-free access to the U.S. market for almost all products made in beneficiary 

sub-Saharan African countries. 

AGOA requires the President to determine annually whether sub-Saharan African countries are, or 

remain, eligible for benefits based on their progress in meeting criteria set out in the legislation. These 

criteria include the establishment of a market-based economy and the rule of law, the elimination of 

barriers to U.S. trade and investment, the implementation of economic policies to reduce poverty, the 

protection of internationally recognized worker rights, and the establishment of a system to combat 

corruption. Additionally, countries cannot engage in: (1) violations of internationally recognized human 

rights; (2) support for acts of international terrorism; or (3) activities that undermine U.S. national 

security or foreign policy interests. 

An interagency AGOA Implementation Subcommittee, chaired by USTR, conducts the annual eligibility 

review, drawing on information from the private sector, non-governmental organizations, U.S. 

Government agencies, and prospective beneficiary governments. Following the eligibility review in the 

fall of 2006, and after receiving the recommendation of the U.S. Trade Representative, the President 

issued a Proclamation on December 29, 2006 listing the 38 sub-Saharan African countries that meet 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 182 

AGOA’s requirements for eligibility in 2007. Liberia was determined to be meeting the eligibility criteria 

and was designated as a beneficiary country for the first time. 

As of December 2006, 26 AGOA-eligible countries had instituted acceptable customs measures to 

prevent illegal trans-shipment and, accordingly, had been certified for AGOA’s textile and apparel 

benefits; of these, 17 countries have met the requirements for handmade, hand-loomed, or folkloric items, 

and two countries (Nigeria and Tanzania) have qualified to export ethnic-printed fabric under AGOA. 

AGOA also institutionalizes a process for strengthening U.S. trade relations with sub-Saharan African 

countries by establishing a regular ministerial level forum with AGOA-eligible countries. AGOA 

establishes a U.S.-Sub-Saharan Africa Trade and Economic Cooperation Forum – informally known as 

“the AGOA Forum” – to discuss expanding trade and investment relations between the United States and 

sub-Saharan African countries, and implementation of AGOA. The fifth meeting of the Forum was held 

in June 2006 in Washington. Participants included the U.S. Secretaries of State and Agriculture, the U.S. 

Trade Representative, the Deputy Secretary of Commerce, the Administrator of the U.S. Agency for 

International Development, the CEO of the Millennium Challenge Corporation, the U.S. Global AIDS 

Coordinator, and Ministers of Trade, Foreign Affairs, and/or Finance from almost all AGOA-eligible 

countries. The next AGOA Forum will be held in Accra, Ghana in July 2007. 

AGOA and related Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) provision imports from AGOA-eligible 

countries were valued at $34.1 billion in the first nine months of 2006, 28 percent more than in the first 

nine months of 2005.56 Petroleum products continued to account for the largest portion of AGOA imports 

with a 93 percent share of overall AGOA imports. AGOA non-oil imports also continued to grow, 

totaling $2.4 billion, an 8 percent increase over the previous year, with notable increases in key non-oil 

sectors. For example, AGOA imports of transportation equipment increased by 99 percent to $405.7 

million, due to an increase in the import of passenger vehicles and parts from South Africa. Agriculture 

imports increased 41 percent to $254.8 million. AGOA textile and apparel imports decreased by 14 

percent to $941.8 million, but some AGOA countries (e.g. Ethiopia and Botswana) held steady or even 

increased their exports of apparel in 2006, despite increased global competitive challenges in this sector. 

The top five AGOA beneficiary countries were Nigeria, Angola, South Africa, Chad, and Gabon, 

followed by the Republic of Congo, Lesotho, Kenya, and Madagascar. 

2. Africa and the WTO 

Supporting African countries’ integration into the global economy is one of the main elements of the 

Administration’s Africa trade policy. An important step toward this end is encouraging fuller 

participation in the WTO by African Members, including the undertaking of greater commitments under 

WTO agreements. Accordingly, the United States consults closely with the 38 sub-Saharan African 

Members of the WTO and provides technical assistance to facilitate African participation in WTO 

negotiations and agreements. 

The United States has provided technical assistance and trade capacity building support on a range of 

issues such as trade facilitation, services, and sanitary and phytosanitary measures, in coordination with 

the WTO, the World Bank and other international financial institutions, the Integrated Framework, and 

via bilateral assistance. The United States also provided technical assistance to support WTO accession 

of two African countries – Cape Verde and Ethiopia – engaged in that process. 

 

56 Note that AGOA imports are imports for consumption, while all other import figures are general imports. 

Imports for consumption include only those goods as they enter the U.S. economy for consumption. General 

imports include all goods as they cross the U.S. border, including those destined for bonded warehouses or foreign 

trade zones. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 183 

WTO issues continued to be a major topic of USTR’s engagement with African countries in 2006. 

Deputy USTR Bhatia attended the African Union Trade Ministerial in Nairobi in April 2006. U.S. Trade 

Representative Schwab co-chaired, with Kenyan Trade Minister Kituyi, a roundtable discussion on Doha 

at the June 2006 AGOA Forum in Washington. Doha was also a major topic of discussion during TIFA 

Council meetings in 2006 with Ghana, Nigeria, Mozambique, Rwanda and the West African Economic 

and Monetary Union. 

Among the Doha issues that figured prominently in U.S.-African discussions in 2006 were agriculture 

(including cotton), non-agricultural market access (NAMA), and development-related issues, including 

Aid for Trade and duty-free, quota-free market access for LDC products in developed country markets. 

The handling of cotton involved particularly high-level engagement. Ambassador Schwab and 

Agriculture Secretary Johanns discussed the issue with the trade ministers of the “Cotton-4” countries 

(Benin, Burkina Faso, Mali, and Chad) during their October 2006 visit to Washington. Ambassador 

Bhatia was also in regular contact with the “Cotton-4” Ministers of Trade during the year. Assistant U.S. 

Trade Representative Liser represented the United States at a June 2006 World Bank conference in 

Burkina Faso on the development aspects of cotton. 

3. COMESA57 

The Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA) is the largest regional economic 

organization in Africa, with twenty member states and a population of over 374 million. The United 

States and COMESA signed a TIFA agreement in 2001 and have subsequently held three TIFA Council 

meetings, most recently in Washington in June 2005. The next TIFA Council meeting is expected to be 

held in early 2007. U.S. trade capacity building assistance to COMESA, delivered mainly through 

USAID’s regional mission and the East and Central Africa Global Competitiveness Hub in Kenya, has 

helped COMESA to advance its internal free trade area and to harmonize its Members’ policies in 

telecommunications, services, and investment, as well as to increase trade linkages between the United 

States and COMESA countries under AGOA. Fourteen COMESA members are AGOA-eligible and nine 

qualify for textile and apparel benefits. Ambassador Carmen Martinez, the U.S. Representative to 

COMESA (and U.S. Ambassador to Zambia), led the U.S. delegation to the 2006 COMESA Summit in 

Djibouti. 

Total two-way trade between COMESA and the United States was valued at $20.5 billion in the first 

eleven months of 2006, a 22 percent increase over the same period in 2006. Egypt and Angola were the 

two largest markets for U.S. goods. The leading U.S. exports to COMESA countries were aircraft and 

machinery. U.S. imports from COMESA were dominated by oil imports from Angola but also included 

apparel, diamonds, and coffee. In the first eleven months of 2006, U.S. imports from COMESA under 

AGOA, including its GSP provisions, were valued at $11.2 billion, an increase of 32 percent over the 

same period in 2005, due mainly to an increase in the value of oil imports. 

4. Ghana 

The United States and Ghana strengthened trade relations in 2006. In July, the United States and Ghana 

met under the auspices of the U.S.-Ghana Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) to discuss 

a wide range of issues including WTO negotiations, intellectual property rights, and ongoing cooperation 

toward a strategic plan for Ghana to develop non-traditional exports under AGOA. A number of bilateral 

issues have been resolved through the TIFA process. 

 

57 COMESA members are Angola, Burundi, Comoros, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Djibouti, Egypt, 

Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya, Libya, Madagascar, Malawi, Mauritius, Rwanda, Seychelles, Sudan, Swaziland, Uganda, 

Zambia and Zimbabwe. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 184 

Total two-way trade between Ghana and the United States was valued at $435 million in the first eleven 

months of 2006, a 12 percent decrease over the same period in 2005. Ghana is the sixth largest subSaharan African market for U.S. goods. The leading U.S. exports to Ghana were machinery, vehicles, 

and wheat. U.S. imports from Ghana are primarily cocoa, oil, timber, and apparel. In the first eleven 

months of 2006, U.S. imports from Ghana under AGOA, including its GSP provisions, were valued at 

$43.4 million, a 22 percent decrease over the same period in 2005. 

5. Mauritius 

In September 2006, Deputy U.S. Trade Representative Karan Bhatia and Mauritian Foreign Affairs, 

International Trade, and Cooperation Minister Madan Murlidhar Dulloo signed a Trade and Investment 

Framework Agreement (TIFA) aimed at strengthening and expanding trade and investment ties between 

the United States and Mauritius. The TIFA provides a formal mechanism to address bilateral trade issues 

and helps enhance trade and investment relations between the United States and Mauritius. The TIFA 

encourages new trade and investment opportunities in both countries by establishing a cooperative forum 

for implementing specific strategies to enhance the U.S.-Mauritius trade and investment relationship. 

Total two-way trade between Mauritius and the United States was valued at $234 million in 2006, down 7 

percent from 2005, primarily due to decreases in Mauritian textile and apparel exports that were balanced 

by increases in Mauritian exports of jewelry, eyewear, and agricultural products. The leading U.S. 

exports to Mauritius are jewelry and diamonds. U.S. imports from Mauritius are primarily apparel, fish, 

diamonds, perfumes, and sugar. In the first eleven months of 2006, U.S. imports from Mauritius under 

AGOA, including its GSP provisions, were valued at $147.1 million, a 4.7 percent increase over the same 

period in 2005. 

6. Mozambique 

The United States and Mozambique signed a U.S.-Mozambique Trade and Investment Framework 

Agreement (TIFA) in July 2005. At the last United States-Mozambique TIFA Council meeting in 

October 2006, the United States and Mozambique worked together on critical issues such as market 

access, the WTO Doha Development Agenda, AGOA implementation and trade capacity building. The 

TIFA encourages new trade and investment opportunities in both the United States and Mozambique, and 

provides a formal mechanism to implement specific strategies to enhance the U.S.-Mozambique trade and 

investment relationship. 

In February 2005, the government of Mozambique ratified the U.S.-Mozambique Bilateral Investment 

Treaty (BIT), which had been pending since 1998. The United States had ratified the BIT in 1998. The 

BIT entered into force in March 2005. 

Total two-way trade between Mozambique and the United States was valued at $65 million in 2006, a 13 

percent decrease over the same period in 2005. This decrease was primarily due to a drop in Mozambican 

exports of sugar and tobacco to the United States. The leading U.S. exports to Mozambique are 

petroleum coke, wheat, tractors, and used clothing. U.S. imports from Mozambique are primarily sugar, 

shrimp, tobacco, and cashew nuts. In the first eleven months of 2006, U.S. imports from Mozambique 

under AGOA, including its GSP provisions, were valued at $5.8 million, a 30 percent decrease over the 

same period in 2005. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 185 

7. Nigeria 

Nigeria is the United States’ largest trading partner in sub-Saharan Africa, due to the high level of 

petroleum imports from Nigeria. Total two-way trade was valued at $30.8 billion in 2006, a 19 percent 

increase over 2005. The leading U.S. exports to Nigeria were machinery, wheat and motor vehicles. U.S. 

imports from Nigeria were oil and rubber products. Nigerian exports to the United States under AGOA, 

including its GSP provisions, were valued at $23.9 billion during the first eleven months of 2006, a 19 

percent increase over the same period in 2005, due to an increase in oil exports. The United States was 

the largest foreign investor in Nigeria in 2005. 

In June 2006, the United States met with Nigeria under the existing Trade and Investment Framework 

Agreement (TIFA) to advance the ongoing work program and to discuss improvements in Nigerian trade 

policies and market access. Among other topics discussed were investment issues and cooperation to 

develop a strategy for Nigeria to diversify its export base, especially in the area of manufactured goods. 

Under the auspices of the TIFA, the United States and Nigeria pledged to work together on critical issues 

such as the WTO Doha Development Agenda, intellectual property rights, and trade capacity building. In 

2006, Nigeria continued to implement reforms aimed at improving its trade and investment environment, 

including the removal of certain textile items from its list of import bans. However, the United States 

continues to be concerned about Nigeria’s use of protective import bans on certain products, including 

sorghum, millet, wheat flour, rice, meats, and bulk vegetable oil. 

8. Rwanda 

In June 2006, Deputy U.S. Trade Representative Karan Bhatia and Rwandan Minister of Trade Protais 

Mitali signed the U.S.-Rwanda Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA). The TIFA provides 

a formal mechanism to address bilateral trade issues and to help enhance trade and investment relations 

between the United States and Rwanda. The first TIFA Council meeting under the new agreement was 

held on October 31, 2006 in Kigali, Rwanda, and was co-chaired by Ambassador Bhatia and Minister 

Mitali. Among the topics discussed were the WTO’s Doha Round, means to enhance Rwanda’s use of 

AGOA, trade capacity building assistance, measures to improve the business environment and improve 

investment flows, and issues related to trade-related infrastructure. Exploratory discussions on a possible 

Bilateral Investment Treaty between Rwanda and the United States were held in Kigali in November 

2006. 

Total two-way trade between Rwanda and the United States was valued at $19.2 million in 2006, a 14 

percent increase over 2005. The leading U.S. exports to Rwanda are vegetable fats and oils, cereal foods, 

and beans. U.S. imports from Rwanda include coffee, tungsten ores and concentrates, and basketry. In 

the first eleven months of 2006, U.S. imports from Rwanda under AGOA, including its GSP provisions, 

were valued at $758,000, more than an eight-fold increase over the same period in 2005, largely due to 

imports of tungsten ores and concentrates. 

9. South Africa 

The United States and South Africa enjoy a broad and mutually beneficial trade and investment 

relationship. This relationship has been encouraged by a Trade and Investment Framework Agreement 

(TIFA) signed in February 1999; the start, in June 2003, of free trade agreement negotiations with the 

Southern African Customs Union (SACU), of which South Africa is a member; a proposed U.S.-SACU 

Trade and Investment Cooperation Agreement; and AGOA. 

Two-way goods trade between the United States and South Africa increased 22 percent in 2006, to $12 

billion. South Africa is the largest and most diversified supplier of non-fuel, AGOA-eligible products. In 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements | 186 

the first eleven months of 2006, U.S. imports from South Africa under AGOA and related GSP provisions 

were valued at $1.6 billion with imports of a wide-range of goods including minerals and metals, 

agricultural products (including fresh citrus fruits and wines), chemicals, transportation equipment, 

textiles, and apparel. Leading U.S. exports to South Africa include motor vehicles, tractors, aircraft, 

machinery, and medical equipment. 

South Africa continues to play an important role in the WTO/DDA negotiations. South Africa, with a 

strong interest in agricultural liberalization, is a member of the Cairns Group of nations, and also belongs 

to the G-20 coalition of advanced developing countries. South Africa and the United States continue to 

consult closely on issues related to the WTO/DDA despite differences on certain issues. 

 

The United States has been one of the largest single-country sources of new foreign investment in South 

Africa since South Africa’s 1994 transition to democracy. There are an estimated 600 U.S. companies 

(including subsidiaries, joint ventures, local partners, agents, franchises, and representative offices) doing 

business in South Africa. As with any trade and investment relationship as diverse and vibrant as this 

one, certain disputes have arisen between the United States and South Africa. These include concerns 

related to South Africa’s September 2006 antidumping order against imports of certain U.S. poultry 

products, concerns regarding restrictions placed on U.S. exports of soda ash, and ongoing problems 

related to South Africa’s basic telecommunications monopoly, Telkom, and its failure to provide facilities 

necessary for U.S. value-added network services (VANS) providers to operate and expand. 

The United States continues to consult with South Africa about the specifics of its Black Economic 

Empowerment (BEE) policies, which are intended to promote the economic empowerment of the 

historically disadvantaged majority population in South Africa. U.S. companies generally support the 

objectives of BEE, particularly its emphasis on development and on moving historically disadvantaged 

people into the mainstream of the national and global economy, but some have expressed concern about 

the scope and implementation of BEE policies. For example, there are concerns about BEE policies 

requiring the transfer of equity to historically disadvantaged companies, particularly among whollyowned U.S. subsidiaries that have no equity to transfer. U.S. companies have expressed concern as to the 

details associated with BEE implementation, interpretation, and policy. 

Foreign investors in South Africa have cited the uncertainty of South African policies (BEE and others) as 

the number one risk of doing business in the country. BEE guidelines for multinationals, released in 

December 2005, have provided companies with more details, and companies have sought further 

clarification through their comments to the South African government. The United States continued to 

discuss all of these issues with South Africa in 2006. 

10. Southern African Customs Union 

The United States and the Southern African Customs Union (SACU) – comprised of Botswana, Lesotho, 

Namibia, Swaziland, and South Africa – launched free trade agreement (FTA) negotiations in 2003. 

Active FTA negotiations were suspended in April 2006, largely due to divergent views on the scope and 

level of ambition for the FTA. The FTA remains a longer-term objective for both the United States and 

SACU. 

In November 2006, the United States and SACU agreed to pursue a new type of agreement – a proposed 

Trade and Investment Cooperation Agreement (TICA) – that could help lead the United States and SACU 

to an FTA in the longer term. The proposed TICA would establish a forum for consultative discussions 

on a wide range of trade issues, including but not limited to FTA issues; develop sector-specific work 

plans that should lead to increased U.S.-SACU trade and investment in the near term; and put in place the 

“building blocks” for an FTA in the longer term. 
III. Bilateral and Regional Negotiations and Agreements| 187 

The SACU countries are key beneficiaries of AGOA, with U.S. imports from SACU under AGOA valued 

at $2.2 billion in the first eleven months of 2006, and they comprise the largest U.S. export market in subSaharan Africa, with $4.2 billion in U.S. exports in the first eleven months of 2006. 

11. West African Economic and Monetary Union (UEMOA) 

Members of the West African Economic and Monetary Union (also known by its French acronym, 

UEMOA) are Benin, Burkina Faso, Cote d’Ivoire, Guinea-Bissau, Mali, Niger, Senegal, and Togo. 

UEMOA has established a customs union, eliminated internal duties, and is making progress in 

addressing key non-tariff barriers. Six58 of the eight UEMOA member countries are eligible for AGOA. 

Five of these countries – Benin, Burkina Faso, Mali, Niger, and Senegal – are eligible to receive AGOA’s 

textile and apparel benefits. 

UEMOA entered into a TIFA with the United States in April 2002. At the most recent TIFA Council 

meeting in June 2006, Assistant U.S. Trade Representative Liser and UEMOA Commission President 

Cisse discussed export diversification; the WTO’s Doha Development Agenda, including the handling of 

cotton in these negotiations; transport issues; and trade capacity building. 

Total two-way trade between UEMOA and the United States was valued at $1.3 billion in the first eleven 

months of 2006, a 5 percent decrease over the same period in 2005. Cote d’Ivoire remained the largest 

UEMOA market for U.S. goods. The leading U.S. exports to UEMOA are motor vehicles and electrical 

machinery. U.S. imports from UEMOA are primarily cocoa and petroleum products. In the first eleven 

months of 2006, U.S. imports from UEMOA under AGOA, including its GSP provisions, were valued at 

$14.9 million, an exponential increase from only $841,000 during the same period in 2005, mainly due to 

the first AGOA shipment of groundnut oil from Senegal. 

 

58 AGOA beneficiaries are Benin, Burkina Faso, Guinea-Bissau, Mali, Niger, and Senegal. 

IV. OTHER MULTILATERAL ACTIVITIES 

The United States pursues its trade and trade-related interests in a wide range of other international fora. 

In addition to opening new trade opportunities, such efforts focus on establishing an infrastructure for 

international trade that is transparent, predictable and efficient, and prevents restrictive practices and other 

impediments to expanded trade and sustainable economic growth and prosperity. These efforts also are 

aimed at ensuring that U.S. strategies and objectives relating to international trade, environment, labor 

and other trade-related interests are balanced and mutually supportive. 

A. Trade and the Environment 

As President Bush stated when he signed the Trade Act of 2002, “history shows that as nations become 

more prosperous, their citizens will demand, and can afford, a cleaner environment.” The United States, 

understanding that advancing trade and environmental objectives are mutually supportive, has been very 

active in promoting a trade policy agenda that pursues economic growth in a manner that integrates 

economic, social, and environmental policies. 

As provided for in the Trade Act of 2002, and consistent with Executive Order 13141 (1999) and its 

implementing guidelines, the Administration conducts environmental reviews of ongoing trade 

negotiations. These reviews are the product of rigorous interagency consultations and continue to be an 

important dimension of trade policy formulation. The reviews identify environmental issues to be taken 

into account during trade negotiations and inform the public about trade and environment interactions in 

the context of specific negotiations. In 2006, the program of work on reviews included preparation and 

release of an interim review for the United States-Korea FTA; completion of final reviews for the United 

States-Oman FTA and United States-Peru TPA; and progress on the interim review for the WTO Doha 

Round. USTR and the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) also continued their joint effort to 

assess cumulative experiences with environmental reviews of trade agreements in order to provide a basis 

for gauging success. 

The United States continues to take an active role in the WTO Committee on Trade and Environment 

(CTE) to put into effect our commitment to the simultaneous promotion of expanded trade, environmental 

improvement, and economic growth and development. 

The Congress specified certain objectives with respect to trade and the environment in the Trade Act of 

2002, and USTR took these into account in coordinating interagency development of negotiating 

positions. Also during 2006, USTR consulted closely with Congress on the environmental provisions of 

each FTA throughout negotiations. 

In addition, USTR has participated both in multilateral and regional economic fora and in international 

environmental agreements, in conjunction with other U.S. agencies. USTR also has worked bilaterally 

with U.S. trading partners to avert or minimize potential trade frictions arising from foreign and U.S. 

environmental regulations. 

1. Multilateral Fora 

As described in more detail in the WTO section of this report (see Chapter II), the United States is active 

on all aspects of the Doha trade and environment agenda. In particular, the United States has contributed 

to the intensification of work on liberalization of trade in environmental goods in the Committee on Trade 

and Environment (CTE) in Special Session in 2006, including through a proposal for an ambitious tariffcutting modality in the negotiations. The United States believes that increased market access for 

environmental goods is an effective means to enhance access to environmental technologies around the 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 190 

world and has continued to advance innovative ideas for product coverage and modalities in these 

negotiations. In the Rules Negotiating Group, the United States continues to lead in pressing for stronger 

disciplines on fisheries subsidies, including the prohibition of the most harmful subsidies that contribute 

to overcapacity and overfishing. 

With respect to the Doha trade and environment agenda that does not specifically involve negotiations, 

the United States played an active role, particularly in emphasizing the importance of capacity-building. 

This included environmental reviews of trade negotiations, and the role of the CTE in Regular Session in 

discussing the environmental implications of all areas under negotiation in the Doha Development 

Agenda. 

USTR co-chairs United States participation in the OECD Joint Working Party on Trade and Environment 

(JWPTE), which met twice in 2006. Work has focused on trade, environment and development issues 

with an emphasis on the role of environmental goods and services liberalization in promoting “win-winwin” scenarios. These activities are discussed further in the OECD section of this report (see Chapter IV, 

Section C). 

USTR participates in U.S. policymaking regarding the implementation of various multilateral 

environmental agreements to ensure that the activities of these organizations are compatible with both 

U.S. environmental and trade policy objectives. Examples include the Convention on International Trade 

in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the 

Ozone Layer, the Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes 

and their Disposal, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, international fisheries 

management schemes, the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety and the Stockholm Convention on Persistent 

Organic Pollutants. USTR also participates in U.S. policymaking regarding activities related to the 

United Nations Environment Programme. 

USTR leads United States participation in the International Tropical Timber Agreement (ITTA), a 

commodity agreement that includes, amongst its objectives, the sustainable management of tropical 

forests. Negotiations for a successor agreement to the ITTA, which was enacted in 1994, were concluded 

in 2006, and the new agreement is expected to strengthen efforts to promote trade in the context of 

sustainable management. 

USTR also continues to be involved in the trade-related aspects of a variety of other international forest 

policy deliberations, including the implementation of President Bush’s Initiative to Address Illegal 

Logging. In addition, USTR has participated extensively in U.S. policymaking regarding the compliance 

regimes of the International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tuna and other regional 

fisheries management organizations. 

2. Bilateral Activities 

The Bush Administration has continued to advance the policy of enhancing environmental cooperation 

with our new FTA partners. To complement negotiation of FTAs, the Department of State leads 

interagency efforts to negotiate parallel environmental cooperation mechanisms. For example, as a 

complement to the recently approved U.S.-Oman FTA, the United States and Oman negotiated a 

Memorandum of Understanding on Environmental Cooperation that establishes a Joint Forum on 

Environmental Cooperation to set priorities for future environment-related projects. Such cooperative 

activities are already underway in Oman. An Environmental Cooperation Agreement (ECA) with parties 

to the CAFTA-DR was completed in 2005. This ECA identifies several areas, such as institutional 

strengthening and enforcement of environmental laws, for priority attention and is innovative in its use of 

mechanisms to establish benchmarks and monitoring procedures to measure progress. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 191 

USTR has included in all of its recent FTAs environment chapters core obligations to promote high levels 

of environmental protection, ensure effective enforcement of environmental laws, and restrict FTA 

partner governments from inappropriately derogating from these laws to encourage increased trade or 

investment. 

Additionally, all FTA environment chapters include provisions to advance public participation, remedial 

action for violations of environmental laws and measures to enhance environmental performance. 

CAFTA-DR, in particular, includes an innovative public submissions mechanism that allows members of 

the public to have independent review of their written submissions on enforcement matters and to 

promote action by the Environmental Cooperation Commission under the ECA that may build capacity to 

address enforcement problems. USTR is currently negotiating FTA environment chapters with the United 

Arab Emirates, Korea and Malaysia. USTR recently concluded an FTA with Panama that includes an 

environment chapter with provisions very similar to the ones contained in CAFTA-DR. 

USTR also concluded Trade Promotion Agreements (TPAs) with Peru and Colombia. Both the Peru TPA 

and the Colombia TPA environment chapters include the core provisions of other FTAs and specific 

recognition of the importance of conserving and protecting biological diversity. 

With respect to implementation of recently concluded FTAs, USTR has worked with the State 

Department, USAID and other agencies to follow up with implementation of eight environmental 

cooperation projects outlined in the United States-Chile FTA. The U.S.-Chile Environmental Affairs 

Committee met in October 2006 to discuss progress made on these projects. Additionally, USTR and 

other agencies focused in 2006 on implementation of other cooperation mechanisms, such as those 

involving Middle East FTA partners and Singapore. In 2006, the State Department and USTR worked 

with Central American countries and the Dominican Republic to finalize a work plan for the CAFTA-DR 

Environmental Cooperation Agreement (ECA) with a goal of continuing current and beginning new 

project implementation in early 2007. 

In 2006, USTR concluded a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with Indonesia to enhance joint 

efforts between the two countries to combat illegal logging and associated trade. This agreement is the 

first of its kind for both countries and is designed to promote forest conservation and to help ensure that 

Indonesia’s legally-produced timber and wood products continue to have access to markets in the United 

States and elsewhere. The MOU envisions ongoing action between U.S. and Indonesian authorities to 

share information on timber trade, including information on illegally-produced timber products, and 

cooperation in law enforcement activities. In order to guide implementation and identify priority actions 

that both countries will undertake, the agreement establishes a working group under the existing U.S.-

Indonesia Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA). 

3. The North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) 

USTR continues to work actively with EPA and other agencies in the institutions created by the NAFTA 

environmental side agreement, the North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation (NAAEC), 

and the border environmental infrastructure agreement. These institutions were designed to enhance the 

mutually supportive nature of expanded North American trade and environmental improvement. The 

Border Environment Cooperation Commission and the North American Development Bank develops and 

finances needed environmental infrastructure projects along the U.S.-Mexico border. 

The trilateral Commission on Environmental Cooperation (CEC) has responsibility for implementation of 

the NAAEC. USTR has worked closely with EPA, as well as trade and environment officials in Canada 

and Mexico, and at the CEC to implement the CEC’s strategic plan on trade and environment. This 

strategic plan identifies six priority areas for CEC projects: renewable energy; trade and enforcement of 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 192 

environmental laws; ongoing environmental assessments of NAFTA; green purchasing; market-based 

mechanisms for sustainable use; and invasive alien species. 

B. Trade and Labor 

The trade policy agenda of the United States includes a strong commitment to protecting the rights of 

workers and promoting a level playing field for workers, both in America and in countries with which we 

trade. Expanded trade benefits all Americans through lower prices and greater choices in products 

available to consumers. 

American workers benefit from expanded employment opportunities created by trade liberalization. A 

concerted focus on worker training and education policies will continue to ensure that the American 

workforce can compete with anyone. For workers displaced by trade, the Trade Adjustment Assistance 

Reform Act of 2002 [Title XXI of the Trade Act of 2002] modifies and expands the Trade Adjustment 

Assistance (TAA) program. TAA helps workers adversely affected by foreign trade through the 

provision of re-employment services including skills training for displaced workers, income support while 

in training and job search and relocation assistance. Important changes to the program made in 2002 

include expanded eligibility to more worker groups, increased benefits and tax credits for health insurance 

coverage assistance. In pursuing trade liberalization through free trade agreements, we rely on the 

congressional guidance contained in the Bipartisan Trade Promotion Authority Act of 2002 (TPA) to 

bring the benefits of trade and open markets to America and the rest of the world. During this past year, 

USTR continued to consult with Congress on the labor provisions of each agreement throughout the 

negotiations. USTR also continued to work cooperatively with other U.S. agencies in multilateral, 

regional and bilateral fora to promote respect for core labor standards, including the abolition of the worst 

forms of child labor, in pursuing labor provisions in numerous free trade agreements consistent with the 

bipartisan guidance contained in the Trade Act of 2002. 

 

1. Bipartisan Trade Promotion Authority Act of 2002 (TPA) – Trade and Labor 

The importance of the linkage between trade and labor is underscored by the fact that TPA contains laborrelated clauses in three sections of the legislation: overall trade negotiating objectives; principal 

negotiating objectives; and the promotion of certain priorities to address U.S. competitiveness in the 

global economy. 

The overall labor-related U.S. trade negotiating objectives are threefold. The first objective is to promote 

respect for worker rights and the rights of children consistent with the core labor standards of the 

International Labor Organization (ILO). TPA defines core labor standards as: (1) the right of association; 

(2) the right to organize and bargain collectively; (3) a prohibition on the use of forced or compulsory 

labor; (4) a minimum age for the employment of children; and (5) acceptable conditions of work with 

respect to minimum wages, hours of work and occupational safety and health. The second objective is to 

strive to ensure that parties to trade agreements do not weaken or reduce the protections of domestic labor 

laws as an encouragement for trade. The third objective is to promote the universal ratification of, and 

full compliance with, ILO Convention 182 – which the United States has ratified – concerning the 

elimination of the worst forms of child labor. 

The principal trade negotiating objectives in TPA most important for labor include the provision that a 

party to a trade agreement with the United States should not fail to effectively enforce its labor laws in a 

manner affecting trade. TPA recognizes that the United States and its trading partners retain the 

sovereign right to establish domestic labor laws, exercise discretion with respect to regulatory and 

compliance matters, and make resource allocation decisions with respect to labor law enforcement. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 193 

Additional principal negotiating objectives include strengthening the capacity of our trading partners to 

promote respect for core labor standards and ensuring that the labor, health or safety policies and 

practices of our trading partners do not arbitrarily or unjustifiably discriminate against American exports 

or serve as disguised trade barriers. A final principal negotiating objective is to seek commitments by 

parties to trade agreements to vigorously enforce their laws prohibiting the worst forms of child labor. 

In addition to seeking greater cooperation between the WTO and the ILO, other labor-related priorities in 

TPA include the establishment of consultative mechanisms among parties to trade agreements to 

strengthen their capacity to promote respect for core labor standards and compliance with ILO 

Convention 182. The Secretary of Labor is charged with consulting with any country seeking a trade 

agreement with the United States concerning that country’s labor laws and providing technical assistance 

if needed. Finally, TPA mandates a series of labor-related reviews and reports to Congress in connection 

with the negotiation of new trade agreements. These include an employment impact review of future 

trade agreements, the procedures for which are modeled after Executive Order 13141, which establishes 

environmental impact reviews of trade agreements. A report addressing labor rights and a report 

describing the extent to which there are laws governing exploitative child labor are also required for each 

of the countries with which we are negotiating a free trade agreement. 

2. Multilateral Efforts 

At the WTO Ministerial meetings in Singapore (1996) and Seattle (1999), the United States was among a 

group of countries supporting the creation of a WTO Working Party to examine the interrelationships 

between trade and labor standards. At the 2001 Doha WTO Ministerial, the United States supported a 

similar EU proposal that a group of developing countries adamantly opposed. The text of the Doha 

Ministerial Declaration, adopted by consensus, includes the following: 

“We affirm our declaration made at the Singapore Ministerial Conference regarding internationally 

recognized core labor standards. We take note of work underway in the International Labor Organization 

(ILO) on the social dimensions of globalization.” 

In the Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration adopted during the 2005 WTO Ministerial, the governments 

reaffirmed the declarations and decisions adopted in Doha and their full commitment to give effect to 

them. 

In October 2005, the United States participated along with representatives from other ILO member 

countries, worker and employer organizations, non-governmental organizations, the WTO and the World 

Bank in the Tripartite Meeting on Promoting Fair Globalization in Textiles and Clothing in a Post-MFA 

Environment that was held in Geneva. 

In 2005, the ILO released the document “A global alliance against forced labor” as part of its yearly 

“Global Report under the Follow-up to the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at 

Work.” In this document, the ILO proposed action by member states against forced labor. These 

recommendations included identification of labor market characteristics that facilitate forced labor, 

ensuring law enforcement agents have the capacity and resources to implement the law, and establishment 

of time-bound action programs to eliminate forced labor. 

In 2006, as part of its yearly Global Report under the ILO Declaration, the ILO released “The end of child 

labour: Within reach.” In this report, the ILO concluded that significant progress is being made in global 

efforts to end child labor and set out an action plan for further progress by member states. The proposed 

action plan emphasizes supporting national responses to child labor, deepening and strengthening the 

worldwide movement as a catalyst and promoting further integration of child labor concerns within 

overall ILO priorities. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 194 

 

The United States remains the largest donor to the work of the ILO. The United States has been 

particularly supportive of the ILO’s International Program on the Elimination of Child Labor (IPEC). 

ILO-IPEC efforts have focused on the means to eliminate the worst forms of child labor, including child 

prostitution and pornography, forced or bonded child labor and work in hazardous or unhealthy 

conditions. 

Activities to combat the worst forms of child labor continued in 2006, including in many of our trading 

partner countries. Total U.S. contributions to ILO-IPEC and other organizations in support of projects to 

address exploitive child labor in Fiscal Year 2006 amounted to $53 million, helping to finance 17 projects 

in 19 countries. 

 

3. Regional Activities

The Inter-American Conference of Ministers of Labor (IACML) is a meeting of the Western 

Hemisphere’s Labor Ministers, held about every two years under the auspices of the Organization of 

American States (OAS) in order to promote hemispheric cooperation on labor issues. Mexico is the 

current chair of the IACML. In 2005, the IACML endorsed Trinidad and Tobago as the incoming chair 

of the conference. Trinidad and Tobago will host the Fifteenth IACML in September 2007. 

The IACML responds to the labor mandates agreed to by President Bush and other heads of state in the 

Summit of the Americas process. A number of outcomes from the Fourteenth IACML, hosted by Mexico 

in September 2005, were incorporated into the IV Summit of the Americas in November 2005, where 

President Bush met with the heads of state of governments of the Americas to discuss the topic, “Creating 

Jobs to Fight Poverty and Strengthen Democratic Governance.” 

The Plan of Action of Mexico, endorsed by the Labor Ministers in 2005, provides for the continued 

examination of the labor dimensions of free trade agreements and regional integration processes within 

IACML Working Group 1, with a focus on decent work as an instrument of development and democracy. 

Working Group 1 is chaired by Argentina and vice-chaired by Costa Rica and Chile. Working Group 2 

focuses on strengthening the capacities of Labor Ministries to respond to the challenges of promoting 

decent work in the context of globalization, including an emphasis on the ILO Declaration on 

Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. This working group is chaired by El Salvador and vicechaired by Uruguay and the United States. The ILO, the Organization of American States, the InterAmerican Development Bank and the UN’s Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean, 

along with the Business Technical Advisory Committee on Labor Matters and the Trade Union Technical 

Advisory Committee, participate in IACML meetings and activities. 

In 2006, the IACML work program examined efforts to measure progress in combating child labor (in the 

context of the Summit of the Americas commitment to eradicate the worst forms of child labor by 2020), 

employment services, effective enforcement of national labor laws, policies to promote decent work, 

developments in occupational safety and health, and country programs to protect the labor rights of 

migrant workers. 

The Secretariat of the Commission for Labor Cooperation, comprised of representatives from the United 

States, Canada and Mexico, and established under the North American Agreement on Labor Cooperation 

(NAALC), continued its efforts to support the IACML process in 2006 through work by an expert 

working party to examine employment services opportunities in furtherance of the Plan of Action of 

Mexico. 

 

Other regional trade and labor activities carried out under NAFTA/NAALC and the OECD are noted in 

those sections of this report. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 195 

4. Bilateral Activities 

i. FTAs 

The Administration continued to negotiate bilateral trade agreements that fully incorporate the 

congressional guidance on trade and labor contained in TPA. During 2006, Congress approved an FTA 

with Oman and USTR signed FTAs with Peru and Colombia and concluded negotiations with Panama. 

The Bahrain FTA entered into force on August 1, 2006. The Oman and Bahrain FTAs mark further 

progress on the President’s commitment to creating a Middle East Free Trade Area (MEFTA) by 2013. 

 

The FTA process has helped to encourage many of our trading partners to adopt new labor law reforms. 

For example, reform of the labor code languished in the Moroccan Parliament for 20 years before United 

States-Morocco FTA negotiations helped provide the momentum for Morocco to update its labor code. 

Labor reforms made during the negotiation of the U.S.-Bahrain FTA fully supported and complemented 

the democratic reforms by the Kingdom of Bahrain. Bahrain enacted significant labor law reforms in 

1993 and 2002 to allow for independent labor unions for the first time since the early 1970s; it also 

implemented additional statutory reforms in 2006 to further support trade union rights. 

Oman undertook significant labor law reform in 2003, allowing for the creation of trade unions for the 

first time. During Congressional consideration of the Oman FTA, the Government of Oman made several 

commitments to the United States to enact additional labor law reforms to ensure respect for core labor 

standards. The Government of Oman enacted relevant reforms in July and December 2006, and further 

reforms related to the commitments are expected in early 2007. 

In each of these FTAs, the parties reaffirm their obligations as ILO members and commit to strive to 

ensure that internationally recognized labor rights and the principles in the ILO Declaration on 

Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work are recognized and protected by domestic labor laws. Each 

party is obligated not to fail to effectively enforce its labor laws, recognizing the discretion parties have in 

matters such as allocation of resources. Each party also is committed to designate an office within its 

labor ministry to serve as a contact point for purposes of the labor chapter. 

On December 21, 2006, the Bureau of International Labor Affairs (ILAB) of the U.S. Department of 

Labor established the Office of Trade and Labor Affairs (OTLA) and designated it as the contact point for 

purposes of administering the Bureau’s responsibilities under the labor provisions of free trade 

agreements and the North American Agreement on Labor Cooperation (NAALC). OTLA will maintain 

the designation as the National Administrative Office under the NAALC. ILAB published new 

procedural guidelines for public submissions under trade agreements on December 21, 2006 (Fed. Reg. 

vol. 71, no. 245, Dec 21, 2006, 76691-76696). 

Cooperation and consultations are the preferred means to resolve differences over a party’s compliance 

with its obligations under an FTA’s labor chapter. If cooperation and consultations fail to resolve such a 

disagreement, our FTAs permit a party to ask a dispute settlement panel to determine whether the other 

party has violated its obligation not to fail to effectively enforce its labor laws in a manner affecting trade. 

If a panel determines that the respondent party has violated this obligation, and if the parties are unable to 

agree on an action plan for bringing that party into compliance, then the panel may establish a monetary 

assessment to be paid by that party, based on criteria such as the trade effect and pervasiveness of the 

violation. Any monetary assessment for a labor violation would be paid into a fund established by a joint 

commission (consisting of representatives of both parties to the agreement) and expended at the direction 

of the joint commission for appropriate labor initiatives, including efforts to improve or enhance labor law 

enforcement. If a party fails to pay an assessment within a reasonable period, the other party may take 

appropriate steps to collect the assessment, including suspending tariff concessions under the FTA 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 196 

sufficient to collect the assessment, bearing in mind the agreement’s objective of eliminating barriers to 

bilateral trade while seeking to avoid unduly affecting parties or interests not party to the dispute. 

We continue to include a labor cooperation mechanism in each agreement to help ensure the longer-term 

capacity of our trading partners to effectively enforce labor laws, including capacity building programs 

designed to strengthen the ability of our partners to better protect worker rights. 

Capacity building initiatives related to U.S. free trade agreements include a regional project in Central 

America that was expanded to include the Dominican Republic and Panama to increase workers’ and 

employers’ knowledge of their national labor laws, strengthen labor inspections systems, and bolster 

alternative dispute resolution mechanisms. This project was funded through an $8.75 million grant from 

the U.S. Department of Labor. 

The Administration committed an additional $20 million in FY2005 for labor and environment initiatives 

in CAFTA-DR countries. For FY2006, the Administration requested and successfully obtained $40 

million which was appropriated in the form of $20 million in Economic Support Funds and $20 million in 

Developmental Assistance (DA). Nineteen million dollars of FY2005 funds and $21.1 million of FY2006 

funds are being directed toward labor initiatives, including projects to strengthen labor ministries, 

modernize labor justice systems, reduce gender and other types of workplace discrimination, promote a 

culture of compliance with labor laws, and benchmark and verify progress. For FY2007, the 

Administration again requested $40 million for labor and environment initiatives in the CAFTA 

countries. An interagency group comprised of the Departments of State and Labor, USTR, USAID and 

other agencies was established to program the funds. 

The United States is in the process of identifying additional appropriate projects at this time, in concert 

with the CAFTA-DR countries. Several labor programs are also being carried out in Morocco, Oman, 

Bahrain and Jordan aiming to train workers on worker rights issues, to enhance the labor ministries’ 

capacity to increase compliance with labor laws, and to help eradicate the worst forms of child labor. 

Pending bilateral FTA negotiations with Korea, Malaysia and the United Arab Emirates include 

discussion of labor provisions and adherence to internationally recognized labor rights. 

ii. Other Bilateral Agreements and Programs 

In November 2000, the U.S. Department of Labor and Vietnam’s Ministry of Labor, Invalids and Social 

Affairs signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to establish a program of cooperation and an 

annual dialogue on labor matters of mutual interest, including international labor standards, worker rights, 

and labor market reform. The 2000 MOU expired at the end of 2005. In August 2006, both governments 

reaffirmed their commitment to labor cooperation by signing a Letter of Understanding, pledging to 

continue the annual labor dialogue. 

A final aspect of trade and labor bilateral activities relates to the worker rights provisions of U.S. trade 

preference programs, such as the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA), the Andean Trade 

Preference Act (ATPA), the Caribbean Basin Trade Preferences Act (CBTPA), and the Generalized 

System of Preferences (GSP). Pursuant to the ATPA, there is an annual petitioning process to review the 

eligibility of countries. ATPA petitions concerning working rights in Ecuador were filed in 2005 and the 

Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC) continued to review worker rights conditions in that country in 

2006. Any modifications to the list of beneficiary developing countries or eligible articles resulting from 

this review of progress will be published in the Federal Register. 

As part of the 2006 GSP Annual Review process, USTR concluded reviews of country practice petitions 

concerning worker rights in Swaziland and Uganda. These petitions requested GSP trade benefits be 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 197 

withdrawn from the two countries, but the USTR found both countries to be taking steps to afford 

internationally recognized labor rights. The review of Swaziland’s GSP beneficiary status stemmed from 

a 2002 petition submitted by the AFL-CIO. In the past several years, Swaziland has made steady 

progress on worker rights, including ratifying a new Constitution, amending the Industrial Relations Act 

to strengthen the Conciliation, Mediation, and Arbitration Commission, participating in a U.S. DOLfunded regional project to increase awareness of, and compliance with, labor laws, and participating in a 

regional ILO project to eliminate the worst forms of child labor. The AFL-CIO submitted a worker rights 

petition concerning Uganda in June 2005. Since that time, Uganda has put forward labor reform laws for 

ratification by its parliament addressing the issues raised in the AFL-CIO petition, and the garment 

employers and workers have signed a first-ever agreement recognizing a workers union. Also in 2006, 

the President restored GSP least developed beneficiary status to Liberia. Under newly elected Liberian 

President Ellen Sirleaf Johnson, the Liberian government made progress restoring many of the labor 

rights that had been curtailed during the regime of Charles Taylor, including repealing a prohibition on 

the right to strike, and working with the ILO to improve worker rights. 

C. Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development 

Thirty democracies in Europe, North America, and the Pacific Rim comprise the Organization for 

Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), established in 1961 and headquartered in Paris. In 

2005, these countries accounted for 58 percent of world Gross Domestic Product (GDP (in purchasingpower-parity terms)), three-quarters of world trade, 96 percent of world official development assistance, 

and 18 percent of the world’s population. The OECD is not just a grouping of economically significant 

nations, but also a policy forum covering a broad spectrum of economic, social and scientific areas, from 

macroeconomic analysis to education to biotechnology. The OECD helps countries - both OECD 

members and non-members - reap the benefits and confront the challenges of a global economy by 

promoting economic growth, free markets, and efficient use of resources. Each substantive area is 

covered by a committee of member government officials, supported by Secretariat staff. The emphasis is 

on discussion and peer review, rather than negotiation, though some OECD instruments are legally 

binding, such as the Anti-Bribery Convention. Most OECD decisions require consensus among member 

governments. In the past, analysis of issues in the OECD often has been instrumental in forging a 

consensus among OECD countries to pursue specific negotiating goals in other international fora, such as 

the WTO. 

The OECD conducts wide-ranging outreach activities to non-member countries and to business and civil 

society, in particular through its series of workshops and “Global Forum” events held around the world 

each year. In 2006, the OECD completed comprehensive reviews of the economies of Russia and Brazil, 

both non-member countries that participate as observers in various OECD committees. Non-members 

may participate as observers of committees when members believe that participation will be mutually 

beneficial. The OECD carries out a number of regional and bilateral cooperation programs. The China 

program, for instance, supports China’s efforts to establish a market economy and improve public 

governance. 

Angel Gurria, former Foreign Minister and Finance Minister of Mexico, became the new SecretaryGeneral of the OECD, effective June 1, 2006, replacing Donald J. Johnston of Canada, who retired after 

10 years in the post. The Secretary-General oversees the work of the OECD’s Secretariat, and chairs the 

OECD’s decision-making Council. 

The OECD is mainly funded by the member countries. National contributions to the annual budget are 

based on a formula related to the size of each member's economy, with the United States' contribution 

capped at just under 25 percent. The overall budget for 2006 was projected to total 336 million euros 

(approximately $434 million). 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 198 

1. Trade Committee Work Program 

In 2006, the OECD Trade Committee, its subsidiary Working Party, and its joint working groups on 

environment and agriculture, continued to address a number of issues of significance to the multilateral 

trading system. Members asked the Secretariat to focus its analytical resources on work that would 

advocate freer trade and facilitate WTO negotiations, deepening understanding of the rationale for 

continued progressive trade liberalization in a rules-based environment. The Trade Homepage on the 

OECD website (www.oecd.org/trade) contains up-to-date information on published analytical work and 

other trade-related activities. 

Several major analytical pieces were completed under the Trade Committee during 2006. These included 

the studies Trading Up: Economic Perspectives on Development Issues in the Multilateral Trading 

System, which considers trade and development from an economic perspective, examining welfare and 

economic adjustments from liberalization, and related policy options, and Liberalization and Universal 

Access to Basic Services: Telecommunications, Water and Sanitation, Financial Services and Electricity, 

which examines how trade liberalization can contribute to achieving basic access to these services. 

The Trade Committee also released a number of Working Papers on topics such as “South-South Trade in 

Goods” and “South-South Services Trade” which highlighted that South-South trade barriers, particularly 

tariff barriers, are still much higher than those governing South trade with other partners. In addition, the 

Trade Committee released case studies that examined how two member countries and two non-members 

had identified complementary measures to ensure the maximum realization of benefits from the 

liberalization of trade in goods and services. Work on “Dynamic Gains from Trade” found robust 

evidence that open economies are richer and more productive than those that are closed to trade. 2006 

also saw the release of a study on “China’s Trade and Growth” and their impact on selected OECD 

countries, including the United States, was also published in 2006. This work was shared with Chinese 

government officials and academics at a November OECD-China seminar in Beijing. 

Work in the Trade Committee on trade in services continued to provide analysis and background relevant 

to the WTO negotiations and trade liberalization in general. In 2006, the OECD published a number of 

papers on services. Two of them – “Logistics and Time as a Barrier to Trade” and “Business Services, 

Trade and Costs” – highlighted the linkages between the services sector and the manufacturing and 

agricultural sectors. In addition, the papers demonstrated how services liberalization can benefit all three 

sectors of the economy. The papers included examinations of developed and developing countries. Also 

touching on issues of interest to developing countries were papers on “Special and Differential Treatment 

under the GATS” and “The Linkages between Open Services Markets and Technology Transfer.” The 

latter report found that services liberalization in key sectors in developing countries can have a significant 

impact on technology diffusion. 

In June 2006, the OECD held a workshop on trade in services, organized in Geneva in conjunction with 

UNCTAD. The purpose of the event was to help officials of WTO Members, and particularly developing 

countries, gain greater insight into issues of importance in services sectors, and how they might be 

approached in the GATS negotiations. The sectors covered included business support services; logistics 

and related services; construction and related engineering services; energy services; and environmental 

services. 

In conjunction with the Trade Committee, the Committee on Agriculture prepared Agriculture Policy and 

Trade Reform: Potential Effects at Global, National, and Household Levels, which found that gains to 

developing countries from agricultural trade reform in OECD countries would come “almost entirely” 

from tariff cuts, versus cuts in domestic support. Working together, the Trade Committee and the 

Development Cooperation Directorate produced The Development Dimension: Aid for Trade: Making it 

Effective, which reviews the effectiveness of existing aid programs and advocates that reinforcing mutual 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 199 

accountability at the local level along with a global review mechanism will enhance the impact of Aid for 

Trade. 

A Global Forum on Trade was held in October 2006 in Mexico, which provided an opportunity to discuss 

the issues of market access and development, touching on global (MFN) liberalization, North-South trade 

and South-South trade, trade in services, and regional trade liberalization. Several regional trade-related 

events were also held, including a regional forum on “Maximizing the Developmental Benefits of Trade 

Facilitation,” held in Cameroon in September, gathering over 100 private sector and government 

representatives from Western and Central Africa, and a regional workshop on agriculture and trade, 

organized in conjunction with the WTO in Argentina in October, with participation from 20 countries in 

Latin America and the Caribbean. U.S. Government representatives participated in all three events, as 

well as in an OECD-APEC Global Conference on “Removing Barriers to SME Access to International 

Markets,” held in Athens in November, 2006. 

The Trade Committee also laid the groundwork for a meeting of OECD member country trade ministers 

in May 2006. U.S. Trade Representative Susan C. Schwab (then nominee for U.S. Trade Representative) 

headed the U.S. delegation. Ministers from a number of key non-members also participated. Those 

discussions made a positive contribution to the WTO negotiations. 

In addition, the Trade Committee adopted in 2006 a new strategy for dialogue with civil society and 

discussed aspects of its work and issues of concern with representatives of civil society, including 

members of the OECD’s Business and Industry Advisory Council and Trade Union Advisory Council. 

2. Dialogue with Non-OECD Members 

The OECD has continued its contacts with non-member countries to encourage the integration into the 

multilateral trade regime of developing and transition economies, such as the countries of Eastern Europe 

and Central Asia, leading developing economies in South America and Asia, and sub-Saharan African 

countries. 

In 2006, the Trade Committee and its Working Party continued its discussion on how to enhance outreach 

to non-members. A new, more pro-active strategy for outreach was adopted in October 2005, and was 

followed in March 2006 by a decision to invite non-member economies to be observers on an ad hoc

basis when their participation could both benefit from, and contribute to, the Trade Committee’s work. 

Thailand and Malaysia were invited to participate as ad hoc observers in the Trade Committee’s June 

2006 meeting, while China and India were invited to the October meeting. The current regular observers 

in the Trade Committee are Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Hong Kong China, and Singapore. These five 

observers, plus China, Egypt, Guyana, India, Kenya, Pakistan, Russia, South Africa and Zambia, also 

accepted the OECD’s invitation to participate in the trade ministers’ meeting at the May 2006 Ministerial 

Council Meeting, which focused on the follow-up to the WTO Ministerial Meeting in Hong Kong China. 

Dialogue with non-member countries is also a key motivation for the outreach events described earlier. 

3. Technical Assistance and Capacity Building 

The OECD Trade Committee provided leadership in 2006 for expanded dialogue and coordination on the 

Aid for Trade (A4T) discussions underway at the WTO 

In November 2006, the OECD Development Assistance Committee (DAC) organized the “OECD Policy 

Dialogue with non-members on Aid for Trade: From Policy to Practice,” in Doha, Qatar. The event 

brought together policy makers from OECD and developing countries to advance the Aid for Trade 

agenda. Participants affirmed their commitment to build on the WTO A4T task force’s October 2006 

recommendations and the Paris Declaration on Aid Effectiveness. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 200 

The DAC composed a number of discussion papers that sought to assist the A4T discussions in the WTO 

and develop guidelines for delivering A4T assistance. Additionally, DAC papers provided useful 

perspectives on the connection between A4T discussions and new policy commitments. One paper 

targeting trade facilitation, “Making Technical Assistance and Capacity Building for Trade Facilitation 

Effective and Operational”, connects potential commitments from the WTO Trade Facilitation 

Negotiating Group with the A4T discussions. Importantly, the DAC contributed to strengthening 

international best practices for delivering technical assistance, including the need for sufficient country 

demand, needs assessments, long run outlooks, and donor coordination. 

4. Competition Policy and Trade 

The OECD sponsored a Global Forum on Trade and Competition on February 10, 2006, at which 

approximately twenty non-OECD countries and international organizations participated. Developing 

countries presented case studies involving antitrust matters that may have affected trade or development. 

References to competition in the Millennium Development Goals were discussed, and representatives 

from CARICOM and the Andean Community described the competition provisions in their regional 

agreements. 

The mandate of the OECD’s Joint Group on Trade and Competition was not renewed. The U.S. opposed 

renewal in both the Trade and Competition Committees, noting that trade and competition discussions 

were a low priority in both committees, that attendance at recent Joint Group meetings had been poor, and 

that work on trade and competition policy could continue, as warranted, without the Joint Group as a 

formal institution. For instance, in 2006, a project was launched to examine how pro-competitive reforms 

in developing countries influence trade. 

5. Environment and Trade 

The OECD Joint Working Party on Trade and Environment (JWPTE) met twice in 2006 to continue its 

analysis of the effects of environmental policies on trade and the effects of trade policies on the 

environment, as well as its efforts to promote mutually supportive trade and environmental policies. 

During the year, the JWPTE contributed important work on environmental goods and services to support 

the WTO/DDA, including in key sectors such as renewable energy. The JWPTE continued its work to 

support the trade and environment-related elements of the September 2002 World Summit for Sustainable 

Development plan of implementation, focusing on successful transfer of environmentally-sound 

technologies. Papers on “Building Capacity to Monitor Water Quality: A First Step to Cleaner Water in 

Developing Countries,” and on “The Impact of Monitoring Equipment on Air Quality Management 

Capacity in Developing Countries,” were completed and published. 

The JWPTE also continued its work on environmental aspects of regional trade agreements (RTAs). In 

June 2006, the JWPTE hosted an informative workshop involving many OECD and non-OECD member 

country experts with experience in negotiating and implementing environmental provisions set out in, or 

complementary to, RTAs. The extensive body of work and national experiences will be published in 

early 2007, and is expected to highlight innovative environmental provisions in U.S. Free Trade 

Agreements. 

6. Agriculture and Trade 

The Committee for Agriculture (CoAg) is the primary forum for discussing agriculture-related issues. 

The CoAg has two flagship publications – a 10-year Agricultural Outlook and a review of Agricultural 

Policies in OECD Countries – usually published in June, with the releases often involving presentations 

by the Secretariat on Capitol Hill and elsewhere in Washington. The Agricultural Outlook is published 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 201 

every year, while the agricultural policies reports alternate annually between a full Monitoring and 

Evaluation report and a brief At a Glance overview. Publication of the 2006 At a Glance report, which 

covers agricultural policies and support in OECD countries, plus Brazil, China and South Africa, through 

2005, was delayed over a dispute on how to uniformly measure decoupled subsidies in OECD member 

nations. The Agricultural Outlook, which is prepared in conjunction with the Food and Agriculture 

Organization (FAO) of the United Nations, presents the OECD-FAO 10-year baseline for agricultural 

commodity production and trade. In addition to the OECD countries, the market projections in the report 

cover a large number of other countries and regions, including Brazil, Russia, Argentina, and South 

Africa. Results from most other analytical reports prepared throughout the year are compared to that 

baseline. 

Other work overseen by the CoAg during 2006 included a paper on “Commodity Market Impacts of 

Trade and Domestic Agricultural Policy Reform,” which is a companion to the study “Agricultural NonReciprocal Tariff Preferences by the Quad Countries.” Both are part of a major effort to evaluate 

preferences and to start looking at preference erosion. “Agricultural Market Impacts of Future Growth in 

the Production of Biofuels,” was a notable 2006 publication and represented a CoAg effort to look at 

policies and plans for biofuel production across OECD and some non-OECD countries and to provide 

some initial analysis regarding implications for land use and commodity prices. Further work on that 

subject is planned for 2007 and 2008. As part of its on-going work on the relationship between 

agriculture and the environment, the OECD published Water and Agriculture: Sustainability, Markets 

and Policies in 2006 and completed work on Environmental Indicators for Agriculture. CoAg also 

released several smaller studies related to various aspects of agricultural policy such as policy-related 

transaction costs, decoupling, and policy financing. Though not released before the end of the year, in 

2006, CoAg carried out a major study of Mexico’s agricultural policy. The Mexican government both 

requested the study and provided financing for it. 

During 2006, CoAg sponsored two Global Forums. The May event covered “Constraints to Agriculture 

in Sub-Saharan Africa,” while the November meeting provided updates on agricultural policy in eight key 

non-member countries. In addition, CoAg sponsored regional outreach efforts in Latin America and 

Africa, and a half dozen workshops at various locations, including China. 

7. Labor and Trade 

A reassessment of the OECD Jobs Strategy was a joint project of the Employment, Labor and Social 

Affairs (ELSA) and Economics (ECO) Directorates, and was completed in 2006. The original Jobs 

Strategy dated to 1994. The purpose of the reassessment was to take stock of progress in implementing 

recommendations since 1994, and to assess whether recommendations needed to be changed or expanded 

upon. A major motivation for the exercise was the rapid globalization of the past decade. Employment 

and Labor Ministers, or their surrogates, discussed the Jobs Strategy at a Ministerial meeting held in 

Toronto on June 16, 2006. At that meeting, Ministers agreed that all four pillars of the restated Jobs 

Strategy were central to the design of effective economic and labor market reforms. Extensive analytical 

work supporting the Jobs Strategy was published in June in the 2006 edition of the OECD Employment 

Outlook. 

The Trade Union Advisory Committee (TUAC) to the OECD, made up of over 56 national trade unions 

centers from OECD member countries, has played a consultative role in the operation of the OECD and 

its various committees since 1962. As part of the OECD Ministerial Council meeting in May 2006, joint 

consultations were held with TUAC and BIAC (the Business and Industry Advisory Committee). TUAC 

submitted a statement to the May 2006 OECD Ministerial Council meeting, emphasizing the need to 

rebalance growth among OECD regions at high levels of employment and income, and to correct the 

imbalance between profits and wages and between high and low incomes. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 202 

In 2006, joint work continued between ELSA and the Trade Committee on the Globalization and 

Structural Adjustment project. The third part of this project (abbreviated GSA-3) is on the effect of 

globalization on labor market adjustment. OECD analysts are developing multiple indicators of various 

facets of international competition and assessing their relationship to, among other things, employment by 

demand and skill level; labor reallocation across firms within industries and the frequency with which 

individual workers of varying characteristics experience job loss or changes in industry; and associated 

effects on these workers’ earnings growth. Two regional case studies will be prepared to complement the 

statistical analyses. GSA-3 will yield a number of outputs in 2007, including a policy paper in May; input 

into the discussion paper for the Ministerial Council’s planned discussion of globalization and equity; 

and, detailed analytical contribution to the 2007 OECD Employment Outlook. 

8. Export Credits 

The OECD Arrangement for Officially Supported Export Credits (the Arrangement) places limitations on 

the terms and conditions of government-supported export credit financing so that competition among 

exporters is based on the price, quality and service of the goods and/or services being exported, rather 

than on the terms of government-supported financing. It also limits the ability of governments to tie their 

foreign aid to procurement of goods and services from their own countries (tied aid). The Participants to 

the Arrangement (Participants), a stand-alone policy-level body of the OECD, are responsible for 

implementing the 28-year-old Arrangement and for negotiating further disciplines to reduce subsidies in 

official export credit support. 

The Administration estimates that the Arrangement saves U.S. taxpayers about $800 million annually. 

First, rules on minimum interest rates ensure that the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the U.S. 

export credit agency, no longer has to offer loans with below-cost interest rates and long repayment terms 

to compete with such practices by other governments. Second, agreement on minimum exposure fees for 

country risk has generally reduced costs. Finally, the “level playing field” created by the Arrangement's 

tied aid disciplines has created conditions for U.S. exporters to increase their exports by about $1 billion 

per year. These exports alone would have cost taxpayers about $300 million annually since 1993 if the 

United States had been obligated to create its own tied aid program. 

The OECD tied aid rules continue to reduce tied aid dramatically and redirect it from capital projects, 

where it has had trade-distorting effects, toward rural and social sector projects. Tied aid levels were 

nearly $10 billion in 1991 before the rules were adopted, but were $5.5 billion in 2005. For the first half 

of 2006, the Participants provided $1.6 billion in tied aid. This represents only 64 percent of tied aid 

levels in the first half of 2005, suggesting that the 2006 annual levels will also be less than 2005 annual 

levels. Aside from reducing the overall volume of tied aid, the tied aid rules also ensure that tied aidfinanced projects remain in sectors that do not distort trade and better represent bona fide development 

aid. 

Untied aid practices by other governments have also raised competitive concerns for U.S. exporters but, 

unlike tied aid, there have been no multilateral rules governing their administration. (Untied aid has 

averaged over $7 billion annually since 1995, and was as high as $14 billion in 1996.) However, in 2004, 

the United States achieved a path-breaking transparency agreement that convinced other Participants to 

participate in a pilot agreement for untied aid financed projects that required: (1) broad, ex ante

notification of untied aid projects; (2) a minimum bidding period of 45 days for procurement competition; 

and, (3) ex post reporting of bid winners in order to collect data to assess whether or not procurement 

under such untied aid credit programs creates trade distortions. The two-year pilot agreement was set to 

expire at the end of 2006. Lacking adequate data to evaluate the outcome of the bidding process for these 

projects, OECD Participants agreed − at the urging of the United States − to extend the transparency 

agreement until December 2008. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 203 

The United States also took the lead in achieving agreement, in May 2006, on a strengthened Action 

Statement on Bribery, which governs export credit agencies’ anticorruption practices. However, the 

biggest challenge facing Participants is on how to address developing country concerns that the 

Participants – the wealthiest countries − are not taking developing country concerns into account when 

setting the rules for the provision of export credits. WTO disputes over export credits for aircraft have 

highlighted the need for aircraft-manufacturing Participants to consult with Brazil on aircraft financing 

even though Brazil is not an OECD member. Thus, the Participants have launched a formal review of the 

OECD agreement on official export financing for aircraft, with Brazil participating as a full partner in the 

negotiations. The Administration is coordinating closely with U.S. exporters on these negotiations. 

The Participants will continue to work with non-OECD members to improve and refine the Arrangement 

rules to ensure a level playing field for all governments providing official export credit support. 

9. Investment 

The Investment Committee of the OECD is the primary multilateral forum for addressing international 

investment issues. The Committee’s discussions and analytical work help build international consensus 

on key emerging policy challenges with respect to international investment, and on ways to promote 

sound investment policy and high standards of investment protection. The Committee also seeks to 

promote voluntary adherence by multinational enterprises to sound business practices to strengthen 

understanding of the relationship between investment and development and to enhance the contribution of 

investment to economic advancement. The Committee is responsible for monitoring and implementing 

the OECD Codes of Liberalization and the OECD Declaration on International Investment and 

Multinational Enterprises. The United States plays a major role in shaping investment-related work 

within the OECD. 

In view of increasing developments among members and key non-members regarding the protection of 

national security or other important national interests in relation to foreign investment, the OECD 

investment committee has begun work to survey practice in this area and evaluate its implications for 

sustaining and promoting an open investment policy among OECD members and non-members. In June, 

September and December of 2006, the Committee hosted roundtables on “Freedom of Investment, 

National Security and Strategic Sectors,” in which OECD members and key non-members (e.g. Brazil, 

India, Russia and China) were invited to discuss approaches being taken to address national security 

interests and other essential interests, and their potential implications for sustaining open investment 

policies. The theme of the roundtables concerned changes in legislative and regulatory practices at the 

juncture of investment policy and national security; threats to advances in investment liberalization, such 

as emerging protectionist pressures; and, possible steps on international cooperation designed to address 

the issue. The OECD plans to continue work on this important topic throughout 2007 and beyond. 

In 2006, the OECD continued its investment policy dialogue with non-members. This included an 

Investment Policy Review of the Russian Federation. The review was Russia’s first since 2004, and 

contained analyses of Russia’s capital control regime as well as a survey of Russia’s approach to the use 

of international investment agreements. The OECD also continued work on the Middle East-North Africa 

Initiative (MENA), which aims to mobilize private investment for the benefit of economic development 

in Middle Eastern countries. With the MENA Investment Ministerial held in Jordan in June 2006, the 

OECD-MENA Initiative moved from its initial stocktaking phase to the implementation phase. Ten 

countries have completed investment reform action plans; others are working on them. 

Similarly, the OECD hosted a roundtable for the NEPAD-OECD Africa Investment Initiative that 

explored how private investment could be used within the context of the African Peer Review 

Mechanism. The Investment Committee completed work this past spring on a multi-year effort, in 

conjunction with key non-member governments and in consultation with other OECD bodies, to develop 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 204 

a comprehensive Policy Framework for Investment (PFI) that will be the cornerstone of future OECD 

outreach with non-member governments and cooperative programs with APEC, the World Bank, and 

other institutions promoting improved policies to encourage foreign and domestic investment. The 

Framework will assist countries in analyzing ten broad policy areas – ranging from investment and trade 

to competition and corporate governance – that have an important impact on the ability of countries to 

encourage foreign and domestic investment. Egypt, Costa Rica, and Vietnam – in conjunction with 

APEC – were the first countries to implement the PFI in a review of the country’s investment policies. 

The PFI also formed a major part of last year’s NEPAD-OECD Africa Investment Initiative roundtable. 

In addition to the PFI, 2006 saw the debut of the OECD Principles for International Investor Participation 

in Infrastructure. This instrument is an OECD effort designed to promote linkage between a country’s 

investment climate and its infrastructure investment. It describes ways that governments can foster a 

climate of cooperation between investors, authorities and stakeholders on infrastructure projects, and 

addresses challenges of maintaining responsible business conduct in the infrastructure sector. The OECD 

Investment Committee will incorporate the Principles for International Investor Participation in 

Infrastructure into its 2007 work. 

Finally, the Investment Committee continued to play an active role in promoting corporate social 

responsibility through its oversight of the voluntary OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. The 

Committee concluded its examination of the role of private firms in countries characterized by weak 

governance and completed work on a tool to assist firms in assessing the risks facing operations in such 

challenging environments. With the involvement of its Business and Industry Advisory Committee, the 

Committee complemented this work in 2006 with the preparation of a practical resource guide to help 

firms identify sources of information on experiences in confronting operational challenges in specific 

contexts. The Committee also continues to serve as a forum for exchanges of experience on the 

Guidelines among national contact points (NCPs), as a source of clarification with respect to the 

Guidelines, and as a source of guidance in addressing the role of NCPs in promoting the Guidelines and 

in assisting firms in the resolution of issues that arise between them and others regarding their activities in 

relation to the Guidelines. 

10. Steel 

As noted in the “Steel Trade Policy” section of this report, the Administration continued in its efforts to 

address market-distorting steel subsidies at the OECD. A number of non-OECD steel-producing 

countries, including India and China, have been active in the OECD steel activities. The OECD 

Secretariat implemented its plans to enhance outreach to non-members by organizing a May 2006 joint 

workshop on steel and raw material issues with the government of India and the International Iron and 

Steel Institute, a global industry association, held in New Delhi, India. 

11. Regulatory Reform 

Since 1998, the OECD Trade Committee has contributed to OECD work on domestic regulatory 

governance with country reviews of regulatory reform efforts. The United States has supported this work 

on the grounds that targeted regulatory reforms (e.g., those aimed at increasing transparency) can benefit 

domestic and foreign stakeholders alike by improving the quality of regulation and enhancing market 

openness. 

The Trade Committee’s work on regulatory reform has two aspects: country reviews and product 

standards. In conducting country reviews, the Committee evaluates regulatory reform efforts in light of 

six principles of market openness: transparency and openness of decision-making; non-discrimination; 

avoidance of unnecessary trade restrictions; use of internationally harmonized measures, where 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 205 

available/appropriate; recognition of the equivalence of other countries’ procedures for conformity 

assessment, where appropriate; and, application of competition principles. 

The Trade Committee has reviewed twenty OECD Members, including all of the G8 countries. In 2006, 

the Trade Committee carried out a review of regulatory reform in Sweden from the perspective of market 

openness, and a report on regulatory reform in Korea as part of a monitoring exercise that reviews the 

progress and new challenges since the initial report on regulatory reform in Korea was published in 2000. 

The Trade Committee discussed a preliminary report on enhancing China’s trade openness through better 

regulations, which will feed into the overall regulatory reform review of China begun in 2006. 

Based in large part on the lessons learned in the country reviews, in April 2005, the OECD Council 

adopted Guiding Principles for Regulatory Quality and Performance, which updated the 

Recommendations for Regulatory Reform that the OECD had adopted in 1997. These principles, in turn, 

fed into the APEC-OECD Integrated Checklist on Regulatory Reform, which was approved by the 

Special Group on Regulatory Policy in the OECD in March 2005, and was endorsed by APEC Ministers 

Responsible for Trade in June 2005. The Integrated Checklist was discussed at a September 12, 2006, 

meeting of the APEC Economic Committee, at which the United States was one of three economies to 

present a response to the Checklist. 

12. The OECD Anti-Bribery Convention: Deterring Bribery of Foreign Public Officials 

The OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business 

Transactions entered into force in February 1999. The Convention was adopted by the then 29 members 

of the OECD and five non-members. The non-members were Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Bulgaria, and 

Slovakia (now an OECD member). In 2001, non-member Slovenia became a party to the Anti-Bribery 

Convention, and, in 2004, Estonia (also a non-member) acceded to the Convention. 

The Convention requires parties to criminalize the bribery of foreign public officials in executive, 

legislative, and judicial branches; to impose dissuasive penalties on those who offer, promise or pay 

bribes; and to implement adequate accounting procedures to make it harder to hide illegal payments. All 

36 parties have adopted legislation to implement the Convention. Prior to the entry into force of the 

Convention, the United States was alone in criminalizing the bribery of foreign public officials. As a 

result, U.S. firms are believed to have lost international contracts with an estimated value of billions of 

dollars every year due to bribery payments to corrupt officials. Such payments also distort investment 

and procurement decisions in developing countries, undermine the rule of law and create an unpredictable 

environment for business. These consequences can be particularly damaging in developing countries. 

By the end of 2006, all parties had undergone a review of their respective national legislation 

implementing the Convention (i.e., Phase 1 review). The parties to the Convention commenced the 

second phase (i.e., Phase 2) of peer monitoring – the evaluation of enforcement – in November 2001. By 

the end of 2006, Phase 2 reviews had been completed for 27 countries. Information on these reviews is 

available on the internet at www.export.gov/tcc and www.oecd.org. The United States has successfully 

pressed for an accelerated Phase 2 monitoring schedule and ensured that there are sufficient OECD 

budget funds to support it. The Working Group on Bribery will undertake seven more Phase 2 country 

reviews in 2007 with the goal of completing the first country enforcement review cycle in early 2008. 

The United States is working to ensure that an effective peer-review monitoring process remains in place 

to ensure needed action by other parties to the OECD Anti-Bribery Convention. 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 206 

D. Semiconductor Agreement 

On June 10, 1999, the United States, Japan, Korea and the European Commission announced a 

multilateral Joint Statement on Semiconductors designed to ensure fair and open global trade in 

semiconductors. The 1999 Joint Statement aims to promote the growth of the global semiconductor 

market through improved mutual understanding between industries and governments and cooperative 

efforts to respond to challenges facing the semiconductor industry. Chinese Taipei subsequently endorsed 

the objectives of the Joint Statement and became the Agreement’s fifth party. 

Major outcomes in 2006 included the accession of the People’s Republic of China (the PRC) as the sixth 

party to the Joint Statement, revision of the 1999 Joint Statement to better reflect activities and initiatives 

agreed or underway and to reflect the PRC’s status as a party, and implementation of the landmark 2005 

agreement to reduce duties to zero on multichip integrated circuits (MCPs). The PRC’s accession to the 

Joint Statement reflects the increasing importance of China as a producer and consumer of 

semiconductors. The PRC’s market for semiconductors is estimated at approximately $42 billion in 

2006. All major semiconductor producers are now parties to the Joint Statement. 

Implementation of the MCP agreement reduces to zero the duty on an evolutionary new semiconductor, 

which was not yet in existence when duties on most other semiconductors were eliminated in 1996 

through the Information Technology Agreement. The global market for MCPs was over $4 billion in 

2004, and is expected to increase to nearly $8 billion by 2008. The five parties had each reduced their 

MCP duties to zero by April 1, 2006. The agreement was implemented in the United States by 

Presidential proclamation. The PRC is expected to join the MCP agreement. 

 

The Joint Statement provides for industry to make reports and recommendations to governments on 

policies that may affect the future outlook and competitive conditions within the global semiconductor 

industry through a CEO-level World Semiconductor Council (WSC). In May 2006, the WSC held its 

seventh annual meeting. Specific topics discussed by the WSC include cooperation on global issues such 

as standardization, environmental concerns, worker health and safety, intellectual property rights, trade 

and investment liberalization, and worldwide market development. National/regional industry 

associations may become members of the WSC only if their governments have eliminated semiconductor 

tariffs or committed to eliminate these tariffs expeditiously. 

The Joint Statement also calls for the parties to hold a Government/Authorities Meeting on 

Semiconductors (GAMS) at least once a year to receive and discuss the WSC recommendations. The 

seventh GAMS was held in September 2006, hosted by Japan. At that meeting, the GAMS discussed 

WSC recommendations relating to expanded participation in the MCP agreement; improving market 

access through the Doha Round negotiations for semiconductors and other information technology goods; 

expanding participation in the Information Technology Agreement (ITA); initiatives to protect intellectual 

property rights and intensify enforcement activities; enforcing WTO non-discrimination rules to prevent 

discrimination against foreign products; promoting fair and effective antidumping rules; the growing cost 

burden on the semiconductor industry of copyright levies on digital equipment; decoupling rules of origin 

used for trade remedies from rules of origin for general customs purposes; and promoting sound 

environmental and safety practices.

E. Steel Trade Policy 

In 2006, the Administration worked to address concerns related to the rapidly changing trade situation in 

the global steel sector, continuing its work at the Organization for Economic Cooperation and 

Development (OECD), the North American Steel Trade Committee (NASTC), and beginning a new steel 

dialogue with China under the U.S.-China Joint Commission on Commerce and Trade (JCCT). 
IV. Other Multilateral Activities| 207 

The Administration continued to work with the OECD Secretariat and governments of other steelproducing economies to engage on policy issues affecting the global steel industry. These included issues 

related to capacity expansion, government subsidies in the steel sector, the environmental impact of 

steelmaking technologies and raw materials. The United States supported efforts by the OECD secretariat 

to reach out to developing steelmaking economies, including the organization of a major steel conference 

held in May 2006 in New Delhi, India, jointly hosted by the OECD, the Government of India and the 

International Iron and Steel Institute, a global steel industry association. 

 

The explosive growth of China’s steel production and exports emerged as a major development for U.S. 

and global steel producers in 2006. In light of concerns that the growth of China’s largely state-owned 

industry was not responding to a slowdown in demand, in December 2005, the Administration obtained 

China’s agreement to initiate a cooperative dialogue under the auspices of the JCCT. The Steel Dialogue 

is led by the Department of Commerce and the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative on the U.S. side 

and by the Ministry of Commerce on the Chinese side. It represents an effort to increase Chinese 

government and industry understanding of market-oriented behavior and the problems that subsidies and 

other government intervention in the steel sector can cause in world steel markets. Two meetings of the 

dialogue took place in 2006, and included participation by industry representatives from both countries 

and the National Reform and Development Commission, the Chinese ministry responsible for steel 

development policies. 

The governments and steel industries of North America have continued their wide-ranging work to seek 

common policy approaches for enhancing the competitiveness of North American steel producers. To 

implement the “North American Steel Strategy” under the 2005 Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP) 

initiative by the leaders of the United States, Canada and Mexico, NASTC developed coordinated 

positions on issues in multilateral fora of importance to steel, including the OECD steel committee and 

the WTO Rules Negotiations. Within the mandate of the NASTC, the three governments and steel 

industries have been tracking developments in certain steel-producing countries to identify and address, as 

appropriate, distortions in the global steel market. The Administration also continued working with the 

Canadian and Mexican governments to enhance compatibility of the steel import monitoring systems 

maintained by all three NAFTA countries. 

The Administration also continues to raise specific concerns with other countries bilaterally, at the 

OECD, and in WTO accession negotiations about steel policies that contribute to excess capacity and 

production, including subsidies, border measures on steel and steelmaking raw materials, and other trade 

distorting practices. After extensive bilateral consultations with China in 2006, on February 2, 2007, the 

United States requested formal WTO consultations with China regarding subsidies which appear to be 

prohibited by the WTO’s Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures. 

V. TRADE ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES 

A. Enforcing U.S. Trade Agreements 

1. Overview 

USTR coordinates the Administration’s active monitoring of foreign government compliance with trade 

agreements and pursues enforcement actions, using dispute settlement procedures and applying the full 

range of U.S. trade laws when necessary. Vigorous investigation efforts by relevant agencies, including 

the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, and State, help ensure that these agreements yield the 

maximum benefits in terms of ensuring market access for Americans, advancing the rule of law 

internationally, and creating a fair, open, and predictable trading environment. Ensuring full 

implementation of U.S. trade agreements is one of the Administration’s strategic priorities. We seek to 

achieve this goal through a variety of means, including:

-Asserting U.S. rights through the World Trade Organization (WTO), including the stronger dispute 

settlement mechanism created in the Uruguay Round, and the WTO bodies and committees charged with 

monitoring implementation and with surveillance of agreements and disciplines; 

-Vigorously monitoring and enforcing bilateral agreements; 

-Invoking U.S. trade laws in conjunction with bilateral and WTO mechanisms to promote compliance; 

-Providing technical assistance to trading partners, especially in developing countries, to ensure that key 

agreements like the Agreement on Basic Telecommunications and the Agreement on Trade-Related 

Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) are implemented on schedule; and 

-Promoting U.S. interests under FTAs through work programs, accelerated tariff reductions, and use, or 

threat of use, of dispute settlement mechanisms, including with respect to labor and environment. 

Through the vigorous application of U.S. trade laws and active use of WTO dispute settlement 

procedures, the United States has effectively opened foreign markets to U.S. goods and services. The 

United States also has used the incentive of preferential access to the U.S. market to encourage 

improvements in workers’ rights and reform of intellectual property laws and practices in other countries. 

These enforcement efforts have resulted in major benefits for U.S. firms, farmers, and workers. 

To ensure the enforcement of WTO agreements, the United States has been one of the world’s most 

frequent users of WTO dispute settlement procedures. Since the establishment of the WTO in 1994, the 

United States has filed 70 complaints at the WTO, thus far successfully concluding 46 of them by settling 

23 cases favorably and prevailing on 23 others through litigation in WTO panels and the Appellate Body. 

The United States has obtained favorable settlements and favorable rulings in virtually all sectors, 

including manufacturing, intellectual property, agriculture, and services. These cases cover a number of 

WTO agreements – involving rules on trade in goods, trade in services, and intellectual property 

protection – and affect a wide range of sectors of the U.S. economy. 

Satisfactory settlements. Our hope in filing cases, of course, is to secure U.S. benefits (and fairer trade for 

both countries) rather than to engage in prolonged litigation. Therefore, whenever possible we have 

sought to reach favorable settlements that eliminate the foreign breach without having to resort to panel 

proceedings. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 210 

We have been able to achieve this preferred result in 23 of the 50 cases concluded so far, involving: 

Argentina’s protection and enforcement of patents; Australia’s ban on salmon imports; Belgium’s duties 

on rice imports; Brazil’s auto investment measures; Brazil’s patent law; China’s value added tax; 

Denmark’s civil procedures for intellectual property enforcement; Egypt’s apparel tariffs; the EU’s 

market access for grains; an EU import surcharge on corn gluten feed; Greece’s protection of copyrighted 

motion pictures and television programs; Hungary’s agricultural export subsidies; Ireland’s protection of 

copyrights; Japan’s protection of sound recordings; Korea’s shelf-life standards for beef and pork; 

Mexico’s restrictions on hog imports; Pakistan’s protection of patents; the Philippines’ market access for 

pork and poultry; the Philippines’ auto regime; Portugal’s protection of patents; Romania’s customs 

valuation regime; Sweden’s enforcement of intellectual property rights; and Turkey’s box-office taxes on 

motion pictures. 

Litigation successes. When our trading partners have not been willing to negotiate settlements, we have 

pursued our cases to conclusion, prevailing in 23 cases so far, involving: Argentina’s tax and duties on 

textiles, apparel, and footwear; Australia’s export subsidies on automotive leather; Canada’s barriers to 

the sale and distribution of magazines; Canada’s export subsidies and an import barrier on dairy products; 

Canada’s law protecting patents; the EU’s import barriers on bananas; the EU’s ban on imports of beef; 

the EU’s regime for protecting geographical indications; India’s import bans and other restrictions on 

2,700 items; India’s protection of patents on pharmaceuticals and agricultural chemicals; India’s and 

Indonesia’s measures that discriminated against imports of U.S. automobiles; Japan’s restrictions 

affecting imports of apples, cherries, and other fruits; Japan’s barriers to apple imports; Japan’s and 

Korea’s discriminatory taxes on distilled spirits; Korea’s beef imports; Mexico’s antidumping duties on 

high-fructose corn syrup; Mexico’s telecommunications barriers; Mexico’s antidumping duties on rice; 

the EU’s moratorium on biotechnology products; Mexico’s discriminatory soft drink tax; and the EU’s 

non-uniform classification of LCD monitors. 

USTR also works to ensure the most effective use of U.S. trade laws to complement its litigation strategy 

and to address problems that are outside the scope of the WTO and U.S. free trade agreements. USTR 

has effectively applied Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 to address unfair foreign government 

measures, “Special 301” for intellectual property rights enforcement, Section 1377 of the Omnibus Trade 

and Competitiveness Act of 1988 for telecommunications trade problems, and Title VII of the 1988 Act 

to address problems in foreign government procurement. The application of these trade law tools is 

described further below. 

2. WTO Dispute Settlement 

Enforcement successes in 2006 include rulings against the EU’s moratorium on biotechnology products, 

Mexico’s discriminatory soft drink tax, and the EU’s non-uniform classification of LCD monitors. 

The United States also favorably resolved several disputes after completing, initiating or threatening to 

initiate WTO dispute settlement procedures. For example, China removed its antidumping duties on kraft 

liner board, Canada rejected a countervailing duty petition on U.S. corn, the EU amended its 

discriminatory regime on geographical indications, and Mexico removed its antidumping duties on rice, 

amended its antidumping legislation and repealed its discriminatory soft drink tax. 

Ongoing enforcement actions involve the EU’s aircraft subsidies, China’s charges on auto parts and 

Turkey’s restrictions on rice. 

The cases described in Chapter II of this report further demonstrate the importance of the dispute 

settlement process in opening foreign markets and securing other countries’ compliance with their WTO 

obligations. Further information on WTO disputes to which the United States is a party is available on 

the USTR website (http://www.ustr.gov/enforcement/index.shtml).
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 211 

3. Other Monitoring and Enforcement Activities 

a. Subsidies Enforcement 

The WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (Subsidies Agreement) establishes 

multilateral disciplines on subsidies. Among its various disciplines, the Subsidies Agreement provides 

remedies for subsidies that have adverse effects not only in the importing country’s market, but also in the 

subsidizing government’s market and in third-country markets. Prior to the Subsidies Agreement coming 

into effect in 1995, the U.S. countervailing duty law was the only practical mechanism for U.S. 

companies to address subsidized foreign competition. However, the countervailing duty law focuses 

exclusively on the effects of foreign subsidized competition in the United States. Although the 

procedures and remedies are different, the multilateral remedies of the Subsidies Agreement provide an 

alternative tool to address foreign subsidies that affect U.S. businesses in an increasingly global market 

place. 

Section 281 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act of 1994 (URAA) sets out the responsibilities of 

USTR and the Department of Commerce (Commerce) in enforcing the United States’ rights in the WTO 

under the Subsidies Agreement. USTR coordinates the development and implementation of overall U.S. 

trade policy with respect to subsidy matters; represents the United States in the WTO, including the WTO 

Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures; and leads the interagency team on matters of 

policy. The role of Commerce’s Import Administration (IA) is to enforce the countervailing duty law 

and, in accordance with responsibilities assigned by the Congress in the URAA, to spearhead the 

subsidies enforcement activities of the United States with respect to the disciplines embodied in the 

Subsidies Agreement. The Import Administration’s Subsidies Enforcement Office (SEO) is the specific 

office charged with carrying out these duties. 

The primary mandate of the SEO is to examine subsidy complaints and concerns raised by U.S. exporting 

companies and to monitor foreign subsidy practices to determine whether there is reason to believe they 

are impeding U.S. exports to foreign markets and are inconsistent with the Subsidies Agreement. Once 

sufficient information about a subsidy practice has been gathered to permit it to be reliably evaluated, 

USTR and Commerce will confer with an interagency team to determine the most effective way to 

proceed. It is frequently advantageous to pursue resolution of these problems through a combination of 

informal and formal contacts, including, where warranted, dispute settlement action in the WTO. 

Remedies for violations of the Subsidies Agreement may, under certain circumstances, involve the 

withdrawal of a subsidy program or the elimination of the adverse effects of the program. 

During this past year, USTR and IA staff have handled numerous inquiries and met with representatives 

of U.S. industries concerned with the subsidization of foreign competitors. These efforts continue to be 

importantly enhanced by IA officers stationed overseas (in China and Korea), who help gather, clarify 

and check the accuracy of information concerning foreign subsidy practices. State Department officials at 

posts where IA staff are not present have also handled such inquiries. 

The SEO's electronic subsidies database continues to fulfill the goal of providing the U.S. trading 

community with a centralized location to obtain information about the remedies available under the 

Subsidies Agreement and much of the information that is needed to develop a countervailing duty case or 

a WTO subsidies complaint. The website (http://ia.ita.doc.gov/esel/index.html) includes information on 

all the foreign subsidy programs that have been investigated in U.S. countervailing duty cases since 1980, 

covering more than 50 countries and over 2,000 government practices. This database is frequently 

updated, making information on subsidy programs investigated or reviewed quickly available to the 

public. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 212 

b. Monitoring Foreign Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Actions 

The WTO Agreement on Implementation of Article VI (Antidumping Agreement) and the WTO 

Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (Subsidies Agreement) permit WTO Members to 

impose antidumping or countervailing duties to offset injurious dumping or subsidization of products 

exported from one Member to another. The United States closely monitors antidumping and 

countervailing duty proceedings initiated against U.S. exporters to ensure that foreign antidumping and 

countervailing duty actions are administered fairly and in full compliance with the WTO Agreements. 

To this end, IA tracks foreign antidumping and countervailing duty actions involving U.S. exporters and 

gathers information collected from U.S. embassies worldwide, enabling U.S. companies and U.S. 

Government agencies to monitor other Members’ administration of antidumping and countervailing duty 

actions involving U.S. companies. Information about foreign antidumping and countervailing duty 

actions affecting U.S. exports is accessible to the public via IA’s website at

http://ia.ita.doc.gov/trcs/index.html. The stationing of IA officers to certain overseas locations, as noted 

above, has contributed to the Administration’s efforts to monitor the application of foreign trade remedy 

laws with respect to U.S. exports. 

Based in part on this monitoring activity, the United States mounted a successful WTO challenge of 

Mexico’s antidumping measure on U.S. exports of rice, as well as certain changes to Mexico’s foreign 

trade laws. Among other antidumping investigations of U.S. goods that were closely monitored in the 

past year are Canada’s AD/CVD investigations of grain corn; Mexico’s ex officio investigation of pork 

legs and shoulders/hams, and its “reinvestigation” of apples; and China’s investigations of kraft 

linerboard, butanols, wear resistant overlay and several other products. Import Administration personnel 

have also participated in technical exchanges with the administering authorities of Australia, Egypt, the 

European Union, Indonesia and Pakistan to obtain a better understanding of these countries’ 

administration of trade remedy laws and compliance with WTO obligations. 

Members must notify on an ongoing basis and without delay their preliminary and final determinations to 

the WTO. Twice a year, WTO Members must also notify the WTO of all antidumping and countervailing 

duty actions they have taken during the preceding six-month period. The actions are identified in semiannual reports submitted for discussion in meetings of the relevant WTO committees. Finally, Members 

are required to notify the WTO of changes in their antidumping and countervailing duty laws and 

regulations. These notifications are accessible through the USTR and IA website “links” to the WTO’s 

website. 

B. U.S. Trade Laws 

1. Section 301 

Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the Trade Act), is designed to address foreign unfair 

practices affecting U.S. exports of goods or services. Section 301 may be used to enforce U.S. rights 

under bilateral and multilateral trade agreements and also may be used to respond to unreasonable, 

unjustifiable or discriminatory foreign government practices that burden or restrict U.S. commerce. For 

example, Section 301 may be used to obtain increased market access for U.S. goods and services, to 

provide more equitable conditions for U.S. investment abroad, and to obtain more effective protection 

worldwide for U.S. intellectual property.
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 213 

 a. Operation of the Statute 

The Section 301 provisions of the Trade Act provide a domestic procedure whereby interested persons 

may petition the USTR to investigate a foreign government policy or practice and take appropriate action. 

The USTR also may self-initiate an investigation. In each investigation, the USTR must seek 

consultations with the foreign government whose acts, policies, or practices are under investigation. If 

the consultations do not result in a settlement and the investigation involves a trade agreement, Section 

303 of the Trade Act requires the USTR to use the dispute settlement procedures that are available under 

that agreement. 

If the matter is not resolved by the conclusion of the investigation, Section 304 of the Trade Act requires 

the USTR to determine whether the practices in question deny U.S. rights under a trade agreement or 

whether they are unjustifiable, unreasonable, or discriminatory and burden or restrict U.S. commerce. If 

the practices are determined to violate a trade agreement or to be unjustifiable, the USTR must take 

action. If the practices are determined to be unreasonable or discriminatory and to burden or restrict U.S. 

commerce, the USTR must determine whether action is appropriate and, if so, what action to take. The 

time period for making these determinations varies according to the type of practices alleged. 

Investigations of alleged violations of trade agreements with dispute settlement procedures must be 

concluded within the earlier of 18 months after initiation or 30 days after the conclusion of dispute 

settlement proceedings, whereas investigations of alleged unreasonable, discriminatory, or unjustifiable 

practices (other than the failure to provide adequate and effective protection of intellectual property 

rights) must be decided within 12 months. 

The range of actions that may be taken under Section 301 is broad and encompasses any action that is 

within the power of the President with respect to trade in goods or services, or with respect to any other 

area of pertinent relations with a foreign country. Specifically, the USTR may: (1) suspend trade 

agreement concessions; (2) impose duties or other import restrictions; (3) impose fees or restrictions on 

services; (4) enter into agreements with the subject country to eliminate the offending practice or to 

provide compensatory benefits for the United States; and/or (5) restrict service sector authorizations. 

After a Section 301 investigation is concluded, the USTR is required to monitor a foreign country’s 

implementation of any agreements entered into, or measures undertaken, to resolve a matter that was the 

subject of the investigation. If the foreign country fails to comply with an agreement or the USTR 

considers that the country fails to implement a WTO dispute panel recommendation, the USTR must 

determine what further action to take under Section 301. 

During 2006, there were ongoing actions in the following Section 301 investigations, and USTR received 

one petition seeking the initiation of a new investigation. 

b. Intellectual Property Laws and Practices of the Government of Ukraine 

On March 12, 2001, the Trade Representative identified Ukraine as a Priority Foreign Country (PFC) 

under section 182 of the Trade Act (known as Special 301 – see below), and simultaneously initiated a 

Section 301 investigation of the intellectual property laws and practices of the Government of Ukraine. 

The priority foreign country identification was based on: (1) deficiencies in Ukraine's acts, policies and 

practices regarding the protection of intellectual property rights, including the lack of effective action 

enforcing intellectual property rights, as evidenced by high levels of compact disc piracy; and (2) the 

failure of the Government of Ukraine to enact adequate and effective intellectual property legislation 

addressing optical media piracy. 

On August 2, 2001, the USTR determined that the acts, policies and practices of Ukraine with respect to 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 214 

the protection of intellectual property rights were unreasonable and burdened or restricted U.S. 

commerce, and were thus actionable under Section 301(b). The USTR determined that appropriate and 

feasible action in response included the suspension of duty-free treatment accorded to the products of 

Ukraine under the GSP program, effective with respect to goods entered on or after August 24, 2001. On 

December 11, 2001, the USTR determined that appropriate additional action included the imposition of 

100 percent ad valorem duties on a list of 23 Ukrainian products with an annual trade value of 

approximately $75 million. 

In August 2005, the Government of Ukraine adopted a package of important amendments to its Laser 

Readable Disc Law that strengthens Ukraine’s licensing regime and enforcement capabilities to stem the 

illegal production and trade of optical media products. In response to the adoption of these amendments, 

the USTR terminated the 100 percent ad valorem duties on the list of Ukrainian products, effective 

August 30, 2005. 

In January 2006, the United States concluded a Special 301 Out-of-Cycle Review (OCR) of Ukraine. In 

recognition of the Government of Ukraine’s efforts to improve the enforcement and protection of 

intellectual property rights, the United States reinstated GSP benefits for Ukraine effective January 23, 

2006, and lowered Ukraine’s designation under Special 301 from PFC to Priority Watch List. Ukraine 

agreed to work with the U.S. Government and with the U.S. copyright industry to monitor the progress of 

future enforcement efforts through an Enforcement Cooperation Group. The United States will continue 

to monitor developments in the protection of intellectual property rights in Ukraine pursuant to Section 

306 of the Trade Act of 1974. 

c. EC - Measures Concerning Meat and Meat Products (Hormones) 

An EC directive prohibits the import of animals and meat from animals to which certain hormones had 

been administered (the “hormone ban”). This measure has the effect of banning nearly all imports of beef 

and beef products from the United States. A WTO panel and the Appellate Body found that the hormone 

ban was inconsistent with the EC’s WTO obligations because the ban was not based on scientific 

evidence, a risk assessment, or relevant international standards. Under WTO procedures, the EC was to 

have come into compliance with its obligations by May 13, 1999, but failed to do so. Accordingly, in 

May 1999 the United States requested authorization from the Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) to suspend 

the application to the EC, and Member States thereof, of tariff concessions and related obligations under 

the GATT. The EC did not contest that it had failed to comply with its WTO obligations but objected to 

the level of suspension proposed by the United States. 

On July 12, 1999, WTO arbitrators determined that the level of nullification or impairment suffered by 

the United States as a result of the EC’s WTO-inconsistent hormone ban was $116.8 million per year. 

Accordingly, on July 26, 1999, the DSB authorized the United States to suspend the application to the 

European Community and its Member States of tariff concessions and related obligations under the 

GATT covering trade up to $116.8 million per year. In a notice published in July 1999, the USTR 

announced that the United States was exercising this authorization by using authority under Section 301 

to impose 100 percent ad valorem duties on a list of certain products (the “retaliation list”) of certain EC 

Member States. 

Section 306(b)(2) of the Trade Act provides that the USTR is not required to revise a retaliation list if the 

USTR, together with the affected United States industry, agree that it is unnecessary to revise the 

retaliation list. Pursuant to this provision, on October 2, 2006, the USTR issued a determination agreeing 

with the affected U.S. industry that it was unnecessary to revise the retaliation list. The increased duties 

on the products included on the retaliation list remained in place throughout 2006. Talks were held 

during 2006 with the aim of reaching a mutually satisfactory solution to the dispute, but no resolution was 

reached. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 215 

In February 2005, a WTO panel was established to consider the EC’s claims that it had brought its 

hormone ban into compliance with the EC’s WTO obligations and that the increased duties imposed by 

the United States were no longer covered by the DSB authorization. The WTO panel continued its work 

throughout 2006. (The section of this report addressing WTO dispute settlement contains further 

information on this matter.) 

d. Petitions Filed in 2006 

During 2006, USTR received one petition seeking the initiation of a new investigation under section 301. 

The petition alleged that the Government of China denies certain workers’ rights to manufacturing 

workers; that this denial amounts to an “unreasonable” practice under the workers’ rights provision of 

Section 301; and that the denial burdens or restricts U.S. commerce. The USTR determined not to initiate 

an investigation with respect to the petition on the basis that an investigation would not be effective in 

addressing the policies and practices covered in the petition. 

2. Special 301 

During the past year, the United States continued to vigorously implement the Special 301 program, 

resulting in continued improvement in the global intellectual property environment. Publication of the 

Special 301 lists indicates those trading partners whose intellectual property protection regimes most 

concern the United States, and alerts those considering trade or investment relationships with such 

countries that their intellectual property rights (IPR) may not be adequately protected. Pursuant to 

Section 182 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended by the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 

1988 and the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (enacted in 1994), USTR must identify those countries that 

deny adequate and effective protection for IPR or deny fair and equitable market access for persons that 

rely on intellectual property protection. Countries that have the most onerous or egregious acts, policies 

or practices and whose acts, policies or practices have the greatest adverse impact (actual or potential) on 

relevant U.S. products are designated as “Priority Foreign Countries” unless they are entering into good 

faith negotiations or making significant progress in bilateral or multilateral negotiations to provide 

adequate and effective protection of IPR. USTR may identify a trading partner as a Priority Foreign 

Country or remove such identification whenever warranted. Priority Foreign Countries are subject to an 

investigation under the Section 301 provisions of the Trade Act of 1974, unless USTR determines that the 

investigation would be detrimental to U.S. economic interests. 

In addition, USTR has created a Special 301 “Priority Watch List” and “Watch List.” Placement of a 

trading partner on the Priority Watch List or Watch List indicates that particular problems exist in that 

country with respect to IPR protection, enforcement, or market access for persons relying on intellectual 

property. Countries placed on the Priority Watch List are the focus of increased bilateral attention 

concerning problem areas. 

Additionally, under Section 306, USTR monitors a country’s compliance with bilateral intellectual 

property agreements that are the basis for resolving an investigation under Section 301. USTR may apply 

sanctions if a country fails to satisfactorily implement an agreement. 

a. 2006 Special 301 Review Announcements 

On April 28, 2006, U.S. Trade Representative Rob Portman announced the results of the 2006 Special 

301 annual review, which examined in detail the adequacy and effectiveness of intellectual property 

protection in 87 countries. USTR placed 48 countries on the Priority Watch List, Watch List or the 

Section 306 monitoring list. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 216 

China remained a top IPR enforcement priority in 2006, and was placed on the Priority Watch List. 

USTR announced that it would maintain heightened scrutiny of China, step up consideration of its WTO 

dispute settlement options, and for the first time scrutinize IPR protection and enforcement at China’s 

provincial level by conducting a special provincial review in the coming year. The China section of the 

report recognized China’s efforts to address IPR problems but concluded that IPR infringements 

throughout China remained at unacceptable levels. 

Russia also continued to be a serious concern and was placed on the Priority Watch List. The Russia 

section of the report noted that although Russia had taken some steps to curb pirated production of optical 

discs in factories, particularly those located on government-owned property, high levels of IPR 

infringement remained, particularly infringements connected with Russia-based optical disc plants and 

websites. 

Countries on the Priority Watch List do not provide an adequate level of IPR protection, enforcement or 

market access for persons relying on intellectual property protection. In addition to China and Russia, 

eleven countries were placed on the Priority Watch List in 2006: Argentina, Belize, Brazil, Egypt, India, 

Indonesia, Israel, Lebanon, Turkey, Ukraine, and Venezuela. 

Thirty-four trading partners were placed on the lower level Watch List, meriting bilateral attention to 

address underlying IPR problems. The Watch List countries were: the Bahamas, Belarus, Bolivia, 

Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, the European 

Union, Guatemala, Hungary, Italy, Jamaica, Kuwait, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mexico, Pakistan, Peru, 

the Philippines, Poland, the Republic of Korea, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Thailand, 

Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan and Vietnam. Paraguay remains under Section 306 monitoring. 

Due to progress on intellectual property, the status of several countries in the 2006 Special 301 report 

improved in comparison to the 2005 report. In January 2006, Ukraine was moved from the Priority 

Foreign Country list to the Priority Watch List. In February, the Philippines was moved from the Priority 

Watch List to the Watch List. In conjunction with release of the 2006 report, USTR announced that 

Kuwait and Pakistan were also being moved from the Priority Watch List to the Watch List. Four 

countries were removed from the Watch List entirely because of improvement in intellectual property 

protection: Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, the Slovak Republic and Uruguay. 

The 2006 Special 301 report also announced five out-of-cycle reviews involving Canada, Chile, 

Indonesia, Latvia and Saudi Arabia. Out-of-cycle reviews are conducted on countries that warrant further 

review before the next Special 301 report and may result in changes to a country’s listing. On November 

6, 2006, USTR announced that Indonesia’s status would be improved by moving Indonesia from the 

Priority Watch List to the Watch List because of improvements in its intellectual property regime. USTR 

will continue to work with Indonesia on further strengthening of its intellectual property system. 

b. Initiatives 

The 2006 Special 301 report includes a new section that highlighted progress in some countries. For 

example, Pakistan made notable progress by shutting down pirate optical disc factories. Ukraine 

implemented new legislation to combat pirate optical media production in plants, and Brazil took steps to 

improve IPR enforcement. In addition, Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, the Republic of Korea and 

Taiwan have made progress with IPR protection and enforcement against retail piracy, Internet piracy and 

pirate optical media production. 

In addition, the report sets out priorities for the coming year, such as implementation of free trade 

agreements and combating Internet piracy and counterfeit pharmaceuticals. The report also includes a 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 217 

new section that highlights notorious markets, including both on-line websites, such as allofmp3.com, and 

traditional marketplaces. 

The 2006 Special 301 report details ongoing U.S. efforts to conclude FTAs with strong IPR chapters and 

to work closely with FTA partners to achieve appropriate implementation of FTA obligations in domestic 

law. The report reviews USTR’s examination of IPR practices in connection with its implementation of 

trade preference programs, such as the ongoing Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) reviews of 

countries. In addition, USTR reported on the status of ongoing initiatives and significant developments: 

• Continuing to advance the STOP! Initiative: USTR reported that it is actively engaged in 

implementing the Administration’s Strategy Targeting Organized Piracy (STOP!) initiative. As 

part of this effort, USTR, in coordination with other agencies, is introducing new initiatives in 

multilateral fora to improve the global intellectual property environment that will aid in 

disrupting the operations of pirates and counterfeiters. 

• Global Scope of Counterfeiting and Piracy: USTR reported that global IPR theft and trade in 

fakes have grown to unprecedented levels, threatening innovative and creative economies around 

the world. Counterfeiting and digital piracy remained areas of particular concern in the 2006 

Special 301 report. 

• Notorious Markets: Noting that global piracy and counterfeiting thrive in part due to large 

marketplaces that deal in infringing goods, USTR in 2006 began to list “notorious markets” in the 

Special 301 Report. The list includes both virtual (online) markets and traditional physical 

markets. The listed markets are examples of marketplaces that have been the subject of IPR 

enforcement action, or that may merit further investigation for possible IPR infringements, or 

both. 

• Transshipment and In Transit Goods: Transshipped and in transit goods pose a high risk for 

counterfeiting and piracy. USTR reported that transshipment or in transit goods are significant 

problems in Belize, Canada, Latvia, Lithuania, Paraguay, Ukraine and United Arab Emirates, 

among others. 

• Optical Media Piracy: USTR reported that some trading partners, such as Ukraine, Brazil, 

Pakistan and the Philippines had taken important steps toward implementing much-needed 

controls on optical media production in order to address and prevent future pirate activity. 

However, other countries urgently need to implement controls or improve inadequate existing 

measures. Such countries included India, Thailand and Russia, which have not made sufficient 

progress in this regard. 

• Cracking down on Internet Piracy: USTR reported that, in order to realize the enormous 

potential of the Internet, a growing number of countries are implementing the WIPO Internet 

Treaties and creating a legal environment conducive to investment and growth in Internet-related 

businesses and technologies. As of the end of 2006, there were 61 members of the WIPO 

Copyright Treaty and 59 members of the WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty; this 

number will rise significantly when the EU member States join. 

• Ensuring Government Use of Authorized Software: In October 1998, the United States 

announced an Executive Order directing U.S. government agencies to maintain appropriate and 

effective procedures to ensure legitimate use of software. In addition, USTR was directed to 

undertake an initiative to work with other governments, particularly those in need of modernizing 

their software management systems or about which concerns have been expressed, regarding 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 218 

government use of illegal software. USTR reported continued progress under this initiative. 

Most recently, the United States welcomed the April 22, 2006 announcement by China that it will 

require computers to be pre-installed with licensed operating system software and government 

agencies to purchase only such computers. 

• Ensuring Compliance with the WTO TRIPS Agreement: USTR reported on efforts to ensure 

compliance by our trading partners with the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of 

Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). Compliance with the TRIPS Agreement is an essential first 

step in providing the quality of IPR protection essential to promote growth and productivity. 

• Intellectual Property and Health Policy: Noting the Administration’s dedication to addressing 

the serious health problems, such as HIV/AIDS, afflicting least-developed countries in Africa and 

elsewhere, USTR reported on developments following the 2001 Doha Declaration on the TRIPS 

Agreement and Public Health. 

• Supporting Pharmaceutical Innovation: USTR reported on its efforts to eliminate market 

access barriers faced by U.S. pharmaceutical companies in many countries and to both provide 

for affordable health care today and support the innovation that assures improved health care 

tomorrow. 

3. Section 1377 Review of Telecommunications Agreements 

Section 1377 of the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 requires USTR to review by March 

31 of each year the operation and effectiveness of U.S. telecommunications trade agreements. The 

purpose of the review is to determine whether any act, policy or practice of a foreign country that has 

entered into a telecommunications-related agreement with the United States: (1) is not in compliance with 

the terms of the agreement; or (2) otherwise denies, within the context of the agreement, mutually 

advantageous market opportunities to telecommunications products and services of U.S. firms in that 

country. 

The 2006 Section 1377 Review focused on the following issues: (1) high fixed-to-mobile termination 

rates, a factor identified as negatively impacting U.S. companies in a large number of markets, in 

particular Germany, Japan, Mexico, Peru and Switzerland; (2) restrictions incumbent carriers in Germany, 

India and Singapore place on access to, and use of, leased lines and submarine cable capacity owned or 

controlled by the incumbent; (3) universal service-related programs in Jamaica and Japan that did not 

appear competitively-neutral; and (4) a range of market access barriers in Australia, China, Egypt and 

India relating to licensing conditions, interconnection rights and regulatory oversight of dominant 

domestic operators. 

USTR has urged national regulators to fulfill their responsibility to address such problems and some 

progress occurred. Egypt took steps to ensure that a requesting foreign carrier could interconnect its 

network with the state-owned carrier, but has yet to resolve other licensing issues for new entrants. Japan 

has licensed new mobile carriers, which may be a catalyst for more competitive termination rates. 

Mexico’s regulator issued a ruling intended to bring mobile termination rates to more reasonable levels, 

but Mexico’s mobile carriers have so far been successful in using judicial procedures to prevent 

application of these rules. India continues to try to address licensing conditions for foreign carriers. 

China pledged to reduce capitalization requirements to reasonable levels, but implementation details have 

yet to be finalized. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 219 

4. Antidumping Actions 

Under the antidumping law, duties are imposed on imported merchandise when the Department of 

Commerce determines that the merchandise is being dumped (sold at "less than fair value" (LTFV)) and 

the U.S. International Trade Commission (USITC) determines that there is material injury or threat of 

material injury to the domestic industry, or material retardation of the establishment of an industry, "by 

reason of" those imports. The antidumping law’s provisions are incorporated in Title VII of the Tariff 

Act of 1930 and have been substantially amended by the l979, 1984, and 1988 trade acts as well as by the 

1994 Uruguay Round Agreements Act. 

 An antidumping investigation usually starts when a U.S. industry, or an entity filing on its behalf, submits 

a petition alleging, with respect to certain imports, the dumping and injury elements described above. If 

the petition meets the applicable requirements, Commerce initiates an antidumping investigation. 

Commerce also may initiate an investigation on its own motion. 

 After initiation, the USITC decides, generally within 45 days of the filing of the petition, whether there is 

a "reasonable indication" of material injury or threat of material injury to a domestic industry, or material 

retardation of an industry’s establishment, "by reason of" the LTFV imports. If this preliminary 

determination by the USITC is negative, the investigation is terminated; if it is affirmative, Commerce 

will make preliminary and final determinations concerning the alleged LTFV sales into the U.S. market. 

If Commerce’s preliminary determination is affirmative, Commerce will direct U.S. Customs to suspend 

liquidation of entries and require importers to post a bond or cash deposit equal to the estimated weighted 

average dumping margin. 

 If Commerce’s final determination of LTFV sales is negative, the investigation is terminated. If 

affirmative, the USITC makes a final injury determination. If the USITC determines that there is material 

injury or threat of material injury, or material retardation of an industry’s establishment, by reason of the 

LTFV imports, an antidumping order is issued. If the USITC’s final injury determination is negative, the 

investigation is terminated and the Customs deposits are released. 

 Upon request of an interested party, Commerce conducts annual reviews of dumping margins pursuant to 

Section 751 of the Tariff Act of 1930. Section 751 also provides for Commerce and USITC review in 

cases of changed circumstances and periodic review in conformity with the five-year "sunset" provisions 

of the U.S. antidumping law and the WTO Antidumping Agreement. 

Most antidumping determinations may be appealed to the U.S. Court of International Trade, with further 

judicial review possible in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. For certain investigations 

involving Canadian or Mexican merchandise, appeals may be made to a bi-national panel established 

under the NAFTA. 

The numbers of antidumping investigations initiated in and since 1986 are as follows: 83 in 1986; 16 in 

1987; 42 in 1988; 24 in 1989; 35 in 1990; 66 in 1991; 84 in 1992; 37 in 1993; 51 in 1994; 14 in 1995; 21 

in 1996; 15 in 1997; 36 in 1998; 46 in 1999; 45 in 2000; 77 in 2001; 35 in 2002; 37 in 2003; 26 in 2004; 

13 in 2005; and 7 in 2006. The numbers of antidumping orders (not including suspension agreements) 

imposed in and since 1986 are: 26 in 1986; 53 in 1987; 12 in 1988; 24 in 1989; 14 in 1990; 19 in 1991; 

16 in 1992; 42 in 1993; 16 in 1994; 23 in 1995; 9 in 1996; 11 in 1997; 9 in 1998; 19 in 1999; 20 in 2000; 

31 in 2001; 27 in 2002; 16 in 2003; 14 in 2004;18 in 2005; and 5 in 2006. 

5. Countervailing Duty Actions 

The U.S. countervailing duty (CVD) law dates back to late 19th century legislation authorizing the 

imposition of CVDs on subsidized sugar imports. The current CVD provisions are contained in Title VII 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 220 

of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended effective January 1, 1995, by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act. 

As with the antidumping law, the USITC and the Department of Commerce jointly administer the CVD 

law. 

The CVD law’s purpose is to offset certain foreign government subsidies, which benefit imports into the 

United States. CVD procedures under Title VII are very similar to antidumping procedures, and CVD 

determinations by Commerce and the USITC are subject to the same system of judicial review as are 

antidumping determinations. Commerce normally initiates investigations based upon a petition submitted 

by a representative of the interested party(ies). The USITC is responsible for investigating material injury 

issues. The USITC must make a preliminary finding of a reasonable indication of material injury or 

threat of material injury, or material retardation of an industry’s establishment, by reason of the imports 

subject to investigation. If the USITC’s preliminary determination is negative, the investigation 

terminates; otherwise, Commerce issues preliminary and final determinations on subsidization. If 

Commerce’s final determination of subsidization is affirmative, the USITC proceeds with its final injury 

determination. If the USITC’s final determination is affirmative, Commerce will issue a CVD order. 

The numbers of CVD investigations initiated in and since 1986 are as follows: 28 in 1986; 8 in 1987; 17 

in 1988; 7 in 1989; 7 in 1990; 11 in 1991; 22 in 1992; 5 in 1993; 7 in 1994; 2 in 1995; 1 in 1996; 6 in 

1997; 11 in 1998; 10 in 1999; 7 in 2000; 18 in 2001; 3 in 2002; 5 in 2003; 3 in 2004; 2 in 2005, and 3 in 

2006. The numbers of CVD orders imposed in and since 1986 are: 13 in 1986; 14 in 1987; 7 in 1988; 6 

in 1989; 2 in 1990; 2 in 1991; 4 in 1992; 16 in 1993; 1 in 1994; 2 in 1995; 2 in 1996; 0 in 1997; 1 in 

1998; 6 in 1999; 6 in 2000; 6 in 2001; none in 2002; 2 in 2003; 3 in 2004; none in 2005, and 2 in 2006. 

Under its sunset review procedures, Commerce revoked 8 and continued 22 countervailing duty orders in 

2000; revoked 1 countervailing duty order and continued 5 orders in 2001; revoked no countervailing 

duty orders and continued no orders in 2002; revoked no countervailing duty orders and continued no 

orders in 2003; revoked 1 countervailing duty order and continued no orders in 2004; revoked 4 and 

continued 12 countervailing duty orders in 2005, and revoked 6 and continued 3 countervailing duty 

orders in 2006. 

6. Other Import Practices 

a. Section 337 

Section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, makes it unlawful to engage in unfair acts or unfair 

methods of competition in the importation or sale of imported goods. Most Section 337 investigations 

concern alleged infringement of intellectual property rights, such as U.S. patents and trademarks. 

The United States International Trade Commission (USITC or Commission) conducts Section 337 

investigations through adjudicatory proceedings under the Administrative Procedure Act. The 

proceedings normally involve an evidentiary hearing before a USITC administrative law judge who issues 

an Initial Determination that is subject to review by the Commission. If the USITC finds a violation, it 

can order that imported infringing goods be excluded from the United States and/or issue cease and desist 

orders requiring firms to stop unlawful conduct in the United States, such as the sale or other distribution 

of imported goods in the United States. A limited exclusion order covers only certain imports from 

particular named sources, while a general exclusion order covers certain products from all sources. Cease 

and desist orders are generally directed to entities maintaining inventories of infringing goods in the 

United States. Many Section 337 investigations are terminated after the parties reach settlement 

agreements or agree to the entry of consent orders. 

In cases in which the USITC finds a violation of Section 337, it must decide whether certain public 

interest factors nevertheless preclude the issuance of a remedial order. Such public interest considerations 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 221 

include an order’s effect on the public health and welfare, U.S. consumers, and the production of similar 

U.S. products. If the USITC issues a remedial order, it transmits the order, determination, and supporting 

documentation to the President for policy review. In July 2005, the President assigned these policy 

review functions, which are set out in section 337(j)(1)(B), section 337(j)(2), and section 337(j)(4) of the 

Tariff Act of 1930, to the USTR. The USTR conducts these reviews in consultation with other agencies. 

Importation of the subject goods may continue during this review process if the importer pays a bond set 

by the USITC. If the President (or the USTR exercising the functions assigned by the President) does not 

disapprove the USITC’s action within 60 days, the USITC’s order becomes final. Section 337 

determinations are subject to judicial review in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit with 

possible appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court. 

The USITC also is authorized to issue temporary exclusion or cease and desist orders before it completes 

an investigation if it determines that there is reason to believe a violation of Section 337 exists. 

In 2006, the USITC instituted 34 new Section 337 investigations. It also instituted one enforcement 

proceeding that related to a previously issued USITC remedial order. During the year, the USITC issued 

one general exclusion order, six limited exclusion orders, and one cease and desist order covering imports 

from foreign firms, as follows: Certain Light-Emitting Diodes and Products Containing Same, Inv. No. 

337-TA-512 (limited exclusion order); Certain Rubber Antidegradants, Components Thereof, and 

Products Containing Same, Inv. No. 337-TA-533 (limited exclusion order directed to two entities); 

Certain Audio Processing Integrated Circuits and Products Containing Same, Inv. No. 337-TA-538 

(limited exclusion order); Certain Tadalafil or Any Salt or Solvate Thereof and Products Containing 

Same, 337-TA-539 (general exclusion order); Power Supply Controllers and Products Containing Same, 

Inv. No. 337-TA-541 (limited exclusion order); Certain Ink Sticks for Solid Ink Printers, Inv. No. 337-

TA-549 (limited exclusion order and one cease and desist order); and Certain Portable Power Stations 

and Packaging Thereof, Inv. No. 337-TA-563 (limited exclusion order). 

The USTR, exercising the functions assigned by the President, permitted all the exclusion orders and the 

cease and desist order submitted by the USITC for review during 2006 to become final. 

b. Section 201 

Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974 provides a procedure whereby the President may grant temporary 

import relief if increased imports are a substantial cause of serious injury or the threat of serious injury. 

Relief may be granted for an initial period of up to four years, with the possibility of extending the relief 

to a maximum of eight years. Import relief is designed to redress the injury and to facilitate positive 

adjustment by the domestic industry; it may consist of increased tariffs, quantitative restrictions, or other 

forms of relief. Section 201 also authorizes the President to grant provisional relief in cases involving 

"critical circumstances" or certain perishable agricultural products. 

For an industry to obtain relief under Section 201, the USITC must first determine that a product is being 

imported into the United States in such increased quantities as to be a substantial cause (a cause which is 

important and not less than any other cause) of serious injury, or the threat thereof, to the U.S. industry 

producing a like or directly competitive product. If the USITC makes an affirmative injury determination 

(or is equally divided on injury) and recommends a remedy to the President, the President may provide 

relief either in the amount recommended by the USITC or in such other amount as he finds appropriate. 

The criteria for import relief in Section 201 are based on Article XIX of the GATT 1994 – the so-called 

“escape clause” – and the WTO Agreement on Safeguards. 

As of January 1, 2006, the United States had no safeguard measures in place. The United States did not 

impose any safeguard measures during 2006, and did not commence any safeguard investigations. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 222 

c. Section 421 

The terms of China’s accession to the WTO include a unique, China-specific safeguard mechanism. The 

mechanism allows a WTO member to limit increasing imports from China that disrupt or threaten to 

disrupt its market if China does not agree to take action to remedy or prevent the disruption. The 

mechanism applies to all industrial and agricultural goods and will be available until December 11, 2013. 

Section 421 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended by the U.S.-China Relations Act of 2000, implements 

this safeguard mechanism in U.S. law. For an industry to obtain relief under Section 421, the United 

States International Trade Commission (ITC) must first make a determination that products of China are 

being imported into the United States in such increased quantities or under such conditions as to cause or 

threaten to cause market disruption to the domestic producers of like or directly competitive products. 

The statute directs that if the ITC makes an affirmative determination, the President shall provide import 

relief, unless the President determines that provision of relief is not in the national economic interest of 

the United States or, in extraordinary cases, that the taking of action would cause serious harm to the 

national security of the United States. 

China’s terms of accession also permit a WTO Member to limit imports where a China-specific safeguard 

measure imposed by another Member causes or threatens to cause significant diversions of trade into its 

market. The trade diversion provision is implemented in U.S. law by Section 422 of the Trade Act of 

1974, as amended. 

Through the end of 2005, six petitions had been filed and adjudicated under Section 421. No new 

petitions were filed during 2006. 

On February 10, 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit dismissed the complaint filed 

against the President by Motion Systems Corporation, the petitioner in the first Section 421 investigation. 

The Court of Appeals held that the President has discretion in applying Section 421 and therefore judicial 

review is not available. The Court of Appeals also affirmed the Court of International Trade’s decision 

that the U.S. Trade Representative could not be sued under Section 421 because the USTR’s statutory role 

does not constitute “final agency action” and thus cannot be challenged in court. Motion Systems 

Corporation filed a petition for review with the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court denied the request on 

October 2, 2006. 

d. China Textile Safeguard

The terms for China’s accession to the WTO include a special textiles safeguard, which is available to 

WTO members until December 31, 2008. This safeguard covers all products that were subject to the 

WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing on January 1, 1995. 

Paragraph 242 of the Report on the Working Party for the Accession of China to the World Trade 

Organization (“Paragraph 242”) allows WTO Members that believe imports of Chinese-origin textile or 

apparel products are, due to market disruption, threatening to impede the orderly development of trade in 

these products to request consultations with China with a view to easing or avoiding such market 

disruption. Under Paragraph 242, the importing country must supply data which, in its view, show the 

“existence or threat” of market disruption and the role of Chinese-origin products in that disruption. On 

receipt of a request for consultations, China must impose specified limits on its exports of such products 

to the member country. If the consultations fail to yield a solution to the threat or existence of market 

disruption, the WTO Member may continue such limits on imports of Chinese-origin textile or apparel 

products for up to one year, unless such limits are reapplied. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 223 

As noted in last year’s Annual Report, on November 8, 2005, China and the United States signed a broad 

agreement that addresses imports of certain textile and apparel products from 2006 through 2008 (the 

“Memorandum of Understanding Between the Governments of the United States of America and the 

People’s Republic of China Concerning Trade in Textile and Apparel Products”). This agreement 

replaced the safeguard measures that had been taken by the United States under Paragraph 242, and no 

new measures were taken under this paragraph in 2006. At the request of USTR, the International Trade 

Commission issued a report in August 2006 with respect to the definition of baby socks covered by the 

agreement in order to facilitate the administration of the agreement. 

7. Trade Adjustment Assistance 

a. Overview and Assistance for Workers

The Trade Adjustment Assistance (TAA) program for workers, established under Title II, chapter 2, of 

the Trade Act of 1974, as amended, provides assistance for workers affected by foreign trade. Available 

assistance includes job retraining, trade readjustment allowances (TRA), job search assistance, relocation 

assistance, a health insurance tax credit, a wage supplement for older displaced workers, and other reemployment services. The program was most recently amended by the Trade Adjustment Assistance 

Reform Act (TAA Reform Act), which was part of the Trade Act of 2002, enacted on August 6, 2002. 

The TAA Reform Act expanded the TAA program and superseded the North America Free Trade 

Agreement Transitional Adjustment Assistance (NAFTA-TAA) program. The TAA Reform Act also 

raised the statutory cap on funds that may be allocated to the States for training from $110 million to $220 

million per year. Workers covered under certifications issued pursuant to TAA or NAFTA-TAA petitions 

filed on or before November 3, 2002, continue to be covered under the provisions of the TAA or NAFTATAA program that were in effect on September 30, 2001. Amendments to the TAA program apply to 

petitions for adjustment assistance that were filed on or after November 4, 2002. 

The TAA Reform Act expanded eligibility for the TAA program. For workers to be eligible to apply for 

TAA, the Secretary of Labor must certify that a significant number or proportion of the workers in a firm 

(or appropriate subdivision of the firm) have become totally or partially separated or threatened with such 

separation and: (1) increased imports contributed importantly to a decline in sales or production and to the 

separation or threatened separation of workers; or (2) there has been a shift in production to a country that 

has a free trade agreement with the United States or is a beneficiary country under the African Growth 

and Opportunity Act, the Andean Trade Preference Act or the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act; 

or (3) there has been a shift in production to another country, and there has been or is likely to be an 

increase in imports of like or directly competitive articles; or (4) loss of business as a supplier or 

downstream producer for a TAA-certified firm contributed importantly to worker layoffs. The fourth 

basis for certification is designed to cover certain secondarily-affected workers. 

The U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) administers the TAA program through the Employment and 

Training Administration (ETA). Workers certified as eligible to apply for adjustment assistance may 

apply for TAA benefits and services at the nearest local One-Stop Career Center. Local One-Stop Career 

Centers can be found on the Internet at www.servicelocator.org or by calling 1-877-US2-JOBS. In order 

to be eligible for TRA, the income support available under the program, workers must be enrolled in 

approved training within 8 weeks of the issuance of the DOL certification or within 16 weeks of the 

worker’s most recent qualifying separation (whichever is later). A 45-day extension is available under 

extenuating circumstances. A state may waive the training requirement under six specific conditions 

outlined in the law. 

The TAA Reform Act created the Health Coverage Tax Credit (HCTC) for certain trade-impacted 

workers and others. Covered individuals may be eligible to receive a tax credit equal to 65 percent of the 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 224 

amount they paid for qualifying health insurance coverage. The tax credit may be claimed at the end of 

the year, or a qualified individual may receive the credit in the form of monthly advance payments made 

directly to the health insurance provider. 

In addition, the TAA Reform Act of 2002 created the Alternative Trade Adjustment Assistance (ATAA) 

for Older Workers program. This program was implemented on August 6, 2003, and provides qualified 

trade-impacted workers, who are over 50 years of age and find other work within 26 weeks of separation, 

with a wage supplement of up to half the difference between their old and new salaries, in lieu of 

retraining. The maximum amount payable is $10,000 over a two-year period, and workers must earn less 

than $50,000 per year in their new employment to qualify for the program. 

 

Since implementation of the TAA Reform Act, DOL has implemented significant administrative reforms 

to improve program efficiency and the quality of services delivered to workers, including a reengineered 

petition process, certification of workers who produce intangible articles, inclusion of leased or contract 

workers in certifications, distribution of TAA training funds by formula, institutionalization of quarterly 

performance reporting requirements, and integration of services with WIA and the One-Stop system. The 

administrative reforms have led to a reduction in the average petition processing time from 96 days in 

Fiscal Year 2002 to 31 days in Fiscal Year 2006, increased ability of workers to access program benefits 

and services, improved fiscal management, and better program outcomes. 

Three separate Notices of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), implementing provisions of the TAA Reform 

Act, have been prepared by DOL. The first NPRM was published in the Federal Register on August 25, 

2006. It contains the provisions related to benefits for trade-certified individuals and state administration 

of the TAA program. The second NPRM was published in the Federal Register on October 18, 2006. It 

regulates the administration of the ATAA program. Public comments have been received on both of 

these NPRMs. DOL expects the final rules for both of these NPRMs to be published in spring 2007. A 

third NPRM, which will implement the group certification provisions under the Reform Act, is expected 

to be published in 2007. 

In 2006, DOL issued 1,426 certifications for TAA, covering an estimated 120,199 workers. Around 60 

percent of all TAA petitioners were certified as eligible to apply for program benefits and services. Over 

80,000 workers participated in a TAA training program in 2006, with 72 percent of program exiters 

reported as entering employment in the first quarter after leaving the program. The number of workers 

certified as eligible for the program has remained steady for the past two years, but has declined since it 

peaked in 2002 with an estimated 235,000 workers certified. 

b. Assistance for Farmers

The Trade Act of 2002 also contains a provision for Trade Adjustment Assistance for Farmers, with an 

appropriation of not more than $90 million for each fiscal year between 2003 and 2007 to be administered 

by the U.S. Department of Agriculture. The Secretary of Agriculture delegated authority for this program 

to the Administrator of the Foreign Agricultural Service. 

The regulation to implement Trade Adjustment Assistance for Farmers was published in the Federal

Register on August 20, 2003, and is now codified at 7 C.F.R. § 1580. Primary requirements for a farmer 

to be eligible are that the price of the basic agricultural commodity produced by the farmer in the most 

recent year is less than 80 percent of the average price over the previous five years, and that imports 

contributed importantly to the price decline. 

If a group of farmers is certified as eligible for benefits, individual producers can then apply to the Farm 

Service Agency for technical assistance and/or cash benefits. A producer must receive technical 

assistance to become eligible for cash benefits. Cash benefits are subject to certain personal and farm 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 225 

income limits, and cannot exceed $10,000 per year to an individual producer. The cash benefit per unit is 

one-half of the difference between the most recent year’s price and the previous five-year average price. 

If the funding authorized by Congress is insufficient to pay 100 percent of all claims during the fiscal 

year, payments will be prorated. 

c. Assistance for Firms and Industries 

The Trade Adjustment Assistance for Firms Program (the “TAA Program”) is authorized by Title II, 

Chapter 3 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2341 et seq.) (the “Trade Act”). The TAA 

Program provides technical assistance to help U.S. firms experiencing a decline in sales and employment 

to become more competitive in the global marketplace. To be certified for the TAA program, a firm must 

show that an increase in imports of like or directly competitive articles contributed to an important part of 

its decline in sales, production, or both, and to the separation or threat of separation of a significant 

portion of the firm’s workers. The Secretary of Commerce is responsible for administering the TAA 

Program and has delegated the statutory authority and responsibility under the Trade Act to the 

Department of Commerce’s Economic Development Administration (EDA). EDA regulations 

implementing the TAA Program are codified at 13 CFR Part 315 and may be accessed via EDA’s Internet 

website at: http://www.eda.gov/InvestmentsGrants/Lawsreg.xml

In Fiscal Year (FY) 2006, EDA awarded a total of $12,814,214 in TAA Program funds to its national 

network of 11 Trade Adjustment Assistance Centers (TAACs), each assigned a different geographic 

service area. TAACs are typically sponsored by universities or non-profit organizations and serve as the 

primary point of contact for firms as they proceed through the certification and adjustment proposal 

processes under the TAA Program. During FY 2006, EDA certified 171 petitions for eligibility and 

approved 137 adjustment proposals. 

Additional information on the TAA Program (including eligibility criteria and application process) is 

available at http://www.taacenters.org. 

8. Generalized System of Preferences 

a. Overview 

The U.S. Generalized System of Preferences (GSP), a program designed to promote economic growth in 

the developing world, provides preferential duty-free treatment for 3,400 products from 134 designated 

beneficiary countries and territories. The GSP program was instituted on January 1, 1976, and authorized 

under the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2461 et seq.) for a ten-year period. The GSP Program has been 

renewed periodically since then, most recently in 2006, when President Bush signed legislation that 

reauthorized the GSP program through the end of 2008. 

In 1996, an additional 1,400 articles were made eligible for duty-free treatment when supplied by least 

developed beneficiary developing countries (LDBDCs). There are 43 LDBDCs currently eligible for 

GSP benefits. LDBDCs are designated as such, pursuant to section 502(a) (2) of the Trade Act of 1974, 

as amended. In practice, they are typically GSP beneficiaries that are on the United Nations list of least 

developed countries. 

The combined lists of GSP-eligible products include most dutiable manufactures and semi-manufactures, 

and selected agricultural, fishery and primary industrial products not otherwise duty-free. Top U.S. 

imports under GSP in 2006 were petroleum (which is eligible for GSP duty-free treatment only from 

LDBDCs), jewelry, aluminum alloy products, refined copper cathodes, methanol, polyethylene 

terephthalate (PET), and wiring harnesses for vehicles. Certain articles are prohibited by law (19 U.S.C. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 226 

2463) from receiving GSP treatment, including most non-silk textiles and apparel, watches, footwear, 

handbags, luggage, flat goods, work gloves and other leather apparel. 

Several beneficiary developing countries (BDCs) and LDBDCs have been removed from GSPbeneficiary eligibility. This has occurred when certain countries have been newly designated by the 

World Bank as a “high income” country or when the interagency review of country practice petitions, 

submitted as part of GSP Annual Reviews, indicated that the beneficiary did not meet GSP statutory 

eligibility criteria such as those regarding protection of worker rights or intellectual property rights. 

b. Purpose of the GSP Program 

The underlying principle of the GSP program is that the creation of trade opportunities for developing 

countries is an effective way of encouraging broad-based economic development and a key means of 

sustaining the momentum of economic reform and liberalization. In its current form, the GSP program is 

designed to integrate developing countries into the international trading system in a manner 

commensurate with their development. The program achieves this objective by making it easier for 

exporters from developing economies to compete in the U.S. market with exporters from industrialized 

nations while, at the same time, excluding from GSP duty-free treatment those products determined by 

the President to be import-sensitive. The value of U.S. imports entering under the GSP program in 2006 

was approximately $32.6 billion, a 22 percent increase over the same period in 2005. 

In addition, the GSP program encourages beneficiaries to: (1) eliminate or reduce significant barriers to 

trade in goods, services, and investment; (2) afford all workers internationally recognized worker rights; 

and (3) provide adequate and effective means for foreign nationals to secure, exercise, and enforce 

property rights, including intellectual property rights.

c. Annual Reviews 

An important attribute of the GSP program is its ability to adapt, product by product, to shifting market 

conditions; to the changing needs of producers, workers, exporters, importers and consumers; and to 

concerns about individual beneficiaries’ continued conformity with the statutory criteria for eligibility in 

the U.S. GSP program. Modifications are made in the lists of articles eligible for duty-free treatment and 

countries eligible to be in the GSP program by means of an annual review. The process begins with 

publication of a Federal Register notice that requests submission of petitions for modifications in the list 

of eligible articles and beneficiary countries. 

For those petitions that are accepted, public hearings are held, a U.S. International Trade Commission 

study of the Aprobable economic impact@ of granting a petition affecting the list of articles eligible for 

duty-free treatment is prepared, and all relevant materials are reviewed by the interagency Trade Policy 

Staff Committee (TPSC). Following completion of this interagency review, the President announces his 

decision on which petitions are granted.

d. Conclusion of the 2005 GSP Annual Review 

In Proclamation 8033 of June 30, 2006, the President announced the results of the 2005 Annual Review. 

The Proclamation modified the duty-free treatment of certain GSP-eligible products and certain 

beneficiary developing countries under the Generalized System of Preferences. 

 

e. 2006 GSP Annual Review 

On June 29, 2006, a notice was published in the Federal Register announcing that USTR would receive 

petitions to modify the list of products eligible for duty-free treatment under the GSP program, and to 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 227 

modify the GSP status of certain beneficiary developing countries because of country practices. This 

notice initiated the 2006 Annual Review. 

A Federal Register notice was subsequently published that announced a request for comments on the 

possible withdrawal or suspension of GSP benefits with respect to Romania and Bulgaria. Other Federal 

Register notices were also published that informed the public of the availability of import statistics 

relating to competitive need limitations (CNLs) and inviting submission of petitions for waivers to 

competitive need limitations for the 2006 Annual Review. 

f. Designation of Beneficiary Developing Countries 

On December 29, 2005, a notice was published in the Federal Register announcing a review, including 

the solicitation of public comments, to consider the designation of Liberia as a LDBDC. In Proclamation 

7922 of February 22, 2006, the President designated Liberia as a LDBDC. 

On August 1, 2006, a notice was published in the Federal Register announcing a review, including the 

solicitation of public comments, to consider the designation of East Timor as a LDBDC for purposes of 

the GSP. In Proclamation 8098 of December 29, 2006, the President designated East Timor as a LDBDC. 

Additionally, the President determined that Bulgaria and Romania may no longer be designated as 

beneficiary developing countries for purposes of the GSP, effective for each of these countries when it 

becomes a European Union Member State, and determined that Afghanistan should be designated as a 

member of the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) for purposes of the GSP on 

the date that Afghanistan becomes a SAARC member. Bulgaria and Romania became European Union 

Member States on January 1, 2007. 

g. Overall Review of the GSP Program 

In connection with the potential expiration of the GSP program on December 31, 2006, and 

Congressional consideration of options for reauthorization, on October 6, 2005, a notice was published in 

the Federal Register requesting comments on whether the Administration=s operation of the GSP program 

should be changed so that benefits are not focused on trade from a few countries, and so that developing 

countries that traditionally have not been major traders under the program receive benefits. The notice 

also invited comments on the period for which Congress should reauthorize the GSP Program. 

Based on the information obtained, the TPSC initiated a further review and requested additional 

comments to determine whether major beneficiaries of the program have expanded exports or have 

progressed in their economic development within the meaning of the statute to the extent that their 

eligibility should be limited, suspended or withdrawn, pursuant to section 502(d) of the Trade Act of 1974 

(19 U.S.C. 2462(d)). The TPSC also initiated a review of the 83 existing competitive need limitation 

(CNL) waivers and requested comments on whether any waivers should be terminated, pursuant to 

section 503(d)(5) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 2463(d)(5)), because they are no longer warranted due to changed 

circumstances. Over 800 comments were received as part of second phase of the Overall Review, which 

is ongoing. 

h. Reauthorization of the GSP Program 

On December 20, 2006, President Bush signed legislation continuing the GSP program through 

December 31, 2008. This was the first time since the GSP program was created in 1974 that Congress 

has extended it without a lapse. This legislation reauthorized the program for all current beneficiaries and 

included new statutory thresholds to identify products that have reached a level of competitiveness 

suggesting that they no longer warrant duty-free benefits. 
V. Trade Enforcement Activities| 228 

USTR expects to issue a Federal Register notice in late February 2007, when full-year 2006 data are 

available, that will identify those waivers that meet the new thresholds established in the reauthorization 

legislation and are thus subject to potential revocation. 
VI. TRADE POLICY DEVELOPMENT 

A. Trade Capacity Building (TCB) 

Trade Capacity Building (TCB) is a critical part of the United States’ strategy to enable developing 

countries to negotiate and implement market-opening and reform-oriented trade agreements. Providing 

developing countries with the tools to maximize trade opportunities and improve the linkage between 

trade and development is critical to achieving broad-based reforms. Absolute poverty rates for 

globalizing countries have fallen sharply over the last 20 years. A 2004 study published by the Institute 

for International Economics found that trade barrier elimination in conjunction with related development 

policies would accelerate the decline in the number of people living in poverty over the next 15 years by 

an additional 500 million – greater than the entire population of the United States. 

The United States is committed to assisting developing countries build up their capacity by providing aid 

for trade. Aid to build trade capacity is about giving countries, particularly the least-trade active, the 

opportunity to participate in negotiations, so that they can make decisions about the benefits of trade 

deals. The aid assists these countries in implementing their obligations to bring certainty to their trade 

regimes. The assistance also addresses broader transition issues, so rural areas, small businesses and 

women entrepreneurs benefit from ambitious reforms in trade rules that are being negotiated in the WTO 

and other trade agreements. The United States is the largest single contributor of aid for trade and, in 

2005, pledged to double aid for trade funding by 2010.59 Total U.S. funding for TCB activities in 

FY2006 was approximately $1.4 billion, more than double the level of FY2001. In 2006, TCB funding 

was distributed as follows: 

• Asia: $173 million, for a total of $768 million since 2001 

• Central and Eastern Europe: $49 million, for a total of $363 million since 2001 

• Former Soviet Republics: $343 million, for a total of $741 million since 2001 

• Latin America and Caribbean: $240 million, for a total of $1.3 billion since 2001 

• Middle East and North Africa: $67 million, for a total of $944 million since 2001 

• Sub-Saharan Africa: $394 million, for a total of $1.08 billion since 2001 

The United States has been, and will continue to be, an active participant in the WTO’s Aid for Trade 

Initiative, including the Integrated Framework, that aims to help the least trade-active countries 

participate in the global trading system. U.S. cumulative spending on TCB activities from 2001 to 2006 

totaled over $5.6 billion.

Coherence. An important element of this work involves coordination with regard to technical assistance 

activities among international institutions such as the WTO, the World Bank, the IMF, the regional 

development banks, and other donors. The Administration’s intention is to avoid duplication and to 

identify and take advantage of donor complementarities in programming. The United States will work in 

partnership with these institutions and with other donors to ensure that international financial institutions 

(IFIs) offer trade-related assistance as an integral component of development programs – including 

increasing awareness of existing mechanisms and programs – tailored to the circumstances within each 

developing country. 

The United States’ efforts build on its long-standing commitment to help all countries benefit from the 

global trading system, including through mechanisms such as the Integrated Framework and the 

 

59 Subject to developing countries prioritizing trade in their development plans and approval of 

Presidential Budget requests.
VI. Trade Policy Development| 230 

Millennium Challenge Corporation; contributions to the WTO=s Annual Trade-related Technical 

Assistance program, including the Doha Development Agenda’s Global Trust Fund; assistance to 

countries acceding to the WTO; targeted assistance for developing countries participating in U.S. 

preference programs, such as the $200 million African Global Competitiveness Initiative helping Africa 

benefit from AGOA; TCB working groups that are integral elements of free trade negotiations; and 

Committees on TCB created to aid in the implementation of a number of FTAs, including the FTAs with 

the Dominican Republic and Central America, Colombia, Panama, and Peru. TCB assistance is helping 

countries work with the private sector and non-governmental organizations to transition to a more open 

economy, prepare for FTA and WTO negotiations and implement their trade obligations. 

1. Millennium Challenge Corporation 

The Millennium Challenge Corporation (MCC), established by the United States in 2004, provides a 

significant source of bilateral assistance for trade capacity building efforts to eligible countries. The 

purpose of the MCC is to ensure that the President=s vision of a new Aglobal development compact@ is 

implemented in a manner in which Agreater contributions from developed countries [are] linked to greater 

responsibility from developing nations.@

The U.S. Trade Representative is a member of the MCC’s Board of Directors. By giving eligible 

countries the opportunity to identify their own priorities and develop their own proposals for reducing 

poverty and spurring economic growth, the MCC enables countries to address long-term development 

obstacles, including in the area of trade. 

Since 2004, MCC programs are a significant component of U.S. contributions to TCB, channeling funds 

to low and lower middle income countries that demonstrate a strong commitment to investing in their 

people, ensuring political justice, encouraging economic freedom, and promoting sustainable natural 

resource management policies. In 2006, the MCC signed compacts with six nations: Armenia, Benin, El 

Salvador, Ghana, Mali and Vanuatu, which will fund approximately $2 billion in economic growth 

projects in the coming years, including significant TCB components. These compacts build on the five 

compacts signed before 2006. 

A total of 25 countries have been deemed “eligible” for MCC assistance. In November 2006, the MCC 

Board announced that in FY2007, Jordan, Moldova, and Ukraine will be eligible to negotiate compacts 

for development assistance with the MCC and that Niger, Peru, and Rwanda are eligible to participate in 

the MCC’s program designed to assist countries on the “threshold” of MCC eligibility for compact 

assistance. An additional 18 countries were previously selected for participation in the threshold 

program. The MCC is actively pursuing compacts with other eligible countries throughout the 

developing world. 

2. The Integrated Framework 

The Integrated Framework for Trade-related Assistance to Least-developed Countries (IF) is a multiorganization (including the WTO, World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, UNDP, and the International Trade 

Centre), multi-donor program that operates as a coordination mechanism for trade-related assistance to 

least developed countries (LDCs) with the overall objective of integrating trade into national development 

plans. The mechanism incorporates a diagnostic assessment and action plan formulated by one of the 

international organizations and the country. The action plan, consisting of needs identified by the 

diagnostic assessment, is offered to multilateral and bilateral donors. Project design and implementation 

can be accomplished through the resources of the IF Trust Fund or multilateral or bilateral donor 

programs in the field (as the United States does through its development assistance programs). The IF is 

exclusively for the LDCs, with the goal of getting the least trade active more involved. Of the 50 LDCs, 

39 are in the program. 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 231 

Following discussions in the World Bank’s Development Committee and the WTO, a process to enhance 

the IF was launched in early 2006. The United States was an active member of the Task Force created to 

guide this process and is an active participant in the implementation phase of this effort. The process 

focused on three elements to accelerate and improve the IF process: (1) increase resources for follow-up; 

(2) build the in-country capacity of countries to benefit from the IF; and (3) improve IF governance, 

including monitoring and dissemination of best practices. 

 

The United States has contributed funds for the past few years to the Integrated Framework Trust Fund to 

finance Diagnostic Trade Integration Studies (DTIS). USAID’s bilateral assistance to LDC participants 

supports initiatives both to integrate trade into national economic and development strategies and to 

address high priority “behind the border” capacity building needs designed to accelerate integration into 

the global trading system. The total FY2006 bilateral TCB assistance to the IF countries was $242 

million. Many of these countries also benefit from part of the $129 million in regional assistance 

provided by USAID. 

3. World Trade Organization-Related U.S. TCB 

International trade can play a major role in the promotion of economic growth and the alleviation of 

poverty. The WTO’s Doha Development Agenda (DDA) recognizes that TCB can facilitate the more 

effective integration of developing countries into the international trading system and enable them to 

benefit further from global trade. The United States provides leadership in promoting trade and economic 

growth in developing countries through comprehensive TCB programs. The United States directly 

supports the WTO’s trade-related technical assistance. 

Global Trust Fund: In April 2006, the U.S. Trade Representative announced that the United States 

would contribute approximately $1 million to the WTO for trade-related assistance for 2006. The latest 

contribution brought total U.S. contributions to the WTO Doha Development Agenda’s Global Trust 

Fund to almost $6 million since the launch of negotiations. 

Aid for Trade: The WTO’s Hong Kong Declaration created a new WTO framework in which to discuss 

and prioritize aid for trade. In 2006, this framework created an Aid for Trade Task Force to 

operationalize aid for trade efforts and offer recommendations as to how to improve the efficacy and 

efficiency of these efforts among WTO Members and other international organizations. The United 

States continues to be an active partner in the aid for trade discussion. 

WTO and Trade Facilitation: The United States spent $281 million in FY2006 on trade facilitation 

activities. In doing so, the United States has looked to support the WTO discussions by providing 

assistance to developing countries that seek help in responding to the regulatory proposals being made by 

members in the Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation. 

WTO Accession: The United States supports countries that have acceded or are in the process of 

acceding to the WTO. For example, in 2006, USAID and USDA provided WTO accession and 

implementation services to Vietnam, which became a WTO member on January 11, 2007. In 2006, the 

United States also provided WTO accession support to Iraq, Afghanistan, Cape Verde, Ethiopia, the Lao 

PDR, Ukraine, and a number of other countries in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union.

4. TCB Initiatives for Africa 

The United States is aggressively funding programs and developing new initiatives at the multilateral and 

bilateral levels to address the specific needs of African countries with respect to reducing poverty and 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 232 

spurring economic growth. The United States has matched its trade initiatives with an equally strong 

commitment to provide assistance at the regional, sub-regional, and country levels. 

African Global Competitiveness Initiative: In July 2005, the United States announced the African 

Global Competitiveness Initiative (AGCI) to build sub-Saharan Africa’s capacity for trade and 

competitiveness. The AGCI is currently providing $200 million in funding over five years to: (1) expand 

African trade with the United States under the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA) trade 

preference program, with other international trading partners and regionally within Africa; and (2) 

promote export competitiveness of sub-Saharan African countries. Specifically, AGCI is assisting with 

trade capacity development by supporting four regional USAID-funded Regional Hubs for Global 

Competitiveness – in Botswana, Kenya, Ghana and Senegal – as well as supporting USAID bilateral 

missions to help African countries diversify trade, remove key barriers to expanding growth, and thus 

maximize the benefits of greater participation in global markets. For example, the trade hubs in Ghana 

and Senegal have made recent progress in aiding in the creation and expansion of export markets for 

African seafood, cashews, and shea butter. In East Africa, the trade hub is expanding export markets for 

African produced home décor and leather goods. In South Africa, the trade hub is expanding the regional 

agricultural trade in melons.

African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA): AGOA, enacted in 2000, is a U.S. trade preference 

program that is reducing barriers to trade, increasing exports, creating jobs and expanding opportunity for 

Africans. Under AGOA, eligible countries can export most of their products to the United States dutyfree. Since the implementation of AGOA, two-way trade with sub-Saharan Africa has increased 115 

percent. (See the Africa Chapter for more information on AGOA.) 

Trade capacity building is an important element of AGOA implementation. As a result, TCB funding for 

Sub-Saharan Africa reached $394 million in FY2006, an increase of 95 percent over FY2005. Several 

U.S. agencies – including USAID, Homeland Security’s Customs and Border Protection, and the 

Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce – have conducted technical assistance and outreach 

programs designed to assist beneficiary countries to maximize their AGOA benefits. AGOA 

implementation is a major focus of the four regional trade hubs cited above. For example, Animal and 

Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) experts have been posted to each of the hubs to assist African 

countries in meeting U.S. food safety standards. The trade hubs also conduct seminars and workshops 

designed to help African businesses make the most of AGOA’s trade opportunities. 

Comprehensive Africa Agriculture Development Program (CAADP): CAADP is a New Partnership 

for Africa’s Development (NEPAD) program in which African Heads of State agreed to achieve and 

sustain a 6 percent annual agricultural growth rate. The United States committed in September 2005 that 

USAID, as part of the Presidential Initiative to End Hunger in Africa, will program approximately $200 

million in fiscal year 2006 for the first year of a five-year effort from 2006 to 2010 to support African 

leaders’ implementation of the CAADP. USAID expects similar commitments over each of the next four 

years. USAID works with governments, NGOs, and the private sector to expand alliances in grains, 

cocoa, coffee, cotton, horticulture, dairy, cassava, and other priority commodity food systems. Among 

other things, the framework, and efforts to support it, directly enhances Africa’s ability to benefit and 

participate in global trade and world trade agreements in agriculture. In November 2006, representatives 

of development agencies from the major donor countries met in Geneva to coordinate their aid efforts 

under the CAADP framework. 

Assistance to West African Cotton Producers: In 2006, the United States continued to fully mobilize 

its development agencies to address the obstacles faced by West African countries — particularly Benin, 

Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali and Senegal — in the cotton sector. The MCC, USAID, USDA, and the 

United States Trade and Development Agency (USTDA) all continued work on a coherent long-term 

development program based on the priorities of the West Africans. The United States will continue to 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 233 

coordinate with the WTO, World Bank, the African Development Bank, and others as part of the 

multilateral effort to address the development aspects of cotton. This includes active participation in the 

WTO Secretariat’s monthly meetings with donors and recipient countries to discuss the development 

aspects of cotton. 

In October 2006, the U.S. Trade Representative, the Secretary of Agriculture, and other senior 

Administration officials met with trade ministers from Benin, Burkina Faso, Chad, and Mali to discuss 

trade-related issues, including cotton. In addressing the ministers, Ambassador Schwab stated, “We 

believe a multilateral agreement to open markets, coupled with technical assistance, will provide concrete 

benefits for African cotton producers and directly address their biggest problems.” 

In 2006, the United States undertook a number of activities to support the West African cotton industry: 

• In January 2006, USAID and USDA officials met with representatives from Benin, Chad, 

Mali, and Senegal, and a number of West Africa regional organizations in Benin to 

identify and coordinate country-specific and regional activities relating to cotton for 

implementation under West Africa Cotton Improvement Program (WACIP). 

• In June 2006, the United States announced a significant increase in funding for the 

WACIP. The WACIP was launched in November 2005 with initial funding of $7 

million. The June announcement increased total funding to $27 million over the three 

year life of the program. The program is aimed at helping to improve the production and 

marketing of cotton in five countries: Benin, Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali, and Senegal. 

The WACIP is designed to help achieve the following objectives: (1) reduce soil 

degradation and expand the use of good agricultural practices; (2) strengthen private 

agricultural organizations; (3) establish a West African regional training program for 

ginners; (4) improve the quality of West African cotton through better classification of 

seed cotton and lint; (5) improve linkages between U.S. and West African research 

organizations involved with cotton; (6) improve the enabling environment for agricultural 

biotechnology; and (7) assist with policy/institutional reform. 

 

• On August 1, 2006, the provision of the Deficit Reduction Omnibus Reconciliation Act 

of 2005, which repealed the “Step 2” cotton program, went into effect, thereby 

terminating U.S. export subsidies and import substitution subsidies on cotton. 

• The U.S. provided critical leadership on a landmark debt relief package of $6 billion for 

Benin, Burkina Faso, Mali, and Senegal. Effective July 2006, as part of the Multilateral 

Debt Relief Initiative (MDRI), these countries (along with other Heavily Indebted Poor 

Countries) received 100 percent cancellation of outstanding obligations to the World 

Bank’s International Development Association (IDA). 

• In 2006, the MCC signed compacts with Benin and Mali representing over $750 million 

in development assistance to be distributed in the coming years, much of which is 

allocated to agricultural and infrastructure investment. Burkina Faso and Senegal are 

eligible to enter into MCC compacts and both are in the process of proposing projects to 

the MCC. 

• In the autumn of 2006, USAID/West Africa signed a cooperative agreement with a 

consortium of agriculture development organizations to implement the enhanced WACIP. 

Implementation, including consultation with stakeholders, began in January 2007. 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 234 

5. Free Trade Agreement Negotiations 

Although the WTO programs and the IF are priorities, they are only part of the U.S. TCB effort. In order 

to help our FTA partners participate in negotiations, implement the rules, and benefit over the long-term, 

USTR has created TCB working groups in free trade negotiations with developing countries and 

committees on TCB to prioritize and coordinate TCB activities during the transition and implementation 

periods. USAID, its field missions, and a number of other U.S. Government assistance providers actively 

participate in these working groups and committees so that the TCB needs identified can be quickly and 

efficiently incorporated into ongoing regional and country assistance programs. The Committees on TCB 

also invite non-government organizations, representatives from the private sector, and international 

institutions to join in building the trade capacity of the countries in each region. Trade capacity building 

is a fundamental feature of bilateral cooperation in support of the completed Dominican Republic-Central 

America-United States Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA-DR), our signed free trade agreements with 

Colombia and Peru and the recently concluded free trade agreement with Panama. 

a. Dominican Republic-Central America Free Trade Agreement 

 

In 2006, the Dominican Republic-Central America-United States Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA-DR) 

went into effect in all countries except the Dominican Republic and Costa Rica. During CAFTA-DR 

negotiations, the United States and other international institutions worked with the Central American 

countries through the CAFTA-DR TCB Working Group to address trade capacity issues, such as rural 

diversification programs for agricultural products (e.g., coffee), market linkages for goods and services, 

food industry development, strengthening of labor and customs systems, and combating exploitive child 

labor. In order to create a mechanism to continue the productive work of the TCB working group during 

implementation, the CAFTA-DR agreement included a provision which creates a Committee on TCB to 

build on the progress made during negotiations. The Committee on TCB held its first meeting in 

February of 2007 in Guatemala City, Guatemala and plans to hold another later in the year in 

Washington, D.C. The United States provided over $100 million in TCB assistance through bilateral and 

regional assistance programs to the CAFTA-DR countries in FY2006 and plans to provide more than 

$850 million in assistance through compacts signed with the MCC, much of it devoted to TCB projects in 

El Salvador, Honduras, and Nicaragua. 

b. Colombia and Peru Trade Promotion Agreements 

During free trade negotiations with the Andean countries, a working group on Trade Capacity Building, 

which included the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), the World Bank (WB), the Andean 

Regional Development Bank, the OAS, and ECLAC, addressed a broad range of economic assistance 

issues, including programs to aid small and medium enterprises, rural farmers, food safety inspectors, and 

customs officials. These programs are intended to help the countries to implement the obligations of the 

agreement and to more broadly benefit from the opportunities created by the free trade agreement. The 

United States provided $107.6 million in TCB assistance to the Andean countries in FY2006, up from 

$95.2 million in FY2005. 

In April 2006, the United States and Peru signed a comprehensive free trade agreement—the United 

States-Peru Trade Promotion Agreement (PTPA). The PTPA includes a provision that creates a 

Committee on TCB to build on work done during the negotiations by the TCB working group, which 

included further refining and implementing Peru’s national TCB strategy and fostering critical assistance 

in promoting economic growth, reducing poverty, and adjusting to liberalized trade. 

In November 2006, the United States and Colombia signed a comprehensive free trade agreement—The 

United States-Colombia Trade Promotion Agreement (CTPA). As with the PTPA, the CTPA also 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 235 

includes the creation of a Committee on TCB to build upon the progress made by the TCB working group 

on economic assistance and poverty alleviation. 

c. Panama Trade Promotion Agreement 

As with the agreements with Central America, the Dominican Republic, Peru, and Columbia, the United 

States-Panama Trade Promotion Agreement creates a trade capacity building committee which will aid 

Panama in the implementation of its obligations and allow it to more broadly benefit from the 

opportunities created by the free trade agreement. 

B. Congressional Affairs 

In 2006, USTR worked closely with the 109th Congress to move forward the President’s bilateral, 

regional and multilateral trade agenda. Consistent with the Bipartisan Trade Promotion Authority Act of 

2002, USTR held meaningful consultations before and after each round of negotiations. These 

consultations provided the Administration with valuable advice on agreements that were concluded and 

approved by the Congress in 2006. 

 

The Congress passed with bipartisan support and the President signed into law the U.S.-Oman Free Trade 

Agreement in September 2006. In addition, in 2006, USTR worked with the Congress to pass legislation 

enabling permanent normal trade relations with Ukraine and Vietnam. The latter was approved by the 

U.S. Congress and signed into law in December 2006.

USTR also worked closely with Congress on the successful conclusion of negotiations on agreements 

with Peru, Colombia, and Panama. The Peru Trade Promotion Agreement was signed in April 2006 and 

awaits Congressional consideration. The United States and Colombia signed the Colombia Trade 

Promotion Agreement on November 22, 2006. Negotiations with Panama were concluded in late 

December 2006. 

USTR continued its consultations with the Congress with respect to negotiations with Malaysia, Korea, 

Ecuador, Thailand, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), the Southern African Customs Union (SACU) and 

the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA). 

In addition to free trade agreements, USTR maintained an ongoing dialogue with the Congress on 

multilateral initiatives in 2006. USTR consulted with the Congress on the WTO Doha Development 

Round and on legislation intended to bring United States into compliance with WTO rulings. USTR also 

worked with Congress to reauthorize several important trade preference programs such as the Generalized 

System of Preferences, the African Growth and Opportunity program, and the Andean Trade Preference 

Act.

C. Private Sector Advisory System and Intergovernmental Affairs 

USTR’s Office of Intergovernmental Affairs and Public Liaison (IAPL) administers the federal trade 

advisory committee system and provides outreach to, and facilitates dialogue with, state and local 

governments, the business and agricultural communities, labor, environmental, consumer, and other 

domestic groups on trade policy issues. 

The advisory committee system, established by the U.S. Congress in 1974, falls under the auspices of 

IAPL. The advisory committee system was created to ensure that U.S. trade policy and trade negotiating 

objectives adequately reflect U.S. public and private sector interests. The advisory committee system 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 236 

consists of 27 advisory committees, with a total membership of approximately 700 advisors. It is 

managed by IAPL, in cooperation with other agencies including the Departments of Agriculture, 

Commerce, Labor, and the Environmental Protection Agency. 

IAPL also has been designated as the NAFTA and WTO State Coordinator. As such, the office serves as 

the liaison to state points of contact, and state and local government officials, on information regarding 

the U.S. trade agenda, the implementation of the NAFTA and the WTO, bilateral free trade agreements 

(FTAs), and other trade issues of interest. 

Finally, IAPL coordinates USTR’s outreach to the public and private sector through public briefings, 

notification of USTR Federal Register Notices soliciting written comments from the public and holding 

of Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC) public hearings, consulting with and briefing interested 

constituencies, speaking at conferences and meetings around the country, and meeting frequently with a 

broad spectrum of groups at their request. 

1. The Advisory Committee System 

The advisory committees provide information and advice with respect to U.S. negotiating objectives and 

bargaining positions before entering into trade agreements, on the operation of any trade agreement once 

entered into, and on other matters arising in connection with the development, implementation, and 

administration of U.S. trade policy. 

The system consists of 27 advisory committees. Currently, there are approximately 700 advisors and 

membership can grow to a total of up to 1,000 advisors. Recommendations for candidates for committee 

membership are collected from a number of sources, including Members of Congress, associations and 

organizations, publications, other federal agencies, and individuals who have demonstrated an interest or 

expertise in U.S. trade policy. Membership selection is based on qualifications, geography, and the needs 

of the specific committee. Members pay for their own travel and other related expenses. In 2004, the 

number of industry committees at the technical level was streamlined and consolidated to better reflect 

the composition of the U.S. economy, in response to recommendations by the U.S. Government 

Accountability Office (GAO). 

The system is arranged in three tiers: the President’s Advisory Committee for Trade Policy and 

Negotiations (ACTPN); four policy advisory committees dealing with environment, labor, agriculture, 

and intergovernmental issues; and 22 technical and sectoral advisory committees in the areas of industry 

and agriculture. Additional information on the advisory committee can be found on the USTR website 

(http://www.ustr.gov/outreach/advise.shtml). 

Private sector advice is both a critical and integral part of the trade policy process. USTR maintains an 

ongoing dialogue with interested private sector parties on trade agenda issues. The advisory committee 

system is unique since the committees meet on a regular basis and receive sensitive information about 

ongoing trade negotiations and other trade policy issues and developments. Committee members are 

required to have a security clearance. 

Recently, USTR introduced a significant improvement to facilitate the work of the advisory committees, 

by creating a secure encrypted advisors’ website with password protection. Confidential draft texts of 

FTA agreements were posted to the secure website on an ongoing basis to allow advisors to provide 

comments to U.S. officials in a timely fashion during the course of negotiations. This has enhanced the 

quality and quantity of input from cleared advisors, especially from those advisors who reside outside of 

Washington, DC. 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 237 

USTR has introduced additional procedural innovations to improve the operation of the advisory 

committee system. This includes a single monthly advisory committee teleconference call with the 

“Chairs” for all 27 committees. This keeps “Chairs” appraised of ongoing developments and important 

dates on the trade negotiations calendar, which, in turn, facilitates greater transparency for all advisors. 

Additionally, USTR and the Departments of Commerce and Agriculture convene periodic plenary 

sessions of the industry trade advisory committees, and the agricultural technical committees, 

respectively, in order to make more efficient use of negotiators’ time with the committees and allow the 

further exchange of ideas among committees. 

a. President’s Advisory Committee on Trade Policy and Negotiations 

The ACTPN consists of up to 45 members who are broadly representative of the key economic sectors 

affected by trade. The President appoints ACTPN members for two-year renewable terms. The ACTPN 

is the highest-tier committee in the system that examines U.S. trade policy and agreements from the broad 

context of the overall national interest. 

b. Policy Advisory Committees 

At the second tier, the members of the four policy advisory committees are appointed by the USTR alone 

or in conjunction with other Cabinet officers. The Intergovernmental Policy Advisory Committee 

(IGPAC) is appointed and managed solely by USTR. Those policy advisory committees managed jointly 

with the Departments of Agriculture, Labor, and the Environmental Protection Agency are, respectively, 

the Agricultural Policy Advisory Committee (APAC), Labor Advisory Committee (LAC), and Trade and 

Environment Policy Advisory Committee (TEPAC). Members serve two-year renewable terms or until 

the committee’s charter expires. Each committee provides advice based upon the perspective of its 

specific area. 

c. Technical and Sectoral Committees 

At the third tier, the 22 technical and sectoral advisory committees are organized into two areas: industry 

and agriculture. Representatives are appointed jointly by the USTR and the Secretaries of Commerce and 

Agriculture, respectively. Each sectoral or technical committee represents a specific sector or commodity 

group and provides specific technical advice concerning the effect that trade policy decisions may have 

on its sector or issue. 

There are six agricultural technical committees (ATACs) co-chaired by USTR and Agriculture. There are 

sixteen industry trade advisory committees (ITACs), which reflect a streamlined and consolidated 

structure instituted in 2004. 

The restructuring was consistent with recommendations in a U.S. Government Accountability Office 

Report, "International Trade: Advisory Committee System Should be Upgraded to Better Serve U.S. 

Policy Needs" (GAO 02-876), and reflects the commitment of USTR, Commerce, USDA, Labor and EPA 

to improve the trade advisory committee system. 

2. State and Local Government Relations 

With the passage of the NAFTA Implementation Act in 1993 and the Uruguay Round Agreements Act in 

1994, the United States created expanded consultative procedures between federal trade officials and state 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 238 

and local governments. Under both agreements, USTR’s Office of IAPL is designated as the “Coordinator 

for State Matters.” IAPL carries out the functions of informing the states, on an ongoing basis, of traderelated matters that directly relate to or that may have a direct effect on them. U.S. territories may also 

participate in this process. IAPL also serves as a liaison point in the Executive Branch for state and local 

government and federal agencies to transmit information to interested state and local governments, and 

relay advice and information from the states on trade-related matters. This is accomplished through a 

number of mechanisms: 

a. State Point of Contact System 

For day-to-day communications, pursuant to the NAFTA and Uruguay Round implementing legislation 

and Statements of Administrative Action, USTR created a State Single Point of Contact (SPOC) system. 

The Governor’s office in each State designates a single contact point to disseminate information received 

from USTR to relevant state and local offices and assist in relaying specific information and advice from 

the states to USTR on trade-related matters. 

The SPOC network ensures that state governments are promptly informed of Administration trade 

initiatives so their companies and workers may take full advantage of increased foreign market access and 

reduced trade barriers. It also enables USTR to consult with states and localities directly on trade matters 

which may affect them. SPOCs regularly receive USTR press releases, Federal Register notices, and 

other pertinent information. In 2006, USTR introduced a regular monthly conference call for SPOCs and 

members of the Intergovernmental Policy Advisory Committee (see below) to keep state and local 

governments apprised of timely trade developments of interest. 

b. Intergovernmental Policy Advisory Committee 

For advice from states and localities on trade policy matters, USTR has established an Intergovernmental 

Policy Advisory Committee on Trade (IGPAC). It is one of the four policy advisory committees 

discussed above. The IGPAC is comprised of representatives from all three branches of government and 

associations. Appointed on a bipartisan basis, the committee makes recommendations to the USTR and 

the Administration on trade policy matters from the perspective of state and local governments. USTR 

has sought to augment IGPAC’s membership and expertise in order to receive timely advice on technical 

aspects of trade agreements. In 2006, IGPAC was briefed and consulted on trade priorities of interest to 

states and localities, including: voluntary government procurement commitments and reciprocity in trade 

agreements, ongoing negotiations in the WTO Doha Development Agenda with respect to the General 

Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) and other matters, and bilateral FTA negotiations. IGPAC 

members were also invited to participate in monthly teleconference call briefings along with State Points 

of Contact. 

c. Meetings of State and Local Associations and Local Chambers of Commerce 

USTR officials participate frequently in meetings of state and local government associations to apprise 

them of relevant trade policy issues and solicit their views. For example, in 2006, USTR officials met 

with the National Governors’ Association, Council of State Governments, National Conference of State 

Legislatures, Conference of Chief Justices of state supreme courts and others. USTR officials also 

addressed gatherings of state and local officials, as well as local and regional chambers of commerce 

around the country. 

d. Consultations Regarding Specific Trade Issues 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 239 

USTR initiates consultations with particular states and localities on issues arising under the WTO and 

other U.S. trade agreements, and frequently responds to requests for information from state and local 

governments. Topics of interest included the WTO Government Procurement Agreement (GPA), WTO 

General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) issues, FTA negotiations, NAFTA investment issues 

and others. On the issue of voluntary coverage of state government procurement under the GPA and 

FTAs, USTR consults extensively with governors’ offices and other state officials. USTR also prepares 

periodic facts sheets to explain the benefits and specific provisions of trade agreements. 

3. Public and Private Sector Outreach 

It is important to recognize that the advisory committee system is but one of a variety of mechanisms 

through which the Administration obtains advice from interested groups and organizations on the 

development of U.S. trade policy. In formulating specific U.S. objectives in major trade negotiations, 

USTR also routinely solicits written comments from the public via Federal Register notices, consults 

with and briefs interested constituencies, holds public hearings, and meets with a broad spectrum of 

private sector and non-governmental groups. 

a. 2006 Outreach Efforts 

The 2006 trade agenda provided many opportunities for USTR to conduct outreach to, and consultations 

with, diverse trade policy stakeholders including the advisory committees, state and local governments, 

private sector and non-governmental groups. 

i. World Trade Organization 

Throughout 2006, USTR continued to solicit advice from cleared advisors, business and agriculture 

sectors, state governments and other domestic stakeholders and the general public regarding U.S. 

objectives for the Doha Development Agenda in areas such as agriculture, non-agriculture market access 

and services. USTR also conducted outreach and consultations with advisors and domestic stakeholders 

on WTO accession negotiations for Vietnam and Russia, for example. USTR developed timely WTO 

Fact Sheets for posting to the public website and disseminated these broadly to interested parties. 

ii. Bilateral Trade Agreements 

In 2006, USTR briefed and facilitated consultations with advisory committees and other stakeholders on 

free trade agreement negotiations, such as Korea, Malaysia, Thailand, Colombia, Peru, Panama, Oman, 

and UAE. This included advisory committee meetings, teleconference briefings on the progress of 

negotiations, issuing public fact sheets, and making materials widely available on the USTR website. 

Advisory committee reports on concluded FTAs, as required under the Trade Act of 2002, were delivered 

to the President, USTR, and Congress, and made public on USTR’s website well in advance of 

congressional consideration of the FTAs to enable informed public discussion. 

iii. Monitoring and Compliance Activities 

USTR briefed and facilitated consultations with advisors, state officials and other stakeholders on trade 

disputes such as the WTO civil aircraft subsidies case, the EU biotechnology case, China’s treatment of 

U.S. automotive parts, the Canada softwood lumber dispute, the Antigua and Barbuda internet gaming 

services case and other items. Other issues of interest to advisors and domestic groups included USTR’s 

Top to Bottom Review of US-China Trade Relations and report entitled “ U.S.-China Trade Relations: 
VI. Trade Policy Development| 240 

Entering a New Phase of Greater Accountability and Enforcement,” the first comprehensive statement of 

U.S. trade policy towards China since it joined the WTO in 2001. 

iv. Public Trade Education 

USTR continues its efforts to promote and educate the public on trade issues. USTR has participated in 

educational efforts regarding U.S. trade activities and their benefits through speeches, publications and 

briefings. In 2006, USTR continued its fact sheet and e-mail service, called Trade Facts, to update 

interested parties on important U.S. trade initiatives and explain the benefits and provisions of trade 

agreements. This service provides USTR press releases, fact sheets, and background information to 

advisors and to the general public. USTR’s Internet homepage also serves as a vehicle to communicate to 

the public. During 2006, USTR initiated a bimonthly electronic newsletter, Trade Talk, to provide 

regular and timely trade agenda updates to advisors, state and local governments, other stakeholders and 

the public. Subscription to the newsletter is free and interested parties may subscribe at www.ustr.gov. 

D. Policy Coordination 

The U.S. Trade Representative has primary responsibility, with the advice of the interagency trade policy 

organization, for developing and coordinating the implementation of the U.S. trade policy, including on 

commodity matters and to the extent they are related to trade, direct investment matters. Under the Trade 

Expansion Act of 1962, the Congress established an interagency trade policy mechanism to assist with the 

implementation of these responsibilities. This organization, as it has evolved, consists of three tiers of 

committees that constitute the principal mechanism for developing and coordinating U.S. Government 

positions on international trade and trade-related investment issues. 

The Trade Policy Review Group (TPRG) and the Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC), administered 

and chaired by USTR, are the subcabinet interagency trade policy coordination groups that are central to 

this process. The TPSC is the first line operating group, with representation at the senior civil servant 

level. Supporting the TPSC are more than 80 subcommittees responsible for specialized issues. The 

TPSC regularly seeks advice from the public on its policy decisions and negotiations through Federal

Register notices and public hearings. In 2006, the TPSC held public hearings on: the United States-Korea 

Free Trade Agreement (March 14, 2006); the United States-Malaysia Free Trade Agreement (May 3, 

2006); and China’s Compliance with WTO Commitments (September 28, 2006). The transcripts of these 

hearings are available in USTR’s Reading Room. 

Through the interagency process, USTR requests input and analysis from members of the appropriate 

TPSC subcommittee or task force. The conclusions and recommendations of this group are then 

presented to the full TPSC and serve as the basis for reaching interagency consensus. If agreement is not 

reached in the TPSC, or if particularly significant policy questions are being considered, issues are 

referred to the TPRG (Deputy USTR/Under Secretary level). 

Member agencies of the TPSC and the TPRG consist of the Departments of Commerce, Agriculture, 

State, Treasury, Labor, Justice, Defense, Interior, Transportation, Energy, Health and Human Services, 

and Homeland Security, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Office of Management and Budget, 

the Council of Economic Advisers, the Council on Environmental Quality, the International Development 

Cooperation Agency, the National Economic Council, and the National Security Council. The U.S. 

International Trade Commission is a non-voting member of the TPSC and an observer at TPRG meetings. 

Representatives of other agencies also may be invited to attend meetings depending on the specific issues 

discussed. 
ANNEX I 
Annex I. U.S. Trade in 2006 

I. 2006 Overview 

U.S. trade (exports and imports of goods and services, and the receipt and payment of earnings on foreign 

investment)1 increased by over 17 percent in 2006 to a value of nearly $5.1 trillion.2 This marked the third 

consecutive year of strong growth (trade was up 17 percent in 2004, and 15 percent in 2005). The increase in 

trade in 2006 largely reflected a strong U.S. economy (real GDP up over 3.0 percent) as well as improved 

economic conditions in a number of U.S. trade partners. U.S. trade in goods and services increased by 12 

percent, while U.S. trade of goods alone increased by 13 percent and U.S. trade of services alone increased by 

9 percent. Exports of goods and services, and earnings on investment increased by 18 percent in 2006, while 

imports of goods and services and payments on investment increased by 17 percent. 

In 2005, the latest year in which data is available, the United States was the world’s largest trading nation for 

both exports and imports of goods and services.3 The United States accounts for roughly 17 percent of world 

goods trade and for roughly 18 percent of world services trade.4 Through 2006, the value of U.S. trade has 

increased 37-fold since 1970, and 169 percent since 1994, the year before the start of the Uruguay Round 

implementation (figure 1).5 U.S. trade expansion was more rapid in the 1970-2006 period than the growth of 

the overall U.S. economy, in both nominal and real terms. In nominal terms, trade has grown at an annual 

average rate of 10.6 percent per year since 1970, compared to U.S. gross domestic product (GDP) whose 

average growth over the same period was 7.3 percent. In real terms, the average annual growth in trade was 

double the pace of GDP growth, 6.5 percent versus 3.1 percent. 

The value of trade in goods and services, including earnings and payments on investment, was a record 38 

percent of the value of U.S. GDP in 2006 (figure 2). This represented an increase from the corresponding 

figure in 2005 (35 percent).6 For goods and services, excluding investment earnings and payments, U.S. 

trade represented a record 28 percent of the value of GDP in 2006, and was up from 27 percent in 2005.7 

 

1 Earnings on foreign investment are considered trade because they are conceptually the payment made to 

foreign residents for the service rendered by the use of foreign capital. Beyond the overview section, however, this 

chapter deals with goods and services trade, excluding foreign investment earnings. All trade values are nominal 

unless otherwise indicated. 

2 In this Chapter, 2006 is estimated based on partial year data (January-November). 

3 Germany is the largest goods exporter, having surpassed the United States in 2003. 

4 Trade in goods and services excluding intra-EU trade. 

5 Trade in goods and services alone has increased 31-fold since 1970 and 117 percent since 1994. 

6 Thirteen percent of the value of GDP in 1970 and 27 percent in 1994. 

7 Eleven percent of the value of GDP in 1970 and 22 percent in 1994. 
Figure 1: 

U.S. Trade Growth

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

19701972

19741976

19781980

1982198419861988

1990

1992

1994

19961998

20002002

20042006

Billions of Dollars

Goods and services and payments and earnings on investment

Goods and services only

Total exports + imports

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce

Figure 2: 

Growing Importance of Trade in the U.S. Economy

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%

35.0%

40.0%

45.0%

1970

1972

1974

1976

1978

1980

1982

1984

1986

1988

1990

1992

1994

1996

1998

2000

2002

2004

2006

Relative to U.S. GDP (%)

Goods and services and payments and earnings on investment

Goods and services only

Total exports + imports as a percentage of the value of U.S. GDP

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce
This growth in trade has occurred in both U.S. exports and imports. U.S. exports of goods and services 

(including investment earnings) in 2006 are 28-fold greater than 1970 and 136 percent greater than 1994. 

U.S. imports of goods and services are 46-fold greater than 1970 and 200 percent greater than 1994. 

With the value of U.S. exports increasing less than that of imports, the total deficit on goods and services 

trade (excluding earnings and payments on foreign investment) increased by approximately $54 billion from 

$717 billion in 2005 (5.8 percent of GDP) to $771 billion in 2006 (still roughly 5.8 percent of GDP). The 

U.S. deficit in goods trade alone increased by $60 billon from $783 billion in 2005 (6.3 percent of GDP) to 

$843 billion in 2006 (still roughly 6.3 percent of GDP). The services trade surplus increased by $6 billion 

from $66 billion in 2005 (0.5% of GDP) to $72 billion in 2006 (0.5 percent of GDP). 

II. Goods Trade 

A. Export Growth 

U.S. goods exports increased by 15 percent in 2006, as compared to the 11 percent increased in the preceding 

year (table 1 and figure 3). Manufacturing exports, which accounted for 86 percent of total goods exports, 

were up 14 percent, while agriculture exports, which accounted for 7 percent of total goods exports, were up 

by 12 percent. High technology exports, a subset of manufacturing exports, accounted for 24 percent of total 

goods exports and were up 17 percent in 2006. U.S. goods exports increased for every major end-use 

category in 2006, with the largest increase in the industrial supplies and materials category, up 19 percent. 

Since 1994, U.S. goods exports are up 104 percent. Manufacturing exports increased 107 percent, while high 

technology exports increased 110 percent, and agriculture exports increased 59 percent. Exports of industrial 

supplies and materials, consumer goods and capital goods have more than doubled. Of the $525 billion 

increase in goods exports since 1994, capital goods accounted for 40 percent of the increase, industrial 

supplies and materials accounted for 29 percent, and consumer goods accounted for 13 percent. 

U.S. goods exports increased to all major markets in 2006 (table 2), led by a growth rate of 33 percent to 

China, and 23 percent to Latin America, excluding Mexico. U.S. exports increased 12 percent to industrial 

countries and 18 percent to developing countries. Since 1994, U.S. goods exports to developing countries 

exhibited higher growth rates than that to industrial countries, 131 percent compared to 83 percent. However, 

the United States still exports the majority of its goods to industrial countries, roughly 52 percent in 2006. 

Goods exports to China continued to increase in 2006, up 19 percent, the 7th straight year of double-digit 

growth (and the 4th straight year of 20 percent plus growth). Exports of capital goods, industrial supplies, and 

autos and parts were the largest growth categories, 
Table 1 

U.S. Goods Exports

1994 2004 2005 2006* 05-06* 94-06* 

Exports: 

Billions of Dollars Percent Change 

Total (BOP basis) 502.8 807.5 894.6 1,028.3 14.9% 104.5%

 Food, feeds, and beverages 42.0 56.6 59.0 66.6 12.9% 58.6%

 Industrial supplies and materials 121.4 204.0 233.1 276.3 18.5% 127.6%

 Capital goods, except autos 205.0 331.6 362.7 416.3 14.8% 103.0%

 Autos and auto parts 57.8 89.2 98.6 108.0 9.6% 86.9%

 Consumer goods 60.0 103.1 115.7 129.9 12.3% 116.6%

 Other 26.5 34.4 37.0 44.8 21.2% 69.1%

 Addendum: Agriculture 45.9 63.4 65.2 73.0 12.0% 59.1%

 Addendum: Manufacturing 431.1 710.3 783.3 892.9 14.0% 107.2%

 Addendum: High Technology 120.7 201.4 216.1 253.4 17.3% 109.9%

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Balance of Payments Basis for Total, Census basis for 

Sectors. 
Figure 3: 

U.S. Goods Exports

0.0

200.0

400.0

600.0

800.0

1,000.0

1,200.0

1994 2004 2005 2006

Billions of Dollars

Foods, Feeds, and Beverages Industrial supplies and materials

Capital goods, except autos Autos and auto parts

Consumer goods Other

2006 Annualized based on January-November 2006

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce
Table 2 

U.S. Goods Exports to Selected Countries/Regions

1994 2004 2005 2006* 05-06* 94-06* 

Exports to: 

Billions of Dollars Percent Change 

Canada 114.4 189.9 211.9 231.5 9.3% 102.3%

European Union (EU25) 109.6 172.6 186.4 214.1 14.8% 95.3%

Japan 53.5 54.2 55.5 60.1 8.3% 12.4%

Mexico 50.8 110.8 120.4 135.6 12.7% 166.7%

China 9.3 34.7 41.9 55.7 32.9% 500.1%

Asian Pacific Rim, except Japan and China 85.0 120.7 125.9 141.3 12.2% 66.2%

Latin America, except Mexico 41.8 61.5 72.4 89.2 23.2% 114.0%

Addendum: Industrial Countries** 297.4 444.5 486.1 544.5 12.0% 83.1%

Addendum: Developing Countries** 215.2 374.2 419.9 497.4 18.5% 131.1%

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

** As defined by the International Monetary Fund 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Census Basis. 
up 46 percent, 39 percent, and 32 percent, respectively. Exports of capital goods accounted for 46 percent of 

U.S. exports to China in 2006, while exports of industrial supplies accounted for 39 percent, and autos and 

auto parts only 3 percent. Agriculture exports increased by 29 percent in 2006, but still accounted for 12 

percent of total U.S. exports to China. U.S. exports to China have increased 5-fold since 1994. 

U.S. exports to Latin America (excluding Mexico) increased 23 percent in 2006, due mainly to strong export 

growth in industrial supplies (up 27 percent) and capital goods (up 24 percent). These two categories 

accounted for 73 percent of total exports to the region. Exports of autos and parts were up a strong 28 

percent, but only accounted for 5 percent of total exports. U.S. exports to Latin America (excluding Mexico) 

have more than doubled since 1994. 

Exports to our NAFTA partners increased more than 10 percent in 2006, and have increased 159 percent since 

1993, the year before the start of NAFTA’s implementation. Approximately 35 percent of aggregate U.S. 

goods exports went to NAFTA countries in 2006 (over $367 billion), up from nearly 33 percent in 1993 ($142 

billion). 

U.S. exports to Canada, the largest U.S. export market, accounting for 22 percent of U.S. exports, increased 

by 9 percent in 2006. Growth areas of U.S. exports to Canada include consumer goods (up 15 percent), 

industrial supplies (up 12 percent), and agricultural products (up 11 percent). Overall, U.S. exports to Canada 

have doubled since 1994. 

U.S. exports to Mexico, the second largest country export market, accounting for 13 percent of U.S. exports, 

increased by 13 percent in 2006. U.S. exports were up 15 percent each in both the industrial supplies and 

materials and agricultural goods categories. Since 1994, U.S. exports to Mexico have increased nearly 167 

percent. 

U.S. exports to the European Union were up 15 percent in 2006. Exports increased in industrial supplies (up 

29 percent) and autos and auto parts (up 23 percent). In 2006, the EU accounted for 21 percent of aggregate 

U.S. exports. Since 1994, U.S. exports to the EU have nearly doubled. This growth was led by mostly 

manufactured goods as agricultural exports to the EU have remained relatively flat since 1996. 

U.S. exports from the Asian Pacific rim (excluding China and Japan) increased 12 percent in 2006, and are up 

66 percent since 1994. U.S. exports of agriculture were up 14 percent, though only accounted for 7 percent of 

total exports to the region. 

U.S. exports to Japan increased 8 percent in 2006, and are only up 12 percent since 1994. U.S. exports of 

autos and auto parts were up 13 percent in 2006, but only accounted for 4 percent of total U.S. exports to 

Japan. U.S. exports of industrial supplies to Japan were up 12 percent. 

B. Import Growth 

U.S. goods imports increased 12 percent in 2006 (table 3 and figure 4) down slightly from the 14 percent 

growth rate in 2005. Manufacturing imports, accounting for 76 
Table 3 

U.S. Goods Imports

1994 2004 2005 2006* 05-06* 94-06* 

Imports: 

Billions of Dollars Percent Change 

Total (BOP basis) 668.7 1,472.9 1,677.4 1,870.8 11.5% 179.8%

 Food, feeds, and beverages 31.0 62.1 68.1 75.4 10.8% 143.6%

 Industrial supplies and materials 162.1 412.8 523.9 612.8 17.0% 278.0%

 Capital goods, except autos 184.4 343.5 397.2 420.3 10.8% 128.0%

 Autos and auto parts 118.3 228.2 239.5 257.1 7.3% 117.4%

 Consumer goods 146.3 372.9 407.2 441.6 8.5% 201.9%

 Other 21.3 50.1 55.6 59.4 6.9% 179.4%

 Addendum: Agriculture 26.0 54.2 59.5 65.8 10.5% 153.5%

 Addendum: Manufacturing 557.3 1,174.8 1,287.4 1,420.3 10.3% 154.9%

 Addendum: High Technology 98.1 238.3 259.7 292.0 12.4% 197.6%

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Balance of Payments Basis for Total, Census basis for 

Sectors. 

Figure 4: 

U.S. Goods Imports

0.0

200.0

400.0

600.0

800.0

1,000.0

1,200.0

1,400.0

1,600.0

1,800.0

2,000.0

1994 2004 2005 2006

Billions of Dollars

Foods, Feeds, and Beverages Industrial supplies and materials

Capital goods, except autos Autos and auto parts

Consumer goods Other

2006 Annualized based on January-November 2006

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce
percent of total goods imports, increased 10 percent in 2006. High technology imports, accounting for 16 

percent of total goods imports, increased by 12 percent, while agriculture imports, accounting for 4 percent of 

total goods imports, increased by 11 

percent in 2006. U.S. goods imports increased for every major end-use category in 2006, with the largest 

increase in industrial supplies (including petroleum) (up 17 percent). The three largest end-use categories for 

U.S. imports together accounted for 79 percent of total U.S. imports (industrial supplies – 33 percent; 

consumer goods – 24 percent; and capital goods – 22 percent). 

U.S. imports of petroleum are up nearly 22 percent in 2006 ($51 billion), whereas U.S. imports of nonpetroleum products are up just 10 percent ($125 billion). The increase in imports of petroleum was due to the 

25% increase in price from $46.54 per barrel to $58.36 per barrel. The volume of petroleum imports 

increased slightly in 2006 by 0.2%. 

Since 1994, U.S. goods imports are up 180 percent, nearly three-quarters larger than the growth of U.S. 

exports. U.S. imports of manufactured products and agriculture products increased by 155 percent and 154 

percent, respectively. U.S. imports of advanced technology products increased by 198 percent. For the major 

end-use categories, U.S. imports of industrial supplies increased by 278 percent since 1994, while imports of 

consumer goods increased by 202 percent. Of the $1.2 trillion increase in goods imports since 1994, 

industrial supplies and materials accounted for 37 percent of the increase, consumer goods accounted for 24 

percent, capital goods for 20 percent, and autos and auto parts for 12 percent. 

On a regional basis, U.S. goods imports increased from all the major markets in 2006, led by a growth rate of 

18 percent from China and Mexico (table 4). U.S. imports increased by 16 percent from developing countries 

and by 7 percent from industrial countries. Since 1994, U.S. goods imports from developing countries 

exhibited higher growth (more than double) than that from industrial countries, 275 percent compared with 

113 percent. Accordingly, the share of U.S. imports from developing countries has increased from 42 percent 

in 1994 to 56 percent in 2006. 

Although U.S. goods imports continued its strong growth from China in 2006 (up 18 percent), this growth has 

declined over the past 4 years (28 percent growth in 2003, 23 percent growth in 2004, 21 percent growth in 

2005, and 18 percent growth in 2005). U.S. imports from China have increased by over 640 percent since 

1994. China is the second largest single country supplier of goods to the United States, accounting for 15 

percent of total U.S. imports in 2006, up from 6 percent in 1994. Imports from China accounted for 21 

percent of the overall increase in U.S. imports from the world since 1994 (second to NAFTA’s 27 percent but 

greater than the EU’s 18 percent). Much of U.S. imports from China are low value-added consumer goods, 

such as toys, footwear, apparel and some areas of consumer electronics. Consumer goods made up 54 percent 

of U.S. imports from China in 2006, and grew 14 percent in 2006. U.S. imports of industrial supplies, autos 

and parts, and capital goods, however, each exhibited stronger growth in 2006, 32 percent, 28 percent, and 22 

percent, respectively. 
Table 4 

U.S. Goods Imports from Selected Countries/Regions

1994 2004 2005 2006* 05-06* 94-06* 

Imports from: 

Billions of Dollars Percent Change 

Canada 128.4 256.4 290.4 307.4 5.9% 139.4%

European Union (EU25) 121.5 282.0 308.8 331.2 7.2% 172.6%

Japan 119.2 129.8 138.0 148.3 7.5% 24.4%

Mexico 49.5 155.9 170.1 200.1 17.7% 304.4%

China 38.8 196.7 243.5 287.8 18.2% 642.0%

Asian Pacific Rim, except Japan and China 103.2 166.1 169.9 183.6 8.0% 77.9%

Latin America, except Mexico 38.5 98.6 122.9 135.7 10.5% 252.9%

Addendum: Industrial Countries** 382.9 694.2 764.6 815.8 6.7% 113.0%

Addendum: Developing Countries** 280.3 775.5 908.9 1,050.7 15.6% 274.8%

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

** As defined by the International Monetary Fund 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Census Basis. 
Although imports from China have shown strong growth, non-China imports from Asia have slowed relative 

to overall U.S. imports, resulting from production shifting from other Asian countries to China. When U.S. 

imports from China, Japan, and the other Asian-Pacific Rim countries are considered together, however, the 

region’s share of U.S. imports has actually declined from 39 percent in 1994 to 33 percent in 2006. 

Imports from the Pacific Rim (excluding Japan and China) only increased 8 percent in 2006, and were only up 

78 percent since 1994, far below the U.S. overall import growth of 12 percent in 2006 and 180 percent since 

1994. Purchases from this region accounted for 10 percent of total U.S. imports in 2006, down from 16 

percent in 1994. The largest import growth category in 2006 was industrial supplies, up 22 percent. 

Similarly, import growth from Japan was below the overall U.S. growth rate, increasing 8 percent in 2006, 

and only by 24 percent since 1994. Purchases from Japan in 2006 accounted for 8 percent of total U.S. 

imports, as compared to 18 percent in 1994. The largest import growth category was autos and parts, up 14 

percent in 2006. 

Imports from Latin America (excluding Mexico) increased by 11 percent in 2006, and accounted for 7 percent 

of total U.S. imports in 2006. Roughly half of the increase in imports from Latin America was in the mineral 

fuel category. Industrial supplies and materials was the import category that exhibited the largest growth in 

2006, up 16 percent. U.S. imports from Latin America have increased by 253 percent since 1994. 

Imports from our NAFTA partners increased 10 percent in 2006 and have increased by over 250 percent since 

NAFTA started implementation. NAFTA imports accounted for 27 percent of aggregate U.S. goods imports 

in 2006, the same as in 1994. 

U.S. imports from Canada, the largest single country supplier of goods to the United States, accounting for 16 

percent of U.S. imports, increased by 6 percent in 2006. Roughly 43 percent of this increase was in the 

mineral fuel category. U.S. imports of industrial supplies from Canada were up 13 percent in 2006, while 

agriculture goods were up 9 percent. U.S. imports from Canada have increased by 139 percent since 1994. 

U.S. imports from Mexico, the third largest single country supplier of goods to the United States, increased by 

18 percent in 2006. Roughly 29 percent of this increase was in the mineral fuel category. The largest import 

growth category was industrial supplies (up 28 percent). U.S. imports from Mexico have grown 304 percent 

since 1994. 

U.S. goods imports from the EU, accounting for 18 percent of total U.S. imports, increased by 7 percent in 

2006. More than three-quarters of U.S. imports from the EU were capital goods (28 percent), consumer 

goods (26 percent), and industrial goods (23 percent). The import category that exhibited the largest growth 

in 2006 was industrial supplies (up 10 percent). U.S. imports from the EU have increased by 177 percent 

since 1994. 

III. Services Trade 

A. Export Growth 

U.S. exports of services grew roughly 9 percent in 2006 to $414 billion, and since 1994, U.S. services exports 

have increased by approximately 107 percent (table 5 and figure 5). U.S. services exports accounted for 29 

percent of the level of U.S. goods and services exports in 2006. 

The growth in U.S. services exports in 2006 was largely driven by the other private services category. Of the 

$33 billion increase in U.S. services exports in 2006, the other private services category accounted for 61 

percent of the increase. 
On a percentage increase basis, categories exhibiting the largest export growth rates in 2006 were the other 

transportation and other private services categories, up 14 percent and 13 percent, respectively. 

Since 1994, all of the major services exports categories have grown. Export growth has been led by the other 

private services category, up 193 percent, the royalties and licensing fees category, up 132 percent, and the 

other transportation category, up 103 percent. Of the $214 billion increase in U.S. services exports between 

1994 and 2006, the other private services category accounted for 55 percent of the increase, the royalties and 

licensing fees category accounted for 17 percent, and the travel category accounted for 13 percent. 

Detailed sectoral breakdowns for exports of the other private services category are available only through 

2005. In 2005, 31 percent of U.S. exports of other private services were to business related parties (to a 

foreign parent or affiliate). The largest categories for U.S. exports of other private services to related and 

unrelated parties, in 2004 were: business, professional and technical services, $81 billion; financial services, 

$34 billion; and education, $14 billion. The business, professional and technical services category were led 

by research and development and testing services ($10.1 billion), operational leasing ($9.4 billion), computer 

and information services ($8.2 billion), management and consulting services ($6.4 billon), and the 

installation, maintenance, and repair of equipment ($5.9 billion).8 

The United Kingdom was the largest purchaser of U.S. private services exports in 2005, accounting for 13 

percent of total U.S. private services exports. The top 5 purchasers of U.S. private services exports in 2005 

were: the United Kingdom ($45 billion), Japan ($42 billion), Canada ($33 billion), Mexico ($21 billion), and 

Germany ($20 billion). 

Regionally, in 2005, the United States exported $128 billion to the EU-25, $99 billion to the Asia/Pacific 

Region ($48 billion excluding Japan and China), $53 billion to NAFTA countries, and $24 billion to Latin 

America (excluding Mexico). 

 

8 Installation, maintenance, and repair of equipment services value for unaffiliated sales only. 
Table 5 

U.S. Services Exports

1994 2004 2005 2006* 05-06* 94-06* 

Exports: 

Billions of Dollars Percent Change 

Total (BOP basis) 200.4 344.4 380.6 413.9 8.7% 106.5%

 Travel 58.4 74.5 81.7 85.8 4.7% 46.3%

 Passenger Fares 17.0 18.9 20.9 21.7 3.5% 27.5%

 Other Transportation 23.8 37.4 42.2 48.3 14.4% 103.4%

 Royalties and Licensing Fees 26.7 52.5 57.4 62.0 8.0% 132.1%

 Other Private Services 60.8 144.7 158.2 178.4 12.8% 193.3%

 Transfers under U.S. Military Sales 

 Contracts 12.8 15.5 19.0 16.9 -11.0% 32.5%

 U.S. Government Miscellaneous 

Services 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 4.4% 27.9%

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Balance of Payments Basis. 

Figure 5: 

U.S. Services Exports

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0

300.0

350.0

400.0

450.0

1994 2004 2005 2006

Billions of Dollars

Travel Passenger Fares

Other Transportation Royalties and Licensing Fees

Other Private Services Military Sales

Govt Miscellaneous

2006 Annualized based on January-November 2006

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce
B. Import Growth

Services imports by the United States increased in 2006 by 9 percent to $342 billon (table 6, figure 6). The 

other private services category accounted for roughly 59 percent of the $27 billion growth in U.S. imports of 

services in 2006. It was also the category which exhibited the largest percentage import growth rates in 2006, 

up 16 percent. U.S. services imports accounted for 15 percent of the level of U.S. goods and services imports 

in 2006. 

Since 1994, services imports grew by 157 percent or $209 billion. This growth was driven by the other 

private services category (accounting for 40 percent of the increase) and the other transportation category 

(accounting for 19 percent of the increase). All of the major service categories grew since 1994. U.S. 

payments (imports) of royalties and licensing fees have quadrupled, while imports of other private services 

and direct defense expenditures have more than tripled. 

As with exports, detailed sectoral breakdowns for imports of other private services are available only through 

2005. In 2005, 41 percent of U.S. imports of other private services were from business related parties (from a 

foreign parent or affiliate). The largest categories for U.S. imports of other private services from related and 

unrelated parties in 2005 were: business professional and technical services $48 billion; insurance services, 

$28 billion; and financial services, $12 billion. The business, professional and technical services category 

were led by the computer and information services ($9.0 billion), research, development, and testing services 

($6.7 billion), and management, and consulting services ($5.9 billion). 

In the import sector, the United Kingdom remained our largest supplier of private services, providing $35 

billion to the United States in 2005. This accounted for 13% of total U.S. imports of private services in 2005. 

 The United States imported $22 billion from both Japan, our second largest supplier, and Canada our third 

largest supplier. Germany and Bermuda were our fourth and fifth largest import suppliers, exporting $19 and 

$15 billion, respectively, worth of services to the U.S. in 2005. 

Regionally, the U.S. imported $106 billion of services from the EU-25 in 2005, $68 billion from the 

Asia/Pacific region ($39 billion excluding Japan and China), $37 billion from NAFTA, and $13 billion from 

Latin America (excluding Mexico). 
Table 6 

U.S. Services Imports

1994 2004 2005 2006* 05-06* 94-06* 

Imports: 

Billions of Dollars Percent Change 

Total (BOP basis) 133.1 290.3 314.6 342.0 8.7% 157.1%

 Travel 43.8 65.8 69.2 73.0 5.5% 66.7%

 Passenger Fares 13.1 23.7 26.1 27.2 4.5% 108.5%

 Other Transportation 26.0 54.2 62.1 65.8 6.0% 153.0%

 Royalties and Licensing Fees 5.9 23.2 24.5 26.1 6.4% 345.3%

 Other Private Services 31.6 90.4 98.7 114.8 16.3% 263.6%

 Direct Defense Expenditures 10.2 29.3 30.1 31.1 3.6% 204.7%

 U.S. Government Miscellaneous 

Services 2.6 3.8 4.0 4.0 1.5% 57.7%

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Balance of Payments Basis. 

Figure 6: 

U.S. Services Imports

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0

300.0

350.0

400.0

1994 2004 2005 2006

Billions of Dollars

Travel Passenger Fares

Other Transportation Royalties and Licensing Fees

Other Private Services Military Sales

Govt Miscellaneous

2006 Annualized based on January-November 2006

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce
IV. The U.S. Trade Deficit 

The U.S. goods and services deficit increased by $54 billion in 2006 to a level of $771 billion (table 7). The 

U.S. goods trade deficit alone increased by $60 billion to $843 billion in 2006. The services trade surplus 

increased by $6 billion to $72 billion in 2006. 

Petroleum accounted for more than 85 percent of the increase in the goods and services trade deficit and more 

than 75 percent of the increase in the goods trade deficit alone. Nearly all of the increase in the petroleum 

deficit was due to the increase in price, up 25 percent in 2006. 

As a share of U.S. GDP, the goods and services trade deficit, the goods trade deficit and the services surplus 

were the same as in 2005 (table 8). The goods and services trade deficit was 5.8 percent of GDP in 2006, 

while the goods trade deficit was 6.3 percent of GDP and the services trade surplus was 0.5 percent of GDP. 

The regional distribution of the goods trade deficit for 2006 and the past 3 years is shown in table 9. 

Table 7 

U.S. Trade Balances with the World 

1994 2004 2005 2006* 

Balance: 

Billions of Dollars 

Goods and Services (BOP Basis) -98.5 -611.3 -716.7 -770.6

Goods (BOP Basis) -165.8 -665.4 -782.7 -842.5

Services (BOP Basis) 67.3 54.1 66.0 71.9

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce 
Table 8 

U.S. Trade Balances as a Share of GDP 

1994 2004 2005 2006* 

Share of GDP: 

Percents 

Goods and Services (BOP Basis) -1.4 -5.2 -5.8 -5.8

Goods (BOP Basis) -2.3 -5.7 -6.3 -6.3

Services (BOP Basis) 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce 

Table 9 

U.S. Goods Trade Balances with Selected Countries/Regions 

1994 2004 2005 2006* 

Balance: 

Billions of Dollars 

Canada -14.0 -66.5 -78.5 -75.9

European Union (EU25) -11.9 -109.3 -122.3 -117.1

Japan -65.7 -75.6 -82.5 -88.2

Mexico 1.4 -45.1 -49.7 -64.5

China -29.5 -161.9 -201.5 -232.1

Asian Pacific Rim, except Japan and 

China -18.2 -45.3 -44.0 -42.3

Latin America, except Mexico 3.2 -37.2 -50.5 -46.5

Addendum: High Income Countries** -85.5 -249.6 -278.5 -271.3

Addendum: Low to Middle Income 

Countries** -65.1 -401.3 -489.0 -553.3

* Annualized based on January-November 2006 data 

** As defined by the International Monetary Fund 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce 
ANNEX II
Background Information on the WTO 

1. Doha Development Agenda 

Doha Ministerial Declaration 

Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health 

Doha Declaration on Implementation-Related Issues and Concerns 

Doha Work Programme 

Amendment of the TRIPS Agreement 

 

Hong Kong Ministerial Declaration 

U.S. Submissions to the WTO in Support of the Doha Development Agenda 

WTO Affinity Groups in the DDA 

Institutional Issues

2. Membership of the WTO 

3. 2006 WTO Budget Contributions 

4. 2006-7 Budget for the WTO Secretariat 

5. Waivers Currently in Force 

6. WTO Secretariat Personnel Statistics 

7. WTO Accession Application and Status 

8. Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental Panellists 

9. Appellate Body Membership 

10. Where to Find More Information on the WTO 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/MIN(01)/DEC/1 

20 November 2001 

 (01-5859) 

MINISTERIAL CONFERENCE 

Fourth Session 

Doha, 9 - 14 November 2001 

MINISTERIAL DECLARATION 

Adopted on 14 November 2001

1. The multilateral trading system embodied in the World Trade Organization has 

contributed significantly to economic growth, development and employment throughout the past 

fifty years. We are determined, particularly in the light of the global economic slowdown, to 

maintain the process of reform and liberalization of trade policies, thus ensuring that the system 

plays its full part in promoting recovery, growth and development. We therefore strongly 

reaffirm the principles and objectives set out in the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World 

Trade Organization, and pledge to reject the use of protectionism. 

2. International trade can play a major role in the promotion of economic development and 

the alleviation of poverty. We recognize the need for all our peoples to benefit from the increased 

opportunities and welfare gains that the multilateral trading system generates. The majority of 

WTO Members are developing countries. We seek to place their needs and interests at the heart 

of the Work Programme adopted in this Declaration. Recalling the Preamble to the Marrakesh 

Agreement, we shall continue to make positive efforts designed to ensure that developing 

countries, and especially the least-developed among them, secure a share in the growth of world 

trade commensurate with the needs of their economic development. In this context, enhanced 

market access, balanced rules, and well targeted, sustainably financed technical assistance and 

capacity-building programmes have important roles to play. 

3. We recognize the particular vulnerability of the least-developed countries and the special 

structural difficulties they face in the global economy. We are committed to addressing the 

marginalization of least-developed countries in international trade and to improving their 

effective participation in the multilateral trading system. We recall the commitments made by 

Ministers at our meetings in Marrakesh, Singapore and Geneva, and by the international 

community at the Third UN Conference on Least-Developed Countries in Brussels, to help leastdeveloped countries secure beneficial and meaningful integration into the multilateral trading 

system and the global economy. We are determined that the WTO will play its part in building 

effectively on these commitments under the Work Programme we are establishing. 

4. We stress our commitment to the WTO as the unique forum for global trade rule-making 

and liberalization, while also recognizing that regional trade agreements can play an important 

role in promoting the liberalization and expansion of trade and in fostering development. 
5. We are aware that the challenges Members face in a rapidly changing international 

environment cannot be addressed through measures taken in the trade field alone. We shall 

continue to work with the Bretton Woods institutions for greater coherence in global economic 

policy-making.

6. We strongly reaffirm our commitment to the objective of sustainable development, as 

stated in the Preamble to the Marrakesh Agreement. We are convinced that the aims of 

upholding and safeguarding an open and non-discriminatory multilateral trading system, and 

acting for the protection of the environment and the promotion of sustainable development can 

and must be mutually supportive. We take note of the efforts by Members to conduct national 

environmental assessments of trade policies on a voluntary basis. We recognize that under WTO 

rules no country should be prevented from taking measures for the protection of human, animal or 

plant life or health, or of the environment at the levels it considers appropriate, subject to the 

requirement that they are not applied in a manner which would constitute a means of arbitrary or 

unjustifiable discrimination between countries where the same conditions prevail, or a disguised 

restriction on international trade, and are otherwise in accordance with the provisions of the WTO 

Agreements. We welcome the WTO ́s continued cooperation with UNEP and other intergovernmental environmental organizations. We encourage efforts to promote cooperation 

between the WTO and relevant international environmental and developmental organizations, 

especially in the lead-up to the World Summit on Sustainable Development to be held in 

Johannesburg, South Africa, in September 2002. 

7. We reaffirm the right of Members under the General Agreement on Trade in Services to 

regulate, and to introduce new regulations on, the supply of services. 

8. We reaffirm our declaration made at the Singapore Ministerial Conference regarding 

internationally recognized core labour standards. We take note of work under way in the 

International Labour Organization (ILO) on the social dimension of globalization. 

9. We note with particular satisfaction that this Conference has completed the WTO 

accession procedures for China and Chinese Taipei. We also welcome the accession as new 

Members, since our last Session, of Albania, Croatia, Georgia, Jordan, Lithuania, Moldova and 

Oman, and note the extensive market-access commitments already made by these countries on 

accession. These accessions will greatly strengthen the multilateral trading system, as will those 

of the 28 countries now negotiating their accession. We therefore attach great importance to 

concluding accession proceedings as quickly as possible. In particular, we are committed to 

accelerating the accession of least-developed countries.

10. Recognizing the challenges posed by an expanding WTO membership, we confirm our 

collective responsibility to ensure internal transparency and the effective participation of all 

Members. While emphasizing the intergovernmental character of the organization, we are 

committed to making the WTO’s operations more transparent, including through more effective 

and prompt dissemination of information, and to improve dialogue with the public. We shall 

therefore at the national and multilateral levels continue to promote a better public understanding 

of the WTO and to communicate the benefits of a liberal, rules-based multilateral trading system. 

11. In view of these considerations, we hereby agree to undertake the broad and balanced 

Work Programme set out below. This incorporates both an expanded negotiating agenda and 

other important decisions and activities necessary to address the challenges facing the multilateral 

trading system. 
WORK PROGRAMME

IMPLEMENTATION-RELATED ISSUES AND CONCERNS

12. We attach the utmost importance to the implementation-related issues and concerns 

raised by Members and are determined to find appropriate solutions to them. In this connection, 

and having regard to the General Council Decisions of 3 May and 15 December 2000, we further 

adopt the Decision on Implementation-Related Issues and Concerns in document 

WT/MIN(01)/17 to address a number of implementation problems faced by Members. We agree 

that negotiations on outstanding implementation issues shall be an integral part of the Work 

Programme we are establishing, and that agreements reached at an early stage in these 

negotiations shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 47 below. In this 

regard, we shall proceed as follows: (a) where we provide a specific negotiating mandate in this 

Declaration, the relevant implementation issues shall be addressed under that mandate; (b) the 

other outstanding implementation issues shall be addressed as a matter of priority by the relevant 

WTO bodies, which shall report to the Trade Negotiations Committee, established under 

paragraph 46 below, by the end of 2002 for appropriate action.

1.1 AGRICULTURE

13. We recognize the work already undertaken in the negotiations initiated in early 2000 

under Article 20 of the Agreement on Agriculture, including the large number of negotiating 

proposals submitted on behalf of a total of 121 Members. We recall the long-term objective 

referred to in the Agreement to establish a fair and market-oriented trading system through a 

programme of fundamental reform encompassing strengthened rules and specific commitments 

on support and protection in order to correct and prevent restrictions and distortions in world 

agricultural markets. We reconfirm our commitment to this programme. Building on the work 

carried out to date and without prejudging the outcome of the negotiations we commit ourselves 

to comprehensive negotiations aimed at: substantial improvements in market access; reductions 

of, with a view to phasing out, all forms of export subsidies; and substantial reductions in tradedistorting domestic support. We agree that special and differential treatment for developing 

countries shall be an integral part of all elements of the negotiations and shall be embodied in the 

Schedules of concessions and commitments and as appropriate in the rules and disciplines to be 

negotiated, so as to be operationally effective and to enable developing countries to effectively 

take account of their development needs, including food security and rural development. We take 

note of the non-trade concerns reflected in the negotiating proposals submitted by Members and 

confirm that non-trade concerns will be taken into account in the negotiations as provided for in 

the Agreement on Agriculture. 

14. Modalities for the further commitments, including provisions for special and differential 

treatment, shall be established no later than 31 March 2003. Participants shall submit their 

comprehensive draft Schedules based on these modalities no later than the date of the Fifth 

Session of the Ministerial Conference. The negotiations, including with respect to rules and 

disciplines and related legal texts, shall be concluded as part and at the date of conclusion of the 

negotiating agenda as a whole. 

SERVICES
15. The negotiations on trade in services shall be conducted with a view to promoting the 

economic growth of all trading partners and the development of developing and least-developed 

countries. We recognize the work already undertaken in the negotiations, initiated in January 

2000 under Article XIX of the General Agreement on Trade in Services, and the large number of 

proposals submitted by Members on a wide range of sectors and several horizontal issues, as well 

as on movement of natural persons. We reaffirm the Guidelines and Procedures for the 

Negotiations adopted by the Council for Trade in Services on 28 March 2001 as the basis for 

continuing the negotiations, with a view to achieving the objectives of the General Agreement on 

Trade in Services, as stipulated in the Preamble, Article IV and Article XIX of that Agreement. 

Participants shall submit initial requests for specific commitments by 30 June 2002 and initial 

offers by 31 March 2003.

MARKET ACCESS FOR NON-AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS

16. We agree to negotiations which shall aim, by modalities to be agreed, to reduce or as 

appropriate eliminate tariffs, including the reduction or elimination of tariff peaks, high tariffs, 

and tariff escalation, as well as non-tariff barriers, in particular on products of export interest to 

developing countries. Product coverage shall be comprehensive and without a priori exclusions. 

The negotiations shall take fully into account the special needs and interests of developing and 

least-developed country participants, including through less than full reciprocity in reduction 

commitments, in accordance with the relevant provisions of Article XXVIII bis of GATT 1994 

and the provisions cited in paragraph 50 below. To this end, the modalities to be agreed will 

include appropriate studies and capacity-building measures to assist least-developed countries to 

participate effectively in the negotiations. 

TRADE-RELATED ASPECTS OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

17. We stress the importance we attach to implementation and interpretation of the 

Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS Agreement) in a 

manner supportive of public health, by promoting both access to existing medicines and research 

and development into new medicines and, in this connection, are adopting a separate Declaration. 

18. With a view to completing the work started in the Council for Trade-Related Aspects of 

Intellectual Property Rights (Council for TRIPS) on the implementation of Article 23.4, we agree 

to negotiate the establishment of a multilateral system of notification and registration of 

geographical indications for wines and spirits by the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference. 

We note that issues related to the extension of the protection of geographical indications provided 

for in Article 23 to products other than wines and spirits will be addressed in the Council for 

TRIPS pursuant to paragraph 12 of this Declaration. 

19. We instruct the Council for TRIPS, in pursuing its work programme including under the 

review of Article 27.3(b), the review of the implementation of the TRIPS Agreement under 

Article 71.1 and the work foreseen pursuant to paragraph 12 of this Declaration, to examine, inter 

alia, the relationship between the TRIPS Agreement and the Convention on Biological Diversity, 

the protection of traditional knowledge and folklore, and other relevant new developments raised 

by Members pursuant to Article 71.1. In undertaking this work, the TRIPS Council shall be 

guided by the objectives and principles set out in Articles 7 and 8 of the TRIPS Agreement and 

shall take fully into account the development dimension. 
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TRADE AND INVESTMENT

20. Recognizing the case for a multilateral framework to secure transparent, stable and 

predictable conditions for long-term cross-border investment, particularly foreign direct 

investment, that will contribute to the expansion of trade, and the need for enhanced technical 

assistance and capacity-building in this area as referred to in paragraph 21, we agree that 

negotiations will take place after the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference on the basis of a 

decision to be taken, by explicit consensus, at that Session on modalities of negotiations. 

21. We recognize the needs of developing and least-developed countries for enhanced 

support for technical assistance and capacity building in this area, including policy analysis and 

development so that they may better evaluate the implications of closer multilateral cooperation 

for their development policies and objectives, and human and institutional development. To this 

end, we shall work in cooperation with other relevant intergovernmental organisations, including 

UNCTAD, and through appropriate regional and bilateral channels, to provide strengthened and 

adequately resourced assistance to respond to these needs. 

22. In the period until the Fifth Session, further work in the Working Group on the 

Relationship Between Trade and Investment will focus on the clarification of: scope and 

definition; transparency; non-discrimination; modalities for pre-establishment commitments 

based on a GATS-type, positive list approach; development provisions; exceptions and balanceof-payments safeguards; consultation and the settlement of disputes between Members. Any 

framework should reflect in a balanced manner the interests of home and host countries, and take 

due account of the development policies and objectives of host governments as well as their right 

to regulate in the public interest. The special development, trade and financial needs of 

developing and least-developed countries should be taken into account as an integral part of any 

framework, which should enable Members to undertake obligations and commitments 

commensurate with their individual needs and circumstances. Due regard should be paid to other 

relevant WTO provisions. Account should be taken, as appropriate, of existing bilateral and 

regional arrangements on investment. 

INTERACTION BETWEEN TRADE AND COMPETITION POLICY

23. Recognizing the case for a multilateral framework to enhance the contribution of 

competition policy to international trade and development, and the need for enhanced technical 

assistance and capacity-building in this area as referred to in paragraph 24, we agree that 

negotiations will take place after the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference on the basis of a 

decision to be taken, by explicit consensus, at that Session on modalities of negotiations. 

24. We recognize the needs of developing and least-developed countries for enhanced 

support for technical assistance and capacity building in this area, including policy analysis and 

development so that they may better evaluate the implications of closer multilateral cooperation 

for their development policies and objectives, and human and institutional development. To this 

end, we shall work in cooperation with other relevant intergovernmental organisations, including 

UNCTAD, and through appropriate regional and bilateral channels, to provide strengthened and 

adequately resourced assistance to respond to these needs. 
25. In the period until the Fifth Session, further work in the Working Group on the 

Interaction between Trade and Competition Policy will focus on the clarification of: core 

principles, including transparency, non-discrimination and procedural fairness, and provisions on 

hardcore cartels; modalities for voluntary cooperation; and support for progressive 

reinforcement of competition institutions in developing countries through capacity building. Full 

account shall be taken of the needs of developing and least-developed country participants and 

appropriate flexibility provided to address them. 

TRANSPARENCY IN GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT

26. Recognizing the case for a multilateral agreement on transparency in government 

procurement and the need for enhanced technical assistance and capacity building in this area, we 

agree that negotiations will take place after the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference on the 

basis of a decision to be taken, by explicit consensus, at that Session on modalities of 

negotiations. These negotiations will build on the progress made in the Working Group on 

Transparency in Government Procurement by that time and take into account participants' 

development priorities, especially those of least-developed country participants. Negotiations 

shall be limited to the transparency aspects and therefore will not restrict the scope for countries 

to give preferences to domestic supplies and suppliers. We commit ourselves to ensuring 

adequate technical assistance and support for capacity building both during the negotiations and 

after their conclusion. 

TRADE FACILITATION

27. Recognizing the case for further expediting the movement, release and clearance of 

goods, including goods in transit, and the need for enhanced technical assistance and capacity 

building in this area, we agree that negotiations will take place after the Fifth Session of the 

Ministerial Conference on the basis of a decision to be taken, by explicit consensus, at that 

Session on modalities of negotiations. In the period until the Fifth Session, the Council for Trade 

in Goods shall review and as appropriate, clarify and improve relevant aspects of Articles V, VIII 

and X of the GATT 1994 and identify the trade facilitation needs and priorities of Members, in 

particular developing and least-developed countries. We commit ourselves to ensuring adequate 

technical assistance and support for capacity building in this area. 

WTO RULES

28. In the light of experience and of the increasing application of these instruments by 

Members, we agree to negotiations aimed at clarifying and improving disciplines under the 

Agreements on Implementation of Article VI of the GATT 1994 and on Subsidies and 

Countervailing Measures, while preserving the basic concepts, principles and effectiveness of 

these Agreements and their instruments and objectives, and taking into account the needs of 

developing and least-developed participants. In the initial phase of the negotiations, participants 

will indicate the provisions, including disciplines on trade distorting practices, that they seek to 

clarify and improve in the subsequent phase. In the context of these negotiations, participants 

shall also aim to clarify and improve WTO disciplines on fisheries subsidies, taking into account 

the importance of this sector to developing countries. We note that fisheries subsidies are also 

referred to in paragraph 31. 
29. We also agree to negotiations aimed at clarifying and improving disciplines and 

procedures under the existing WTO provisions applying to regional trade agreements. The 

negotiations shall take into account the developmental aspects of regional trade agreements. 

DISPUTE SETTLEMENT UNDERSTANDING

30. We agree to negotiations on improvements and clarifications of the Dispute Settlement 

Understanding. The negotiations should be based on the work done thus far as well as any 

additional proposals by Members, and aim to agree on improvements and clarifications not later 

than May 2003, at which time we will take steps to ensure that the results enter into force as soon 

as possible thereafter.

TRADE AND ENVIRONMENT

31. With a view to enhancing the mutual supportiveness of trade and environment, we agree 

to negotiations, without prejudging their outcome, on: 

(i) the relationship between existing WTO rules and specific trade obligations set 

out in multilateral environmental agreements (MEAs). The negotiations shall be 

limited in scope to the applicability of such existing WTO rules as among parties 

to the MEA in question. The negotiations shall not prejudice the WTO rights of 

any Member that is not a party to the MEA in question; 

(ii) procedures for regular information exchange between MEA Secretariats and the 

relevant WTO committees, and the criteria for the granting of observer status; 

(iii) the reduction or, as appropriate, elimination of tariff and non-tariff barriers to 

environmental goods and services. 

1.2

We note that fisheries subsidies form part of the negotiations provided for in paragraph 28. 

32. We instruct the Committee on Trade and Environment, in pursuing work on all items on 

its agenda within its current terms of reference, to give particular attention to: 

(i) the effect of environmental measures on market access, especially in relation to 

developing countries, in particular the least-developed among them, and those 

situations in which the elimination or reduction of trade restrictions and 

distortions would benefit trade, the environment and development; 

(ii) the relevant provisions of the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of 

Intellectual Property Rights; and 

(iii) labelling requirements for environmental purposes. 

Work on these issues should include the identification of any need to clarify relevant WTO rules. 

The Committee shall report to the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference, and make 

recommendations, where appropriate, with respect to future action, including the desirability of 

negotiations. The outcome of this work as well as the negotiations carried out under paragraph 

31(i) and (ii) shall be compatible with the open and non-discriminatory nature of the multilateral 
trading system, shall not add to or diminish the rights and obligations of Members under existing 

WTO agreements, in particular the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary 

Measures, nor alter the balance of these rights and obligations, and will take into account the 

needs of developing and least-developed countries. 

33. We recognize the importance of technical assistance and capacity building in the field of 

trade and environment to developing countries, in particular the least-developed among them. 

We also encourage that expertise and experience be shared with Members wishing to perform 

environmental reviews at the national level. A report shall be prepared on these activities for the 

Fifth Session. 

ELECTRONIC COMMERCE

34. We take note of the work which has been done in the General Council and other relevant 

bodies since the Ministerial Declaration of 20 May 1998 and agree to continue the Work 

Programme on Electronic Commerce. The work to date demonstrates that electronic commerce 

creates new challenges and opportunities for trade for Members at all stages of development, and 

we recognize the importance of creating and maintaining an environment which is favourable to 

the future development of electronic commerce. We instruct the General Council to consider the 

most appropriate institutional arrangements for handling the Work Programme, and to report on 

further progress to the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference. We declare that Members will 

maintain their current practice of not imposing customs duties on electronic transmissions until 

the Fifth Session.

SMALL ECONOMIES

35. We agree to a work programme, under the auspices of the General Council, to examine 

issues relating to the trade of small economies. The objective of this work is to frame responses 

to the trade-related issues identified for the fuller integration of small, vulnerable economies into 

the multilateral trading system, and not to create a sub-category of WTO Members. The General 

Council shall review the work programme and make recommendations for action to the Fifth 

Session of the Ministerial Conference. 

TRADE, DEBT AND FINANCE

36. We agree to an examination, in a Working Group under the auspices of the General 

Council, of the relationship between trade, debt and finance, and of any possible 

recommendations on steps that might be taken within the mandate and competence of the WTO 

to enhance the capacity of the multilateral trading system to contribute to a durable solution to the 

problem of external indebtedness of developing and least-developed countries, and to strengthen 

the coherence of international trade and financial policies, with a view to safeguarding the 

multilateral trading system from the effects of financial and monetary instability. The General 

Council shall report to the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference on progress in the 

examination. 
TRADE AND TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY 

37. We agree to an examination, in a Working Group under the auspices of the General 

Council, of the relationship between trade and transfer of technology, and of any possible 

recommendations on steps that might be taken within the mandate of the WTO to increase flows 

of technology to developing countries. The General Council shall report to the Fifth Session of 

the Ministerial Conference on progress in the examination. 

TECHNICAL COOPERATION AND CAPACITY BUILDING

38. We confirm that technical cooperation and capacity building are core elements of the 

development dimension of the multilateral trading system, and we welcome and endorse the New 

Strategy for WTO Technical Cooperation for Capacity Building, Growth and Integration. We 

instruct the Secretariat, in coordination with other relevant agencies, to support domestic efforts 

for mainstreaming trade into national plans for economic development and strategies for poverty 

reduction. The delivery of WTO technical assistance shall be designed to assist developing and 

least-developed countries and low-income countries in transition to adjust to WTO rules and 

disciplines, implement obligations and exercise the rights of membership, including drawing on 

the benefits of an open, rules-based multilateral trading system. Priority shall also be accorded to 

small, vulnerable, and transition economies, as well as to Members and Observers without 

representation in Geneva. We reaffirm our support for the valuable work of the International 

Trade Centre, which should be enhanced. 

39. We underscore the urgent necessity for the effective coordinated delivery of technical 

assistance with bilateral donors, in the OECD Development Assistance Committee and relevant 

international and regional intergovernmental institutions, within a coherent policy framework and 

timetable. In the coordinated delivery of technical assistance, we instruct the Director-General to 

consult with the relevant agencies, bilateral donors and beneficiaries, to identify ways of 

enhancing and rationalizing the Integrated Framework for Trade-Related Technical Assistance to 

Least-Developed Countries and the Joint Integrated Technical Assistance Programme (JITAP). 

40. We agree that there is a need for technical assistance to benefit from secure and 

predictable funding. We therefore instruct the Committee on Budget, Finance and Administration 

to develop a plan for adoption by the General Council in December 2001 that will ensure longterm funding for WTO technical assistance at an overall level no lower than that of the current 

year and commensurate with the activities outlined above.

41. We have established firm commitments on technical cooperation and capacity building in 

various paragraphs in this Ministerial Declaration. We reaffirm these specific commitments 

contained in paragraphs 16, 21, 24, 26, 27, 33, 38-40, 42 and 43, and also reaffirm the 

understanding in paragraph 2 on the important role of sustainably financed technical assistance 

and capacity-building programmes. We instruct the Director-General to report to the Fifth 

Session of the Ministerial Conference, with an interim report to the General Council in December 

2002 on the implementation and adequacy of these commitments in the identified paragraphs. 

LEAST-DEVELOPED COUNTRIES

42. We acknowledge the seriousness of the concerns expressed by the least-developed 

countries (LDCs) in the Zanzibar Declaration adopted by their Ministers in July 2001. We 
recognize that the integration of the LDCs into the multilateral trading system requires 

meaningful market access, support for the diversification of their production and export base, and 

trade-related technical assistance and capacity building. We agree that the meaningful integration 

of LDCs into the trading system and the global economy will involve efforts by all WTO 

Members. We commit ourselves to the objective of duty-free, quota-free market access for 

products originating from LDCs. In this regard, we welcome the significant market access 

improvements by WTO Members in advance of the Third UN Conference on LDCs (LDC-III), in 

Brussels, May 2001. We further commit ourselves to consider additional measures for 

progressive improvements in market access for LDCs. Accession of LDCs remains a priority for 

the Membership. We agree to work to facilitate and accelerate negotiations with acceding LDCs. 

We instruct the Secretariat to reflect the priority we attach to LDCs' accessions in the annual 

plans for technical assistance. We reaffirm the commitments we undertook at LDC-III, and agree 

that the WTO should take into account, in designing its work programme for LDCs, the traderelated elements of the Brussels Declaration and Programme of Action, consistent with the 

WTO's mandate, adopted at LDC-III. We instruct the Sub-Committee for Least-Developed 

Countries to design such a work programme and to report on the agreed work programme to the 

General Council at its first meeting in 2002. 

43. We endorse the Integrated Framework for Trade-Related Technical Assistance to LeastDeveloped Countries (IF) as a viable model for LDCs' trade development. We urge development 

partners to significantly increase contributions to the IF Trust Fund and WTO extra-budgetary 

trust funds in favour of LDCs. We urge the core agencies, in coordination with development 

partners, to explore the enhancement of the IF with a view to addressing the supply-side 

constraints of LDCs and the extension of the model to all LDCs, following the review of the IF 

and the appraisal of the ongoing Pilot Scheme in selected LDCs. We request the DirectorGeneral, following coordination with heads of the other agencies, to provide an interim report to 

the General Council in December 2002 and a full report to the Fifth Session of the Ministerial 

Conference on all issues affecting LDCs.

SPECIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL TREATMENT

44. We reaffirm that provisions for special and differential treatment are an integral part of 

the WTO Agreements. We note the concerns expressed regarding their operation in addressing 

specific constraints faced by developing countries, particularly least-developed countries. In that 

connection, we also note that some Members have proposed a Framework Agreement on Special 

and Differential Treatment (WT/GC/W/442). We therefore agree that all special and differential 

treatment provisions shall be reviewed with a view to strengthening them and making them more 

precise, effective and operational. In this connection, we endorse the work programme on special 

and differential treatment set out in the Decision on Implementation-Related Issues and Concerns. 

ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE WORK PROGRAMME 

45. The negotiations to be pursued under the terms of this Declaration shall be concluded not 

later than 1 January 2005. The Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference will take stock of 

progress in the negotiations, provide any necessary political guidance, and take decisions as 

necessary. When the results of the negotiations in all areas have been established, a Special 

Session of the Ministerial Conference will be held to take decisions regarding the adoption and 

implementation of those results. 
46. The overall conduct of the negotiations shall be supervised by a Trade Negotiations 

Committee under the authority of the General Council. The Trade Negotiations Committee shall 

hold its first meeting not later than 31 January 2002. It shall establish appropriate negotiating 

mechanisms as required and supervise the progress of the negotiations. 

47. With the exception of the improvements and clarifications of the Dispute Settlement 

Understanding, the conduct, conclusion and entry into force of the outcome of the negotiations 

shall be treated as parts of a single undertaking. However, agreements reached at an early stage 

may be implemented on a provisional or a definitive basis. Early agreements shall be taken into 

account in assessing the overall balance of the negotiations. 

48. Negotiations shall be open to: 

(i) all Members of the WTO; and 

(ii) States and separate customs territories currently in the process of accession and 

those that inform Members, at a regular meeting of the General Council, of their 

intention to negotiate the terms of their membership and for whom an accession 

working party is established. 

Decisions on the outcomes of the negotiations shall be taken only by WTO Members. 

49. The negotiations shall be conducted in a transparent manner among participants, in order 

to facilitate the effective participation of all. They shall be conducted with a view to ensuring 

benefits to all participants and to achieving an overall balance in the outcome of the negotiations. 

50. The negotiations and the other aspects of the Work Programme shall take fully into 

account the principle of special and differential treatment for developing and least-developed 

countries embodied in: Part IV of the GATT 1994; the Decision of 28 November 1979 on 

Differential and More Favourable Treatment, Reciprocity and Fuller Participation of Developing 

Countries; the Uruguay Round Decision on Measures in Favour of Least-Developed Countries; 

and all other relevant WTO provisions. 

51. The Committee on Trade and Development and the Committee on Trade and 

Environment shall, within their respective mandates, each act as a forum to identify and debate 

developmental and environmental aspects of the negotiations, in order to help achieve the 

objective of having sustainable development appropriately reflected. 

52. Those elements of the Work Programme which do not involve negotiations are also 

accorded a high priority. They shall be pursued under the overall supervision of the General 

Council, which shall report on progress to the Fifth Session of the Ministerial Conference. 

_________
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/MIN(01)/DEC/2 

20 November 2001 

 (01-5860) 

MINISTERIAL CONFERENCE 

Fourth Session 

Doha, 9 - 14 November 2001 

DECLARATION ON THE TRIPS AGREEMENT AND PUBLIC HEALTH 

Adopted on 14 November 2001

1. We recognize the gravity of the public health problems afflicting many developing and 

least-developed countries, especially those resulting from HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and 

other epidemics. 

2. We stress the need for the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual 

Property Rights (TRIPS Agreement) to be part of the wider national and international action to 

address these problems. 

1.3

3. We recognize that intellectual property protection is important for the development of 

new medicines. We also recognize the concerns about its effects on prices. 

4. We agree that the TRIPS Agreement does not and should not prevent Members from 

taking measures to protect public health. Accordingly, while reiterating our commitment to the 

TRIPS Agreement, we affirm that the Agreement can and should be interpreted and implemented 

in a manner supportive of WTO Members' right to protect public health and, in particular, to 

promote access to medicines for all. 

 In this connection, we reaffirm the right of WTO Members to use, to the full, the 

provisions in the TRIPS Agreement, which provide flexibility for this purpose. 

5. Accordingly and in the light of paragraph 4 above, while maintaining our commitments 

in the TRIPS Agreement, we recognize that these flexibilities include: 

(a) In applying the customary rules of interpretation of public international law, each 

provision of the TRIPS Agreement shall be read in the light of the object and 

purpose of the Agreement as expressed, in particular, in its objectives and 

principles. 

(b) Each Member has the right to grant compulsory licences and the freedom to 

determine the grounds upon which such licences are granted. 
(c) Each Member has the right to determine what constitutes a national emergency or 

other circumstances of extreme urgency, it being understood that public health 

crises, including those relating to HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and other 

epidemics, can represent a national emergency or other circumstances of extreme 

urgency. 

(d) The effect of the provisions in the TRIPS Agreement that are relevant to the 

exhaustion of intellectual property rights is to leave each Member free to 

establish its own regime for such exhaustion without challenge, subject to the 

MFN and national treatment provisions of Articles 3 and 4. 

6. We recognize that WTO Members with insufficient or no manufacturing capacities in the 

pharmaceutical sector could face difficulties in making effective use of compulsory licensing 

under the TRIPS Agreement. We instruct the Council for TRIPS to find an expeditious solution 

to this problem and to report to the General Council before the end of 2002. 

7. We reaffirm the commitment of developed-country Members to provide incentives to 

their enterprises and institutions to promote and encourage technology transfer to least-developed 

country Members pursuant to Article 66.2. We also agree that the least-developed country 

Members will not be obliged, with respect to pharmaceutical products, to implement or apply 

Sections 5 and 7 of Part II of the TRIPS Agreement or to enforce rights provided for under these 

Sections until 1 January 2016, without prejudice to the right of least-developed country Members 

to seek other extensions of the transition periods as provided for in Article 66.1 of the TRIPS 

Agreement. We instruct the Council for TRIPS to take the necessary action to give effect to this 

pursuant to Article 66.1 of the TRIPS Agreement. 

_________
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/MIN(01)/17 

20 November 2001 

 (01-5858) 

MINISTERIAL CONFERENCE 

Fourth Session 

Doha, 9 - 14 November 2001 

IMPLEMENTATION-RELATED ISSUES AND CONCERNS 

Decision of 14 November 2001

The Ministerial Conference, 

Having regard to Articles IV.1, IV.5 and IX of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing 

the World Trade Organization (WTO); 

Mindful of the importance that Members attach to the increased participation of 

developing countries in the multilateral trading system, and of the need to ensure that the system 

responds fully to the needs and interests of all participants; 

Determined to take concrete action to address issues and concerns that have been raised 

by many developing-country Members regarding the implementation of some WTO Agreements 

and Decisions, including the difficulties and resource constraints that have been encountered in 

the implementation of obligations in various areas; 

Recalling the 3 May 2000 Decision of the General Council to meet in special sessions to 

address outstanding implementation issues, and to assess the existing difficulties, identify ways 

needed to resolve them, and take decisions for appropriate action not later than the Fourth Session 

of the Ministerial Conference; 

 Noting the actions taken by the General Council in pursuance of this mandate at its 

Special Sessions in October and December 2000 (WT/L/384), as well as the review and further 

discussion undertaken at the Special Sessions held in April, July and October 2001, including the 

referral of additional issues to relevant WTO bodies or their chairpersons for further work; 

 Noting also the reports on the issues referred to the General Council from subsidiary 

bodies and their chairpersons and from the Director-General, and the discussions as well as the 

clarifications provided and understandings reached on implementation issues in the intensive 

informal and formal meetings held under this process since May 2000; 

Decides as follows: 

 1. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 (GATT 1994)
1.1 Reaffirms that Article XVIII of the GATT 1994 is a special and differential 

treatment provision for developing countries and that recourse to it should be less 

onerous than to Article XII of the GATT 1994. 

1.2 Noting the issues raised in the report of the Chairperson of the Committee on 

Market Access (WT/GC/50) concerning the meaning to be given to the phrase 

"substantial interest" in paragraph 2(d) of Article XIII of the GATT 1994, the 

Market Access Committee is directed to give further consideration to the issue 

and make recommendations to the General Council as expeditiously as possible 

but in any event not later than the end of 2002. 

2. Agreement on Agriculture

2.1 Urges Members to exercise restraint in challenging measures notified under the 

green box by developing countries to promote rural development and adequately 

address food security concerns. 

2.2 Takes note of the report of the Committee on Agriculture (G/AG/11) regarding 

the implementation of the Decision on Measures Concerning the Possible 

Negative Effects of the Reform Programme on Least-Developed and Net FoodImporting Developing Countries, and approves the recommendations contained 

therein regarding (i) food aid; (ii) technical and financial assistance in the context 

of aid programmes to improve agricultural productivity and infrastructure; (iii) 

financing normal levels of commercial imports of basic foodstuffs; and (iv) 

review of follow-up. 

2.3 Takes note of the report of the Committee on Agriculture (G/AG/11) regarding 

the implementation of Article 10.2 of the Agreement on Agriculture, and 

approves the recommendations and reporting requirements contained therein. 

 

2.4 Takes note of the report of the Committee on Agriculture (G/AG/11) regarding 

the administration of tariff rate quotas and the submission by Members of 

addenda to their notifications, and endorses the decision by the Committee to 

keep this matter under review. 

3. Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures 

3.1 Where the appropriate level of sanitary and phytosanitary protection allows scope 

for the phased introduction of new sanitary and phytosanitary measures, the 

phrase "longer time-frame for compliance" referred to in Article 10.2 of the 

Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures, shall be 

understood to mean normally a period of not less than 6 months. Where the 

appropriate level of sanitary and phytosanitary protection does not allow scope 

for the phased introduction of a new measure, but specific problems are 

identified by a Member, the Member applying the measure shall upon request 

enter into consultations with the country with a view to finding a mutually 

satisfactory solution to the problem while continuing to achieve the importing 

Member's appropriate level of protection. 
3.2 Subject to the conditions specified in paragraph 2 of Annex B to the Agreement 

on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures, the phrase 

"reasonable interval" shall be understood to mean normally a period of not less 

than 6 months. It is understood that timeframes for specific measures have to be 

considered in the context of the particular circumstances of the measure and 

actions necessary to implement it. The entry into force of measures which 

contribute to the liberalization of trade should not be unnecessarily delayed. 

3.3 Takes note of the Decision of the Committee on Sanitary and Phytosanitary 

Measures (G/SPS/19) regarding equivalence, and instructs the Committee to 

develop expeditiously the specific programme to further the implementation of 

Article 4 of the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary 

Measures. 

3.4 Pursuant to the provisions of Article 12.7 of the Agreement on the Application of 

Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures, the Committee on Sanitary and 

Phytosanitary Measures is instructed to review the operation and implementation 

of the Agreement on Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures at least once every 

four years. 

 

3.5 (i) Takes note of the actions taken to date by the Director-General to facilitate the 

increased participation of Members at different levels of development in the 

work of the relevant international standard setting organizations as well as his 

efforts to coordinate with these organizations and financial institutions in 

identifying SPS-related technical assistance needs and how best to address them; 

and 

 (ii) urges the Director-General to continue his cooperative efforts with these 

organizations and institutions in this regard, including with a view to according 

priority to the effective participation of least-developed countries and facilitating 

the provision of technical and financial assistance for this purpose. 

3.6 (i) Urges Members to provide, to the extent possible, the financial and technical 

assistance necessary to enable least-developed countries to respond adequately to 

the introduction of any new SPS measures which may have significant negative 

effects on their trade; and 

 (ii) urges Members to ensure that technical assistance is provided to 

least-developed countries with a view to responding to the special problems 

faced by them in implementing the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and 

Phytosanitary Measures. 

 

4. Agreement on Textiles and Clothing 

Reaffirms the commitment to full and faithful implementation of the Agreement on 

Textiles and Clothing, and agrees: 

4.1 that the provisions of the Agreement relating to the early integration of products 

and the elimination of quota restrictions should be effectively utilised. 
4.2 that Members will exercise particular consideration before initiating 

investigations in the context of antidumping remedies on textile and clothing 

exports from developing countries previously subject to quantitative restrictions 

under the Agreement for a period of two years following full integration of this 

Agreement into the WTO. 

4.3 that without prejudice to their rights and obligations, Members shall notify any 

changes in their rules of origin concerning products falling under the coverage of 

the Agreement to the Committee on Rules of Origin which may decide to 

examine them. 

 Requests the Council for Trade in Goods to examine the following proposals: 

4.4 that when calculating the quota levels for small suppliers for the remaining years 

of the Agreement, Members will apply the most favourable methodology 

available in respect of those Members under the growth-on-growth provisions 

from the beginning of the implementation period; extend the same treatment to 

least-developed countries; and, where possible, eliminate quota restrictions on 

imports of such Members; 

4.5 that Members will calculate the quota levels for the remaining years of the 

Agreement with respect to other restrained Members as if implementation of the 

growth-on-growth provision for stage 3 had been advanced to 1 January 2000; 

 and make recommendations to the General Council by 31 July 2002 for 

appropriate action. 

 

5. Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade 

 

5.1 Confirms the approach to technical assistance being developed by the Committee 

on Technical Barriers to Trade, reflecting the results of the triennial review work 

in this area, and mandates this work to continue. 

5.2 Subject to the conditions specified in paragraph 12 of Article 2 of the Agreement 

on Technical Barriers to Trade, the phrase "reasonable interval" shall be 

understood to mean normally a period of not less than 6 months, except when 

this would be ineffective in fulfilling the legitimate objectives pursued. 

5.3 (i) Takes note of the actions taken to date by the Director-General to facilitate the 

increased participation of Members at different levels of development in the 

work of the relevant international standard setting organizations as well as his 

efforts to coordinate with these organizations and financial institutions in 

identifying TBT-related technical assistance needs and how best to address them; 

and 

 (ii) urges the Director-General to continue his cooperative efforts with these 

organizations and institutions, including with a view to according priority to the 

effective participation of least-developed countries and facilitating the provision 

of technical and financial assistance for this purpose. 
5.4 (i) Urges Members to provide, to the extent possible, the financial and technical 

assistance necessary to enable least-developed countries to respond adequately to 

the introduction of any new TBT measures which may have significant negative 

effects on their trade; and 

 (ii) urges Members to ensure that technical assistance is provided to leastdeveloped countries with a view to responding to the special problems faced by 

them in implementing the Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade. 

6 Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures

6.1 Takes note of the actions taken by the Council for Trade in Goods in regard to 

requests from some developing-country Members for the extension of the fiveyear transitional period provided for in Article 5.2 of Agreement on TradeRelated Investment Measures. 

6.2 Urges the Council for Trade in Goods to consider positively requests that may be 

made by least-developed countries under Article 5.3 of the TRIMs Agreement or 

Article IX.3 of the WTO Agreement, as well as to take into consideration the 

particular circumstances of least-developed countries when setting the terms and 

conditions including time-frames. 

 

7. Agreement on the Implementation of Article VI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and 

Trade 1994 

7.1 Agrees that investigating authorities shall examine with special care any 

application for the initiation of an anti-dumping investigation where an 

investigation of the same product from the same Member resulted in a negative 

finding within the 365 days prior to the filing of the application and that, unless 

this pre-initiation examination indicates that circumstances have changed, the 

investigation shall not proceed. 

 

7.2 Recognizes that, while Article 15 of the Agreement on the Implementation of 

Article VI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 is a mandatory 

provision, the modalities for its application would benefit from clarification. 

Accordingly, the Committee on Anti-Dumping Practices is instructed, through its 

working group on Implementation, to examine this issue and to draw up 

appropriate recommendations within twelve months on how to operationalize this 

provision. 

7.3 Takes note that Article 5.8 of the Agreement on the Implementation of Article VI 

of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 does not specify the timeframe to be used in determining the volume of dumped imports, and that this lack 

of specificity creates uncertainties in the implementation of the provision. The 

Committee on Anti-Dumping Practices is instructed, through its working group 

on Implementation, to study this issue and draw up recommendations within 12 

months, with a view to ensuring the maximum possible predictability and 

objectivity in the application of time frames. 
7.4 Takes note that Article 18.6 of the Agreement on the Implementation of Article 

VI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 requires the Committee 

on Anti-Dumping Practices to review annually the implementation and operation 

of the Agreement taking into account the objectives thereof. The Committee on 

Anti-dumping Practices is instructed to draw up guidelines for the improvement 

of annual reviews and to report its views and recommendations to the General 

Council for subsequent decision within 12 months. 

8. Agreement on the Implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on Tariffs 

and Trade 1994 

8.1 Takes note of the actions taken by the Committee on Customs Valuation in 

regard to the requests from a number of developing-country Members for the 

extension of the five-year transitional period provided for in Article 20.1 of 

Agreement on the Implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on 

Tariffs and Trade 1994. 

8.2 Urges the Council for Trade in Goods to give positive consideration to requests 

that may be made by least-developed country Members under paragraphs 1 and 2 

of Annex III of the Customs Valuation Agreement or under Article IX.3 of the 

WTO Agreement, as well as to take into consideration the particular 

circumstances of least-developed countries when setting the terms and conditions 

including time-frames. 

 

8.3 Underlines the importance of strengthening cooperation between the customs 

administrations of Members in the prevention of customs fraud. In this regard, it 

is agreed that, further to the 1994 Ministerial Decision Regarding Cases Where 

Customs Administrations Have Reasons to Doubt the Truth or Accuracy of the 

Declared Value, when the customs administration of an importing Member has 

reasonable grounds to doubt the truth or accuracy of the declared value, it may 

seek assistance from the customs administration of an exporting Member on the 

value of the good concerned. In such cases, the exporting Member shall offer 

cooperation and assistance, consistent with its domestic laws and procedures, 

including furnishing information on the export value of the good concerned. Any 

information provided in this context shall be treated in accordance with Article 

10 of the Customs Valuation Agreement. Furthermore, recognizing the 

legitimate concerns expressed by the customs administrations of several 

importing Members on the accuracy of the declared value, the Committee on 

Customs Valuation is directed to identify and assess practical means to address 

such concerns, including the exchange of information on export values and to 

report to the General Council by the end of 2002 at the latest. 

 

9. Agreement on Rules of Origin 

9.1 Takes note of the report of the Committee on Rules of Origin (G/RO/48) 

regarding progress on the harmonization work programme, and urges the 

Committee to complete its work by the end of 2001. 
9.2 Agrees that any interim arrangements on rules of origin implemented by 

Members in the transitional period before the entry into force of the results of the 

harmonisation work programme shall be consistent with the Agreement on Rules 

of Origin, particularly Articles 2 and 5 thereof. Without prejudice to Members' 

rights and obligations, such arrangements may be examined by the Committee on 

Rules of Origin. 

 

10. Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures 

10.1 Agrees that Annex VII(b) to the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing 

Measures includes the Members that are listed therein until their GNP per capita 

reaches US $1,000 in constant 1990 dollars for three consecutive years. This 

decision will enter into effect upon the adoption by the Committee on Subsidies 

and Countervailing Measures of an appropriate methodology for calculating 

constant 1990 dollars. If, however, the Committee on Subsidies and 

Countervailing Measures does not reach a consensus agreement on an 

appropriate methodology by 1 January 2003, the methodology proposed by the 

Chairman of the Committee set forth in G/SCM/38, Appendix 2 shall be applied. 

A Member shall not leave Annex VII(b) so long as its GNP per capita in current 

dollars has not reached US $1000 based upon the most recent data from the 

World Bank. 

10.2 Takes note of the proposal to treat measures implemented by developing 

countries with a view to achieving legitimate development goals, such as regional 

growth, technology research and development funding, production diversification 

and development and implementation of environmentally sound methods of 

production as non-actionable subsidies, and agrees that this issue be addressed in 

accordance with paragraph 13 below. During the course of the negotiations, 

Members are urged to exercise due restraint with respect to challenging such 

measures. 

10.3 Agrees that the Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures shall 

continue its review of the provisions of the Agreement on Subsidies and 

Countervailing Measures regarding countervailing duty investigations and report 

to the General Council by 31 July 2002. 

10.4 Agrees that if a Member has been excluded from the list in paragraph (b) of 

Annex VII to the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures, it shall 

be re-included in it when its GNP per capita falls back below US$ 1,000. 

10.5 Subject to the provisions of Articles 27.5 and 27.6, it is reaffirmed that leastdeveloped country Members are exempt from the prohibition on export subsidies 

set forth in Article 3.1(a) of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing 

Measures, and thus have flexibility to finance their exporters, consistent with 

their development needs. It is understood that the eight-year period in Article 

27.5 within which a least-developed country Member must phase out its export 

subsidies in respect of a product in which it is export-competitive begins from the 

date export competitiveness exists within the meaning of Article 27.6. 

10.6 Having regard to the particular situation of certain developing-country Members, 

directs the Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures to extend the 
transition period, under the rubric of Article 27.4 of the Agreement on Subsidies 

and Countervailing Measures, for certain export subsidies provided by such 

Members, pursuant to the procedures set forth in document G/SCM/39. 

Furthermore, when considering a request for an extension of the transition period 

under the rubric of Article 27.4 of the Agreement on Subsidies and 

Countervailing Measures, and in order to avoid that Members at similar stages of 

development and having a similar order of magnitude of share in world trade are 

treated differently in terms of receiving such extensions for the same eligible 

programmes and the length of such extensions, directs the Committee to extend 

the transition period for those developing countries, after taking into account the 

relative competitiveness in relation to other developing-country Members who 

have requested extension of the transition period following the procedures set 

forth in document G/SCM/39. 

11. Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS)

11.1 The TRIPS Council is directed to continue its examination of the scope and 

modalities for complaints of the types provided for under subparagraphs 1(b) and 

1(c) of Article XXIII of GATT 1994 and make recommendations to the Fifth 

Session of the Ministerial Conference. It is agreed that, in the meantime, 

Members will not initiate such complaints under the TRIPS Agreement. 

11.2 Reaffirming that the provisions of Article 66.2 of the TRIPS Agreement are 

mandatory, it is agreed that the TRIPS Council shall put in place a mechanism 

for ensuring the monitoring and full implementation of the obligations in 

question. To this end, developed-country Members shall submit prior to the end 

of 2002 detailed reports on the functioning in practice of the incentives provided 

to their enterprises for the transfer of technology in pursuance of their 

commitments under Article 66.2. These submissions shall be subject to a review 

in the TRIPS Council and information shall be updated by Members annually. 

12. Cross-cutting Issues

12.1 The Committee on Trade and Development is instructed: 

(i) to identify those special and differential treatment provisions that are already 

mandatory in nature and those that are non-binding in character, to consider the 

legal and practical implications for developed and developing Members of 

converting special and differential treatment measures into mandatory provisions, 

to identify those that Members consider should be made mandatory, and to report 

to the General Council with clear recommendations for a decision by July 2002; 

(ii) to examine additional ways in which special and differential treatment provisions 

can be made more effective, to consider ways, including improved information 

flows, in which developing countries, in particular the least-developed countries, 

may be assisted to make best use of special and differential treatment provisions, 

and to report to the General Council with clear recommendations for a decision 

by July 2002; and 
(iii) to consider, in the context of the work programme adopted at the Fourth Session 

of the Ministerial Conference, how special and differential treatment may be 

incorporated into the architecture of WTO rules. 

 The work of the Committee on Trade and Development in this regard shall take 

fully into consideration previous work undertaken as noted in WT/COMTD/W/77/Rev.1. 

It will also be without prejudice to work in respect of implementation of WTO 

Agreements in the General Council and in other Councils and Committees. 

12.2 Reaffirms that preferences granted to developing countries pursuant to the 

Decision of the Contracting Parties of 28 November 1979 ("Enabling Clause")1

should be generalised, non-reciprocal and non-discriminatory. 

13. Outstanding Implementation Issues2

 Agrees that outstanding implementation issues be addressed in accordance with 

paragraph 12 of the Ministerial Declaration (WT/MIN(01)/DEC/1). 

14. Final Provisions 

 Requests the Director-General, consistent with paragraphs 38 to 43 of the Ministerial 

Declaration (WT/MIN(01)/DEC/1), to ensure that WTO technical assistance focuses, on a 

priority basis, on assisting developing countries to implement existing WTO obligations as well 

as on increasing their capacity to participate more effectively in future multilateral trade 

negotiations. In carrying out this mandate, the WTO Secretariat should cooperate more closely 

with international and regional intergovernmental organisations so as to increase efficiency and 

synergies and avoid duplication of programmes. 

__________ 

 1

 BISD 26S/203. 

2

A list of these issues is compiled in document Job(01)/152/Rev.1. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/L/579 

2 August 2004 

 (04-3297) 

Doha Work Programme 

Decision Adopted by the General Council on 1 August 2004 

1. The General Council reaffirms the Ministerial Declarations and Decisions adopted at 

Doha and the full commitment of all Members to give effect to them. The Council emphasizes 

Members' resolve to complete the Doha Work Programme fully and to conclude successfully the 

negotiations launched at Doha. Taking into account the Ministerial Statement adopted at Cancún 

on 14 September 2003, and the statements by the Council Chairman and the Director-General at 

the Council meeting of 15-16 December 2003, the Council takes note of the report by the 

Chairman of the Trade Negotiations Committee (TNC) and agrees to take action as follows: 

a. Agriculture: the General Council adopts the framework set out in Annex A to this 

document. 

b. Cotton: the General Council reaffirms the importance of the Sectoral Initiative on 

Cotton and takes note of the parameters set out in Annex A within which the trade-related 

aspects of this issue will be pursued in the agriculture negotiations. The General Council 

also attaches importance to the development aspects of the Cotton Initiative and wishes to 

stress the complementarity between the trade and development aspects. The Council takes 

note of the recent Workshop on Cotton in Cotonou on 23-24 March 2004 organized by the 

WTO Secretariat, and other bilateral and multilateral efforts to make progress on the 

development assistance aspects and instructs the Secretariat to continue to work with the 

development community and to provide the Council with periodic reports on relevant 

developments. 

Members should work on related issues of development multilaterally with the international 

financial institutions, continue their bilateral programmes, and all developed countries are 

urged to participate. In this regard, the General Council instructs the Director General to 

consult with the relevant international organizations, including the Bretton Woods 

Institutions, the Food and Agriculture Organization and the International Trade Centre to 

direct effectively existing programmes and any additional resources towards development of 

the economies where cotton has vital importance. 

c. Non-agricultural Market Access: the General Council adopts the framework set out in 

Annex B to this document. 

d. Development: 

Principles: development concerns form an integral part of the Doha Ministerial Declaration. 

The General Council rededicates and recommits Members to fulfilling the development 
dimension of the Doha Development Agenda, which places the needs and interests of 

developing and least-developed countries at the heart of the Doha Work Programme. The 

Council reiterates the important role that enhanced market access, balanced rules, and well 

targeted, sustainably financed technical assistance and capacity building programmes can 

play in the economic development of these countries. 

Special and Differential Treatment: the General Council reaffirms that provisions for 

special and differential (S&D) treatment are an integral part of the WTO Agreements. The 

Council recalls Ministers' decision in Doha to review all S&D treatment provisions with a 

view to strengthening them and making them more precise, effective and operational. The 

Council recognizes the progress that has been made so far. The Council instructs the 

Committee on Trade and Development in Special Session to expeditiously complete the 

review of all the outstanding Agreement-specific proposals and report to the General 

Council, with clear recommendations for a decision, by July 2005. The Council further 

instructs the Committee, within the parameters of the Doha mandate, to address all other 

outstanding work, including on the cross-cutting issues, the monitoring mechanism and the 

incorporation of S&D treatment into the architecture of WTO rules, as referred to in 

TN/CTD/7 and report, as appropriate, to the General Council. 

The Council also instructs all WTO bodies to which proposals in Category II have been 

referred to expeditiously complete the consideration of these proposals and report to the 

General Council, with clear recommendations for a decision, as soon as possible and no later 

than July 2005. In doing so these bodies will ensure that, as far as possible, their meetings do 

not overlap so as to enable full and effective participation of developing countries in these 

discussions. 

Technical Assistance: the General Council recognizes the progress that has been made 

since the Doha Ministerial Conference in expanding Trade-Related Technical Assistance 

(TRTA) to developing countries and low-income countries in transition. In furthering this 

effort the Council affirms that such countries, and in particular least-developed countries, 

should be provided with enhanced TRTA and capacity building, to increase their effective 

participation in the negotiations, to facilitate their implementation of WTO rules, and to 

enable them to adjust and diversify their economies. In this context the Council welcomes 

and further encourages the improved coordination with other agencies, including under the 

Integrated Framework for TRTA for the LDCs (IF) and the Joint Integrated Technical 

Assistance Programme (JITAP).

Implementation: concerning implementation-related issues, the General Council reaffirms 

the mandates Ministers gave in paragraph 12 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and the 

Doha Decision on Implementation-Related Issues and Concerns, and renews Members' 

determination to find appropriate solutions to outstanding issues. The Council instructs the 

Trade Negotiations Committee, negotiating bodies and other WTO bodies concerned to 

redouble their efforts to find appropriate solutions as a priority. Without prejudice to the 

positions of Members, the Council requests the Director-General to continue with his 

consultative process on all outstanding implementation issues under paragraph 12(b) of the 

Doha Ministerial Declaration, including on issues related to the extension of the protection of 

geographical indications provided for in Article 23 of the TRIPS Agreement to products 

other than wines and spirits, if need be by appointing Chairpersons of concerned WTO 

bodies as his Friends and/or by holding dedicated consultations. The Director-General shall 

report to the TNC and the General Council no later than May 2005. The Council shall 

review progress and take any appropriate action no later than July 2005. 
Other Development Issues: in the ongoing market access negotiations, recognising the 

fundamental principles of the WTO and relevant provisions of GATT 1994, special attention 

shall be given to the specific trade and development related needs and concerns of 

developing countries, including capacity constraints. These particular concerns of 

developing countries, including relating to food security, rural development, livelihood, 

preferences, commodities and net food imports, as well as prior unilateral liberalisation, 

should be taken into consideration, as appropriate, in the course of the Agriculture and 

NAMA negotiations. The trade-related issues identified for the fuller integration of small, 

vulnerable economies into the multilateral trading system, should also be addressed, without 

creating a sub-category of Members, as part of a work programme, as mandated in paragraph 

35 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration. 

Least-Developed Countries: the General Council reaffirms the commitments made at Doha 

concerning least-developed countries and renews its determination to fulfil these 

commitments. Members will continue to take due account of the concerns of least-developed 

countries in the negotiations. The Council confirms that nothing in this Decision shall 

detract in any way from the special provisions agreed by Members in respect of these 

countries. 

e. Services: the General Council takes note of the report to the TNC by the Special Session 

of the Council for Trade in Services3

 and reaffirms Members' commitment to progress in this 

area of the negotiations in line with the Doha mandate. The Council adopts the 

recommendations agreed by the Special Session, set out in Annex C to this document, on the 

basis of which further progress in the services negotiations will be pursued. Revised offers 

should be tabled by May 2005. 

f. Other negotiating bodies: 

Rules, Trade & Environment and TRIPS: the General Council takes note of the reports 

to the TNC by the Negotiating Group on Rules and by the Special Sessions of the Committee 

on Trade and Environment and the TRIPS Council.4

 The Council reaffirms Members' 

commitment to progress in all of these areas of the negotiations in line with the Doha 

mandates. 

Dispute Settlement: the General Council takes note of the report to the TNC by the Special 

Session of the Dispute Settlement Body5

 and reaffirms Members' commitment to progress in 

this area of the negotiations in line with the Doha mandate. The Council adopts the TNC's 

recommendation that work in the Special Session should continue on the basis set out by the 

Chairman of that body in his report to the TNC. 

g. Trade Facilitation: taking note of the work done on trade facilitation by the Council for 

Trade in Goods under the mandate in paragraph 27 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and 

the work carried out under the auspices of the General Council both prior to the Fifth 

Ministerial Conference and after its conclusion, the General Council decides by explicit 

consensus to commence negotiations on the basis of the modalities set out in Annex D to this 

document. 

 3

 This report is contained in document TN/S/16. 

4

 The reports to the TNC referenced in this paragraph are contained in the following documents: 

Negotiating Group on Rules - TN/RL/9; Special Session of the Committee on Trade and Environment - 

TN/TE/9; Special Session of the Council for TRIPS - TN/IP/10. 5

 This report is contained in document TN/DS/10. 
Relationship between Trade and Investment, Interaction between Trade and 

Competition Policy and Transparency in Government Procurement: the Council agrees 

that these issues, mentioned in the Doha Ministerial Declaration in paragraphs 20-22, 23-25 

and 26 respectively, will not form part of the Work Programme set out in that Declaration 

and therefore no work towards negotiations on any of these issues will take place within the 

WTO during the Doha Round. 

h. Other elements of the Work Programme: the General Council reaffirms the high 

priority Ministers at Doha gave to those elements of the Work Programme which do not 

involve negotiations. Noting that a number of these issues are of particular interest to 

developing-country Members, the Council emphasizes its commitment to fulfil the mandates 

given by Ministers in all these areas. To this end, the General Council and other relevant 

bodies shall report in line with their Doha mandates to the Sixth Session of the Ministerial 

Conference. The moratoria covered by paragraph 11.1 of the Doha Ministerial Decision on 

Implementation-related Issues and Concerns and paragraph 34 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration are extended up to the Sixth Ministerial Conference. 

2. The General Council agrees that this Decision and its Annexes shall not be used in any 

dispute settlement proceeding under the DSU and shall not be used for interpreting the existing 

WTO Agreements. 

3. The General Council calls on all Members to redouble their efforts towards the 

conclusion of a balanced overall outcome of the Doha Development Agenda in fulfilment of the 

commitments Ministers took at Doha. The Council agrees to continue the negotiations launched 

at Doha beyond the timeframe set out in paragraph 45 of the Doha Declaration, leading to the 

Sixth Session of the Ministerial Conference. Recalling its decision of 21 October 2003 to accept 

the generous offer of the Government of Hong Kong, China to host the Sixth Session, the Council 

further agrees that this Session will be held in December 2005. 

_______________ 
Annex A 

Framework for Establishing Modalities in Agriculture 

1. The starting point for the current phase of the agriculture negotiations has been the 

mandate set out in Paragraph 13 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration. This in turn built on the 

long-term objective of the Agreement on Agriculture to establish a fair and market-oriented 

trading system through a programme of fundamental reform. The elements below offer the 

additional precision required at this stage of the negotiations and thus the basis for the 

negotiations of full modalities in the next phase. The level of ambition set by the Doha mandate 

will continue to be the basis for the negotiations on agriculture. 

2. The final balance will be found only at the conclusion of these subsequent negotiations 

and within the Single Undertaking. To achieve this balance, the modalities to be developed will 

need to incorporate operationally effective and meaningful provisions for special and differential 

treatment for developing country Members. Agriculture is of critical importance to the economic 

development of developing country Members and they must be able to pursue agricultural 

policies that are supportive of their development goals, poverty reduction strategies, food security 

and livelihood concerns. Non-trade concerns, as referred to in Paragraph 13 of the Doha 

Declaration, will be taken into account. 

3. The reforms in all three pillars form an interconnected whole and must be approached in 

a balanced and equitable manner. 

4. The General Council recognizes the importance of cotton for a certain number of 

countries and its vital importance for developing countries, especially LDCs. It will be addressed 

ambitiously, expeditiously, and specifically, within the agriculture negotiations. The provisions 

of this framework provide a basis for this approach, as does the sectoral initiative on cotton. The 

Special Session of the Committee on Agriculture shall ensure appropriate prioritization of the 

cotton issue independently from other sectoral initiatives. A subcommittee on cotton will meet 

periodically and report to the Special Session of the Committee on Agriculture to review 

progress. Work shall encompass all trade-distorting policies affecting the sector in all three 

pillars of market access, domestic support, and export competition, as specified in the Doha text 

and this Framework text. 

5. Coherence between trade and development aspects of the cotton issue will be pursued as 

set out in paragraph 1.b of the text to which this Framework is annexed. 

DOMESTIC SUPPORT 

6. The Doha Ministerial Declaration calls for "substantial reductions in trade-distorting 

domestic support". With a view to achieving these substantial reductions, the negotiations in this 

pillar will ensure the following: 

• Special and differential treatment remains an integral component of domestic support. 

Modalities to be developed will include longer implementation periods and lower 

reduction coefficients for all types of trade-distorting domestic support and continued 

access to the provisions under Article 6.2. 
• There will be a strong element of harmonisation in the reductions made by developed 

Members. Specifically, higher levels of permitted trade-distorting domestic support will 

be subject to deeper cuts. 

• Each such Member will make a substantial reduction in the overall level of its tradedistorting support from bound levels. 

• As well as this overall commitment, Final Bound Total AMS and permitted de minimis

levels will be subject to substantial reductions and, in the case of the Blue Box, will be 

capped as specified in paragraph 15 in order to ensure results that are coherent with the 

long-term reform objective. Any clarification or development of rules and conditions to 

govern trade distorting support will take this into account. 

Overall Reduction: A Tiered Formula 

7. The overall base level of all trade-distorting domestic support, as measured by the Final 

Bound Total AMS plus permitted de minimis level and the level agreed in paragraph 8 below for 

Blue Box payments, will be reduced according to a tiered formula. Under this formula, Members 

having higher levels of trade-distorting domestic support will make greater overall reductions in 

order to achieve a harmonizing result. As the first instalment of the overall cut, in the first year 

and throughout the implementation period, the sum of all trade-distorting support will not exceed 

80 per cent of the sum of Final Bound Total AMS plus permitted de minimis plus the Blue Box at 

the level determined in paragraph 15. 

8. The following parameters will guide the further negotiation of this tiered formula: 

• This commitment will apply as a minimum overall commitment. It will not be applied as 

a ceiling on reductions of overall trade-distorting domestic support, should the separate 

and complementary formulae to be developed for Total AMS, de minimis and Blue Box 

payments imply, when taken together, a deeper cut in overall trade-distorting domestic 

support for an individual Member. 

• The base for measuring the Blue Box component will be the higher of existing Blue Box 

payments during a recent representative period to be agreed and the cap established in 

paragraph 15 below.

Final Bound Total AMS: A Tiered Formula 

9. To achieve reductions with a harmonizing effect: 

• Final Bound Total AMS will be reduced substantially, using a tiered approach. 

• Members having higher Total AMS will make greater reductions. 

• To prevent circumvention of the objective of the Agreement through transfers of 

unchanged domestic support between different support categories, product-specific 

AMSs will be capped at their respective average levels according to a methodology to be 

agreed. 
• Substantial reductions in Final Bound Total AMS will result in reductions of some 

product-specific support. 

10. Members may make greater than formula reductions in order to achieve the required level 

of cut in overall trade-distorting domestic support. 

De Minimis 

11. Reductions in de minimis will be negotiated taking into account the principle of special 

and differential treatment. Developing countries that allocate almost all de minimis support for 

subsistence and resource-poor farmers will be exempt. 

12. Members may make greater than formula reductions in order to achieve the required level 

of cut in overall trade-distorting domestic support. 

Blue Box 

13. Members recognize the role of the Blue Box in promoting agricultural reforms. In this 

light, Article 6.5 will be reviewed so that Members may have recourse to the following measures: 

• Direct payments under production-limiting programmes if: 

- such payments are based on fixed and unchanging areas and yields; or 

- such payments are made on 85% or less of a fixed and unchanging base level of 

production; or 

- livestock payments are made on a fixed and unchanging number of head. 

Or 

• Direct payments that do not require production if: 

- such payments are based on fixed and unchanging bases and yields; or 

- livestock payments made on a fixed and unchanging number of head; and 

- such payments are made on 85% or less of a fixed and unchanging base level of 

production. 

14. The above criteria, along with additional criteria will be negotiated. Any such criteria will 

ensure that Blue Box payments are less trade-distorting than AMS measures, it being understood 

that: 

• Any new criteria would need to take account of the balance of WTO rights and 

obligations. 

• Any new criteria to be agreed will not have the perverse effect of undoing ongoing 

reforms. 

15. Blue Box support will not exceed 5% of a Member’s average total value of agricultural 

production during an historical period. The historical period will be established in the 

negotiations. This ceiling will apply to any actual or potential Blue Box user from the beginning 

of the implementation period. In cases where a Member has placed an exceptionally large 

percentage of its trade-distorting support in the Blue Box, some flexibility will be provided on a 
basis to be agreed to ensure that such a Member is not called upon to make a wholly 

disproportionate cut. 

Green Box 

16. Green Box criteria will be reviewed and clarified with a view to ensuring that Green Box 

measures have no, or at most minimal, trade-distorting effects or effects on production. Such a 

review and clarification will need to ensure that the basic concepts, principles and effectiveness 

of the Green Box remain and take due account of non-trade concerns. The improved obligations 

for monitoring and surveillance of all new disciplines foreshadowed in paragraph 48 below will 

be particularly important with respect to the Green Box. 

EXPORT COMPETITION 

17. The Doha Ministerial Declaration calls for "reduction of, with a view to phasing out, all 

forms of export subsidies". As an outcome of the negotiations, Members agree to establish 

detailed modalities ensuring the parallel elimination of all forms of export subsidies and 

disciplines on all export measures with equivalent effect by a credible end date. 

End Point 

18. The following will be eliminated by the end date to be agreed: 

• Export subsidies as scheduled. 

• Export credits, export credit guarantees or insurance programmes with repayment periods 

beyond 180 days. 

• Terms and conditions relating to export credits, export credit guarantees or insurance 

programmes with repayment periods of 180 days and below which are not in accordance 

with disciplines to be agreed. These disciplines will cover, inter alia, payment of interest, 

minimum interest rates, minimum premium requirements, and other elements which can 

constitute subsidies or otherwise distort trade. 

• Trade distorting practices with respect to exporting STEs including eliminating export 

subsidies provided to or by them, government financing, and the underwriting of losses. 

The issue of the future use of monopoly powers will be subject to further negotiation. 

• Provision of food aid that is not in conformity with operationally effective disciplines to 

be agreed. The objective of such disciplines will be to prevent commercial displacement. 

The role of international organizations as regards the provision of food aid by Members, 

including related humanitarian and developmental issues, will be addressed in the 

negotiations. The question of providing food aid exclusively in fully grant form will also 

be addressed in the negotiations.

19. Effective transparency provisions for paragraph 18 will be established. Such provisions, 

in accordance with standard WTO practice, will be consistent with commercial confidentiality 

considerations. 
Implementation 

20. Commitments and disciplines in paragraph 18 will be implemented according to a 

schedule and modalities to be agreed. Commitments will be implemented by annual instalments. 

Their phasing will take into account the need for some coherence with internal reform steps of 

Members. 

21. The negotiation of the elements in paragraph 18 and their implementation will ensure 

equivalent and parallel commitments by Members. 

Special and Differential Treatment 

22. Developing country Members will benefit from longer implementation periods for the 

phasing out of all forms of export subsidies. 

23. Developing countries will continue to benefit from special and differential treatment 

under the provisions of Article 9.4 of the Agreement on Agriculture for a reasonable period, to be 

negotiated, after the phasing out of all forms of export subsidies and implementation of all 

disciplines identified above are completed. 

24. Members will ensure that the disciplines on export credits, export credit guarantees or 

insurance programs to be agreed will make appropriate provision for differential treatment in 

favour of least-developed and net food-importing developing countries as provided for in 

paragraph 4 of the Decision on Measures Concerning the Possible Negative Effects of the Reform 

Programme on Least-Developed and Net Food-Importing Developing Countries. Improved 

obligations for monitoring and surveillance of all new disciplines as foreshadowed in paragraph 

48 will be critically important in this regard. Provisions to be agreed in this respect must not 

undermine the commitments undertaken by Members under the obligations in paragraph 18 

above. 

25. STEs in developing country Members which enjoy special privileges to preserve 

domestic consumer price stability and to ensure food security will receive special consideration 

for maintaining monopoly status. 

Special Circumstances 

26. In exceptional circumstances, which cannot be adequately covered by food aid, 

commercial export credits or preferential international financing facilities, ad hoc temporary 

financing arrangements relating to exports to developing countries may be agreed by Members. 

Such agreements must not have the effect of undermining commitments undertaken by Members 

in paragraph 18 above, and will be based on criteria and consultation procedures to be 

established. 

MARKET ACCESS 

27. The Doha Ministerial Declaration calls for "substantial improvements in market access". 

Members also agreed that special and differential treatment for developing Members would be an 

integral part of all elements in the negotiations. 

The Single Approach: a Tiered Formula 
28. To ensure that a single approach for developed and developing country Members meets 

all the objectives of the Doha mandate, tariff reductions will be made through a tiered formula 

that takes into account their different tariff structures. 

29. To ensure that such a formula will lead to substantial trade expansion, the following 

principles will guide its further negotiation: 

• Tariff reductions will be made from bound rates. Substantial overall tariff reductions will 

be achieved as a final result from negotiations. 

• Each Member (other than LDCs) will make a contribution. Operationally effective 

special and differential provisions for developing country Members will be an integral 

part of all elements. 

• Progressivity in tariff reductions will be achieved through deeper cuts in higher tariffs 

with flexibilities for sensitive products. Substantial improvements in market access will 

be achieved for all products. 

30. The number of bands, the thresholds for defining the bands and the type of tariff 

reduction in each band remain under negotiation. The role of a tariff cap in a tiered formula with 

distinct treatment for sensitive products will be further evaluated. 

Sensitive Products 

Selection

31. Without undermining the overall objective of the tiered approach, Members may 

designate an appropriate number, to be negotiated, of tariff lines to be treated as sensitive, taking 

account of existing commitments for these products. 

Treatment

32. The principle of ‘substantial improvement’ will apply to each product. 

33. ‘Substantial improvement’ will be achieved through combinations of tariff quota 

commitments and tariff reductions applying to each product. However, balance in this 

negotiation will be found only if the final negotiated result also reflects the sensitivity of the 

product concerned. 

34. Some MFN-based tariff quota expansion will be required for all such products. A base 

for such an expansion will be established, taking account of coherent and equitable criteria to be 

developed in the negotiations. In order not to undermine the objective of the tiered approach, for 

all such products, MFN based tariff quota expansion will be provided under specific rules to be 

negotiated taking into account deviations from the tariff formula. 

Other Elements 

35. Other elements that will give the flexibility required to reach a final balanced result 

include reduction or elimination of in-quota tariff rates, and operationally effective improvements 

in tariff quota administration for existing tariff quotas so as to enable Members, and particularly 
developing country Members, to fully benefit from the market access opportunities under tariff 

rate quotas. 

36. Tariff escalation will be addressed through a formula to be agreed. 

37. The issue of tariff simplification remains under negotiation. 

38. The question of the special agricultural safeguard (SSG) remains under negotiation. 

Special and differential treatment 

39. Having regard to their rural development, food security and/or livelihood security needs, 

special and differential treatment for developing countries will be an integral part of all elements 

of the negotiation, including the tariff reduction formula, the number and treatment of sensitive 

products, expansion of tariff rate quotas, and implementation period.

40. Proportionality will be achieved by requiring lesser tariff reduction commitments or tariff 

quota expansion commitments from developing country Members. 

41. Developing country Members will have the flexibility to designate an appropriate number 

of products as Special Products, based on criteria of food security, livelihood security and rural 

development needs. These products will be eligible for more flexible treatment. The criteria and 

treatment of these products will be further specified during the negotiation phase and will 

recognize the fundamental importance of Special Products to developing countries. 

42. A Special Safeguard Mechanism (SSM) will be established for use by developing country 

Members. 

43. Full implementation of the long-standing commitment to achieve the fullest liberalisation 

of trade in tropical agricultural products and for products of particular importance to the 

diversification of production from the growing of illicit narcotic crops is overdue and will be 

addressed effectively in the market access negotiations. 

44. The importance of long-standing preferences is fully recognised. The issue of preference 

erosion will be addressed. For the further consideration in this regard, paragraph 16 and other 

relevant provisions of TN/AG/W/1/Rev.1 will be used as a reference. 

LEAST- DEVELOPED COUNTRIES 

45. Least-Developed Countries, which will have full access to all special and differential 

treatment provisions above, are not required to undertake reduction commitments. Developed 

Members, and developing country Members in a position to do so, should provide duty-free and 

quota-free market access for products originating from least-developed countries. 

46. Work on cotton under all the pillars will reflect the vital importance of this sector to 

certain LDC Members and we will work to achieve ambitious results expeditiously. 

RECENTLY ACCEDED MEMBERS 

47. The particular concerns of recently acceded Members will be effectively addressed 

through specific flexibility provisions. 
MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE 

48. Article 18 of the Agreement on Agriculture will be amended with a view to enhancing 

monitoring so as to effectively ensure full transparency, including through timely and complete 

notifications with respect to the commitments in market access, domestic support and export 

competition. The particular concerns of developing countries in this regard will be addressed. 

OTHER ISSUES 

49. Issues of interest but not agreed: sectoral initiatives, differential export taxes, GIs. 

50. Disciplines on export prohibitions and restrictions in Article 12.1 of the Agreement on 

Agriculture will be strengthened. 
Annex B 

Framework for Establishing Modalities in 

Market Access for Non-Agricultural Products 

1. This Framework contains the initial elements for future work on modalities by the 

Negotiating Group on Market Access. Additional negotiations are required to reach agreement 

on the specifics of some of these elements. These relate to the formula, the issues concerning the 

treatment of unbound tariffs in indent two of paragraph 5, the flexibilities for developing-country 

participants, the issue of participation in the sectorial tariff component and the preferences. In 

order to finalize the modalities, the Negotiating Group is instructed to address these issues 

expeditiously in a manner consistent with the mandate of paragraph 16 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration and the overall balance therein. 

2. We reaffirm that negotiations on market access for non-agricultural products shall aim to 

reduce or as appropriate eliminate tariffs, including the reduction or elimination of tariff peaks, 

high tariffs, and tariff escalation, as well as non-tariff barriers, in particular on products of export 

interest to developing countries. We also reaffirm the importance of special and differential 

treatment and less than full reciprocity in reduction commitments as integral parts of the 

modalities. 

3. We acknowledge the substantial work undertaken by the Negotiating Group on Market 

Access and the progress towards achieving an agreement on negotiating modalities. We take note 

of the constructive dialogue on the Chair's Draft Elements of Modalities (TN/MA/W/35/Rev.1) 

and confirm our intention to use this document as a reference for the future work of the 

Negotiating Group. We instruct the Negotiating Group to continue its work, as mandated by 

paragraph 16 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration with its corresponding references to the 

relevant provisions of Article XXVIII bis of GATT 1994 and to the provisions cited in paragraph 

50 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration, on the basis set out below. 

4. We recognize that a formula approach is key to reducing tariffs, and reducing or 

eliminating tariff peaks, high tariffs, and tariff escalation. We agree that the Negotiating Group 

should continue its work on a non-linear formula applied on a line-by-line basis which shall take 

fully into account the special needs and interests of developing and least-developed country 

participants, including through less than full reciprocity in reduction commitments. 

5. We further agree on the following elements regarding the formula: 

- product coverage shall be comprehensive without a priori exclusions; 

- tariff reductions or elimination shall commence from the bound rates after full 

implementation of current concessions; however, for unbound tariff lines, the 

basis for commencing the tariff reductions shall be [two] times the MFN applied 

rate in the base year; 

- the base year for MFN applied tariff rates shall be 2001 (applicable rates on 

14 November); 

- credit shall be given for autonomous liberalization by developing countries 

provided that the tariff lines were bound on an MFN basis in the WTO since the 

conclusion of the Uruguay Round; 
- all non-ad valorem duties shall be converted to ad valorem equivalents on the 

basis of a methodology to be determined and bound in ad valorem terms; 

- negotiations shall commence on the basis of the HS96 or HS2002 nomenclature, 

with the results of the negotiations to be finalized in HS2002 nomenclature; 

- the reference period for import data shall be 1999-2001. 

6. We furthermore agree that, as an exception, participants with a binding coverage of nonagricultural tariff lines of less than [35] percent would be exempt from making tariff reductions 

through the formula. Instead, we expect them to bind [100] percent of non-agricultural tariff lines 

at an average level that does not exceed the overall average of bound tariffs for all developing 

countries after full implementation of current concessions. 

7. We recognize that a sectorial tariff component, aiming at elimination or harmonization is 

another key element to achieving the objectives of paragraph 16 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration with regard to the reduction or elimination of tariffs, in particular on products of 

export interest to developing countries. We recognize that participation by all participants will be 

important to that effect. We therefore instruct the Negotiating Group to pursue its discussions on 

such a component, with a view to defining product coverage, participation, and adequate 

provisions of flexibility for developing-country participants. 

8. We agree that developing-country participants shall have longer implementation periods 

for tariff reductions. In addition, they shall be given the following flexibility: 

 a) applying less than formula cuts to up to [10] percent of the tariff lines provided that the 

cuts are no less than half the formula cuts and that these tariff lines do not exceed [10] 

percent of the total value of a Member's imports; or 

 b) keeping, as an exception, tariff lines unbound, or not applying formula cuts for up to 

[5] percent of tariff lines provided they do not exceed [5] percent of the total value of a 

Member's imports. 

We furthermore agree that this flexibility could not be used to exclude entire HS Chapters. 

9. We agree that least-developed country participants shall not be required to apply the 

formula nor participate in the sectorial approach, however, as part of their contribution to this 

round of negotiations, they are expected to substantially increase their level of binding 

commitments. 

10. Furthermore, in recognition of the need to enhance the integration of least-developed 

countries into the multilateral trading system and support the diversification of their production 

and export base, we call upon developed-country participants and other participants who so 

decide, to grant on an autonomous basis duty-free and quota-free market access for nonagricultural products originating from least-developed countries by the year [...]. 

11. We recognize that newly acceded Members shall have recourse to special provisions for 

tariff reductions in order to take into account their extensive market access commitments 

undertaken as part of their accession and that staged tariff reductions are still being implemented 

in many cases. We instruct the Negotiating Group to further elaborate on such provisions. 
12. We agree that pending agreement on core modalities for tariffs, the possibilities of 

supplementary modalities such as zero-for-zero sector elimination, sectorial harmonization, and 

request & offer, should be kept open. 

13. In addition, we ask developed-country participants and other participants who so decide 

to consider the elimination of low duties. 

14. We recognize that NTBs are an integral and equally important part of these negotiations 

and instruct participants to intensify their work on NTBs. In particular, we encourage all 

participants to make notifications on NTBs by 31 October 2004 and to proceed with 

identification, examination, categorization, and ultimately negotiations on NTBs. We take note 

that the modalities for addressing NTBs in these negotiations could include request/offer, 

horizontal, or vertical approaches; and should fully take into account the principle of special and 

differential treatment for developing and least-developed country participants. 

15. We recognize that appropriate studies and capacity building measures shall be an integral 

part of the modalities to be agreed. We also recognize the work that has already been undertaken 

in these areas and ask participants to continue to identify such issues to improve participation in 

the negotiations. 

16. We recognize the challenges that may be faced by non-reciprocal preference beneficiary 

Members and those Members that are at present highly dependent on tariff revenue as a result of 

these negotiations on non-agricultural products. We instruct the Negotiating Group to take into 

consideration, in the course of its work, the particular needs that may arise for the Members 

concerned. 

17. We furthermore encourage the Negotiating Group to work closely with the Committee on 

Trade and Environment in Special Session with a view to addressing the issue of non-agricultural 

environmental goods covered in paragraph 31 (iii) of the Doha Ministerial Declaration. 
Annex C 

Recommendations of the Special Session of the Council for Trade in Services 

(a) Members who have not yet submitted their initial offers must do so as soon as possible. 

(b) A date for the submission of a round of revised offers should be established as soon as 

feasible. 

(c) With a view to providing effective market access to all Members and in order to ensure a 

substantive outcome, Members shall strive to ensure a high quality of offers, particularly 

in sectors and modes of supply of export interest to developing countries, with special 

attention to be given to least-developed countries. 

(d) Members shall aim to achieve progressively higher levels of liberalization with no 

a priori exclusion of any service sector or mode of supply and shall give special attention 

to sectors and modes of supply of export interest to developing countries. Members note 

the interest of developing countries, as well as other Members, in Mode 4. 

(e) Members must intensify their efforts to conclude the negotiations on rule-making under 

GATS Articles VI:4, X, XIII and XV in accordance with their respective mandates and 

deadlines. 

(f) Targeted technical assistance should be provided with a view to enabling developing 

countries to participate effectively in the negotiations. 

(g) For the purpose of the Sixth Ministerial meeting, the Special Session of the Council for 

Trade in Services shall review progress in these negotiations and provide a full report to 

the Trade Negotiations Committee, including possible recommendations. 
Annex D 

Modalities for Negotiations on Trade Facilitation 

1. Negotiations shall aim to clarify and improve relevant aspects of Articles V, VIII and X 

of the GATT 1994 with a view to further expediting the movement, release and clearance of 

goods, including goods in transit.6

 Negotiations shall also aim at enhancing technical assistance 

and support for capacity building in this area. The negotiations shall further aim at provisions for 

effective cooperation between customs or any other appropriate authorities on trade facilitation 

and customs compliance issues. 

2. The results of the negotiations shall take fully into account the principle of special and 

differential treatment for developing and least-developed countries. Members recognize that this 

principle should extend beyond the granting of traditional transition periods for implementing 

commitments. In particular, the extent and the timing of entering into commitments shall be 

related to the implementation capacities of developing and least-developed Members. It is further 

agreed that those Members would not be obliged to undertake investments in infrastructure 

projects beyond their means. 

3. Least-developed country Members will only be required to undertake commitments to the 

extent consistent with their individual development, financial and trade needs or their 

administrative and institutional capabilities. 

4. As an integral part of the negotiations, Members shall seek to identify their trade 

facilitation needs and priorities, particularly those of developing and least-developed countries, 

and shall also address the concerns of developing and least-developed countries related to cost 

implications of proposed measures. 

5. It is recognized that the provision of technical assistance and support for capacity 

building is vital for developing and least-developed countries to enable them to fully participate 

in and benefit from the negotiations. Members, in particular developed countries, therefore 

commit themselves to adequately ensure such support and assistance during the negotiations.7

6. Support and assistance should also be provided to help developing and least-developed 

countries implement the commitments resulting from the negotiations, in accordance with their 

nature and scope. In this context, it is recognized that negotiations could lead to certain 

commitments whose implementation would require support for infrastructure development on the 

part of some Members. In these limited cases, developed-country Members will make every 

effort to ensure support and assistance directly related to the nature and scope of the 

commitments in order to allow implementation. It is understood, however, that in cases where 

required support and assistance for such infrastructure is not forthcoming, and where a 

developing or least-developed Member continues to lack the necessary capacity, implementation 

will not be required. While every effort will be made to ensure the necessary support and 

assistance, it is understood that the commitments by developed countries to provide such support 

are not open-ended. 

 6

 It is understood that this is without prejudice to the possible format of the final result of the 

negotiations and would allow consideration of various forms of outcomes. 7

 In connection with this paragraph, Members note that paragraph 38 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration addresses relevant technical assistance and capacity building concerns of Members. 
7. Members agree to review the effectiveness of the support and assistance provided and its 

ability to support the implementation of the results of the negotiations. 

8. In order to make technical assistance and capacity building more effective and 

operational and to ensure better coherence, Members shall invite relevant international 

organizations, including the IMF, OECD, UNCTAD, WCO and the World Bank to undertake a 

collaborative effort in this regard. 

9. Due account shall be taken of the relevant work of the WCO and other relevant 

international organizations in this area. 

10. Paragraphs 45-51 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration shall apply to these negotiations. 

At its first meeting after the July session of the General Council, the Trade Negotiations 

Committee shall establish a Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation and appoint its Chair. The 

first meeting of the Negotiating Group shall agree on a work plan and schedule of meetings. 

__________ 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/L/641 

8 December 2005 

 (05-5842) 

AMENDMENT OF THE TRIPS AGREEMENT 

Decision of 6 December 2005 

 The General Council; 

 Having regard to paragraph 1 of Article X of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the 

World Trade Organization ("the WTO Agreement"); 

 Conducting the functions of the Ministerial Conference in the interval between meetings 

pursuant to paragraph 2 of Article IV of the WTO Agreement; 

Noting the Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health 

(WT/MIN(01)/DEC/2) and, in particular, the instruction of the Ministerial Conference to the 

Council for TRIPS contained in paragraph 6 of the Declaration to find an expeditious solution to 

the problem of the difficulties that WTO Members with insufficient or no manufacturing 

capacities in the pharmaceutical sector could face in making effective use of compulsory 

licensing under the TRIPS Agreement; 

Recognizing, where eligible importing Members seek to obtain supplies under the system 

set out in the proposed amendment of the TRIPS Agreement, the importance of a rapid response 

to those needs consistent with the provisions of the proposed amendment of the TRIPS 

Agreement; 

Recalling paragraph 11 of the General Council Decision of 30 August 2003 on the 

Implementation of Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public 

Health; 

Having considered the proposal to amend the TRIPS Agreement submitted by the 

Council for TRIPS (IP/C/41); 

Noting the consensus to submit this proposed amendment to the Members for acceptance; 

 Decides as follows: 

1. The Protocol amending the TRIPS Agreement attached to this Decision is hereby adopted 

and submitted to the Members for acceptance. 

2. The Protocol shall be open for acceptance by Members until 1 December 2007 or such 

later date as may be decided by the Ministerial Conference. 
3. The Protocol shall take effect in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 

X of the WTO Agreement. 

_______________ 
ATTACHMENT 

PROTOCOL AMENDING THE TRIPS AGREEMENT 

 Members of the World Trade Organization;

Having regard to the Decision of the General Council in document WT/L/641, adopted 

pursuant to paragraph 1 of Article X of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade 

Organization ("the WTO Agreement"); 

 Hereby agree as follows: 

 The Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (the "TRIPS 

Agreement") shall, upon the entry into force of the Protocol pursuant to paragraph 4, be amended 

as set out in the Annex to this Protocol, by inserting Article 31bis after Article 31 and by inserting 

the Annex to the TRIPS Agreement after Article 73. 

 Reservations may not be entered in respect of any of the provisions of this Protocol 

without the consent of the other Members. 

 This Protocol shall be open for acceptance by Members until 1 December 2007 or such 

later date as may be decided by the Ministerial Conference. 

 This Protocol shall enter into force in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article X of the 

WTO Agreement. 

 This Protocol shall be deposited with the Director-General of the World Trade 

Organization who shall promptly furnish to each Member a certified copy thereof and a 

notification of each acceptance thereof pursuant to paragraph 3. 

 This Protocol shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of Article 102 of the 

Charter of the United Nations. 

Done at Geneva this sixth day of December two thousand and five, in a single copy in the 

English, French and Spanish languages, each text being authentic. 

_______________ 
ANNEX TO THE PROTOCOL AMENDING THE TRIPS AGREEMENT 

Article 31bis 

1. The obligations of an exporting Member under Article 31(f) shall not apply with respect 

to the grant by it of a compulsory licence to the extent necessary for the purposes of production of 

a pharmaceutical product(s) and its export to an eligible importing Member(s) in accordance with 

the terms set out in paragraph 2 of the Annex to this Agreement. 

2. Where a compulsory licence is granted by an exporting Member under the system set out 

in this Article and the Annex to this Agreement, adequate remuneration pursuant to Article 31(h) 

shall be paid in that Member taking into account the economic value to the importing Member of 

the use that has been authorized in the exporting Member. Where a compulsory licence is 

granted for the same products in the eligible importing Member, the obligation of that Member 

under Article 31(h) shall not apply in respect of those products for which remuneration in 

accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph is paid in the exporting Member. 

3. With a view to harnessing economies of scale for the purposes of enhancing purchasing 

power for, and facilitating the local production of, pharmaceutical products: where a developing 

or least-developed country WTO Member is a party to a regional trade agreement within the 

meaning of Article XXIV of the GATT 1994 and the Decision of 28 November 1979 on 

Differential and More Favourable Treatment Reciprocity and Fuller Participation of Developing 

Countries (L/4903), at least half of the current membership of which is made up of countries 

presently on the United Nations list of least-developed countries, the obligation of that Member 

under Article 31(f) shall not apply to the extent necessary to enable a pharmaceutical product 

produced or imported under a compulsory licence in that Member to be exported to the markets 

of those other developing or least-developed country parties to the regional trade agreement that 

share the health problem in question. It is understood that this will not prejudice the territorial 

nature of the patent rights in question. 

4. Members shall not challenge any measures taken in conformity with the provisions of 

this Article and the Annex to this Agreement under subparagraphs 1(b) and 1(c) of Article XXIII 

of GATT 1994. 

5. This Article and the Annex to this Agreement are without prejudice to the rights, 

obligations and flexibilities that Members have under the provisions of this Agreement other than 

paragraphs (f) and (h) of Article 31, including those reaffirmed by the Declaration on the TRIPS 

Agreement and Public Health (WT/MIN(01)/DEC/2), and to their interpretation. They are also 

without prejudice to the extent to which pharmaceutical products produced under a compulsory 

licence can be exported under the provisions of Article 31(f). 
ANNEX TO THE TRIPS AGREEMENT 

1. For the purposes of Article 31bis and this Annex: 

(a) "pharmaceutical product" means any patented product, or product manufactured 

through a patented process, of the pharmaceutical sector needed to address the 

public health problems as recognized in paragraph 1 of the Declaration on the 

TRIPS Agreement and Public Health (WT/MIN(01)/DEC/2). It is understood 

that active ingredients necessary for its manufacture and diagnostic kits needed 

for its use would be included8

; 

(b) "eligible importing Member" means any least-developed country Member, and 

any other Member that has made a notification9

 to the Council for TRIPS of its 

intention to use the system set out in Article 31bis and this Annex ("system") as 

an importer, it being understood that a Member may notify at any time that it will 

use the system in whole or in a limited way, for example only in the case of a 

national emergency or other circumstances of extreme urgency or in cases of 

public non-commercial use. It is noted that some Members will not use the 

system as importing Members10 and that some other Members have stated that, if 

they use the system, it would be in no more than situations of national emergency 

or other circumstances of extreme urgency; 

(c) "exporting Member" means a Member using the system to produce 

pharmaceutical products for, and export them to, an eligible importing Member. 

2. The terms referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 31bis are that: 

(a) the eligible importing Member(s)11 has made a notification2

 to the Council for 

TRIPS, that: 

(i) specifies the names and expected quantities of the product(s) needed12; 

(ii) confirms that the eligible importing Member in question, other than a 

least-developed country Member, has established that it has insufficient 

or no manufacturing capacities in the pharmaceutical sector for the 

product(s) in question in one of the ways set out in the Appendix to this 

Annex; and 

(iii) confirms that, where a pharmaceutical product is patented in its territory, 

it has granted or intends to grant a compulsory licence in accordance 

 8

 This subparagraph is without prejudice to subparagraph 1(b). 

9

 It is understood that this notification does not need to be approved by a WTO body in order to 

use the system. 10 Australia, Canada, the European Communities with, for the purposes of Article 31bis and this 

Annex, its member States, Iceland, Japan, New Zealand, Norway, Switzerland, and the United States. 11 Joint notifications providing the information required under this subparagraph may be made by 

the regional organizations referred to in paragraph 3 of Article 31bis on behalf of eligible importing 

Members using the system that are parties to them, with the agreement of those parties. 12 The notification will be made available publicly by the WTO Secretariat through a page on the 

WTO website dedicated to the system. 
with Articles 31 and 31bis of this Agreement and the provisions of this 

Annex13; 

(b) the compulsory licence issued by the exporting Member under the system shall 

contain the following conditions: 

(i) only the amount necessary to meet the needs of the eligible importing 

Member(s) may be manufactured under the licence and the entirety of 

this production shall be exported to the Member(s) which has notified its 

needs to the Council for TRIPS; 

(ii) products produced under the licence shall be clearly identified as being 

produced under the system through specific labelling or marking. 

Suppliers should distinguish such products through special packaging 

and/or special colouring/shaping of the products themselves, provided 

that such distinction is feasible and does not have a significant impact on 

price; and 

(iii) before shipment begins, the licensee shall post on a website14 the 

following information: 

- the quantities being supplied to each destination as referred to in 

indent (i) above; and 

- the distinguishing features of the product(s) referred to in indent (ii) 

above; 

(c) the exporting Member shall notify15 the Council for TRIPS of the grant of the 

licence, including the conditions attached to it.16 The information provided shall 

include the name and address of the licensee, the product(s) for which the licence 

has been granted, the quantity(ies) for which it has been granted, the country(ies) 

to which the product(s) is (are) to be supplied and the duration of the licence. 

The notification shall also indicate the address of the website referred to in 

subparagraph (b)(iii) above. 

3. In order to ensure that the products imported under the system are used for the public 

health purposes underlying their importation, eligible importing Members shall take reasonable 

measures within their means, proportionate to their administrative capacities and to the risk of 

trade diversion to prevent re-exportation of the products that have actually been imported into 

their territories under the system. In the event that an eligible importing Member that is a 

developing country Member or a least-developed country Member experiences difficulty in 

implementing this provision, developed country Members shall provide, on request and on 

mutually agreed terms and conditions, technical and financial cooperation in order to facilitate its 

implementation. 

 13 This subparagraph is without prejudice to Article 66.1 of this Agreement. 14 The licensee may use for this purpose its own website or, with the assistance of the WTO 

Secretariat, the page on the WTO website dedicated to the system. 15 It is understood that this notification does not need to be approved by a WTO body in order to 

use the system. 16 The notification will be made available publicly by the WTO Secretariat through a page on the 

WTO website dedicated to the system. 
4. Members shall ensure the availability of effective legal means to prevent the importation 

into, and sale in, their territories of products produced under the system and diverted to their 

markets inconsistently with its provisions, using the means already required to be available under 

this Agreement. If any Member considers that such measures are proving insufficient for this 

purpose, the matter may be reviewed in the Council for TRIPS at the request of that Member. 

5. With a view to harnessing economies of scale for the purposes of enhancing purchasing 

power for, and facilitating the local production of, pharmaceutical products, it is recognized that 

the development of systems providing for the grant of regional patents to be applicable in the 

Members described in paragraph 3 of Article 31bis should be promoted. To this end, developed 

country Members undertake to provide technical cooperation in accordance with Article 67 of 

this Agreement, including in conjunction with other relevant intergovernmental organizations. 

6. Members recognize the desirability of promoting the transfer of technology and capacity 

building in the pharmaceutical sector in order to overcome the problem faced by Members with 

insufficient or no manufacturing capacities in the pharmaceutical sector. To this end, eligible 

importing Members and exporting Members are encouraged to use the system in a way which 

would promote this objective. Members undertake to cooperate in paying special attention to the 

transfer of technology and capacity building in the pharmaceutical sector in the work to be 

undertaken pursuant to Article 66.2 of this Agreement, paragraph 7 of the Declaration on the 

TRIPS Agreement and Public Health and any other relevant work of the Council for TRIPS. 

7. The Council for TRIPS shall review annually the functioning of the system with a view 

to ensuring its effective operation and shall annually report on its operation to the General 

Council. 
APPENDIX TO THE ANNEX TO THE TRIPS AGREEMENT 

Assessment of Manufacturing Capacities in the Pharmaceutical Sector

 Least-developed country Members are deemed to have insufficient or no manufacturing 

capacities in the pharmaceutical sector. 

 For other eligible importing Members insufficient or no manufacturing capacities for the 

product(s) in question may be established in either of the following ways: 

 (i) the Member in question has established that it has no manufacturing 

capacity in the pharmaceutical sector; 

 or 

 (ii) where the Member has some manufacturing capacity in this sector, it has 

examined this capacity and found that, excluding any capacity owned or 

controlled by the patent owner, it is currently insufficient for the purposes of 

meeting its needs. When it is established that such capacity has become 

sufficient to meet the Member's needs, the system shall no longer apply. 

__________
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/MIN(05)/DEC 

22 December 2005 

 (05-6248) 

MINISTERIAL CONFERENCE 

Sixth Session 

Hong Kong, 13 - 18 December 2005 

DOHA WORK PROGRAMME 

Ministerial Declaration 

Adopted on 18 December 2005

1. We reaffirm the Declarations and Decisions we adopted at Doha, as well as the Decision 

adopted by the General Council on 1 August 2004, and our full commitment to give effect to 

them. We renew our resolve to complete the Doha Work Programme fully and to conclude the 

negotiations launched at Doha successfully in 2006. 

2. We emphasize the central importance of the development dimension in every aspect of 

the Doha Work Programme and recommit ourselves to making it a meaningful reality, in terms 

both of the results of the negotiations on market access and rule-making and of the specific 

development-related issues set out below. 

3. In pursuance of these objectives, we agree as follows: 

Agriculture 

negotiations 

4. We reaffirm our commitment to the mandate on agriculture as set out in 

paragraph 13 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and to the Framework adopted by 

the General Council on 1 August 2004. We take note of the report by the Chairman 

of the Special Session on his own responsibility (TN/AG/21, contained in Annex A). 

We welcome the progress made by the Special Session of the Committee on 

Agriculture since 2004 and recorded therein. 

5. On domestic support, there will be three bands for reductions in Final Bound 

Total AMS and in the overall cut in trade-distorting domestic support, with higher 

linear cuts in higher bands. In both cases, the Member with the highest level of 

permitted support will be in the top band, the two Members with the second and 

third highest levels of support will be in the middle band and all other Members, 

including all developing country Members, will be in the bottom band. In addition, 

developed country Members in the lower bands with high relative levels of Final 

Bound Total AMS will make an additional effort in AMS reduction. We also note 

that there has been some convergence concerning the reductions in Final Bound 

Total AMS, the overall cut in trade-distorting domestic support and in both productspecific and non product-specific de minimis limits. Disciplines will be developed to 

achieve effective cuts in trade-distorting domestic support consistent with the 

Framework. The overall reduction in trade-distorting domestic support will still 
need to be made even if the sum of the reductions in Final Bound Total AMS, 

de minimis and Blue Box payments would otherwise be less than that overall 

reduction. Developing country Members with no AMS commitments will be 

exempt from reductions in de minimis and the overall cut in trade-distorting 

domestic support. Green Box criteria will be reviewed in line with paragraph 16 of 

the Framework, inter alia, to ensure that programmes of developing country 

Members that cause not more than minimal trade-distortion are effectively covered. 

6. We agree to ensure the parallel elimination of all forms of export subsidies 

and disciplines on all export measures with equivalent effect to be completed by the 

end of 2013. This will be achieved in a progressive and parallel manner, to be 

specified in the modalities, so that a substantial part is realized by the end of the first 

half of the implementation period. We note emerging convergence on some 

elements of disciplines with respect to export credits, export credit guarantees or 

insurance programmes with repayment periods of 180 days and below. We agree 

that such programmes should be self-financing, reflecting market consistency, and 

that the period should be of a sufficiently short duration so as not to effectively 

circumvent real commercially-oriented discipline. As a means of ensuring that 

trade-distorting practices of STEs are eliminated, disciplines relating to exporting 

STEs will extend to the future use of monopoly powers so that such powers cannot 

be exercised in any way that would circumvent the direct disciplines on STEs on 

export subsidies, government financing and the underwriting of losses. On food aid, 

we reconfirm our commitment to maintain an adequate level and to take into account 

the interests of food aid recipient countries. To this end, a "safe box" for bona fide 

food aid will be provided to ensure that there is no unintended impediment to 

dealing with emergency situations. Beyond that, we will ensure elimination of 

commercial displacement. To this end, we will agree effective disciplines on in-kind 

food aid, monetization and re-exports so that there can be no loop-hole for 

continuing export subsidization. The disciplines on export credits, export credit 

guarantees or insurance programmes, exporting state trading enterprises and food aid 

will be completed by 30 April 2006 as part of the modalities, including appropriate 

provision in favour of least-developed and net food-importing developing countries 

as provided for in paragraph 4 of the Marrakesh Decision. The date above for the 

elimination of all forms of export subsidies, together with the agreed progressivity 

and parallelism, will be confirmed only upon the completion of the modalities. 

Developing country Members will continue to benefit from the provisions of Article 

9.4 of the Agreement on Agriculture for five years after the end-date for elimination 

of all forms of export subsidies. 

7. On market access, we note the progress made on ad valorem equivalents. 

We adopt four bands for structuring tariff cuts, recognizing that we need now to 

agree on the relevant thresholds – including those applicable for developing country 

Members. We recognize the need to agree on treatment of sensitive products, taking 

into account all the elements involved. We also note that there have been some 

recent movements on the designation and treatment of Special Products and 

elements of the Special Safeguard Mechanism. Developing country Members will 

have the flexibility to self-designate an appropriate number of tariff lines as Special 

Products guided by indicators based on the criteria of food security, livelihood 

security and rural development. Developing country Members will also have the 

right to have recourse to a Special Safeguard Mechanism based on import quantity 

and price triggers, with precise arrangements to be further defined. Special Products 
and the Special Safeguard Mechanism shall be an integral part of the modalities and 

the outcome of negotiations in agriculture.

8. On other elements of special and differential treatment, we note in particular 

the consensus that exists in the Framework on several issues in all three pillars of 

domestic support, export competition and market access and that some progress has 

been made on other special and differential treatment issues. 

9. We reaffirm that nothing we have agreed here compromises the agreement 

already reflected in the Framework on other issues including tropical products and 

products of particular importance to the diversification of production from the 

growing of illicit narcotic crops, long-standing preferences and preference erosion. 

10. However, we recognize that much remains to be done in order to establish 

modalities and to conclude the negotiations. Therefore, we agree to intensify work 

on all outstanding issues to fulfil the Doha objectives, in particular, we are resolved 

to establish modalities no later than 30 April 2006 and to submit comprehensive 

draft Schedules based on these modalities no later than 31 July 2006. 

Cotton 11. We recall the mandate given by the Members in the Decision adopted by the 

General Council on 1 August 2004 to address cotton ambitiously, expeditiously and 

specifically, within the agriculture negotiations in relation to all trade-distorting 

policies affecting the sector in all three pillars of market access, domestic support 

and export competition, as specified in the Doha text and the July 2004 Framework 

text. We note the work already undertaken in the Sub-Committee on Cotton and the 

proposals made with regard to this matter. Without prejudice to Members' current 

WTO rights and obligations, including those flowing from actions taken by the 

Dispute Settlement Body, we reaffirm our commitment to ensure having an explicit 

decision on cotton within the agriculture negotiations and through the SubCommittee on Cotton ambitiously, expeditiously and specifically as follows: 

– All forms of export subsidies for cotton will be eliminated by developed 

countries in 2006. 

– On market access, developed countries will give duty and quota free access 

for cotton exports from least-developed countries (LDCs) from the 

commencement of the implementation period. 

– Members agree that the objective is that, as an outcome for the negotiations, 

trade distorting domestic subsidies for cotton production be reduced more 

ambitiously than under whatever general formula is agreed and that it should 

be implemented over a shorter period of time than generally applicable. We 

commit ourselves to give priority in the negotiations to reach such an 

outcome. 

12. With regard to the development assistance aspects of cotton, we welcome 

the Consultative Framework process initiated by the Director-General to implement 

the decisions on these aspects pursuant to paragraph 1.b of the Decision adopted by 

the General Council on 1 August 2004. We take note of his Periodic Reports and the 

positive evolution of development assistance noted therein. We urge the DirectorGeneral to further intensify his consultative efforts with bilateral donors and with 

multilateral and regional institutions, with emphasis on improved coherence, 
coordination and enhanced implementation and to explore the possibility of 

establishing through such institutions a mechanism to deal with income declines in 

the cotton sector until the end of subsidies. Noting the importance of achieving 

enhanced efficiency and competitiveness in the cotton producing process, we urge 

the development community to further scale up its cotton-specific assistance and to 

support the efforts of the Director-General. In this context, we urge Members to 

promote and support South-South cooperation, including transfer of technology. We 

welcome the domestic reform efforts by African cotton producers aimed at 

enhancing productivity and efficiency, and encourage them to deepen this process. 

We reaffirm the complementarity of the trade policy and development assistance 

aspects of cotton. We invite the Director-General to furnish a third Periodic Report 

to our next Session with updates, at appropriate intervals in the meantime, to the 

General Council, while keeping the Sub-Committee on Cotton fully informed of 

progress. Finally, as regards follow up and monitoring, we request the DirectorGeneral to set up an appropriate follow-up and monitoring mechanism. 

NAMA 

negotiations 

13. We reaffirm our commitment to the mandate for negotiations on market 

access for non-agricultural products as set out in paragraph 16 of the Doha 

Ministerial Declaration. We also reaffirm all the elements of the NAMA Framework 

adopted by the General Council on 1 August 2004. We take note of the report by the 

Chairman of the Negotiating Group on Market Access on his own responsibility 

(TN/MA/16, contained in Annex B). We welcome the progress made by the 

Negotiating Group on Market Access since 2004 and recorded therein. 

14. We adopt a Swiss Formula with coefficients at levels which shall inter alia: 

− Reduce or as appropriate eliminate tariffs, including the reduction or 

elimination of tariff peaks, high tariffs and tariff escalation, in particular on 

products of export interest to developing countries; and 

− Take fully into account the special needs and interests of developing 

countries, including through less than full reciprocity in reduction 

commitments. 

We instruct the Negotiating Group to finalize its structure and details as soon as 

possible. 

15. We reaffirm the importance of special and differential treatment and less 

than full reciprocity in reduction commitments, including paragraph 8 of the NAMA 

Framework, as integral parts of the modalities. We instruct the Negotiating Group to 

finalize its details as soon as possible. 

16. In furtherance of paragraph 7 of the NAMA Framework, we recognize that 

Members are pursuing sectoral initiatives. To this end, we instruct the Negotiating 

Group to review proposals with a view to identifying those which could garner 

sufficient participation to be realized. Participation should be on a non-mandatory 

basis. 

17. For the purpose of the second indent of paragraph 5 of the NAMA 

Framework, we adopt a non-linear mark-up approach to establish base rates for 

commencing tariff reductions. We instruct the Negotiating Group to finalize its 

details as soon as possible. 
18. We take note of the progress made to convert non ad valorem duties to 

ad valorem equivalents on the basis of an agreed methodology as contained in 

JOB(05)/166/Rev.1. 

19. We take note of the level of common understanding reached on the issue of 

product coverage and direct the Negotiating Group to resolve differences on the 

limited issues that remain as quickly as possible. 

20. As a supplement to paragraph 16 of the NAMA Framework, we recognize 

the challenges that may be faced by non-reciprocal preference beneficiary Members 

as a consequence of the MFN liberalization that will result from these negotiations. 

We instruct the Negotiating Group to intensify work on the assessment of the scope 

of the problem with a view to finding possible solutions. 

21. We note the concerns raised by small, vulnerable economies, and instruct 

the Negotiating Group to establish ways to provide flexibilities for these Members 

without creating a sub-category of WTO Members. 

22. We note that the Negotiating Group has made progress in the identification, 

categorization and examination of notified NTBs. We also take note that Members 

are developing bilateral, vertical and horizontal approaches to the NTB negotiations, 

and that some of the NTBs are being addressed in other fora including other 

Negotiating Groups. We recognize the need for specific negotiating proposals and 

encourage participants to make such submissions as quickly as possible. 

23. However, we recognize that much remains to be done in order to establish 

modalities and to conclude the negotiations. Therefore, we agree to intensify work 

on all outstanding issues to fulfil the Doha objectives, in particular, we are resolved 

to establish modalities no later than 30 April 2006 and to submit comprehensive 

draft Schedules based on these modalities no later than 31 July 2006. 

Balance 

between 

Agriculture 

and NAMA 

24. We recognize that it is important to advance the development objectives of 

this Round through enhanced market access for developing countries in both 

Agriculture and NAMA. To that end, we instruct our negotiators to ensure that there 

is a comparably high level of ambition in market access for Agriculture and NAMA. 

This ambition is to be achieved in a balanced and proportionate manner consistent 

with the principle of special and differential treatment. 

Services 

negotiations 

25. The negotiations on trade in services shall proceed to their conclusion with a 

view to promoting the economic growth of all trading partners and the development 

of developing and least-developed countries, and with due respect for the right of 

Members to regulate. In this regard, we recall and reaffirm the objectives and 

principles stipulated in the GATS, the Doha Ministerial Declaration, the Guidelines 

and Procedures for the Negotiations on Trade in Services adopted by the Special 

Session of the Council for Trade in Services on 28 March 2001 and the Modalities 

for the Special Treatment for Least-Developed Country Members in the 

Negotiations on Trade in Services adopted on 3 September 2003, as well as Annex C 

of the Decision adopted by the General Council on 1 August 2004. 

26. We urge all Members to participate actively in these negotiations towards 
achieving a progressively higher level of liberalization of trade in services, with 

appropriate flexibility for individual developing countries as provided for in 

Article XIX of the GATS. Negotiations shall have regard to the size of economies 

of individual Members, both overall and in individual sectors. We recognize the 

particular economic situation of LDCs, including the difficulties they face, and 

acknowledge that they are not expected to undertake new commitments. 

27. We are determined to intensify the negotiations in accordance with the 

above principles and the Objectives, Approaches and Timelines set out in Annex C 

to this document with a view to expanding the sectoral and modal coverage of 

commitments and improving their quality. In this regard, particular attention will be 

given to sectors and modes of supply of export interest to developing countries. 

Rules 

negotiations 

28. We recall the mandates in paragraphs 28 and 29 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration and reaffirm our commitment to the negotiations on rules, as we set 

forth in Annex D to this document. 

TRIPS 

negotiations 

29. We take note of the report of the Chairman of the Special Session of the 

Council for TRIPS setting out the progress in the negotiations on the establishment 

of a multilateral system of notification and registration of geographical indications 

for wines and spirits, as mandated in Article 23.4 of the TRIPS Agreement and 

paragraph 18 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration, contained in document TN/IP/14, 

and agree to intensify these negotiations in order to complete them within the overall 

time-frame for the conclusion of the negotiations that were foreseen in the Doha 

Ministerial Declaration. 

Environment 

negotiations 

30. We reaffirm the mandate in paragraph 31 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration aimed at enhancing the mutual supportiveness of trade and environment 

and welcome the significant work undertaken in the Committee on Trade and 

Environment (CTE) in Special Session. We instruct Members to intensify the 

negotiations, without prejudging their outcome, on all parts of paragraph 31 to fulfil 

the mandate. 

31. We recognize the progress in the work under paragraph 31(i) based on 

Members' submissions on the relationship between existing WTO rules and specific 

trade obligations set out in multilateral environmental agreements (MEAs). We 

further recognize the work undertaken under paragraph 31(ii) towards developing 

effective procedures for regular information exchange between MEA Secretariats 

and the relevant WTO committees, and criteria for the granting of observer status. 

32. We recognize that recently more work has been carried out under paragraph 

31(iii) through numerous submissions by Members and discussions in the CTE in 

Special Session, including technical discussions, which were also held in informal 

information exchange sessions without prejudice to Members' positions. We instruct 

Members to complete the work expeditiously under paragraph 31(iii). 

Trade 

Facilitation 

negotiations 

33. We recall and reaffirm the mandate and modalities for negotiations on Trade 

Facilitation contained in Annex D of the Decision adopted by the General Council 

on 1 August 2004. We note with appreciation the report of the Negotiating Group, 

attached in Annex E to this document, and the comments made by our delegations 

on that report as reflected in document TN/TF/M/11. We endorse the 
recommendations contained in paragraphs 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of the report. 

DSU 

negotiations 

34. We take note of the progress made in the Dispute Settlement Understanding 

negotiations as reflected in the report by the Chairman of the Special Session of the 

Dispute Settlement Body to the Trade Negotiations Committee (TNC) and direct the 

Special Session to continue to work towards a rapid conclusion of the negotiations. 

S&D 

treatment 

35. We reaffirm that provisions for special and differential (S&D) treatment are 

an integral part of the WTO Agreements. We renew our determination to fulfil the 

mandate contained in paragraph 44 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and in the 

Decision adopted by the General Council on 1 August 2004, that all S&D treatment 

provisions be reviewed with a view to strengthening them and making them more 

precise, effective and operational. 

36. We take note of the work done on the Agreement-specific proposals, 

especially the five LDC proposals. We agree to adopt the decisions contained in 

Annex F to this document. However, we also recognize that substantial work still 

remains to be done. We commit ourselves to address the development interests and 

concerns of developing countries, especially the LDCs, in the multilateral trading 

system, and we recommit ourselves to complete the task we set ourselves at Doha. 

We accordingly instruct the Committee on Trade and Development in Special 

Session to expeditiously complete the review of all the outstanding Agreementspecific proposals and report to the General Council, with clear recommendations 

for a decision, by December 2006. 

37. We are concerned at the lack of progress on the Category II proposals that 

had been referred to other WTO bodies and negotiating groups. We instruct these 

bodies to expeditiously complete the consideration of these proposals and report 

periodically to the General Council, with the objective of ensuring that clear 

recommendations for a decision are made no later than December 2006. We also 

instruct the Special Session to continue to coordinate its efforts with these bodies, so 

as to ensure that this work is completed on time. 

38. We further instruct the Special Session, within the parameters of the Doha 

mandate, to resume work on all other outstanding issues, including on the crosscutting issues, the monitoring mechanism, and the incorporation of S&D treatment 

into the architecture of WTO rules, and report on a regular basis to the General 

Council. 

Implementatio

n 

39. We reiterate the instruction in the Decision adopted by the General Council 

on 1 August 2004 to the TNC, negotiating bodies and other WTO bodies concerned 

to redouble their efforts to find appropriate solutions as a priority to outstanding 

implementation-related issues. We take note of the work undertaken by the 

Director-General in his consultative process on all outstanding implementation 

issues under paragraph 12(b) of the Doha Ministerial Declaration, including on 

issues related to the extension of the protection of geographical indications provided 

for in Article 23 of the TRIPS Agreement to products other than wines and spirits 

and those related to the relationship between the TRIPS Agreement and the 

Convention on Biological Diversity. We request the Director-General, without 

prejudice to the positions of Members, to intensify his consultative process on all 

outstanding implementation issues under paragraph 12(b), if need be by appointing 
Chairpersons of concerned WTO bodies as his Friends and/or by holding dedicated 

consultations. The Director-General shall report to each regular meeting of the TNC 

and the General Council. The Council shall review progress and take any 

appropriate action no later than 31 July 2006. 

TRIPS & 

Public Health 

40. We reaffirm the importance we attach to the General Council Decision of 

30 August 2003 on the Implementation of Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on 

the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health, and to an amendment to the TRIPS 

Agreement replacing its provisions. In this regard, we welcome the work that has 

taken place in the Council for TRIPS and the Decision of the General Council of 

6 December 2005 on an Amendment of the TRIPS Agreement. 

Small 

Economies 

41. We reaffirm our commitment to the Work Programme on Small Economies 

and urge Members to adopt specific measures that would facilitate the fuller 

integration of small, vulnerable economies into the multilateral trading system, 

without creating a sub-category of WTO Members. We take note of the report of the 

Committee on Trade and Development in Dedicated Session on the Work 

Programme on Small Economies to the General Council and agree to the 

recommendations on future work. We instruct the Committee on Trade and 

Development, under the overall responsibility of the General Council, to continue 

the work in the Dedicated Session and to monitor progress of the small economies' 

proposals in the negotiating and other bodies, with the aim of providing responses to 

the trade-related issues of small economies as soon as possible but no later than 

31 December 2006. We instruct the General Council to report on progress and 

action taken, together with any further recommendations as appropriate, to our next 

Session. 

Trade, Debt & 

Finance 

42. We take note of the report transmitted by the General Council on the work 

undertaken and progress made in the examination of the relationship between trade, 

debt and finance and on the consideration of any possible recommendations on steps 

that might be taken within the mandate and competence of the WTO as provided in 

paragraph 36 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and agree that, building on the 

work carried out to date, this work shall continue on the basis of the Doha mandate. 

We instruct the General Council to report further to our next Session. 

Trade & 

Transfer of 

Technology 

43. We take note of the report transmitted by the General Council on the work 

undertaken and progress made in the examination of the relationship between trade 

and transfer of technology and on the consideration of any possible 

recommendations on steps that might be taken within the mandate of the WTO to 

increase flows of technology to developing countries. Recognizing the relevance of 

the relationship between trade and transfer of technology to the development 

dimension of the Doha Work Programme and building on the work carried out to 

date, we agree that this work shall continue on the basis of the mandate contained in 

paragraph 37 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration. We instruct the General Council 

to report further to our next Session. 

Doha 

paragraph 19 

44. We take note of the work undertaken by the Council for TRIPS pursuant to 

paragraph 19 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and agree that this work shall 

continue on the basis of paragraph 19 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and the 

progress made in the Council for TRIPS to date. The General Council shall report 

on its work in this regard to our next Session. 
TRIPS nonviolation and 

situation 

complaints 

45. We take note of the work done by the Council for Trade-Related Aspects of 

Intellectual Property Rights pursuant to paragraph 11.1 of the Doha Decision on 

Implementation-Related Issues and Concerns and paragraph 1.h of the Decision 

adopted by the General Council on 1 August 2004, and direct it to continue its 

examination of the scope and modalities for complaints of the types provided for 

under subparagraphs 1(b) and 1(c) of Article XXIII of GATT 1994 and make 

recommendations to our next Session. It is agreed that, in the meantime, Members 

will not initiate such complaints under the TRIPS Agreement. 

E-commerce 46. We take note of the reports from the General Council and subsidiary bodies 

on the Work Programme on Electronic Commerce, and that the examination of 

issues under the Work Programme is not yet complete. We agree to reinvigorate that 

work, including the development-related issues under the Work Programme and 

discussions on the trade treatment, inter alia, of electronically delivered software. 

We agree to maintain the current institutional arrangements for the Work 

Programme. We declare that Members will maintain their current practice of not 

imposing customs duties on electronic transmissions until our next Session. 

LDCs 47. We reaffirm our commitment to effectively and meaningfully integrate 

LDCs into the multilateral trading system and shall continue to implement the WTO 

Work Programme for LDCs adopted in February 2002. We acknowledge the 

seriousness of the concerns and interests of the LDCs in the negotiations as 

expressed in the Livingstone Declaration, adopted by their Ministers in June 2005. 

We take note that issues of interest to LDCs are being addressed in all areas of 

negotiations and we welcome the progress made since the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration as reflected in the Decision adopted by the General Council on 

1 August 2004. Building upon the commitment in the Doha Ministerial Declaration, 

developed-country Members, and developing-country Members declaring 

themselves in a position to do so, agree to implement duty-free and quota-free 

market access for products originating from LDCs as provided for in Annex F to this 

document. Furthermore, in accordance with our commitment in the Doha 

Ministerial Declaration, Members shall take additional measures to provide effective 

market access, both at the border and otherwise, including simplified and transparent 

rules of origin so as to facilitate exports from LDCs. In the services negotiations, 

Members shall implement the LDC modalities and give priority to the sectors and 

modes of supply of export interest to LDCs, particularly with regard to movement of 

service providers under Mode 4. We agree to facilitate and accelerate negotiations 

with acceding LDCs based on the accession guidelines adopted by the General 

Council in December 2002. We commit to continue giving our attention and priority 

to concluding the ongoing accession proceedings as rapidly as possible. We 

welcome the Decision by the TRIPS Council to extend the transition period under 

Article 66.1 of the TRIPS Agreement. We reaffirm our commitment to enhance 

effective trade-related technical assistance and capacity building to LDCs on a 

priority basis in helping to overcome their limited human and institutional traderelated capacity to enable LDCs to maximize the benefits resulting from the Doha 

Development Agenda (DDA). 

Integrated 

Framework 

48. We continue to attach high priority to the effective implementation of the 

Integrated Framework (IF) and reiterate our endorsement of the IF as a viable 

instrument for LDCs' trade development, building on its principles of country 
ownership and partnership. We highlight the importance of contributing to reducing 

their supply side constraints. We reaffirm our commitment made at Doha, and 

recognize the urgent need to make the IF more effective and timely in addressing the 

trade-related development needs of LDCs. 

49. In this regard, we are encouraged by the endorsement by the Development 

Committee of the World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) at its autumn 

2005 meeting of an enhanced IF. We welcome the establishment of a Task Force by 

the Integrated Framework Working Group as endorsed by the IF Steering Committee 

(IFSC) as well as an agreement on the three elements which together constitute an 

enhanced IF. The Task Force, composed of donor and LDC members, will provide 

recommendations to the IFSC by April 2006. The enhanced IF shall enter into force 

no later than 31 December 2006. 

50. We agree that the Task Force, in line with its Mandate and based on 

the three elements agreed to, shall provide recommendations on how the 

implementation of the IF can be improved, inter alia, by considering ways to: 

1. provide increased, predictable, and additional funding on a multi-year basis; 

2. strengthen the IF in-country, including through mainstreaming trade into 

national development plans and poverty reduction strategies; more effective 

follow-up to diagnostic trade integration studies and implementation of 

action matrices; and achieving greater and more effective coordination 

amongst donors and IF stakeholders, including beneficiaries; 

3. improve the IF decision-making and management structure to ensure an 

effective and timely delivery of the increased financial resources and 

programmes. 

51. We welcome the increased commitment already expressed by some 

Members in the run-up to, and during, this Session. We urge other development 

partners to significantly increase their contribution to the IF Trust Fund. We also 

urge the six IF core agencies to continue to cooperate closely in the implementation 

of the IF, to increase their investments in this initiative and to intensify their 

assistance in trade-related infrastructure, private sector development and institution 

building to help LDCs expand and diversify their export base. 

Technical 

Cooperation 

52. We note with appreciation the substantial increase in trade-related technical 

assistance since our Fourth Session, which reflects the enhanced commitment of 

Members to address the increased demand for technical assistance, through both 

bilateral and multilateral programmes. We note the progress made in the current 

approach to planning and implementation of WTO's programmes, as embodied in 

the Technical Assistance and Training Plans adopted by Members, as well as the 

improved quality of those programmes. We note that a strategic review of WTO's 

technical assistance is to be carried out by Members, and expect that in future 

planning and implementation of training and technical assistance, the conclusions 

and recommendations of the review will be taken into account, as appropriate. 

53. We reaffirm the priorities established in paragraph 38 of the Doha 

Ministerial Declaration for the delivery of technical assistance and urge the DirectorGeneral to ensure that programmes focus accordingly on the needs of beneficiary 
countries and reflect the priorities and mandates adopted by Members. We endorse 

the application of appropriate needs assessment mechanisms and support the efforts 

to enhance ownership by beneficiaries, in order to ensure the sustainability of traderelated capacity building. We invite the Director-General to reinforce the 

partnerships and coordination with other agencies and regional bodies in the design 

and implementation of technical assistance programmes, so that all dimensions of 

trade-related capacity building are addressed, in a manner coherent with the 

programmes of other providers. In particular, we encourage all Members to 

cooperate with the International Trade Centre, which complements WTO work by 

providing a platform for business to interact with trade negotiators, and practical 

advice for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) to benefit from the 

multilateral trading system. In this connection, we note the role of the Joint 

Integrated Technical Assistance Programme (JITAP) in building the capacity of 

participating countries. 

54. In order to continue progress in the effective and timely delivery of traderelated capacity building, in line with the priority Members attach to it, the relevant 

structures of the Secretariat should be strengthened and its resources enhanced. We 

reaffirm our commitment to ensure secure and adequate levels of funding for traderelated capacity building, including in the Doha Development Agenda Global Trust 

Fund, to conclude the Doha Work Programme and implement its results. 

Commodity 

Issues 

55. We recognize the dependence of several developing and least-developed 

countries on the export of commodities and the problems they face because of the 

adverse impact of the long-term decline and sharp fluctuation in the prices of these 

commodities. We take note of the work undertaken in the Committee on Trade and 

Development on commodity issues, and instruct the Committee, within its mandate, 

to intensify its work in cooperation with other relevant international organizations 

and report regularly to the General Council with possible recommendations. We 

agree that the particular trade-related concerns of developing and least-developed 

countries related to commodities shall also be addressed in the course of the 

agriculture and NAMA negotiations. We further acknowledge that these countries 

may need support and technical assistance to overcome the particular problems they 

face, and urge Members and relevant international organizations to consider 

favourably requests by these countries for support and assistance. 

Coherence 56. We welcome the Director-General's actions to strengthen the WTO's 

cooperation with the IMF and the World Bank in the context of the WTO's 

Marrakesh mandate on Coherence, and invite him to continue to work closely with 

the General Council in this area. We value the General Council meetings that are 

held with the participation of the heads of the IMF and the World Bank to advance 

our Coherence mandate. We agree to continue building on that experience and 

expand the debate on international trade and development policymaking and interagency cooperation with the participation of relevant UN agencies. In that regard, 

we note the discussions taking place in the Working Group on Trade, Debt and 

Finance on, inter alia, the issue of Coherence, and look forward to any possible 

recommendations it may make on steps that might be taken within the mandate and 

competence of the WTO on this issue. 

Aid for Trade 57. We welcome the discussions of Finance and Development Ministers in 

various fora, including the Development Committee of the World Bank and IMF, 
that have taken place this year on expanding Aid for Trade. Aid for Trade should 

aim to help developing countries, particularly LDCs, to build the supply-side 

capacity and trade-related infrastructure that they need to assist them to implement 

and benefit from WTO Agreements and more broadly to expand their trade. Aid for 

Trade cannot be a substitute for the development benefits that will result from a 

successful conclusion to the DDA, particularly on market access. However, it can 

be a valuable complement to the DDA. We invite the Director-General to create a 

task force that shall provide recommendations on how to operationalize Aid for 

Trade. The Task Force will provide recommendations to the General Council by 

July 2006 on how Aid for Trade might contribute most effectively to the 

development dimension of the DDA. We also invite the Director-General to consult 

with Members as well as with the IMF and World Bank, relevant international 

organisations and the regional development banks with a view to reporting to the 

General Council on appropriate mechanisms to secure additional financial resources 

for Aid for Trade, where appropriate through grants and concessional loans. 

Recentlyacceded 

Members 

58. We recognize the special situation of recently-acceded Members who have 

undertaken extensive market access commitments at the time of accession. This 

situation will be taken into account in the negotiations. 

Accessions 59. We reaffirm our strong commitment to making the WTO truly global in 

scope and membership. We welcome those new Members who have completed their 

accession processes since our last Session, namely Nepal, Cambodia and Saudi 

Arabia. We note with satisfaction that Tonga has completed its accession 

negotiations to the WTO. These accessions further strengthen the rules-based 

multilateral trading system. We continue to attach priority to the 29 ongoing 

accessions with a view to concluding them as rapidly and smoothly as possible. We 

stress the importance of facilitating and accelerating the accession negotiations of 

least-developed countries, taking due account of the guidelines on LDC accession 

adopted by the General Council in December 2002. 

_______________ 
Annex A 

Agriculture 

Report by the Chairman of the Special Session of the Committee on Agriculture to the TNC

1. The present report has been prepared on my own responsibility. I have done so in response to the 

direction of Members as expressed at the informal Special Session of the Committee on Agriculture on 11 

November 2005. At that meeting, following the informal Heads of Delegation meeting the preceding day, 

Members made it crystal clear that they sought from me at this point an objective factual summary of 

where the negotiations have reached at this time. It was clear from that meeting that Members did not 

expect or desire anything that purported to be more than that. In particular, it was clear that, following the 

decision at the Heads of Delegation meeting that full modalities will not be achieved at Hong Kong, 

Members did not want anything that suggested implicit or explicit agreement where it did not exist. 

2. This is not, of course, the kind of paper that I would have chosen or preferred to have prepared at 

this point. Ideally, my task should have been to work with Members to generate a draft text of modalities. 

But this text reflects the reality of the present situation. There will be – because there must be if we are to 

conclude these negotiations – such a draft text in the future. I look at this now as a task postponed, but 

the precise timing of this is in the hands of Members. 

3. As for this paper, it is precisely what it is described to be. No more, no less. It is the Chairman's 

report and, as such, it goes from me to the TNC. It is not anything more than my personal report – in 

particular, it is not in any sense an agreed text of Members. It does not, therefore, in any way prejudge or 

prejudice the positions of Members on any matter within it or outside of it. And, it certainly does not 

bind Members in any way. It should go without saying that the agreed basis of our work is, and shall 

remain, the Doha Mandate itself and the Framework in the Decision adopted by the General Council on 1 

August 2004. 

4. As to the character of the paper, I have endeavoured to reflect what I discerned as the wishes of 

Members when they directed me to prepare this paper. I have tried to capture as clearly as I can such 

conditional progress and convergence as has developed in the post-July 2004 period. In doing so, I have 

not tried to brush under the carpet divergences that remain, and the paper tries to be just as clear on those 

points. Of course, it is a summary report. As such, it cannot – and does not – recapitulate each and every 

detail on each and every issue. But I took from Members' comments that they would prefer a paper which 

could 'orient' further discussion. 

5. In that regard, I hope that anyone reading this paper would be able to get a pretty clear idea of 

what it is that remains to be done. Members made it clear that it was not my task as Chair to prescribe 

what is to be done next in a programmatic way. My task was to register where we are now, but I confess 

to having done so with an eye to genuinely clarifying where key convergences exist or key divergences 

remain, rather than obscuring or overcomplicating matters. 

6. My own sense, when I review this myself, is the compelling urgency of seizing the moment and 

driving the process to a conclusion as rapidly as possible. We have made – particularly since August of 

this year – genuine and material progress. Indeed, it has come at a relatively rapid pace. It is also clear to 

me that it has been the product of a genuinely negotiating process. In other words, it has been a case of 

making proposals and counterproposals. That is why the matters covered in this report have an 

essentially conditional character. As I see it, the reality is that we have yet to find that last bridge to 

agreement that we need to secure modalities. But it would be a grave error, in my view, to imagine that 

we can take much time to find that bridge. As Chair, I am convinced that we must maintain momentum. 
You don't close divergences by taking time off to have a cup of tea. If you do so, you will find that 

everyone has moved backwards in the meantime. That, it seems to me, is a profound risk to our process. I 

would like to believe that this report at least underlines to us that there is indeed something real and 

important still within our grasp and we ought not to risk losing it. Our over-riding challenge and 

responsibility is to meet the development objective of the Doha Development Agenda. To meet this 

challenge and achieve this goal, we must act decisively and with real urgency. 

7. The future life of this paper, if any, is a matter entirely in the hands of TNC Members to decide. 

This, as I see it, is the proper safeguard of the integrity of what has come to be described as a "bottom-up" 

process. 

DOMESTIC SUPPORT 

8. There has been very considerable potential convergence, albeit on a manifestly conditional basis. 

Overall Cut 

- There is a working hypothesis of three bands for overall cuts by developed countries. There 

is a strongly convergent working hypothesis that the thresholds for the three bands be US$ 

billion 0-10; 10-60; >60. On this basis, the European Communities would be in the top 

band, the United States and Japan in the second band, and all other developed countries at 

least in the third band. For developing countries, there is a view that either developing 

countries are assigned to the relevant integrated band (the bottom) or that there is a separate 

band for them.17

- Based on post-July 2005 proposals, there has been an undeniably significant convergence on 

the range of cuts. Of course, this has been conditional. But subject to that feature, a great 

deal of progress has been made since the bare bones of the July 2004 Framework. The 

following matrix provides a snapshot: 

Bands Thresholds (US$ billion) Cuts 

1 0-10 31%-70% 

2 10-60 53%-75% 

3 > 60 70%-80% 

De Minimis 

- On product-specific de minimis and non-product-specific de minimis, there is a zone of 

engagement for cuts between 50% and 80% for developed countries. 

- As regards developing countries, there are still divergences to be bridged. In addition to the 

exemption specifically provided for in the Framework, there is a view that, for all developing 

countries, there should be no cut in de minimis at all. Alternatively, at least for those with no 

 17 On the proposed basis that cut remains to be determined for those developing countries with an AMS. In 

any case, there is a view (not shared by all) that cuts for developing countries should be less than 2/3 of the cut for 

developed countries. 
AMS, there should be no cut and, in any case, any cut for those with an AMS should be less 

than 2/3 of the cut for developed countries. 

Blue Box 

9. There is important and significant convergence on moving beyond (i.e. further constraining) Blue 

Box programme payments envisaged in the July 2004 Framework. However, the technique for achieving 

this remains to be determined. One proposal is to shrink the current 5% ceiling to 2.5%.18 Another 

proposal rejects this in favour of additional criteria disciplining the so-called "new" Blue Box only. 

Others favour a combination of both, including additional disciplines on the "old" Blue Box. 

AMS 

- There is a working hypothesis of three bands for developed countries. 

- There is close (but not full) convergence on the thresholds for those bands. There appears to 

be convergence that the top tier should be US$25 billion and above. There is some 

remaining divergence over the ceiling for the bottom band: between US$12 billion and 15 

billion. 

- There has been an undeniably significant convergence on the range of cuts. Of course, this 

has been conditional. But, that understood, a great deal of progress has been made since the 

bare bones of the July 2004 Framework. The following matrix19 provides a snapshot: 

Bands Thresholds (US$ billion) Cuts 

1 0-12/15 37-60% 

2 12/15-25 60-70% 

3 >25 70-83% 

- There is therefore working hypothesis agreement that the European Communities should be 

in the top tier, and the United States in the second tier. However, while the basis for Japan's 

placement as between these two tiers has been narrowed, it remains to be finally resolved. 

- For developed countries in the bottom band, with a relatively high level of AMS relative to 

total value of agriculture production, there is emerging consensus that their band-related 

reduction should be complemented with an additional effort. 

- What is needed now is a further step to bridge the remaining gap in positions – particularly 

as regards the United States and the European Communities, it being understood that this is 

not a matter to be resolved in isolation from the other elements in this pillar and beyond. 

 18 The exact extent of the flexibility to be provided pursuant to paragraph 15 of the July 2004 Framework 

remains to be agreed. 

19 Of course, this needs to be viewed as illustrative rather than overly literally, if for no other reason than 

that these are conditional figures. For instance, while the European Communities has indicated it could be prepared 

to go as far as 70% in the top tier, they make it clear that this is acceptable only if the United States will go to 60% 

in the second tier. The United States for its part, however, has only indicated preparedness to go to that 60% if the 

European Communities is prepared to go as high as 83% - which it has not indicated it is prepared to do. 
- On the base period for product-specific caps, certain proposals (such as for 1995-2000 and 

1999-2001) are on the table. This needs to be resolved appropriately, including the manner 

in which special and differential treatment should be applied. 

Green Box 

10. The review and clarification commitment has not resulted in any discernible convergence on 

operational outcomes. There is, on the one side, a firm rejection of anything that is seen as departing 

from the existing disciplines while there is, on the other, an enduring sense that more could be done to 

review the Green Box without undermining ongoing reform. Beyond that there is, however, some 

tangible openness to finding appropriate ways to ensure that the Green Box is more "development 

friendly" i.e. better tailored to meet the realities of developing country agriculture but in a way that 

respects the fundamental requirement of at most minimal trade distortion. 

EXPORT COMPETITION

End Date 

11. While concrete proposals20 have been made on the issue of an end date for elimination of all 

forms of export subsidies, there is at this stage no convergence. There are suggestions for the principle of 

front-loading or accelerated elimination for specific products, including particularly cotton. 

Export Credits 

12. Convergence has been achieved on a number of elements of disciplines with respect to export 

credits, export credit guarantee or insurance programmes with repayment periods of 180 days and below. 

However, a number of critical issues remain.21 

Exporting State Trading Enterprises 

13. There has been material convergence on rules to address trade-distorting practices identified in 

the July 2004 Framework text, although there are still major differences regarding the scope of practices 

to be covered by the new disciplines. Fundamentally opposing positions remain, however, on the issue of 

the future use of monopoly powers. There have been concrete drafting proposals on such matters as 

definition of entities and practices to be addressed as well as transparency. But there has been no genuine 

convergence in such areas. 

Food Aid 

 20 One Member has proposed the year 2010 for "export subsidies", with accelerated elimination for 

"specific" products. Another group of Members have proposed a period "no longer than five years" for all forms of 

export subsidies, with "direct" export subsidies subject to front-loading within that period. 

21 This includes, but is not limited to: exemptions, if any, to the 180 day rule; whether the disciplines should 

allow for pure cover only or also permit direct financing; the appropriate period for programmes to fully recover 

their costs and losses through the premia levied from the exporters (principle of self-financing - there needs to be 

convergence between position which range from one year to fifteen years); the disciplines regarding special 

circumstances; and the question of special and differential treatment, including whether, as some Members argue, 

developing countries should be allowed longer repayment terms for export credits extended by them to other 

developing countries and the specifics of differential treatment in favour of least-developed and net food-importing 

developing countries. 
14. There is consensus among Members that the WTO shall not stand in the way of the provision of 

genuine food aid. There is also consensus that what is to be eliminated is commercial displacement. There 

have been detailed and intensive discussions, some of which have even been text-based, but not to a point 

where a consolidated draft text could be developed. This has been precluded by Members clinging to 

fundamentally disparate conceptual premises. There are proposals that in the disciplines a distinction 

should be made between at least two types of food aid: emergency food aid and food aid to address other 

situations. However, there is not yet a common understanding where emergency food aid ends and other 

food aid begins, reflecting concerns that this distinction should not become a means to create a loophole 

in disciplines. A fundamental sticking point is whether, except in exceptional, genuine emergency 

situations, Members should (albeit gradually) move towards untied, in-cash food aid only, as some 

Members propose but other Members strongly oppose.22 

Special and Differential Treatment 

15. Framework provisions for special and differential treatment, including with respect to the 

monopoly status of state trading enterprises in developing countries and an extended lifetime for Article 

9.4, have been uncontroversial, but details remain to be established. 

Special Circumstances 

16. Work on the criteria and consultation procedures to govern any ad hoc temporary financing 

arrangements relating to exports to developing countries in exceptional circumstances is not much 

developed. 

MARKET ACCESS 

Tiered Formula 

- We have progressed on ad valorem equivalents.23 This has successfully created a basis for 

allocating items into bands for the tiered formula. 

- We have a working hypothesis of four bands for structuring tariff cuts. 

- There has been very considerable convergence on adopting a linear-based approach for cuts 

within those bands. Members have, of course, by no means formally abandoned positions 

that are even more divergent.24 We need now to narrow the extent of divergence that 

remains. This will include whether or not to include any "pivot" in any band. 

- Members have made strong efforts to promote convergence on the size of actual cuts to be 

undertaken within those bands. But, even though genuine efforts have been made to move 

 22 This fundamental divergence has effectively precluded convergence on such matters as what disciplines, 

if any, should be established with respect to monetization of food aid or the question of the provision of food aid in 

fully grant form only. The importance of operationally effective transparency requirements is generally 

acknowledged, but details have still to be developed, particularly those relating to the role of the WTO in this 

context. Further work is required to clarify the role of recipient countries and relevant international organizations or 

other entities in triggering or providing food aid. 

23 The method for calculating the AVEs for the sugar lines is still to be established. 

24 At one end of the spectrum, as it were, a "harmonisation" formula within the bands; at the other end 

"flexibility" within the formula. 
from formal positions (which of course remain), major gaps are yet to be bridged. Somewhat 

greater convergence has been achieved as regards the thresholds for the bands. Substantial 

movement is clearly essential to progress. 25

- Some Members continue to reject completely the concept of a tariff cap. Others have 

proposed26 a cap between 75-100%. 

Sensitive Products

- Members have been prepared to make concrete - albeit conditional - proposals on the number 

of sensitive products. But, in a situation where proposals extend from as little as 1% to as 

much as 15% of tariff lines, further bridging this difference is essential to progress. 

- The fundamental divergence over the basic approach to treatment of sensitive products needs 

to be resolved.27 Beyond that, there needs to be convergence on the consequential extent of 

liberalisation for such products. 

Special and Differential Treatment 

- Just as for developed countries, there is a working hypothesis of four bands for developing 

countries. There is no disagreement on lesser cuts within the bands. A certain body of 

opinion is open to considering cuts of two-thirds of the amount of the cuts for developed 

countries as a plausible zone in which to search more intensively for convergence.28 But 

 25 The matrix below is an illustrative table that portrays the extent of divergences that remain, even on the 

basis of post-August 2005 proposals. This does not entirely cover all the subtleties of those proposals to utilize a 

"pivot" (although most are in fact within the ranges tabulated), but is intended to convey a snapshot of the status of 

average cuts proposed post-August. 

 Thresholds Range of cuts (%) 

Band 1 0% - 20/30% 20-65 

Band 2 20/30% - 40/60% 30-75 

Band 3 40/60% - 60/90% 35-85 

Band 4 >60/90% 42-90 

26 As an element in certain conditional proposals on overall market access, tabled post-July 2005. 

27 Some see this as being tariff quota based and expressed as a percentage of domestic consumption, with 

proposals of up to 10%. Others propose pro rata expansion on an existing trade basis, including taking account of 

current imports. Some also propose no new TRQs, with sensitivity in such cases to be provided through other 

means, e.g. differential phasing. There is also a proposal for a "sliding scale" approach. 

28 In this pillar, as well as in the other two, there is general convergence on the point that developing 

countries will have entitlement to longer implementation periods, albeit that concrete precision remains to be 

determined. 
significant disagreement on that remains, and divergence is, if anything, somewhat more 

marked on the connected issue of higher thresholds for developing countries.29 

- Some Members continue to reject completely the concept of a tariff cap for developing 

countries. Others have proposed30 a cap at 150%. 

- For sensitive products, there is no disagreement that there should be greater flexibility for 

developing countries, but the extent of this needs to be further defined.31

Special Products 

- Regarding designation of special products, there has been a clear divergence between those 

Members which consider that, prior to establishment of schedules, a list of non-exhaustive 

and illustrative criteria-based indicators should be established and those Members which are 

looking for a list which would act as a filter or screen for the selection of such products. 

Latterly, it has been proposed (but not yet discussed with Members as a whole) that a 

developing country Member should have the right to designate at least 20 per cent of its 

agricultural tariff lines as Special Products, and be further entitled to designate an SP where, 

for that product, an AMS has been notified and exports have taken place. This issue needs to 

be resolved as part of modalities so that there is assurance of the basis upon which Members 

may designate special products. 

- Some moves toward convergence on treatment of Special Products have been made recently. 

Some Members had considered that special products should be fully exempt from any new 

market access commitments whatsoever and have automatic access to the SSM. Others had 

argued there should be some degree of market opening for these products, albeit reflecting 

 29 The matrix below is an illustrative table that portrays the extent of divergences that remain, just on the 

basis of post-August 2005 proposals. 

 Thresholds Range of cuts (%) 

Band 1 0% - 20/50% 15-25* 

Band 2 20/50% - 40/100% 20-30* 

Band 3 40/100% - 60/150% 25-35* 

Band 4 >60-150% 30-40* 

*There is also a proposal that cuts for developing countries should be "slightly lesser" than the upper tariff 

cuts for developed countries shown in the preceding table (i.e.: "slightly lesser" than 65, 75, 85 and 90%). 

30 As an element in certain conditional proposals on overall market access, tabled post-July 2005. 

31 While the eventual zone of convergence for developed countries undoubtedly has a bearing in this area, it 

has been proposed by a group of Members that the principles of sensitive products generally and for TRQs 

specifically should be different for developing countries. Another group of Members has proposed, in the postAugust period, an entitlement for developing countries of at least 50% more than the maximum number of lines used 

by any developed Member. This would (based on developed country proposals) amount to a potential variation 

between 1.5% and 22.5% of tariff lines. This latter group has also proposed that products relating to long-standing 

preferences shall be designated as sensitive and that any TRQ expansion should not be "at the detriment of existing 

ACP quotas". This particular view has been, however, strongly opposed by other Members which take the firm 

position that tropical and diversification products should not at all be designated as sensitive products. 
more flexible treatment than for other products. In the presence of this fundamental 

divergence, it had clearly been impossible to undertake any definition of what such 

flexibility would be. Genuine convergence is obviously urgently needed. There is now a new 

proposal for a tripartite categorization of Special Products involving limited tariff cuts for at 

least a proportion of such products which remains to be fully discussed. It remains to be seen 

whether this discussion can help move us forward. 

Special Safeguard Mechanism 

- There is agreement that there would be a special safeguard mechanism and that it should be 

tailored to the particular circumstances and needs of developing countries. There is no 

material disagreement with the view that it should have a quantity trigger. Nor is there 

disagreement with the view that it should at least be capable of addressing effectively what 

might be described as import "surges". Divergence remains over whether, or if so how, 

situations that are lesser than "surge" are to be dealt with. There is, however, agreement that 

any remedy should be of a temporary nature. There remains strong divergence however on 

whether, or if so how, a special safeguard should be "price-based" to deal specifically with 

price effects. 

- There is some discernible openness, albeit at varying levels, to at least consider coverage of 

products that are likely to undergo significant liberalisation effects, and/or are already bound 

at low levels and/or are special products. Beyond that, however, there remains a 

fundamental divergence between those considering all products should be eligible for such a 

mechanism and those opposing such a blanket approach. 

Other Elements 

17. There has been no further material convergence on the matters covered by paragraphs 35 and 37 

of the July 2004 Framework text. The same may be said for paragraph 36 on tariff escalation, albeit that 

there is full agreement on the need for this to be done, and a genuine recognition of the particular 

importance of this for commodities exporters. Certain concrete proposals have been made on paragraph 

38 (SSG) and met with opposition from some Members. 

18. Concrete proposals have been made and discussed on how to implement paragraph 43 of the July 

2004 Framework on tropical and diversification products. But there remains divergence over the precise 

interpretation of this section of the July Framework32 and no common approach has been established. 

19. The importance of long-standing preferences pursuant to paragraph 44 of the July 2004 

Framework is fully recognised and concrete proposals regarding preference erosion have been made and 

discussed.33 There seems not to be inherent difficulty with a role for capacity building. However, while 

there is some degree of support for e.g. longer implementation periods for at least certain products in 

order to facilitate adjustment, there is far from convergence on even this. Some argue it is not sufficient 

or certainly not in all cases, while others that it is not warranted at all. 

 32 It is argued by some Members that this is to be interpreted as meaning full duty- and tariff quota-free 

access, but by others as less than that. 

33 Note 15 above refers. 
LEAST-DEVELOPED COUNTRIES 

20. There is no questioning of the terms of paragraph 45 of the July Framework agreement, which 

exempts least-developed countries from any reduction requirement. The stipulation that "developed 

Members, and developing country Members in a position to do so, should provide duty-free and quotafree market access for products originating from least-developed countries" is not at this point concretely 

operational for all Members. At this stage, several Members have made undertakings. Proposals for this 

to be bound remain on the table.34

COTTON 

21. While there is genuine recognition of the problem to be addressed and concrete proposals have 

been made, Members remain at this point short of concrete and specific achievement that would be 

needed to meet the July Framework direction to address this matter ambitiously, expeditiously and 

specifically. There is no disagreement with the view that all forms of export subsidies are to be eliminated 

for cotton although the timing and speed remains to be specified. Proposals to eliminate them 

immediately or from day one of the implementation period are not at this point shared by all Members. In 

the case of trade distorting support, proponents seek full elimination with "front-loaded" 

implementation.35 There is a view that the extent to which this can occur, and its timing, can only be 

determined in the context of an overall agreement. Another view is that there could be at least substantial 

and front-loaded reduction on cotton specifically from day one of implementation, with the major 

implementation achieved within twelve months, and the remainder to be completed within a period 

shorter than the overall implementation period for agriculture.36 

RECENTLY-ACCEDED MEMBERS 

22. Concrete proposals have been made and discussed, but no specific flexibility provisions have 

commanded consensus. 

MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE 

23. A proposal has been made but there is no material advance at this point. 

OTHER ISSUES 

24. On paragraph 49 (sectoral initiatives, differential export taxes, GIs) certain positions and 

proposals have been tabled and/or referred to. They are issues that remain of interest but not agreed. 

 34 It is also proposed that this should be accompanied by simple and transparent rules of origin and other 

measures to address non-tariff barriers. 

35 Concrete proposals have been made, with a three-step approach: 80% on day one, an additional 10% 

after 12 months and the last 10% a year later. 

36 A Member has indicated that it is prepared to implement all its commitments from day one and, in any 

case, to autonomously ensure that its commitments on eliminating the most trade-distorting domestic support, 

eliminating all forms of export subsidies and providing mfn duty- and quota-free access for cotton will take place 

from 2006. 
25. At this point, proposals on paragraph 50 have not advanced materially. 

26. In the case of small and vulnerable economies, a concrete proposal has been made recently. It 

has not yet been subject to consultation. 

27. There is openness to the particular concerns of commodity-dependent developing and leastdeveloped countries facing long-term decline and/or sharp fluctuations in prices. There is, at this point 

(where, overall, precise modalities are still pending), support for the view that such modalities should 

eventually be capable of addressing effectively key areas for them.37

 37 This would appear to include in particular such a matter as tariff escalation, where it discourages the 

development of processing industries in the commodity producing countries. The idea of a review and clarification 

of what the current status is of GATT 1994 provisions relating to the stabilisation of prices through the adoption of 

supply management systems by producing countries, and the use of export taxes and restrictions under such systems 

is also on the table. Proponents would seek something more than this such as more concrete undertakings in the area 

of non-tariff measures and actual revision of existing provisions. There is, at this point, no consensus in these latter 

areas, but an appreciation at least of the underlying issues at stake. 
Annex B 

Market Access for Non-Agricultural Products 

Report by the Chairman of the Negotiating Group on Market Access to the TNC

B. INTRODUCTION

1. A Chairman's commentary of the state of play of the NAMA negotiations was prepared in July 

2005 and circulated in document JOB(05)/147 and Add.1 (hereinafter referred to as the "Chairman's 

commentary"). The current report, made on my responsibility, reflects the state of play of the NAMA 

negotiations at this juncture of the Doha Development Agenda, and supplements that commentary. 

2. With an eye on the forthcoming Ministerial, Section B of this report attempts to highlight those 

areas of convergence and divergence on the elements of Annex B of Decision adopted by the General 

Council on 1 August 2004, (hereinafter referred to as the “NAMA framework”), and to provide some 

guidance as to what may be a possible future course of action with respect to some of the elements. 

Section C of the report provides some final remarks about possible action by Ministers at Hong Kong. 

3. In preparing this report, use has been made of documents provided by Members (as listed in 

TN/MA/S/16/Rev.2) as well as the discussions in the open-ended sessions of the Group, plurilateral 

meetings and bilateral contacts, as long as they were not in the nature of confessionals. 

C. SUMMARY OF THE STATE OF PLAY

4. Full modalities must have detailed language and, where required, final numbers on all elements of 

the NAMA framework. Such an agreement should also contain a detailed work plan concerning the 

process after the establishment of full modalities for the purpose of the submission, verification and 

annexation of Doha Schedules to a legal instrument. While acknowledging that progress has been made 

since the adoption of the NAMA framework, the establishment of full modalities is, at present, a difficult 

prospect given the lack of agreement on a number of elements in the NAMA framework including the 

formula, paragraph 8 flexibilities and unbound tariffs. 

5. Regarding the structure of this section, generally Members recognize that the issues identified in 

the preceding paragraph are the three elements of the NAMA framework on which solutions are required 

as a matter of priority, and that there is a need to address them in an interlinked fashion. So, this report 

will commence with these three subjects before moving on to the other elements of the NAMA 

framework in the order in which they are presented therein. 

Formula (paragraph 4 of the NAMA framework) 

6. On the non-linear formula, there has been movement since the adoption of the NAMA 

framework. There is a more common understanding of the shape of the formula that Members are willing 

to adopt in these negotiations. In fact, Members have been focusing on a Swiss formula. During the past 

few months, much time and effort has been spent examining the impact of such a formula from both a 

defensive and offensive angle. In terms of the specifics of that formula, there are basically two variations 

on the table: a formula with a limited number of negotiated coefficients and a formula where the value of 

each country's coefficient would be based essentially on the tariff average of bound rates of that Member, 

resulting in multiple coefficients. 
7. In order to move beyond a debate on the merits of the two options (and in recognition of the fact 

that what matters in the final analysis is the level of the coefficient) more recently Members have engaged 

in a discussion of numbers. Such a debate has been particularly helpful, especially as it demonstrated in a 

quantifiable manner to what extent the benchmarks established in paragraph 16 of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration would be achieved. While it is evident that one of the characteristics of such a formula is to 

address tariff peaks, tariff escalation and high tariffs (as it brings down high tariffs more than low tariffs), 

one benchmark which has been the subject of differences of opinion has been that of "less than full 

reciprocity in reduction commitments" and how it should be measured. Some developing Members are of 

the view that this means less than average percentage cuts i.e. as translated through a higher coefficient in 

the formula, than those undertaken by developed country Members. However, the latter have indicated 

that there are other measurements of less than full reciprocity in reduction commitments including the 

final rates after the formula cut which in their markets would be less than in developing country markets. 

Also, in their view, such a measurement of less than full reciprocity in reduction commitments has to take 

into account not only the additional effort made by them in all areas but also of paragraph 8 flexibilities 

and the fact that several developing Members and the LDCs would be exempt from formula cuts. 

8. Other objectives put forward by developed Members and some developing Members as being 

part of the Doha NAMA mandate are: harmonization of tariffs between Members; cuts into applied rates; 

and improvement of South-South trade. However, these objectives have been challenged by other 

developing Members who believe that, on the contrary, they are not part of that mandate. 

9. During the informal discussions, many Members engaged in an exchange on the basis of an 

approach with two coefficients. In the context of such debates, the coefficients which were mentioned for 

developed Members fell generally within the range of 5 to 10, and for developing Members within the 

range of 15 to 30, although some developing Members did propose lower coefficients for developed 

Members and higher coefficients for developing Members. In addition, a developing country coefficient 

of 10 was also put forward by some developed Members. However, while this discussion of numbers is a 

positive development, the inescapable reality is that the range of coefficients is wide and reflects the 

divergence that exists as to Members’ expectations regarding the contributions that their trading partners 

should be making. 

Flexibilities for developing Members subject to a formula (paragraph 8 of the NAMA framework)

10. A central issue concerning the paragraph 8 flexibilities has been the question of linkage or nonlinkage between these flexibilities and the coefficient in the formula. A view was expressed that the 

flexibilities currently provided for in paragraph 8 are equivalent to 4-5 additional points to the coefficient 

in the formula, and as a result there was need to take this aspect into account in the developing country 

coefficient. In response, the argument has been made by many developing Members that those 

flexibilities are a stand alone provision as reflected in the language of that provision, and should not be 

linked to the coefficient. Otherwise, this would amount to re-opening the NAMA framework. Some of 

those Members have also expressed the view that the numbers currently within square brackets are the 

minimum required for their sensitive tariff lines, and have expressed concern about the conditions 

attached to the use of such flexibilities, such as the capping of the import value. In response, the point has 

been made by developed Members that they are not seeking to remove the flexibilities under paragraph 8, 

and therefore are not re-opening the NAMA framework. They further point out that the numbers in 

paragraph 8 are within square brackets precisely to reflect the fact that they are not fixed and may need to 

be adjusted downwards depending on the level of the coefficient. In addition, the need for more 

transparency and predictability with regard to the tariff lines which would be covered by paragraph 8 

flexibilities has been raised by some of these Members. Some developing Members have also advanced 

the idea that there should be the option for those developing Members not wanting to use paragraph 8 

flexibilities to have recourse to a higher coefficient in the formula in the interest of having a balanced 

outcome. 
Unbound Tariff Lines (paragraph 5, indent two of the NAMA framework) 

11. There has been progress on the discussion of unbound tariff lines. There is an understanding that 

full bindings would be a desirable objective of the NAMA negotiations, and a growing sense that 

unbound tariff lines should be subject to formula cuts provided there is a pragmatic solution for those 

lines with low applied rates. However, some Members have stressed that their unbound tariff lines with 

high applied rates are also sensitive and due consideration should be given to those lines. There now 

appears to be a willingness among several Members to move forward on the basis of a non-linear mark-up 

approach to establish base rates, and in the case of some of these Members, provided that such an 

approach yields an equitable result. A non-linear mark-up approach envisages the addition of a certain 

number of percentage points to the applied rate of the unbound tariff line in order to establish the base 

rate on which the formula is to be applied. There are two variations of such an approach. In one case, a 

constant number of percentage points are added to the applied rate in order to establish the base rate. The 

other variation consists of having a different number of percentage points depending on the level of the 

applied rate. In other words, the lower the applied rate the higher the mark-up and the higher the applied 

rate, the lower the mark-up. There is also one proposal on the table of a target average approach where an 

average is established through the use of a formula, with the unbound tariff lines expected to have final 

bindings around that average. 

12. On a practical level, in their discussions on unbound tariff lines, Members have been referring 

mostly to the constant mark-up methodology to establish base rates. In the context of such discussions, 

the number for the mark-up has ranged from 5 to 30 percentage points. Once again the gap between the 

two figures is wide, but Members have displayed willingness to be flexible. 

 

Other elements of the formula (paragraph 5 of the NAMA framework)

13. Concerning product coverage (indent 1), Members have made good progress to establish a list of 

non-agricultural products as reflected in document JOB(05)/226/Rev.2. The main issue is whether the 

outcome of this exercise should be an agreed list or guidelines. It would appear that several Members are 

in favour of the former outcome, however, some have expressed their preference for the latter. In any 

event, there are only a limited number of items (17) on which differences exist and Members should try 

and resolve these differences as quickly as possible. 

14. On ad valorem equivalents (indent 5), agreement was reached to convert non ad valorem duties to 

ad valorem equivalents on the basis of the methodology contained in JOB(05)/166/Rev.1 and to bind 

them in ad valorem terms. To date, four Members have submitted their preliminary AVE calculations, 

but there are many more due. Those Members would need to submit this information as quickly as 

possible so as to allow sufficient time for the multilateral verification process. 

15. The subject of how credit is to be given for autonomous liberalization (indent 4) by developing 

countries provided that the tariff lines are bound on an MFN basis in the WTO since the conclusion of the 

Uruguay Round has not been discussed in detail since the adoption of the NAMA framework. However, 

this issue may be more usefully taken up once there is a clearer picture of the formula. 

16. All the other elements of the formula such as tariff cuts commencing from bound rates after full 

implementation of current commitments (indent 2), the base year (indent 3), the nomenclature (indent 6) 

and reference period for import data (indent 7) have not been discussed any further since July 2004, as 

they were acceptable to Members as currently reflected in the NAMA framework. 

Other flexibilities for developing Members
Members with low binding coverage (paragraph 6 of the NAMA framework) 

17. A submission by a group of developing Members, covered under paragraph 6 provisions, was 

made in June 2005. The paper proposed that Members falling under this paragraph should be encouraged 

to substantially increase their binding coverage, and bind tariff lines at a level consistent with their 

individual development, trade, fiscal and strategic needs. A preliminary discussion of this proposal 

revealed that there were concerns about this proposal re-opening this paragraph by seeking to enhance the 

flexibilities contained therein. Further discussion of this proposal is required. However, it appears that 

the issue of concern to some of the paragraph 6 Members is not related so much to the full binding 

coverage, but rather to the average level at which these Members would be required to bind their tariffs. 

Flexibilities for LDCs (paragraph 9 of the NAMA framework) 

18. There appears to be a common understanding that LDCs will be the judge of the extent and level 

of the bindings that they make. At the same time, Members have indicated that this substantial increase of 

the binding commitments which LDCs are expected to undertake should be done with a good faith effort. 

In this regard, some yardsticks for this effort were mentioned including the coverage and level of bindings 

made in the Uruguay Round by other LDCs as well as the more recently acceded LDCs. 

Small, vulnerable economies

19. A paper was submitted recently by a group of Members which proposes inter alia lesser and 

linear cuts to Members identified by a criterion using trade share. While some developing and developed 

Members were sympathetic to the situation of such Members, concerns were expressed with respect to the 

threshold used to establish eligibility, and also the treatment envisaged. Other developing Members 

expressed serious reservations about this proposal which in their view appeared to be creating a new 

category of developing Members, and to be further diluting the ambition of the NAMA negotiations. The 

sponsors of this proposal stressed that the small, vulnerable economies had characteristics which 

warranted special treatment. 

20. This is an issue on which there is a serious divergence of opinion among developing Members. 

This subject will need to be debated further. Discussions may be facilitated through additional statistical 

analysis. 

Sectorals (paragraph 7 of the NAMA framework) 

21. It appears that good progress is being made on the sectoral tariff component of the NAMA 

negotiations. Work which is taking place in an informal Member-driven process has focused on inter alia 

identification of sectors, product coverage, participation, end rates and adequate provisions of flexibilities 

for developing countries. Besides the sectorals based on a critical mass approach identified in the 

Chairman's commentary – bicycles, chemicals, electronics/electrical equipment, fish, footwear, forest 

products, gems and jewellery, pharmaceuticals and medical equipment, raw materials and sporting goods 

– I understand that work is ongoing on other sectors namely apparel, auto/auto parts and textiles. 

22. While this component of the NAMA negotiations is recognized in the NAMA framework to be a 

key element to delivering on the objectives of paragraph 16 of the Doha NAMA mandate, some 

developing Members have questioned the rationale of engaging in sectoral negotiations before having the 

formula finalized. Many have also re-iterated their view that sectorals are voluntary in nature. The point 

has also been made by other developing Members that sectorals harm smaller developing Members due to 

an erosion of their preferences. However, the proponents of such initiatives have argued that sectorals are 

another key element of the NAMA negotiations and an important modality for delivering on the 

elimination of duties as mandated in paragraph 16 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration. In addition, they 
have pointed out that some of the sectorals were initiated by developing Members. Moreover, such 

initiatives require substantive work and were time-consuming to prepare. Concerning preference erosion, 

this was a cross-cutting issue. 

23. Members will need to begin considering time-lines for the finalization of such work, and the 

submission of the outcomes which will be applied on an MFN basis. 

Market Access for LDCs (paragraph 10 of the NAMA framework) 

24. In the discussions on this subject, it was noted that the Committee on Trade and Development in 

Special Session is examining the question of duty-free and quota-free access for non-agricultural products 

originating from LDCs. Consequently, there is recognition by Members that the discussions in that 

Committee would most probably have an impact on this element of the NAMA framework, and would 

need to be factored in at the appropriate time. 

Newly Acceded Members (paragraph 11 of the NAMA framework)

25. Members recognize the extensive market access commitments made by the NAMs at the time of 

their accession. From the discussions held on this subject, it was clarified that those NAMs which are 

developing Members have access to paragraph 8 flexibilities. As special provisions for tariff reductions 

for the NAMs, some Members are willing to consider longer implementation periods than those to be 

provided to developing Members. Other proposals such as a higher coefficient and "grace periods" for the 

NAMs were also put forward, but a number of Members have objected to these ideas. There has also been 

a submission by four low-income economies in transition who have requested to be exempt from formula 

cuts in light of their substantive contributions at the time of their WTO accession and the current difficult 

state of their economies. While some Members showed sympathy for the situation of these Members, 

they expressed the view that other solutions may be more appropriate. Some developing Members also 

expressed concern about this proposal creating a differentiation between Members. Further discussion is 

required on these issues. 

 

NTBs (paragraph 14 of the NAMA framework) 

26. Since adoption of the July 2004 framework, Members have been focusing their attention on nontariff barriers in recognition of the fact that they are an integral and equally important part of the NAMA 

negotiations. Some Members claim that they constitute a greater barrier to their exports than tariffs. The 

Group has spent a considerable amount of time identifying, categorizing and examining the notified 

NTBs. Members are using bilateral, vertical and horizontal approaches to the NTB negotiations. For 

example, many Members are raising issues bilaterally with their trading partners. Vertical initiatives are 

ongoing on automobiles, electronic products and wood products. There have been some proposals of a 

horizontal nature concerning export taxes, export restrictions and remanufactured products. On export 

taxes, some Members have expressed the view that such measures fall outside the mandate of the NAMA 

negotiations. Some Members have also raised in other Negotiating Groups some of the NTBs they had 

notified initially in the context of the NAMA negotiations. For example, a number of trade facilitation 

measures are now being examined in the Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation. Some other Members 

have also indicated their intention to bring issues to the regular WTO Committees. NTBs currently 

proposed for negotiation in the NAMA Group are contained in document JOB(05)/85/Rev.3. 

27. Some proposals have been made of a procedural nature in order to expedite the NTB work, 

including a suggestion to hold dedicated NTB sessions. Further consideration will need to be given to 

this and other proposals. Members will also need to begin considering some time-lines for the submission 

of specific negotiating proposals and NTB outcomes. 
Appropriate Studies and Capacity Building Measures (paragraph 15 of the NAMA framework)

28. There has been no discussion as such on this element as it is an ongoing and integral part of the 

negotiating process. Several papers have been prepared by the Secretariat during the course of the 

negotiations and capacity building activities by the Secretariat have increased considerably since the 

launch of the Doha Development Agenda. Such activities will need to continue taking into account the 

evolution of the negotiations.

Non-reciprocal preferences (paragraph 16 of the NAMA framework)

29. In response to calls by some Members for a better idea of the scope of the problem, the ACP 

Group circulated an indicative list of products (170 HS 6-digit tariff lines) vulnerable to preference 

erosion in the EC and US markets as identified through a vulnerability index. Simulations were also 

submitted by the African Group. Some developing Members expressed concern that the tariff lines listed 

covered the majority of their exports, or covered critical exports to those markets and were also precisely 

the lines on which they sought MFN cuts. As a result, for these Members, it was impossible to entertain 

any solution which related to less than full formula cuts or longer staging. In this regard, concern was 

expressed by them that non-trade solutions were not being examined. For the proponents of the issue, a 

trade solution was necessary as this was a trade problem. According to them, their proposal would not 

undermine trade liberalization because they were seeking to manage such liberalization on a limited 

number of products. 

30. This subject is highly divisive precisely because the interests of the two groups of developing 

Members are in direct conflict. Additionally, it is a cross-cutting issue which makes it even more 

sensitive. While, the aforementioned list of products has been helpful in providing a sense of the scope of 

the problem and may help Members to engage in a more focused discussion, it is clear that pragmatism 

will need to be shown by all concerned. 

Environmental Goods (paragraph 17 of the NAMA framework) 

31. Since the adoption of the July framework in 2004, limited discussions have been held on this 

subject in the Group. However, it is noted that much work under paragraph 31(iii) of the Doha Ministerial 

Declaration has been undertaken by the Committee on Trade and Environment in Special Session. 

There would need to be close coordination between the two negotiating groups and a stock taking of the 

work undertaken in that Committee would be required at the appropriate time by the NAMA Negotiating 

Group. 

Other elements of the NAMA framework 

32. On the other elements of the NAMA framework, such as supplementary modalities (paragraph 

12), elimination of low duties (paragraph 13) and tariff revenue dependency (paragraph 16) the Group has 

not had a substantive debate. This has in part to do with the nature of the issue or because more 

information is required from the proponents. Regarding supplementary modalities, such modalities will 

become more relevant once the formula has been finalized. On elimination of low duties, this issue may 

be more suitable to consider once there is a better sense of the likely outcome of the NAMA negotiations. 

On tariff revenue dependency, more clarity is required from the proponents on the nature and scope of the 

problem. 

D. FINAL REMARKS
33. As may be observed from the above report, Members are far away from achieving full modalities. 

This is highly troubling. It will take a major effort by all if the objective of concluding the NAMA 

negotiations by the end of 2006 is to be realized. 

34. To this end, I would highlight as a critical objective for Hong Kong a common understanding on 

the formula, paragraph 8 flexibilities and unbound tariffs. It is crucial that Ministers move decisively on 

these elements so that the overall outcome is acceptable to all. This will give the necessary impetus to try 

and fulfil at a date soon thereafter the objective of full modalities for the NAMA negotiations. 

35. Specifically, Ministers should: 

• Obtain agreement on the final structure of the formula and narrow the range of numbers. 

• Resolve their basic differences over paragraph 8 flexibilities. 

• Clarify whether the constant mark-up approach is the way forward, and if so, narrow the range of 

numbers. 
Annex C 

Services 

Objectives

1. In order to achieve a progressively higher level of liberalization of trade in services, with 

appropriate flexibility for individual developing country Members, we agree that Members should be 

guided, to the maximum extent possible, by the following objectives in making their new and improved 

commitments: 

(a) Mode 1 

(i) commitments at existing levels of market access on a non-discriminatory basis 

across sectors of interest to Members 

(ii) removal of existing requirements of commercial presence 

(b) Mode 2 

(i) commitments at existing levels of market access on a non-discriminatory basis 

across sectors of interest to Members 

(ii) commitments on mode 2 where commitments on mode 1 exist 

(c) Mode 3 

(i) commitments on enhanced levels of foreign equity participation 

(ii) removal or substantial reduction of economic needs tests 

(iii) commitments allowing greater flexibility on the types of legal entity permitted 

(d) Mode 4 

(i) new or improved commitments on the categories of Contractual Services 

Suppliers, Independent Professionals and Others, de-linked from commercial 

presence, to reflect inter alia: 

- removal or substantial reduction of economic needs tests 

- indication of prescribed duration of stay and possibility of renewal, if any 

(ii) new or improved commitments on the categories of Intra-corporate Transferees 

and Business Visitors, to reflect inter alia: 

- removal or substantial reduction of economic needs tests 

- indication of prescribed duration of stay and possibility of renewal, if any 

(e) MFN Exemptions 
(i) removal or substantial reduction of exemptions from most-favoured-nation 

(MFN) treatment 

(ii) clarification of remaining MFN exemptions in terms of scope of application and 

duration 

(f) Scheduling of Commitments 

(i) ensuring clarity, certainty, comparability and coherence in the scheduling and 

classification of commitments through adherence to, inter alia, the Scheduling 

Guidelines pursuant to the Decision of the Council for Trade in Services adopted 

on 23 March 2001 

(ii) ensuring that scheduling of any remaining economic needs tests adheres to the 

Scheduling Guidelines pursuant to the Decision of the Council for Trade in 

Services adopted on 23 March 2001. 

2. As a reference for the request-offer negotiations, the sectoral and modal objectives as identified 

by Members may be considered.38

3. Members shall pursue full and effective implementation of the Modalities for the Special 

Treatment for Least-Developed Country Members in the Negotiations on Trade in Services 

(LDC Modalities) adopted by the Special Session of the Council for Trade in Services on 

3 September 2003, with a view to the beneficial and meaningful integration of LDCs into the multilateral 

trading system. 

4. Members must intensify their efforts to conclude the negotiations on rule-making under GATS 

Articles X, XIII, and XV in accordance with their respective mandates and timelines: 

(a) Members should engage in more focused discussions in connection with the technical and 

procedural questions relating to the operation and application of any possible emergency 

safeguard measures in services. 

(b) On government procurement, Members should engage in more focused discussions and in 

this context put greater emphasis on proposals by Members, in accordance with Article 

XIII of the GATS. 

(c) On subsidies, Members should intensify their efforts to expedite and fulfil the information 

exchange required for the purpose of such negotiations, and should engage in more focused 

discussions on proposals by Members, including the development of a possible working 

definition of subsidies in services. 

5. Members shall develop disciplines on domestic regulation pursuant to the mandate under Article 

VI:4 of the GATS before the end of the current round of negotiations. We call upon Members to develop 

text for adoption. In so doing, Members shall consider proposals and the illustrative list of possible 

elements for Article VI:4 disciplines.39

 38 As attached to the Report by the Chairman to the Trade Negotiations Committee on 28 November 2005, 

contained in document TN/S/23. This attachment has no legal standing. 39 As attached to the Report of the Chairman of the Working Party on Domestic Regulation to the Special 

Session of the Council for Trade in Services on 15 November 2005, contained in document JOB(05)/280. 
Approaches

6. Pursuant to the principles and objectives above, we agree to intensify and expedite the requestoffer negotiations, which shall remain the main method of negotiation, with a view to securing substantial 

commitments. 

7. In addition to bilateral negotiations, we agree that the request-offer negotiations should also be 

pursued on a plurilateral basis in accordance with the principles of the GATS and the Guidelines and 

Procedures for the Negotiations on Trade in Services. The results of such negotiations shall be extended 

on an MFN basis. These negotiations would be organized in the following manner: 

(a) Any Member or group of Members may present requests or collective requests to other 

Members in any specific sector or mode of supply, identifying their objectives for the 

negotiations in that sector or mode of supply. 

(b) Members to whom such requests have been made shall consider such requests in 

accordance with paragraphs 2 and 4 of Article XIX of the GATS and paragraph 11 of the 

Guidelines and Procedures for the Negotiations on Trade in Services. 

(c) Plurilateral negotiations should be organised with a view to facilitating the participation of 

all Members, taking into account the limited capacity of developing countries and smaller 

delegations to participate in such negotiations. 

8. Due consideration shall be given to proposals on trade-related concerns of small economies. 

9. Members, in the course of negotiations, shall develop methods for the full and effective 

implementation of the LDC Modalities, including expeditiously: 

(a) Developing appropriate mechanisms for according special priority including to sectors and 

modes of supply of interest to LDCs in accordance with Article IV:3 of the GATS and 

paragraph 7 of the LDC Modalities. 

(b) Undertaking commitments, to the extent possible, in such sectors and modes of supply 

identified, or to be identified, by LDCs that represent priority in their development policies 

in accordance with paragraphs 6 and 9 of the LDC Modalities. 

(c) Assisting LDCs to enable them to identify sectors and modes of supply that represent 

development priorities. 

(d) Providing targeted and effective technical assistance and capacity building for LDCs in 

accordance with the LDC Modalities, particularly paragraphs 8 and 12. 

(e) Developing a reporting mechanism to facilitate the review requirement in paragraph 13 of 

the LDC Modalities. 

10. Targeted technical assistance should be provided through, inter alia, the WTO Secretariat, with a 

view to enabling developing and least-developed countries to participate effectively in the negotiations. 

In particular and in accordance with paragraph 51 on Technical Cooperation of this Declaration, targeted 

technical assistance should be given to all developing countries allowing them to fully engage in the 

negotiation. In addition, such assistance should be provided on, inter alia, compiling and analyzing 

statistical data on trade in services, assessing interests in and gains from services trade, building 

regulatory capacity, particularly on those services sectors where liberalization is being undertaken by 

developing countries. 
Timelines

11. Recognizing that an effective timeline is necessary in order to achieve a successful conclusion of 

the negotiations, we agree that the negotiations shall adhere to the following dates: 

(a) Any outstanding initial offers shall be submitted as soon as possible. 

(b) Groups of Members presenting plurilateral requests to other Members should submit such 

requests by 28 February 2006 or as soon as possible thereafter. 

(c) A second round of revised offers shall be submitted by 31 July 2006. 

(d) Final draft schedules of commitments shall be submitted by 31 October 2006. 

(e) Members shall strive to complete the requirements in 9(a) before the date in 11(c). 

Review of Progress

12. The Special Session of the Council for Trade in Services shall review progress in the negotiations 

and monitor the implementation of the Objectives, Approaches and Timelines set out in this Annex. 
Annex D 

Rules 

I. Anti-Dumping and Subsidies and Countervailing Measures including Fisheries Subsidies

We: 

1. acknowledge that the achievement of substantial results on all aspects of the Rules mandate, in 

the form of amendments to the Anti-Dumping (AD) and Subsidies and Countervailing Measures 

(SCM) Agreements, is important to the development of the rules-based multilateral trading 

system and to the overall balance of results in the DDA; 

2. aim to achieve in the negotiations on Rules further improvements, in particular, to the 

transparency, predictability and clarity of the relevant disciplines, to the benefit of all Members, 

including in particular developing and least-developed Members. In this respect, the 

development dimension of the negotiations must be addressed as an integral part of any outcome; 

3. call on Participants, in considering possible clarifications and improvements in the area of antidumping, to take into account, inter alia, (a) the need to avoid the unwarranted use of antidumping measures, while preserving the basic concepts, principles and effectiveness of the 

instrument and its objectives where such measures are warranted; and (b) the desirability of 

limiting the costs and complexity of proceedings for interested parties and the investigating 

authorities alike, while strengthening the due process, transparency and predictability of such 

proceedings and measures; 

4. consider that negotiations on anti-dumping should, as appropriate, clarify and improve the rules 

regarding, inter alia, (a) determinations of dumping, injury and causation, and the application of 

measures; (b) procedures governing the initiation, conduct and completion of antidumping 

investigations, including with a view to strengthening due process and enhancing transparency; 

and (c) the level, scope and duration of measures, including duty assessment, interim and new 

shipper reviews, sunset, and anti-circumvention proceedings; 

5. recognize that negotiations on anti-dumping have intensified and deepened, that Participants are 

showing a high level of constructive engagement, and that the process of rigorous discussion of 

the issues based on specific textual proposals for amendment to the AD Agreement has been 

productive and is a necessary step in achieving the substantial results to which Ministers are 

committed; 

6. note that, in the negotiations on anti-dumping, the Negotiating Group on Rules has been 

discussing in detail proposals on such issues as determinations of injury/causation, the lesser duty 

rule, public interest, transparency and due process, interim reviews, sunset, duty assessment, 

circumvention, the use of facts available, limited examination and all others rates, dispute 

settlement, the definition of dumped imports, affiliated parties, product under consideration, and 

the initiation and completion of investigations, and that this process of discussing proposals 

before the Group or yet to be submitted will continue after Hong Kong; 

7. note, in respect of subsidies and countervailing measures, that while proposals for amendments to 

the SCM Agreement have been submitted on a number of issues, including the definition of a 

subsidy, specificity, prohibited subsidies, serious prejudice, export credits and guarantees, and the 
allocation of benefit, there is a need to deepen the analysis on the basis of specific textual 

proposals in order to ensure a balanced outcome in all areas of the Group's mandate; 

8. note the desirability of applying to both anti-dumping and countervailing measures any 

clarifications and improvements which are relevant and appropriate to both instruments; 

9. recall our commitment at Doha to enhancing the mutual supportiveness of trade and environment, 

note that there is broad agreement that the Group should strengthen disciplines on subsidies in the 

fisheries sector, including through the prohibition of certain forms of fisheries subsidies that 

contribute to overcapacity and over-fishing, and call on Participants promptly to undertake 

further detailed work to, inter alia, establish the nature and extent of those disciplines, including 

transparency and enforceability. Appropriate and effective special and differential treatment for 

developing and least-developed Members should be an integral part of the fisheries subsidies 

negotiations, taking into account the importance of this sector to development priorities, poverty 

reduction, and livelihood and food security concerns; 

10. direct the Group to intensify and accelerate the negotiating process in all areas of its mandate, on 

the basis of detailed textual proposals before the Group or yet to be submitted, and complete the 

process of analysing proposals by Participants on the AD and SCM Agreements as soon as 

possible; 

11. mandate the Chairman to prepare, early enough to assure a timely outcome within the context of 

the 2006 end date for the Doha Development Agenda and taking account of progress in other 

areas of the negotiations, consolidated texts of the AD and SCM Agreements that shall be the 

basis for the final stage of the negotiations. 

II. Regional Trade Agreements

1. We welcome the progress in negotiations to clarify and improve the WTO's disciplines and 

procedures on regional trade agreements (RTAs). Such agreements, which can foster trade liberalization 

and promote development, have become an important element in the trade policies of virtually all 

Members. Transparency of RTAs is thus of systemic interest as are disciplines that ensure the 

complementarity of RTAs with the WTO. 

2. We commend the progress in defining the elements of a transparency mechanism for RTAs, 

aimed, in particular, at improving existing WTO procedures for gathering factual information on RTAs, 

without prejudice to the rights and obligations of Members. We instruct the Negotiating Group on Rules 

to intensify its efforts to resolve outstanding issues, with a view to a provisional decision on RTA 

transparency by 30 April 2006. 

3. We also note with appreciation the work of the Negotiating Group on Rules on WTO's disciplines 

governing RTAs, including inter alia on the "substantially all the trade" requirement, the length of RTA 

transition periods and RTA developmental aspects. We instruct the Group to intensify negotiations, 

based on text proposals as soon as possible after the Sixth Ministerial Conference, so as to arrive at 

appropriate outcomes by end 2006. 
Annex E 

Trade Facilitation 

Report by the Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation to the TNC

1. Since its establishment on 12 October 2004, the Negotiating Group on Trade Facilitation met 

eleven times to carry out work under the mandate contained in Annex D of the Decision adopted by the 

General Council on 1 August 2004. The negotiations are benefiting from the fact that the mandate allows 

for the central development dimension of the Doha negotiations to be addressed directly through the 

widely acknowledged benefits of trade facilitation reforms for all WTO Members, the enhancement of 

trade facilitation capacity in developing countries and LDCs, and provisions on special and differential 

treatment (S&DT) that provide flexibility. Based on the Group's Work Plan (TN/TF/1), Members 

contributed to the agreed agenda of the Group, tabling 60 written submissions sponsored by more than 

100 delegations. Members appreciate the transparent and inclusive manner in which the negotiations are 

being conducted. 

2. Good progress has been made in all areas covered by the mandate, through both verbal and 

written contributions by Members. A considerable part of the Negotiating Group's meetings has been 

spent on addressing the negotiating objective of improving and clarifying relevant aspects of GATT 

Articles V, VIII and X, on which about 40 written submissions40 have been tabled by Members 

representing the full spectrum of the WTO's Membership. Through discussions on these submissions and 

related questions and answers (JOB(05)/222), Members have advanced their understanding of the 

measures in question and are working towards common ground on many aspects of this part of the 

negotiating mandate. Many of these submissions also covered the negotiating objective of enhancing 

technical assistance and support for capacity building on trade facilitation, as well as the practical 

application of the principle of S&DT. The Group also discussed other valuable submissions dedicated to 

these issues.41 Advances have also been made on the objective of arriving at provisions for effective 

cooperation between customs or any other appropriate authorities on trade facilitation and customs 

compliance issues, where two written proposals have been discussed.42 Members have also made valuable 

contributions on the identification of trade facilitation needs and priorities, development aspects, cost 

implications and inter-agency cooperation.43 

3. Valuable input has been provided by a number of Members in the form of national experience 

papers44 describing national trade facilitation reform processes. In appreciation of the value to developing 

countries and LDCs of this aspect of the negotiations, the Negotiating Group recommends that Members 

be encouraged to continue this information sharing exercise. 

4. Building on the progress made in the negotiations so far, and with a view to developing a set of 

multilateral commitments on all elements of the mandate, the Negotiating Group recommends that it 

continue to intensify its negotiations on the basis of Members' proposals, as reflected currently in 

document TN/TF/W/43/Rev.4, and any new proposals to be presented. Without prejudice to individual 

Member's positions on individual proposals, a list of (I) proposed measures to improve and clarify GATT 

Articles V, VIII and X; (II) proposed provisions for effective cooperation between customs and other 

 40 TN/TF/W/6-W/15, W/17-W/26, W/28, W/30-W32, W/34-36, W/38-W/40, W/42, W/44-W/49, W/53, 

W/55, W/58, W/60-W/62, W/64-W/67, W/69, W/70. 41 TN/TF/W/33, W/41, W/56, W/63, W/73 and W/74. 

42 TN/TF/W/57 and W/68. 

43 TN/TF/W/29, W/33, W/41, W/62 and W/63. 

44 TN/TF/W/48, W/50 , W/53, W/55, W/58, W/60, W/61, W/65, W/69 and W/75. 
authorities on trade facilitation and customs compliance; and, (III) cross-cutting submissions; is provided 

below to facilitate further negotiations. In carrying out this work and in tabling further proposals, 

Members should be mindful of the overall deadline for finishing the negotiations and the resulting need to 

move into focussed drafting mode early enough after the Sixth Ministerial Conference so as to allow for a 

timely conclusion of text-based negotiations on all aspects of the mandate. 

5. Work needs to continue and broaden on the process of identifying individual Member's trade 

facilitation needs and priorities, and the cost implications of possible measures. The Negotiating Group 

recommends that relevant international organizations be invited to continue to assist Members in this 

process, recognizing the important contributions being made by them already, and be encouraged to 

continue and intensify their work more generally in support of the negotiations. 

6. In light of the vital importance of technical assistance and capacity building to allow developing 

countries and LDCs to fully participate in and benefit from the negotiations, the Negotiating Group 

recommends that the commitments in Annex D's mandate in this area be reaffirmed, reinforced and made 

operational in a timely manner. To bring the negotiations to a successful conclusion, special attention 

needs to be paid to support for technical assistance and capacity building that will allow developing 

counties and LDCs to participate effectively in the negotiations, and to technical assistance and capacity 

building to implement the results of the negotiations that is precise, effective and operational, and reflects 

the trade facilitation needs and priorities of developing countries and LDCs. Recognizing the valuable 

assistance already being provided in this area, the Negotiating Group recommends that Members, in 

particular developed ones, continue to intensify their support in a comprehensive manner and on a longterm and sustainable basis, backed by secure funding. 

7. The Negotiating Group also recommends that it deepen and intensify its negotiations on the issue 

of S&DT, with a view to arriving at S&DT provisions that are precise, effective and operational and that 

allow for necessary flexibility in implementing the results of the negotiations. Reaffirming the linkages 

among the elements of Annex D, the Negotiating Group recommends that further negotiations on S&DT 

build on input presented by Members in the context of measures related to GATT Articles V, VIII and X 

and in their proposals of a cross-cutting nature on S&DT. 

PROPOSED MEASURES TO IMPROVE AND CLARIFY GATT ARTICLES V, VIII AND X 

A. PUBLICATION AND AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

• Publication of Trade Regulations 

• Publication of Penalty Provisions 

• Internet Publication 

(a) of elements set out in Article X of GATT 1994 

(b) of specified information setting forth procedural sequence and other requirements for 

importing goods 

• Notification of Trade Regulations 

• Establishment of Enquiry Points/SNFP/Information Centres 

• Other Measures to Enhance the Availability of Information 

B. TIME PERIODS BETWEEN PUBLICATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

• Interval between Publication and Entry into Force 

C. CONSULTATION AND COMMENTS ON NEW AND AMENDED RULES
• Prior Consultation and Commenting on New and Amended Rules 

• Information on Policy Objectives Sought 

 

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

• Provision of Advance Rulings 

E. APPEAL PROCEDURES

• Right of Appeal 

• Release of Goods in Event of Appeal 

F. OTHER MEASURES TO ENHANCE IMPARTIALITY AND NON-DISCRIMINATION

• Uniform Administration of Trade Regulations 

• Maintenance and Reinforcement of Integrity and Ethical Conduct Among Officials 

(a) Establishment of a Code of Conduct 

(b) Computerized System to Reduce/Eliminate Discretion 

(c) System of Penalties 

(d) Technical Assistance to Create/Build up Capacities to Prevent and Control Customs 

Offences 

(e) Appointment of Staff for Education and Training 

(f) Coordination and Control Mechanisms 

G. FEES AND CHARGES CONNECTED WITH IMPORTATION AND EXPORTATION

• General Disciplines on Fees and Charges Imposed on or in Connection with Importation and 

Exportation 

(a) Specific Parameters for Fees/Charges 

(b) Publication/Notification of Fees/Charges 

(c) Prohibition of Collection of Unpublished Fees and Charges 

(d) Periodic Review of Fees/Charges 

(e) Automated Payment 

• Reduction/Minimization of the Number and Diversity of Fees/Charges 

H. FORMALITIES CONNECTED WITH IMPORTATION AND EXPORTATION

• Disciplines on Formalities/Procedures and Data/Documentation Requirements Connected with 

Importation and Exportation 

(a) Non-discrimination 

(b) Periodic Review of Formalities and Requirements 

(c) Reduction/Limitation of Formalities and Documentation Requirements 

(d) Use of International Standards 

(e) Uniform Customs Code 

(f) Acceptance of Commercially Available Information and of Copies 

(g) Automation 

(h) Single Window/One-time Submission 

(i) Elimination of Pre-Shipment Inspection 
(j) Phasing out Mandatory Use of Customs Brokers 

I. CONSULARIZATION

• Prohibition of Consular Transaction Requirement 

J. BORDER AGENCY COOPERATION

• Coordination of Activities and Requirement of all Border Agencies 

K. RELEASE AND CLEARANCE OF GOODS

• Expedited/Simplified Release and Clearance of Goods 

(a) Pre-arrival Clearance 

(b) Expedited Procedures for Express Shipments 

(c) Risk Management /Analysis, Authorized Traders 

(d) Post-Clearance Audit 

(e) Separating Release from Clearance Procedures 

(f) Other Measures to Simplify Customs Release and Clearance 

• Establishment and Publication of Average Release and Clearance Times 

L. TARIFF CLASSIFICATION

• Objective Criteria for Tariff Classification 

M. MATTERS RELATED TO GOODS TRANSIT

• Strengthened Non-discrimination 

• Disciplines on Fees and Charges 

(a) Publication of Fees and Charges and Prohibition of Unpublished ones 

(b) Periodic Review of Fees and Charges 

(c) More effective Disciplines on Charges for Transit 

(d) Periodic Exchange Between Neighbouring Authorities 

• Disciplines on Transit Formalities and Documentation Requirements 

 (a) Periodic Review 

 (b) Reduction/Simplification 

 (c) Harmonization/Standardization 

 (d) Promotion of Regional Transit Arrangements 

 (e) Simplified and Preferential Clearance for Certain Goods 

 (f) Limitation of Inspections and Controls 

 (g) Sealing 

 (h) Cooperation and Coordination on Document Requirements 

 (i) Monitoring 

 (j) Bonded Transport Regime/Guarantees 

• Improved Coordination and Cooperation 

 (a) Amongst Authorities 

 (b) Between Authorities and the Private Sector 

• Operationalization and Clarification of Terms 
II. PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR EFFECTIVE COOPERATION BETWEEN CUSTOMS 

AND OTHER AUTHORITIES ON TRADE FACILITATION AND CUSTOMS 

COMPLIANCE 

• Multilateral Mechanism for the Exchange and Handling of Information 

III. CROSS-CUTTING SUBMISSIONS 

1. Needs and Priorities Identification 

• General tool to assess needs and priorities and current levels of trade facilitation

• Take result of assessment as one basis for establishing trade facilitation rules, arranging S&D 

treatment and providing technical assistance and capacity building support 

2. Technical Assistance and Capacity Building 

- Technical Assistance and Capacity Building in the Course of the Negotiations 

• Identification of Needs and Priorities 

• Compilation of Needs and Priorities of Individual Members 

• Support for Clarification and Educative Process Including Training 

- Technical Assistance and Capacity Building Beyond the Negotiations Phase 

• Implementation of the Outcome 

• Coordination Mechanisms for Implementing Needs and Priorities as well as Commitments 

 

3. Multiple-Areas 

• Identification of Trade Facilitation Needs and Priorities of Members 

• Cost Assessment 

• Inter-Agency Cooperation 

• Links and Inter-relationship between the Elements of Annex D 

• Inventory of Trade Facilitation Measures 

• Assessment of the Current Situation 

• Timing and Sequencing of Measures 
Annex F 

Special and Differential Treatment 

LDC Agreement-specific Proposals 

23) Understanding in Respect of Waivers of Obligations under the GATT 1994 

(i) We agree that requests for waivers by least-developed country Members under Article IX of the 

WTO Agreement and the Understanding in respect of Waivers of Obligations under the GATT 1994 shall 

be given positive consideration and a decision taken within 60 days. 

(ii) When considering requests for waivers by other Members exclusively in favour of leastdeveloped country Members, we agree that a decision shall be taken within 60 days, or in exceptional 

circumstances as expeditiously as possible thereafter, without prejudice to the rights of other Members. 

36) Decision on Measures in Favour of Least-Developed Countries

We agree that developed-country Members shall, and developing-country Members declaring themselves 

in a position to do so should: 

(a) (i) Provide duty-free and quota-free market access on a lasting basis, for all products originating 

from all LDCs by 2008 or no later than the start of the implementation period in a manner that 

ensures stability, security and predictability. 

 (ii) Members facing difficulties at this time to provide market access as set out above shall provide 

duty-free and quota-free market access for at least 97 per cent of products originating from LDCs, 

defined at the tariff line level, by 2008 or no later than the start of the implementation period. In 

addition, these Members shall take steps to progressively achieve compliance with the obligations 

set out above, taking into account the impact on other developing countries at similar levels of 

development, and, as appropriate, by incrementally building on the initial list of covered products. 

 (iii) Developing-country Members shall be permitted to phase in their commitments and shall enjoy 

appropriate flexibility in coverage. 

(b) Ensure that preferential rules of origin applicable to imports from LDCs are transparent and 

simple, and contribute to facilitating market access. 

Members shall notify the implementation of the schemes adopted under this decision every year to the 

Committee on Trade and Development. The Committee on Trade and Development shall annually 

review the steps taken to provide duty-free and quota-free market access to the LDCs and report to the 

General Council for appropriate action. 

We urge all donors and relevant international institutions to increase financial and technical support 

aimed at the diversification of LDC economies, while providing additional financial and technical 

assistance through appropriate delivery mechanisms to meet their implementation obligations, including 

fulfilling SPS and TBT requirements, and to assist them in managing their adjustment processes, 

including those necessary to face the results of MFN multilateral trade liberalisation. 

38) Decision on Measures in Favour of Least-Developed Countries
It is reaffirmed that least-developed country Members will only be required to undertake commitments 

and concessions to the extent consistent with their individual development, financial or trade needs, or 

their administrative and institutional capacities. 

Within the context of coherence arrangements with other international institutions, we urge donors, 

multilateral agencies and international financial institutions to coordinate their work to ensure that LDCs 

are not subjected to conditionalities on loans, grants and official development assistance that are 

inconsistent with their rights and obligations under the WTO Agreements. 

84) Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures 

LDCs shall be allowed to maintain on a temporary basis existing measures that deviate from their 

obligations under the TRIMs Agreement. For this purpose, LDCs shall notify the Council for Trade in 

Goods (CTG) of such measures within two years, starting 30 days after the date of this declaration. LDCs 

will be allowed to maintain these existing measures until the end of a new transition period, lasting seven 

years. This transition period may be extended by the CTG under the existing procedures set out in the 

TRIMs Agreement, taking into account the individual financial, trade, and development needs of the 

Member in question. 

LDCs shall also be allowed to introduce new measures that deviate from their obligations under the 

TRIMs Agreement. These new TRIMs shall be notified to the CTG no later than six months after their 

adoption. The CTG shall give positive consideration to such notifications, taking into account the 

individual financial, trade, and development needs of the Member in question. The duration of these 

measures will not exceed five years, renewable subject to review and decision by the CTG. 

Any measures incompatible with the TRIMs Agreement and adopted under this decision shall be phased 

out by year 2020. 

88) Decision on Measures in Favour of Least-Developed Countries–Paragraph 1

Least-developed country Members, whilst reaffirming their commitment to the fundamental principles of 

the WTO and relevant provisions of GATT 1994, and while complying with the general rules set out in 

the aforesaid instruments, will only be required to undertake commitments and concessions to the extent 

consistent with their individual development, financial and trade needs, and their administrative and 

institutional capabilities. Should a least-developed country Member find that it is not in a position to 

comply with a specific obligation or commitment on these grounds, it shall bring the matter to the 

attention of the General Council for examination and appropriate action. 

We agree that the implementation by LDCs of their obligations or commitments will require further 

technical and financial support directly related to the nature and scope of such obligations or 

commitments, and direct the WTO to coordinate its efforts with donors and relevant agencies to 

significantly increase aid for trade-related technical assistance and capacity building. 

__________ 
U.S. SUBMISSIONS TO THE WTO IN SUPPORT 

OF THE DOHA DEVELOPMENT AGENDA 

(WTO Document Symbol in Parentheses) 

Committee on Agriculture, Special Session

• Export Competition, Market Access and Domestic Support (JOB(02)/122) 

• Joint EC-US Paper on Agriculture (JOB(03)/157) 

• Proposal for Tariff Rate Quota Reform (G/AG/NG/W/58) 

• Proposal for Comprehensive Long-Term Agricultural Trade Reform (G/AG/NG/W/15) 

• Note on Domestic Support Reform (G/AG/NG/W/16) 

• Tariff Quota Administration (JOB(06)/188) 

• Domestic Support Simulations – Simulations (JOB(06)/186) 

• Tariff Quota Administration - Communication by the United States (JOB(06)/184) 

• Comments on Food Aid (JOB(06)/183) 

• Agriculture Domestic Support Simulations – Simulations (JOB(06)/151) 

• Applied Tariff Simulations - Agriculture - Summary of Results (JOB(06)/152) 

• United States Communication on Special Products (JOB(06)/137) 

• United States Communication on Export Credits, Export Credit Guarantees or Insurance Programs 

(JOB(06)/119) 

• United States Communication on State Trading Export Enterprises (JOB(06)/79) 

• United States Communication on Domestic Support - Annex 2 - Domestic Support: The Basis for 

Exemption from the Reduction Commitments (JOB(06)/80) 

• United States' Communication on Food Aid (JOB(06)/78) 

• Market Access Simulations – Simulations (JOB(06)/63) 

 

Council on Trade in Services, Special Session 

• Framework for Negotiation (S/CSS/W/4) 

• Proposals for Negotiation (JOB(00)/8376) 

• Accounting Services (S/CSS/W/20) 

• Audiovisual and Related Services (S/CSS/W/21) 

• Distribution Services (S/CSS/W/22) 

• Higher (Tertiary) Education, Adult Education and Training (S/CSS/W/23) 

• Energy Services (S/CSS/W/24) 

• Environmental Services (S/CSS/W/25) 

• Express Delivery Services (S/CSS/W/26) 

• Financial Services (S/CSS/W/27) 

• Legal Services (S/CSS/W/28) 

• Movement of Natural Persons (S/CSS/W/29) 

• Market Access in Telecommunications and Complementary Services (S/CSS/W/30) 

• Tourism and Hotels (S/CSS/W/31) 

• Transparency in Domestic Regulation (S/CSS/W/102) 

• Advertising and Related Services (S/CSS/W/100) 

• Desirability of a Safeguard Mechanism for Services: Promoting Liberalization of Trade in Services 

(S/WPGR/W/37) 

• Modalities for the Special Treatment For Least-Developed Country Members in the Negotiations on 

Trade In Services – JOB(03)/133 

• U.S. Government Points of Contact in Least-Developed Country Members (JOB (03)/33) 

• Proposed Guide for Scheduling Commitments on Energy Services in the WTO (JOB(03)/89) 
• Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (TN/S/W/5) 

• Initial Offer (TN/S/O/USA) 

• An Assessment of Services Trade and Liberalization in the United States and Developing Economies 

(TN/S/W/12) 

• Joint Statement on Market Access in Services (JOB(04)/176) 

• U.S. Proposal for Transparency Disciplines in Domestic Regulation: Building on Existing 

International Disciplines and Proposals (JOB(04)/128) 

• Communication from the United States: Horizontal Transparency Disciplines in Domestic Regulation 

(JOB(06)/182) 

• Outline of the U.S. position on a Draft Consolidated Text in the WPDR (JOB(06)/223) 

• Classification in the Telecommunications Sector under the WTO-GATS Framework (TN/S/W/35 

and S/CSC/W/45) 

• Guidelines for Scheduling Commitments Concerning Postal and Courier Services, including Express 

Delivery (TN/S/W/30) 

• Joint Statement on Liberalization of Logistics Services (TN/S/W/34)

• Joint Statement on Legal Services (TN/S/W/37 and S/CSC/W/46)

• Legal Services – Objectives for Further Liberalisation and Limitations to be Removed (JOB(05)/276)

• Joint Statement on Liberalization of Construction and Related Engineering Services (JOB(05)/130) 

• Joint Statement on Liberalization of Financial Services (JOB(05)/17) 

• Working Toward a Productive Information Exchange (in the Working Party on GATS Rules) 

(JOB(05)/5) 

• Statement on Services of Common Interest in the Energy Sector (JOB(06)/17) 

• Implementation of the Modalities for the Special Treatment for Least Developed Country Members in 

the Trade in Services Negotiations (JOB(06)/77) 

• Revised Services Offer (TN/S/O/USA/Rev.1) 

 

Negotiating Group on Market Access

• Tariffs & Trade Data Needs Assessment (TN/MA/W/2) 

• Negotiations on Environmental Goods (TN/MA/W/3 and TN/TE/W/8) 

• Modalities Proposal (TN/MA/W/18) 

• Proposal on Modalities for Addressing Non-Tariff Barriers (NTBs) (TN/MA/W/18/Add.1) 

• Revenue Implications of Trade Liberalization (TN/MA/W/18/Add.2) 

• Vertical NTB Modality (TN/MA/W/18/Add.3) 

• Contribution on an Environmental Goods Modality (TN/TE/W/38) & (TN/MA/W/18/Add.5) 

• Liberalizing Trade in Environmental Goods (TN/MA/W/3, TN/MA/W/18/Add.4, Add.5, and Add.7) 

• Non-Tariff Barrier Notifications (TN/MA/W/46/Add.8) 

• Non-Tariff Barrier Notifications – Revision (TN/MA/W/46/Add.8/Rev.1)

• Non-Agricultural Market Access: Modalities (TN/MA/W/44) 

• Contribution by Canada, European Communities and United States, Non-Agricultural Market Access: 

Modalities (JOB(03)/163) 

• Progress Report: Discussions on Forestry NTBs (TN/MA/W/48/Add.1) 

• Negotiating NTBs Related to Remanufacturing and Refurbishing (TN/MA/W/18/Add.11) 

• A View To Harmonize Textile, Apparel, and Footwear Labeling Requirements 

(TN/MA/W/18/Add.12) 

• Progress Report: WTO NAMA Discussions on Autos NTBs (TN/MA/W/18/Add.9) 

• Tariff Elimination in the Gems and Jewelry Sector (TN/MA/W/61) 

• Tariff Liberalization in the Forest Products Sector (TN/MA/W/64) 

• Tariff Elimination in the Electronics/Electrical Sector (TN/MA/W/59) 
• Initial List of Environmental Goods (TN/MA/W/18/Add.7 or TN/TE/W/52) 

• Treatment of Non Ad Valorem Technical Tariffs (TN/MA/W/18/Add.8) 

• Tariff Liberalization in the Chemicals Sector (TN/MA/W/58) 

• How to Create a Critical Mass Sectoral Initiative (TN/MA/W/55) 

• U.S. Proposal on Negotiating NTBs Related to the Auto Sector (TN/MA/W/18/Add.6) 

• Non-Tariff Barriers Building Codes and the Wood Products Sector (TN/MA/W/48) 

• Non-Tariff Barriers – Requests (TN/MA/NTR/3)

• Tariff Elimination in the Electronics/Electrical Sector (TN/MA/W/69) 

• Open Access to Enhanced Healthcare (JOB(06)/35) 

• Progress Report: NTB Discussions Related to Remanufactured and Refurbished Goods 

(TN/MA/W/18/Add.10) and (TN/MA/W/18/Add.10/Corr.1) 

• Tariff Liberalisation in the Forest Products Sector1 (TN/MA/W/75) 

• Negotiating Text on Textiles, Apparel, Footwear and Travel Goods Labeling Requirements 

(TN/MA/W/18/Add.14) 

• Tariff Liberalization in the Chemicals Sector (TN/MA/W/72) 

• Progress Report: Sectoral Discussions on Tariff Elimination in the Chemicals Sector 

(TN/MA/W/18/Add.1)

• Tariff Elimination in the Electronics/Electrical Sector JOB(06)/85 

• Negotiating Proposal on Tariff Liberalisation in the Forest Products Sector JOB(06)/128 

• Market Access for Environmental Goods TN/MA/W/70 

• Negotiating Proposal on Tariff Elimination in the Gems and Jewellery Sector TN/MA/W/61/Add.2 

• Swiss Dual proposal JOB(05)/36 

• Analytical Contributions June 2005 JOB(05)/97 

• Room Document for Simulation Presentation March 06. Actual doc # unknown. 

Negotiating Group on Rules

• Fisheries Subsidies -- Joint communication from the United States, Australia, Chile, Ecuador, Iceland, 

New Zealand, Peru, and the Philippines (TN/RL/W/3) 

• Fisheries Subsidies (TN/RL/W/21) 

• OECD Steel Paper (TN/RL/W/24) 

• Questions on Papers Submitted to Rules Negotiating Group (TN/RL/W/25) 

• Basic Concepts of the Trade Remedies Rules (TN/RL/W/27) 

• Special and Differential Treatment and the Subsidies Agreement (TN/RL/W/33) 

• Second Set of Questions from the United States on Papers Submitted to the Rules Negotiating Group 

(TN/RL/W/34) 

• Investigatory Procedures Under The Antidumping and Subsidies Agreements (TN/RL/W/35) 

• Communication From The United States Attaching A Communiqué From The Organization For 

Economic Cooperation And Development (OECD) (TN/RL/W/49) 

• Circumvention (TN/RL/W/50) 

• Replies To Questions Presented To The United States On Submission TN/Rl/W/27 (TN/RL/W/53) 

• Third Set Of Questions From The United States On Papers Submitted To The Rules Negotiating 

Group (TN/RL/W/54) 

• Responses By The United States To Questions From Australia On Investigatory Procedures Under 

The Anti-Dumping And Subsidies Agreements (TN/RL/W/71) 

• Identification Of Certain Major Issues Under The Anti-Dumping And Subsidies Agreements 

(TN/RL/W/72) 

• Possible Approaches To Improved Disciplines On Fisheries Subsidies (TN/RL/W/77) 

• Subsidies Disciplines Requiring Clarification And Improvement (TN/RL/W/78) 
• Elements Of A Steel Subsidies Agreement (TN/RL/W/95) 

• Identification of Additional Issues under the Anti-dumping and Subsidies Agreements (TN/RL/W/98) 

• Fourth Set Of Questions From The United States On Papers Submitted To The Rules Negotiating 

Group (TN/RL/W/103) 

• Further Issues Identified Under The Anti-Dumping And Subsidies Agreements For Discussion By the 

Negotiating Group On Rules (TN/RL/W/130) 

• Replies to the Questions from India on TN/RL/W/35 (TN/RL/W/147) 

• Three Issues Identified by the United States (TN/RL/W/153) 

• Accrual of Interest (TN/RL/W/168) 

• Additional Views on the Structure of the Fisheries Subsidies Negotiations (TN/RL/W/169) 

• Fisheries Subsidies (TN/RL/W/196) (co-sponsored with Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Iceland, 

New Zealand, Pakistan and Peru) 

• Allocation of Subsidy Benefits Over Time (TN/RL/GEN/4) 

• Exchange Rates (TN/RL/W/GEN/5) 

• New Shipper Reviews (TN/RL/GEN/11) 

• Allocation Periods for Subsidy Benefits (TN/RL/GEN/12) 

• Prompt Access to Non-Confidential Information (TN/RL/GEN/13) 

• Conduct of Verifications (TN/RL/GEN/15) 

• All-Others Rate (TN/RL/GEN/16) 

• Expensing Versus Allocating Subsidy Benefits (TN/RL/GEN/17/Rev.1) 

• Preliminary Determinations (TN/RL/GEN/25) 

• Circumvention (TN/RL/GEN/29) 

• Fisheries Subsidies – Programmes for Decommissioning of Vessels and Licence Retirement 

(TN/RL/GEN/41) 

• Further Submission on When and How to Allocate Subsidy Benefits Over Time (TN/RL/GEN/45) 

• Further Comments on Lesser Duty Proposals (TN/RL/GEN/58) 

• Causation (TN/RL/GEN/59) 

• Submission on Circumvention (TN/RL/GEN/71) 

• Identification of Parties (TN/RL/GEN/89) (co-sponsored with Brazil) 

• Access to Non-Confidential Information (TN/RL/GEN/90) 

• New Shipper Reviews (TN/RL/GEN/91) 

• Expanding the Prohibited “Red Light“ Subsidy Category (TN/RL/GEN/94) 

• Further Submission on Facts Available (TN/RL/GEN/105) 

• Circumvention (TN/RL/GEN/106) 

• Exchange Rates (TN/RL/GEN/107) 

• Disclosure of Essential Preliminary Legal and Factual Considerations (Mandatory Preliminary 

Determinations) (TN/RL/GEN/108) 

• Fisheries Subsidies (TN/RL/GEN/127) 

• Causation (TN/RL/GEN/128) 

• (Definition of Domestic Industry for Perishable, Seasonal Agricultural Products (TN/RL/GEN/129) 

• Allocation and Expensing of Subsidies Benefits (TN/RL/GEN/130) 

• Collection of Anti-Dumping Duties under Article 9.3 (TN/RL/GEN/131) 

• Conduct of On-the-Spot Investigations (TN/RL/GEN/132) 

• Disclosure of Calculations in Preliminary and Final Determinations (TN/RL/GEN/133) 

 

Committee on Antidumping Practices

• Proposal for Operationalization of Art. 15 (G/ADP/AHG/W/138) 

• Draft Recommendation on Operationalizing Art. 15 (G/ADP/AHG/W/143) 
• Para. 7.4: Annual Reviews of the Antidumping Agreement (G/ADP/W/427) 

Committee on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures 

• Approval of Qualifying Requests under SCM Article. 27.4, Joint communication from the United 

States, Australia, Canada, the EU, Japan and Switzerland (G/SCM/W/521) 

1.

 Dispute Settlement Body, Special Session 

• Contribution of the United States to the Improvement of the Dispute Settlement Understanding of the 

WTO-Related to Transparency (TN/DS/W/13) 

• Negotiations on Improvements And Clarifications of the Dispute Settlement Understanding on 

Improving Flexibility and Member Control in WTO Dispute Settlement (TN/DS/W/28)

• Further Contribution of The United States to The Improvement of The Dispute Settlement 

Understanding of the WTO Related to Transparency (TN/DS/W/46) 

• Negotiations on Improvements and Clarifications of the Dispute Settlement Understanding on 

Improving Flexibility and Member Control in WTO Dispute Settlement, Joint communication from 

United States and Chile (TN/DS/W/52) 

• Some Questions for Consideration on Item(f) (TN/DS/W/74) 

• Contribution of the United States on Some Practical Considerations in Improving the Dispute 

Settlement Understanding of the WTO Related to Transparency and Open Meetings (TN/DS/W/79) 

• Further Contribution of the United States on Improving Flexibility and Member Control in WTO 

Dispute Settlement (TN/DS/W/82) 

• Further Contribution of the United States on Improving Flexibility and Member Control in WTO 

Dispute Settlement, Addendum (TN/DS/W/82/Add.1) 

• Further Contribution of the United States on Improving Flexibility and Member Control in WTO 

Dispute Settlement, Addendum, Corrigendum (TN/DS/W/82/Add.1/Corr.1) 

• Further Contribution of the United States to the Improvement of the Dispute Settlement 

Understanding of the WTO Related to Transparency - Revised Legal Drafting (TN/DS/W/86)

• Dispute Settlement Body - Special Session - Negotiations on Improvements and Clarifications of the 

Dispute Settlement Understanding - Further Contribution of the United States on Improving 

Flexibility and Member Control - Addendum (TN/DS/W/82/Add.2) 

Trade Facilitation 

• Article VIII - Fees and Formalities (G/C/W/384) 

• Article X - Publication and Administration (G/C/W/400) 

• Integrated and Comprehensive Approach to Special and Differential Treatment (G/C/W/451) 

• Communication on Trade Facilitation (JOB(04)/103) 

• Introduction to Proposals by the United States of America (TN/TF/W/11) 

• Advance Binding Rulings (TN/TF/W/12) 

• Proposal on Transparency and Publication (TN/TF/W/13) 

• Communication from the United States (TN/TF/W/14) 

• Express Shipments (TN/TF/W/15) 

• Release of Goods (TN/TF/W/21) 

• Consularization - Proposal from Uganda and the United States (TN/TF/W/22) 

• Multilateral Mechanism - Proposal from India and the United States (TN/TF/W/57) 

• United States Assistance on Trade Facilitation (TN/TF/W/71) 

• Communication from Australia, Canada and the United States - Draft Text on Advance Rulings 

(TN/TF/W/125) 
• Communication from Uganda and the United States – Consularization (TN/TF/W/104 and Add.1) 

• Communication from the United States - Express Shipments (TN/TF/W/91) 

• Communication from Chile, Peru, and the United States - Internet Publication (TN/TF/W/89) 

• Communication from Australia, Canada, and the United States - Common Elements of Advance 

Rulings (TN/TF/W/80) 

Committee on Trade and Environment, Regular and Special Session 

• Sub-Paragraph 31 (i) of the Doha Declaration – Relationship between existing WTO rules and 

specific trade obligations set out in Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs) (TN/TE/W/20 

and TN/TE/W/40) 

• Sub-Paragraph 31 (ii) of the Doha Declaration - Procedures for information exchange between MEA 

Secretariats and relevant WTO committees and criteria for granting MEA observer status 

(TN/TE/W/5) 

• Sub-Paragraph 31(iii) of the Doha Declaration – Market access for environmental goods and services 

(TN/TE/W/8, TN/TE/W/34, TN/TE/W/38, TN/TE/W/52, TN/TE/W/64, TN/TE/W/65, JOB(06)140 

and JOB(06)169)

• Paragraph 33 of the Doha Declaration (WT/CTE/W/227)

Five dual submissions on Environmental Goods to the Committee on Trade and Environment Special 

Session and the Negotiating Group on Market Access are also listed under the Negotiating Group on 

Market Access. 

Council on TRIPS, Regular & Special Session 

• Questions and Answers: Comparison of Proposals (TN/IP/W/1) 

• Issues for Discussion, Article 23.4 (TN/IP/W/2) 

• Proposal for a Multilateral System of Registration and Protection of Geographic Indications for Wine 

& Spirits Based on Article 23.4 of the TRIPS Agreement (TN/IP/W/5) 

• Multilateral System of Registration and Protection of Geographic Indications for Wine & Spirits 

(TN/IP/W/6) 

• Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on TRIPS and Public Health (IP/C/W/340) 

• Second Submission on Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration on TRIPS and Public Health 

(IP/C/W/358) 

• Implications of Article 23 Extension (IP/C/W/386) 

• Moratorium to Address Needs of Developing and Least-Developed Members with No or Insufficient 

Manufacturing Capacities in the Pharmaceutical Sector (IP/C/W/396) 

• Joint Proposal for a Multilateral System of Notification and Registration of Geographical Indications 

for Wines and Spirits (TN/IP/W/9) 

• Article 27.3(B), Relationship between the TRIPS Agreement and the CBD, and the Protection of 

Traditional Knowledge and Folklore (IP/C/W/434) 

• Technology Transfer Practices of the U.S. National Cancer Institute's Departmental Therapeutics 

Program (IP/C/W/341) 

• Access to Genetic Resources: Regime of the United States’ National Parks (IP/C/W/393) 

• Proposed Draft TRIPS Council Decision on the Establishment of a Multilateral System of 

Notification and Registration of Geographical Indications for Wines and Spirits (TN/IP/W/10 and 

Add.1) 

• Article 27.3(B), Relationship between the TRIPS Agreement and the CBD and the Protection of 

Traditional Knowledge and Folklore (IP/C/W/449) 
• Comments on Implementation of the 30 August 2003 Agreement (Solution) on the TRIPS Agreement 

and Public Health (IP/C/W/444)

• Relationship between the Trips Agreement and the CBD, and the Protection of Traditional 

Knowledge and Folklore (IP/C/W/469) 

Committee on Trade and Development, Special Session 

• Remarks on the Review of Special and Differential Treatment (TN/CTD/W/9) 

• Monitoring Mechanism (TN/CTD/W/19)

• Approach to Agreement-Specific Proposals (TN/CTD/W/27)

Working Group on Transparency in Government Procurement 

• Capacity Building Questions (WT/WGTGP/W/34) 

• Workplan Proposal (WT/WGTGP/W/35)

• Considerations Related to Enforcement of an Agreement on Transparency in Government

Procurement (WT/WGTGP/W/38)

Work Program on Electronic Commerce 

• Work Program on Electronic Commerce (WT/GC/W/493/Rev.1) 

Working Group on the Relationship between Trade and Investment 

• Covering FDI & Portfolio Investment in an Agreement (WT/WGTI/W/142) 

Working Group on the Interaction between Trade and Competition Policy 

• Technical Assistance (WT/WGTCP/W/185) 

• Hardcore Cartels (WT/WGTCP/W/203) 

• Voluntary Cooperation (WT/WGTCP/W/204) 

• Transparency & Non-discrimination (WT/WGTCP/W/218) 

• Procedural Fairness (WT/WGTCP/W/219) 

• The Benefits of Peer Review in the WTO Competition Context (WT/WGTCP/W/233) 

Updated: 13 Oct 2006 
WTO Affinity Groups in the DDA 

(As of October 2006) 

G-20 G-33 G-10 NAMA-11 LDCs in WTO 

Argentina Antigua- Barbuda Chinese Taipei Argentina Angola 

Bolivia Barbados Iceland Brazil** Bangladesh** 

Brazil** Belize Israel Egypt Benin 

Chile Benin Japan India** Burkina Faso 

China Bolivia Korea Indonesia Burundi 

Cuba Botswana Liechtenstein Namibia Cambodia 

Ecuador China Mauritius Philippines Central Africa Rep 

Egypt Congo Norway South Africa** Chad 

Guatemala Cote d’Ivoire Switzerland** Tunisia Congo, DRC 

India Cuba Venezuela Djibouti 

Indonesia Dominica Gambia 

Mexico Dominican Rep. Guinea 

Nigeria El Salvador Guinea Bissau 

Pakistan Grenada Haiti 

Paraguay Guatemala Lesotho 

Peru Guyana Madagascar 

Philippines Haiti Malawi 

South Africa Honduras Maldives 

Tanzania India Mali 

Thailand Indonesia** Mauritania 

Uruguay Jamaica Mozambique 

Venezuela Kenya Myanmar (Burma) 

Zimbabwe Korea Nepal 

Mauritius Niger 

 Mongolia Rwanda 

 Montserrat Senegal 

 Mozambique Sierra Leone 

 Nicaragua Solomon Islands 

 Nigeria Tanzania 

 Pakistan Togo 

 Panama Uganda 

 Peru Zambia 

 Philippines 

 St. Kitts &Nevis LDCs acceding:

 St. Lucia Bhutan 

 St. Vincent & Grenadines Cape Verde 

 Senegal Ethiopia 

 Sri Lanka Laos 

 Suriname Samoa 

 Tanzania Sudan 

 Trinidad &Tobago Vanuatu 

 Turkey Yemen 

 Uganda 

 Venezuela WTO Observers: 

 Zambia Equatorial Guinea 

 Zimbabwe Sao Tome & Principe

** = Group Coordinator 
MEMBERSHIP OF THE WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION

as of January 1, 2007 (149 Members) 

Government Entry into Force/ 

Membership 

Government Entry into Force/ 

Membership 

Albania September 8, 2000 Democratic Republic of 

the Congo 

January 1, 1997

Angola November 23, 1996 Denmark January 1, 1995

Antigua and Barbuda January 1, 1995 Djibouti May 31, 1995

Argentina January 1, 1995 Dominica January 1, 1995

Armenia February 5, 2003 Dominican Republic March 9, 1995

Australia January 1, 1995 Ecuador January 21, 1996

Austria January 1, 1995 Egypt June 30, 1995

Bahrain January 1, 1995 El Salvador May 7, 1995

Bangladesh January 1, 1995 Estonia November 13, 1999

Barbados January 1, 1995 European Union January 1, 1995

Belgium January 1, 1995 Fiji January 14, 1996

Belize January 1, 1995 Finland January 1, 1995

Benin February 22, 1996 France January 1, 1995

Bolivia September 12, 1995 Gabon January 1, 1995

Botswana May 31, 1995 Georgia June 14, 2000

Brazil January 1, 1995 Germany January 1, 1995

Brunei Darussalam January 1, 1995 Ghana January 1, 1995

Bulgaria December 1, 1996 Greece January 1, 1995

Burkina Faso June 3, 1995 Grenada February 22, 1996

Burundi July 23, 1995 Guatemala July 21, 1995

Cambodia October 12. 2004 Guinea October 25, 1995

Cameroon December 13, 1995 Guinea Bissau May 31, 1995

Canada January 1, 1995 Guyana January 1, 1995

Central African 

Republic 

May 31, 1995 Haiti January 30, 1996

Chad October 19, 1996 Honduras January 1, 1995

Chile January 1, 1995 Hong Kong, China January 1, 1995

China December 11, 2001 Hungary January 1, 1995

Colombia April 30, 1995 Iceland January 1, 1995

Congo March 27, 1997 India January 1, 1995

Costa Rica January 1, 1995 Indonesia January 1, 1995

Côte d'Ivoire January 1, 1995 Ireland January 1, 1995

Croatia November 30, 2000 Israel April 21, 1995

Cuba April 20, 1995 Italy January 1, 1995

Cyprus July 30, 1995 Jamaica March 9, 1995

Czech Republic January 1, 1995 Japan January 1, 1995
MEMBERSHIP OF THE WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (cont.) 

Government Entry into Force/ 

Membership 

Government Entry into Force/ 

Membership 

Jordan April 11, 2000 Norway January 1, 1995

Kenya January 1, 1995 Oman November 9, 2000

Korea, Republic of January 1, 1995 Pakistan January 1, 1995

Kuwait January 1, 1995 Panama September 6, 1997

Kyrgyz Republic December 20, 1998 Papua New Guinea June 9, 1996

Latvia February 10, 1999 Paraguay January 1, 1995

Lesotho May 31, 1995 Peru January 1, 1995

Liechtenstein September 1, 1995 Philippines January 1, 1995

Lithuania May 31, 2001 Poland July 1, 1995

Luxembourg January 1, 1995 Portugal January 1, 1995

Macao, China January 1, 1995 Qatar January 13, 1996

Macedonia April 4, 2003 Romania January 1, 1995

Madagascar November 17, 1995 Rwanda May 22, 1996

Malawi May 31, 1995 Saint Kitts and Nevis February 21, 1996

Malaysia January 1, 1995 Saint Lucia January 1, 1995

Maldives May 31, 1995 Saint Vincent and the 

Grenadines 

January 1, 1995

Mali May 31, 1995 Saudi Arabia December 11, 2005

Malta January 1, 1995 Senegal January 1, 1995

Mauritania May 31, 1995 Sierra Leone July 23, 1995

Mauritius January 1, 1995 Singapore January 1, 1995

Mexico January 1, 1995 Slovak Republic January 1, 1995

Moldova July 26, 2001 Slovenia July 30, 1995

Mongolia January 29, 1997 Solomon Islands July 26, 1996

Morocco January 1, 1995 South Africa January 1, 1995

Mozambique August 26, 1995 Spain January 1, 1995

Myanmar January 1, 1995 Sri Lanka January 1, 1995

Namibia January 1, 1995 Suriname January 1, 1995

Nepal April 14, 2003 Swaziland January 1, 1995

Netherlands - For the 

Kingdom in Europe and 

Netherlands Antilles 

January 1, 1995 Sweden January 1, 1995

New Zealand January 1, 1995 Switzerland July 1, 1995

Nicaragua September 3, 1995 Taiwan (referred to in 

the WTO as Chinese 

Taipei) 

January 1, 2002

Niger December 13, 1996 Tanzania January 1, 1995

Nigeria January 1, 1995 Thailand January 1, 1995
MEMBERSHIP OF THE WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (cont.)

Government Entry into Force/ 

Membership 

Government Entry into Force/ 

Membership 

The Gambia October 23, 1996 United Kingdom January 1, 1995

Togo May 31, 1995 United States January 1, 1995

Trinidad and Tobago March 1, 1995 Uruguay January 1, 1995

Tunisia March 29, 1995 Venezuela January 1, 1995

Turkey March 26, 1995 Zambia January 1, 1995

Uganda January 1, 1995 Zimbabwe March 5, 1995

United Arab Emirates April 10, 1996
PROPOSED REVISED SCALE OF CONTRIBUTIONS FOR 2007 

(Minimum contribution of 0.015 per cent) 

 2006 Interest 

MEMBERS Contribution 

2007 

Contribution earned 

2007 net 

Contribution 

 CHF CHF % CHF45 CHF 

Albania 29,529 34,295 0.019 41 34,254 

Angola 137,223 182,305 0.101 213 182,092 

Antigua and Barbuda 26,055 27,075 0.015 1 27,074 

Argentina 625,320 608,285 0.337 0 608,285 

Armenia 26,055 27,075 0.015 24 27,051 

Australia 1,933,281 2,019,795 1.119 4,026 2,015,769 

Austria 2,400,534 2,530,610 1.402 4,967 2,525,643 

Bahrain 135,486 142,595 0.079 159 142,436 

Bangladesh 182,385 187,720 0.104 124 187,596 

Barbados 31,266 30,685 0.017 44 30,641 

Belgium 4,549,203 4,757,980 2.636 3,927 4,754,053 

Belize 26,055 27,075 0.015 35 27,040 

Benin 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Bolivia 39,951 41,515 0.023 0 41,515 

Botswana 57,321 57,760 0.032 90 57,670 

Brazil 1,509,453 1,573,960 0.872 1,798 1,572,162 

Brunei Darussalam 62,532 74,005 0.041 0 74,005 

Bulgaria 187,596 216,600 0.120 342 216,258 

Burkina Faso 26,055 27,075 0.015 46 27,029 

Burundi 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Cambodia 50,373 63,175 0.035 0 63,175 

Cameroon 53,847 52,345 0.029 0 52,345 

Canada 6,652,710 6,638,790 3.678 14,021 6,624,769 

Central African Republic 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Chad 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Chile 501,993 534,280 0.296 275 534,005 

China, People's Republic of 7,102,593 8,528,625 4.725 0 8,528,625 

Colombia 338,715 346,560 0.192 123 346,437 

Congo 39,951 37,905 0.021 0 37,905 

Costa Rica 170,226 166,060 0.092 81 165,979 

Côte d'Ivoire 104,220 108,300 0.060 0 108,300 

Croatia 253,602 281,580 0.156 429 281,151 

Cuba 100,746 102,885 0.057 185 102,700 

Cyprus 118,116 122,740 0.068 218 122,522 

Czech Republic 974,457 1,104,660 0.612 1,759 1,102,901 

 45 Interest earned in 2005 under the Early Payment Encouragement Scheme (L/6384) and to be deducted 

from the 2007 contribution. 
 2006 Interest 

MEMBERS Contribution 

2007 

Contribution earned 

2007 net 

Contribution 

 CHF CHF % CHF45 CHF 

Democratic Republic of the Congo 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Denmark 1,684,890 1,759,875 0.975 3,484 1,756,391 

Djibouti 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Dominica 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Dominican Republic 206,703 196,745 0.109 0 196,745 

Ecuador 138,960 148,010 0.082 168 147,842 

Egypt 420,354 433,200 0.240 279 432,921 

El Salvador 105,957 106,495 0.059 154 106,341 

Estonia 119,853 135,375 0.075 254 135,121 

European Communities 0 - 0.000 0 0 

Fiji 26,055 27,075 0.015 46 27,029 

Finland 1,056,096 1,095,635 0.607 2,328 1,093,307 

Former Yugoslavia Republic of 

Macedonia 41,688 43,320 0.024 0 43,320 

France 8,723,214 8,943,775 4.955 15,063 8,928,712 

Gabon 52,110 50,540 0.028 0 50,540 

Gambia 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Georgia 26,055 28,880 0.016 0 28,880 

Germany 15,297,759 15,871,365 8.793 31,229 15,840,136 

Ghana 69,480 70,395 0.039 41 70,354 

Greece 812,916 871,815 0.483 1,281 870,534 

Grenada 26,055 27,075 0.015 1 27,074 

Guatemala 112,905 115,520 0.064 228 115,292 

Guinea 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Guinea-Bissau 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Guyana 26,055 27,075 0.015 9 27,066 

Haiti 26,055 27,075 0.015 9 27,066 

Honduras 66,006 66,785 0.037 114 66,671 

Hong Kong, China 5,301,324 5,463,735 3.027 11,818 5,451,917 

Hungary 915,399 1,021,630 0.566 1,813 1,019,817 

Iceland 74,691 77,615 0.043 158 77,457 

India 1,585,881 1,498,150 0.830 1,611 1,496,539 

Indonesia 1,314,909 1,395,265 0.773 577 1,394,688 

Ireland 2,148,669 2,306,790 1.278 4,717 2,302,073 

Israel 951,876 956,650 0.530 1,332 955,318 

Italy 6,939,315 7,201,950 3.990 9,249 7,192,701 

Jamaica 90,324 88,445 0.049 24 88,421 

Japan 10,326,465 10,429,290 5.778 16,562 10,412,728 

Jordan 109,431 119,130 0.066 170 118,960 

Kenya 72,954 75,810 0.042 90 75,720 
Korea, Republic of 4,264,335 4,566,650 2.530 6,502 4,560,148 

Kuwait 347,400 382,660 0.212 252 382,408 

Kyrgyz Republic 26,055 27,075 0.015 36 27,039 

Latvia 92,061 102,885 0.057 190 102,695 

Lesotho 26,055 27,075 0.015 50 27,025 

Liechtenstein 43,425 43,320 0.024 87 43,233 

Lithuania 156,330 180,500 0.100 43 180,457 

Luxembourg 625,320 664,240 0.368 1,127 663,113 

Macao, China 114,642 129,960 0.072 124 129,836 

Madagascar 26,055 27,075 0.015 20 27,055 

Malawi 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Malaysia 2,211,201 2,279,715 1.263 4,311 2,275,404 

Maldives 26,055 27,075 0.015 44 27,031 

Mali 26,055 27,075 0.015 2 27,073 

Malta 79,902 79,420 0.044 172 79,248 

Mauritania 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Mauritius 64,269 63,175 0.035 125 63,050 

Mexico 3,975,993 3,999,880 2.216 7,120 3,992,760 

Moldova 26,055 27,075 0.015 45 27,030 

Mongolia 26,055 27,075 0.015 57 27,018 

Morocco 274,446 288,800 0.160 346 288,454 

Mozambique 27,792 32,490 0.018 46 32,444 

Myanmar, Union of 55,584 55,955 0.031 49 55,906 

Namibia 36,477 37,905 0.021 40 37,865 

Nepal 31,266 30,685 0.017 41 30,644 

Netherlands 5,805,054 6,059,385 3.357 11,117 6,048,268 

New Zealand 429,039 453,055 0.251 875 452,180 

Nicaragua 36,477 37,905 0.021 72 37,833 

Niger 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Nigeria 298,764 400,710 0.222 43 400,667 

Norway 1,460,817 1,521,615 0.843 2,920 1,518,695 

Oman 203,229 216,600 0.120 192 216,408 

Pakistan 265,761 285,190 0.158 518 284,672 

Panama 173,700 169,670 0.094 159 169,511 

Papua New Guinea 46,899 41,515 0.023 63 41,452 

Paraguay 62,532 61,370 0.034 0 61,370 

Peru 210,177 220,210 0.122 0 220,210 

Philippines 863,289 866,400 0.480 0 866,400 

Poland 1,297,539 1,449,415 0.803 2,699 1,446,716 
Portugal 951,876 976,505 0.541 311 976,194 

Qatar 187,596 214,795 0.119 166 214,629 

Romania 357,822 422,370 0.234 140 422,230 

Rwanda 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Saint Lucia 26,055 27,075 0.015 27 27,048 

Saudi Arabia, Kingdom of 1,304,487 1,431,365 0.793 0 1,431,365 

Senegal 36,477 36,100 0.020 69 36,031 

Sierra Leone 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Singapore 3,621,645 3,790,500 2.100 7,345 3,783,155 

Slovak Republic 383,877 362,805 0.201 625 362,180 

Slovenia 279,657 301,435 0.167 549 300,886 

Solomon Islands 26,055 27,075 0.015 1 27,074 

South Africa 809,442 877,230 0.486 1,332 875,898 

Spain 4,352,922 4,629,825 2.565 5,409 4,624,416 

Sri Lanka 152,856 151,620 0.084 113 151,507 

St. Kitts and Nevis 26,055 27,075 0.015 54 27,021 

St. Vincent and the Grenadines 26,055 27,075 0.015 38 27,037 

Suriname 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Swaziland 26,055 34,295 0.019 54 34,241 

Sweden 2,336,265 2,413,285 1.337 2,767 2,410,518 

Switzerland 2,471,751 2,537,830 1.406 5,359 2,532,471 

Chinese Taipei 3,289,878 3,489,065 1.933 7,111 3,481,954 

Tanzania 38,214 43,320 0.024 44 43,276 

Thailand 1,719,630 1,824,855 1.011 3,680 1,821,175 

Togo 26,055 27,075 0.015 0 27,075 

Trinidad and Tobago 86,850 90,250 0.050 149 90,101 

Tunisia 220,599 229,235 0.127 372 228,863 

Turkey 1,231,533 1,369,995 0.759 1,805 1,368,190 

Uganda 26,055 27,075 0.015 28 27,047 

United Arab Emirates 1,099,521 1,037,875 0.575 520 1,037,355 

United Kingdom 9,664,668 9,896,815 5.483 20,034 9,876,781 

United States 26,767,170 26,807,860 14.852 4,978 26,802,882 

Uruguay 74,691 70,395 0.039 153 70,242 

Venezuela 531,522 545,110 0.302 66 545,044 

Zambia 26,055 27,075 0.015 23 27,052 

Zimbabwe 50,373 46,930 0.026 0 46,930 

TOTAL 173,700,000 180,500,000 100.000 238,546 180,261,454 
2006 PROPOSED CONSOLIDATED REVISED BUDGET FOR THE WTO 

SECRETARIAT AND THE APPELLATE BODY AND ITS SECRETARIAT

(in Swiss francs) 

Part 

Section Line 

Original 

Proposal 

2006 

Reductions 

2006 

Revised 

Proposal 

2006 

A Sect 1 Work Years (a)Salary 80,058,200 (30,700) 80,027,500 

 (b)Pension 15,959,000 (6,200) 15,952,800 

 (c)Common Staff Costs 15,159,200 - 15,159,200 

 (d) Restructuring Plan 1,500,000 (1,000,000) 500,000 

 Sect 2 Temporary Assistance 14,550,400 (760,000) 13,790,400 

B Sect 3 Communications (a) Telecommunications 724,500 (10,000) 714,500 

 (b) Postal Charges 1,315,000 - 1,315,000 

 Sect 4 Building Facilities (a) Rental 345,000 - 345,000 

 (b) Utilities 1,684,000 (17,000) 1,667,000 

 (c) Maintenance and Insurance 1,443,000 - 1,443,000 

 (d) Building Maintenance Fund 0 - - 

 Sect 5 Permanent Equipment 3,012,000 (145,000) 2,867,000 

 Sect 6 Expendable 1,240,500 (40,000) 1,200,500 

 Sect 7 Contractual Serv. (a) Reproduction 1,415,000 - 1,415,000 

 (b) Office Automation 2,665,200 (88,000) 2,577,200 

 (c)Other 257,000 - 257,000 

 (d) Security Outsourcing 2,837,000 - 2,837,000 

C Sect 8 Staff Overheads (a) Training 1,000,000 (300,000) 700,000 

 (b) Insurance 2,071,500 - 2,071,500 

 (c) Joint Services 212,000 - 212,000 

 (d) Miscellaneous 32,000 - 32,000 

 Sect 9 Missions (a)Missions Official 1,246,000 - 1,246,000 

 (b)Missions Technical 1,443,000 - 1,443,000 

 Sect 10 TPTC 3,671,000 (130,000) 3,541,000 

 Sect 11 Various 

(a) Representation and 

Hospitality 284,000 - 284,000 

 (b) Dispute Settlement Panels 1,467,000 (150,000) 1,317,000 

 (c) Experts 50,000 - 50,000 

 (d) Appellate Body Members 688,100 - 688,100 

 (e) Library 609,000 (5,300) 603,700 

 (f) Publications 520,000 (50,000) 470,000 

 

(g) Public Information 

Activities 340,000 (20,000) 320,000 

 (h) External Auditors 40,000 - 40,000 

 (i) Ministerial Operating Fund 600,000 - 600,000 

 (j) ISO 57,000 - 57,000 

 (k) Other 77,000 - 77,000 

 

(l) Appellate Body Operating 

Fund 1,100,000 - 1,100,000 

 

(m) Security Enhancement 

Programme 796,000 - 796,000 

 Sect 12 Unforeseen 100,000 - 100,000 

D Sect 13 ITC 17,341,500 (157,750) 17,183,750 

Grand Total 177,910,100 (2,909,950) 175,000,150 
2006 PROPOSED REVISED BUDGET FOR THE WTO SECRETARIAT

(in Swiss francs) Part 

Section Line 

Original 

Proposal 

2006 

Reductions 

2006 

Revised 

Proposal 

2006 

A Sect 1 Work Years (a)Salary 78,100,700 (29,700) 78,071,000 

 (b)Pension 15,567,500 (6,000) 15,561,500 

 (c)Common Staff Costs 14,790,200 - 14,790,200 

 (d) Restructuring Plan 1,500,000 (1,000,000) 500,000 

 Sect 2 Temporary Assistance 14,484,800 (760,000) 13,724,800 

B Sect 3 Communications (a) Telecommunications 718,000 (10,000) 708,000 

 (b) Postal Charges 1,315,000 - 1,315,000 

 Sect 4 Building Facilities (a) Rental 345,000 - 345,000 

 (b) Utilities 1,671,000 (17,000) 1,654,000 

 (c) Maintenance and Insurance 1,438,000 - 1,438,000 

 (d) Building Maintenance Fund 0 - - 

 Sect 5 Permanent Equipment 2,976,000 (145,000) 2,831,000 

 Sect 6 Expendable 1,220,500 (40,000) 1,180,500 

 Sect 7 Contractual Serv. (a) Reproduction 1,400,000 - 1,400,000 

 (b) Office Automation 2,665,200 (88,000) 2,577,200 

 (c)Other 257,000 - 257,000 

 (d) Security Outsourcing 2,837,000 - 2,837,000 

C Sect 8 Staff Overheads (a) Training 975,000 (300,000) 675,000 

 (b) Insurance 2,059,500 - 2,059,500 

 (c) Joint Services 212,000 - 212,000 

 (d) Miscellaneous 30,000 - 30,000 

 (a)Missions Official 1,236,000 - 1,236,000 

 

Sect 9 Missions 

 (b)Missions Technical 1,443,000 - 1,443,000 

 Sect 10 TPTC 3,671,000 (130,000) 3,541,000 

 Sect 11 Various 

(a) Representation and 

Hospitality 283,000 - 283,000 

 (b) Dispute Settlement Panels 1,467,000 (150,000) 1,317,000 

 (c) Experts 50,000 - 50,000 

 (e) Library 599,000 (5,300) 593,700 

 (f) Publications 520,000 (50,000) 470,000 

 (g) Public Information Activities 340,000 (20,000) 320,000 

 (h) External Auditors 40,000 - 40,000 

 (i) Ministerial Operating Fund 600,000 - 600,000 

 (j) ISO 57,000 - 57,000 

 (k) Other 77,000 - 77,000 

 

(m) Security Enhancement 

Programme 796,000 - 796,000 

 Sect 12 Unforeseen 100,000 - 100,000 

D Sect 13 ITC 17,341,500 (157,750) 17,183,750 

Grand Total 173,182,900 (2,908,750) 170,274,150 
2006 PROPOSED REVISED BUDGET FOR THE APPELLATE BODY AND ITS 

SECRETARIAT 

(in Swiss francs) 

Part 

Section Line 

Original 

Proposal 

2006 

Reductions 

2006 

Revised 

Proposal 

2006 

A Sect 1 Work Years (a)Salary 1,957,500 (1,000) 1,956,500 

 (b)Pension 391,500 (200) 391,300 

 (c)Common Staff Costs 369,000 - 369,000 

 Sect 2 Temporary Assistance 65,600 - 65,600 

B Sect 3 Communications (a) Telecommunications 6,500 - 6,500 

 Sect 4 Building Facilities (b) Utilities 13,000 - 13,000 

 (c) Maintenance and Insurance 5,000 - 5,000 

 Sect 5 Permanent Equipment 36,000 - 36,000 

 Sect 6 Expendable 20,000 - 20,000 

 Sect 7 Contractual Serv. (a) Reproduction 15,000 - 15,000 

C Sect 8 Staff Overheads (a) Training 25,000 - 25,000 

 (b) Insurance 12,000 - 12,000 

 (d) Miscellaneous 2,000 - 2,000 

 Sect 9 Missions (a)Missions Official 10,000 - 10,000 

 Sect 11 Various 

(a) Representation and 

Hospitality 1,000 - 1,000 

 (d) Appellate Body Members 688,100 - 688,100 

 (e) Library 10,000 - 10,000 

 

(l) Appellate Body Operating 

Fund 1,100,000 - 1,100,000 

Grand Total 4,727,200 (1,200) 4,726,000 
2007 PROPOSED CONSOLIDATED REVISED BUDGET FOR THE WTO 

SECRETARIAT AND THE APPELLATE BODY AND ITS SECRETARIAT 

(in Swiss francs)

Part Section Line 

Original 

Budget 

2007 

Adjustments 

(Revision) 

Revised 

Proposal 

2007 

A Sect 1 Work Years (a) Salary 83,454,100 1,087,300 84,541,400 

 (b) Pension 16,613,000 403,400 17,016,400 

 (c) Common Staff Costs 16,001,100 133,600 16,134,700 

 (d) Restructuring Plan 1,000,000 0 1,000,000 

 Sect 2 Temporary Assistance 13,815,400 0 13,815,400 

B Sect 3 Communications (a) Telecommunications 734,500 0 734,500 

 (b) Postal Charges 1,305,000 0 1,305,000 

 Sect 4 Building Facilities (a) Rental 345,000 0 345,000 

 (b) Utilities 1,675,000 0 1,675,000 

 (c) Maintenance and Insurance 1,661,000 0 1,661,000 

 Sect 5 Permanent Equipment 2,359,100 0 2,359,100 

 Sect 6 Expendable 1,185,500 0 1,185,500 

 Sect 7 Contractual Services (a) Reproduction 1,415,000 0 1,415,000 

 (b) Office Automation 2,577,200 0 2,577,200 

 (c) Other 257,000 0 257,000 

 (d) Security Outsourcing 2,880,000 0 2,880,000 

C Sect 8 Staff Overheads (a) Training 1,050,000 0 1,050,000 

 (b) Insurance 2,304,500 0 2,304,500 

 (c) Joint Services 212,000 0 212,000 

 (d) Miscellaneous 32,000 0 32,000 

 Sect 9 Missions (a) Missions Official 1,306,000 0 1,306,000 

 (b) Missions Technical 1,503,000 0 1,503,000 

 Sect 10 Trade Policy Courses 3,541,000 0 3,541,000 

 Sect 11 Various (a) Representation and Hospitality 284,000 0 284,000 

 (b) Dispute Settlement Panels 1,317,000 0 1,317,000 

 (c) Experts 50,000 0 50,000 

 (d) Appellate Body Members 688,100 0 688,100 

 (e) Library 623,700 0 623,700 

 (f) Publications 470,000 0 470,000 

 (g) Public Information Activities 320,000 0 320,000 

 (h) External Auditors 40,000 0 40,000 

 (i) Ministerial Operating Fund 600,000 0 600,000 

 (j) ISO 57,000 0 57,000 

 (k) Other 80,000 0 80,000 

 (l) Appellate Body Operating Fund 1,400,000 0 1,400,000 

 (m) Security Enhancement Programme 330,000 0 330,000 

 Sect 12 Unforeseen 100,000 0 100,000 

D Sect 13 ITC 16,765,950 0 16,765,950 

Grand Total 180,352,150 1,624,300 181,976,450 

 Percentage increase/decrease 0.90% 
2007 PROPOSED REVISED BUDGET FOR THE WTO SECRETARIAT

(in Swiss francs) 

Part Section Line 

Original 

Budget 

2007 

Adjustments

(Revision) 

Revised 

Proposal 

2007 

A Sect 1 Work Years (a) Salary 81,417,600 1,110,800 82,528,400 

 (b) Pension 16,206,100 403,800 16,609,900 

 (c) Common Staff Costs 15,632,000 123,200 15,755,200 

 (d) Restructuring Plan 1,000,000 0 1,000,000 

 Sect 2 Temporary Assistance 13,749,800 0 13,749,800 

B Sect 3 Communications (a) Telecommunications 728,000 0 728,000 

 (b) Postal Charges 1,305,000 0 1,305,000 

 Sect 4 Building Facilities (a) Rental 345,000 0 345,000 

 (b) Utilities 1,662,000 0 1,662,000 

 (c) Maintenance and Insurance 1,656,000 0 1,656,000 

 Sect 5 Permanent Equipment 2,320,100 0 2,320,100 

 Sect 6 Expendable 1,165,500 0 1,165,500 

 Sect 7 Contractual Services (a) Reproduction 1,400,000 0 1,400,000 

 (b) Office Automation 2,577,200 0 2,577,200 

 (c) Other 257,000 0 257,000 

 (d) Security Outsourcing 2,880,000 0 2,880,000 

C Sect 8 Staff Overheads (a) Training 1,025,000 0 1,025,000 

 (b) Insurance 2,292,500 0 2,292,500 

 (c) Joint Services 212,000 0 212,000 

 (d) Miscellaneous 30,000 0 30,000 

 Sect 9 Missions (a) Missions Official 1,296,000 0 1,296,000 

 (b) Missions Technical 1,503,000 0 1,503,000 

 Sect 10 Trade Policy Courses 3,541,000 0 3,541,000 

 Sect 11 Various (a) Representation and Hospitality 283,000 0 283,000 

 (b) Dispute Settlement Panels 1,317,000 0 1,317,000 

 (c) Experts 50,000 0 50,000 

 (e) Library 613,700 0 613,700 

 (f) Publications 470,000 0 470,000 

 (g) Public Information Activities 320,000 0 320,000 

 (h) External Auditors 40,000 0 40,000 

 (i) Ministerial Operating Fund 600,000 0 600,000 

 (j) ISO 57,000 0 57,000 

 (k) Other 80,000 0 80,000 

 (m) Security Enhancement Programme 330,000 0 330,000 

 Sect 12 Unforeseen 100,000 0 100,000 

D Sect 13 ITC 16,765,950 0 16,765,950 

Grand Total 175,227,450 1,637,800 176,865,250 

 Percentage increase/decrease 0.93% 
2007 PROPOSED REVISED BUDGET FOR THE APPELLATE BODY AND ITS 

SECRETARIAT 

(in Swiss francs) 

Part Section Line 

Original 

Budget 

2007 

Adjustments 

(Revision) 

Revised 

Proposal 

2007 

A Sect 1 Work Years (a) Salary 2,036,500 (23,500) 2,013,000 

 (b) Pension 406,900 (400) 406,500 

 (c) Common Staff Costs 369,100 10,400 379,500 

 Sect 2 Temporary Assistance 65,600 0 65,600 

B Sect 3 Communications (a) Telecommunications 6,500 0 6,500 

 Sect 4 Building Facilities 13,000 0 13,000 

 (c) Maintenance and Insurance 5,000 0 5,000 

 Sect 5 Permanent Equipment 39,000 0 39,000 

 Sect 6 Expendable 20,000 0 20,000 

 Sect 7 Contractual Services (a) Reproduction 15,000 0 15,000 

C Sect 8 Staff Overheads (a) Training 25,000 0 25,000 

 (b) Insurance 12,000 0 12,000 

 (d) Miscellaneous 2,000 0 2,000 

 Sect 9 Missions (a) Missions Official 10,000 0 10,000 

 Sect 11 Various (a) Representation and Hospitality 1,000 0 1,000 

 (d) Appellate Body Members 688,100 0 688,100 

 (e) Library 10,000 0 10,000 

 (l) Appellate Body Operating Fund 1,400,000 0 1,400,000 

Grand Total 5,124,700 (13,500) 5,111,200 

 Percentage increase/decrease (0.26%) 

_________ 
WAIVERS CURRENTLY IN FORCE 

(As of 17 January 2007)

WAIVERS GRANTED EXPICanada – CARIBCAN 15 December 2006 31 DePreferential Tariff Treatment for Least-Developed Countries 15 June 1999 30 JuEC – Autonomous Preferential Treatment to the Countries of the Western Balkans 28 July 2006 31 DEC – The ACP-EC Partnership Agreement 14 November 2001 31 DeCuba – Article XV:6 of GATT 1994 15 December 2006 31 DeLDCs – Article 70.9 of the TRIPS Agreement with respect to pharmaceutical products 8 July 2002 1 JanAustralia, Botswana, Brazil, Canada, Croatia, India, Israel, Japan, Korea, Mauritius, Mexico, Norway, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Chinese Taipei, Thailand, United Arab Emirates and the United States, Venezuela - Kimberley Process Certification Scheme for rough diamonds 

15 December 2006 31 De

Albania - Implementation of Specific Concessions – Extension of the staging period of implementation for a number of products 26 May 2005 

1 Jan 

1 JanPart A 

Senegal – Waiver on minimum values in regard to the Agreement on the Implementation of Article VII of the GATT 1994 28 July 2006 30 JuPanama - Introduction of Harmonized System 1996 Changes into WTO Schedules of Tariff Concessions 28 July 2006 30 ApArgentina - Introduction of Harmonized System 1996 Changes into WTO Schedules of Tariff Concessions 28 July 2006 30 ApArgentina; Australia; Brazil; Canada; China; Costa Rica; Croatia; El Salvador; European Communities; Guatemala, Honduras, Hong Kong, India; Republic of Korea; Macao, China; Malaysia; New Zealand; Nicaragua; Norway; Switzerland; United States; Uruguay - Introduction of Harmonized System 2007 Changes into WTO Schedules of Tariff Concessions 

15 December 2006 31 De

Argentina; Australia; Brazil; Bulgaria; Canada; China; Costa Rica; Croatia; El Salvador; European Communities; Hong Kong, China; Iceland; India; Republic of Korea; Macao, China; Mexico; New Zealand; Nicaragua; Norway; Romania; Singapore; Switzerland; Chinese Taipei; Thailand; United States; Uruguay - Introduction of Harmonized System 2002 Changes into WTO Schedules of Tariff Concessions 

15 December 2006 31 De
Number of Staff Members by Job Category on 1 January 2007 

Country Senior Professional Support Total 

Argentina 4 3 7

Australia 5 3 8

Austria 4 4

Bangladesh 1 1

Belgium 2 3 5

Benin 1 1

Bolivia 2 1 3

Brazil 6 2 8

Bulgaria 2 2

Canada 21 3 24

Chile 1 1 3 5

China 8 8

Colombia 6 2 8

Congo, The 

Democtratic 

Republic of the 

 1 1

Costa Rica 3 3

Cote d'Ivoire 1 1

Cuba 1 1 2

Denmark 1 1 2

Ecuador 1 1

Egypt 6 6

Estonia 1 1

Finland 2 2 4

France 1 49 142 192

Germany 15 3 18

Ghana 2 2

Greece 3 1 4

Honduras 1 1

Hong Kong 1 1

Hungary 1 1

India 1 9 3 13

Ireland 5 8 13

Italy 10 4 14

Japan 3 3

Korea, Republic of 2 2

Lesotho 1 1

Malawi 1 1

Malaysia 2 1 3

Mauritius 1 1 2

Mexico 6 6

Morocco 2 1 3

Netherlands 5 1 6

New Zealand 3 1 4

Nigeria 1 1
Country Senior Professional Support Total 

Norway 1 1 2

Pakistan 1 1

Paraguay 1 1

Peru 1 6 7

Philippines 7 1 8

Poland 3 2 5

Portugal 1 1

Romania 1 1 2

Rwanda 1 1 2

Saint Lucia 1 1

Senegal 2 2

Slovenia 1 1

South Africa 1 1

Spain 21 23 44

Sri Lanka 2 2 4

Sweden 3 1 4

Switzerland 22 14 36

Tanzania 1 1

Thailand 2 2

Trinidad and 

Tobago 

 1 1

Tunisia 3 2 5

Turkey 3 3

Uganda 1 1

United Kingdom 27 52 79

United States 1 23 5 29

Uruguay 4 3 7

Venezuela 4 4

Zimbabwe 1 1 2

Total 5 337 310 652

 

Note: Senior Management includes the Director-General and Deputies Director-General

Annual Average Base Salary

Senior Management 267,145 CHF 

Professional staff 154,644 CHF

Support staff 93,417 CHF

Source: WTO Secretariat as of December 31, 2006
WTO ACCESSION APPLICATIONS AND STATUS (as of 1-01-06)1

Applicant Status of Multilateral and Bilateral Work 

Afghanistan* 

(2004) 

Application for accession to the WTO accepted at December 2004 General Council meeting; has not yet 

submitted initial documentation to activate the accession negotiations. The United States is providing 

technical assistance through the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), 

including drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building. 

Algeria 

(1987) 

Last Working Party (WP) meeting held October 21, 2005 to review draft WP report and status of market 

access negotiations. Next meeting planned for 2007, but dates have not been set. The United States is 

providing technical assistance through the Commercial Development Law Program (CLDP) of the 

Department of Commerce for legislative review and training, as well as drafting and translating 

documentation for the negotiations. 

Andorra 

(1997)

Dormant. WP meeting on October 13, 1999 reviewed legislative implementation schedule and goods 

and services market access offers. Awaiting information on legislative implementation and circulation 

of revised market access offers.

Azerbaijan 

(1997)

Fourth WP meeting held in March 2006 to review additional documentation and conduct market access 

negotiations for goods and services. Through the end of 2006, the United States provided technical 

assistance (through the Trade Development Administration) in the form of a resident advisor for 

drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building in the areas of customs, 

licensing, intellectual property, standards and sanitary measures, to facilitate the accession process. 

TDA is reviewing this program.

Bahamas 

(2001)

Application accepted at July 2001 General Council meeting; has not yet submitted initial documentation 

to activate the accession negotiations. 

Belarus 

(1993)

A stocktaking in October 2005 and subsequent Chairman’s consultation in 2006 determined that further 

review of outstanding issues would depend on fresh documentation from Belarus and substantially 

improved offers on goods and services market access. Next meeting not scheduled. 

Bosnia and 

Herzegovina 

(1999)

Second WP meeting held December 6, 2004 to review additional documentation and initiate work on 

market access commitments. Next meeting planned for 2007. The United States is providing 

technical assistance through CLDP in drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and 

institution building. 

Bhutan * 

(1999)

Third WP meeting held October 20, 2006 to continue review of the trade regime and conduct bilateral 

negotiations on revised market access offers on goods and services. Next meeting likely in second half 

of 2007. 

Cape Verde * 

(2000)

Last WP meeting held in late 2005. Market access negotiations and draft Working Party report 

text substantially completed. Next WP meeting likely to take place in Spring 2007 after 

additional technical work and review of revised draft Working Party report. The United States 

has provided technical assistance (through USAID) to support Cape Verde’s accession process. 

Ethiopia* 

(2003) 

Memorandum on the Foreign Trade Regime (MFTR) submitted at the end of 2006, formally activating 

the accession negotiations. The United States provides technical assistance through USAID in the 

form of a resident advisor for drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution 

building in the areas of customs, licensing, intellectual property, standards and sanitary measures.

Iraq 

(2004) 

MFTR circulated in September 2005. Responses to WTO Members’ questions submitted at the end of 

2006 First meeting of the WP likely in early 2007. The United States provides technical assistance 

in the form of a team of resident advisors funded through USAID, to help with drafting 

documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building. 

Iran 

(2005) 

Application for accession to the WTO accepted by the General Council in May 2005. MFTR submitted 

at the end of 2006, formally activating the accession negotiations. 

 

* Designates “least developed country” applicant. 

1 “Applicant” column includes date the Working Party was formed. Pre-1995 dates indicate that the original WP was formed 

under the GATT 1947, but was reformed as a WTO Working Party in 1995. 
Applicant Status of Multilateral and Bilateral Work 

Kazakhstan 

(1996)

Ninth WP meeting held in November 2006 to continue review of the draft Working Party report text 

and legislative implementation and action plans for removal of WTO-inconsistent measures. 

Scheduling of next WP meeting pending. Revised goods and services market access offers expected 

soon, reflecting progress achieved in bilaterals with United States and others in latter part of 2006. 

Through USAID, the United States provides technical assistance in the form of an advisor resident 

in Bishkek, for drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building. Specific 

assistance has been provided in the areas of customs, licensing, intellectual property, standards and 

sanitary measures.

Laos * 

(1998)

Second WP meeting held November 30, 2006 to continue review of the trade regime and conduct 

bilateral negotiations on initial market access offers for goods. No market access for services to date. 

Next WP possible in second half of 2007. 

Lebanon 

(1999)

Fourth WP meeting held March 2006 to review legislative implementation and plans for removal of 

WTO-inconsistent measures. Next WP meeting contemplated for sometime in 2007. Through USAID, 

the United States is providing technical assistance in the form of a long-term advisor. Assistance 

provided in drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building, with specific 

focus on customs, intellectual property, and standards. 

Libya 

(2004) 

Application accepted at July 2004 General Council meeting. No documentation or market access offers 

circulated to date. 

Montenegro 

(2005) 

Second Working Party held in July 2006 to review additional documentation and conduct market access 

negotiations for goods and services. Next WP meeting contemplated for early 2007. The United 

States has provided technical assistance to Montenegro in the form of an advisor resident in 

Belgrade, drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building in the areas of 

customs, licensing, intellectual property, standards and sanitary measures. 

Russia 

(1993)

Third revised draft WP report text issued October 15, 2004 and reviewed by Working Parties in six WP 

meetings through March 2006. Bilateral market access negotiations with WTO Members largely 

completed after reaching agreement with the United States in November 2006. Intensive multilateral 

work on draft Working Party report text, Protocol, and commitments on agricultural supports and 

subsidies continues. Russia’s legislative implementation ongoing. United States provides technical 

assistance on specific issues and ongoing assistance for WTO outreach programs to the public, 

Duma, Federation Council, regional governments, and the private sector.

Samoa * 

(1998)

Informal WP meeting held in December 2006 to review revised draft WP report and continue 

negotiations on revised market access offers on goods and services. Next meetings likely during 

Geneva week in Spring 2007 with a view to preparing accession package for Council approval during 

2007. 

Sao Tome and 

Principe (2005) 

Application accepted at May 2005 General Council meeting; has not yet submitted initial 

documentation to activate the accession negotiations. 

Serbia 

(2005) 

 

Third WP meeting held in December 2006 to review additional documentation and review legislative 

implementation. Next WP meeting scheduled for mid to late 2007 The United States has provided 

technical assistance to Serbia in the form of an advisor resident in Belgrade, drafting 

documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building in the areas of customs, licensing, 

intellectual property, standards and sanitary measures. 

Seychelles 

(1995) 

Dormant. WP meeting held in March 1998. No recent activity recorded in WP, legislative 

implementation, or bilateral goods and services negotiations. 

Sudan* 

(1995)

Second WP meeting held March 10, 2004. Revised market access offers for goods and services were 

tabled in October 2006. Sudan met with a small number of Members at the end of 2006, but has not 

requested that a WP meeting be scheduled. 

Syria Application for accession to the WTO first circulated in October 2001. No Council review to date.

Tajikistan 

(2001) 

Third WP meeting held in October 2006 to review additional documentation and continue negotiations 

on revised market access offers on goods and services Next WP meeting is expected in 2007. The 

United States provides technical assistance through USAID in the form of an advisor resident in 

Bishkek, for drafting documentation, training, legal drafting, and institution building.
Applicant Status of Multilateral and Bilateral Work 

Tonga 

(1995)

Terms of accession were approved at the Sixth Ministerial Meeting in Hong Kong, China in December 

2005; Tonga’s acceptance of the accession package has been delayed. Tonga will become a Member of 

the WTO 30 days after it submits its instrument of acceptance of the accession package to the WTO 

Secretariat, which is contemplated sometime prior to mid-2007. 

Ukraine 

(1993)

Stocktaking in December 2006 reviewed strong legislative progress on WTO implementation. Next WP 

meeting contemplated in first quarter of 2007, to review substantially revised draft WP report and 

identify outstanding issues for resolution. U.S. signed bilateral goods and services market access 

agreement with Ukraine on March 6, 2006, and Ukraine has substantially completed its bilateral market 

access negotiations. Additional bilateral consultations will address remaining issues of compliance with 

WTO rules to facilitate progress in multilateral negotiations. The United States provides technical 

assistance through CLDP in the form of an advisor, and additional short term assistance, through 

USAID, to help achieve WTO compliance in customs valuation, import licensing, standards and 

sanitary measures, and intellectual property rights protection.

Uzbekistan 

(1995)

Third WP meeting held October 2005 to review additional documentation and initial market access 

offers. 

Vanuatu * 

(1995)

Dormant. Formal WP meeting October 29, 2001 adopted the protocol package. General Council 

approval delayed pending reconsideration of status by ni-Vanuatu Government. 

Vietnam 

(1995)

General Council approved the terms of accession on November 7, 2006. Vietnam will become the 150th

WTO Member on January 11, 2007. 

Yemen * 

(2000) 

Third WP meeting held July 7, 2006 to continue review of trade regime and conduct bilateral 

negotiations on revised market access offers on goods and services. The United States has provided 

help with orientation and the development of documentation. Most recently, we have funded a project 

to reform Yemeni Customs, with emphasis on compliance with the WTO Customs Valuation Code. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33 

6 March 2003 

(03-1283) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

To assist in the selection of panelists, the DSU provides in Article 8.4 that the Secretariat shall maintain an 

indicative list of governmental and non-governmental individuals. 

In accordance with the proposals for the administration of the indicative list of panelists approved by the 

DSB on 31 May 1995, the list should be completely updated every two years. For practical purposes, the 

proposals for the administration of the indicative list approved by the DSB on 31 May 1995 are 

reproduced as an Annex to this document. 

The attached is an updated consolidated list of governmental and non-governmental panelists.46 The list 

contains the names included in the previous indicative list (WT/DSB/19 and Add.1 through Add.5) and 

takes into account all the modifications made to that list by Members, in accordance with the requirement 

that the list should be updated every two years. The new names approved by the DSB in the period 

between 19 December 2002 and 19 February 2003 are also included in the attached list. 

 46Curricula vitae containing more detailed information are available on request from the WTO Secretariat 

(Council and TNC Division – Room 3105). The curricula vitae which have been submitted on diskette are also 

available on the Document Dissemination Facility. 
COUNTRY NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

ARGENTINA NISCOVOLOS, Mr. L.P. Trade in Services 

MAKUC, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

PÉREZ GABILONDO, Mr. J.L. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

RUIZ, Mr. J.A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

AUSTRALIA ARNOTT, Mr. R.J. Trade in Goods 

 CHESTER, Mr. D.O. TRIPS 

 CHURCHE, Mr. M. Trade in Goods 

 GASCOINE, Mr. D.F. Trade in Goods 

 HAWES, Mr. D.C. Trade in Goods and Services 

 HIRD, Miss J.M. Trade in Goods 

 HUSSIN, Mr. P.A. Trade in Goods 

 KENYON, Mr. D. Trade in Goods and Services 

 MAY, Mr. P.H. Trade in Goods 

 O'CONNOR, Mr. P.R. Trade in Goods 

 SMITH, Mr. P.A. TRIPS 

 THOMSON, Mr. G.A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 WAINCYMER, Mr. J. Trade in Goods 

 YOUNG, Ms. E. Trade in Goods 

 

BRAZIL ABREU, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services 

ARAUJO, Mr. J.T. Trade in Goods 

BARRAL, Mr. W.O. Trade in Goods 

BASSO, Ms. M. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

LEMME, Ms. M.C. Trade in Goods 

MAGALHÃES, Mr. J.C. Trade in Goods 

MARCONINI, Mr. M. Trade in Services 

MOTTA VEIGA, Mr. P.L.C. Trade in Goods and Services 

MOURA ROCHA, Mr. B. Trade in Services 

NAIDIN, Ms. L.C. Trade in Goods 

OLIVEIRA FILHO, Mr. G.J. Trade in Goods 
BRAZIL (cont'd) RIOS, Ms. S.M. Trade in Goods 

SOARES, Mr. G.F. TRIPS 

THORSTENSEN, Ms. V.H. Trade in Goods 

 

CANADA BERNIER, Mr. I. Trade in Goods and Services 

 BRADFORD, Mr. M.V.M. Trade in Goods and Services 

 BROWN, Ms. C.A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 CLARK, Mr. P.J. Trade in Goods and Services 

 CLOSE, Ms. P. Trade in Goods 

 DE MESTRAL, Mr. A. Trade in Goods 

 EYTON, Mr. A.T. Trade in Goods 

 GHERSON, Mr. R. Trade in Goods 

 GOODWIN, Ms. K.M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 HALLIDAY, Mr. A.L. Trade in Goods and Services 

 HERMAN, Mr. L.L. Trade in Goods 

 HINES, Mr. W.R. Trade in Goods 

 MACMILLAN, Ms. K.E. Trade in Goods 

MCRAE, Mr. D. Trade in Goods 

 OSTRY, Ms. S. Trade in Goods 

 RICHIE, Mr. G. Trade in Goods 

 THOMAS, Mr. J.C. Trade in Goods and Services 

WINHAM, Mr. M.M. Trade in Goods 

 

CHILE BIGGS, Mr. G. Trade in Goods 

 JARA, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 MATUS, Mr. M. Trade in Goods 

 PEÑA, Ms. G. Trade in Goods 

 SAEZ, Mr. S. Trade in Goods and Services 

 SATELER, Mr. R. TRIPS 

 TIRONI, Mr. E. Trade in Goods 

 

COLOMBIA BARBERI, Mr. F. Trade in Goods 

 CÁRDENAS, Mr. M.J. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 
COLOMBIA (cont’d) IBARRA PARDO, Mr. G. Trade in Goods 

 JARAMILLO, Mr. F. Trade in Goods and Services 

 LEAL ANGARITA, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services 

 OROZCO, Ms. A.M. Trade in Goods 

 OROZCO JARAMILLO, Ms. C.Y. Trade in Goods 

 

CÔTE D'IVOIRE GOSSET, Mme. M. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 

CROATIA ŠARČEVIĆ, Mr. P Trade in Goods and Services 

 

CUBA CABALLERO RODRÍGUEZ, Mr. E. Trade in Goods and Services 

HERNÁNDEZ, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

MARZIOTA DELGADO, Mr. E.A Trade in Goods and Services 

 

CZECH REP. JUNG, Mr. Z. Trade in Goods and Services 

PALEĈKA, Mr. P. Trade in Goods and Services 

 PRAVDA, Mr. M. Trade in Goods 

 ŠRONĔK, Mr. I. TRIPS 

 

ECUADOR PINOARGOTE CEVALLOS, Mr. A. Trade in Goods 

 

EGYPT ABOUL-ENEIN, Mr. M.I.M. Trade in Goods and Services 

 HATEM, Mr. S.A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 RIAD, Mr. T.F. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 SHAHIN, Ms. M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 SHARAFELDIN, Mr. A. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 ZAHRAN, Mr. M.M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

 AUSTRIA BENEDEK, Mr. W. Trade in Goods 

 MARTINS, Mr. R. Trade in Goods 

 REITERER, Mr. M.G.K. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 WAAS, Mr. G. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 
EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

(cont'd)

 

 AUSTRIA (cont’d) WEISS, Mr. J.F. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 ZEHETNER, Mr. F. Trade in Goods 

 

 BELGIUM DASSESSE, Mr. M.P.A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 DIDIER, Mr. P. Trade in Goods 

 VAN DER BORGHT, Mr. K. Trade in Goods 

 VANDER SCHUEREN, Ms. P. Trade in Goods and Services 

 ZONNEKEYN, Mr. G.A. Trade in Goods 

 

 DENMARK BOESGAARD, Mr. H. Trade in Goods 

 

 FINLAND BERGHOLM, Mr. K.A. Trade in Goods 

 JULIN, Mr. J.K.J. Trade in Goods and Services 

 LUOTONEN, Mr. Y.K.D. Trade in Goods 

 PULLINEN, Mr. M.Y. Trade in Goods 

 RANTANEN, Mr. P.I. Trade in Goods 

 

 FRANCE ARMAIGNAC, Ms. M.-C. Trade in Services; TRIPS 

 BEAURAIN, Mr. C. Trade in Services 

 COMBALDIEU, Mr. J.C. TRIPS 

 DELLEUR, Mr. P. Trade in Services 

 JENNY, Mr. F.Y. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 METZGER, Mr. J-M. Trade in Goods 

 PHAN VAN PHI, Mr. R. Trade in Goods 

 STERN, Mme. B. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

 GERMANY BARTH, Mr. D. Trade in Services 

 BARTKOWSKI, Mr. D.H.H. Trade in Services 

 DELBRÜCK, Mr. K. Trade in Goods 

HILF, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services 

MENG, Mr. W. Trade in Goods, TRIPS 

MÖHLER, Mr. R. Trade in Goods 
EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

(cont'd) 

 

GERMANY (cont'd) von MÜHLENDAHL, Mr. A. TRIPS 

 OPPERMANN, Mr. T. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 PETERSMANN, Mr. E-U Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 TANGERMANN, Mr. S. Trade in Goods 

WITT, Mr. P.J. Trade in Goods 

 

 GREECE MYROGIANNIS, Mr. G. Trade in Goods 

 STANGOS, Mr. P.N. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

 IRELAND LONG, Mr. R. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 MATTHEWS, Mr. A.H. Trade in Goods 

 MOCKLER, Mr. T.F. Trade in Goods 

 

 ITALY GERBINO, Mr. M. Trade in Goods 

 GIARDINA, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 SCHIRATTI, Mr. G. Trade in Goods 

 

 NETHERLANDS BLOKKER, Mr. N.M. Trade in Goods 

BRONCKERS, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

ENGERING, Mr. F.A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 HOEKMAN, Mr. B.M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 van de LOCHT, Mr. P. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

 SPAIN CASTILLO URRUTIA, Mr. J.A. Trade in Goods 

DÍAZ MIER, Mr. M.Á. Trade in Services 

 LÓPEZ DE SILANES MARTÍNEZ 

Mr. J.P. 

Trade in Goods and Services 

 

 SWEDEN ANDERSSON, Mr. T.M. Trade in Goods 

 ANELL, Mr. L. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 FALLENIUS, Mr. C.H. Trade in Goods 
EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

(cont'd) 

 

SWEDEN (cont'd) HÅKANSSON, Mr. G.P.-O. Trade in Services 

HOLGERSSON, Mr. J. Trade in Goods and Services 

 KLEEN, Mr. P. Trade in Goods 

 LINDSTRÖM, Mr. J.M. Trade in Goods 

 MANHUSEN, Mr. C. Trade in Goods and Services 

 RISINGGÅRD, Mr. A.B. Trade in Goods 

 RODIN, Mr. A. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 STÅLBERG, Mr. L.A. Trade in Goods 

 

 UNITED KINGDOM ARKELL, Mr. J. Trade in Services 

 CROFT, Mr. R.H.F. Trade in Services 

 HINDLEY, Mr. B.V. Trade in Goods and Services 

 JOHNSON, Mr. M.D.C. Trade in Goods 

MUIR, Mr. T. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 PLENDER, Mr. R. Trade in Goods 

 QURESHI, Mr. A.H. Trade in Goods 

ROBERTS, Mr. C.W. Trade in Goods and Services 

TOULMIN, Mr. J.K. Trade in Services 

 

HONG KONG, CHINA CARTLAND, Mr. M.D. Trade in Goods and Services 

CHEUNG, Mr. P.K.F. TRIPS 

 LEUNG, Ms. A.K.L. TRIPS 

 LITTLE, Mr. D. Trade in Goods and Services 

 MILLER, Mr. J.A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 SELBY, Mr. S.R. TRIPS 

 

HUNGARY FURULYÁS, Mr. F. Trade in Goods 

 LAKATOS, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

ICELAND BJÖRGVINSSON, Mr. D.T. Trade in Goods and Services 

 JÓHANNSSON, Mr. E.M. Trade in Goods 

 SANDHOLT, Mr. B. Trade in Goods 
INDIA AGARWAL, Mr. V.K. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

AGRAWAL, Mr. R.P. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

BHATTACHARYA, Mr. G.C. Trade in Goods 

CHANDRASEKHAR, Mr. K.M Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 CHAUDHURI, Mr. S. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 DAS, Mr. B.L. Trade in Goods 

DASGUPTA, Mr. J. Trade in Goods 

 GOYAL, Mr. A. Trade in Services 

 KAUSHIK, Mr. A. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 KUMAR, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services 

 MOHANTY, Mr. P.K. Trade in Goods 

MUKERJI, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 NARAYANAN, Mr. S. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 PRABHU, Mr. P.P. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 PRASAD, Ms. A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

RAI, Mr. P. TRIPS 

 RAMAKRISHNAN, Mr. N. Trade in Goods 

RAO, Mr. P.S. Trade in Goods 

REGE, Mr. N.V. Trade in Goods 

 SAJJANHAR, Mr. A. Trade in Goods 

SHARMA, Mr. L. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

VENUGOPAL, Mr. K. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

WATAL, Mrs. J. TRIPS 

 ZUTSHI, Mr. B.K. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

ISRAEL ALTUVIA, Mr. M. Trade in Goods 

 GABAY, Mr. M. TRIPS 

 HARAN, Mr. E.F. Trade in Services 

 HOROVITZ, Mr. D. Trade in Goods and Services 

 POLINER, Mr. H.Z. TRIPS 

 SEMADAR, Mr. M. Trade in Goods 

 SHATON, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services 

 TALBAR, Mr. M.A. Trade in Goods 

 WEILER, Mr. J. Trade in Goods 
JAPAN ARAKI, Mr. I Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 ASAKURA, Mr. H. Trade in Goods 

 ISHIGURO, Mr. K. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 IWASAWA, Mr. Y. Trade in Goods 

 KANDA, Mr. H. Trade in Services 

 KEMMOCHI, Mr. N. Trade in Goods and Services 

 KOTERA, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 OHARA, Mr. Y. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

SHIMIZU, Mr. A. Trade in Goods 

 TAKASE, Mr. T. Trade in Goods and Services 

TSURUOKA, Mr. K. Trade in Services 

 

KOREA CHANG, Mr. S.W. Trade in Goods 

 CHO, Mr. D.Y. Trade in Goods and Services 

 CHO, Mr. T-U Trade in Goods 

 CHOI, Mr. B.I. Trade in Services 

 KIM, Mr. J.B. Trade in Goods 

 LEE, Mr. J. Trade in Goods 

PARK, Mr. N. Trade in Goods 

 YUN, Mr. Y. G. Trade in Goods 

 

MADAGASCAR ANDRIANARIVONY, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

MAURITIUS BEEKARRY, Mr. N. Trade in Goods and Services 

 BHUGLAH, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

MEXICO AGUILAR ÁLVAREZ, Mr. G. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

AMIGO CASTAÑEDA, Mr. J. TRIPS 

DE MATEO VENTURINI, Mr. F. Trade in Services 

JASSO TORRES, Mr. H. Trade in Goods 

ORTEGA GÓMEZ, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

PEREZCANO DÍAZ, Mr. H. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

RAMÍREZ HERNÁNDEZ, Mr. R. Trade in Goods and Services 
MEXICO (cont'd) REYES, Ms. L.H. Trade in Goods 

TRASLOSHEROS HERNÁNDEZ, 

Mr. J.G. 

Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

ZABLUDOVSKY KUPER, Mr. J. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

NEW ZEALAND ARMSTRONG, Mr. W.M.V. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

CARSON, Mr. C.B. Trade in Goods 

 FALCONER, Mr. C.D. Trade in Goods 

 FALCONER, Mr. W.J. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 FARRELL, Mr. R. Trade in Goods 

 GROSER, Mr. T. Trade in Goods 

 HAMILTON, Mr. P.W Trade in Goods 

 HARVEY, Mr. M.W. Trade in Goods 

 HIGGIE, Ms. D.C. Trade in Goods 

 KENNEDY, Mr. P.D. Trade in Goods 

 MACEY, Mr. A. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 MCPHAIL, Mr. A.H. Trade in Goods 

 NOTTAGE, Mr. M.J. Trade in Goods 

 SLADE, Ms. M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 TRAINOR, Mr. M.J. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 WALKER, Mr. D.J. Trade in Goods and Services 

 WOODFIELD, Mr. E.A. Trade in Goods 

 

NIGER TANKOANO, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

NORWAY LILLERUD, Mr. K. Trade in Goods 

 LUNDBY, Mr. O. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 SELAND, Mr. H.A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 TØNSETH, Mr. D. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

PAKISTAN NAYYAR, Mr. S.I.M. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 

PANAMA FRANCIS LANUZA, Ms. Y. Trade in Goods and Services 

GONZALEZ, Mr. C.E. Trade in Goods and Services 
PANAMA (cont’d) HARRIS ROTKIN, Mr. N. Trade in Goods and Services 

SALAZAR FONG, Ms. D. Trade in Goods 

 

PERU DIEZ LIZARDO, Mr. J. Trade in Goods 

 

POLAND PIETRAS, Mr. J. Trade in Services 

 

QATAR MAKKI, Mr. F. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

SRI LANKA JAYASEKERA, Mr. D. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 

SWITZERLAND ADDOR, Mr. F. TRIPS 

 BREINING, Ms. Ch. Trade in Services 

CHAMBOVEY, Mr. D. Trade in Goods 

 COTTIER, Mr. Th. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

GETAZ, Mr. H.A. Trade in Services 

 HÄBERLI, Mr. C Trade in Goods 

INEICHEN-FLEISCH, Ms. M.-G. Trade in Goods and Services 

 KRAFFT, Mr. M-C. Trade in Goods 

TSCHÄNI, Mr. H. Trade in Goods 

WASESCHA, Mr. L. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 WEBER, Mr. R. Trade in Services 

 

TURKEY KAÇAR, Mr. B. Trade in Goods 

 

UNITED STATES BIRENBAUM, Mr. D.E. Trade in Goods 

BROWN-WEISS, Ms. E. Trade in Goods and Services 

GANTZ, Mr. D. Trade in Goods 

 GORDON, Mr. M.W. Trade in Goods 

GREENWALD, Mr. J.A. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

HELFER, Ms. R.T. Trade in Services 

 HUDEC, Mr. R.E. Trade in Goods and Services 

KASSINGER, Mr. T.W. Trade in Goods and Services 
UNITED STATES (cont'd) KIRK, Mr. M.K. TRIPS 

LAYTON, Mr. D. Trade in Goods 

 LICHTENSTEIN, Ms. C.C. Trade in Services 

 McGINNIS, Mr. J. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

PARTAN, Mr. D.G. Trade in Goods 

REYNA, Mr. J.V. Trade in Goods and Services 

 SHERMAN, Mr. S. Trade in Goods 

 VERRILL, Jr. Mr. C.O. Trade in Goods 

 

URUGUAY AMORÍN, Mr. C. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 ROSSELLI, Mr. A.O. Trade in Goods 

 VANERIO, Mr. G. Trade in Goods and Services 

 WHITELAW, Mr. J.A. Trade in Goods 

 

VENEZUELA ESCOBAR, Mr. J.B. Trade in Services 

 MARQUEZ, Mr. G. Trade in Services 

 
ANNEX 

Administration of the Indicative List

To assist in the selection of panelists, the DSU provides in Article 8.4 that the Secretariat shall maintain an 

indicative list of qualified governmental and non-governmental individuals. Accordingly, the Chairman 

of the DSB proposed at the 10 February meeting that WTO Members review the roster of nongovernmental panelists established on 30 November 1984 (BISD 31S/9) (hereinafter referred to as the 

“1984 GATT Roster”) and submit nominations for the indicative list by mid-June 1995. On 14 March, 

The United States delegation submitted an informal paper discussing, amongst other issues, what 

information should accompany the nomination of individuals, and how names might be removed from the 

list. The DSB further discussed the matter in informal consultations on 15 and 24 March, and at the DSB 

meeting on 29 March. This note puts forward some proposals for the administration of the indicative list, 

based on the previous discussions in the DSB. 

General DSU requirements

2. The DSU requires that the indicative list initially include “the roster of governmental and nongovernmental panelists established on 30 November 1984 (BISD 31S/9) and other rosters and indicative 

lists established under any of the covered agreements, and shall retain names of persons on those rosters and 

indicative lists at the time of entry into force of the WTO Agreement” (DSU 8.4). Additions to the 

indicative list are to be made by Members who may “periodically suggest names of governmental and nongovernmental individuals for inclusion on the indicative list, providing relevant information on their 

knowledge of international trade and of the sectors or subject matter of the covered agreements.” The 

names “shall be added to the list upon approval by the DSB” (DSU 8.4). 

Submission of information

3. As a minimum, the information to be submitted regarding each nomination should clearly reflect 

the requirements of the DSU. These provide that the list “shall indicate specific areas of experience or 

expertise of the individuals in the sectors or subject matter of the covered agreements” (DSU 8.4). The 

DSU also requires that panelists be “well-qualified governmental and/or non-governmental individuals, 

including persons who have served on or presented a case to a panel, served as a representative of a Member 

or of a contracting party to GATT 1947 or as a representative to the Council or Committee of any covered 

agreement or its predecessor agreement, or in the Secretariat, taught or published on international trade law 

or policy, or served as a senior trade policy official of a Member” (DSU 8.1). 

4. The basic information required for the indicative list could best be collected by use of a 

standardized form. Such a form, which could be called a Summary Curriculum Vitae, would be filled out 

by all nominees to ensure that relevant information is obtained. This would also permit information on the 

indicative list to be stored in an electronic database, making the list easily updateable and readily available 

to Members and the Secretariat. As well as supplying a completed Summary Curriculum Vitae form, 

persons proposed for inclusion on the indicative list could also, if they wished, supply a full Curriculum 

Vitae. This would not, however, be entered into the electronic part of the database. 

Updating of indicative list

5. The DSU does not specifically provide for the regular updating of the indicative list. In order to 

maintain the credibility of the list, it should however be completely updated every two years. Within the 

first month of each two-year period, Members would forward updated Curricula Vitae of persons appearing 
on the indicative list. At any time, Members would be free to modify the indicative list by proposing new 

names for inclusion, or specifically requesting removal of names of persons proposed by the Member who 

were no longer in a position to serve, or by updating the summary Curriculum Vitae. 

6. Names on the 1984 GATT Roster that are not specifically resubmitted, together with up-to-date 

summary Curriculum Vitae, by a Member before 31 July 1995 would not appear after that date on the 

indicative list. 

Other rosters

7. The Decision on Certain Dispute Settlement Procedures for the GATS (S/L/2 of 4 April 1995), 

adopted by the Council for Trade in Services on 1 March 1995, provides for a special roster of panelists 

with sectoral expertise. It states that "panels for disputes regarding sectoral matters shall have the necessary 

expertise relevant to the specific services sectors which the dispute concerns." It directs the Secretariat to 

maintain the roster and "develop procedures for its administration in consultation with the Chairman of the 

Council." A working document (S/C/W/1 of 15 February 1995) noted by the Council for Trade in Services 

states that “the roster to be established under the GATS pursuant to this Decision would form part of the 

indicative list referred to in the DSU.” The specialized roster of panelists under the GATS should therefore 

be integrated into the indicative list, taking care that the latter provides for a mention of any service sectoral 

expertise of persons on the list. 

8. A suggested format for the Summary Curriculum Vitae form for the purposes of maintaining the 

Indicative List is attached as an Annex. 
Summary Curriculum Vitae 

for Persons Proposed for the Indicative List 

1. Name: full name 

2. Sectoral Experience 

List here any particular sectors of expertise: (e.g. 

technical barriers, dumping, financial services, 

intellectual property, etc.) 

3. Nationality(ies) all citizenships 

4. Nominating Member: the nominating Member 

5. Date of birth: full date of birth 

6. Current occupations: year beginning, employer, title, 

responsibilities 

7. Post-secondary education year, degree, name of institution 

8. Professional qualifications year, title 

9. Trade-related experience in Geneva in 

the WTO/GATT system 

a. Served as a panelist 

b. Presented a case to a panel 

c. Served as a representative of a contracting party or 

member to a WTO or GATT body, or as an officer 

thereof 

d. Worked for the WTO or GATT Secretariat 

year, dispute name, role as 

chairperson/member 

year, dispute name, representing 

which party 

year, body, role 

year, title, activity 

10. Other trade-related experience 

a. Government trade work 

b. Private sector trade work 

year, employer, activity 

year, employer, activity 

11. Teaching and publications 

a. Teaching in trade law and policy 

b. Publications in trade law and policy 

year, institution, course title 

year, title, name of periodical/book, 

author/editor (if book) 

__________ 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.1 

27 May 2004 

(04-2281) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meetings on 18 March, 15 April, 24 June, 21 July and 29 August 2003 as well as on 

17 February, 20 April and 19 May 2004, the Dispute Settlement Body approved the following 

names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental Panelists.47

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

BRAZIL BARTHEL-ROSA, Mr. P. Trade in Goods 

 

BOLIVIA ZELADA CASTEDO, Mr. A. Trade in Goods 

 

CHINA ZENG, Mr. L. Trade in Goods 

 ZHANG, Mr. Y. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

 ZHU, Ms. L. Trade in Services; TRIPS 

 

EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

 SWEDEN AHNLID, Mr. A.G. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

BÄVERBRANT, Mr. J.C. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

BECKER, Ms G.M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

DAHLIN, Ms K.E. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

OLOFSGÅRD, Ms E.-K. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 47 WT/DSB/33. 
MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

RAHLEN, Ms Ch. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

TAURIAINEN, Mr. T.M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

 UNITED KINGDOM ROBERTS, Mr. D.F. Trade in Goods 

 

LIECHTENSTEIN Ziegler, Mr. A.R. Trade in Services; TRIPS 

 

PERU Belaúnde G., Mr. V.A. TRIPS 

 

SWITZERLAND PANNATIER, Mr. S.N. Trade in Goods 

 

THE SEPARATE CUSTOMS 

TERRITORY OF TAIWAN, 

PENGHU, KINMEN AND 

MATSU 

LO, Mr. C.F. 

YANG, Ms G.H. 

Trade in Goods and Services 

Trade in Goods and Services 

 

__________ 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.2 

12 January 2005 

(05-0132) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meetings on 31 August, 27 September, 24 November and 17 December 2004, the 

Dispute Settlement Body approved the following names for inclusion on the Indicative List of 

Governmental and Non-Governmental Panelists.48

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

 PORTUGAL CALHEIROS DA GAMA, Mr. J.S. TRIPS 

 

NEPAL SUBEDI, Mr. S.P. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

PANDEY, Mr. P.R. Trade in Goods and Services 

NIGERIA NNONA, Mr. G.C. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

URUGUAY CAYRÚS MAURÍN, Mr. H. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

VENEZUELA ROJAS PENSO, Mr. J.F. Trade in Goods and Services 

 

__________ 

 48 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.3 

6 December 2005 

(05-5802) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meetings on 19 May, 18 October and 28 November 2005, the Dispute Settlement 

Body approved the following names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and 

Non-Governmental Panelists.49

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

SPAIN PÉREZ, Mr. J.L. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

RIGO, Mr. A. Trade in Services 

 UNITED KINGDOM BETHLEHEM, Mr. D. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

 

PAKISTAN MALIK, Mr. R.A. Trade in Goods 

__________ 

 49 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1 & 2. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.4 

22 February 2006 

(06-0757) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meetings on 20 January and 17 February 2006, the Dispute Settlement Body 

approved the following names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and NonGovernmental Panelists.50

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

PAKISTAN HUSAIN, Mr. I. Trade in Services 

PERU LEÓN-THORNE, Mr. R. Trade in Goods and Services 

__________ 

 50 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1, 2 & 3. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.5 

10 May 2006 

(06-2282) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meeting on 21 April 2006, the Dispute Settlement Body approved the following 

names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental Panelists.51

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

COLOMBIA TANGARIFE, Mr. M. Trade in Goods; TRIPS

MEXICO DE LA PEÑA, Mr. A. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

__________ 

 51 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1, 2, 3 & 4. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.6 

26 July 2006 

(06-3593) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meetings on 19 June and 19 July 2006, the Dispute Settlement Body approved the 

following names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental 

Panelists.52

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

 UNITED KINGDOM SAROOSHI, Mr. D. Trade in Services 

 

JAPAN ASAKAI, Mr. K. Trade in Goods 

__________ 

 52 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1, 2, 3, 4 & 5. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.7 

11 September 2006 

(06-4325) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meeting on 1 September 2006, the Dispute Settlement Body approved the 

following names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental 

Panelists.53

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

JAPAN SANO, Mr. T. Trade in Goods 

PAKISTAN HAMID ALI, Mr. M. Trade in Goods; TRIPS 

__________ 

 53 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.8 

3 November 2006 

(06-5296) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meeting on 26 October 2006, the Dispute Settlement Body approved the following 

names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental Panelists.54

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

CHINA DONG, Mr. S. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS

ZHANG, Ms. Y. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

__________ 

 54 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 7. 
WORLD TRADE

ORGANIZATION

WT/DSB/33/Add.9 

21 December 2006 

(06-6120) 

INDICATIVE LIST OF GOVERNMENTAL AND 

NON-GOVERNMENTAL PANELISTS 

Addendum

 At its meeting on 19 December 2006, the Dispute Settlement Body approved the 

following names for inclusion on the Indicative List of Governmental and Non-Governmental 

Panelists.55

MEMBER NAME SECTORAL EXPERIENCE 

 

EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES 

 FRANCE BOISSON DE CHAZOURNES, Mrs. L. Trade in Goods and Services 

 NETHERLANDS BRINKHORST, Mr. L.J. Trade in Goods and Services 

SWITZERLAND MEYER, Mr. M. Trade in Goods and Services; TRIPS 

__________ 

 55 WT/DSB/33 and Add.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8. 
MEMBERSHIP OF THE WTO APPELLATE BODY 

In 2006, the membership of the WTO Appellate Body was as follows: 

Mr. Georges M. Abi-Saab (Egypt), Professor Luiz Olavo Baptisa (Brazil), 

Mr. Arumugamangalam V. Ganesan (India), Professor Merit E. Janow (United States), 

Professor Giorgio Sacerdoti (Italy), Mr. Yasuhei Taniguchi (Japan), 

Mr. David Unterhalter (South Africa) 

 

BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES: 

Georges Michel Abi-Saab 

Born in Egypt on June 9, 1933, Georges Michel Abi-Saab is Honorary Professor of International Law at 

the Graduate Institute of International Studies in Geneva (having taught there from 1963 to 2000); 

Honorary Professor at Cairo University’s Faculty of Law; and a Member of the Institute of International 

Law. 

Professor Abi-Saab served as consultant to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for the 

preparation of two reports on “Respect of Human Rights in Armed Conflicts” (1969 and 1970) and for the 

report on “Progressive Development of Principles and Norms of International Law Relating to the New 

International Economic Order” (1984). He represented Egypt in the Diplomatic Conference on the 

Reaffirmation and Development of International Humanitarian Law (1974 to 1977), and acted as advocate 

and Counsel for several governments in cases before the International Court of Justice (“ICJ”) as well as 

in international arbitrations. He has also served twice as judge ad hoc on the ICJ and as Judge on the 

Appeals Chamber of the International Criminal Tribunals for the Former Yugoslavia and for Rwanda. He 

is a Commissioner of the United Nations Compensation Commission and a Member of the Administrative 

Tribunal of the International Monetary Fund and of various international arbitral tribunals. 

Professor Abi-Saab is the author of numerous books and articles, including “Les exceptions préliminaires 

dans la procédure de la Cour internationale: Etude des notions fondamentales de procédure et des moyens 

de leur mise en oeuvre” (Paris, Pedone, 1967); “International Crises and the Role of Law: The United 

Nations Operation in Congo 1960-1964” (Oxford University Press, 1978); “The Concept of International 

Organization” (as editor) (Paris, UNESCO, 1981; French edition, 1980); and of two courses at the Hague 

Academy of International Law: “Wars of National Liberation in the Geneva Conventions and Protocols” 

(Recueil des cours, vol. 165 (1979-IV)) and the “General Course of Public International Law”(in French) 

(Recueil des cours, vol. 207 (1987-VII)). 

Luiz Olavo Baptista 

 

Born in Brazil in 1938, Luiz Olavo Baptista is currently Professor of International Trade Law at the 

University of São Paulo Law School. 

He has been a Member of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague since 1996, and of the 

International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Institute for International Trade Practices and of its 

Commission on Trade and Investment Policy, since 1999. In addition, he has been one of the arbitrators 

designated under Mercosur’s Protocol of Brasilia since 1993. 

Professor Baptista is also senior partner at the L.O. Baptista Law Firm, in São Paulo, Brazil, where he 

concentrates his practice on corporate law, arbitration and international litigation. He has been practicing 
law for almost 40 years advising governments, international organizations and large corporations in Brazil 

and in other jurisdictions. Professor Baptista has been an arbitrator at the United Nations Compensation 

Commission (E4A Panel) in several private commercial disputes and State-investor proceedings, as well 

as in disputes under Mercosur’s Protocol of Brasilia. In addition, he has participated as a legal advisor in 

diverse projects sponsored by the World Bank, the United Nations Conference on Trade and 

Development, the United Nations Center on Transnational Corporations, and the United Nations 

Development Programme. 

He obtained his law degree from the Catholic University of São Paulo, pursued post-graduate studies at 

Columbia University Law School and The Hague Academy of International Law, and received a Ph.D. in 

International Law from the University of Paris II. He was Visiting Professor at the University of 

Michigan (Ann Arbor) in 1978-1979, and at the University of Paris I and the University of Paris X 

between 1996 and 2000. Professor Baptista has published extensively on various issues in Brazil and 

abroad. 

Arumugamangalam Venkatachalam Ganesan 

 

Born in Tirunelveli, Tamil Nadu, India on June 7, 1935, Arumugamangalam Venkatachalam Ganesan 

was a distinguished civil servant of India. He was appointed to the Indian Administrative Service, a 

premier civil service of India in May 1959, and served in that service until June 1993. In a career 

spanning over 34 years, he has held a number of high level assignments, including Joint Secretary 

(Investment), Department of Economic Affairs, Government of India (1977-1980); Inter-Regional 

Adviser, United Nations Centre on Transnational Corporations, United Nations Headquarters, New York 

(1980-1985); Additional Secretary, Department of Industrial Development, Government of India (1986-

1989); Chief Negotiator of India for the Uruguay Round of Multilateral Trade Negotiations and Special 

Secretary, Ministry of Commerce, Government of India (1989-1990); Civil Aviation Secretary of the 

Government of India (1990-1991); and Commerce Secretary of the Government of India (1991-1993). 

He represented India on numerous occasions in bilateral, regional and multilateral negotiations in the 

areas of international trade, investment and intellectual property rights. Between 1989 and 1993, he 

represented India at the various stages of the Uruguay Round of Multilateral Trade Negotiations. 

After his retirement from civil service, Mr. Ganesan served as an expert and consultant to various 

agencies of the United Nations system, including the United Nations Conference on Trade and 

Development (“UNCTAD”), the United Nations Industrial Development Organization (“UNIDO”) and 

the United Nations Development Programme, in the field of international trade, investment and 

intellectual property rights. He has also spoken extensively to the business, managerial, scientific and 

academic communities in India on the scope and substance of the Uruguay Round negotiations and 

Agreements and their implications. Until his appointment to the Appellate Body of the WTO in 2000, he 

was a Member of the Government of India’s High Level Trade Advisory Committee on Multilateral 

Trade Negotiations. He was also a Member of the Permanent Group of Experts under the WTO 

Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures, and a Member of a Dispute Settlement Panel of 

the WTO in 1999-2000 in the United States – Section 110(5) of the US Copyright Act case. 

Mr. Ganesan has written numerous newspaper articles and monographs dealing with various aspects of 

the Uruguay Round Agreements and their implications. He is also the author of many papers on trade, 

investment and intellectual property issues for UNCTAD and UNIDO, and has contributed to books 

published in India on matters concerning the Uruguay Round, including intellectual property right issues. 

Mr. Ganesan holds M.A and M.Sc degrees from the University of Madras, India. 
Merit E. Janow 

Born in the United States on May 13, 1958, Ms. Merit E. Janow has been since 1994 Professor in the 

Practice of International Economic Law and International Affairs at the School of International and Public 

Affairs of Columbia University. She teaches advanced law courses in international trade and comparative 

antitrust law along with courses on international trade policy. 

Before joining Columbia’s faculty in 1994, Ms. Janow was Deputy Assistant U.S. Trade Representative 

for Japan and China (1990-1993), and worked as a corporate lawyer specializing in mergers and 

acquisitions with the law firm Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom in New York (1988-1990). 

Ms. Janow is the author of several books and has contributed chapters to more than a dozen books. She 

grew up in Tokyo, Japan, and speaks Japanese. Ms. Janow served as a WTO panelist from September 

2001 to May 2002 in the dispute European Communities – Trade Description of Sardines (WT/DS231). 

Giorgio Sacerdoti 

Born on March 2, 1943, Giorgio Sacerdoti is Professor of International Law and European Law at 

Bocconi University, Milan, Italy, since 1986. 

Professor Sacerdoti has held various posts in the public sector including Vice-Chairman of the 

Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) Working Group on Bribery in 

International Business Transactions until 2001 where he was one of the drafters of the “Anticorruption 

Convention of 1997”. He has acted as consultant to the Council of Europe, the United Nations 

Conference on Trade and Development (“UNCTAD”) and the World Bank in matters related to foreign 

investments, trade, bribery, development and good governance. In the private sector, he has often served 

as arbitrator in international commercial disputes and at the International Centre for Settlement of 

Investment Disputes. Professor Sacerdoti has published extensively on international trade law, 

investments, international contracts and arbitration. 

After graduating from the University of Milan with a law degree summa cum laude in 1965, Professor 

Sacerdoti gained a Master in Comparative Law from Columbia University Law School as a Fulbright 

Fellow in 1967. He was admitted to the Milan bar in 1969 and to the Supreme Court of Italy in 1979. He 

is a Member of the Committee on International Trade Law of the International Law Association. 

Yasuhei Taniguchi 

Born in Japan on December 26, 1934, Yasuhei Taniguchi is currently Professor of law at Tokyo Keizai 

University, and Attorney at Law in Tokyo. He obtained a law degree from Kyoto University in 1957 and 

was fully qualified as a jurist in 1959. His graduate degrees include LL.M., University of California at 

Berkeley (1963) and J.S.D., Cornell University (1964). He taught at Kyoto University for 39 years and 

has been Professor Emeritus since 1998. He also has taught as Visiting Professor of Law in the United 

States (University of Michigan, University of California at Berkeley, Duke University, Stanford 

University, Georgetown University, Harvard University, New York University, and University of 

Richmond), in Australia (Murdoch University and University of Melbourne), at the University of Hong 

Kong and at the University of Paris XII. 

Professor Taniguchi is former president of the Japanese Association of Civil Procedure and currently 

vice-president of the International Association of Procedural Law. He is affiliated with various academic 
societies and arbitral organizations as arbitrator, including the International Council for Commercial 

Arbitration; the International Law Association; the American Law Institute; the Japan Commercial 

Arbitration Association; the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators; the American Arbitration Association; the 

Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre; the Chinese International Economic and Trade Arbitration 

Commission; the Korean Commercial Arbitration Board; and the Cairo Regional Centre of Commercial 

Arbitration. He has also been an active arbitrator in the International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) 

Court of International Arbitration. 

Professor Taniguchi has written numerous books and articles in the fields of civil procedure, arbitration, 

insolvency, the judicial system and legal profession, as well as comparative and international law related 

to these fields. His publications have been published in Japanese, Chinese, English, French, Italian, 

German, and Portuguese. 

David Unterhalter 

Born in South Africa on November 18, 1958, David Unterhalter holds degrees from Trinity College, 

Cambridge, the University of the Witwatersrand, and University College Oxford. David Unterhalter has 

been a Professor of Law at the University of the Witwatersrand in South Africa since 1998, and from 

2000 – 2006, he was the Director of the Mandela Institute, University of the Witwatersrand, an institute 

focusing upon global law. 

Mr. Unterhalter is a member of the Johannesburg Bar; as a practicing advocate he has appeared in a large 

number of cases in the fields of trade law, competition law, constitutional law, and commercial law. His 

experience includes representing different parties in anti-dumping and countervailing duty cases. He has 

acted as an advisor to the South African Department of Trade and Industry. In addition, he has served on 

a number of WTO dispute settlement panels. Mr. Unterhalter has published widely in the fields of public 

law and competition law. 

Source: WTO Secretariat 
Where to Find More Information on the WTO 

Information about the WTO and trends in international trade is available to the public at the following websites: 

The USTR home page: http://www.ustr.gov

The WTO home page: http://www .wto.org

U.S. submissions are available electronically on the WTO website using Documents Online, which can retrieve an 

electronic copy by the “document symbol”. Electronic copies of U.S. submissions are also available at the USTR website. 

Examples of information available on the WTO home page include: 

Descriptions of the Structure and Operations of the WTO, such as:

• WTO Organizational Chart 

• Biographic backgrounds 

• Membership 

• General Council activities 

WTO News, such as:

• Status of dispute settlement cases 

• Press Releases on Appointments to WTO 

Bodies, Appellate Body Reports and 

Panel Reports, and others 

• Schedules of future WTO meetings 

• Summaries of Trade Policy Review 

Mechanism reports on individual 

Members’ trade practices 

Resources including Official Documents, such as:

• Notifications required by the Uruguay 

Round Agreements 

• Working Procedures for Appellate 

Review 

• Special Studies on key WTO issues 

• On-line document database where one can 

find and download official documents 

• Legal Texts of the W TO agreements 

• WTO Annual Reports 

Community/Forums, such as:

• Media and NGOs • General public news and chat rooms 

Trade Topics, such as:

• Briefing Papers on WTO activities in 

individual sectors, including goods, 

services, intellectual property, other topics 

• Disputes and Dispute Reports 
 

WTO publications may be ordered directly from the following sources: 

1. The World Trade Organization 

Publications Services 

Centre William Rappard 

Rue de Lausanne 154 

CH - 1211 Geneva 21 

Switzerland 

Tel: (41-22) 739 52 08 / 739 53 08 

Fax: (41-22) 739 57 92 

email: publications@wto.org

2. Berman Associates 

4611-F Assembly Drive 

Lanham, MD 20706-4391 

Tel: 301/459-7666 

Toll Free: 800/274-4888 

fax: 301/459-0056 

Toll Free: 800/865-3450 

e-mail: query@bernan.com

e-mail: order@bernan.com
ANNEX III
2

ANNEX III: U.S. TRADE-RELATED AGREEMENTS 

I. Agreements That Have Entered Into Force

Following is a list of trade agreements entered into by the United States since 1984 and 

monitored by the Office of the United States Trade Representative for compliance. 

Multilateral Agreements

► Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization (signed April 15, 

 1994) and the Ministerial Decisions and Declarations adopted by the Uruguay Round 

 Trade Negotiations Committee on December 15, 1993 

a. Multilateral Agreements on Trade in Goods 

i. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 

ii. Agreement on Agriculture 

iii. Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures 

iv. Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade 

v. Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures 

vi. Agreement on Implementation of Article VI of the General Agreement on 

Tariffs and Trade 1994 

vii. Agreement on Implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on 

Tariffs and Trade 1994 

vii. Agreement on Preshipment Inspection 

ix. Agreement on Rules of Origin 

x. Agreement on Import Licensing Procedures 

xi. Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures 

xii. Agreement on Safeguards 

 xiii. Information Technology Agreement (ITA) (March 26, 1997) 

b. General Agreement on Trade in Services 

 i. Basic Telecommunications Services Agreement (February 15, 1997) 

 ii. Financial Services Agreement (March 1, 1999) 

c. Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights 

 

d. Plurilateral Trade Agreements 

i. Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft (April 12, 1979; amended in 1986) 

ii. Agreement on Government Procurement (April 15, 1994) 

► International Tropical Timber Agreement (successor to the 1983 International Tropical 

 Timber Agreement; signed January 26, 1994; entered into force January 1, 1997) 
► International Coffee Agreement (successor to the 1994 International Coffee Agreement; 

 entered into force provisionally October 1, 2001 and definitively May 17, 2005; U.S. 

 Instrument of Accession deposited February 3, 2005) 

► North American Free Trade Agreement (signed December 17, 1992; implementing 

 legislation signed December 8, 1993) 

 i. Agreement with Mexico and Canada to a first round of NAFTA Accelerated 

Tariff Elimination (March 26, 1997) 

 ii. Agreement with Mexico and Canada to a second round of NAFTA Accelerated 

Tariff Elimination (July 27, 1998) 

iii. Agreement with Mexico to a third round of NAFTA Accelerated Tariff 

 Elimination (November 29, 2000) 

iv. Agreement with Mexico to a fourth round of NAFTA Accelerated Tariff 

 Elimination (December 5, 2001) 

 v. Agreement with Mexico and Canada on adjustments to the NAFTA Rules of 

Origin (November 27, 2002) 

 vi. Agreement with Mexico and Canada on adjustments to the NAFTA Rules of 

Origin (October 8, 2004) 

 vii. Agreement with Mexico and Canada on adjustments to the NAFTA Rules of 

 Origin (March 8, 2006) 

► North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation (1993) 

► North American Agreement on Labor Cooperation (1993) 

► Statement Concerning Semiconductors by the European Commission and the 

 Governments of the United States, Japan, and Korea. (June 10, 1999) 

► Agreement on Mutual Acceptance of Oenological Practices (December 18, 2001) 

► The Dominican Republic-Central America-United States Free Trade Agreement (signed 

 August 4, 2004 with Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua and the 

 Dominican Republic; entered into force with: El Salvador (March 1, 2006); Guatemala 

 (July 1, 2006); Honduras (April 1, 2006); and Nicaragua (April 1, 2006) 
Bilateral Agreements

Albania

► Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (May 14, 1992) 

► Bilateral Investment Treaty (January 4, 1998) 

Argentina

► Private Courier Mail Agreement (May 25, 1989) 

► Bilateral Investment Treaty (October 20, 1994) 

Armenia

► Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (April 7, 1992) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (March 29, 1996)

Australia

< Settlement on Leather Products Trade (November 25, 1996) 

< Understanding on Automotive Leather Subsidies (June 20, 2000) 

< Agreement to Implement Phase I of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 

Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications 

Equipment (October 19, 2002) 

< U.S.-Australia Agreement on the Establishment of a Free Trade Area (signed May 18, 

2004; entry into force January 1, 2005)

Azerbaijan

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (April 21, 1995) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (August 2, 2001) 

Bahrain

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (May 30, 2001) 

< United States-Bahrain Agreement on the Establishment of a Free Trade Area (August 1, 

2006) 
Bangladesh

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (July 25, 1989) 

Belarus

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (February 16, 1993) 

Bolivia

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (June 6, 2001) 

Brazil

< Memorandum of Understanding between the Government of Brazil and the Government 

of the United States Concerning Trade Measures in the Automotive Sector (March 16, 

1998) 

Bulgaria

< Agreement on Trade Relations (November 22, 1991) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (June 2, 1994) 

 

< Agreement Concerning Intellectual Property Rights (July 6, 1994) 

Cambodia

< Agreement Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Cambodia on 

Trade Relations and Intellectual Property Rights Protection (October 8, 1996) 

< Exchange of notes extending bilateral agreement on Trade in Textiles and Textile 

Products (December 31, 2001) 

Cameroon

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (April 6, 1989) 

Canada

< Agreement on Salmon & Herring (May 11, 1993) 

< Agreement Regarding Tires (May 25, 1993) 
< Memorandum of Understanding on Provincial Beer Marketing Practices (August 5, 1993) 

 

< Agreement on Ultra-High Temperature Milk (September 1993) 

< Agreement on Beer Market Access in Quebec and British Columbia Beer Antidumping 

Cases (April 4, 1994) 

< Agreement on Salmon & Herring (April 1994) 

< Agreement on Barley Tariff-Rate Quota (September 8, 1997) 

< Record of Understanding on Agriculture (December 1998) 

< Agreement on Magazines (Periodicals) (May 1999) 

< Agreement on Implementation of the WTO Decision on Canada’s Dairy Support 

Programs (December 1999) 

< Agreement to Implement Phase I of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 

Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications 

Equipment (January 17, 2002) 

< Agreement to Implement Phase II of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 

Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications 

Equipment (January 28, 2003) 

< U.S.-Canada Understanding on Implementation of the Decision of the WTO General 

Council of August 30, 2003, on “Implementation of Paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration 

on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health” as Interpreted by the Accompanying 

Statement of the Chairman of the General Council of the Same Date (July 16, 2004) 

< Softwood Lumber Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America 

and the Government of Canada (SLA 2006) (October 12, 2006) 

Chile 

< United States-Chile Free Trade Agreement (January 1, 2004)

China

< Accord on Industrial and Technological Cooperation (January 12, 1984) 

< Memorandum of Understanding on the Protection of Intellectual Property Rights 

(January 17, 1992) 
< Memorandum of Understanding on Prohibiting Import and Export in Prison Labor 

Products (June 18, 1992) 

< Memorandum of Understanding Concerning Market Access (October 10, 1992) 

< Agreement on Trade Relations Between the United States of America and the People’s 

Republic of China (signed July 7, 1979; entered into force February 1, 1980; renewed 

February 1, 2001) 

< Agreement on Providing Intellectual Property Rights Protection (February 26, 1995) 

< Report on China’s Measures to Enforce Intellectual Property Protections and Other 

Measures (June 17, 1996) 

< Interim Agreement on Market Access for Foreign Financial Information Companies 

(Xinhua) (October 24, 1997) 

< Bilateral Agriculture Agreement (April 10, 1999) 

< Memorandum of Understanding Between China and the United States Regarding China’s 

Value-Added Tax on Integrated Circuits (July 14, 2004) 

< Memorandum of Understanding between the Governments of the United States of 

America and the People’s Republic of China Concerning Trade in Textile and Apparel 

Products (November 8, 2005) 

Colombia

< Memorandum of Understanding on Trade in Bananas (January 9, 1996) 

Congo, Democratic Republic of the (formerly Zaire)

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (July 28, 1989) 

Congo, Republic of the 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (August 13, 1994) 

Costa Rica

< Memorandum of Understanding on Trade in Bananas (January 9, 1996) 

Croatia

< Memorandum of Understanding on Intellectual Property Rights (May 26, 1998) 
< Bilateral Investment Treaty (June 20, 2001) 

Czech Republic

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (December 19, 1992) 

Ecuador

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Rights Protection (October 15, 1993) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (May 11, 1997) 

Egypt

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (June 27, 1992) 

Estonia

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (February 16, 1997)

European Economic Area – European Free Trade Association (EEA EFTA States -- Norway, 

Iceland, and Liechtenstein) 

< Agreement on Mutual Recognition Between the United States of America and the EEA EFTA 

States (signed October 17, 2005); entered into force March 1, 2006). 

< Agreement Between the United States of America and the EEA EFTA States on the Mutual 

 Recognition of Certificates of Conformity for Marine Equipment (signed October 17, 2005); 

 entered into force March 1, 2006) 

European Union 

< Wine Accord (July 1983)

< Agreement for the Conclusion of Negotiations Between the United States and the 

European Community under GATT Article XXIV:6 (January 30, 1987) 

< Agreement on Exports of Pasta with Settlement, Annex and Related Letter 

 (September 15, 1987) 

< Agreement on Canned Fruit (updated) (April 14, 1992) 

< Agreement Concerning the Application of the GATT Agreement on Trade in Civil 

Aircraft (July 17, 1992) 
< Agreement on Meat Inspection Standards (November 13, 1992) 

< Corn Gluten Feed Exchange of Letters (December 4 and 8, 1992) 

< Malt-Barley Sprouts Exchange of Letters (December 4 and 8, 1992) 

< Oilseeds Agreement (December 4 and 8, 1992) 

< Agreement on Recognition of Bourbon Whiskey and Tennessee Whisky as Distinctive 

U.S. Products (March 28, 1994) 

< Memorandum of Understanding on Government Procurement (April 15, 1994) 

< Letter on Financial Services Confirming Assurances to Provide Full MFN and National 

Treatment (July 14, 1995) 

< Agreement on EU Grains Margin of Preference (signed July 22, 1996; retroactively 

effective December 30, 1995) 

< Exchange of Letters Concerning Implementation of the Marrakesh Agreement 

Establishing the World Trade Organization and Related Matters (June 26, 1996) 

< Exchange of Letters between the United States of America and the European Community 

on a Settlement for Cereals and Rice, and Accompanying Exchange of Letters on Rice 

Prices (July 22, 1996) 

< Agreement for the Conclusion of Negotiations between the United States of America and 

the European Community under GATT Article XXIV:6, and Accompanying Exchange of 

Letters (signed July 22, 1996; retroactively effective December 30, 1995) 

< Tariff Initiative on Distilled Spirits (February 28, 1997) 

< Agreement on Global Electronic Commerce (December 9, 1997) 

< Agreed Minute on Humane Trapping Standards (December 18, 1997) 

< Agreement on Mutual Recognition Between the United States of America and the 

European Community (signed May 18, 1997; entered into force December 1, 1998) 

< Agreement between the United States and the European Community on Sanitary Measure 

to Protect Public and Animal Health in Trade in Live Animals and Animal Products (July 

20, 1999) 

< Understanding on Bananas (April 11, 2001) 
< Agreement on the Mutual Acceptance of Oenological Practices (December 18, 2001) 

< Agreement between the United States of America and the European Community on the 

Mutual Recognition of Certificates of Conformity for Marine Equipment (July 1, 2004) 

< Agreement in the Form of an Exchange of Letters Between the United States and the 

European Community Relating to the Method of Calculation of Applied Duties for 

Husked Rice (June 30, 2005; retroactively effective March 1, 2005) 

< Agreement Between the United States and European Community on Trade in Wine 

(March 10, 2006) 

< Accession of the Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Hungary, Malta, 

Poland, Slovenia, and the Slovak Republic to the European Union (exchange of letters 

was finalized on March 22, 2006) 

< Agreement for the Conclusion of Negotiations between the United States of America and 

the European Community under GATT Article XXIV:6, and Accompanying Exchange of 

Letters (signed March 22, 2006) 

Georgia

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (August 13, 1993) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (August 17, 1997) 

Grenada

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (March 3, 1989) 

Hong Kong 

< Agreement to Implement Phase I and Phase II of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation 

(APEC) Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of 

Telecommunications Equipment (April 4, 2005) 

< Memorandum of Understanding Between the United States of America and the Hong 

Kong Special Administrative Region Concerning Cooperation in Trade in Textile and 

Apparel Goods (August 1, 2005) 

Honduras

< Memorandum of Understanding on Worker Rights (November 15, 1995) 
< Bilateral Investment Treaty (July 11, 2001) 

< Exchanges of Letters on Trade in Textiles and Apparel Goods (March 7, 2006) 

Hungary

< Agreement on Trade Relations (July 7, 1978) 

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Rights Protection (September 29, 1993) 

India

< Agreement Regarding Indian Import Policy for Motion Pictures (February 5, 1992) 

< Reduction of Tariffs on In-Shell Almonds (May 27, 1992) 

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Rights Protection (March 1993) 

< Agreement on Import Restrictions (December 28, 1999) 

< Agreement on Textile Tariff Bindings (September 15, 2000) 

Indonesia

< Conditions for Market Access for Films and Videos into Indonesia (April 1992) 

Israel

< United States-Israel Free Trade Agreement (August 19, 1985) 

< United States-Israel Agreement on Trade in Agriculture (December 4, 1996) 

< United States-Israel Agreement on Almonds and Certain Other Agricultural Trade Issues 

(November 30, 1997)

< United States-Israel Agreement Concerning Certain Aspects of Trade in Agricultural 

Products (July 27, 2004)

Jamaica

< Agreement on Intellectual Property (February 1994) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (March 7, 1997) 
Japan

< Market-Oriented Sector-Selective (MOSS) Agreement on Medical Equipment and 

Pharmaceuticals (January 9, 1986) 

< Exchange of Letters Regarding Tobacco (October 6, 1986) 

< Science and Technology Agreement (June 20, 1988; extended June 16, 1993) 

< Measures Concerning Cellular Telephone and Third Party Radio System 

Telecommunications Issues (June 28, 1989) 

< Procedures to Introduce Supercomputers (June 15, 1990) 

< Measures Relating to Wood Products (June 15, 1990) 

< Policies and Procedures Regarding Satellite Research and Development/Procurement 

(June 15, 1990) 

< Policies and Procedures Regarding International Value-Added Network Services and 

Network Channel Terminating Equipment (July 31, 1990) 

< Joint Announcement on Amorphous Metals (September 21, 1990) 

< Measures Further to 1990 Policies and Procedures regarding International Value-Added 

Network Services (April 27, 1991) 

< Measures Regarding International Value-Added Network Services Investigation 

Mechanisms (June 25, 1991) 

< United States-Japan Major Projects Arrangement (July 31, 1991; originally negotiated 

1988) 

< Measures Related to Japanese Public Sector Procurement of Computer Products and 

Services (January 22, 1992) 

< United States-Japan Framework for a New Economic Partnership (July 10, 1993) 

< Exchange of Letters Regarding Apples (September 13, 1993) 

< United States-Japan Public Works Agreement (January 18, 1994) 

► Mutual Understanding on Intellectual Property Rights between the Japanese Patent Office 

 and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (January 20, 1994) 
< Exchange of Letters Regarding Implementation of the Measures Regarding Cellular 

Telephone and Third-Party Radio Systems (March 12, 1994) 

< Rice (April 15, 1994) 

< Harmonized Chemical Tariffs (April 15, 1994) 

< Copper (April 15, 1994) 

< Market Access (April 15, 1994) 

< Actions to be Taken by the Japanese Patent Office and the U.S. Patents and Trademark 

Office pursuant to the January 20, 1994, Mutual Understanding on Intellectual Property 

Rights (August 16, 1994) 

< Measures by the Government of the United States and the Government of Japan 

Regarding Insurance (October 11, 1994) 

< Measures on Japanese Public Sector Procurement of Telecommunications Products and 

Services (November 1, 1994) 

< Measures Related to Japanese Public Sector Procurement of Medical Technology 

Products and Services (November 1, 1994) 

< Measures Regarding Financial Services (February 13, 1995) 

< Policies and Measures Regarding Inward Direct Investment and Buyer-Supplier 

Relationships (June 20, 1995) 

< Exchange of Letters on Financial Services (July 26 and 27, 1995) 

< Interim Understanding for the Continuation of Japan-U.S. Insurance Talks (September 

30, 1996) 

< United States-Japan Insurance Agreement (December 24, 1996) 

< Japan’s Recognition of U.S.-Grademarked Lumber (January 13, 1997) 

< Resolution of WTO dispute with Japan on Sound Recordings (January 13, 1997) 

< National Policy Agency Procurement of VHF Radio Communications System (March 31, 

1997) 

< United States-Japan Enhanced Initiative on Deregulation and Competition Policy (June 

19, 1997) 
< United States-Japan Agreement on Distilled Spirits (December 17, 1997) 

< First Joint Status Report on Deregulation and Competition Policy (May 29, 1998) 

< United States-Japan Joint Report on Investment (April 28, 1999) 

< Second Joint Status Report on Deregulation and Competition Policy (May 3, 1999) 

 

< United States-Japan Agreement on NTT Procurement Procedures (July 1, 1999) 

< Third Joint Status Report on Deregulation and Competition Policy (July 19, 2000) 

< Fourth Joint Status Report on Deregulation and Competition Policy (June 30, 2001) 

< United States-Japan Economic Partnership for Growth (June 30, 2001) 

< First Report to the Leaders on the U.S.-Japan Regulatory Reform and Competition Policy 

Initiative (June 25, 2002) 

< Second Report to the Leaders on the U.S.-Japan Regulatory Reform and Competition 

Policy Initiative (May 23, 2003) 

< Third Report to the Leaders on the U.S.-Japan Regulatory Reform and Competition 

Policy Initiative (June 8, 2004) 

Jordan

< Agreement Between U.S. and Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan on the Establishment of a 

Free Trade Area (December 17, 2001) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (June 12, 2003) 

Kazakstan

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (February 18, 1993) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (January 12, 1994) 

Korea

< Record of Understanding on Intellectual Property Rights (August 28, 1986) 

< Agreement on Access of U.S. Firms to Korea's Insurance Markets (August 28, 1986) 
< Record of Understanding Concerning Market Access for Cigarettes (May 27, 1988; 

amended October 16, 1989) 

< Agreement Concerning the Korean Capital Market Promotion Law (September 1, 1988) 

< Agreement on the Importation and Distribution of Foreign Motion Pictures 

 (December 30, 1988) 

< Agreement on Market Access for Wine and Wine Products (January 18, 1989) 

< Investment Agreement (May 19, 1989) 

< Agreement on Liberalization of Agricultural Imports (May 25, 1989) 

< Record of Understanding on Telecommunications (January 23, 1990) 

< Record of Understanding on Telecommunications (February 15, 1990) 

< Exchange of Letters Regarding the 1986 Intellectual Property Rights Agreement: Product 

Pipeline Protection (February 22, 1990) 

< Record of Understanding on Beef (March 21, 1990) 

< Exchange of Letters on Beef (April 26 and 27, 1990) 

< Agreement on Wine Access (December 19, 1990) 

< Record of Understanding on Telecommunications (February 7, 1991) 

< Agreement on International Value-Added Services (June 20, 1991) 

< Understanding on Telecommunications (February 17, 1992) 

< Exchange of Letters Relating to Korea Telecom Company's Procurement of AT&T 

Switches (March 31, 1993) 

< Beef Agreements (June 26, 1993; December 29, 1993) 

< Record of Understanding on Agricultural Market Access in the Uruguay Round 

(December 13, 1993) 

< Exchange of Letters on Telecommunications Issues Relating to Equipment Authorization 

and Korea Telecom Company's Procurement (March 29, 1995) 

< Agreement on Steel (July 14, 1995) 
< Shelf-Life Agreement (July 20, 1995) 

< Revised Cigarette Agreement (August 25, 1995) 

< Memorandum of Understanding to Increase Market Access for Foreign Passenger 

Vehicles in Korea (September 28, 1995) 

< Exchange of Letters on Implementation of the 1992 Telecommunications Agreement 

(April 12, 1996) 

< Korean Commitments on Trade in Telecommunications Goods and Services (July 23, 

1997) 

< Agreement on Korean Motor Vehicle Market (October 20, 1998) 

< Exchange of Letters Regarding Tobacco Sector Related Issues (June 14, 2001) 

< Exchange of Letters on Data Protection (March 12, 2002) 

< Record of Understanding between the Governments of the United States and the Republic 

of Korea Regarding the Extension of Special Treatment for Rice (February 2005) 

< Agreement to Implement Phase I of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 

Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications 

Equipment (May 10, 2005) 

► Agreement on Duty-Free Treatment of Multi-Chips Integrated Circuits (MCPs) (January 

 18, 2006) 

Latvia

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (August 21, 1992) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (January 12, 1994) 

< Agreement on Trade & Intellectual Property Rights Protection (January 20, 1995) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (December 26, 1996) 

Lithuania 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (November 22, 2001)
Laos

► Bilateral Trade Agreement (entered into force February 4, 2005) 

Macedonia 

< Exchange of notes extending bilateral agreement on Trade in Textiles and Textile 

Products (June 2, 2000) 

< Memorandum of Understanding Establishing Outward Processing Program (September 

17, 1999) 

Mexico

< Agreement with Mexico on Tire Certification (March 8, 1996) 

< Memorandum of Understanding Between the United States and Mexico Regarding Areas 

of Food and Agriculture Trade (April 4, 2002) 

< U.S.-Mexico Exchange of Letters Regarding Mexico’s NAFTA Safeguard on Certain 

Poultry Products (July 24-25, 2003) 

< Understanding Regarding the Implementation of the WTO Decision on Mexico’s 

 Telecommunications Services (June 1, 2004) 

< Agreement between USTR and Secretaria de Economia of the United Mexican State on 

 Trade in Tequila (January 17, 2006) 

► Agreement between USTR and Secretaria de Economia of the United Mexican State on 

 Trade in Cement (April 3, 2006).

Moldova

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (July 2, 1992) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (November 25, 1994) 

Mongolia

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (January 23, 1991) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (January 1, 1997) 
Morocco

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (May 29, 1991) 

< United States- Morocco Free Trade Agreement (agreement signed on May 18, 2004; 

entered into force January 1, 2006)

Mozambique 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (March 2, 2005) 

Nicaragua

< Bilateral Intellectual Property Rights Agreement with Nicaragua (December 22, 1997) 

► Exchange of Letters between U.S. and Nicaragua on Trade in Textile and Apparel Goods 

 (March 24, 2006) 

Norway

< Agreement on Procurement of Toll Equipment (April 26, 1990) 

Panama

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (May 30, 1991) 

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (1994) 

Paraguay

< Memorandum of Understanding on Intellectual Property Rights (March 30, 2004; 

renewed May 2006) 

Peru

< Memorandum of Understanding on Intellectual Property Rights (May 23, 1997) 

Philippines

< Protection and Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights (April 6, 1993) 

< Agreement regarding Pork and Poultry Meat (February 13, 1998) 

Poland

< Business and Economic Treaty (August 6, 1994) 
< Bilateral Investment Treaty (August 6, 1994) 

Romania

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (April 3, 1992) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (January 15, 1994) 

< Memorandum of Understanding Establishing Outward Processing Program (September 

10, 1999) 

Russia

< Trade Agreement Concerning Most Favored Nation and Nondiscriminatory Treatment 

(June 17, 1992) 

< Joint Memorandum of Understanding on Market Access for Aircraft (January 30, 1996) 

< Agreed Minutes regarding exports of poultry products from the United States to Russia 

(March 15, March 25, and March 29, 1996) 

< Protocol of the Negotiations between the Experts of Russia and the United States of 

America on the Issue of U.S. Poultry Meat Imports into the Russian Federation (March 

31, 2002) 

< Agreement on Russian Firearms & Ammunition (April 3, 1996) 

Senegal

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (October 25, 1990) 

Singapore

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Rights Protection (April 27, 1987) 

< Agreement to Implement Phase I and Phase II of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation 

(APEC) Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of 

Telecommunications Equipment (October 8, 2003) 

< United States-Singapore Free Trade Agreement (singed May 6, 2003, entered into force 

January 1, 2004) 

Slovakia

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (April 12, 1990) 
< Bilateral Investment Treaty (December 19, 1992) 

Sri Lanka

< Agreement on the Protection and Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights 

 (September 20, 1991) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (May 1, 1993) 

Suriname

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (1993) 

Switzerland

< Exchange of Letters on Financial Services (November 9 and 27, 1995) 

Taiwan

< Agreement on Customs Valuation (August 22, 1986) 

< Agreement on Export Performance Requirements (August 1986) 

< Agreement Concerning Beer, Wine, and Cigarettes (1987) 

< Agreement on Turkeys and Turkey Parts (March 16, 1989) 

< Agreement on Beef (June 18, 1990) 

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Protection (June 5, 1992) 

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Protection (Trademark) (April 1993) 

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Protection (Copyright) (July 16, 1993) 

< Agreement on Market Access (April 27, 1994) 

< Telecommunications Liberalization by Taiwan (July 19, 1996) 

< U.S.-Taiwan Medical Device Issue: List of Principles (September 30, 1996) 

< Agreement on Market Access (February 20, 1998) 

< Agreement to Implement Phase I of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) Mutual 

Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications Equipment (March 

16, 1999) 

< Understanding on Government Procurement (August 23, 2001) 
Tajikistan

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (November 24, 1993) 

Thailand

< Agreement on Cigarette Imports (November 23, 1990) 

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Protection and Enforcement (December 19, 1991) 

Trinidad and Tobago

< Agreement on Intellectual Property Protection and Enforcement (September 26, 1994) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (December 26, 1996) 

Tunisia

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (February 7, 1993) 

Turkey

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (May 18, 1990) 

< WTO Settlement Concerning Taxation of Foreign Film Revenues (July 14, 1997) 

Turkmenistan

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (October 25, 1993) 

Ukraine

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (June 23, 1992) 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (November 16, 1996) 

< Agreement on Trade in Textiles and Textile Products (January 15, 2001) 

Uruguay 

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (November 1, 2006) 

Uzbekistan

< Agreement on Bilateral Trade Relations (January 13, 1994) 

Vietnam

< Agreement between the United States and Vietnam on Trade Relations (December 10, 2001) 
< Copyright Agreement (June 27, 1997) 

< Agreement on Trade in Textiles and Textile Products (July 17, 2003; renewed December 9, 

2005) 

< Exchange of Letters on Equivalence of Food Safety Inspection Systems (May 31, 2006) 

< Exchange of Letters on Beef (May 31, 2006) 

< Exchange of Letters on Biotechnology (May 31, 2006) 

< Exchange of Letters on Energy Services (May 31, 2006) 

< Exchange of Letters on Elimination of Prohibited Subsidies to Textile and Garment Sector (May 

31, 2006) 

< Bilateral Agreement on Export Duties on Ferrous and Nonferrous Scrap Metals (May 31, 2006) 

< Exchange of Letters on Shelf Life (May 31, 2006) 
II. Agreements that have been Negotiated 

but have not yet Entered into Force

Following is a list of trade agreements concluded by the United States since 1984 that have not yet 

entered into force. 

Multilateral Agreements

< OECD Agreement on Shipbuilding (December 21, 1994; interested parties evaluating 

implementing legislation) 

< International Tropical Timber Agreement (concluded January 27, 2006; when entered into force, 

this will replace the International Tropical Timber Agreement, 1997) 

Bilateral Agreements

Belarus

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (signed January 15, 1994; pending exchange of instruments) 

Colombia 

< United States-Colombia Trade Promotion Agreement (signed November 22, 2006; pending 

approval) 

Dominican Republic/Central America 

< The Dominican Republic - Central America - United States Free Trade Agreement (signed 

August 5, 2004; pending with Costa Rica and the Dominican Republic) 

El Salvador

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (signed March 10, 1999; pending exchange of instruments) 

Estonia

< Trade and Intellectual Property Rights Agreement (April 19, 1994; requires approval by Estonian 

legislature) 

Lithuania

< Trade and Intellectual Property Rights Agreement (April 26, 1994; requires approval by 

Lithuanian legislature) 
Nicaragua

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (signed July 1, 1995; pending ratification by United States and 

exchange of instruments of ratification.) 

Peru 

► United States-Peru Trade Promotion Agreement (signed April 12, 2006; pending 

 approval) 

Russia

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (signed June 17, 1992; pending approval by Russian Parliament and 

exchange of instruments of ratification) 

Uzbekistan

< Bilateral Investment Treaty (signed December 16, 1994; pending exchange of instruments) 
III. Other Traded-Related Agreements and Declarations

Following is a list of other trade-related agreements and declarations negotiated by the Office of the 

United States Trade Representative from January 1993 through May 2005. These documents provide the 

framework for negotiations leading to future trade agreements or establish mechanisms for structured 

dialogue in order to develop specific steps and strategies for addressing and resolving trade, investment, 

intellectual property and other issues among the signatories. 

Multilateral Agreements and Declarations

< Second Ministerial of the World Trade Organization, Ministerial Declaration on Global 

Electronic Commerce (May 20, 1998) 

< WTO Guidelines for the Negotiation of Mutual Recognition Agreements on Accountancy (May 

29, 1997) 

< Free Trade Area of the Americas 

< First Summit of the Americas, Declaration of Principles and Plan of Action, 

Miami, Florida (December 11, 1994) 

< Trade Ministerial Joint Declaration, Denver, USA(June 30, 1995) 

< Second Ministerial Trade Meeting Joint Declaration, Cartagena, Colombia 

(March 21, 1996) 

< Third Trade Ministerial Meeting Joint Declaration, Belo Horizonte, Brazil (May 

16, 1997) 

< Fourth Trade Ministerial Joint Declaration, San Jose, Costa Rica (March 19, 

1998) 

< Second Summit of the Americas Declaration of Principles and Plan of Action, 

Santiago, Chile (April 19, 1998) 

< Fifth Trade Ministerial Meeting, Declaration of Ministers, Toronto, Canada 

(November 4, 1999) 

< Sixth Meeting of Ministers of Trade of the Hemisphere Ministerial Declaration, 

Buenos Aires, Argentina (April 7, 2001) 

< Third Summit of the Americas Declaration of Principles and Plan of Action, 

Quebec City, Canada (April 22, 2001) 

< Seventh Meeting of Ministers of Trade of the Hemisphere Ministerial 

Declaration, Quito, Ecuador (November 1, 2002) 
< Eighth Ministerial Meeting, Ministerial Declaration, Miami, USA (November 20, 

2003) 

< Fourth Summit of the Americas Declaration of Mar Del Plata and Plan of Action, 

Mar del Plata, Argentina (November 5, 2005) 

< Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation 

< Declaration of Common Resolve (November 15, 1994) 

< Declaration for Action (November 19, 1995) 

< Declaration on an APEC Framework for Strengthening Economic Cooperation 

and Development (November 22-23, 1996) 

< Declaration on Connecting the APEC Community (November 25, 1997) 

< Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) Mutual Recognition Arrangement 

for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunication Agreement (June 5, 1998) 

< Declaration on Strengthening the Foundations for Growth (November 18, 1998) 

< Declaration: the Auckland Challenge (September 13, 1999) 

< Declaration: Delivering to the Community (November 16, 2000) 

< Declaration: Meeting New Challenges in the New Century (October 21, 2001) 

< Declaration: Leaders Declaration (October 27, 2002) 

< Declaration: Partnership for the Future (October 21, 2003) 

< Organization of American States (OAS), Inter-American Telecommunications 

 Commission (CITEL) Mutual Recognition Agreement for Conformity Assessment of 

 Telecommunications Equipment (October 29, 1999) 

< United States-Andean Community Trade and Investment Council Agreement (October 

30, 1998) 

< United States-Central American Regional Trade and Investment Framework Agreement 

(March 20, 1998) 
< United States-Association of Southeast Asian Nations Trade and Investment Framework 

Arrangement (August 25, 2006) 

Bilateral Agreements and Declarations

Afghanistan 

< United States-Afghanistan Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (September 21, 

2004) 

Algeria

< United States-Algeria Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 13, 2001) 

Bahrain

< United States-Bahrain Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (June 18, 2002) 

Brunei Darussalam 

< United States-Brunei Darussalam Trade and Investment Framework Agreement 

(December 16, 2002) 

Cambodia 

► United States-Cambodia Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 14, 2006) 

Caribbean Common Market 

► United States-Caribbean Common Market Trade and Investment Framework Agreement 

 (1991)

Central Asian Economies 

< United States-Central Asian Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (June 1, 2004) 

Chile

< U.S.-Chile Joint Commission on Trade and Investment (May 19, 1998) 

China 

< United States-China Joint Commission on Commerce and Trade Agreements (April 21, 

2004) 
< United States-China Joint Commission on Commerce and Trade Agreements (July 11, 

2005) 

Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa 

< United States-Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa Trade and Investment 

Framework Agreement (October, 2001) 

Egypt

< United States-Egypt Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 1, 1999) 

European Union

< United States-EU Transatlantic Economic Partnership (May 18, 1998) 

< United States-EU Joint Action Plan for the Transatlantic Economic Partnership 

(November 9, 1998) 

Ghana

< United States-Ghana Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (February 26, 1999) 

Indonesia

< United States-Indonesia Understanding on a Trade and Investment Council (1996) 

< Memorandum of Understanding on Combating Illegal Logging and Associated Trade 

(November 16, 2006) 

Iraq 

< United States-Iraq Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 11, 2005) 

Japan

< United States-Japan Joint Statement on the Bilateral Steel Dialogue (September 24, 1999) 

Kuwait 

< United States-Kuwait Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (February 6, 2004) 

Lebanon 

► United States-Lebanon Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (November 30, 

 2006) 
Malaysia 

< United States-Malaysia Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (May 10, 2004) 

Mauritius 

► United States-Mauritius Trade and Investment Framework agreement (September 18, 

 2006) 

Mongolia 

< United States-Mongolia Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 15, 2004) 

Morocco

< United States-Morocco Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (March 16, 1995) 

Mozambique 

< United States-Mozambique Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (June 21, 2005) 

Nigeria

< United States-Nigeria Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (February 16, 2000) 

Oman

< United States-Oman Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 7, 2004) 

Pakistan 

< United States-Pakistan Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 25, 2003)

Philippines 

< United States-Philippines Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (1989) 

Qatar 

< United States-Qatar Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (March 19, 2004) 

Rwanda 

► United States-Rwanda Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (June 7, 2006) 
Saudi Arabia 

< United States-Saudi Arabia Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 31, 2003)

South Africa

< United States-South Africa Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (February 18, 

1999) 

Sri Lanka

< United States-Sri Lanka Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (July 25, 2002) 

Switzerland 

► United States-Switzerland Trade and Investment Cooperation Forum Agreement (May 

 25, 2006) 

Taiwan 

< United States-Taiwan Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (September 19, 

1994) 

Thailand 

< United States-Thailand Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (October 23, 2002) 

Tunisia 

< United States-Tunisia Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (October 2, 2002) 

Turkey

< United States-Turkey Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (September 29, 

1999) 

United Arab Emirates (UAE) 

< United States-United Arab Emirates Trade and Investment Framework Agreement 

(March 15, 2004) 

Uruguay

< United States-Uruguay Bilateral and Commercial Trade Review (May 20, 1999) 

< United States-Uruguay Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (January 25, 2007) 
West African Economic and Monetary Union

< United States-West African Economic and Monetary Union Trade and Investment 

Framework Agreement (April 24, 2002) 

Yemen 

< United States-Yemen Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (February 6, 2004)